A New Arabic Grammar of The Written Language

SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY AT CLAREMONT
MUL 10017056648
{ries
The Library
of
Claremont
School
of
Theology
1325 North College Avenue

Claremont, CA 91711-3199
(909) 447-2589
A NEW ARABIC GRAMMAR
15 —¥
‫أيه‬ fry Me ry te
7
6207
H136
1465
A NEW
ARABIC GRAMMAR
OF THE
WRITTEN LANGUAGE
By J. A.HAYWOOD and
H. M. NAHMAD
Revised Edition
1965
HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
COPYRIGHT © 1965 IN ENGLAND BY
PERCY LUND, HUMPHRIES AND CO. LTD
LONDON AND BRADFORD
First edition 1962

Second edition 1965
This Grammar replaces the
Sixth Edition of Thatcher’s Arabic Grammar
published under licence from
Messrs. Julius Groos, Heidelberg
SBN 674-60851-8
MADE AND PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
PERCY LUND, HUMPHRIES AND 00. LTD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
٠١ PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION Vii
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION Vill
ABBREVIATIONS
CHAPTER
1 The Arabic Language. Orthography. Phonetics.
Punctuation :
2 The Article. The Simple Nominal sentende : 22
3 Gender. The Feminine 2
4 Declension of Nouns. The Thred ‫هم‬‎ 33
5 Number. The Sound Masculine and Feminine
Plurals. Some Simple Verb Forms 40
6 The Broken Plural 4 50
7 The Broken Plural (continued) 57
8 The Genitive (?Idafa) 63
9 The Attached Pronouns 71
10 Demonstrative Pronouns 80
11 Adjectives 86
12 The Verb : 94
13 The Verb with Pisnvmiiial ‘OEE. The Verb
“to be” ; : d 103
14 The Imperfect . 110
15 Moods of the Imperfect. The subiunedve 120
16 Moods of the Imperfect. The Jussive . 127
17 The Imperative : 134
18 The Passive Verb 3 142
19 Derived Forms of the Triliteral Meche Geheral
Introduction 151
20 Derived Forms of Hes Triliteral ea, 11 III,
and IV. ; : 159
21 Forms V and VI 169
22 Forms VII and VIII . 175
23 Forms IX, X and XI ‘ 183
24 Irregular Verbs. The Doubled Verb 191
25 Hamzated Verbs. Hamza as Initial Radical 199
Vv
vi TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER Page
26 Hamza as Middle and Final Radical 206
27 Weak Verbs. The Assimilated Verb 215
28 The Hollow Verb 224
29 The Verb with Weak Final Radical 235
30 The Doubly and Trebly Weak Verb 250
31 The Quadriliteral Verb 3 261
32 Various Unorthodox Verbs 268
33 How to Use an Arabic Dictionary 278
34 Relative Sentences 284
35 Conditional Sentences : 3 290
36 The Cardinal Numbers. Time. oe : 301
37 The Ordinal Numbers. Fractions 317
38 The Structure of Arabic Noun Forms . 327
39 Noun Forms. The Noun of Place and Time. The
Noun of Instrument. The Diminutive . 338
40 The Relative Noun and Adjective. Various
Adjectival Forms 348
41 Abstract Nouns. Proper Names 357
42 The Feminine . 365
43 Number . : 372
44 Declension of Nouns 384
45 The Use of the Cases 391
46 The Permutative 405
47 Particles. Prepositions : 412
48 Adverbial Usages, including ‫ل‬‎
quasi-adverbial particles 426
49 Particles. Conjunctions 436
50 Particles. Interjections
51 Exception 448
52 The Rules of Arabic ‫لو‬‎ 455
Supplement. (Specimens from Arabic Literature) 462

Appendix A: Colloquial Arabic Dialects 496
B: Guide to Further Study < 505
C: Supplementary Grammatical Notes 5112
Vocabulary, Arabic-English 512

Grammatical Index.
PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION
The authors are taking advantage of a second edition to incor-

porate certain amendments, improvements and additions. Care
has been taken, however, to include them in such a way that
first and second editions can be used side by side. For this
reason the more important additions have been printed as a
separate Appendix C. It should be stressed that the exercises
for translation, which form such an important part of the
grammar, are unchanged, except for the correction of a few
errors which inevitably crept into the text.
In the Preface to the first edition the authors pointed out that
in a major undertaking of this kind they would be more than
human if no errors crept in, and they invited suggestions for any
future reprints. The authors would like to thank all those who
have suggested amendments whether in correspondence, con-
versation or in learned reviews.
Whilst, as was stressed when the first edition was published,
this grammar is intended as a teaching grammar and not as
reference grammar or a ‘teach-yourself’ work, a key* has been)‫ودر‬
‎‫ان‬eon
OR in ee ‫اها‬‎ ‫قللح‬ ——
students who are using the grammar to learn Arabic without a

teacher. This key is suitable for use with either edition of the
grammar. The treatment of certain grammatical points in an
order which could not be justified logically in a reference
grammar is intended to facilitate the use of the grammar in
association with courses under qualified teachers of Arabic.
The authors again have to thank the publishers for their co-
operation and understanding. It is sad to have to mention the
passing of Dr B. Schindler, a distinguished scholar and a fine
man, who did so much to shepherd the first edition through the
press.
The authors hope that in its modified form this grammar will
prove a boon to many students and that it will contribute to the
main cause they have in mind, the stimulation of an under-
standing of and love for Arabic culture.
*J. A. Haywood and H. M. Nahmad, Key to a New Arabic Grammar
of the Written Language, Lund Humphries, 1964.
vii
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
The Arabic language has increased in importance since the

Second World War. With the attaining of independence by the
Arab countries, and the growing importance of the Near East
in international affairs, there is a pressing need in the West for
people familiar with the language. At the Samé time, newly-
independent countries in Asia and Africa are turning increasingly
to the language of their faith — sometimes by way of European
text-books.
There is a widespread demand for a new Arabic grammar,
even though some praiseworthy efforts have been made recently
in both Britain and America. During the last fifty years it is
probable that more people have learned Arabic through the
Rev. G. W. Thatcher’s Grammar than through any other com-
parable work; but times
charge, and that work now requires
radical revision. The present book, then, is ratended 0 repli
place
“Thatcher. Itretains all that is still valid in the old work, but
recasts the rest to suit modern requirements and the background
of the average modern student. In writing it the authors have
kept a number of factors in mind.
For instance, the modern student does not have that grasp of
grammatical concepts which his parents and grandparents had.
This is due partly to the decline of Latin and Greek studies,
partly to new methods in modern language teaching. Therefore
an attempt has been made to explain grammatical rules in clear
and simple language.
‫ سس‬There is an increasing demand formader_literary
but on the
Arabic;‫‏‬
other hand there are still many who wish to study‫‏‬
classical Arabic, whether to enjoy the literature or to gain a‫‏‬
deeper insight into Islamic institutions and history. The authors‫‏‬
of this grammar believe that it is possible for one and the same‫‏‬
grammar to serve both t f student. They have therefore
used both classical and modern Arabic in the illustrative ex-
amples,vocabulariés, anid exercises; at the same time they have
tried to indicate which constructions and idioms are obsolete or
obsolescent, and which are stitl widely used. The beginner
usually takes some time to master the Arabic script; therefore
Vill
PREFACE 1x
in the first thirteen chapters all Arabic words have been trans-
literated according to a simple recognized system.
One of the hardest tasks for the student is to acquire a useful
vocabulary speedily. To facilitate this a basic vocabulary of
about 4,000 words has been specially selected by the authors
from both classical and modern sources. Where rare words are
used this is either to illustrate grammatical points,
or in actual
extracts from literature. Each chapter has its own vocabulary,
and there is a consolidated vocabulary at the end of the book.
Sentences used to illustrate grammatical points, or in the
exercises for translation, have been prepared on the basis of
their usefulness in teaching, not for literary merit. On the other
hand, there is a substantial Supplement of extracts from litera-
ture, both classical and modern, and a few literary extracts have
also been used as translation exercises in some of the later
chapters.
The beginner does not require a reference grammar which
deals exhaustively with each grammatical subject in turn; in
fact, to state all the rules at once often confuses and discourages
him. Consequently, although within the pages of this book
reference is made to all but the very rarest usages, the order in
Se eR ieee oben Actin fakery theTeater’s con:
individual grammatical points varies according to the needs of
the average student as observed by the authors in their own
teaching. It is hoped that the translation exercises which follow
the chapters will be sufficiently comprehensive to meet the
needs of both teacher and student.
The compilation of a grammar of this scope is a major under-
taking, and the authors would be more than human if no errors
crept in; again, there will always be differences of opinion as to
the best means of dealing with various points. The authors ask
the reader’s indulgence for any shortcomings, and would indeed
welcome suggestions for any future reprinting.
They are grateful for help received. The publishers deserve
thanks and above all Dr B. Schindler, at the request of whom
the work was undertaken and who has given us specially valuable
advice throughout.
The authors would also like to thank Dr 5. M. Saddiq for his
assistance in proof reading. Finally Mrs H. M. Nahmad has given
invaluable help in preparing the typescript for the printers.
ABBREVIATIONS
a.0.=any one m., masc.=masculine
abbr. ‫ح‬‎ Magh.= Maghribi usage
acc(us). = accusative math. =mathematical
act.=active mil. =military
adj. adjective mod.=modern
adv.=adverb
antiq.=antique, antiquated usage n.=noun, name
art.=article neg.=negative
nom.=nominative
class. =classical
coll. collective opp. = opposite
collog.=colloquial part.=participle
comm.=commerce, commercial partic. = particle
conj.=conjunction pass. = passive
d.=dual pl.=plural
dim. = diminutive pl. pl.=plural of plural
dipl. = diplomatic poet.=poetry, poetical
dip.=diptote pol. =political
pr. n.=proper noun, name
Eg. =Egypt(ian) prep.=preposition
elat.=elative pron.=pronoun
Eur.=Europe(an)
quad. = quadriliteral
f., fem.=feminine
fig.=figure, figurative relig. = religious
Fr.= French
sS., sing. =singular
gen. = genitive subj. =subjunctive
geog. = geographical Syr.=Syria(n)
gram.= grammar, grammatical
tr(ans).=transitive
indic. =indicative trip. =triptote
imper.=imperative Turk.= Turkish
imperf. imperfect
intr(ans).= intransitive un.=unitary (single)
juss. =jussive v.=verb
v.n.=verbal noun
Leb. = Lebanese veg. =vegetable
lit. =literal(ly) voc. = vocative
: CHAPTER ONE
‎‫ جرم‬UH Al-babu |’awwalu)
The Arabic Language. Orthography.
Phonetics. Punctuation
§1
THE ARABIC LANGUAGE
Arabic belongs to the Semitic group of languages. Other

living languages of this group are Modern Hebrew (as
spoken and written in Israel), Amharic,and “other spoken
languages of Ethiopia, Aramaic dialects current in parts of
Syria and Iraq, and Maltese. Among dead languages of this
group the most important is Biblical Hebrew; others include
Akkadian (Babylonian
and Assyrian), Syriac, and Ethiopian.
“The characteristic feature of Semitic languages is their
basis of consonantal roots, mostly triliteral (three-lettered).
Variations in shade of meaning are obtained, first by varying
the vowelling of the simple root, and secondly by the addition
of prefixes, suffixes, and in-fixes. Thus, from the root salima,
to be safe (literally, he was safe) we derive sallama, to deliver;
aslama, to submit (also, to turn Muslim); istalama, to receive;
istaslama, to surrender; sgldwun, peace; saldmatun, safety,
well-being; and muskmun, a Muslim. Word forms derived
from the triliteral roots, and retaining the three basic con-
|
sonants, are associated with meaning patterns. This is a help
in the acquisition of vocabulary and partly compensates for
difficulties arising from the lack of correlation between
rabic words and European roots.
Arabic is usually classified as (a) Classical Arabic, (b)
Modern Literary Arabic, and (c) Modern Spoken or Col-
loquial Arabic.* Classical Arabic dates from the 6th century
* For further details of (c) see Appendix A.
1
2 A NEW ARABIC GRAMMAR
A.D., if not earlier. It is the lan e_of the Qur’an and of

the great writers and poets such as al-Mutanabbi and Ibn
Khaldin, and others. The modern literary language is
“exemplified by writers like Taha Husain and Taufiq al-
Hakim, and newspapers and the radio. It varies in idiom and
vocabulary from the Classical, but ‘the differences are
infinieedimal epmnpared: with ihechanges ia mer tree
languages over the same period — e.g. the difference between
Chaucer’s English Kipling’s.
and This is because Classical
yw Arabic was hallowed as the vehicle of God’s Revelation in
١
‫لا‬ the Qur’an, and was therefore not permitted to change to

yyy | ,any marked extent. Consequently, though some usages have
| become obsolete, the grammar of 6th century Arabic still
_ applies largely to modern written Arabic. This makes it
‘possible to compile a grammar which is suitable as a basis
3 for further study of all written Arabic, whether Classical or
Modern. The present grammar has been written with this
aim in view.
§2
THE ALPHABET
Arabic is written from right to left. The script, which has been
adopted and adapted for many languages spoken by Muslim
nations, is cursive, and there is no separate printed form of
the letters as there is in European languages. Two methods
‎‫م‬ Pane
of writing are common: the naskh Bos or naskhi (Jeu,
3-09
normally used in print, and the ruq ¢a *.‫ةعقر‬‎ The beginner
is advised to use the naskh as exemplified in this book.
The alphabet ‫)ءاجه‬‎ hija’) consists of 28 letters (G‫ا‬‎ harf,
G§ 3) - ee
ee ee |
pl. ‫فورح‬‎ huriif) (29 if hamza is counted as a separate letter),
which areconsonants;
all three of them, however, ’alif, waw,
and ya’, are also used as long vowels or diphthongs. The
following table shows the various forms of the letters. While
* See Mitchell, Writing Arabic, Oxford University Press, 1953.
THE ARABIC LANGUAGE 3
this indicates variant forms according to whether the letter is

isolated, initial, medial, or final, it should be noted that in
practically every case the letter has a simple basic form.
When final, or isolated, however, many letters have a final
flourish or hook added to the basic form.
‫‏‬rc ‫تج سس بعس عد‬ ‫اطغ‬ ‫لل‬ ‫لل‬ ‫الب‬
THE ARABIC ALPHABET‫‏‬
Form when joined to
Names of Isolated | Preced- : Trans-

the letters form ing |Succeed- cription
letter
letter
5
‎‫? الف‬alif ‫انع‬
BU, ba
el ta
ol tha?
5
‎‫ جيم‬jim
‎‫"قا حاء‬
oli kha?
Gs dal
GIS. dhal
we
ely ra’
ol zay 2
‫ سين‬sin‫‏‬
5
‎‫ شين‬shin
Form when joined to
Names of Isolated |Preced- | ing and : ‘Trans-

the letters i cription
ot
‫لحلا‬
‫م‬
‫لبل‬
‫م‬
‫خم‬‫ه‬
aw, au)
ay, ai)
Nore 1. Care should be taken to distinguish letters which are similar

to each other in form. Note especially the following groups of letters
which only differ in the diacritical points or dots:
232%. ba’, ta’, tha’ (and, except when final, niin and ya’)
sae jim, ha’, kha’.
ss dal, dhal.
jJ ra’, zay. This pair differ from the preceding pair in (a)
having an obtuse angle, and (b) being written mostly
below the line. They resemble the waw in general curve.
‎‫ « شه‬sin and shin.
‫ ص ض‬sad and dad. (Note that, when initial or medial, a small but‫‏‬
distinct inverted ‘‘v” follows the loop before the next‫‏‬
letter is begun.)‫‏‬
‫ لا‬Lea, za.‫‏‬
& ‎‫ع‬ éain, ghain. Note the flattening in the medial position, * *
which distinguishes these two letters from the two follow-
ing ones._
(3 ‎‫ ف‬fa’, qaf. See preceding note. Note also that, when final, the qaf
has a deep loop going well below the line, while the loop
of the fa’ is flat.
Norte 2. When the letter ta’ is used as a feminine ending, it is written
as a ha’, with, however, the two dots of the ta’ over it thus: 4 (6). It
2 ‎‫وار‬ ‫ الخ‬.NL eH
is termed ta’ marbita 4bG3 ye .‫ءان‬‎ This pte eres aay

‘ ——— . - 5
Arabic except when followed by a word beginning with a vowel. In
Classical Arabic if was not pronounced “‘in pause”, that is, at the end
of a sentence, and became merely the short vowel ‘‘a”. Consequently,
in this book, we speak about ‘“‘hamza”’, not “hamzat” or “hamzah’’.
Norte 3. In the Maghrib (North-west Africa), fa’ is written ‫ف‬‎ and

qaf .‫ف‬‎
Norte 4. Sounds not found in Arabic are represented in other languages

which have adopted that script, by modifications of the letters —
usually by the addition of diacritical points. Such letters may occa-
sionally be met with in Arabic in the transliteration of foreign words.
The most common are the following Persian letters: ‫م‬‎ :‫ ين‬ch cia
hard g 3 ‫له‬‎ Egypt and Syria ‫ف‬‎ is sometimes used for v.
Norte 5. It will be noted that in the table of the alphabet given above
the following six letters are shown as capable of being joined to a
preceding letter only | ‫د‬‎ 3 ‫ رز‬.‫ و‬Under no circumstances can they
be joined to a succeeding letter. Sometimes two or more of these
Bae
letters succeed one another in the same word, as ‫ر‬‎ ‫ اد‬dar, house: in
which case all the letters concerned are detached from each other.
Nore 6. Among the combinations of letters used in Arabic writing

are the following (usually referred to as ligatures):
2 ba’-ha’ Ge ha’ jim-jim 2 lam-ha’
re ba?-ya’ ‫د‬‎ sin-ha’ 1 lam-mim
2 ta-ha 2 sad-ha’ = l4m-mim-ha’
= jim-ha’ = gain-jim = mim-ha’
= ha’-jim 2 f%-ha? ) = ha’-mim
(3 nin-ya’ fa?-ya’ ‫ع‬‎ ya’-ha’
‫ مث‬ha’-mim £ ya’-mim ra €ain-mim‫‏‬
‫ ال‬lam-alif (joined to preceding letter DA)‫‏‬
§3
PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS*
Those wishing to make a detailed study of the phonetics of
Arabic, whether Classical or Colloquial, should consult the
“works mentioned in the bibliography given in Appendix A.
The following notes give only practical approximations, to
serve the needs of students beginning the study of the written
language.
The following letters are pronounced more or less like
their English equivalents:
‫ ب‬ba=b. & ta’=t. ¢ jim=j (or the ve 5 2 in ‘‘gem’’).‫‏‬
‫ د‬dal=d.‫ ر ‏‬ri’=r.‫ } ‏‬.2337-2 ‫ س‬sin=s, as in “sin”.‫ ش ‏‬shin=‫‏‬
sh as in “shot”.‫ ف ‏‬fa’=f.‫ ك ‏‬kaf=k.‫ ل ‏‬lam=1.‫ م ‏‬mim=m.‫‏‬
‫ ماتم ن‬.‫ ه عم‬ha?=h. Consonantal‫ و ‏‬waw=w. Consonantal‫‏‬
S yav=y.‫‏‬
Care should be taken to distinguish ‫ث‬‎ tha’, which is the
th as in “think” and
5 dhal, which is the th as in “‘this”’.
The han the glottal stop Diritus lenis (light breath-
ing) of Greek, may be described in practical terms as the act
of breathing which is necessary in English to begin a word
with a vowel at the opening of a sentence: as, for example,
when one says “Js that so?” in reply to a statement. The
word “‘is’” would be transliterated into Arabic with an initial
* For more notes on the phonology of Classical Arabic, in amplifica-
tion of this and the following sections, see Appendix C, §1.
hamza thus jh. In the middle of a word it involves a short

pause, such as is occasionally heard in English in words like
“co-opt”. This pause is often changed to a w in English
speech (cowopt), and similar changes take place to the
hamza in colloquial Arabic. The hamza is, in fact, rather like
a very weak € ain: hence its shape, which is the top portio
of the ¢ ain in miniature.
For the various ways of writing hamza, see below.
ha? is a strongly guttural A produced by a strong expul-
sion of air from the chest. It should not be confused with:
¢ kha, which is the guttural ch as in the Scottish “Joch”
and the German ‘‘Aachen’’.
‫ ص‬sad,‫ ض ‏‬dad,‫ ط ‏‬ta, and‫ ظ ‏‬za’, form a group of emphatic‫‏‬
sounds corresponding with‫ س ‏‬s,‫ د ‏‬,‫ ل‬ot, and} z. In pro-‫‏‬
nouncing them, the tongue is pressed against the edge of‫‏‬
the upper teeth, and then withdrawn forcefully.‫‏‬
|
ain is a very strong guttural produced by compression
of the throat and expulsion of breath. This and the four
emphatic letters just given are rarely well-pronounced by
non-Arabs, and they are best learned from an Arab.
¢ ghain is the sound made in gargling, or like the French
“r” grasséyé with a little more of the g in it.
‫ ق‬gaf is a k sound produced from the back of the throat.‫‏‬
In modern Arabic in some areas, it is often pronounced as‫‏‬
the hard g in‫ ‏‬,”‫ مم‬and this was a recognised alternative‫‏‬
pronunciation as far back as the 9th century. In the collo-‫‏‬
quial of Lower Egypt (Cairo Arabic) and certain parts of the‫‏‬
Levant, it can be heard as a hamza; but this is inadmissible‫‏‬
in correct reading aloud.‫‏‬
§4
VOWELS
Kal -ashkal, pl. of ‫لكش‬‎ shakl.

There are 6 vowels, 3 short, 3 long; and two diphthongs
in Arabic: namely, u, a, i; ,‫ان‬‎ 4, i, au (aw) and ai (ay).
{ While the letters 9 waw, | ?alif, and «¢ ya’ have to do duty

as long vowels, short vowels are indicated by signs above or
below the consonants carrying them. Unfortunately in most
novowel signs are given,
. ee
printed Arabic
٠.
modern written and

. .
and the reader has to deduce them.

$Y
Short vowels.
5 > 6>
a, fatha ,‫ةحتف‬‎ is indicated by a small diagonal stroke above the
consonant, as ‫د‬‎ da. This vowel is the neutral a sound as in
“Frenchman”, or like the uw in goes OF no account
SE st
should it be pronounced as the @in “‘man”’.
5-07
i kasra ‫ةرسك‬‎ , is a similar stroke under the letter, as ‫د‬‎ di.

or
Its approximate sound is the 2 in “did”.

5 a-
u, damma ‫ةمضر‬‎ is written like a miniature waw above the
ees
letter, as ‫د‬‎ du. This is pronounced like the w in “‘bull’’, not
like that in “‘bun’’.
The absence of a vowel is indicated 0 a small circle over
the letter, thus °, and is termed sukin ©)ies or jazma hoe,
e.g. oo kun. It cannot follow the long vowels, except, rarely,
in certain forms from the doubled verb, as will be explained
later.
The three short vowel signs given above do not really
represent all the sounds heard. For example, after the em-
phatic letters ‫صر‬‎ ‫ طر ضر‬b the fatha appears to take on some-
ore
thing of the o sound. For example, ‫برض‬‎ daraba, he struck,

seems to sound like doraba. After the guttural letters, the
fatha seems to lose its neutrality and have more of the
English a sound about it, e.g. 2 arab, Arabs. Again, the
fatha seems to partake of the nature of the letter e when
associated with the lam. For example, ‫كلم‬‎ malik (king)
sounds like melik: k 5 kalb (dog) sounds like kelb; el qalb

(heart) sounds like qelb.
To lengthen these three short vowels, they are apllowed

by the letters oe ne > and waw, as in du mal, wealth, ae fil,
elephant, and 5‫دوداخ‬‎ hudid, frontiers.
There are two diphthongs, ai (ay) as in oe bait (approxi-
mately the 2 in s7te), house, and au (aw) as in ‫موي‬‎ yaum (ow in
how), day. The previous consonant has fatha, and the ya’
and waw must have ngs In_Classical_Arabic, the two
component parts of_thes ongs are not thoroughly
coalesced. But in modern nae Arabic this coalescence ‫ب‬‎ HAs
Nira Eees 5 o- ‫و‬‎ >‫ه‬ 1 —_—_—.
takes place, and ‫تيب‬‎ and ‫موي‬‎ may sound like “bet” and “y6ém”’
(as in main and home as pronounced in the north of England).
Sometimes a long 4 or ’alif at the end of a word, called
S29 6>
3)‎‫ كتله” لف مقصو‬812 ro denetrohs ‎”‫ركتله‬si nettirw sa a ,’ay

as ‎‫ على‬galaon, and ail 114 to.
§5
NUNATION
At the ends of nouns and adjectives, when indefinite, the

5
vowel signs are written double, thus: — {—. This means

that they are 1 pronounced with a final “ n’”, un, an, in.
“ 99
This is called 0‫ونت‬‎Canwin or nunation,ye.g. at GL ae

babun, baban, be a door. Note that with the fatha, the
letter ?alif is added. But if the word ends in ta’ marbita, the
-alif is not added, as ‫ةنيلخ‬‎ khalifatan, caliph.
§6
DOUBLED LETTERS
A doubled letter is not written twice, unless separated by an

5 on
intermediate vowel. Instead, the sign “ (called ‫ديدشت‬‎ tashdid

$a- . 5 38
or s448(shadda)) is written over the letter, e.g. ‫رم‬‎ marra, he
° owe
passed; ‎‫ قدم‬qaddim, bring (also written p48).
§7
HAMZA
The rules for the writing of hamza are complicated, and, in

a few instances, alternative usages exist. Consequently, the
student will not be burdened with involved rules at this
stage. But explanations will be given as required, when
words with hamza are introduced. Here, a few guiding
points only will be mentioned:
(a) Initial hamza is always written on or under 7alif. e.g.
fea Vis
oe oe Oi
(6) Thereiis, however, atype of initial hamza called ‫لص‬‎ae ‫ةزمه‬‎

Garmzatu 1-wash)the hamza of connection, written thus I
>
(as opposed to ae ordinary ‫عطقل‬‎r an hamzatu I-qat 8 of
(a) above). This hamza is only actually pronounced ‫غ‬2‎
the beginning of a sentence. At other times, it is merged
into the final vowel of the previous word; or if the final
letter of the previous word has no vowel, it is RS a
vowel. The hamzatu 1-1251 Conus in the definite rticle
Jt al, certain nouns such as ol ibnun son, and also in
ore
certain verb forms as eS it broke (inkasara).

‎‫لاسا‬ OL OR
e.g. ‎‫ البيت هناك‬utiab-la( )akanuh

the house is there, BUT
- "39 © 0°00
>>
‫( دجو تيبلا كانه‬wajada I-baita hunaka)‫‏‬

he found the house there.‫‏‬
“609 96
‫ رضاح‬ced ce! (ibnu 1-maliki hadirun)‫‏‬

the king’s son is present, BUT‫‏‬
‫”نمصص‬‎ - "6 ‫ر‬ eg
‫ نبا كلملا‬de.‫‏‬
‫و‬ (wajadtu bna |-maliki)‫‏‬
I found the king’s son.‫‏‬

- 6-7--06
Ole Sa (inkasara finjanun)

a cup broke, BUT
§ - 67°--90-
Obes ‎‫( وانكسر‬wa nkasara finjanun)

and a cup broke.
It should be noted that when a sentence begins with a
word with hamzatu 1-wasl, the hamza a strictly
speaking, be written, as CS al-baitu, the house. In
practice, however, it is often omitted and the vowel
: 26-02 G/N :
sign only left, thus ,‫تيبلا‬‎ of which examples are given
in the exercises.
(c) In the middle of a word hamza may be written over sae

ya’ (without the two dots)_or °alif; and atthe end of a
word it may also be written on the line, that is, not on a
letter but roughly level with the lower part of the other
letters of the word concerned. The following are
examples with pronunciation. Further explanations will
come later in the grammar.
-E- E--
‫سال‬ 84 ‫قرا‬ 8
>5 IP FD‫‏‬
ee mas’alatun ely)9
J)‫‏‬ Wuzara’u‫‏‬
So 2 S- 2 f‫‏‬
> ‫‏‬nurrb ‫سسثلة‬ 21
5 ‫ه‬- ‫د‬ : g- ‫‏‬70
‫ ءىش‬5 0 ines yajr'u cs yaji‫‏‬
5 fs - 9 +‫‏‬
‫بوس‬ 1 ‫سثل‬ 24
‫دع‬ So-‫‏‬
‫حرو‬ 82 ‫ضوء‬ 21
ae aa
eg © majri’un
§8
MADDA
If a hamza with fatha is followed by the long vowel, alif, the

hamza and fatha are dropped in writing, and the long vowel
>alif is written over the alif horizontally thus: | ?4, for ١١. This
‎‫> َ و‬ ‫حي‬ ‫ال‬ 1
sign is called ‫ةدم‬‎ madda. This occurs chiefly atthe beginning
of a word, as aa >4mana, he believed. It does, however, occur
5 ‎_‫ده‬
sometimes in the middle of a word, as O|,5 qur’dnun, Koran,
oe 5 Bos Se
and oly ra’ahu, he saw him, for ‫كاارق‬‎ and oll).
§9
STRESS, THE SYLLABLE
Written Arabic is a language of syllable length, rather than

accent or stress. When sexd-aicad allallables should be
given their full length, without slurring any letter, but no
effort should be made to emphasise any syllable at the
expense of another. The resultant reading may sound as if
some syllables are stronger than others, but this will in
reality be because oftheir length.
There are two kinds of syllable, short and long.
(2) The short syllable consists of a consonant with a short

vowel, like the three syllables in Sc ka-ta-ba, he wrote.
In this word the three syllables should be even and equal.
(b) The long syllable consists of a vowelled consonant
followed
by attuhvowelled letter. This may be
(i) Either a consonant with vowel, followed by a long
vowel (which is, in effect, an unvowelled letter), as
the first syllable of = i kd-ta-ba, he corresponded
with, or the second syllable of cir ka-bi-run, big
(ii) or a vowelled consonant followed by a truly con-

sonantal second letter with sukin, as the first syllable
of sag BEES his dog.
Thus the word eee ka-tab-tum, a (pl.) wrote, is one
short syllable followed by two long. os, kitabun, a book,
is one short followed by two long.
No syllable cann_be in with an_unvowelled letter: con-
sequently no word mmay begin with two consonants unless a
vowel intervenes. This explains why certain verb forms
---6
begin with an extra alif with hamzatu l-wasl, as ‫ملتسا‬‎ istalama,

he received. — eae
No syllable should close with two unvowelled consonants
though this may occur reading aloud in-pause, at the end of YA
a sentence. Thus i qalbun, heart, could be read At galb,
without the case-ending, in pause. In certain forms from the
doubled verb, however, we do encounter a syllable ending
on two unvowelled letters, the first being the long vowel alif,
e.g. eRe shab-bun, a youth.
§ 10
PUNCTUATION
Punctuation was not considered important in early Arabic

manuscripts. Even paragraphing was ignored. But the start
of a new section was sometimes indicated by putting the
heading in a different-coloured ink, e.g. red, instead of
black. Again, section headings were sometimes indicated by
a line over the words.
oe ‎‫ اويا‬se ‎‫الل‬ hg ray‫قدا‬‎ BRE

Here ‎‫ باب الصلاة‬retpahC( fo )reyarP si eht gnidaeh fo a
new section.
In medieval times, a single point, usually diamond shaped,
because of the reed-pen used, came to be employed.
- -= ee
‫‏‬.g.E »‫ة‬
‫ كثير ه‬752 0 ‫صاحب توادره‬ ‫وكان‬
Sometimes three inverted commas, thus «‘« were used.

In modern times, the Arabs have imitated European
punctuation, usually — though not always - putting them
upside-down.
——_—
E.g. ¢ comma
¢ semi-colon
٠ colon
. full-stop
« » quotation marks
( ) sometimes replaced by brackets,
though this practice is dying out.
‎‫ ؟‬or ? question mark.
The exclamation mark and dash are also used.
It is now normal to divide prose passages into paragraphs,
as in Europe. Large type is used for headings, and, although
italics do not exist, there is a wide variety of ornamental
scripts which facilitate clear setting-out.
§11
ABBREVIATIONS
A eke Te ee ee ‫م‬‎ not always)

put above abbreviations, e.g. ‫خلا‬‎ for ‫ه‬‎al J! 1a *akhirihi
“and so forth” (literally “to its end’’).
The following abbreviations are in common use after the
1 5 -G-- o-- ‫و‬‎ ‫لص‬ Ge
names of certain persons: ‫معلص‬‎ = ‫وملس‬. ‫ لص هللا هيلع‬salla 1
alaihi wasallama “God bless him and give him peace’’ used
after the name of Mohammed.
‫م‬ O--‫‏‬
‫ عملهتطت هيلع مالسلا معاج‬s-salamu “‘Upon him be‫'”ععدعم ‏‬

used after the names of other prophets.
§ 12
THE ALPHABET AS NUMERALS
This is little used today except for numbering paragraphs,

items, etc. in the manner of the English a, b, c, and so on,
In this case the order of the letters is that of the old Semitic
0 ‫عفت‬‎ ‫ير‬oo, 0 | ‫تس‬‎ ‫سس‬ ‫د‬
- 0602
alphabet. This is.called ‫دجبالا‬‎ ‫ فورح‬hurifu 1-’abjad.

i: | 20. 4 ZOO _ indy
200 eS 30. Jd 300. (ft
BT AD. 20 ¢ 400. ©
4 Pa) 50:11 500. &
5 3 60. uw 600. &
4 9 70. 0 7002" ‫د‬‎
Toe 4) 80. 800. ‫ض‬‎
9. 3b 100. & 1000. 2

£05) 6
This order is given in the following line:
jie ‫ذه‬‎
iz ‫تشرق‬‎ ‫ زوه ىطح نملك صفعس‬sel
§ 13
EXERCISES IN READING
oaC Se ‫‏‬yf ‫الات اويا أ افاي‬

‫ه‬ ‫ره‬ 99 = ‫ده‬ 2- Sé 2 ‫‏‬-
5
-
tib kul qum hamun qul bal ’abun wa li ta bi
ai Se NS ap ‫عود‬‎ ‫ يدع‬+ gen LE Tie

yadun kai dum fi nam dha khudh ean lam ma 13 sir
‫ده‬ ‫دس‬ 3 ‫‏‬ca 3» ‫ه‬-
‫لد‬ ‫هيد‬ eee 7 de®
-
٠‫رلك‏‬ hey‫‏‬
kullun dalla tibbun madda lubbun wai
II
5107 ‫ل‬‎ ‫ا‬

ee
ert
ADO a
TN
s-- S0- aS
farahun qatlun shariba hasuna fariha qatala kataba

‫> نوه‬ 7066 5 ‫ده‬ Sas‫‏‬
eh de ee city JB ot ‫ووو‬‎ ce
5
*ibilun hablun darbun khafa tala husnun hasanun

‎‫ و‬g- 5 - ‫هو‬‎ Sere 5 0- 5 ‫و‬‎
‫راس‬ ‫خفت‬ ‫قمت‬ ‫موت‬ ‫حا‬ ‫بيت‬ ds‫‏‬ ‫نور‬
ra’sun khifti qumta mautun jarun baitun filun nurun

--é on $029
oe ‎‫اكل‬ ‫بكر‬ ‫نهر‬ ‫بحر‬ ‫بعل‬ bw

jara ’akala Dien mena bahrin ‫انو‬‎ ‫ل‬ mbna
111
cpa ‎‫ نفس‬reElis Lab 2 Laces ae

e---
haribun nafsan aa pate kitabun katabtu oad

‫> جوده‬ 0-0005 ‫‏‬-a ‫ود و‬ ‫ورد‬ 6
katabtum 6 fattich fattasha ’aqtulu 000 ee:
‫مكتوب‬ ‫‏ شغلكم‬١ ‫كتابه‬ ‫ مخرج‬2 ‫بعثوا‬ ‫فرحنا‬

maktibun shughlukum kitabuhu takhruju ba cath farihna‫‏‬
Ieee‫‏‬ ‫ مكفيرط‬i base Olle, “Ue Seta‫‏‬

takhtalifi tariqukum ta ¢banu saratanun jalisan miftahun
TBR Aes 0G- 6 039° & kal} CX) S110
tadaraka ihmarrat 50 ijtama pnd ikhtilafun
‫ ىلإ لع‬cela ST... Gene.

3
ce
2»
nei‫ل ‏‬
San
ee‫‏‬
Are}
ala ila *akhidhun ’akilun mu’minun tatadhakkaru idtarabat

‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪ARABIC‬‬ ‫‪LANGUAGE‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫دع سد‪‎‬‬ ‫‪Ra‬‬ ‫‪yB‬‬ ‫‪sees‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0-‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪)IC‬‬
‫مولفون‪‎‬‬ ‫مواخدة‬ ‫~‬ ‫‪lus‬‬ ‫استكئاس‪‎‬‬ ‫موسى‬
‫‪mu’allifina‬‬ ‫‪mu’akhadhatun‬‬ ‫‪istahlifini‬‬ ‫‪isti’ndsun‬‬ ‫‪miusa‬‬

‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪$e‬‬
‫‪GJ‬‬
‫‪ta’lifan‬‬
‫‪IV‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪-G 0G‬‬ ‫‪Ba‬‬ ‫)‪ aie‬دك ‪ -‬صا ‪‎‬داس‬ ‫‪‎‬راس‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪000‬‬ ‫‪30208‬‬
‫من‬ ‫الشرقية‬ ‫الشمالية‬ ‫الزاوية‬ ‫يكون‬ ‫الصرى‬ ‫القطر‬
‫رب اص‬ ‫يي‬ ‫ردوص‬ ‫>‪ -‬و‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‏‪ee‬‬
‫لذن سمه ‪soi‬‏ ‪No sla‬‬ ‫وادى ا‬ ‫أفريقية ويقال له بض‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫و‪-‬م‪02‬‬ ‫سله‬ ‫محنب‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‏‪gS‬‬
‫سلسلتى جبال وخترقه ‪sa‬‏ النيل العظيم ‪sL‬‏ ‪ na‬جغرافيا اربعائة‬
‫‪a-‬‬
‫ليم عم اهنم‬ ‫‪ 30‬‏‪i‬‬ ‫ةساقملا ىهف‬ ‫هتحاسم‬ ‫‪ut, eo Je‬‬ ‫‏‪Al‬‬
‫‪ yl‬ةيعارز ‪.‬‬ ‫‪olds OV‬‬ ‫‏‪eee‬‬
‫دو‬
‫‪ aes) oe hall Ia Jets‬للا طسوتملا ‪‎‬نمو ‪iz aya‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪3 -0-‬‬
‫ىلبخر المتوئطإلالسوس ‪ETA‬‏‬
‫عل ا‬ ‫‏‪ se‬من خان يونس‬
‫‪“°060‬‬ ‫ص>و‪>+‬ورو‬ ‫صوءه‪>-‬‬

‫الاجر والبحر الأحمر ومن ا نوب بلاد الثوية ومن الغرب بلاد‬
‫‏‪ie‬‬
‫والنيل نهر ترق القطر ‪llay‬‏ ‪ selAls rep8‬فإذا‬

‫‪ore‬‬
‫وز‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪5-7‬‬
‫ا ىلإ ‪‎‬نيعرف ‪‎ eet‬امهدحا ‪at ML‬‬ ‫‪‎ J} hes‬برق )‪zal‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪3-pbe-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‎‬ه‬ ‫‪ 20-0‬ند‬ ‫‪ar‬‬
‫‪ gal‘al eee‬طسوتملا دنع ةئيدم طايمد رخالاو ريسي‬
‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‏]‪oes‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ساس‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫مائلاً‏!‪ J‬الغرب دق‬

‫‪ Gis‬صف إن ذلك‪lp‬‏ عند ‪x‬‏ ‪ees‬‬
‫وينقسم القطر ‪lay‬‏ ‪ eR edI‬إلى قسميبننجنوي وشمالى‬
‫درسا ‪‎‬مارس‬ ‫ويرسل‬ ‫‪Se‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪@-0-‬‬ ‫صورن‪-‬‬ ‫‪6‬د‬ ‫‪3743‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪700‬‬ ‫‪wom‬‬ ‫=‏‬
‫‪Se CT‬‬
‫ و‬-‫وء‬- ّ‫ش‬ ‫صءوده‬

‫والبحرى ويقال له‬ ‫إلى نقطة تفرعكل‬ ‫وي‬ye‫ حدود ‏‬al‫من‏‬
. ‫‏ اق إلى البحر المتوسط‬oe ‫لقال الست امن اق‬

‫‏ متوسط وهو الع بين‬alp ‫ويقسم الوجه البحرى إل ثلاثة‬
TaW ‫‏‬lraC ‫فرعي ايل وقد سمى لذلك ود البحرين وبثال له‬
-- ‫ود‬
‫‏ الواقع لحر‬tsae‫ بهته حرف ألذّال عند اليونانيين وشرق‬lil‫‏‬

‫‏ ويقال‬gc ‫‏ وغربى وهو الواقع إلى‬AG ‫ ويقال له الحوف‬Gi‫‏‬
Ul ‎‫ هذههى أقساماملقطر الصرى الطبيعية‬0 ‫رك‬
-
‎.‫ الادارية فتختلف بحلاف الأزمان‬A ]so

TRANSCRIPTION AND LITERAL TRANSLATION
al-qutru l-misriyu yukawwinu z-zawiyata
The land the Egyptian forms the angle
sh-shamfaliyata sh-sharqiyata min afriqiyata wa yuqalu
the northern the eastern of Africa and it is
lahu aidan wadia n-nili l’anna qismahu
called also valley of the Nile because _its part
l-janibiya waqi¢un baina silsilatai ‫متلةقطاز‬‎
the southern _lies between two chains of mountains,
wa yakhtariquhu nahru_ n-nili 1- ¢azimu.
and cuts through it the river of Nile the mighty.
masahatuhu jighrafiyan °arba eu mi’ati ?alfi milin
Its area (is) geographically 400,000 miles
murabba cin wa ’amma masahatuhu 1-muqidsatu
square and as for its area the measured,
fahiya 65 alfa milin murabba¢in minha 5,736,000
it (is) 65,000 square miles, of which 5,736,000
faddanin -ardan zara ¢iyatan.
faddans (are) _—ground agricultural.
wa yahuddu hadha 1I-qutra mina sh-shamali 1-bahru

And bounds | this land on the North the sea
]-mutawassitu. wamina_ sh-sharqi khattun yamtaddu
the Mediterranean andon_ the East a line which extends
min khani yainusa ala 1-bahri l-mutawassiti ila
from Khan Yunus on the sea the Mediterranean to
s-suwaisi ¢alal-bahril-’ahmari, wal-bahru 1-’ahmaru
Suez on the sea the Red, and thesea the Red;
wa mina 1-janubi biladu n-nubati wa mina
and on the South theland of Nubia; and on
1-gharbi biladu barqata.
the West the district of Barqa.
wa n-nilu nahrun yakhtariqu

And the Nile (is) ariver (which) cuts through
1-0142 1-2 mina 1-[ 11 118 sh-shamili
the land the Egyptian from the South to the North
fa ’idhad wasala ila qurbi 1-qahirati
and when itcomes to _ the neighbourhood of Cairo,
nqasama 115 fargaini yasiru ahaduhuma_ mi’ilan
it divides into two branches, goes oneofthem _ tending
ila sh-sharqi hatta yasubba ’ila l-bahri -- 1-mutawassiti
to the East until it flows into the sea the Mediterranean
inda madinati dimyata wa l|-’akharu yasiru ma’ilan
at thecity of Damietta and the other goes tending
ila l-gharbi hattaé yasubba “ila dhalika 1-bahri 2‫ع‬‎
tothe West until it flows into that sea at
thaghri rashida.
the frontier of Rosetta.
wa yanqasimu I-qutru ]-misriyu bi hadha

And is divided the land _ the Egyptian in this
li ctibari 1153 qismaini janibiyin wa shamiliyin au
way into two parts, asouthern and anorthern, or
qibliyin wa __ bahriyin fa l-qismu 1-qibliyu

asouthern and asea-coast, andthe part the southern,
wa yuqalu lahu s-sa¢idu au misru_ 1- ‫عاق‬‎ yamtaddu
and it is called the Sa’id or Egypt the upper, extends
min akhiri hudidi misra janiban "11a
from the end ofthe limits of Egypt (on the) South to
nuqtati tafarru ¢i n-nili wa 1-bahriyu
the point of the branching of the Nile; and the sea-coast,
wa yuqialulahu misru_ s-sufla yamtaddu min nuqftati
and itis called Egypt the lower, extends from the point
tafarru ‎‫ع‬1 n-nili ila l-bahri 1-mutawassiti.
of the branching of the Nile to the sea the Mediterranean.
wa yuqsamu l-wajhu 1-bahriyu "ila
And_ isdivided the portion the sea-coastal into
thalathati ’aqsimin mutawassitin wahuwa l|-waqi eu baina
three divisions, a middle, and it 1165 between
far 1‫ع‬‎ n-nili wa gad summiya
two branches of the Nile, and it has been named
11 dhalika raudatu 1-bahraini
on account of that garden of the two rivers
wa yuqalu lahu aidani dh-dhalta li musha-
and it is called also the Delta on account of its
bahatihi biharfi dh-dhali ¢inda 1-yinaniyina
resemblance tothe letter. dhal among _ the Greeks,
wa sharqiyin wahuwa l-waqi cu ila sharqiyi § dh-dhalta
and an eastern, and it lies to the East of the Delta
wa yuqalulahu I-haufu sh-sharqiyu wa gharbiyin
andis called the border the eastern, ard a western
wa huwa 1-03 eu "ila gharbiyiha wa yuqalu lahu
and it lies to the West ofit, andis called
1-haufu l-gharbiyu. hadhihi hiya ’aqsamu
the border the western. These are the divisions
l-qutri l-misriyi t-tabigiyatu *amma ’aqsamuhu

of the land the Egyptian the natural. As for its divisions
1-’idariyatu fa takhtalifu bi khtilafi
the administrative, they differ with the differing
1-’azmani.
of the times.
CHAPTER TWO
‎)‫ى‬
SUT
‫ان‬AL-babu
‫ الث‬th-thani)
The Article. The Simple
Nominal Sentence
1. There is no indefinite article in Arabic, but the presence

of nunation at the end of a noun (see Chap. One, Sect. 5)
§ 07
indicates indefinite-ness. Thus ‫تيب‬‎ baitun means a house,

5-2
‫ لجر‬rajulun, a man.‫‏‬
2. The definite article is ‫لأ‬‎ al, the, which is prefixed to,
and attached to, its noun, e.g. coll al-baitu the house,
‎‫> و‬66
‎‫ الباب‬al-babu, the door. The noun, being definite, loses its
nunation.
The hamza of the definite article is hamzatu 1-wasl (See
Chap. One, Sect. 7). Consequently it disappears when it
follows another word, and in pronunciation the ‫ل‬‎ “1” follows
immediately after the final vowel of the preceding word, e.g.
9300" J-- 08
‎‫الولد والبتت‬ udalaw-la aw ,utnib-I eht yob dna eht .lrig
(Note: ‎‫ و‬wa meaning “‘and”’ is written as part of the following
word.)
3. When the word to which the article is attached begins
3 2G 0% 2 ‫و‬‎ ‫ورود‬
with certain letters termed Sun-letters ‫)ةيسمشلا‬‎ S941 al-
hurifu sh-shamsiya), the “‘l’’ of the article changes to the
initial letters in question. The fourteen Sun-letters are
0 5 * : ٠ ٠ 30 & 9
2, x, ‫كو‬‎ ‫و‬3 ‫ رورو‬Oy Ur UF ‫ضو‬‎ L, L, J, O, €.g. ‫سمشلا‬‎ 21-
shamsu (pronounced ash-shamsu), the sun; eat al-rajulu

(pronounced ar-rajulu) the man. In such a case, no sukin is
placed over the J “I”, but a tashdid is written over the first
letter of the word, as shown.
22
THE ARTICLE. THE SIMPLE NOMINAL SENTENCE 23
4. Adjectives as attributes are placed after the nouns they

qualify. If the noun has the article, the adjective also must
- S6e6-
have it, e.5 ‫ريغص‬‎ ‫ تيب‬baitun saghirun, a small house, but

‎‫الصغير‬ ‫ ا‬utiab-la ,urihgas-s eht llams .esuoh etoN taht
- » 0-08
‫ تيبلا ٌريغص‬al-baitu saghirun can only mean “the house is‫‏‬

small”.
Where two or more adjectives qualify the same noun it is
not necessary to put “and” between them.
5 5 5 ‫تل‬‎ ‫ا‬ ‫لكان‬
©.8. ‎‫بيت جميل جديد‬ nutiab nulimaj ,nudidaj a enif wen
house; ‎‫اميل الجديد‬ ‫ ل‬utiab-la ulimaj-I ,udidaj-1 eht

fine new house. But if the two adjectives form the predicate
‎‫ كتارم‬of= oe sentence it is usual to insert ‘“‘and”’,
e.g. ae‫و‬‎ ‫ ليج‬ai al-baitu jamilun wa jadidun, the house
is ane and new.
5. The verb “‘to be” is omitted in Arabic when it has a
BY indicative meaning, as the English “‘is’ or “‘are’, e.g.
= ‫د‬ 80-0
a ‎‫ البيت‬al-baitu qadimun, the house (is) old. Such a
sentence is termed a nominal sentence as opposed to a verbal
sentence.
6. The been pronouns of the singular are:
GI ana, I
ei| ?anta, you (thou) masculine

eit ?anti, you (thou) feminine
0 huwa, he, it
‫ ىه‬hiya, she, it‫‏‬

3 J
These pronouns are indeclinable. ‫وه‬‎ and _ are used to
mean “it”, according to the gender of the thing to which
they refer, there being no neuter in Arabic.
VOCABULARY
a door, chapter iy babun 1 BPR (Ax)
a house as baitun ‫لا‬‎ 4 oe
a man ‫لح‬‎ rajulun
a boy, son ‫دلو‬‎ waladun tS :
a river nahrun eal

a sea be bahrun
a book Cus kitabun, * 4, 229

a street ‫عراش‬‎ shari ‫عاته‬‎
a chair 55 kursiyun age pas
tea ‫ىاش‬‎ shayun
caffed Sagi qahwatun
a cup es finjanun
the Nile ‫نلينلا‬‎ an-Nilu

big, great, old ‫ديك‬‎ Rabin Nery
small, young moe saghirun
old ‫دق‬‎ qadimun ‫اج‬‎ 0
new sche jadidun
long, tall dhsne tawilun
short ‫ريصق‬‎ gastrin + ?
beautiful, fine ‫ليمج‬‎ jamilun

-
THE ARTICLE. THE SIMPLE NOMINAL SENTENCE 25
oe
handsome, good ‫نمسح‬‎ hasanun,

Hassan (pr. noun m.) Hasanun
5 3907
broken ‎‫ مكسور‬0
pa
,daorb ‫‏‬ediw ‫وأاسع‬ 15 ‫صتاع‬
5 ‫ب‬ > :
narrow ‎‫ ضيق‬dayyiqun
Note: In the English exercises words in parentheses ( )

indicate the rendering in Arabic. Words in square brackets
[ ] are not translated. Exercises are for translation from
Arabic to English or vice versa.
EXERCISE1
- ‫وأول‬‎ > 08 ‫هر و‬ -0b- 8 - ‫مم‬‎

ees dy sb de) ‫تا‬‎ ne cls ‫ناعم‬‎ ‫اناسو‬
2 EA ie eH Lo ie) £)
68 wl—. ‫ديبكا‬‎ ‫ وه رهن‬ee ‫كيلا‬‎ 3 . ‫ ليوطو‬els
Se Se jn
© 90-08 moor ue ‫ا‬‎
‎‫ و ولد حسن‬. ‫م البحر الضيق‬ eaevV : ‎‫ت هيل‬

‫دالبييك‬
-
Sie One 8d me 3-0-0007 Dog OS
‎.‫انا رجل وانت ولد‬,+ .‫ والقهوة‬ete | ‎.‫ وقهوة‬,y—elG
572607 ‎2‫و‬ ie 00 200 2 0308
EEC ‫يل‬‎ ane ea
S-- ‫وه‬‎-.‫و‬ 6 90.7 39 -70 0‫م ود ه‬
0 ‫ا‬‎ a6 Sou
TRANSCRIPTION
1. ?And saghirun wa ’anta kabirun. 2. Anta rajulun

tawilun. 3. Ash-shari eu wasi¢un wa tawilun. 4. An-nilu
nahrun, huwa nahrun kabirun. 5. Al-babu qadimun. 6. Al-
baitu jamilun. 7. Nahrun qasirun. 8. Al-bahru d-dayyiqu.
9. Waladun hasanun. 10. Shayun wa qahwatun. 11. Ash-
shayu wa I-qahwatu. 12. ?Ana rajulun wa ’anta waladun.
13. Al-kursiyu saghirun. 14. Al-finjanu qadimun, huwa
maksirun. 15. Al-kitabu jamilun, huwa jadidun. 16. Al-babu

maksirun. 17. Rajulun wa waladun wa bintun. 18. ?Ana wa
hiya. 19. >Anta wa huwa. 20. Ash-shari eu d-dayyiqu.
EXERCISE 2
1. The house is large. 2. A large house. 3. A tall man and

a short boy. 4. Hassan is a young (small) boy. 5. The river
is narrow. 6. A wide street. 7. He is a new boy. 8. An old
broken door. 9. The Nile is a long wide river. 10. The book
is new. 11. A new book. 12. The sea is beautiful. 13. An old
chair. 14. Nice tea. 15. Old coffee. 16. The cup is small.
17. A man and a boy. 18. You are a tall man, and I am short.
19. A small new book. 20. The long street.
CHAPTER THREE
2 wo ‫وب‬‎ OF
‎)‫ الثالث‬GUI Al-babu th-thalithu)
Gender. The Feminine
1, There are only two genders in Arabic, masculine and

feminine. Generally speaking, there is no special sign of the
masculine, and words should be assumed to be masculine
unless they belong to one of the following categories:
(a) Words feminine by meaning, aerate human beings or
animals, e.g. ‫ما‬‎ >ummun, mother, ‫تنب‬‎‫ ب‬bintun, daughter,
5 ‫وج‬‎
‎‫ عروس‬garisun, bride.
(b) Words feminine by form. The principal feminine
2
form is the ta” marbita 5 atun (see Chap. One, Sect. 2, note 2)
which is the usual feminine ending. The ta” marbita is added
to masculine nouns and adjectives (though not invariably) to
make them feminine, e.g.
Ad:
‎‫ خادم‬khadimun, servant; ‫ةمداخ‬:‎ khadimatun, female servant
-
onl ibnun, son; Fen ibnatun, daughter

‎‫هه‬ - sane
‎‫ كير‬kabirun, big, old; fem. ‫ةريبك‬‎ 0
ion ‫ود‬‎ ‫ءا‬ ‫اب‬
‎‫ حديد‬jadidun, new; fem. ‫ةديدج‬‎ 111
Words ending in ta? marbita should be assumed to be

ake
feminine, unless known to be otherwise, e.g. 4 lS kitaba-
1 aoe =
tun, writing. But ‫ةفيلخ‬‎ khalifatun, Caliph, is masculine,
being a male human being.
There are a few other feminine word forms, besides the
ta? marbiita, but these will be explained later (see Chapter
Eleven).
27
(c) Words feminine by convention. The following cate-

gories apply:
(i) ‫سدو‬‎ ‫كادوا‬names, that is, towns, ‫هل‬‎ countries,
éetc., eg? ep misru, Egypt; ‫قشمد‬‎ dimashqu,
Damascus.
(ii) Parts of the body which occur inpairs are almost al
‎65‫> ه‬
feminine, €.g. ‫نيع‬.‎ gainun, eye; 14 yadun, hand; Jey
rijlun, foot.
(iii) Certain other nouns are feminine for no apparent
reason. Among the common ones are:
5 oF 5 5 ‫ب‬‎ ' 2 |a
١ ‫ا‬‎ ” v2)! ?ardun, earth ‫راد‬‎ darun, house, home {
C yal in ae
Vie 57 5121051111 sun ‫ران‬‎ narun, fire 4. 5 J
1 5 6>
We a ‫سفن‬‎ 2215112, soul, self.
In this category are a few words which may be either
feminine or masculine, though in Classical Arabic the
feminine was preferred, e.g.
Chee 5 -
‎‫ طريق‬tariqun, road, way J& halun, condition, or
i state.
The latter word also occurs with the feminine ending,
G--
‫ ةلاح‬halatun, condition or state.‫‏‬
2. The adjective must agree with the noun which it

: ae 230 3 5
qualifies, e.g. 3‫ريغص‬‎ ‫ لجر‬rijlun saghiratun, a small foot;
‫ ةريبكلا‬coal
¢ al-bintu 1-kabiratu, the big (old) daughter;‫‏‬
‫ور‬ ‫راصن‬ + ‫دوت‬ 5- -6-
‫ ةفيلخلا ديدجلا‬al-khalifatu l-jadidu, the new caliph;‫ قديمة ‏‬yle‫‏‬

darun qadimatun, an old house.
Similarly, the adjective must agree with the noun to which
5 an 2oa-
it is the predicate in the nominal sentence, e.g. ‫ة‬‎‫سمشلا رح‬
GENDER. THE FEMININE 29
é s- - of ;
ash-shamsu harratun, the sun is hot; sl Jl ?anti
me 5: -6
hadiratun, you (fem.) are present, but ‫رضاح‬‎ ‫? تنا‬anta
hadirun, you (masc.) are present.
COLLECTIVE NOUNS
3. Many words have a collective meaning in their singular

form. This applies especialy |to natural features and animals,
e.g. ‎‫ خر‬hajarun, rocks; ‫قجش‬‎ shajarun, trees; ‫رقب‬‎ 010,
cows. To indicate a single object or animal, the feminine
52 Sia
ta’ marbita ending is added: 3,> hajaratun, a rock; ‫شجرة‬‎
g---
shajaratun, a tree; ‫ةرقب‬‎ baqaratun, a cow.
THE INTERROGATIVE PARTICLE *

4. In the written language, ‫هاا‬‎ are introduced by
either of the particles 1 hal, or | .‫دو‬‎ The lattera
i written =
- - 3906
if it were part of the word which follows it, e.g. ‫؟‬‎ ‫ رصمةديعب‬1
hal misru ba cidatun, or Peas pes ?a-misru ba cidatun,

is Egypt distant, far? The European interrogative sign is
written in modern Arabic either in its normal form or re-
versed ‫)؟‬‎ or ?). In spoken Arabic, these interrogative par-
ticles are almost never used, the interrogation being indicated
by the tone of voice.
VOCABULARY
g 2 4
mother ‫مأ‬‎ -ummun © a2

506
girl, daughter ‫تنب‬‎ Pr

5-6
daughter : ‫ةنئبا‬‎ 2 ‫ما‬

56 58
son ‫نبا‬‎ ibnun Dy

* See also Appendix C, ‘§2.
bride (f-) ‫سورع‬‎ éarusun

Caliph (m.) ‫ةفيلخ‬‎ Khalifatun
Egypt (Cairo) (1) pes Misru 0° 7° ?

Damascus (f-) Gees Dimashqu
eye (f) oe ¢ainun
1
‎‫دج‬
hand (f:) ‫دي‬‎ yadun
foot (anatomical) (f.) dey rijlun qr?
home, homeland, house (f.) ‫راد‬‎ darun fs Avaw YT
hot 7 1‫اح‬‎ harrun, harrun ene
earth, land (f.) & ?ardun ‫م‬‎ Kt Ae
sun )/( ‫سش‬‎ shamsun ‫ب‬‎ ‫الم ل‬

present, ready ele hadirun
stone (s) (coll.) = hajarun
frente) (coll.) ‫رجش‬‎ shajarun
cow(s), oxen (.11‫م‬2)‎ bey baqarun

distant, far 5 ba cidun
garden, orchard ‫ناتسب‬‎ bustanun
king ‫كلم‬‎ malikun 7 /
queen ick, malikatun 2 \f
a place = mahallun
a man, human being 50 insanun

GENDER. THE FEMININE 31
yes! ‎‫ نعم‬na¢am
nol ‫ال‬‎ [3 x5
- ١
$i- B-
grandfather, ‫ةدح‬‎ ¢ ‫ دح‬jaddun, jaddatun
grandmother
‎‫و‬+ - 5,.-
servant (f.) ‫ةمداخ‬‎ «(m.) ‫مداخ‬‎ khadimun, khadimatun
ugly, nasty ‫حيبق‬‎ qabihun

EE .
hour, watch, clock, time ‫ةعاس‬‎ sa ‫عون‬‎ RA
«ie
strong, violent ‫ديدت‬‎
me
doctor, physician ‫بيبط‬‎ tabibun
5
clean 43 nazifun
dead
‎0‫و‬
‎‫ ميت‬0
95-
fire (f.) ‫ران‬‎ narun / ) 4
EXERCISE 3
59228 CIA Bas Ce Scr
OLS 9“5170
dns 5 ‫و‬‎ 970° ‫دا‬ 1 522002

. ‫ةليمح‬‎ ‫ب‬ ‫سورعلا‬ ‫ همه‬. ‫ع مالا ةرضاح‬ ٠ ‫ةريغص‬‎ ‫وجراح ىه‬
‎‫< ري‬, 2-7 36 6m S)=. tie et is
! ‫معن‬‎ ‫لهم تنبلا ةليمج ؟‬ . ‫ ةفيلخ دجدي‬- ‫ ب‬. ‫ ةحيبق‬ALT ‫ب‬‎

8‫ق‬‎ - --§ ‫و‬ » 060- S-
‎.‫ارات دمشق محل حار‬ . ‫واسعة‬ ‫ | الارض‬. ,‫نظيفة‬ ‫ل‬
0-6 5 w- ‫ش>مَع‬‎ 1‫ك‬ G- - 3 1
‎‫الخادمة‬ ¢ . ‫الجد سيت‬ ‫سو‬ . ‫ بوحالدار يفده والشمس شديدة‬+
. ‎‫ هوطبيب‬teb« ‎‫إنسان‬ ‫حلا‬ ‫كوت‬ , ‫طويلة‬ ‫شجره‬--١‫هم‬ . ‫حاضرة‬
fie
205 6 - - ‫و‬‎ - -‫هرو‬
—r. abe ‫ةكلمحرو‬‎ ee ‫ديعب‬‎ ‫بناتسبلا‬

6- - 3--0-
‎‫ا‬ ٠.
ne
\ -
TRANSCRITION
1. As-sa¢atu l-jadidatu l-jamilatu maksiratun. 2. ?A-hiya
sa¢atun kabiratun? 3. La! hiya saghiratun. 4. Al-?>ummu
hadiratun. 5. Al-¢arisu bintun jamilatun. 6. Kitabatun
qabihatun. 7. Khalifatun jadidun. 8. Hali l-bintu jamilatun?
Nagam! 9. Rijlun nazifatun. 10. Al-’ardu wasi¢atun. 11.
Dimashqu mahallun harrun. 12. Ad-daru ba¢idatun wa
sh-shamsu shadidatun. 13. Al-jaddu mayyitun. 14. Al-
khadimatu hadiratun. 15. Sharajatun tawilatun. 16. Hasanun
*insanun jamilun..Huwa tabibun. 17. Al-bustanu ba¢idun.
18. Malikun kabirun. 19. Malikatun jamilatun. 20. Al-
malikatu jamilatun.
EXERCISE 4
1. You (fem. sing.) are beautiful. 2. The tall tree is dead.

3. The mother is present. 4. Is the bride ready? No! 5. The
dead Caliph. 6. The Caliph is dead. 7. A long foot. 8. Exten-
sive (wide) land. 9. Damascus is distant. 10. The old watch
is broken. 11. She is an ugly girl. 12. You are the queen.
13. The king is a fine man. 14. Are you the grandmother?
No, I am the mother. 15. Awful (ugly) handwriting. 16. A
large foot. 17. Is the garden clean? Yes, it is clean. 18. He is
a doctor. 19. A long wide road. 20, The new house is small.
CHAPTER FOUR
‎)‫ الرابع‬SUI ALbabu r-rabi eu)
Declension of Nouns.
The Three Cases
1. There are three cases in Arabic, and these are indicated
merely by changing the vowelling of the final consonant
(except in the dual and sound masculine plural endings). The
“n” sound of nunation occurs after the final vowel in all
three cases where required. The cases are:
(a) ‎‫ رفع‬raf 2 (nominative, vowelled with damma)
5 0- 907 On
e.g. ‎‫ بيت‬baitun, a house; ‫تيبلا‬‎ al-baitu, the house.
Sy 6>
(b) Cai nasb (accusative, vowelled with fatha)

=o7 eg: Gok: Kast
e.g. x» baitan, ‫تيبلا‬‎ al-baita.
(c) ‎‫ جر‬jarr (genitive, vowelled with kasra)

‎‫كن‬ O- 0”
e.g. ‫تيب‬‎ fi baitin, in a house; ‫تيبلاى‬‎ fi 1-baiti, in the

house.
Note that in the accusative, the letter ’alif is added io the
indefinite noun, but this does not lengthen the fatha; it is
merely a convention of spelling.
2. The English translation of case names given above is
sometimes misleading, and it would be a great mistake for
students to assume that where, for instance, a word would
be considered accusative in English, or any other language,
nasb should be employed in Arabic. As a rough guide, the
student. would do well, at this stage, to think of nasb as
adverbial as well as objective. For example, Yb halan, at
present, at once, is really the accusative indefinite of halun,
a state, or condition. Jarr, the genitive, is used for posses-
33
sion or after prepositions. While raf the nominative, is

used as the subject of a sentence, we have also seen (Chap.
Two) that it is used for the predicate-of a nominal sentence.
3. The Arabs call declension esi‫رعإ‬‎ igrab, and words
5 - ‫وه‬
fully declined are said to be ‫فرصتنم‬‎ munsarif. However,

certain classes of noun are not fully declined, and are termed
HVE LYSE |
‫ ريغ فرصنم‬ghair munsarif (other than munsarif). European‫‏‬
grammarians sometimes call thesé diptotes/as opposed to the
regular triptotes. Diptotes are declined as follows:
Indefinite Definite
Nominative Os} za ¢lanu* angry ‫ٌنالع‬‎aT az-za ¢ lana
Acc. ‫نالعز‬‎ za clana ‫نالع‬‎aT 22-2 ‫عاةصد‬‎
Gen. ‫نالعز‬‎ za 8‫ع‬‎ ‫ لانالع‬22-22 ‫عاقمت‬
It will be noted from the above that diptotes are quite normal
when definite. When indefinite, they differ from triptotes in
two respects. First, there is no nunation; second, there are
only two different vowel endings, the accusative and genitive
both
fatha.
having ‫د‬‎
For the present, the student should find out from the
vocabularies or from a dictionary which words are diptotes.
THE GENITIVE WITH pO ‫نيل‬‎
4. Every Arabic preposition (harf jarr > 20 takes its
following noun in the genitive, e.g.
‫ قى‬fi, in‫‏‬ ‫ ق ناتسب‬fi bustanin, in a garden.‫‏‬
‫ىفتيبلا‬8 l-baiti, in the house.‫‏‬

yas : fi Misra (diptote), in Egypt.‫‏‬
6
‎‫ من‬min, from is‫و‬‎ ay min waladin, from a boy.

‫م‬
* Modern usage. In eax Arabic it means “‘in agony”’.
DECLENSION OF NOUNS. THE THREE CASES 35
--90 -
‫ نم اولادل بيطلا‬mina l-waladi t-tayyibi, from the‫‏‬

nice boy.‫‏‬
‫دلو نالعز‬
‫ و‬be min waladin za ¢lana, from an‫‏‬
7[ boy.‫‏‬
‫بمنن الولد|العلان‬ anim ‫‏‬idalaw-| 8-2 ‫ رأصقاع‬from‫‏‬

“the angry boy.‫‏‬
: * ‫ ل‬li, to, for, #‫‏‬
belonging to‫‏‬ ‫ لجرل‬li rajulin, to a man.‫‏‬
2 La
x ‫ىلإ‬‎ ,1153 0 ‫ ىلإ قوسلا‬ila s-siiqi, to the market.
-i-
‫ ةكم‬J! ila Makkata (diptote), to Mecca.‫‏‬
10 ‫ىلع‬‎‫ علق‬on ‫ةدئ‬‎uit ‫ىلع‬‎ ‫ع‬ 1-ma’idati, on the table.
5. Where a nominal sentence has a prepositional phrase

as its predicate, and the subject is indefinite, it is usual not to
put the subject first, e.g.
‫ حيبق‬ee‫ ناتسلا ‏‬3 fi l-bustani rajulun qabihun, an‫‏‬

ugly man is in the garden.‫‏‬
NOT‫‏‬
> 0030 53 ‫ات‬
‫ لجر حيبق ف ناتسبلا‬rajulun qabihun fi !-bustani.‫‏‬
In such sentences the verb “‘to be’? understood can be

translated by the English impersonal verb, “there is” or
“there are’’, e.g. the sentence above: “There is an ugly man
in the garden.”
THE GENITIVE OF POSSESSION
‎)‫ إضافة‬idafa)
6. A noun followed by another noun in the genitive auto-
— 5 2G
* With the definite article it is written ‫ال‬‎ , e.g., ‫لحرلل‬‎ to or for the man.
matically loses its nunation. Moreover, where-—as in the

majority of instances — the following genitive noun is definite,
the first noun also is automatically definite. A NOUN
FOLLOWED BY A GENITIVE MUST NOT TAKE
THE ARTICLE.
Go ‎‫و‬ >
Thus ‘oo ‫تيب‬‎ baitu r-rajuli means the house of the

TP eS O
man; os ‫تيب‬‎ baitu Muhammadin means the house of

Muhammad, or Muhammad’s house.
In the first example, if it is intended that “house’”’ should
be indefinite, with the meaning a house of the man’s, and
implying that he has other houses also, then another idiom
must be used, as ‫لج‬‎
‫ تفرلل‬baitun li r- peer literally, a house
to or of the man. Similarly, ‫دمحمل‬‎ ow , baitun li Muham-

madin, a house of 11 3-3
7. ‎1‫ غ‬15.2 rule of *idafa that nothing must interpose between

the noun and its following genitive. Consequently, if the
noun is to be qualified with an adjective, the latter must
come AFTER the genitive, e.g.
Dees Ol wey ed) Oe . sj. as 5

‎‫بيت محمد الكر‬ utiab inidammahuM ,uribak-|I -mahuM
١ ; man’s big house.
‫هع ميدقلا‬ cas baitu r-rajuli i-qadimu, the man’s old‫‏‬

house.‫‏‬
Note that by altering the vowelling of the adjectives above,

quite different meanings are given, e.g.
‫ نييكلا‬saz‫‏‬
‫ل‬ ‫تيب‬ baitu Muhammadini 1|-kabiri, the house‫‏‬
of the great Muhammad.‫‏‬
‫لج رييكلا‬we‫‏‬
‫تيب‬ baitu r-rajuli |-kabiri, the house of the‫‏‬
old man.‫‏‬
As will be seen, the adjective of the noun made definite by

idafa takes the article.
It is possible for a noun to form idafa with a following
indefinite genitive. In such cases, that noun still remains
indefinite, even though it loses its nunation, as the following
example shows:
(without a qualifying adjective)
‫ ةوهق‬Obes finjinu qahwatin, a cup of coffee.‫‏‬
(with a qualifying seeps)
-e-3 -
‫ناجنفةوجق ريبك‬ finjanu qahwatin kabirun, a large‫‏‬

cup of coffee.
Such instances are less frequent than the definite idafa,
except, perhaps, in Classical poetry. In modern prose, for
instance, one would not expect to encounter
59 ws 8>
AS ‫دمحم‬‎ :‫تيب‬ baitu Muhammadin kabirun
Goo 5 = 5 o-
instead of Hered ‫ريبك‬‎ ‫تيب‬ baitun kabirun li-Muhammadin
with the meaning of “a large house of Muhammad’s”’
VOCABULARY
Sr 10"
angry Orns; za ¢lanu bread khubzun

(lit. in agony)
e+ lahmun (| /? ¢
good, nice, ob tayyibun2) om
satisfactory butter 9 3-02 ‘zubdatun,
6 ‫هدبر‬‎
: 9 ‫رو‬‎a 7) zubdun (
est 2 milk ٠ 2‫ك‬‎ ‫ب‬2‫ ه‬halibun, 20
ait cals tale1G labanun=}
honest, ale salihun
upright * plate ‫نحص‬‎ sahnun
truthful, YT Gale sidiqun knife ‫نيكس‬‎ sikkinun
honest : wee
Mecca ac Martara fork iS ‫وش‬‎ shaukatun
market (m. or f.) Soe sugqun spoon. dial, mil ‫عونه‬‎

table gulls ma@idatun in a fi
-
from ‎‫ من‬min |I
to, for, belonging to ‫ل‬‎ li s
on, upon scat

‫ىلع‬‎ eala 5 3
with ‫عم‬‎ maga
ae
minister (political) ‫ريزو‬‎ 10
cil
stale, old ‫تثاب‬‎ ba’itun
EXERCISE 5
“700 9°-6 - -90@ >>
ln Bg. . ‫مدقلا‬‎ 57 pos ‫تين‬‎ ‫انوفا‬

. ‫‏ الصادق‬mo~ ‫مد (هى) ف بستان‬: ‫حسن ولد صالح الع مح‬
“of ‫‏‬ao “20 ‫ور‬ ‫‏‬haa ‫عار‬ ‫الج‬ ‫ار‬
‫وحانت‬. 0 ‫‏‬elod ‫‏بنك‬sap ‫نك‬,

- ‫صسّه و‬- ‫دس‬ ‫و‬-- ‫دوه‬ ‫ و‬- 0-
.‫ واللحم شديد‬lse S5 - ‫‏‬yy . ‫ من حسن وهو ولدطيب‬OS)‫‏‬
- = - 00 ‫‏‬iw ‫در‬
‫ ام الخليفة على‬eop ‫‏‬reme ‫د‬
. ‫بقرةمحم‬ 0 ‫ل‬
‫وم‬ - 80 ‫ هو‬+ Peas - ‫‏‬0¢-
‫أَنْتفي بستان حسن‬ ‫‏‬oy .‫حسن‬ AJ ‫‏‬gy . ‫المائدةالصغيرة‬
‫‏‬leg ‫ابعل‬ 1 .‫ في ببت لمحمد‬BUI, . det!‫‏‬
‫ هس‬Si Ma ete‫‏‬
“09
.‫لياق الولد فىالفنجان الكبير‬ . ‫يان الملك‬ 44
TRANSCRIPTION
1. gala l-m@idati sahnun wa sikkinun. 2. Mil 4‫ع‬‎
1 n-nazifatu. 3. Al-halibu tayyibun. 4. Mina 5-01
l-qadimi. 5. Li-siiqi Makkata. 6. Ibnu Hasanin waladun
salihun. 7. Ibnatu Muhammadin (hiya) fi bustani Hasanini

s-sadiqi. 8. Maliku Misra malikun ¢adilun. 9. Huwa bnu
1-maliki z-za ¢lani. 10. ?Anta za ¢lanu min Hasanin, wa huwa
waladun tayyibun. 11. Al-khobzu qadimun wa l|-lahmu
shadidun. 12. Az-zubdu min halibi (labani) baqarati Mu-
hammadin. 13. Shaukatu >ummi 1-khalifati ¢ala 1-ma?idati
s-saghirati. 14. Makkatu mahallun hasanun. 15. ?Anta fi
bustani Hasanini 1-jamili. 16. Al-maidatu fi baitin li-
Muhammadin. 17. Al-khubzu ¢ala s-sahni I-jadidi. Huwa
maga z-zubdati. 18. Hali l-labanu jadidun? La, huwa
qadimun. 19. ?Anti fi bustani l-maliki. 20. Shayu 1-waladi fi
1-finjani |-kabiri.
EXERCISE 6
1. The king is angry with the new minister. 2. There is a

beautiful new table in Hassan’s house. 3. On the table are a
knife, fork and spoon. 4. The milk is with the bread and
butter. 5. The new market of Damascus is in a long, narrow
street. 6. The meat is on the plate. 7. He is a good and just
man from Mecca. 8. The king’s young son is in one of the
minister’s houses (lit. a house to the minister). 9. The
Caliph’s grandmother is dead. 10. Hassan’s beautiful mother
is a doctor (fem.). 11. Is there a fire in the house? 12. Is there
a strong chair in the man’s house? 13. Is there fresh (new)
coffee in the large cup? 14. The knife and fork belong to
the minister. 15. I am a just man, and you are a reliable
servant. 16. I am from Egypt. 17. Damascus is beautiful.
18. The King of Egypt is a just man. 19. Yes, he is a short
man. 20. The doctor’s old broken watch is with the book on
the table.
CHAPTER FIVE
‎)‫ ألباب الشامس‬ubab-lA )usimahk-I

Number. The Sound Masculine and
Feminine Plurals. Personal Pronouns.
Some simple Verb Forms
5-09
1. There are three numbers in Arabic: Singular :) ‫درفم‬‎

mufrad), Dual eS muthannan), and Plural ‫)عمج‬‎ jam é):
The Dual is formed by adding the termination ‫نأ‬‎ ani in
the Nominative and a aini in the other cases. (The latter,
which we may term the oblique case, is the only form used
in the colloquial, and becomes ain.)
e.g. ‎‫ ملك‬malikun, a king; ‫ناكلب‬‎ ‫ نيكل‬malikani, malikaini,

: two kings. ‘gad 01:
‎‫ الملك‬al-maliku, the king; OSI! enShel | al-malikani,
‘ al-malikaini, the two kings. ١
When the noun ends in ta? marbita, this changes to an
ordinary ta” before any suffix is joined to it, consequently
gee ; 6
‎‫ملكة‬: malikatun, a queen, forms the dual ‫ناتكلم‬‎ mali-
= Joe
katani, two queens.
ie Bi 36s
‫ ةكلملا‬al-malikatu, the queen,‫ ناتكلملا ‏‬al-malikatani, the‫‏‬
two queens.
2. There are two types of plural in Arabic:

(i) The Sound Plural ‫)ملاسلا‬‎ geil al-jameu s-silim)
which has different masculine and feminine forms.
This is formed by adding certain endings to nouns.
40
NUMBER. THE SOUND PLURALS. PERSONAL PRONOUNS 41
(ii) The Broken Plural (paket ‫عمجلا‬‎ al-jam eu ]-mukas-

sar Or ‫سمكتلا‬‎ ‫ عمج‬jam gut-taksir), formed by internal
changes, sometimes with the addition of prefixes and
suffixes (see Chaps. Six and Seven).
—_™_---——-
3. The Sound een Plural of nouns and adjectives iis

formed by adding 82 una to the Nominative, and ‫ني‬‎ ina to
the Oblique, e.g. ‫مّلعم‬‎ mu ¢allimun, a teacher, pl. ‫نوملعم‬‎ ,
‫كي نيملعم‬ ‫يالا‬ ‫د‬ ‫اق‬ bs khayyatun, a‫‏‬

g--
tailor, pl. abla ‘ ‫نيطايخ‬‎ khayyatiina, khayyatina. cy
hasanun, good, nice, pl. ١‫نوئسح‬‎ hasaniina. 5. kathirun,
much, many, pl. oiath kathirina.
4. Many nouns and adjectives cannot form the sound

masculine plural, and for them the broken plural (see
succeeding chapters) is used as the masculine plural. Simi-
larly, some nouns and adjectives cannot form the broken
plural, and must invariably take the sound plural.
When the dictionary does not give the plural of a noun or
adjective, this usually means that it takes the sound mascu-
line plural. Among the common types of noun to take the
sound masculine plural are participles of verbs, and also
nouns of profession or occupation like ‫طايخر‬‎ khayyatun, a
tailor, and ‫زابخ‬‎ khabbazun, a baker. In these latter the
middle radical consonant is doubled and is followed by an
-alif of prolongation.
5. Apart from a very few exceptions, two of which are

given below, the sound masculine plural can only be used
of male human beings. Names of animals, inanimate objects,
and abstract nouns which have no broken plural should take
the sound feminine plural given below.
Exceptions:
6-- g6- o-
dx. sanatun, year, plural 5ro 511211112 or ‫تاوئس‬‎
ee >ardun, earth, plural nen >aradiina or er >aradin.
Even these two exceptions have, it will be seen, alternative

2-6
plural forms, and ‫نوضرا‬‎ is seldom encountered in prose.
Ae
6. The Sound Feminine Plural is formed by adding ‫تا‬‎
dtun in the nominative, and ‫تأ‬‎ 4tin in the oblique. The
final ‘“‘n” is treated as a nunation, and therefore disappears
woe
when the word is definite, e.g. Ol‫اويح‬‎ ‫ممل‬ animal;

‫ه‬
‫د دل‬2
‫س‬
pl. ‎‫حيوانات‬. ‫ اجتماع‬ijtima ‎‫ تناع‬meeting; pl. ‫تاعامتجا‬‎

Where the noun in the singular has the tw marbiita
feminine ending, this is removed before the sound feminine
plural ending is added, e.g. ‫ةكلم‬‎ malikatun, queen, pl. ‫اكلم‬‎
‫ تاكلم‬malikdtun, malikatin.‫ ةريثك ‏‬kathiratun, much, many‫‏‬

2 -
5 00 520
(feminine), pl. ‫تارثك‬‎ , kathiratun. ‫ةمداخ‬‎ khadimatun, a maid-
Sires 1 ‫هدا‬‎ ie
servant, pl. ‫تامداخ‬‎ khadimatun. When definite, ‫ةكلملا‬‎ al-
malikatu; pl. ‫ثاكلملا‬‎ CLS al- malikatu, al-malikati, the

queens. ii
The sound feminine plural is not confined to female human
beings, but is used with many abstract nouns, infinitives, and
other forms. It does not follow, either, that a feminine noun
ending in ta’ marbita will take the sound feminine plural.
In fact, the whole question of the plural in Arabic is com-
plicated to the beginner. He will ultimately learn to associate
certain singular forms with certain plural forms, but there
will be many instances when the dictionary is the only guide.
It should be stressed that the plural of a word should be
learned with its singular.
7. A few feminine nouns take the sound masculine plural.

pee
The commonest is 4~. sanatun, year, which has already been
given. Conversely, some masculine nouns take the feminine
coe
plural, as jl‫أريح‬‎ hayawanun, animal, already noted.
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
8. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, case, and

number, with certain exceptions:
(a) For the agreement of the broken plural see the next
chapters.
(b) The sound feminine plural noun usually has its adjec-
tive in the feminine singular. This is occasionally so
even when female human beings are concerned.
$-0- ‫م هو‬ ‫دده‬
e.g. ‎‫حيوانات وحشة‬ nutanawayah ,nutahshaw dliw -ina
52717 17 5 re ) 152
mals; ‎‫حميلة‬ ‫خادمات‬ nutamidahk ,nutalimaj lufituaeb -diam
‫هود‬ ‫ تح‬et eee‫‏‬
servants (OX‫‏‬ ‫تامداخ‬ khadimatun jamilatun 15 pre-‫‏‬
ferable, especially in modern Arabic).‫‏‬
Examples of regular agreement:
oe Us isey-
‎‫ غائب‬pols khadimun gha?ibun, an absent servant.
OWE ‎‫ خادمان‬khadimani gha’ibani, two absent ser-

‎‫م‬ ‫ اا‬ROMI D :sn
mats our
‎‫ختادمون غائبون‬ 8 ,anibi’ahg tnesba .stnavres
re‎‫ غا‬isle khadimatun gha@’ibatun, an absent maid-

4 “servant.
Obese ‫ناتمداخ‬‎ khadimaténi gha’ibatini, two absent
7 7 7 * maidservants.
‎‫ غائنات‬Sole khadimatun gha’ibatun ) absent
i 0 maid-
‎‫عانفات فاكية‬ nutamidahk nutabi’ahg [ .stnavres
9. The personal pronouns are:

Singular Dual Plural
-¢é IGS
‎‫? انا‬ana, I ‫نحن‬‎ nahnu, we

> of > 208 ° 06
‎‫ انت‬anta, thou (you) ‫امتنا‬‎ ’antuma, you ‫متنا‬‎ ?antum, you
masc. (two) (masc.)
5 12.6 0
‎‫ انت‬anti, thou (you) cyl 2antunna,
3 feminine you (fem.)
‎2‫و‬ td ‎‫وه‬
‎‫ هو‬,awuh eh ‎‫ هما‬,amuh yeht — ‎‫ هم‬,muh yeht

(two) (masc.)
4. m. & f. Gs
‎‫ هى‬hiya, she ‫نه‬‎ hunna, they
a (fem.)
(Attached pronouns will be explained later.)
Note: Where only one form is shown above, there is no distinction
between masculine and feminine forms. Where dual or plural pro-
nouns refer to mixed sexes, the masculine predominates and the
masculine form of the pronoun is used. Thus if the pronoun “‘they”’
refers to “men and women” previously mentioned in the passage
concerned, the form ‫مه‬‎ hum, not of hunna, would be used. This
would be the case even if the pronoun referred to “two women and
one man”’,
SOME SIMPLE VERB FORMS
10. Verbs will be dealt with in detail from Chapter Twelve

onwards. However, to make more realistic sentences possible
for translation a few forms will be introduced here.
The simplest form of any Arabic verb is the third person
masculine singular of the Perfect which usually has a past
meaning.
--
e.g. ‎‫ وصل‬wasala, he arrived, or he has arrived.

pee
‫ بلط‬talaba, he demanded, requested, or he has de-‫‏‬

manded, etc.‫‏‬
--
‫ ناك‬kana, he was.‫‏‬
2-2e
‫ رضح‬hadara, he attended, was present, etc.‫‏‬

This part of the verb invariably ends with the vowel fatha.
NUMBER. THE SOUND. PLURALS. PERSONAL PRONOUNS 45
We have already pointed out that the ta’, in the form of the
ta’ marbuta, is a feminine ending. The third person Perfect of
the verb may be made feminine merely by adding a ta’, but
in this case it is the ordinary ta’, not the marbiita. Thus from
- ee or ‫ماس‬‎
‫ لصو‬wasala we have‫ تلصو ‏‬wasalat, she arrived. From‫كان ‏‬

kana we have 0 kanat, she was. From Cg kataba, he‫‏‬
wrote, we have ‫تيتك‬‎ katabat, she wrote.
We have noticed that the sound masculine plural is
: ‎5‫س‬ >‫ر‬
characterised by the waw with a nin added, thus ‫ملعم‬‎
mu callimun, schoolmaster, plural ‫نوملعم‬‎ mu callimina.
Similarly, with the Perfect of the verb we add the waw to
make it masculine plural. In this case, however, there is no
nun. Thus: Sion kataba, |fos katabi, they (masc.) wrote. hig
kana, ee kant, they were. It should be pointed out that in
the Arabic spelling an ?alif is written after the waw; but this is
merely a convention of orthography, and the ’alif is not pro-
nounced. Its existence, in certain cases, prevents ambiguity,
such as the waw’s being read at the beginning of the next
word as “‘and’’,
The dual of parts of the verb in the Perfect. are formed by
adding the ’alif, which we have already seen in the dual noun
ending, ‎‫ ان‬ani, to the singular, e.g.
LS kataba, they (two) wrote.

‫ اتبتك‬katabata, they (two) wrote (fem.).‫‏‬
11. The normal sentence order is: VERB — SUBJECT -

OBJECT — 0 ‫لع‬‎
‫ب‬ - 9~
e.g. ool ‫عامتجالا‬‎ one ‫ري‬‎

‫ رضح‬hadara Hasanuni l-ijtima¢a
>amsi, Hassan attended the meeting yesterday.
12. When the verb in the third person comes first it is

always singular, though it agrees with its subject in gender,
‫م‬ --09
e.g. ‎‫ اكش الوالدان‬abatak ‎0212-1‫ رلصة‬eht owt syob .etorw
‎:‫ كتب |المعلمون‬kataba 1-mu¢allimiina, the teachers

wrote.
ew KOO
‫ اتملعملا‬en katabati l-mu¢allimatani, the two‫‏‬
teachers (fem.) (or schoolmistresses)‫‏‬
wrote.‫‏‬
‫و‬ > W730‫‏‬
‫ تاملعملا‬oe katabati l-mu ¢allimatu, the teachers‫‏‬
4 (fem.) wrote.‫‏‬
Should the subject have already been mentioned, however,
in the previous sentence the verb agrees with it in number
‫سا مم‬ ‫رانس‬ ww‫‏‬ ‫مات‬
as well as in gender, e.g. We (pies ‫نوملعملا‬‎ ‫ رضح‬928

l-mu ¢allimina wa talabii khubzan, the ‘teachers arrived
(rete present) and demanded bread. Here the second verb
(|
‎‫ (طلبوا‬is in the plural because the subject in the plural
(Ge has been mentioned in the previous sentence.
The verb ‫رضح‬‎ is in the singular because it comes before its

subject ‎)‫«(المعلّمون‬
VOCABULARY
language (ous pl.) rei) lughatun pl. lughatun
world 3‫اع‬‎ ¢alamun ‫وطرد‬‎
word (ole pl.) is kalimatun, pl. kalimatun
window ‫ةذفان‬‎‘ KG shubbakun, nafidhatun
a Muslim ples Muslimun

s 8»
a believer ‫نموم‬‎ Muminun | 4 1
S08
food ‫? اكل‬aklun‫‏‬ S32
§a-‫‏‬
a cook ‫ خابط‬tabbakhun‫‏‬
5 َ‫> س‬
a baker ‫ خباز‬khabbazun‫‏‬
$ a-‫‏‬
a tailor ‫ خياط‬khayyatun‫‏‬
Suns‫‏‬
a teacher mu ¢allimun‫‏‬
‫ او‬---
animal ‫حيوان‬
01 pet]
2
year ‫سنئة‬ 1 WW
a meeting ‫ عامتجا‬ijtima ¢un‫‏‬
5 002 eee‫‏‬
‘oe‫‏‬
much, many ‫ رثك‬kathirun‫‏‬
5 o7‫‏‬
wild (beast) ‫ شحو‬wahshun‫‏‬

Fs ae‫‏‬
ill, sick ‫مريض‬ 21
‫ت‬00
hard, difficult ‫‏ صعب‬a$ ‫صتااطع‬
Gor‫‏‬
easy ‫ لهس‬sahlun‫‏‬
see)‫‏‬
weak ‫فيعض‬ da cifun‫‏‬
6 39 Oo 0‫‏‬
present, found ‫موجود‬ 2

Wak‫‏‬
absent ‫غائب‬ 2
65
day ‫يوم‬ 01 Dt?

Sage‫‏‬
today ‫اليومم‬ 821-12
of‫‏‬
yesterday ‫? سما‬amsi‫‏‬
to arrive ‫وصل‬ 24
(lit. ‫“طع‬‎ arrived’’)
- -e-
to demand, request from ‫بلط‬‎ 2
to be (lit. “he was”) ‫ناك‬‎ kana
to attend, be present ae hadara
to write (to) (J) 5 kataba (li) 2
EXERCISE 7
-a- - -0~7
‫‏‬eaF
. ‫ خياطان‬ae ‫‏‬eta . ‫‏ كثيرة‬WO ‫و فىالعالم‬
25 = ‫ا‬ ‫هون‬ - 3 ‫دن‬ ‫“مد‬ 00-0
pier ire, CG J ee ee Soe $-0- S- -

tile 3 ‫‏‬see . ‫لمومئون غابون اليوم‬-‫ا‬+ .‫ثيرة صعبة‬
‫ فد نك‬ca‫ ‏‬552 ‫ل‬ ie al re‫‏‬
dd CA ‎‫داو‬ - ‫ورم‬ 1 ‫اب‬
JtJesse .»‫بط‬‎eo ‫ف‬‎ eg OS
00 or ‫اا‬‎
Sia ‫ناش‬‎
‫فاي‬
- AT DI Oh Seo! ES Aue
‫الكتابان‬ ea lbO eto ‫‏‬noiti ‫هن سملمات؟‬

OF 008. os ‫اد‬‎
sell on 3 hes‫أليوم ‏‬ si‫ المائدة ‏‬ds‫‏‬
TRANSCRIPTION
1. Fi l-¢alami lughatun kathiratun. 2. Huma khayyatani.
3. Kana khabbazani fi l-baiti. 4. Al-mu ‫ع‬‎2111021113
5. Fi kitabi Hasanin kalimatun kathiratun sa¢batun.
6. Al-mu’minina gha’ibina l-yauma. 7. Kani. fi sh-shari ei
>amsi, wa l-yauma hum fi I-baiti. 8. Wasalati s-sanatu 1-

jadidatu. 9. Fi l-baiti shubbakani (nafidhatani). 10. Talaba
?akalan min at-tabbakhaini. 11. Kataba 1-khalifatu ‫[نكح‬‎
mu’minina fi Dimashqa. 12. Talaba hayawanan wa wasala
rajulun. 13. Hadara l-waziru |-maridu lijtima¢a. 14. Al-
kitabu sahlun li t-tabibi.. 15. ?A-fi bustani |-mu ¢allimi
hayawanun wahshun? 16. Talabat min al-khadimina khubzan
wa zubdan wa shayan wa haliban. 17. Fi Misra Muslimina
kathirina. 18. °?A-hunna Muslimatun?. 19. Li-bustani
l-Hasanaini babani. 20. Kana 1-kitabani gala 1-m2?idati
?amsi. Al-yauma hum fi baiti t-tabibi.
EXERCISE 8
1. Two difficult languages. 2. He wrote two easy books for

the boy. 3. The bread arrived from the baker yesterday.
4. The food of the two cooks [who are] present )‫ني‬‎ eel) today
is beautiful. 5. The Muslim teachers are absent today. 6. It
was a house belonging to (‫)ل‬‎ two believers. 7. Hassan’s
house has (J) two windows, two doors, and a large garden.
8. They (dual) are sick, weak men. 9. There are many wild
animals in the world. 10. They attended many meetings.
11. They asked for (demanded) good _ tailors. 12. Two
little words. 13. In the book are many difficult words. 14.
They (dual) arrived from Egypt yesterday. 15. You (dual)
are teachers. 16. We are upright Muslims. 17. They are
schoolmistresses in Damascus. 18. Many years. 19. Two
days. 20. You and I are good doctors. He is an animal
doctor (a doctor of the animals).
CHAPTER SIX
‎)ٌ‫ السّادس‬GUS! Al-babu s-sadisu)

The Broken Plural
1. Before dealing with broken plurals, it is necessary for the

student to appreciate the importance of word forms, or
patterns, in Arabic. The great majority of Arabic roots are
triliteral, that is, they consist of three radical letters or
consonants. The combination of these letters gives a basic
meaning. By modifying the root, by the addition of prefixes
and suffixes, and by changing the vowels, whether long or
short, a large number of word patterns can be formed from
each root. Many of these word patterns areassociated with
a meaning ‫ا‬‎ ThisbdgreethelpToe acqui-
sition.
The Arab grammarians expressed the various word
ore
patterns by using the root ‫لعف‬‎ fa gala (to do). The ‫ف‬‎ repre-
sents the first radical, the ¢ the second, and the ‫ل‬‎ the third.
vos
Thus of words already given, ‫نسح‬‎ hasanun is of the form
nee
‫ لعف‬fa‫ ع علان ‏‬baitun (baytun) is of the form fa clun; oie‫‏‬
kabirun of the form hal fa cilun and so on.‫‏‬
2. For a large number of Arabic nouns the sound plural

does not exist at all.The broken plural must be used.
Unfortunately, many different word; patterns are used for
- IE irae ee
SS
‎‫ حت‬and although certain of them are mostly
associated with specific singular forms, this is not an in-
variable rule, and is of little help to the beginner. Conse-
quently the plural of a new word should be learned from the
dictionary at the same time as its singular. For this reason,
thestudent Shotht Kave-af Arabie-Engtich dictionary which
gives plurals, Some dictionaries, being designed for Arabs
learning English, do not give plurals.
50
THE BROKEN PLURAL 51
3. The following are among the commoner patterns of

the broken plural: 2
52 >62 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
(a) ‫لاعفا‬‎ ?afae e.g. ‫دالوا‬‎ ?auladdun (awladun) pl. of
‫دل‬
38 PEELE ial ?amtarun, pl. of matarun, jb. rain;‫‏‬
OOS‫‏‬
‫> تاق‬awqatun, pl. of‫ تقو ‏‬waqtun, time.‫‏‬
(b) JJosfu‫ ‏‬,‫ عاقله‬eg. 4hemulikun, pl. of dil.malikun,‫‏‬

king; Ss,
> hurufun, pl. of 5AS harfun, letter; ol cen,
pl. of at qalbun, heart; Ppa Buns D, pl. of =o saifun,
5 ‫رو‬
sword; ‎‫ يستتصستالتاع علوم‬.lp fo ec sare ,egdelwonk

science, study; ne durisun, pl. of — darsun, lesson.
(c) jus ficalun, e.g. te kilabun, pl. of het kalbun,

dog; Ales rijalun, pl. of 5 rajulun, man; aie jibalun, pl.
of ae jabalun, mountain; among adjectives 57 find ‫لاوط‬‎
tiwalun, pl. of aepi tawilun, tall; “te kibarun, pl. of ger
kabirun, big, old; She sigabun, pl. of ‫بعص‬‎ sa?bun,

difficult.
(d) ee fu ¢ulun, e.g. eg kutubun, pl. of ‫باك‬‎

kitabun, book; ne mudunun, pl. of ie madinatun, city;
eke sufunun, pl. of soe safinatun, a (large) ship; a
jududun, ie of sede pee new.

(e) ait a Eulun, e.g. pet CUE pl. of 00 nahrun,
‎‫ره‬ of vel
river; ‎‫ اشمهر‬us pl. of pot shahrun, month; ‫لجرا‬‎

*arjulun, pl. of BS rijlun, foot.
4. It will be noticed that adjectives as well as nouns may

have broken plurals. These plurals are used in place of the

sound masculine plural, and normally refer to male human
beings, e.g. nes ies rijalun tiwdlun, tall men. Otherwise,
broken plurals are usually considered to be feminine singular
mune 5 3 ord
for the purpose of agreement: e.g. ‫ةريبك‬‎‫ندم‬

‎‫كو فنا‬ 3 993
kabiratun, lprge cities; ‫ةبعص‬‎ ‫ د سور‬durdsun sa ¢batun, diffi-

cult lessons. 6ron aed! al-mudunu kabiratun, the cities are
large.
However, in older Classical Arabic, especially poetry, as
. well as late Classical and Modern Prose of a rhetorical or
studied nature, broken plural adjectives may be found with
broken plural nouns even when these do not refér to male
human beings.
C
ee
e.g. Glee ‫مولع‬‎ ‫هيوم‬ sifale difficult sciences
(instead of sa ¢batun); JA Fo, sufunun tiwalun (for

tawilatun), long ships. The beginner is advised, nevertheless
when writing Arabic, to treat broken plurals as feminine
singular unless they refer to male human beings.
Broken plural adjectives are frequently used with nouns in
the sound masculine plural, e.g. ‘se eke khadimtina
kibarun, old servants. The dictionary ‘will show us that the
adjective kabirun does not form the sound masculine
kabiriina; consequently the broken plural, kibarun, has to
do duty for it.
5. Some words have more than. one broken plural; e.g.

g---
‫ ةبلط‬talabatun and nd tullabun, plurals of‫ طالب ‏‬talibun,‫‏‬

student. In some cases, this involves difference of meaning,
560+
€.g., ‫تيب‬‎ baitun means either a house or a verse of poetry.

In the former, and commoner meaning, the plural’ is
Sis -0F
usually 45. buytitun. In the latter meaning, the plural ‫تايبأ‬‎

’abyadtun is more common. Again, some words may take both

the sound masculine plural and the broken plural, e.g.
aoe, ey 5
‎‫ خادمون‬khadimiina and ‫ ةمدخ‬khadamatun, plurals of pole‫‏‬
khadimun, servant.
VOCABULARY
rain (qe pl.) jas matarun, pl.’amtérun 9 OD
time | ‫)تاقوأ‬‎ pl.) Bs waqtun, pl. ’auqatun
letter 8 ‫ورجل‬‎pl.) 4ee harfun, pl. hurifun

(of the alphabet)
heart (eas pl.) ‫تتلق‬‎ qalbun, pl. qulibun
sword ‫ب‬‎ pl.) ait saifun, 21. 8

knowledge, ‫(م‬‎
‫ ع‬pl.) ‫ملع‬‎ cilmun, pl. culimun
science, study 1
lesson (assis pl.) 330 darsun, pl. durisun
dog othe nL ‫عل‬‎ ‫ ووكر ايو اع ب لدحر‬0 >

mountain (Sue pl.) je jabalun, pl. jibalun
5 6° -
city, town (Os pl.) ‫ةنيدم‬‎ madinatun, p/. mudunun
(large) ship (sin pl.) ‫ةنيفس‬‎ safinatun, p/. sufunun
month ae pl.) ‫وهش‬‎ shahrun, pl. shuhirun

student (ub pl.) eb talibun, p/. tullabun
to go (lit. he went) 2 dhahaba

soe
to go out (from) (‫)نم‬‎ ‫ جرخ‬kharaja (min)

woe
to kill ‎‫قدر‬
qatala Se 0
woe
to find Aa wajada
‫وه‬-
before (prep. of time) ‫لبق‬‎ 2
after (prep. of time) ‫دعب‬‎ bagda

then ¢ thumma
Arabic, Arabian, (ae2 pl.) 7‫ع‬‎ carabiyun, pl. garabun

an Arab
English, (5-55) pl.) 2‫زيلكنإ‬‎ 121111715711

Englishman 1 °°" pl. ?inkilizun
profitable, useful ‫عفان‬‎ nafi eun
watchful, guarding ‫سر‬‎‫اح‬harisun
fast, swift ‫عي‬‎

‫ رس‬sari gun
cutting ‎‫ قاطع‬902 gun q bed
a little, a few (Oglala pl.) a qalilun, pl. qaliliina
Alexandria (city) re) ‫دئكسالا‬‎ Al-’iskandariyatu

2 309
London OX) Lundunu
EXERCISE 9
‫صن وو‬ ‫دده‬ of db. ‫عم‬‎ 2c ger
-o 72 ‫‏‬s01“ 2 99 ‫دوّر‬--‫صو‬
3 dn2( .srep .csam ‫)‏‬.gnis ‫ س — قتلت‬.‫العريية حروفا ليزي جميلة‬

ADs 5 aa ‫ل‬‎ re 53° | ie ha 6-0 > ps . fae
ed ‫و‬‎ 0-07 §- - s8--00
0 coe hb ‫ةعفان‬‎ ‫ا ةيبرعلا‬ ams

grr Gn DOM as <0 Gj dere
‫محلم ذهبوا‬ LA ‫‏‬dees ‫ القاهرة قبل‬3 ILC bo ‫‏‬y— . ‫حارس‬
‫ أوقات الأمطار طويلة ى‬- | . .‫وزبر خادم سريع‬-‫ول‬

‫ ل‬. ‫مشق‬
‫إدلى‬
00-0 ‫ صوةه‬50-9 ‫قار‬ 308 ‫ب‬
—yy‫ةعاس ‏‬. ‫ نم سوردلا لبق‬ess] ce—

-- >,
1 . (India)‫الهند ‏‬
- -09- = 0-
© 6
‫رو‬--
‫‏‬tesE ‫ا‬ 0 ‫الع‬ ‫ممم‬
5 ‫ورورر‬ ‫صم‬ 6 ‫واد‬ ‫صاش‬
‫راغصلا‬. WT‫ دل هرم رابكلانحنو ‏‬ee yy beecls whe‫‏‬

‫‏ وظليعا‬eto ‫وصلت‬ - ‫و‬ . ‫وو لعزورتير مسجو ايسان الكبيرة‬
---90 - s--- 269
Stes ‎‫بالك‬ ‫ان‬ .‫الخدمة‬ ‫ولبنامن‬ ep
TRANSCRIPTION
1. Wajadi kilaban kathiratan fi 5-5001 ’amsi. 2. Katabati 1-

bintu 1- ¢arabiyatu hurifan inkiliziyatan jamilatan. 3. Qatalta
rajulaini bi s-saifi qabla shahraini. 4. Kharajat sufunun
kathiratun tawilatun mina s-suwaisi. 5. Ad-durisu 1- ¢arabi-
yatu nafi¢atun li t-tullabi. 6. Al-kalbu hayawanun harisun.
7. Kana t-tullabu fi l-qahirati qabla shuhirin qalilatin. 8.
Thumma dhahabu 113 Dimashga. 9. Li 1-waziri khadimun
saricun. 10. ’Augatu 1l-’amtari tawilatun fi 1-Hindi. 11.
Kharaja t-tullabu mina d-duriisi qabla sa¢gatin. 12. Hiya
ultiimun sa ¢batun. 13. Wajada jibalan jamilatan ba cidatan
mina l-madinati. 14. Hali s-suyufu naficatun? 15. La, al-
kutubu naficatun. 16. Li Muhammadin saifun 0341 cun wa
li Hasanin galbun salihun. 17. Humu r-rijalu 1-kibaru wa
nahnu 1-’auladu s-sigharu. 18. Huwa nahrun sa¢bun li
s-sufuni |-kabirati. 19. Wasalat bintani wa talabata khubzan
wa-labanan mina |-khadamati. 20. Nahnu rijalun si ‫ع‬‎abun.
EXERCISE 10
1. The students went to the teachers’ houses. 2. They came

out of the lessons two hours ago (lit. before two hours).
3. After a long time the new teachers arrived. 4. They ‫)ىهز‬‎
are swift rivers. 5. A few English boys arrived today in the

large ship. 6. They are from many cities. 7. The king killed
the minister with (~) the sword, then went out to the moun-
tain. 8. There is a watchful dog in Muhammad’s house.
9. They found the Arab boy an hour ago (before one hour).
10. Hassan’s books are easy. 11. The students attended the
lessons yesterday. 12. Long months. 13. The cow has (J) a
big heart. 14. The time of the rains has gone. 15. The boys’
Arabic letters are ugly. 16. There was a cutting sword in the
tall man’s hand. 17. They sought learning in Egypt. 18. Cairo
and Damascus are great cities. 19. They (ls) are Arab cities.
20. The large new-ships arrived in Alexandria from London
two days ago.
CHAPTER SEVEN
(‫عياسلا‬‎ Cl! Al-babu s-sabi eu)
The Broken Plural (continued)
1. Further forms of the broken plural are:
(f) ‎‫ فعلاء‬fu ‎‫( ةلمع‬diptote), e.g. ‫ءارزو‬‎wuzarau, pl. of

eve
y. 0‫و‬‎ wazirun, a minister (political); 2ai >umara’u, pl. of
5 1
‎‫’ ا‬amirun, a prince, commander; l,i. sufara’u, pl. of
safirun, ‎‫ سفير‬an ambassador.

This is a very common plural for words of the form ‫ليعف‬‎
when they denote human beings.
2- َ‫ه‬‎ J? OS
(g) ‫ءالعفا‬‎ af ”‫عالة‬‎ (diptote), e.g. elit! <390103<3, pl. of
4‎‫ لخ‬sadiqun, a friend; Soe ’anbiya’u, pl. of 3 nabiyun,
coe 9 2‫ه‬‎
‎‫ نبىء‬nabi‘un a prophet; ‫ءاب‬‎1 ‫ ا‬au, pl. of ‫بي‬‎23 qaribun,
3) = 0s -
a relative ‫ءاينغا‬‎ ’aghniya’u, pl. of 23

‫غ‬‎ ghaniyun, rich, rich
man. 8
5>
(h) Ons fu ¢janun, e.g. Olay buldanun, pl. of ‫دلب‬‎

95 - 09
baladun, a district, country, town; ‫نابضق‬‎ qudbanun, pl. of

-
‎‫ قضيب‬qadibun, a rod, sceptre, line (of railway track,

5 ٠. .
modern usage). Care should be taken in identifying this form

by checking that the final niin is a letter of increase, not a
radical. There must be three radical consonants before the
ending ‫نا‬‎ anun, otherwise the niin is likely to be a radical
ay ٠.
letter.
57
2. While it is difficult, and often impossible, to guess the

broken plural of a triliteral (three radical) noun and vice-
versa, the case
otherwise
is with quadriliteral (four consonant)
nouns. Here the plural can frequently be deduced from the
singular and vice-versa. The following forms are en-
countered:
(i) ‎‫ فعالل‬fag alilu (diptote), plural of js fa ‫عال‬‎ ‫انقر‬av

fa elilun,
¢ Fre fa ¢ lalatun, etc.
e.g. ‫رهاوج‬‎ jawahiru, pl. of ae jauharun, a jewel.
eA tajaribu, pl. of res tajribatun, an experiment,

1 0
‫ امسل‬majalisu, pl. of ol majlisun, a council.‫‏‬
je manazilu, pl. of Aes, manzilun, a house, lodging,‫‏‬

1 dwelling.‫‏‬
Latics maktabun, an office; a‫‏‬

oes school (obsolete meaning),‫‏‬
‫ بئاكم‬makatibu, pl. of and‫‏‬
S--0-
maktabatun, a library, a
desk.
Ae.
(though in the latter word, the sound feminine plural, ‫تابتكم‬‎
maktabatun is also met.)
(j) ils fa’alilu (diptote), e.g.

SP 56.9
‫ نيطالس‬salatinu, pl. of‫ ناطلس ‏‬sultanun, a sultan.‫‏‬
2 cee S300 =
‎‫ مكاتيب‬makatibu, pl. of ‫بوتكم‬‎ maktibun, a letter.

‫و‬ gb ‫‏‬gi 5 ‫رود‬
‫ دانص قي‬,922301011 pl. of‫ قودنص ‏‬,5112011101112 a chest, case,‫‏‬

box.‫‏‬
ars 5 8‫‏‬
‫ نيجانف‬fanajinu, pl. of‫ ناجنف ‏‬finjanun, a cup.‫‏‬
--
‫ ليدانم‬manadilu, pl. of eles mandilun, a napkin, veil,‫‏‬

towel (handkerchief in‫‏‬
modern Arabic).‫‏‬
Note: The student must be able to distinguish which of these two
plural forms is apt for each four-consonant word. This ee ‫دكا‬‎ on
--
a very simple rule. In almost every case, plural form (i) «‫للاعف‬‎ ‫عقلا‬
is used for nouns which have no long vowel in the singular, but
merely short vowels after the first and third consonants. It does not
matter what these short vowels are and there may be a feminine end-
ing of ta’ marbita. On the other hand, where the singular has a long
vowel after the third consonant in the singular, whether it be 4, iora
(see above examples), plural form (j) is usual.
(k) Certain nouns which would otherwise have form (j)

take the plural Ls fa ae e.g.
-
‫ ةذمالت‬talamidhatun, pl. of duals tilmidhun, a scholar;‫‏‬

‫ )ٌديمالت‬talamidhu (j) also‫‏‬
occurs).
This form is used for a small number of Arabicised foreign
5-02
words, of which tilmidhun is one. Similarly ‫ذاتسا‬‎ ?ustadhun
(from the Persian), a teacher, professor, also a courtesy title,
a Is
and it has the plural ‫ةذت‬‎ ui ?asatidhatun as well as ey

>asatidhu. Sometimes the singular does not have the long
vowel after the third consonant, e.g.
‫> ةفقاسأ‬asaqifatun, pl. of ea >usqufun, a bishop, from the‫‏‬

Greek episkopos.‫‏‬
-o-
Yoke sayadilatun, pl. of aoe saidaliyun, a chemist.
3..The following words deserve special notice:

‫ نبا‬ibnun, a son, plural‫نونب ‏‬ ‫ نينب‬bantina, banina‫‏‬
80-5
dnuos( .csam ep) ‫‏‬ro ‫ايناء‬ 800

oe
si nutanbi ‫‏‬ro ‫ بنت‬,nutnib ,rethguad ‫‏‬.lp ‫بنات‬

- -
5 = Se
c! ’akhun, brother, pl. Olgs! 7ikhwanun or
*ikhwatun.
5 02 5 --¢
os! ?ukhtun, sister, pl. ‫تاوخا‬‎
re abun, father, pl. eT ‫ا‬‎

8
32 5 - we 5 ab
| ‫د‬
ummun, mother, pl. ‫تاهما‬‎ ’ummahatun, or ‫امات‬
>ummatun (not commonly used).

65‫ه‬
When the word‫ نبا ‏‬ibnun, son, forms part of a proper‫‏‬

name, and has a name before it as well as after it, the initial‫‏‬
-0-
-alif is not written; e.g. ‫مالس‬‎ 2 ‫ مساقلا‬al-Qaésimu bnu
Sallamin, al-Qasim son of Sallam. When, however, this

man is merely referred to as “‘son of Sallam’ it is written
‫ مالس‬,‫ نبا‬Ibn Sallam (cf.‫ نبا نودلخ ‏‬Ibn Khaldiin, etc.).‫‏‬
This form is also used at the beginning of a line. The ’alif in
‫ نبا‬has hamzatu 1-151.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
near adj. se3 qaribun 200 7
school ORES, pl.) ‫هس‬‎ madrasatun, pl. madarisu
to take 3a -akhadha
to mention cs dhakara
to know re 8‫ع‬‎
to ‫ىلإ‬‎ 3 ‫ا‬
about, concerning ‫نع‬‎ gan
or a -au 4 ie
Tanta (town in Egypt) Ub Tanta
(Other words in the accompanying chapter.)

EXERCISE 11
ee 0 ‫تضخ‬‎ 26- “00
‫لمر‬1 ‫‏كر‬S .‫دقضيبٌ ق يد الملك قبل ساعة‬ ‫كن‬
‫نعةاقداعأ نسح ءاينغألا‬+ aa‫ع ‏‬ae eT‫الانطيرى ‏‬
‫ر‬ - ‫صوءَ ه‬
‫‏ تبنت‬la—he . ‫الأمير العربى‬ ‫‏‬I ‫موجود ون فق البيت مع‬

‫هم فىمجلس‬ ‫د‬ ‫ ل‬.‫جواهر جميلة ممالنوزير‬
‫ كمد‬:‫‏ الأمين‬eo ‫المجلس فى‬ ‫البوسور‬rosea‫‏‬
‫ القاهرة والاسكند‬- ‫و‬ igA elsia er ‫‏‬eli ‫كثيرة‬ ‫ا‬
aac
ee) “
‫ ىاشىف‬Obes‫ذاكر ريفسلا ‏‬ pee g LAr ba‫‏‬ ‫وطنطا‬
‫!‏‬daas ‫ند وعد لجل المكاتيب ع المكتبة‬, ‫‏‬xw‫مكتب الوز‬

‫من‬ ‫سمه‬ ‫صو‬
0 2-0-7 -90 - 3-0 £00 -
‫التلامذة‬ ‫وصل‬ - ‫س و‬ .‫منالملك‬

‫أو ن‬ 00+ ‫بلقت الأخبار‬ ‫م رأ‬
we). sta ‫ةفيظن‬‎

‫ ديك‬shige aa cote
2 8-22 ‫مرو‬‎
- ‫اعاوة‬١‎ 112108
8 Be o---
‎‫من‬ ‫هى خرجت‬ ien ‎‫اخبار اليوم ؟‬ ‫ السلطان‬1 ‫عرفت‬ 0
- oeBEDI IN Ls ‫و‬‎ > 0 £00 ‫ردد‬ OOF ‫ا‬‎ ‫ننال(ا* ادي‬

‎.‫الانبياء‬ ‫ذكر كتب‬ ‫ م‬. .‫نياء‬
‫غتم‬
‫لاان‬
‫او‬‫ و‬. ‫يومين‬. ‫المدينة قبل‬
TRANSCRIPTION
1. Kana qadibun fi yadi l-maliki qabla sa Eatin. 2. Dhakara
s-safiru 1-?inkiliziyu 1-’akhbara t-tayyiba ¢ani s-sufuni. 3.
?Asdiqa’u Hasanini 1-’aghniya’u maujidina fi 1-211, ma 8‫ع‬‎
?aqriba’i ‫”<ةصمتعا‬-1‎ 1- ¢arabiyi. 4. ?Akhadhati I-bintu jawahira
jamilatan mina 1-waziri. 5. Muhammadun nabiyu I- carabi.
6. Hum fi majlisi s-sultani l-yauma. 7. Hadari 1-maijlisa fi
manzili l-’amiri. 8. Wajadat kutuban kathiratan jamilatan fi
sanadiga qadimatin. 9. Al-Qahiratu wa 1-’Iskandariyatu wa
Tanta buldanun kabiratun fi Misra. 10. >Akhadha s-safiru
finjana shayin fi maktabi l-waziri. 11. Wajada r-rajulu 1-

makatiba ¢ala l-maktabati l-jadidati. 12. Balaghati l-’akhbaru
mina l-waziri ?au mina l-maliki. 13. Wasali t-talamidhatu 7ila
1-madrasati. 14. Manadilu t-talamidhi nazifatuni l-yauma. 15.
Tajaribu 1-asatidhati naficatun. 16. Ibnu s-safiri wa ’ukhtu
lPamiri sadiqani. 17. Hal ¢arafat >ummu s-sultani ’akhbara
l-yaumi? 18. La, hiya kharajat mina l-madinati qabla yau-
maini. 19. >Antumu 1-’aghniya’u. 20. Dhakara kutuba
l-’anbiya’i.
EXERCISE 12
1. News about the experiments reached the council of

ministers yesterday. 2. They are upright princes. 3. The
new ambassador is the friend of (the) rich men. 4. He is near
‫هو‬
to‫ )نم( ‏‬the town. 5. There were jewels in the old chests.‫‏‬
6. The king’s son mentioned the good news in the council
today. 7. The clean cups are in the big boxes. 8. The pro-
fessor took the king’s sons to (the) school. 9. The mothers
of the pupils attended with the teachers. 10. They learned
9390---
‫ )مهتغلب‬lit. “reached them’’) the news about the sultan’s‫‏‬

letters. 11. He is with Hassan’s friend in the office. 12. They‫‏‬
are in the garden of Muhammad’s house. 13. They went to‫‏‬
Cairo or Damascus two months ago. 14. She is the daughter‫‏‬
of the king and the sister of the prince. 15. The relatives‫‏‬
killed the ambassador and left the house. 16. She found old‫‏‬
cups in the house. 17. They are old handkerchiefs. 18. He‫‏‬
asked for tea in a clean cup. 19. The rich men are present.‫‏‬
.20 Are you prophets?‫‏‬
CHAPTER EIGHT
‎)‫ الثامن‬CU)
The Genitive
(Idafa 41,1)
1. Declension of nouns has been dealt with in Chapter Four.
The purpose of this chapter is to explain the genitive
further. We have already mentioned that the noun with a
following definite genitive or idafa is ipso facto definite, and
that a noun with idafa always loses its nunation.
2. In the dual, and the sound masculine plural, the final

; 2
nun and its vowel are omitted. Thus ‫نا‬‎ and ‫نب‬‎ (ani and ain1)
Po |and GC(a and ai); Osand o (ana and ina) become

‫ و‬ad‫( ى ‏‬a and i).‫‏‬
c.g.‫‏‬
20 0 -o-
‫ لحرلا‬ky baita r-rajuli, the two houses of the man.‫‏‬
‫ لم‬Ley baita Muhammadin, the two houses of‫‏‬

3 Muhammad.‫‏‬
‫ ىتيب لجرلا‬Gb baba baitayi r-rajuli, the two doors of‫‏‬

5 ١ the two houses of the man.‫‏‬
‫ اتنبا ريزولا‬ibnata l-waziri, the two daughters of the‫‏‬

0 ~ minister.‫‏‬
Al JI spell mu ¢allimi 1-1211, the teachers of the

2 “boy. (the boy’s teachers).
‫ ةسردملا‬ules os kataba li mugallimi |I-madrasati, he‫‏‬

wrote to the teachers of the school.‫‏‬
63
3. Certain words, when followed by a genitive, have long

vowels as their case endings, viz.:
father father-in- brother mouth

law
Nom. ‎‫ و‬-a ee) -abii a hamu sl -akhu ‫وف‬‎ fa
Acc.t- Gl’aba lhama Kl >akha 6 fa

Gen. o-i gglabi ax hami (sl akhi fi
Normal form 5 o- sé a7
F wl ?abun ‫مح‬‎ hamun ‫خا‬‎ -akhun ‫مف‬‎famun
without gen. > . oer
The last named is particularly irregular.
To these should be added the word ‫وذ‬‎ ‫( لطتت‬possessor,

master, of) which is only used with a following genitive:
Nom. dha 93 Acc. ‫اذ‬‎ dha Gen. ‫ىذ‬‎ dhi

e.g. ‎‫ابو محمد‬ ‫ ل‬212521 iba’ ,nidammahuM eht
father of Muhammad arrived.
‫ اولتق| ابا دمحم‬022134 *aba Muhammadin, they‫‏‬

0 killed Muhammad’s father.‫‏‬
dost ay one katabat li >abi Muhammadin, she‫‏‬

3 9 wrote to Muhammad’s father.‫‏‬
3 ‎‫ و مالكثير‬yeJ ‎‫ كان‬anak nulujar ihd nilam nirihtak if

3 ‎‫قرآلسَنْطَان‬
‫ه‬- 11520 ,inatlus-s a hcir nam saw ni
the sultan’s palace (a man, possessor
of much wealth).
4. It is a rule of ’idafa that a noun cannot be separated from

its following genitive. If, therefore, it is qualified by an
adjective, the adjective must come after the genitive.
THE GENITIVE 65
eg. ‫ةميدقلا‬‎ ‫ ةعاس لجرلا‬sdcatu r-rajuli l-qadimatu, the

ee man’s old watch (clock).
nN dat ens
& » baitu Muhammadini |-kabiru, Mu-
a te hammad’s large house.
‫لمحت ريبكلا‬ES 61 fi baiti Muhammadini I-kabiri, in‫‏‬
Muhammad’s large house.‫‏‬
It should be noted that here the adjective takes the definite
article, because when a noun is es by a definite genitive
it automatically becomes definite. ae Nes ia baitu Mu-
hammadin kabirun could only mean “‘Mfuhammad’s house is
big’. On the other hand the third sentence above is ambigu-
ous, since it could mean “‘in old (big) Muhammad’s house’.
5. If the genitive refers to two nouns, it must follow the

first, while the second takes the suffix oethe personal pro-
noun (see Chapter Nine). re 19 ‫ريز‬‎ist cy ) baitu L-waziri wa
bustanuhu, the minister’s house and garden (literally ‘‘and
his garden’).
6. In the case of parts of the body of which there are two,
the dual, not the plural, should be Heed e.g.
6020 262 00” 00-7
‫اع تنبلا‬ eaina l-binti, not‫ تنبلا ‏‬0 euyanu l-binti, the‫‏‬
girl’s5 (two) eyes.‫‏‬
7. Although the genitive is primarily for possession, it is
also used partitively.
5-5-9
e.g. ‫محل‬‎ ‫ ةعطق‬qit ‫عال‬‎ lahmin, a piece of meat or flesh.
ORAS: 10
‫ ناجنف ةوهق‬finjanu qahwatin, a cup of coffee.‫‏‬
In addition, it may be used to denote the material of which

something is composed:
Che a ‫هد‬‎
e.g. ‎‫ كرسى خشب‬uyisruk ,nibahsahk a riahc )edam( fo

wood, a wooden chair.
In such cases, the ?idafa may be replaced by the preposition

a min, followed by a genitive. When this happens, of course,
the noun, being indefinite, and having no idafa retains its
nunation.
eg: (aul) ‫محل‬‎ ise‫ٌةعطق‬‎ git ¢atun min lahmin (or better,
> qit?atun mina l-lahmi).
(al) ‫بشخ‬‎٠ ‫ مرانم‬kursiyun min khashabin (or al-

“ khashabi).
The optional (but more usual) use of the article in the
above examples with ‫محل‬‎ and ‫بشخ‬‎ should be noted. When
a noun is used in a general sense, not to denote a single
unit, the article is more often than not employed.
8. The genitive often occurs after an adjective to define or

limit its application; e.g.
cel) ‎‫ قليل‬qalilu 1- eal, little of understanding, stupid.
ut Pe kathiru l-m4li, abundant of wealth, rich.

6> ‎‫زهون‬Sire
.‫ى‬
‫نسح هجولا‬ hasanu |-wajhi, handsome of face.*‫‏‬
9. Some nouns in Arabic are used with a following geni-

tive noun to denote a quality which, in English, would
normally be expressed simply by an adjective. These include:
ry a (already FAECES dual masc. ‫اوذ‬‎dhawa, plural
dhawti ote fem. Bing, RAB dhatu, dual GIS dhata, pl. ‫تاوذ‬‎
dhawatu. 0 abil; ‫مآ‬‎ ummu; ‫نبا‬‎ibnu; ‫بحاص‬‎ sahibu.

These words are, of course, un-nunated because of the
following genitive, and they all mean, in a loose sort of
sense, master of, endowed with, possessor of. They are not
so common in modern Arabic.
* See also Appendix C, §3.
THE GENITIVE 67
e.g.
:
‎‫ علم‬wale 1 ‫عاام‬‎ “master of learning’’, learned.
‘ ‫هر‬‎ 7 5 2
‎‫ ذات حسن‬utahd ninsuh ,).mef( rossessop“ fo ,”ytuaeb

3 beautiful.
ve
‎‫ ابو لسانين‬tba? ,iniandsil rehtaf“ fo owt ,’seugnot -sid
el i sembling.
ser e- o- ‫رو‬‎
diw ‎‫ابن خمسين‬ unbi anismahk ,natanas nos“ fo 05 ,’sraey

0 ~ 50 years old.
These expressions can nearly always be seplaccd, by simple
adjectives. For eae: the adjective (fem.) ae jamilatun
could replace a Sls dhatu husnin. The indiscriminate
use of the above compound expressions in modern Arabic
would be considered an affected mannerism.
VOCABULARY
father ‫)ءابآ‬‎pl.) (gs!) Gl abun ?aba), 2%

pl. ?aba’un
father-in-law ps pl.) ~(
ar) ne hamun (hami),
pl. ?ahma’un
brother ‎)‫ إخواق‬pl.) (21) 2 ‫<جلعطتتم‬‎ ‫)”ةلعطتتلر‬ pr

pl. ?ikhwanun
mouth ‫)هاوفأ‬‎ pl.) (53) ‫مف‬‎ famun (fi),

pl. ?afwahun
possessor of 1 dha
5 I9 Soe
palace, castle ‫)روصق‬‎ pl.) yes qasrun, pl. qusirun

5 5-0
a piece (ai pl.) ‫ةعطق‬‎ qit gatun,
pl. qita Eun
meat
56>
et lahmun sade’
‫كم‬
wood wis
2
khashabun‫‏‬
mind, intellect,
intelligence
)ٌ‫ عقول‬pl.)‫‏‬ fe eéaqlun, pl. euqu-
lun
5 >65
wealth, property ‫)لاوما‬‎ pl.) Jt malin, pl. ’amwélun
face ORD pl.) ‫ للعلا‬wajhun, pl. wujahun‫‏‬
friend, (GE |pl.) a ‎‫صا‬ sahibun,

companion, master pl. ?ashabun
tongue ‎)‫ السنة‬pl.) bd lisinun, || 9 $

pl. ?alsinatun
tribe ‎)‫ قبائل‬pl.) les qabilatun,

pl. qaba@’ ilu
(ei!pl.)
5-6)
a morsel, bit 4.4) luqmatun,
pl. lugamun
see
iron 44s hadidun
sheikh, old man, (¢ 52:pl.) ‫ شيخ‬shaikhun,‫‏‬

elder, tribal leader pl. shuyikhun‫‏‬
room (= pl.) ‫ ةرجح‬hujratun, pl. hujarun‫‏‬
kitchen ‎)‫ مطابخ‬pl.) S; OR,
matbakhun,
pl. matabikhu
ae
people, men ‎‫ تاس‬0
5
women ‫ساء‬ 351” 4.0° V4
-
5 -
merchant Ge pl.) ‫ رجات‬tajirun, pl. 1‫‏‬

‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪GENITIVE‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬
‫‪oe‬‬
‫‪to a sae‬‬ ‫‪‎‬عقو‬ ‫ع‪2 2‬‬
‫‪to place, put‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ع‪‎ wada 3‬عضو‬
‫‪to carry, bear‬‬ ‫‪‎ hamala‬لمح‬
‫‪to see‬‬ ‫‪7 nazara‬‬

‫‪to look at‬‬ ‫‪Jy A‬‬ ‫‪nazara ila‬‬
‫)‪very kaiter adj.‬‬ ‫‪re jiddan‬‬

‫‪ yrev )doog‬بلك جدا‪(e.g.‎‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪Iraq‬‬ ‫‪ Al- ciraqu‬العراق‪‎‬‬
‫‪EXERCISE‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪-‬رت ‪tor‬‏ ‪ sk‬الأبناء‬

‫مظ‬‫‏‪ si‬ل وذهب للمدرسة‪ .‬ن‬
‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪0-0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ها‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-709‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪0069393‬‬
‫‪ -‬هو ‪yad‬‏ ذُو‪.‬مال كثير وهو قليل‪liS‬‏ ‪.‬‬ ‫فى شارع المدينة‪.‬‬
‫‏‪ ete tb es‬ىف خبطم ‪.‬كلملا ب‪-‬تعضو ملا ‏‪ dail‬ملك‬
‫‪et‬‏ ‪setala‬‬ ‫وقطعةخبزعلىالمائدةاو‬
‫‪eo‬‏ ‪eyt‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫كدير‬ ‫دا‬
‫وينا‪.‬الاميرة‬
‫الامير ولدى الوزير ق ‪op‬‏ ‪ er eeg‬القصر‪ .‬ع‬
‫ا ع‬ ‫سو‬ ‫‪ Re eg‬ماو‬ ‫‏= ‪“01‬‬
‫نربط ‪ :‬‏‪ OF — ١‬قودنص بشخ‬ ‫‏‪Gis).‬قسذ‬ ‫‏‪Olek‬اًدِج ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪aa‬‬ ‫‪Paes‬‬ ‫‪onan‬‬ ‫)‪9S‬‬ ‫‏‪O39‬‬
‫—‬ ‫‪ry‬‏‬ ‫هى مع أخى جسن‪.‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫وصندوق حديد فىبيت الشيخ‪.‬‬
‫‪oo‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪‎‬يو‬ ‫‪---‬‬
‫ع | اهما قبيلتاالعراق ‪o‘— .‬‏‬ ‫نظرا وجه صاحب الت © ‪dal‬‏‬

‫‪-09‬‬ ‫‪-00‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪d0-‬‏‬ ‫‪---‬‬ ‫صوعو ‪-‬‬
‫الوزير ابي الملك‪nl ‎‬‬ ‫قتل‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪ 0‬ره‬ ‫‪ step‬الاولاد‬

eel (Gis) SUE ‫اورظن‬‎ - ‫م‬١ _‫رييك‬. ‫ مف‬EB ‫ىه‬‎ ١

- - ‫صن‬ GF ‫‏‬eG ‫وات‬ ‫و‬ ‫عاهاة‬
27 . ‫برعلا‬‎ ore ‫ق‬‎ ‫تاخابطلا‬ ‫نه‬ ‫تميس‬ ‫ كل‬7 Tig

2c
‎‫جاص‬ ‫عا‬ ---o ---o ay 003-
.‫المعلم ساعتى ولدين لتجربة نافعة‬
EXERCISE 14
1. There are many pieces of wood in the dirty garden of the

Sheikh. 2. Two morsels of meat fell on the ground from the
table. 3. The teachers of the big new school are good. 4. He
is a man of wealth. 5. You are of small intelligence. 6. The
Sheikhs of Cairo are learned (lit. “‘masters of learning’).
7. The woman demanded bread of the merchant. 8. There
is an iron chest in the man’s room. 9. He placed the Sultan’s
two old books on the large table. 10. He found a man of
learning from Damascus in the market. 11. News of the two
sons of the minister arrived yesterday from the city. 12. The
two men wrote to the merchant and asked for wood for the
kitchen. 13. ‘The cow’s tongue is long. 14. The boy saw
Muhammad’s father’s face in the window of the house.
15. The master of the house arrived and killed the Sheikh’s
two dogs. 16. The bread of the Cairo bakers is beautiful.
17. They are beautiful women. 18. Hassan’s teachers have
arrived today. 19. The man wrote two long letters to the
minister. 20. There were two useful experiments in the
school today.
CHAPTER NINE
(‫عساتلا‬‎ Estat
The Attached Pronouns
1. In addition to the detached pronouns (‫ةلصفنم‬‎ es dam ir

munfasila) given in ee Two and Five, Arabic has also
attached pronouns ‫)ةلصتم‬‎ 06 dama’ir muttasila). They are:

1st Person Masc. 3
and Fem. ‫ىر‬‎ -1 (as plural) ‫ان‬‎ -na
(3 -ni when attached to a verb)
2nd Person
Masc. s -ka 7 -kum
‎‫ كا‬UO oes erg
Fem. 3) -ki ee -kunna
3rd Person
Mase. ٠ -hu ( e-hi) le -henas ‫مه‬‎ -hum ‫)مه‬‎ him)

Fem. ‫اه‬‎ -ha (\® -hima) ‫نم‬‎ -hunna
(%» -hinna)
2. They are used in the following ways:
(a) Attached to the verb as direct object:

- -90 --
‫ بابلا‬as fataha |-baba, he opened the door.‫‏‬

‫او‬
‫ هحتف‬fatahahu,
he opened it.‫‏‬
ew 3 Vor
‫ تلفق اكابش‬gafalat shubbakan (modern usage), she closed‫‏‬
a window.‫‏‬
71
‫ هتلفق‬qafalathu, she closed it.‫‏‬

‫مدو‬
‫د‬
‫ ىوبرض‬darabini, they hit me.‫‏‬
(b) Attached to a preposition:
‎‫| = بغداد‬Rey wasalii min Baghdada (diptote), they arrived

from Baghdad.
yor
ges ‫اوُلِص‬
‫اهنم‬‎| ‫ و‬1725215 minha, they arrived from it (i.e. from
there).
oo --
XI‎‫ قال الملك‬alaq ukilam-l ,mukal eht gnik dias ot .uoy

Note that the preposition ‫ل‬‎ li, to, changes its vowel to
fatha (a la) before the attached pronouns, except with
the 1st person, ‫ىل‬‎ li, to me.
(c) Attached to a noun to indicate possession.

‎‫ كتابى‬kitabi, my book.
(Note that the final vowel disappears with this particular
suffix, consequently there is no distinction of case.)
989
‫ نم ىتيب‬min baiti, from my house.‫‏‬

3307
423 baituhu, his house.

The attached pronoun is, in fact, a genitive of *idafa, and
3307
therefore makes its noun definite. Thus, 4+, baituhu tends to

imply that he had only one house. If you wish to say “‘a house
of his, oe of his houses”, you must use some such emir ession
2
as ‎‫ بيت له‬nutiab uhal .til( a esuoh ot ,)mih ro‫ته‬‎‫بيت من بي توه‬

baitun min buyitihi, a house from his houses.
(d) After the particles ‫نإ‬‎ ?inna, Ol anna, etc. (See

Chapter Eighteen).
3. The attached pronouns, ‫ه‬‎» hu, lon huma, ‫مه‬‎ hum,
hunna, take the kasra in place of the damma (as shown in
THE ATTACHED PRONOUNS 73
the above table) when preceded by a kasra or ya’, whether

long vowel or diphthong. Students should realise that this
change of vowel is purely euphonic and has no connection
with declension.
e.g. ‎‫ إليه‬ilaihi, to him, it, ‫هيلع‬‎ galaihi, on him, it be 5) ---
li kursiyihi, to his chair, ‫امهيف‬‎ fihima, in them (dual); ‫همدان‬‎ JU

qala li khidimihi, he saidto his servant.
‫ع ال سد سه‬
4. The suffixes Se kum and ie hum become 2 kumu

Pi)
and ‎‫ هم‬humu, when followed by hamzatu l-wasl, or in poetry,

where the metre demands an extra syllable.
‎‫مم‬aul 2 ‫و‬‎ wajadahumu I-yauma, he found them today.
5. The following anomalies occur with the first person

singular suffix:
‫إن‬ w‫‏‬
(a) the final nin of‫ نم ‏‬min, from, is doubled:‫منى ‏‬, minni,‫‏‬
from me. 3 ae‫‏‬
(b) the pronoun becomes CS -ya, instead of ¢¢ -i, after an
unvowelled |, 9, <S. 0
6. 2 *jlayya, to me; cls dunydya, my world.
6. As already stated, these pronouns form an ’idafa, and
when attached to a noun, they make it definite. For this
reason, the final niin of the sound masculine and the dual
endings is removed.
- ‎‫ و‬wry
‫ نوملعم‬mu ¢allimiina, teachers.‫‏‬

- Jwrson
‫نوملعملا‬ al-mu ¢allimina, the teachers.‫‏‬
‫ كوملعم‬mu Eallimika, your teachers.‫‏‬
mina-l-mu ¢allimina, from the teachers.
‫ نم ىملعم‬min mu €allimiya, from my teachers.‫‏‬

‎‫ الرحلان‬ar-rijlani, ‎‫ الرحلين‬ar-rijlaini, the (two) feet.

٠ HORE * . ON oe . 0
rae ia
‫ناتلي‬gb‫ىالحر ‏‬ 111332 tawilatani, my (two) feet are long.‫‏‬
feet.‫‏‬
‫ يلجر‬Wee darabi rijlayya, they struck my (two)
w wr so ‫رس‬‎ > ‫ر‬
Note: “‘my teachers” (nom.) is ‫ىملعم‬‎ instead of ,‫ىوملعم‬‎ the ‫و‬‎

20
being replaced by ‫ى‬‎ which is then doubled ‫ى‬‎

7. When a pronoun is attached to the third person mascu-
line plural of the perfect verb, the conventional and un-
pronounced final ’alif of the verb is removed.
e.g. ‎‫| العدو‬ie darabi, 1- ¢adiwa, they struck the enemy,
‫ار‬
‫رد‬-
but ‎‫ ضربوه‬darabuhu, they struck him.

8. Certain forms of the Perfect Verb have been given in
coe
Chapter Five. Here are the remaining forms, with ‫حتف‬‎ fataha,
to open:
»0o--
‫ تحتف‬fatahtu, I opened.‫‏‬
WEN‫‏‬
fatahta, you (masc. sing., thou) opened.
1١:
7
Soy
oe
fatahti, you (fem. sing., thou) opened.
1
-o--
‫ انحتف‬fatahna, we opened (note this is the same ending as‫‏‬

the attached pronoun).‫‏‬
aos fatahtum, you (masc. pl.) opened.

peer fatahtunna, you (fem. pl.) opened.
|‫اوحتف‬‎ fatahi, they (masc.) opened.

- o--
‫ نحتف‬fatahna, they (fem.) opened.‫‏‬

(For full tables see Chapter Twelve.)‫‏‬
Note: The practice in Classical Arabic verb tables is to begin with
the 3rd person. This is followed in later chapters of this book.
THE ATTACHED PRONOUNS TS)
9. Although Arabic has verbs meaning to possess, these

are not usually used where in English the verb “to have”
would be used. Instead, phrases introduced by the following
eae 3 é = 6 1
prepositions are used: ‫عم‬‎ ma¢a, J li, and ‫دنع‬‎ ‫ عاهل‬e.g.
om Gag (4) ‫ديزل‬‎ li zaidin (or lahu) kutubun kathiratun,

Zaid (or he) has many books.
The sentence literally means: to Zaid many books (‘‘are”’
being understood). It is thus a nominal sentence, “many
books” ie the ee and “to Zaid” the predicate.
Therefore ‫ة‬‎‫ كثيرة‬evae nubutuk nutarihtaksi ni eht -animon
tive.
‎‫ددمي‬ - 0 Bow >>
‎‫ مع الاولاد حنيهان‬agam idalua’~1 ,inahianuj eht syob evah
two pounds (lit. “with the boys’, etc.).
The preposition ‫عم‬‎ usually implies not merely possession,
but having the thing possessed actually with one.
‫ صموءه‬- 126‫ه‬ 6
‫ نم نيمداخلا‬Ae‫ع خيشلا ‏‬ ginda sh
sh-shaikhi gadadun mina‫‏‬
-1khadimina, the sheikh has a number of servants.‫‏‬
Although Ate‫ ‏‬8‫ع‬ is used with the mere meaning of‫‏‬
possession, and is particularly common with this implication
in modern written and spoken Arabic, in Classical Arabic it
Span 3
frequently means “‘at or in the house of”. Thus ‫نسح‬‎ ‫ىدنع‬
‫ عامل‬Hasanun means “Hassan is (staying) at 203: 201156”.‫‏‬
Note also its use for time and place, as:
on ted “6
‫دنع فلا‬
51202 l-fajri, at dawn, daybreak.‫‏‬
Bae
‎‫عند باب المدينة‬ ‫ع‬8 ibab ,itanidam-l ta eht ytic .etag
VOCABULARY
oe)
here ‎‫ هنا‬3
there (‫)كلاته‬‎ ‫ كانه‬hunaka (hundlika)

eee
to open (trans.) fataha
to close (trans.) qafala
to strike, hit ‫برض‬‎ daraba

to enter (with direct object iP
or (3) ‫لخد‬‎ dakhala
to say ‫لاق‬‎ qala
to ride abi rakiba 200
to leave, abandon cigs) taraka

S$ -o8 Bo -
enemy (clic pl.) ‫ودع‬‎ cadiwun, pl.?a ‫علقم‬‎
world (fem.) ‫ايند‬‎ ‎‫ةتوصسل‬3 (indeclinable)
pound, guinea (eles pl.) iiss junaihun, pl. junaihatun
by, with, in possession of, at Jes ginda
between on baina iy
5-08 S--
paper ‎)‫ اوراق‬pl.) ‎‫ورق‬ waraqun, pl. ’auraqun

peek
a piece of paper 45)9 waragatun
pen‫‏‬ )‫ أقلام‬pl.)‫قلم ‏‬
5 > ‫َه‬ 52--
qalamun, p/. aqlamin
5‫ه‬
ink ‎‫حسر‬ hibrun

3
silver ‎‫فضة‬ fiddatun
gold or dhahabun ‎‫رك‬
5 > َ‫ه‬‎ °
name ‎)‫ اسماء‬pl.) ay ismun, pl.’asm@un 0 V/
Sit g-
donkey (nm pl.) ‫رامح‬‎ himarun, pl. hamirun ) \) |?

$99 s- 06 6 -
‫‏‬esroh )‫ احصنة » حصن‬pl.)‫ حصان ‏‬hisanun,
pl. ?ahsinatun, husunun
slave (tase pl.) Je gabdun, pl. cabidun aS
noon, midday a zuhrun
head eres
‫ور‬‎ pl.) on ra’sun, pl. ‫ال‬1‎ Wr)
chest (a5
gals pl.) je sadrun, pl. sudirun
shop (OS ‫كد‬‎ pl.) ‫ند‬‎ dukkanun,
: pl. dakakinu
roof, ceiling hse pl.) sue saqfun, pl. suqifun
wall (Oth.a-ph) LS: ”‫اج‬‎ ,‫ مدح‬pi-hitanun
motor-car {‫ةرايس‬‎‫ني‬
‎‫ عربة‬éarabatun
bicycle Re cela
‫دراحة‬ 0
minute (of time) (s‫‏‬

‫ دقا‬pl.)‫ دقيقة ‏‬daqiqatun,‫‏‬
pl. daq@’iqu
what? ne ¢ 0 ma, madha re) 4
why? ‫اذامل‬‎ limadha
soldier (2iyi ‘ ae pl.) ein jundiyun,

pl. jundun, juntdun
sad ‎‫ حون‬hazinun
in, at 3 11
by, with, in ‫ب‬‎ bi
Abu Bakr (pr. 1. masc.) ‫ركب‬‎A >Abu Bakrin
Zaid (pr. n. masc.) 5 Zaidun
dirty ‫ وس‬wasikhun
iy
-
EXERCISE 15
‫ الأبواب هناك ؟ مس نعم » فتحتها قبل ساعات» ثم‬coil ‫—‏‬

‫ ا‬oilw y— » ota gA ,hserfa( ‫)‏‬niaga ‫ جديد‬70 lg:‫‏‬
‫‏‬lgX ‫‏ كثيرة جديدة فى دكن‬SU ‫ وجدنا‬- ‫ع‬ ‫ل‬

‫جات‬ ee ‫‏‬hy ‫اذا أسمك؟‬08104
‫‏أيكان لوقربكد‬ylr‫سن‬
0 do J ‫‏‬eroc 7 )ٌ‫المدرسة عبلاتهن (دراجاتهن‬
‫‏ عزن‬leB ‫ تزتها موت‬CS ‫‏‬TB ‫ل بن‬
Sys‫ا ًاليوط هملقب هربحو ىلع ‏‬ ‫ لا‬at eens‫‏‬
‫ومد‬ - ‫وص‬ 20 Ele =iore ness) Mea‫‏‬ ‫ع‬ A‫‏‬
‫الوزربر وقتلوا‬ ‫تت‬ | ‫الملك ذهبا وفضة‬ ‫‏‬eoD ‫ وح وحدك‬. ‫ايه‬
52 215 ions ‫تروس‬‎ ‫ واحنيا‬a= Hes d-0-
0 ore ‫ىقفيدصو‬.‎
‫ ىبودجو نيب ىودع‬-١١ ‫هدبع‬.‎
a g- SO ees = a ° ‫وهب‬‎ ‫نم‬
‫راسه‬ ‫ربت‬
‫ضو‬§ .‫ خادمان وخادمة‬PCS( ‫‏‬xi . ‫ البيت‬3
eK ‫‏‬ele .‫حيطاله وسخة‬ ‫يبتك؟‬ ‫لماذاتركت‬ - ssl‫‏‬
.‫ل الصغار سقف البيث بالحجر‬ ‫‏‬ee ‫ماذا فى صدوركم ؟‬

-- of >
.‎‫أبنائه‬ ‫ع‬ ‫سن‬ ‫لد هنا‬ 3 . ‫اليوم‬ ‫ال‬

* eola
Ow
EXERCISE 16
1. Your friend opened the windows and closed the door an

hour ago (before an hour). 2. My teachers found me in the
street with my father’s horse. 3. He hit me on my head.
4. My car is very fast. 5. The room is small and its ceiling
is old and dirty. 6. Why did you ride your bicycles to school
today? 7. The news about (‫)نع‬‎ you reached me yesterday.
8. The enemy is there at the gate of the city. 9. I have two

pounds with me today, and he has a pound. 10. The mother
is present here, and her many sons are at school (lit. in the
school). 11. The schoolmistresses went out of the school and
closed its doors. 12. Why have you ridden your donkeys
from your homes to the city? 13. What have you written
with (~) your pen on the paper? 14. He said to the women:
You arrived a moment ago (before a minute). 15. His head
is big and his feet are small. 16. The wall and ceiling of the
room are dirty. 17. The girls are in their father’s shop in the
market. 18. I entered her house and she struck me. 19. I left
her in the street far (exe) from her house. 20. There are
many beautiful cities in Egypt. They have wide streets.
CHAPTER TEN
‎)‫ العاشر‬Gu!)
Demonstrative Pronouns
1. The Demonstrative Pronoun 0 ‫اشإلا‬‎ ‫ مسا‬ismu-lishara) as

normally used is as follows:
This, these. Masculine Feminine
oa oe cae
Singular, all cases ‫اده‬‎ hadha ods hadhihi
-1 “1
Dual Nominative Olas hadhani Ole» hatani
o-} 5-0
Accusative and Genitive ‫نيده‬‎ hadhaini ‫رند‬‎ hataini
Plural, all cases, masc. and fem. avis ha#ula’i

It will be noted that the ’alif of the long 4 after the initial »
of all these forms is written as a short vertical stroke above
the letter. In unpointed Arabic, this ’alif is not normally
--
shown. It is incorrect to write an ordinary ’alif, thus .‫اذاه‬‎

There are really two elements in the above forms, the ‫اذ‬‎
which is the basis, and the preceding ls, which reinforces it.
Sometimes, though infrequently in modern written Arabic,
the ha’ is omitted, and the following forms result:
Masc. Fem.
Singular ‫اذ‬‎ dha ‫ىذ‬‎ *dhi (or ‫هذ‬‎ dhihi)
Dual Nom. , ‫ناذ‬‎ dhani OU tani

Acc., Gen. Be dhaini so taini
re |
Plural all cases, masc. and fem. J | ula or ‫ءال‬‎

| lai
* Norte: In the full form, ‫ىذه‬‎ hadhi sometimes occurs for a

hadhihi. oo
80
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 81
2. That, those.
These are based on the forms already given with the
addition of the suffix ‫ك‬‎ ka, which implies distance, but with-
out the preliminary .‫اه‬‎ In some examples a ‫ل‬‎ is interpolated.
Masc. Fem.
Singular ‫كاذ‬‎ dhaka ‫كلت‬‎ tilka
or 3
‎‫ ذلك‬dhalika ‎‫ مل تاك‬a
(more common) als tika tarely)
Dual Nom. ‫ذانك‬‎ dhanika ‫كنات‬‎ tanika

Gen.and Acc. 135 dhainika ‫كنيت‬‎ tainika
y- - 2
Plural, all cases, ‫كثالوا‬‎ tla’ika masc. and fem.
‫عات‬ teat‫‏‬
yrev( ‫‏‬ylerar ‫ اولالك‬akildla* ‫‏‬ro ‫< اولاك‬15‫(دعلة‬
.3 If the demonstrative qualifies a — noun, . precedes‫‏‬
it and the noun takes the article, e.g. ‫باتكْلا‬‎ 55 hadha 1-
kitabu, this book.
But if the noun is defined by a following genitive or a
pee suffix the demonstrative is placed after these,
e.g. ‎‫الك هذا‬yeF unbi ikilam-I ahdah siht nos fo eht ;gnik
jee POLS kitabukum hadha, this book of yours. “Stes and as

have the meaning of “‘these” and “those” respectively when
IIIb” '
used with broken plurals of ile ake coi .‫ع‬.»©‎ ‫هده بتكلا‬
hadhihi |-kutubu, these books; ‫مايألآ‬‎‫ كلت‬tilka 1-< ayyamu,
those days.
4. If the demonstrative is used pronominally and as sub-
ject of a nominal sentence, then:
(a) If the predicate is an indefinite noun, no copula is
3 3 : Bee
necessary, e.g. ‫باتحك‬‎ ‫ اذه‬hadha kitabun, this is a book.
(b) If the predicate is defined by the article the 3rd pers.

pron. is used as a copula to prevent the demonstrative from
SAE OID ra
being taken adjectivally (as in 3), e.g. ‫دلولا‬‎‫ اذه وه‬hadha
huwa l-waladu, this is the boy.
(c) If the predicate is defined by a following genitive or a
pronominal suffix, the demonstrative is put first and no
039 - Zt 5
copula is needed, e.g. ‫مكباتك‬‎ ‫ اذه‬this is your book.
5. The Interrogative pronouns ‫)ةاهفتسالا‬‎ ‫سا‬ ismu li

0 = a 2 2
-stifhim) are ‫نم‬‎ man, whot, ‫ام‬‎ ma, what? Coe ‫اذام‬‎
Siz
madha); il? ayyun, fem. 8 <2, which?; <= kam,

how much? how many?
3 o-
= is indeclinable ‫)ىنبم‬‎ mabni). The Agee relation is
expressed by placing it after a noun, e.g. as

ae a kitabu
man, whose book?
‫ ام‬is also indeclinable. After some prepositions it is‫‏‬
sometimes written 5‫م‬‎ - lima, for what? why? (for ‫امل‬‎or .(‫اًذامل‬‎
0 fem. Biis declinable and is treated as a noun, so takes
15-8 a 3
a following soup in the genitive, e.g. ‫لجر‬‎ ‫? ىا‬ayyu rajulin,

which man? ‫تنب‬‎ isl? ayyatu bintin, which girl?
‎‫ كم‬s‫ ؛‬ekat eht gniwollof‘ nuon ni eht evitasucca ,ralugnis
e.g. (Js‫و‬‎ a kam waladan, how many boys?
VOCABULARY
a person, individual ‫)صاخشأ‬‎ pl.) gabe shakhsun,

pl. ?ashkhasun
shade AB zillun ١9
-
5 ‫جد )سرك‬
famous ‎‫ مشمهور‬mashhirun
not (with perfect of verb) Loma
to return (intrans.) ‫رجع‬ raja ‫عم‬‎

until, up to (with
TEN
genitive) hatta
(ll ‎‫ رام‬ase
5 > S$ --
reason, Cause 7°
sababun,
pl. ?asbabun
BE Wiis 5-35
calamity, great )‫مصائب‬‎ pl.) ‫ةبيصم‬‎ musibatun,
misfortune pl. masa’ibu
neglect, carelessness Ave ghaflatun
woman alee imra’atun
to study aes darasa 4 i a
agriculture hye 2113 ¢atun

‫ا‬
mosque ‫)عماوج‬‎ pl.) ‫عماج‬‎ jami Eun,‫‏‬

pl. jawami‫لاع ‏‬
university ‫)قاعلاج‬‎ pl.) ‫ ةعماح‬jami gatun‫‏‬

pl. jami ¢atun‫‏‬
the East ‫قرفلا‬‎ ash-sharqu‫‏‬
the West =‫رغلا‬‎ al-gharbu
inhabitant (kar pL) ‫كاس‬‎ sakinun,

pl. sukkanun
village ‫)ىرق‬‎ pl) ‫ةيرق‬‎ qaryatun, pl. quran 47 0
dirty ‫خسو‬‎ wasikhun
and, so (implying a close connec- ‫قى‬‎‫ و‬fa‫‏‬

tion or suggestion of cause and
effect between the two sen-
tences joined).
It is written as part of the
word it precedes.
EXERCISE 17
wee wet 2 isto 1> geil‫باتكلا‬‎ ‫عشنا كارلو‬

- --- gwrs0p7m >> - 5 0-7
- ‎‫ررر‬
‫ كبك هذه‬: ‫المعلم وقاللتلميذ من التلامذة‬ ‫‏‬reej . ‫صعب‬

=
oes = 0-002 6-1 ll i w 92-3
- 0-00 > 1
santool Ke est Mae ‫؟‬‎ ‫ سمأ‬one ‫كلذ‬‎
0 . ‫ملع‬‎‫ م كئالوألاجرلا ووذ‬. ge ‫تاذ‬‎‫—كلت ةرجشلا‬y

‎‫ رع‬.‫ اليوم‬:‫ى‬5‫حت‬eS ‎‫ المشهور منالمدينة‬tsej si
--
- -09
- - €3-6 ‫ص‬ ‫وه‬ -0- --
‫مول‬ .‫هى من الغائبات‬ ‫من؟‬ ‫‏‬TNA ‫هذه‬ — ‫‏‬yy . ‫سبب غفلتكم‬
‫ م‬-‫ صه‬809 ‫ صق‬- ‫دو‬ ‫رده‬ - ‫صوود سو‬ <<

‫‏‬lla ‫ المدرسة بعد الدروس؟ ع أيه‬5 ‫ترك المعلمون دا‬
- -09 --- - ‫ده‬ 703
Fol ‎‫ قفل‬tes ‎‫ حصانى‬5 eae reel ‫كلذ‬‎ 3 ‫ةدوحوم‬
6 30° 3-090 21 ‫ساس‬‎ ewe eee
‫الجامع مشهور‬ ‫ هذ—ا‬. ‫الزراعة فى جامعة القاهرة‬ ‫درس‬

‫د‬
AS >62 ‫و‬5‎ oa
‫‏ جديدة‬ee ‫ سكن هذه القرية‬aM ‫)‏‬eM ‫و‬ . ‫فى الشرق والغرب‬
FES eR ign. aleFe ‫وره‬5‫ت‬ > s-- ‫‏‬7-0
‎‫ وهم غائيبون؟‬9O slop ‎‫ لما انتم‬+ . ‫ومدرسة كبيرة‬
EXERCISE 18
1. Did you know that famous man? No, I knew his elder
(big) brother. 2. This is a good man, and that (fem.) is a bad
woman. 3. This tree has good shade. 4. These Arabs are nice
persons. 5. Those men have not arrived so far (until the hour).
6. This woman returned from Cairo yesterday. 7. Which
man did you find in that room? 8. Which woman killed the
minister’s father? 9. How many persons attended that meet-
ing of the council yesterday? 10. What did you demand of
°
(cy) your students in the university? 11. This is the great

(big) mosque of the city. 12. I found these books in Muham-
mad’s shop in the little market. 13. This is a great calamity
to the inhabitants of my village. 14. All this has two reasons,
the sword of the foe and the neglect of the prince. 15. Whose
son is Hassan? He is the minister’s son. 16. These two men
are friends, and those two are enemies. 17. That daughter of
the sheikh is beautiful of face. 18. The two men mounted
(rode) their horses and left (went out of) the city. 19. This
is a new English car. 20. We have studied agriculture from
these two new books.
CHAPTER ELEVEN
)‫ عشر‬el‫(ألباب ‏‬
oo »- ‫©خ‬‎
Adjectives
1. Some of the commonest forms of adjectives ‫)ةفص‬‎ ‫مسا‬

ism sifa) are given below. Of these, the first is the active
participle; the rest are forms which give the meaning of the
active participle, with, at any rate originally, some intensifi-
cation in meaning. They are derived from what might be
termed ‘stative’ verbs, that is, verbs which denote a state
or condition rather than an act. They are not normally
derived from transitive verbs.
(a) Gels fa cilun (properly the active participle) e.g.
Gole sadiqun, upright; dale ¢adilun, just, ‫لهاج‬‎ jahilun,

ignorant.
(b) Bae fa cilun, 626 ee sa cidun, happy; ee kabirun,
great; ce kathirun, much, many.

5 Te
(c) die fa ey denoting intensity, e.g. ‫لوهج‬‎ jahilun,
very ignorant; 3ee kasulun, very lazy.

See Oe
(d) Ores fa ¢lanu (without nunation), e.g. ‫نابضغ‬‎ ghad-
banu, angry.
2. Another intensive form of the active participle is

fa & ¢alun; but these words are nouns rather than adjectives.
‘They are used to denote occupations, e.g.
‫ رابخ‬khabbazun, baker. bie khayyatun, tailor.‫‏‬

86
ADJECTIVES 87
5 a- § a7
‎‫ طباخ‬tabbakhun, cook. ‫رازح‬‎ jazzarun, butcher.

5 a-
Jl baqgalun, greengrocer.
Unlike the adjectives mentioned in paragraph 1, nouns of
this form are usually derived from transitive, not stative,
- g8-
verbs. They form the sound masculine plural, e.g. OssLb

tabbakhiina, cooks. They add ta’ marbita to form the
feminine, and also take the sound feminine plural, e.g.
6-a-
‫ ةطايخ‬khayyatun, pl.‫ ٌتاطايح ‏‬khayyatatun, tailoress, needle-‫‏‬

woman.‫‏‬
3. Another common form of adjective expressing the

meaning of the active participles of stative verbs is that used
for colours or defects. They have the masculine ‫هوما‬‎ ‫ وع‬in
‫ لعلنا‬af calu, and the feminine singular in‫ فعلاء ‏‬fa‫لقاع ‏‬
(both diptotes). The plural, as fu ¢lun, is a triptote, and
is used for both genders.
Here are typical examples.
Sing. Masc. Fem. Plural
50 = Oe Sai hs
‎‫? اسود‬aswadu, black eee sauda’u ‫دوس‬‎
‎‫و‬ >‫عه‬ ‫يات‬ 5
‫ابيض‬ <42:362‫ن‬, ‫‏‬etihw ‫بيضاء‬ ‫‏‬uadiab ‫بيض‬ 2
3-08 ‎‫ت‬0 509
‎‫? اجر‬ahmaru, red el, hamra’u >= humrun
2 of ‫ور‬‎ Be te)
‎‫? ازرق‬azraqu, blue ‫ءاقرز‬‎ zarqa’u ‫قرز‬‎ zurqun

2 2 Eaten yar 56 ‫د‬‎
pes -akhdaru, green ‫ءارضخ‬‎ khadra@’u 2 khudrun
‎‫ در‬OF ‎‫رو عبد‬ 905
‎‫اصفر‬ ,urafsa wolley ‎‫ صفراء‬uarfas eey nurfus
‎‫و‬ > 0‫ع‬ \ me Oaae 5 ‎‫ره‬
‎‫اطرشن‬ ,uhsartaP faed b,al« u’ahsrat ‎‫ طرئس‬nuhsrut

2 Ras I OY: Arto deg $09
‎‫ اخرس‬2akhrasu, dumb clu,+ kharsa?’u ‫سرخ‬‎ khursun

66 2 509
= : =)
‎‫ اعمى‬84 ‫ع‬1 blind = cles gamya’u ‫ىمع‬‎ eumyun
é oe ge 5 ‫هر‬‎
‫” اعرج‬8¢ ,ujar emal b‫‏‬c
s5 ‫امع‬ ‫هنا تناع عرج‬
9 60 ‫‏‬ubadha- 7-0-9 5 ‫ره‬

/ Z‫‏‬ ‫ حد‬hudb‫‏‬
a { ‫‏‬dekcabpmuh ‫حابا‬ ‫ممم‬ ‫ل‬
‫كت‬
:etroN ehT .mef fo eht laud segnahc azmah otn9i ‫‏‬.g.e ‫سوداوان‬
saudawani.‫‏‬
4. For the comparative and superlative of adjectives,

) ‎‫ التفضيل‬5 ismu t-tafdil), sometimes termed the Elative,
the same form as that for colours and defects, though only
in the masculine singular, is employed: aes 01 ‫علال‬‎
The feminine is ‫ىلعف‬‎ fuela. But though the Arab gram-
marians imply that this form exists for all elatives, in practice
it is only encountered with a few words, except in ancient
poetry. The masculine plural is ‫لعافأ‬‎ 013 clu, the feminine
--609 6-5
plural is ‫تايلعف‬‎ fu clayatun and ‫لعف‬‎. But students will have

little use for anything but the masculine singular, because
this should always be used when the meaning is comparative.
And even when the meaning is superlative, the masculine
singular can be used except when the adjective has the
definite article di (This will be dealt with in greater detail in
Chapter 40).
e.g. Ay| *akbaru, greater, fem. eae kubra, from a

kabirun, big.
Ae ?ashalu, easier, fem. abe suhla, from Nees

sahlun, easy.
‫ع وعد‬ S$‫‏‬ ‫در‬
ye! ?asbaru, more patient, from ‫روبص‬‎ sabirun.
2-0 5 -
de>! ?ajhalu, more ignorant, from ‫له‬‎‫ اج‬jahilun.
It will be seen that, to form the elative from any adjective,

the three radical consonants only should be taken, then
prefixed with a hamza. Long vowels must be removed, like
921
the ya? in 1 and the waw in .‫روبص‬‎
ADJECTIVES 89
5. If the root has a doubled consonant, as ‫ٌديدج‬‎ jadidun,

new, the SSNS form is ea -ajaddu, instead of ‫ددحأ‬‎
?ajdadu. From ‫ليلق‬‎ qalilun, little, few, comes it aqallu,
less, fewer (instead of aqlalu) and so on.
6. The Arabic preposition for “than” in such English
phrases as “‘smaller than” is 7 min (from), e.g. ‫نم‬‎‫رغصأ‬
2‫ع‬‎2113
”35
2 <
‫ه‬2 6 ‫)‏‬OSE ‫ل ار اعد‬
e.g. ‎‫ من اخته‬leep ‎‫حسن‬ nunasaH urahgsa’ nim ‎”‫ولطغطلن‬

Hasan is smaller (younger) than his sister.
90" L108 =
Any‎‫ هى|كبر م‬ayih urabka’ ,uhnim ehs si reggib naht .mih
- cea lod Na oe ctihe,
‫‏ مدرسة القاهرة‬J ‫من إخوائهم‬+ heal‫ التلامذة‏‬at-talamidhatu‫‏‬

ajhalu min ikhwanihim fi madrasati 1-Qahirati, the
pupils are more ignorant than their brethren (fellows)
in the Cairo school.
Note the use of the plural of = ?akhun here.
wrsonm > eit DE AS 9)
‫ نم نيمّلعملا‬cal‫ تامّلعملا ‏‬al--mu callimatu >ajaddu mina‫‏‬
l-mu ¢allimina, the schoolmistresses are newer than

the schoolmasters.
7. In the Superlative, the Arabs prefer to use the Elative
as a noun, followed by a genitive, rather than as an adjective;
e.g; ‫ةنيدملا‬‎d J es 7 huwa ?akbaru rajulin fi -201‫م‬-1‎

nati, he is the greatest man in the city,
instead of
0 2 oN 1 huwa ar-rajulu 1-’akbaru fi

Piibdthatt ١
though the latter is permissible. *
* See Appendix C, §4 (a).
In this case, there is no need to put the Elative in the

feminine or plural, e.g.
FOF *Dim o& =
bcd, ‫ربصأ‬‎ ‫ ىه‬hiya ?asbaru zaujatin, she is the most patient

~ wife.
0 lw
Ob ‎‫ اصبر‬elu! an-nisa’u ’asbaru sukkanin, the women are

the most patient inhabitants.
Ane ie
8. The substantives ‫ريخ‬‎ khairun, good, and ‫رش‬‎ sharrun,
evil, are used as ee with the meanings “better” and
-0 So- -
“woOrselsre: gneiss +e 1 huwa khairun minka, he is better

than 8
VOCABULARY
colour (tol pl.) ‫نول‬‎ launun, pl. ’alwanun
hair ee sha erun
yesterday ‫حرابلا‬‎ al-bariha
origin (aro! pl.) pal *aslun, .‫مآ‬‎ >usiilun
boundary, limit (394m pl.) ‫دح‬‎ haddun, pl. hudidun

a beggar hi‫اس‬‎ sPilun 1 ١‫ا‬‎
North ‫لامش‬‎ shamalun
South Gye janubun
army eps pl.) Ne jaishun, pl. juyishun
pleasant (il) ¢ elibd pl.) ib) latifun, pl. lutafa’u,

3 ~ ‫ةكدص‬1‎
to stop, stand up 89 waqafa

ae 91
history, date (2)ie

3 pl.) a ta’rikhun, pl.
~ tawarikhu
better, best et -ahsanu
Syria (Damascus) ‫عاتتلا‬‎ ‘ ‫ مالا‬ash-sha’mu, ash-shamu _
camel (dlepl.) ‫لح‬‎ jamalun, p/. jimalun 59 1
desert (eg)euepl.) ese sahr@u, pl. sahara
EXERCISE 19
‫‏‬loed ‫ة هى‬. ‫| — هذه البنث الجميلة وصلث منبغدادقبلأشهر قليل‬

- ‎‫واس‬ ‫ون‬ -0- - -0- 6 ---o
ee eya ‫‏‬eew ‫لون‬ + . ‫بنت ف اتلك المدينة المشهورة‬
‫‏‬SI : ‫المعلم لتلامذته‬ ‫العيد الأسود فىالخجرة رف‬

- ‫صوعَ و‬ 00-03
ae
‫م‬ = = - 0800 6 ”60 ET DD a OSO EH:‫‏‬

‫ ءاسن‬Aa‫ ‏‬9 ‫قدمو ىرق قرشلا‬ ‫ ؟رضخالا‬pak Rees os‫‏‬
eel ges els GAL LUT ey

2‫م‬52 a9 - Diba HS‫‏‬
ie du, Ge
‫ ربكأ‬fn sel Bs dau! ObudB ¢ Jacl Asta y‫‏‬.‫اللون‬
3-08 -
‫‏‬T‫ن‬M‫‏ م‬loeG ‫ الصبور‬ei = lluf ‫‏‬te ‫مصيبة ى‬

G‫ دلو ‏‬WS‫ = سرد ‏‬Olas!‫ ذيملتلا ‏‬oy. Lobel‫‏‬
,i‫‏‬sega ‫ الولد الكسول فى‬tta ‫‏‬so ‫ورك‬
‫| ت‬,. ‫المدرسة‬
‫مر المديئة منن الُشمال فخرج جنود‬
‫ اس‬segn
‫‏‬aab ‫درس‬
‫‏‬taJ ‫ نظر‬hg ‫‏‬sS ‫‏اسن لسيوفالأعداء‬een ‫نلبنو ‘ب‬
‫ م ا‬a‫‏‬
aneraS elu ‫‏‬se ‫ااا‬ ‫ف‬

‫ الطريق‬neratg ‫‏‬oaG ‫ علخهمرك‬Gel‫ الأمود ‏‬sit‫هذا ‏‬
‫ه‬ ‫صوع‬ - I-0EF 0-3 Bo‫‏‬
5
a- OF Law “‫قف‬‎ 2 ‫ةرظا‬ 3 ‫ه‬ 2-6
i ‎‫النيلان‬ 4 ap tell ‫قرط‬‎ chs » ‫كلذ‬‎ Oo ‫بعصا‬‎
‫— تبهذ ءاسنلا‬ yy 9 ee as‫لا ريبكلا ‏‬ Sel Gls‫‏‬
. ‫ الناسالاجتماع البارح‬05 | ‫لحدود البلاد البعيدة‬

- -00 - - 0 ‫صص‬‎ wo
‫ ري نم‬det- are 5263 abst AST ticloeneg‫‏‬

- 5o- y--0- -o-
‫لدان امون لحرا‬
EXERCISE 20
1. He is worse than his father, and his grandfather is the

worst man in the village. 2. My mother’s eyes are blue, and
mine (my eyes) are green. 3. The Red Sea is the boundary
of Arabia in the West and the South. 4. I have found a book
better than that in the city library. 5. My house is more
spacious (wider) than yours (your house): it is the most
spacious house in Baghdad. 6. The deaf (plural) stood up in
the meeting, and said: ‘“‘We are happier than you (plural)’.
7. This boy is very ignorant, and that [one] is very lazy.
Their teacher is angry with (2) them. 8. The blind hump-
backed beggar demanded food of (cr) the women. 9. He

arrived from the far (most distant) South yesterday and
entered Damascus. 10. I rode my brown (red) horse, and
the sheikh rodé a white camel. 11. The army of Egypt
halted (stopped) in the North of the deserts of Arabia.
12. Men are stronger than women. 13. Hassan has the
longest hair of the students. 14. My father hit the biggest
boy and left the two smaller [ones]. 15. The students studied
the easiest of the books about the origin of (the) animals, in
the university. 16. Who closed the newest window in the
house? 17. He opened the door, entered the room, and took
ADJECTIVES 93
(use ‎‫ (ذهب ب‬eht tsewen etalp dna eht tseb noops morf eht
table. 18. This milk is older than that. 19. The two tallest
soldiers returned, and mounted the biggest horses. 20. These
two ignoramuses have asked for the best books in the book-
shop (lit. shop of the books).
CHAPTER TWELVE
‫‏‬ela ‫اع‬ ‫[ طاو‬5
Gis Ger SUN)

The Verb
(Je5 fie!)
1. Arabic verbs are mostly ¢riliteral, that is, they are based
on roots of three consonants. Thus, the basic meaning of
writing is given by the three consonants k-t-b. The basic
meaning of killing is expressed by the consonants q-t-l.
As has been stated, the simplest form of a verb is the third
person masculine singular of the Perfect. For example,
- -- wee
‫ بتك‬kataba means, he wrote, he has written, and‫قتل ‏‬

qatala means, he killed. In an Arabic dictionary, all words‫‏‬
derived from triliteral roots are entered under this part of‫‏‬
5 -o-
the verb. Thus, ‫بتكم‬‎ maktabun, meaning an office, or the
place where one writes, is derived from ‫بتك‬‎ kataba, and will
be found in the dictionary under this root. There are also
derived verb forms, in which additions to the triliteral root
give different shades of meaning; these will be dealt with
from Chapter Nineteen onwards.
2. In the simple triliteral verb, the first and third root
consonants (or radicals) are vowelled with fatha; but the
second radical may be vowelled with fatha, kasra, or damma.
eg. ‎‫ فتح‬fataha, to open, conquer (literally, he opened,
he has opened).
ne hazina, to be sad (literally, he was or became

sad).
es kabura, he was, or became, big or old.
Verbs having kasra or damma generally denote a state, or
the entering of a state: to be or become the basic meaning.
94
THE VERB 95
Kasra frequently denotes a temporary state, damma a more

permanent one. But this can only be taken as a general guide.
3. Some verbs, though often classed as triliteral, have the

same letter as the second and third radical. In this case, the Cor
second radical has shadda, and the verb has the appearance
of being biliteral.
€.g. ‎‫ مر‬marra, for ‫ررم‬‎ marara, to pass (by, ‫ب‬‎ bi),
‫ رج‬Jarra, for‫ ررج ‏‬jarara, to drag, draw.‫‏‬

3 --e
‫ جح‬hajja, for‫ ججح ‏‬hajaja, to make the pilgrimage.‫‏‬
‫ كف‬fakka, for‫ ككف ‏‬fakaka, to loosen.‫‏‬

Nore: Arab grammarians and lexicographers differed in their
attitude to these roots, which Europeans call ‘“‘doubled’’. Some con-
sidered them biliteral, others triliteral. Their place in dictionaries
ar
therefore varies. For example, ‫رم‬‎ marra may be placed before all
other roots beginning with ‫م‬‎ and ‫رز‬‎ or, it may occur among them,
after 5,» but before 5.‫رم‬‎ Doubled verbs will be:.dealt with in
Chapter Twenty-four.
4. By reason of the presence of one of the semi-vowels

among the three radicals, some roots may appear to be
biliteral, e.g. ‫لاق‬‎ qala, to say (he said); ‫ىر‬‎ rama, to throw,
he threw. But these are in reality triliteral, and will be
explained among the irregular verbs in Chapters Twenty-
seven to Twenty-nine.
i
5. There is a comparatively small number of quadriliteral
verbs, with four radicals. Very few occur among the 5,000
commonest words in the language. They will be discussed
in Chapter Thirty-one. An example is ‫جرحد‬‎ dahraja to roll
(transitive). These also may have derived forms.
TENSES
6. Arabic, in common with other Semitic languages, is

deficient in tenses, and this does make for ease in learning.
Moreover, the tenses do not have accurate time-significances as
in Indo-sEurepe as languages. There are two main tenses, the

Perfect ‫يضاملا‬‎al-madi, denoting actions completed at the Me
to which reference is being made; and thImperfect) ‫عراضمل‬
‫عراضمل‬‎
al-mudari & for incompleted actions. There is also an
‎‫ د‬060-
Imperative, ‎‫ الآمر‬al’amr, which may be considered a modi-

fication of the Imperfect.
7. The Perfect Stem is obtained by cutting off the last
vowel of the 3rd singular masculine perfect, and the perfect
is declined by adding to this stem the following endings:
SB hIVASC nt AseteSee ASC iad Ble 3...mase.., 9-0
ots cab Se = ©
3, 4em., 2 2at. 3oifemin.iGatas 3ofeme nd ‫كك‬‎
2. mase. ota’ 2m ef. os<tuma 2: masc. «tum

° G26
27 emacs Sot 2. fem. ¢p—tunna
2 0 ages)
tom &f. St om. Stes na

e.g.
Sing. 3. masc. ‫بتك‬‎ kataba he has written, (or he
wrote).
‎‫ور‬ 3. fem. ‫تيتك‬‎ katabat, she has written.
ee
‎‫رو‬ 2. masc. ‫تبتك‬‎ katabta, you (man) have
written.
oe
‎‫ وى‬2. EM ‫تبتك‬‎ katabti, you (woman) have
written.
el ‫جيوب‬‎
5, 1. masc. & fem. ‫تبتك‬‎ katabtu, I have written.
Dual 3. masc. ‫ابتك‬‎ kataba, they two (men) have

written.
aS ‫طعنا‬‎ ‫ اتبتك‬katabata, they two (women)
have written.
THE VERB 97
-390--
Dual 2. masc. & fem. ‫امتبتك‬‎ katabtuma, you two have

written.
i
Plural 3. masc. ‫اوبتك‬‎ katabi, they (men) have
written.
B gee
uno esent. ‫نبتك‬‎ katabna, they (women) have
written.
‎‫ددم‬
sie seammasc. es katabtum you (men) have

written.
B20--
eee fem ‫نتبتك‬‎ katabtunna, you (women)
have written.
» 1. masc. & fem. acces katabna, we have written.
In the same way from verbs of the forms bs fa cila and
ad fa Eula we have: a‫درش‬‎shariba, he drank, ‫تبرش‬‎ sharibat,
she drank, etc.: from = karuma, he was noble, ens

karumtu, I was noble, etc.
AGREEMENT OF THE VERB WITH ITS SUBJECT
8. The normal_order_in anArabic verbal sentence is

Verb — Subject — Direct Object — Adverbial and other matter.
Even if the subject is not mentioned separately, it is already
implicit in the verb as a pronoun. For example, we may say
5 0- ‫ساس‬
‫ ديز‬bes wasala Zaidun, Zaid arrived. Here Zaid is the‫‏‬

subject. But if we merely say ‫لصو‬‎ wasala, this is still a
complete sentence, meaning “‘he arrived’’. The final fatha of
the verb is Teally a pronominal suffix meaning “‘he”’.
A) ginal ‫و‬‎ ‘Boe
e.g. Saar eas (acs‫رض‬‎‫ ذ‬daraba labu waladahu halan.
Verb Subj. Obj. Adverbial
The father beat his son at once.
When the verb in the 3rd person comes before the subject tt
is always in the singular.
‫صورد سو‬ >
6 gua 555 kataba ‫طحتن‬-1‎ ‫ انصححتبعمل‬the teacher wrote.
an wat kataba I-mu ¢allimani, the two teachers

- -
wrote.
- ypwrs07
> er
35
| eae harry l-mu ¢allimiina, the teachers
wrote.
The verb preceding its subject, however, will agree with it in
gender, —
Nest Bix kabura |-waladu, the boy grew.
300" -
‫تت تنبلا‬
‫ا‬ kaburati l-bintu, the girl grew.‫‏‬
‫ ت تانبلا‬yah kaburati 1-banatu, the girls grew.‫‏‬

‫ نال‬ase kaburati-l-bintani, the (two) girls grew.‫‏‬
Nore: the kasra added to “‘kaburat”’ is due to the hamzatu |-wasl
which follows.
For this purpose, broken plurals are considered to be

feminine, unless they refer to male human beings.
esi ‎‫ صر‬ie tela
e.g. ‎‫ظمهرتت النجوم‬ itarahaz -n gep eht srats .deraeppa
(pl. 5 ae najmun.)
But - ‫رلين‬
‫وع‬‫م‬
0 | ‫رمظ‬‎ zahara r-rijalu, the men appeared.

However, in Classical Arabic, a feminine verb will often be
found with a broken plural, even referring to male human
‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ماسر‬
beings,‫ ترمظ لاجرلا ‏‬zaharati r-rijalu. The student is not‫‏‬
recommended to imitate this which is unusual in modern
Arabic, even in literature.
Note that it is the actual gender which counts, not
the form of the word. Thus ves khalifatun, Caliph, is
masculine, though it has a feminine ending.
THE VERB 99
- -329--
‫هم‬
‫ لتق ةفيلشلا رولاريزإ‬qatala l-khalifatu 1-2‫‏‬
(Not ‎‫ قتلث‬qatalat),
Similarly, ‫نونس‬‎
¢ 51211234, one plural of dau sanatun, year,
though in the form of the sound masculine plural, would
count as a broken plural and take the feminine singular verb.
When the verb follows the subject it agrees with it in number

and gender (the rule of the broken plural given above,
however, still applies).
- -00 ‫در‬
‫ع و‬
-‫ه‬
e.g. ‎‫ الأولاد فتحوا الباب‬udalua’-la ihataf ,abab-1 eht syob

opened the door.
‫واسدهم‬ --0-
‫ نلخد‬GLI! al-banatu dakhalna, the girls‫‏‬

entered.‫‏‬
When the sentence tere with a verb it is known as a
verbal sentence care irs jumla fi eliya), Ce: ‫دلولا‬‎ ‫جرخ‬
kharaja l-waladu, the boy went out. A sentence introduced
by the subject is called a nominal sentence ‫)ةيمسا‬‎ de jumla
ismiya) prhethee or not the subject is followed by a verb,
e.g. ‎ٌ‫الولد صغير‬ udalaw-la ,nurihgas eht yob si .llams

‫ساس مه‬ ‫مدعو‬
‫ اولاكل جرخ‬al-waladu kharaja, the boy went out.‫‏‬
9. Since, as we have already noted, the normal sentence

order in Arabic is for the verb (in the singular) to come
first, the question of when the ieee ae verbis
used arises. There are three situations in which it 15 required:
(a) The subject may not be mentioned by name, e.g.
‎‫ ذهبوا‬dhahabi, they went, have gone.

(b) The subject may be peed are for stress or emphasis,
0‫ ماس او سا‬2 ‫ أواصرة‬7 ‫ تال لاضن‬2-1-5 Sa‫‏‬
eg.‫ امل تلصو تانبلا دالوالا اوجرخ ‏‬lamma wasalati l-banatu‫‏‬
l-Pauladu kharaji, when the girls arrived, the boys

went out.
Here the juxtaposition of ‫تانبلا‬‎ and ‫دالوالا‬‎ gives stress to the
latter.
(c) The subject may already have been mentioned in the
preceding sentence,
e.g. ‎‫ فى الفصل‬00
‫ن‬ ‫ البنات‬١ ‎‫ وصلت‬italasaw utanab-l aw
jalasna fil: fasli, the girls arrived and sat down in
the class(room).
10. The Perfect may be translated by the Historic Past or

the Past Perfect, e.g. ‫لصو‬‎ wasala, “‘he arrived” (at some time
in the past) or he has arrived (in the recent past). When
translating, the student will often only have the context and
common-sense to guide him. However, the particle ‫لق‬‎ qad
is sometimes placed before the Perfect verb. It is a con-
firmatory particle, which may make the verb definitely Past
Perfect,
--- ‫وى‬
e.g. ‎‫ قد وصل‬030 ,alasaw eh sah devirra ton( eh“ .)’’devirra

However, this particle may also make the verb Pluperfect, so
that the verb given might also mean ‫“طع‬‎ had arrived’,
according to the context.
VOCABULARY
‎‫ فهم‬to understand ‫دصق‬‎ to intend, to travel to-
pp ( wards
‎‫ قول‬speech 4 212 cane :
8 6 ‫أس‬‎ a traveller, tourist
‎‫ طلع‬to rise (of the sun) ae
aes J3 to descend, alight, stay
‎‫ غرب‬to set (of the sun) (at a place)
‫دو‬ 75
8 5
> moon el. water aa’ 0

THE VERB 101
5 ‫ه‬- <0
yes fem., wine 4= towards, in the direction
mage ' of, about
‫ شوح‬courtyard, enclosure Sore‫‏‬
ae ‎‫ نصف‬a half
‫ راهن‬day, daytime ae Roe‫‏‬
-‫ه‬5 ist pl.‫ اغنياء ‏‬rich‫‏‬
‫ ديص‬hunt, hunting‫‏‬
= f LANG § to rejoice
‎‫ قيل‬to accept, receive 3 Ay a J
5 ‎‫>ه‬ CPM 3 7 re a outh

‎‫ ضيف‬pl. Sono guest Gas coal
260%, to break ley food

to sit
fay: pl. Any ~ glass (drink- ‫ساج‬‎
ing), tumbler ‫رهمظ‬‎ to appear
ee to send ‫برش‬‎ to drink
‎‫ فلاح‬pl. Oger peasant, che pl. Jd night, night time

cultivator pulses 1
$i» ‫ةليل‬‎ a (single) night
‎‫ حاكم‬pl. ‎‫ حكام‬governor, ruler 5 ‫د‬‎ ‫هد‬ DYE
1 ‎‫ موضوع‬pl. ‎‫موضوعات » مواضيع‬
‎)‫ بعد (عن‬ot ‎‫ عط‬tnatsid )morf( 2 tcejbus )rettam(
EXERCISE 21
036 - =a POROIOL RS |OPT, ‫رود‬‎ ‫نهم‬ ea
“eg ‎‫ع‬ wae ‎‫ لكر‬Memes ot Sueeens (re,

Tone ete ‫طع‬‎ gid cal —e . ‫مكلوق‬‎‫— معنانمهف‬ . ‫انلوق‬
‫‏باب‬sb ‫ بمح خرحنا‬. ‫ السائح وخادمة ودخلا المدينة‬,llet ‫‏‬daA - ‫ب‬
lleG ‫‏‬tra‫ل‬p‫‏ ه‬, . .‫‏ ونزلوا‬TEG ‫وطلع الرجال‬- .‫الدينة‬

‫ظ‬11‫أ‬1 5701
“21 11 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫احا ا‬ ‫وا‬ 2 of‫‏‬
Na‫‏‬to ‫ت‬0‫ق‬
2 ‫ع‬0 ‫إانابة الما‬ ‫رايا‬
‫سا م‬
‫=ل‬‫ا‏ف‬
py ‫انث بدوادوك؟‬
Bee 2
aren lenr ag = -0- ‫و‬‎ HO"
‫كمل‬ ‫( هذه رادلا‬for Cas) 0 ie, CLP TG‫‏‬
lliS ao sik ‫‏‬naS ‫( أتمابهامن'لأغنياء‬for‫(وجدث ‏‬

‫وا الضيف‬-
‫ل‬,
‫قب‬. .‫لرصإليىد‬
‫جت فى هذا الانها‬-‫خور‬
. ‫الحوش‬
EXERCISE 22
1. Have you written your letters to your friends today? 2. Yes,
we have written them (ls lS) and put them on that big table.
3. The beggar sought food from me. 4. The maid opened the
door of the house, and they entered. 5. Have you been out
hunting (to the hunt) today? No, I did not go out hunting,
I went to the city, to the market. 6. The sun has set, and the
moon has risen. 7. Muhammad and his son went into the city,
and came out of it (use (‫جرخ‬‎ an hour later (lit., after an hour).
8. He struck me two minutes ago (lit. before two minutes).
9. The men sat down and drank tea with the sheikh. 10. We
returned from the hunt with the minister, then attended the
council meeting. 11. They drank (the) coffee with the women.
12. I received the guests at my house (ate) and my wife
received the female guests. 13. I stayed (use (‫لزن‬‎ with (‫)دنع‬‎
Hassan and his brother Muhammad. 14. Have you under-
stood what I said (lit. my speech)? 15. He said this an hour
ago, and you knew it from his books. 16. Why have you
(fem. sing.) closed the door and opened the window? 17. The
wind is from the North today. 18. You studied this subject
months ago (lit. before months). 19. They mounted their
horses and made for Damascus, and arrived there two days
later. 20. The girls went to (the) school, and asked for the
new books.
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
(je ‎‫ الثالث‬Sul)
-
The Verb with Pronominal Object

The Verb “To ”‫ع‬8‎
1. The use of the attached pronouns as direct object to the

verb has been illustrated in Chapter Nine. Here it should
again be stressed that, for the first person singular pronoun,
the form Q -ni is used, not ‫ىو‬‎ -i.
€.g. ‎‫ ضربى‬darabani, he struck me.
2. In the third person masculine plural verb, such as

‫مو‬ ---
‫ اودجو‬wajadi, they found, from‫ دجو ‏‬wajada, the final alif‫‏‬

is Bs when a pronoun is attached.‫‏‬
--
e.g. er ‫و‬‎ wajadthu, they found him (it).

O26:
3. In the second person masculine plural, such as ‫متدجو‬‎

wajadtum, you found, a waw is added to the verb before the
‫ووم‬ ‫و‬
pronoun, e.g. ‫اهومدجو‬‎ wajadtumiha, you found her (it),
them (with broken plural non-human objects)
wy 0 > -
‫ ىلوكدجو‬wajadtumini, you have found me.‫‏‬

4. Some verbs in Arabic are doubly transitive, and take
two direct objects where we would expect one direct and one
indirect object. These will be dealt with in greater detail in
Chapter 45, 3(a), annmney include verbs of giving, seeing and
thinking, e.g. ‫اله‬‎‫اج‬peta hasibtuhu jahilan:
_ I considered him ignorant.
5. The verb “to be” Be kana (lit. he was) is a weak

(chews mu €tall) verb, and will be treated in full in Chapter
103
Twenty-eight, where it is included among the hollow verbs.

As it is used so often, however, its Perfect is given here.
Sing. 3. masc. oS kana, he was.
11 5-0 FETE. ‫تلا‬‎ kanat, she was.
jw 2c 0mase, oe kunta, you (m.) were.
‎‫ا‬ tena, oe kunti, you (f.) were.

2-261
5- ‫حبر‬ _masc. & fem. "‫تنك‬‎ kuntu, I was.
. masc. 27 kana, they two (m.) were.
fem, ‫اتناك‬‎ kanata, they two (f.) were.

“309
.masc. & fem. 2S kuntum4, you two were.

oe
as)
‎‫ ثم‬‎‫ ع‬‎‫بج‬ . masc. ‫اوناك‬‎ kandi, they (m.) were.
a3
mete eli: ‫نك‬‎ kunna, they (f.) were.
0 ‫رود‬‎
» 2 masc, e= kuntum, you (m.) were.

G3909
» WwW
bdo
‫رد‬‎
i)
WwW
NO 2. fem. ‫نتنك‬‎ kuntunna, you (f.) were.
ao
» 1. masc..& fem. ‫انك‬‎ kunnd, we were.
6. The Perfect Ok is used with the Perfect of another verb

to express the Pluperfect, the subject being normally placed
between the two verbs.
‫دوه‬ ‫م‬ ‫سا‬
eg. ‎‫ كان زيد كتب‬dnak nudiaZ ,abatak diaZ dah .nettirw

Note that, where the subject is plural, referring to human
beings, ‎‫ كان‬will be in the singular, according to the rule of
the preceding verb: but the second verb, its subject having
been mentioned already, must agree with it in number.
e.g. ‫اوبرش‬‎ ‫ لاجرلا‬OF kana r-rijalu sharibi, the men had
drunk.
2
The interpolation of ‫دق‬‎ qad also occurs,
VERB WITH PRONOMINAL OBJECT. THE VERB “TO BE” 105
‎‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ جل‬so ro .ei
e.g. ‎‫ كان الرجال قد شربوا‬anak ulajir-r daq ,ibirahs htiw eht

same meaning.
7. When ‫نك‬‎is used as a copula, its predicate @‫ربخ‬‎ khabar)

is put in the accusative as if it were a direct object.
2° ‎‫م‬ Gr -
e.g. ‎‫ زيد ولدا‬SO anak nudiaZ ,nadalaw diaZ saw a .yob

20 - -‫صو‬ -
‫ كيملا‬dy | LLU‫ ‏‬sk

‫تن‬ kanat Fatimatu bnata l-maliki, Fatima‫‏‬
was the King’s daughter.‫‏‬
|rae ‫ٌناتسبلا‬‎ oe kana l-bustanu kabiran, the garden

was large.
8. The verb “to be’? cannot be used impersonally in
Arabic, as in Bagish: e.g. “there was a thief in the house’.
In Arabic, we say “a thief was in the house” (the verb, of
‫كر‬ ‫ع‬
course, usually being placed first). ‫كل‬‎ 3 ye) ‫ناك‬‎ kana

lassun fi 1-baiti. Consequently, in such sentences the verb
aS may be feminine, if the subject demands this,
--0.0 %02 0-5- ‫م‬
e.g. ee! ‫قوف‬‎ ‫ تناك ةعلق‬kanat gal ¢atun fauga I-jabali.

There was a fort on top of the hill.
Beginners tend to translate such sentences treating the subject
of O as its object, as if the Arabic read “it was a fort on
Cena
top of the hill”; putting ‫ةعلق‬‎ in the accusative. They should

carefully avoid this common error, which is made even by
Arab schoolchildren.
ALL. EACH. EVERY.

Be
9. ‫نك‬‎ kullun is used to mean “all”, ‘‘each’”, or “every”. ‫ور‬
When followed by an indefinite noun in the genitive singular,
it means “‘each” or dee
be i ya ees
eg. ‎‫ وصل كل ولد‬,yreve ro hcae yob .devirra
When followed by a definite noun in the genitive plural, it
means “‘all’’,
"003 ‫لت‬
e.g. ‎‫ حضر كل الوزراء‬lla eht sretsinim .dednetta
‫ عامتجالا‬Reel‫ رضح لك ءارزو ‏‬all the ministers of the gov-‫‏‬

ae ernment attended the meet-‫‏‬
ing.
In the latter case, if it is the subject of a following verb, the
verb will be in the plural, when referring to human beings,
‫ودعم‬ e900 bx - --‫‏‬
e.g.‫لصو لك ءارزولا اوسلحو ‏‬ all the ministers arrived and‫‏‬
sat down.‫‏‬ A
$- 0
‫ عيب‬jami¢ un also is used to mean “all”, Like‫ لك ‏‬it is a‫‏‬
noun and is followed by a genitive,
--300 9 -
e.g. ‎‫ جنيع الوزراء‬tog lla eht sretsinim .dednetta

Both these words may take a plural attached pronoun as
their genitive,
6.2. mole all of them.
ie ae
‎‫جم =يعكم‬ all of y you.

They may occur in apposition to the nouns to which they
refer,
e.g. seals ‫لاجرلا‬‎cas The men arrived, all of them.

Od SE ‫ويد‬‎ OF
‫ مهتبرض مهعيمج‬I hit them, all of them.‫‏‬

54
(‫عيبج‬‎ is in the accusative here).
VOCABULARY
‫ نزح‬to be or become sad‫‏‬ ‫ ىلع‬Ali pr. 71. mase. >9‫‏‬
oe sadness‫‏‬ ‫ ةعلق‬pl.‫عالق ‏‬fortress, citadel‫‏‬

009 5 ‫‏‬eG ‫اس‬ 7
gel pl. ‫راج‬‎ merchant ‫عمس‬‎ to hear ypbv
-
35
fr] 2 --@
‫ مومم‬important |> to take prisoner‫‏‬

VERB WITH PRONOMINAL OBJECT. THE VERB “TO BR” 701
>
‫و‬
>> ‫صور‬
‫ ةعاضب‬pl. ila: goods, mer-‫‏‬ ‫)سي ءارزولا‬rae Minister‫‏‬
ehandice 2- ‎‫و‬
ise pl. ONS government
‎‫ ور‬Dl: stg light n. 6--
‫ ةسايس‬pl. aes poliey, politics‫‏‬

sug ar
SES ph iSt,5 fruit

$= Oo
‫ ةلود‬pl.‫ لود ‏‬state, power‫‏‬

202 |
5 o- S55 ‫ دنم‬since prep.‫‏‬
‎‫ ثوب‬pl. ols garment vile 8
ON! now
‫ سبل‬to wear, put on‫‏‬
5 2150
S-0-9
‫ ةنينح‬pl. Gite garden‫‏‬

‫ اريثك‬adv. greatly, much, a‫‏‬
5
tls pl. dad cloth lot‫‏‬
96
cus apple, apples
‫ ليخ‬pl. ape horses (collec-‫‏‬
tive and plural)‫‏‬ ‫ ةحافت‬an apple‫‏‬
Lifes pl. ‫نانرع‬‎ sheep, lamb fe (collective), dates‫‏‬
‫ سبك‬pl,‫ اصماك ‏‬fish‫‏‬ JF to do

500 Tener +) >‫ه‬
‫ رئيس‬pl.‫‏‬ ‫رووساء‬ chairman,‫‏‬ ‫ ندع‬pl. J‫ | ‏‬work, deed,
president, head‫‏‬ doing‫‏‬
‫ ةرازو‬ministry, cabinet‫‏‬ ‫ إيطاليا‬Italy‫‏‬

2-8
‎‫) أ حك‬2( ot ekat
EXERCISE 23
- 2-90 9-H We
ont ii Bi; it‫‏‬yay ‫الخبر عن موت‬ ‫النساء‬ ‫ال‬
- - 0G
Ga 2 ‫هر‬‎
bes ‎‫ون التجار‬ a .‎‫( كثيرًا‬for os) bias ‫دولا‬‎
-o- 2
‫‏ وو هناك فى قلعةمن‬ytals » ‫ للمديئة‬dis!‫عل ‏‬ by.‫‏‬ ‫عع‬

. ‫‏ الحكومة الجديدة‬ea ‫ قد بلغتنا أخبارمسهمةٌعن‬-

06 3 0-5 & ‫عدو‬
. ‫قلاعالملك‬
-
‫دن‬ ‫ل‬
‫نينزح ملا‬
‫ وي‬Sis aeG5 deal Sag o‫ إيطاليا‏‬ee‫‏‬
“0- - J Rast --
ie ae (among them, ivan 9 oe 3 ‫ةريثك‬‎
‎»‫م»نها اللخيل والخرفان‬ilga ‎‫ الحيوانات‬Ta eS tuotif

oes el aia ‫اذامل‬‎ ;Pee JN, lids LeleNhBess
‫ادن‬ 6 ‫‏‬etac ‫و‬ 8-4- ‫ و‬- ‫صرووّى‬ ‫سعد‬
‫‏‬lo - ‫‏‬١
‫وضعت‬ .‫واخذدوه‬ ‫ ل‬3 ‫الدولاد قماشنًا‬ ‫ وحد‬70
is ‎‫ ذلك‬cle ‎‫ قد‬cals ‎‫ هذه ا‬yy . ‎‫ف على المائدة‬
- 080-0 5- 08 21 ‫هدو‬‎ ‫ا‬ 4

—44 onl et bs el Ge yo Pere ‫تلد‬‎
‫دده‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬
‫الوزراء كلهم‬ ‫‏ يك‬ya ‫‏ بلادنا‬elC ‫اهم‬ ‫السكر‬
‫‏‬FO ‫‏ ل وصلال مر‬eee ‫ على‬i ‫‏‬a ‫دحلو‬

‫و‬ - ‫صوء‬ - -- o-0- 0- - ‫‏‬00-
0 abs 2 ae‫‏‬
‫‏ خيلنا‬o ‫‏ أسرع‬he ‫جل‬
‫صو‬
.‫لها البارح‬
EXERCISE 24
1. Has this news reached you about the death of many of

our soldiers’ 2. No, and our sorrow is very great now.
3. The Prime Minister said: These merchants have many
goods important to our country. 4. He also mentioned the
new policy of the government. 5. Ali said: There were many
fine fruits in my garden, but the boys of the village have
VERB WITH PRONOMINAL OBJECT. THE VERB “TO BE” 109
entered it in the night and taken them. 6. They became sad

when they heard what he said (his speech). 7. The cloth of
these garments is very old. It is my grandmother’s cloth.
8. The soldiers found the enemy and took them prisoner.
9. The women wore their white clothes when the men
returned. 10. Cairo is the largest city in the Arab East. 11.
These sheep have been miine since the days of your father.
12. Each scholar took an apple and two dates from the fruits
of the school garden. 13. What have you done to this fish?
14. The soldiers rode their horses to the fortress, (and)
captured it, and took prisoner the inhabitants. 15. They
killed the old and left the young, all of them. 16. There were
lights from the windows of my friend’s house. 17. That
merchant has all the sugar in the market. 18. The wives
had demanded a great deal of work from their servants, (fem.)
so the latter (these) left the food on the table and went out.
19. We have attended every meeting of the council. 20. You
were our friends, and now you are our enemies
CHAPTER. FOURTEEN
‎)‫(ألباب الرايععشر‬
The Imperfect
1. The Imperfect tense (‫عر‬‎

(2) expresses an action still
unfinished at the time to which reference is being made. It
is most frequently translated into English by the Present or
the Future.
2. Whereas in the Perfect, as we have seen, the different

persons were expressed by suffixes, the Imperfect has
prefixes. It also has some suffixes to denote number and
gender.
The prefixes and suffixes are as follows:
2 on” ‫إن‬ ‫و‬ °
3. masc. 3 3. mase. ‫نا‬‎ ‫ د‬.3 masc. ds‫‏‬ we
- 6 Fe 1S ° -
3. fem. — a 3. fem. Ol 3 S..fem 3

= o- Paes aE
2. masc. ves 2. 25:05 ‫ان‬ ‫ د‬2. 052227. Os ‫‏‬5
‫‏‬sr ‫هه‬ 6) =
2. fem. oe : 8 2. fem. oO 3
Tae | 11 22 27
J 825
5
- --
Full form of Imperfect Indicative of ‫بتك‬‎

Sing. 3. masc. yaktubu, he writes (or
will write)
» 3- fem, taktubu, she writes.
‫رو‬ 21. 822. taktubu, you (masc.)

write.
110
THE IMPERFECT 111
- y0o-
Sing. 2. fem. ‫نيبتكت‬‎ taktubina, you (fem.)

“write.
‎‫ د‬20%
», 1. masc. & fem. ‫بتكا‬‎ ’aktubu, I write.
‎‫ع‬
Dual 3. masc. OLS yaktubini, they two
1 (masc.) write.
SA
‎‫اده‬ AOLBS ‎‫ تكتبان‬taktubani, they two
(fem.) write.
», 2. masc. & fem. ‫نابتكت‬‎ taktubani, you two write:
Plur. 3. masc. ‫نوبتكي‬‎ yaktubiina, they (masc.)

write.
Sail) alter
ht od. fem. ‫نبتكي‬‎ yaktubna, they (fem.)

write.
‎‫ادم‬ ‫ع‬ dE
»» 2. masc. ‫نوبتكت‬‎ taktubiina, you (masc.)

write.
par 2s SOE ‘SS taktubna, you (fem.)

write.
SI Or
9 1. masc. & fem. ‫بتكت‬‎ naktubu, we write.
3. It will be noted that after the pronominal prefix the first

radical or consonant of the verb has sukiin (the +) in this
case). The second radical (©) has damma. But this is not
always so, for the vowelling of the second radical in the
Imperfect, no less than in the Perfect, may be fatha, damma,
or kasra, and in the majority of verbs only the dictionary
will show which vowelling is used with any particular verb.
The following points may, however, give some guidance:
(a) Most verbs whose second or third radical is a guttural
(lec pie (‫ه‬‎ take a — e.g. ‫حتف‬‎ to open, Imperfect :‫حتفي‬‎
‫ عنمو‬to hinder, Imperfect es. There are, however, many‫‏‬
tis Semen
exceptions as ne to enter, Imperfect ‫لخديز‬‎ ‫ غلبو‬to reach,
3907 7 ‫و‬‎ 6>
Imperfect ‎‫ رجع يبلغ‬ot ,nruter tcefrepmI ema

- - -
(b) Verbs of the form Ald generally take — as ‫برش‬‎

- -
‫زه‬ ‫سراح‬
to drink; Imperfect‫ز برشي ‏‬exceptions, however, occur as «>‫‏‬

SF IO
to esteem; Imperfect cat uae’ to reckon, makes .(‫بسح‬‎

‫دوم‬
(c) Verbs of the form ae may only take — as ¢‫رك‬‎ to be

33907
noble, Imperfect ‫مركي‬‎.
4. The Imperfect in itself denotes only unfinished action,

' but it may be made to indicate the future b putting the
independent d pw before it0orprefixing
word fixing tl
the
1€ contraction
contracti
= PSOE “oO
w, 6.2. ‫بتكي‬‎ ‫ ترب‬or eee he will write.

But where it is clear from the context that the Imperfect
has a Future meaning, these particles need not be inserted.
ERC eae tae Belpeal (Sola RN Tel SG
e.g. Lal lnc Carty ‫حرابلا‬‎ ‫بهذ‬ He went yesterday and

will go tomorrow also.
Here the use of the word “‘tomorrow’’ makes it clear that
the verb refers to future time.
5. When used with a Present significance, the Imperfect

may give the meaning of the Continuous Present or the
Habitual Present, e.g.
(Continuous) ‎‫ الآن‬IESE He is (actually) going now.
iB) 2 iO
(Habitual) ‎‫م‬7oul ‫بهدي‬‎ He Bossey day.

(Note 13 accus. here)
The Past Continuous and Habitual are expressed by the
Perfect of Os followed by the Imperfect of the verb con-
cerned, e.g.
THE IMPERFECT 113
(Continuous) 3ial paddy Bice‫رم‬‎ ‫ م‬When he passed

by my house, he
was going to the
market.
-- x3 -0o- --
(Habitual) che 15 el ‫بهدي‬‎ OF He used to go to

2 eis the market every
morning.
6. As we have seen, the verb ‘‘to be’ is not used in

Arabic to express the Present Indicative. A Nominal Sentence
is used instead. Consequently, when the Imperfect of OF
is used, it must have some other meaning. The Imperfect of
‫ ناك‬is given below. (A fuller explanation of this type of verb‫‏‬
will be given under the “Hollow Verb” in Chapter Twenty-‫‏‬
eight.)
Sing. 3. masc. 00 yakinu, he will be.

. coe tem. bps taktinu, she will be.
Sing. 2. masc. ERS takinu, you (m.) will be.
2. fem. ‫نينوكت‬‎ takiinina, you (f.) will be.

,, de. masc & fem. Ost ?aktnu, I shall be.
Dual 3. masc. ‫نانوكي‬‎ yakinani, they two (m.)

/ will be.
> ote. ‫قانوكت‬‎ takiinani, they two (f.)
‘ will be.
2. masc. & fem. OSS takinani, you two will be.
Plur. 3, masc. ‫نوئوكي‬‎ yakiiniina, they (m.) will be.

0 fem. ‫نكي‬‎ yakunna, they (f.) will be.
- 9 9-
2. masc. ‫نونوكت‬‎ takiiniina, you (m.) will be.

. .
Plur. 2. fem. ‫نكت‬‎ takunna, you (f.) will be.

» 1. masc. & fem. BES nakinu, we shall be.
6. The Future Perfect is expressed by using the Imperfect
of ‎‫ كان‬with the Perfect of the verb concerned,

2 ‫تم‬‎ SOD
eg. ‎‫ زيد كتب‬pO diaZ lliw evah .nettirw
Frequently, the particle ‫دق‬‎ is inserted:

5 ‎‫احم‬ SOF I ae:
‫‏‬er ‫يكون عسو‬
THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF FINAL HAMZA
7. In Chapter One no attempt was made to give exhaustive

rules for writing the hamza in order to avoid confusing the
beginner. However, the final hamza may have already
caused some confusion, and a few rules will now be given.
It should be mentioned, though, that they do not cover the
writing of hamza as a final radical for a verb. First, the
student should study the following table:
A. With pronominal suffix

Nom.
He‫حجزء‬‎ (a part)
de)
o95> (his or its part)
=O09 3-09
Accus. \c5> ‫هءزج‬‎

‎‫ره‬ 5 ‫رده‬
Gens ‎‫حر‬ _ 5
5 >
et) beginning, and oe

« ‫طعام‬‎ may be written in the same
way (but the accusative of eo with attached pronoun is
Gas 5
ai, .(.‫ءاع‬‎ Note that final hamza, when preceded by an
unvowelled letter, is written “‘on the line”, as the Arabs put
it; that is, alone. When, however, a pronominal suffix is
added, the hamza is no longer final, and is written on the
semi-vowel appropriate to its own vowelling (» for damma,
and ‫ىر‬‎ without dots, for kasra) except in the accusative,
THE IMPERFECT 115
when it is written on ¢¢ if the previous letter is one which

connects, or otherwise ‘‘on the line’’.
Similar rules apply when a long vowel or diphthong, with
| or ‫و‬‎or ‫ى‬‎ precede the final hamza, since from the Arab
viewpoint these, too, are unvowelled letters.
e.g.
With pronominal suffix
eae
light le 990 its (fem.) light
eeiN TNs
‎‫ضوءه‬
dds
‎‫ضوئه‬
raf ‫لان‬ ‫باد‬
٠. ‎‫وزراء‬ (diptote) ‫وزراؤهم‬ their ministers
ministers
‫ن‬
- ‫و‬
‫وده‬
Acc. ‫وزراء هم‬

= ‫ودم‬
Gen. ‫وزراء‬ 2 (defined as triptote)
In the latter type, however, when ’alif precedes final hamza

in a triptote the indefinite accusative is not written with 7alif
207
_(as in ky a house), to avoid two ’alifs coming together.
e.g.
10.
72 4
Nom. building og ly his building
Ace. ‫بناءه‬
Gen. } 0 ‫سام‬
‫اس‬
6-7
Paes bet
a prophet their prophet

2
yy ae
‫بيئهم‬- ‫ت‬
R Z
Gen. ue9 ‫لبيثهم‬
--
S. 0-7;
The orthography of the hamza in (,4, thing, is similar to

that in ore 5
In table E, note the difference in the writing of hamza in

the indefinite accusative.
VOCABULARY
Note: Verbs marked with an asterisk have been given before but are
repeated here to show the vowelling of the Imperfect, indicated in
brackets beside the verb in Arabic.
(ce) ‎‫)—( منع‬ to hinder its (~) to estimate

(from) oo
*‎‫) بلغ‬2( to reach

* ‫تعا‬‎ )-( to go
* ae (2) to attend
‫ (—) عمج‬to gather‫‏‬
--e-
‫) *لخد‬2( to enter‫‏‬
‫ (—) عطق‬to cut‫‏‬
oe ‫) *سرد‬2( to study‫‏‬
‫ (=) عفر‬to raise, lift‫‏‬ me |? ‫ل‬‎
‎‫( سكن‬2) to live, dwell,' in-
* pa (—) to hear habit (with ‫ىف‬‎ or direct
object) 3
‫( بعل‬-) to play‫‏‬
‫) *بلط‬2( to demand, re-‫‏‬
* ‎‫ )—( عمل‬to work, do quest
‫م‬
yi )2( to be or become‫‏‬
es (~) to carry
noble‫‏‬
A (=) to sit ‫) ربك‬2( to be or become big,‫‏‬

old‫‏‬
je (~) to wash trans. 56+ 2 2
‫ شىء‬pl.‫ اشياء ‏‬thing‫‏‬
mS (~) to break 502 5-08
‫ ءزج‬pl.‫ ءازجا ‏‬a part‫‏‬
THE IMPERFECT 117
5 ‎‫ه‬ 5 >‫ه‬ 5 i=
ee pl. ‫ءابعا‬‎ a burden ‎‫ حمال‬a porter
eel ‎‫لال‬
So- 5 ‫ه‬
‎‫ ضوء‬pl. cll light, brightness

5 ‫ه‬-
‫ بدء‬beginning‫‏‬
aw 3-2-7
orl ‎‫( بعد‬in) the afternoon

-- se
see
‫ ءانب ىلع‬in accordance with‫‏‬
_ ‎‫صباحا » ىق الصباح‬ni eht
“morning
‫( هللا‬Allahu) God‫‏‬
of
‫ ءعاسملا‬3 > ‫ ءاسم‬in the evening‫‏‬
...¢l... or (ina double
question, the first of which oa
‫ اليل ف ليللا‬at night‫‏‬

is preceded by ior cs) 5 302
‫ عوبسا‬pl. atl week‫‏‬

sy A or not? 4% >? QR
‫ماع‬pl. alge year‫‏‬
59: hs 3.
‎‫ دخان‬smoke, tobacco
J pl. Ste rope‫‏‬

Na ala
‫ برش اناخد‬to smoke‫‏‬
|Aé tomorrow a 8‫‏‬

3-
‫ قح‬pl. ue a right‫‏‬ Ve) (with perfect only), when
EXERCISE 25
‫هل تحمل جزءا من‬, ‫ لطامت‬0 5-1

902 ‫و‬ ‫ص‬ -0- -41 06- -397-0-
- -
‫ذلك‬
a 30 ee alee
eee eee
(something) ect3 iss peat 3 woke ota ٠ ‫دلولا‬‎ ‫لاقف‬

—¢
‫‏‬eB 202 3-- 009 ‫و‬ ‫ه‬- 20% - -90 -
eb‫‏‬ylo ‫د‬ ‫‏‬ee ‫محسوف يجلس الوزراء‬ =poduilat| ‎‫من‬

52-0
. ‫‏ اي صَباحا‬er ‫الأمرأة ثيابها‬ ‫غسلت‬ - + "ee 3

on (pl. of OLS) ‫لا‬‎ ‫تبسح نيلامحلا‬
‫ت‬
5-0-2 oa ‎‫ص‬ a
ST
‎‫يون ضوء الشمس شديدا يعد‬ ‫و‬ ee )eE(
‫ اًريبك ىلع‬be‫ ىف ءدبلا ناكو كلذ ‏‬ST S525‫التلامدة ‏‬

0 os‫ هللا ‏‬:٠ ‫ دونجلل ‏‬dls etl ooh deat‫‏‬
‫ مبصر‬ew le dna ea ‫‏‬salF 1 ‫ ف اليل‬jor‫هذا ‏‬
‫‏‬la ‫ طعا لكين طيبون ووزراؤهم من حسمن‬all ‫‏‬3
‫ ىّتح ءذب‬led (for‫ نكسيو نئكسي( ‏‬Gare LT Jb‫‏‬

. ‎‫ الرجال‬Li 000 ‘le‫اذه‬‎
mee‫نيح‬‎ ١ 0 ‫الا‬‎
- -0- ‫ء‬-‎ ‫ووص‬ ‫ووور‬ -0 £00

0 ie asta ‫كناوخإ‬‎ ‫نيب‬ lees) 7 ifs. ‫لامعالا‬‎ ‫هذه‬
CA ede o- = 909 --0- 00 - 1‫و‬‎ Werth aime On ‫ل‬‎ ‫وص‬

‫] ورد‬nac se ‫‏‬a ‫د روس ا‬ ‫حضرت‬ ‫ هذه قد‬mat‫‏‬
5 37ceils eal‫‏‬
EXERCISE 26
1. We are students, and we seek learning. 2. At the start

(in the beginning) the women saw the light of the sun, and
they will also see it in the afternoon. 3. The porters will
varry all the loads from the house to the car. 4. Were you
(plural) collecting the boxes in the morning or not? 5. The
Prophet of God will have gone to Mecca tomorrow evening.
6. The people will hear the news and will kill their ministers.
7. Ali cut the rope from his friend’s hands during the night
(by night), and they broke a part of (2.) the wall, and went
out of the fortress. 8. This thing will be a big burden to
(‫ )ىلع‬vs. .9 She will be in Damascus in two weeks’ time‫‏‬
(after two weeks). 10. She used to smoke a lot, but her‫‏‬
father prevented her a year ago. 11. We have many ancient‫‏‬
(old) rights, and the government knows them. 12. My‫‏‬
THE IMPERFECT 119
father used to raise great stones from the ground and carry
them from our garden to Hassan’s (garden). 13. The clean
boy washes his face and hands every day in the morning and
evening. 14. What are you doing now? Are you studying your
lessons? 15. He has broken everything in the room. 16. The
Arabs were noble and used to live in the desert. 17. I con-
sidered oe him better than me in this work. 18. In
accordance with the president’s speech, we attended the
meeting. 19. The minister has grown old — he is the oldest
minister in the Arab world today. 20. The news will reach
you tomorrow when you are in the council.
CHAPTER FIFTEEN
‫سمه‬ 2 93) S06‫‏‬
)‫(الباب الخامس عشر‬

Moods of the Imperfect‫‏‬
The Subjunctive‫‏‬
1. So far we have given only the Imperfect Indicative, the
Imperfect which makes a plain statement, whether applicable
to the present or the future. But the Imperfect, by slight
changes, may be in the Subjunctive or Fussive moods, the
former implying wish, purpose (or command in indirect
speech), and the latter command (or, with the negative,
prohibition). The reader will have noted that in the Indica-
tive the final vowel of the Imperfect is damma in the singular
number. Thus ene yaktubu, he writes. For the subjunctive,
this damma is changed to fatha, eS yaktuba; while, for
the Jussive, it is replaced by sukin, ASS <, yaktub. In addition,
those parts which, in the indicative, end in a nin following
a long vowel lose the niin in both Subjunctive and Jussive,
which are then identical, e.g. }yee yaktubiina becomes
‎‫ يكتبوا‬yaktubi (as in the Perfect third person plural, the final
*alif here is merely a spelling convention).
OL: yaktubani becomes LG yaktuba.

- ‫وهو‬
0
‎‫ تكتيين‬taktubina becomes ‫ىبتكت‬‎ taktubi.

But those feminine plural forms which end in the suffix ¢, na
do not change, and are therefore the same for all three
moods.
Die.
2. Here is the complete table for the Subjunctive ‫)عر‬‎‫اضملا‬
2 ‫هه دوق‬
‫م‬:‫نه‬
120
MOODS OF THE IMPERFECT. THE SUBJUNCTIVE 121
Singular Dual
3. masc. ES yaktuba 3. masc. US yaktuba.
3. fem. ‫عكف‬‎ taktuba. 3. fem. ‫ًابتكت‬‎ taktuba.

2. masc. CoS taktuba. 2. m. & f. lass taktuba.
0
2. fem. ‫ىبتكت‬‎ taktubi.
1. m. & f. ‫بكا‬‎ aktuba.

Plural
3. Mas...) ‫اوبتكي‬‎ yaktubi.

3. fem. ‫نيتكي‬‎ yaktubna.
2. masc. |PES taktubi.
2. fem. | oaks taktubna.
Lo mo&f. DES naktuba.
Note. The Imperfect Subjuctive of ‫ناك‬‎ is declined like the

indicative subject to the same changes in the endings as in
the verb above.
3. 1 Lhe Subjunetive
1 8
can_only ‫يح‬‎be‫ قا‬used_
I
after
‫رب‬‎
certain
particles (conjunctions):
Ol ?an, that. ‫الأ‬‎ <5 (for ‫<هم‬‎ 13( that not.
ae-
‎‫ ل‬li, in order to. ‫الغل‬‎ lalla, in order not to.
-
on -0-
‎‫ ى‬kai, in order to. ‫اليك‬‎ kaila, in order not to.
of
OY IPan in order to.
‫ ىتح‬hatta, so that.‫‏‬
a)lan, shall not (used as a strong negation of the future).
- ‫دواد‬ ‫ه‬2 ‫حو‬
e.g. Ju ‫بهدي‬‎ Ol ‫هل‬‎ 8 he told him to go at once.

B On heePas :
‎‫( يحضر‬Jol) ‎‫ أمره آلا‬eh deredro mih ton ot .dnetta
- 0- Sa-9 -
(or bY) sels‫و‬‎ ‫ لمعيل‬es ‫مدق‬‎ Muhammad advanced to
do his duty.
cali lle ky Ss bit Pes = the watchman opened

7 the door to see (so that he could see) the state of the
house.
--90-
all‎‫ ينظر‬es seal ‫ريزولا‬‎‫ كر‬the minister left the

‎‫ ار‬so that he should not see the king.
‫ لكلا كلذ‬ra I shall (certainly) not do that.‫‏‬
- oo -
‫ نم لاتقلا‬0 0 you shall not flee from the fight.‫‏‬
It is not necessary to repeat the particle where two subjunc-

tive sentences follow each other linked by a conjunction
of
such as a 9, or gl.
e.g.
Sib Oe ‫ع‬‎ ‫كك رخو‬Rar Ores Os ES, ‫كوع‬‎ Seeh ae
‎‫ فتح الغفير الباب ليدخل البيت وينظر حال الاثاث‬ehT -hctaw
man opened the door to enter the house and see the
condition of the furniture.
4. It is difficult to specify which of the above particles

should be used in any given context. ‫نل‬‎ is restricted to the
denial of the future, but it ha’ a somewhat antique flavour,
rather like the biblical “thou shalt not’’. Its use is compara-
tively rare in modern Arabic prose, but common in Classical
poetry and rhetorical prose. The student who wishes to
a
write modern Arabic should use it sparingly. ‫ىتح‬‎ has some

sense of finality about it; it tends to mean the ultimate aim.
0
The rest are synonymous: But it may be said that \W and
* But see Appendix C, §5 for further details, which to some extent
replace the following explanation.
on é
‫ ىف‬are the least frequently used. jl is not so frequently used‫‏‬
when the subject of the main sentence and of the subsidiary‫‏‬
subjunctive sentence are the same. In such circumstances,‫‏‬
‫ ل‬is the particle most commonly employed, thus:‫‏‬
(rather than pane

Ages O) cts (AS pose) ‫ماق‬‎he stood up
to hear the ted s speech (S and by would also

be correct here).
5. The student should distinguish between the use of ‫ل‬‎

as a preposition followed by a noun in the genitive and as a
particle introducing the Subjunctive.
Fete
‫ ىتح‬does not necessarily take the subjunctive. For example,‫‏‬

it may take a genitive noun (but not a pronoun) with the‫‏‬
meaning of “up to”, “until”, 225 far as” or “even” (“‘in-‫‏‬
cluding’).‫‏‬
It may also take a Perfect verb, with the meaning of
- ‎‫ اماس‬G- ye ee
“until”, e.g. tre ‫ىتح‬‎ ‫ هبرض‬He beat him till he cried out.
VOCABULARY
A pl. nl command 1 1)x 2) = ) to sleep, lie down
2 pl. ui
i affair, matter gale‫ا‬‎
a) (2) to command (with ‫ماما‬‎before (of place)

acc. of the person and esol
‫ب‬‎ 5 55
thing) ic to promise (with acc. of
et the person and ‫ب‬‎ of thing)
‎‫شك‬ (—.). to -all ith dD 3 5-08 °
emi ee ‫حو‬‎ - ١ ‫رس‬‎ pl. ‫رارسا‬‎ a secret
for the person and ‫ب‬‎ for (- ‫ر‬‎ es
the thing) | 1 ‫بولطم‬‎ pl. ‫بيلاطم‬‎ demand,
‫ غرفة‬pl.‫ غرف ‏‬room‫‏‬ desire, requirement
‫ (_) فرص‬to spend‫‏‬ cols pl. ol — duty

-- to advance intrans.,
‫ شا‬be bed, bedding‫‏‬ ‫ (—) مالك‬come forward‫‏‬
5-06
nid pee‫نارفغ‬‎ watchman, ane (—) to send

5-0-
‎‫ا‬ at pl. jb committee,
5 | Europe commission
ie imperf. die to ask
‎‫ قيد‬pl. ‎‫ قيود‬bond
5--
rm pl. os) body
‫ ةرايز‬pl. Sle— a visit‫‏‬
‫ م‬pl.‫ دماء‏‬blood‫‏‬
(iby Britain‫‏‬ i‎‫ يدو‬manual
aS” pl.‫ايدذكنما ‏‬lie‫‏‬ 1

‎‫عمال اليدود‬ launam ruobal
Si pl. 2 a labourer,
aes pl. rie truth, reality
ee
6- -
‫ ةديرج‬pl. Al newspaper‫‏‬ = pl. tes ee

5 4 = ‫و‬ (political)
‫‏ مدير‬.lp ‫ — ون‬director,‫‏‬
governor ‫ (—) مدق‬to approach, come‫‏‬
EXERCISE 27
a Oe of -330-E VO OF86 ‫درو‬‎
‎.‫ حسا‬ol ‎‫امرتهما‬- + . oe hee ‫نا‬‎

es ‫هوا‬‎
‫كل‬
DDE ‫ا‬‎ 5_ 3 2
(‫جا‬
es ‫اجاا‬00
5 Es‫ اندنع ؟‏‬pews SO‫‏‬
‫يب‬ Or of‫‏‬ ‫ر‬ ig‫‏‬
deal 0
-
‫ عيوب‬oF‫‏‬ َ‫ه‬ ‫يم‬ NR Sas‫‏‬ 2300-5 9 ants

‫ادخل‬ ‫‏‬Se ‫الباب‬ ‫‏‬srec - ‫ب‬
‫‏ زياارته‬eo ‫‏ يرجع الحاكم‬yR ‫واس السنْطان‬2c ae

‫ميا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫م‬ -- 9030
‫تكسي انررق‬ .‫ بلاده‬3 ‫لبريطانيا ليعمل واجبه‬

- --
‫‏‬yelah ‫] اراتك‬etin ‫‏‬eo‫ى‬c‫ليكون مشهورا ف‬

‫‏‬no ‫ا‬ 1) . ‫‏ يرجع لعمله المهم‬S ‫ الغفيرالكسلان‬fe‫‏‬
‫‏‬htaP) ‫ادرب‬ ‫‏‬ah‫ل‬

s ‫‏ اليدوية‬elle ‫اعمال أل يركوا‬
3 000 » »-85- ‫‏‬-a "000 ‫رو‬ ‫د‬3 B20‫‏‬
‫‏‬ss ‫‏ أن‬ldi ‫ من واجبات‬: ‫لكر وم فى اللجنة‬

-30-
‫‏ ريه‬ilb ‫ اسكي اريشم‬ahilad ‫‏‬ej ‫ لن ترقد‬- , ‫ م‬all‫‏‬

‫‏‬lla ‫كتاب آله وقول‬ taht( ‫)‏‬hcihw ‫‏ يعمل ما‬iO ‫العاقل‬
‫ يبباشجأوبلالرد دي‬bel p> apes uted yell —40‫‏‬
des go inal pub yy, Ate Ait thy AST ari‫‏‬
22‫ه‬ - = 3--0- ‫تن‬ w 000360 - ‫‏‬-
eG ab ‫‏‬LSI — 5 . ‫‏ ان يفتحه‬seo ‫إلى بابالقصر فطلب من‬

zo- a ee 39200 ‫هد‬‎ =3930E-
‫ انقو‬Sees‫قو ‏‬ ‫ حرابلا‬0 ‫نع هذه‬ atl.‫— ‏‬ ‫وو‬ sea ide‫‏‬
2 2IOe| OF ar, 0 OO: ‫ع‬‎ = 23- oF De Ae Oee
OS CAI
.‫ العلم‬593
EXERCISE 28
1. I sent a boy with him to see what (‫)ام‬‎ he would do.
2. Muhammad and his servant intended to go to (J!) the
market. 3. I shall return to the house to see what you are
(m.sing.) doing. 4. I have commanded the servant to appear
(be present) before me. 5. I have promised him that that
shall be a secret between me and (between) him. 6. Will (|)
you permit me to leave these things in front of you until the
evening? 7. The teacher has ordered that you spend the day,
all of it, in the classroom, to do what he asked (of) you
yesterday. 8. It is required of the watchmen that they leave
their work to attend a meeting of the Labour Party (the

party of the workers) to hear the news of the chairman’s
visit to Britain and Italy. 9. The ambassador came from
Europe two months ago, to ask about the truth of the matter.
10. It is for you to (SI ‫كل‬‎ or Ol (‫كيلع‬‎ do your duty. 11. The
intelligent man should (ol ....0) know the truths from
the lies in the newspapers. 12. The men asked their wives to
be in their houses in the afternoon, and this was difficult for
(Js) them. 13. Why are you lying on your bed? Is your body
weak, or are you lazy? 14. The governor and the Director of
Works ‎)ٌ‫ (أشغال‬attended the committee meeting to hear the
government’s orders. 15. These apples have the colour of
blood; (2) they are among (from) the finest fruit in your
garden. 16. They opened the windows of the room, so that
their relatives should see the sun in the morning. 17. The
moonlight (light of the moon) is beautiful tonight. 18. The
governor ordered his men to cut Hassan’s bonds, so that he
could return to his mother. 19. They told the two boys to
open the door so that the women could come in. 20. Thou
shalt not break anything (a thing) in this house!
CHAPTER SIXTEEN
(he slit od
---
The Moods of the Imperfect

The Jussive
1. The Jussive Mood ‫)موزجملا‬‎ (‫ عراضلا‬has the same forms
as the Subjunctive except that where the third radical is the
last letter, it takes jazma (sukun) e.g.
ee
Singular Dual
3. masc. oe yaktub. 3. masc. LS yaktuba.
3.fem. eS taktub. 3. fem. LSS taktuba.

O90
2. masc. XS taktub. 2. masc. LSS taktuba.

2. fem. eS taktubi.
208
1. m. & f. Cs aktub.
Plural
‫درو ددر‬
3. masc. ‫اوبتكي‬‎ yaktubi.
-‫ره‬ ‫رن‬
3. fem. ‘SQ yaktubna.
2. masc. |pas taktubu.

2. fem. ‫ةيتكت‬‎ taktubna.
‫لاط‬
1.m.&f. ‎‫ تكتب‬naktub.
2. The verbo in the Jussive loses its ‫و‬‎ (see Chapter T'wenty-
eight) when the last radical is vowelless, e.g.
Singular Dual
3. masc. ie yakun. 3. masc. ‫ان‬‎SG yakuna.

127
3. fem. ‫نكت‬‎ takun. 3. fem. ‫ارك‬‎ takuna.

oI-
2. masc. ow takun. 2. m. & f. ‫انوكت‬‎ takina.

2. fem. ‫ىنوكت‬‎ takuni.
‫عرد ه‬
eee & f. Pa akun.
Plural
3. masc. |‫و‬‎we yakini.
3. fem. Ad yakunna.
2. masc. |Ki‫وكت‬‎ takind.

Gor
2. fem. ‫نكت‬‎
1.m. & f. Re nakun.
3. The Jussive may be used (a) alone; (b) after certain

particles, and (c) in conditional sentences. (This last usage
will be dealt with in Chapter i
(a) Used alone, its purpose is to-express aa command. In
the second person it would have the same meaning as the
Imperative (see Chapter Seventeen), and it is not so used,
except, rarely, for the sake of politeness. CSG would resemble
the English ‘‘you write!” instead of the peremptory command
“write!””. Used with the oe and third persons, it can often
be translated as ‘let me” or “‘let him”. The first person is
o =O8
comparatively infrequent, e.g. G‫ةوسلل‬‎‫ بهذا‬let me go to the

market, a sort of command to oneself, implying certainty or
definite intention.
It is CRESS with the_third person, e.g.
2
‫ سبلتابايث ةفيظن‬se (Late) =

¢ when he attends, let him‫‏‬
(he must) wear clean clothes.‫‏‬
In this sense it is generally reinforced by the particle J
MOODS OF THE IMPERFECT. THE JUSSIVE 129
Sy re
‫ ءاضيبلا‬als‫ سليل ‏‬ar (Late)‫ نيح ‏‬when he attends, (then)‫‏‬
let hime wear his white clouties,
This J is preceded by the conjunction when there is a close

connection with the previous sentence. In this case, J loses
its vowel, e.g.
0-002 99.9104 2-0 2
Bods ‫ابايث‬‎ ‫ ريلي‬yas (Lic) ‫نيح‬‎ when he attends, then
let him wear new clothes.
The sukiin of the Jussive is changed to kasra when followed
by hamzatu 1-1251 pice example, with the Definite Article).
- -0
- 9‫ن‬
@ ‫ص‬
‫ سليل بايثلا دحلاةدي‬then let him wear the new clothes.‫‏‬
(b)After certain particles.

— ‫لل‬‎ ‫سل‬ 7‫ل‬
(i) After Y with prohibitions. There is no_negative

Imperative in Ar
A tabic. Consequently, ‫آل‬‎ must be used
with the Jussive in its place, sitll S a4
Oo JO" =
e.g. ‎‫ تكتب‬Y do not write.

ees We ag
‎‫ لا تكن كذابا‬t’nod eba .rail
o-
(ii) After ‫مل‬‎ to deny a statement. When so used it gives

the verb the meaning of the Perfect,
0 20-7 07 ects 2
eg. ‫بتكي‬‎ ‫ ام بتك = مل‬he did not write.
ae
An extension of ‫ملر‬‎ ‫ امل‬means “not yet’.
ONO Win SIO b
e.g. ‎‫ امرته ولما يذهب‬I deredro ,mih dna eh sah ton
yet gone.
4. The Jussive may be rendered more emphatic by adding
3 an or 0 anna, thus forming the two Energetic Forms
(Modus energicus).
Modus energicus I Modus energicus II
Sing. 3. masc. ‫نبتكي‬‎ yaktubanna ‫نبتكي‬‎

he shall write
G-20- o-20-
Sing. 3. fem. ‫نبتكت‬‎ taktubanna ‫نبتكت‬‎ taktuban.
G-30- 0- ‫ومد‬‎
»» 2. masce. ‫نبتكت‬‎ taktubanna Ge taktuban.

G >‫دو‬‎ ‫دو ه‬
io 620 fer! ‫نبتكي‬‎ taktubinna ‫نبتكت‬‎ taktubin.
1. m. & f. ool aktubanna oe aktuban.

WTS OE =
Dual 3. masc. ‫نايتكي‬‎ yaktubanni.
3. fem. ‫نشك‬‎ taktubanni.
ba 2 ‫م‬‎ USS taktubanni.

0 ‎‫ ودد‬- ‫> ودده‬
Plur. 3. masc. Oe yaktubunna ‫نبتكي‬‎ yaktubun.
w “0907
oe 35 LEM ‫نائبتكي‬‎ yaktubnanni.

: @ ‫ددو‬‎ - 09907
aap <2: Tage: oe taktubunna ‫نبتكت‬‎ taktubun.
0 «iat
» 2fem. Oks taktubnanni.

1 G@-20- 0-307
» lm&f. gS naktubanna ‫نبتكت‬‎
Note that certain forms are missing in Energetic Form II.
The Energetic Moods are not much used, especially in
modern Arabic. In the Qur’4n, Sermons, and other rhetorical
literature, they are employed for exhortation. They tend to
give an antique flavour to the language.
They may be strengthened by prefixing the particle J
e.g. ‫نبتكيل‬‎ let him surely write.

With the negative particle Y they give the meaning of
“thou shalt not’’.
0 30s G- 30
‫ ال نلتقت‬or‫ ال نلتقت ‏‬thou shalt not kill.‫‏‬
The beginner is advised not to spend too much time over‫‏‬
the energetic moods in the earlier stages of his studies.
5. The commonest particle of the Vocative in Arabic is

et ND PT OS ‫وج‬‎ ‫ راكا‬23 22-4
MOODS OF THE IMPERFECT. THE JUSSIVE 131
‫ اي‬. Though sometimes translated by “‘O”’, “Oh” in modern‫‏‬

~
idiomatic English, there is frequently no need to translate it
at all. It is not used when the following noun has the definite
article. It is followed by the nominative without nunation,
when the noun is not followed by *idafa (a genitive), or by
any predicate, whether in the form of a prepositional phrase
or a direct object. These latter eventualities will be dealt with
in the following chapter.
e.g. ‎‫ ياحسن‬O Hassan!

‫ اي دلو‬Oh! boy (in address).‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
1 pl. oles side cles going 7.

eee
‎‫ قادم‬coming, next,
aebepl. Hees strange,
stranger approaching
‫ ملاع‬pl.‫ ءاملع ‏‬learned (man)‫‏‬

5 O27 ‫و‬‎
‫ عضوم‬pl.‫ عضاوم ‏‬place‫‏‬

.
BK pl. ‫كانا‬‎ 0 ‫تانك‬ ‫ رفس‬pl. ‫نافسإ‬‎ journey, travel,

3 2 travelling
place sd fest
sie ‫ةرافس‬‎ pl. ‫تا‬‎ — embassy
‫ (~) ردق‬to be able, can‫‏‬
307
ee
oo ‫وو‬‎ 0
‎‫ل‬
‎‫ غير‬un-, non-, another, other ‫ةقيرط‬‎ pl. & ‫ارط‬‎ manner, way
ae (with genitive) 15 a 8ii aie None:
‎‫ غيره‬another (other than he) land, country, fatherland

0000-0 ‫يت‬
‫ سغ بيط‬not good‫‏‬ ‫ حيد‬excellent‫‏‬
252 Pl. ‫رئازج‬‎ ‫ »رزج‬island

‫و‬ -
LIS (—) to lie, to tell lies

ae need ‫رقف‬‎ pl. ‫ءارقف‬‎ poor (man)
Sica 30 ee
‎‫ دخول‬entering n. Hl pl. 425 clerk
‫‪132‬‬ ‫‪A NEW‬‬ ‫‪ARABIC‬‬ ‫‪GRAMMAR‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ie‬‬
‫‪ pl. ay writer‬كاتب‪‎‬‬ ‫‪or pronoun, it means “‘to‬‬
‫‪say to’’, “‘to tell’.‬‬
‫‪Uli, pl. ye:~ article, essay‬‬
‫‪--e‬‬
‫‏‪ (lakin), but‬نكل‬
‫‪ +‬نع‬ ‫‪)_( to search for‬‬ ‫‏‪whet‬‬
‫‏‪ae‬‬ ‫‏‪ some, one of (with‬ضعب‬
‫‪ )—( to study,‬ميزي‬ ‫‏)‪genitive‬‬
‫م‬ ‫‪discuss‬‬ ‫‏‪aie‬‬
‫‪ache‬‬ ‫‏‪<= under‬‬
‫‪ecivres‬‏ خدبات ‪.lp‬‏ خدمة‬ ‫‪ -‬واصو ‪-‬‬
‫بلاد العرب‬ ‫‪38‬‬
‫‪23 (2) to publish, spread‬‬ ‫‪‎ - - -‬ويس‬
‫‪ eal‬نشر‪‎‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪,‎ JIL Malta‬مالطة‬
‫‪ ,yas detagujnoc kOekil‬قماغل‪‎‬‬ ‫~‬
‫‪‎ with noun‬ل ‪Followed by‬‬
‫لم يكن يسمح الوزير ‪lO‬‏ ‪ yed eH‬فى جانبه‪ .‬لا ‪5‬‬
‫‪eG‬‏ادحل شكل‪.‬‬ ‫صديقك فى ‪llaeG‬‏ ‪- r‬عرفة آل ‪.‬ر ا‬
‫قلبها لم يكن يفرح لشىء‪=C .‬‏ ‪ye‬لا تفتحى لباب للغرباء‪.‬‬
‫فلنجلس دقيقة ‪J‬‏ هذا‬ ‫‪ sti‬ال‬ ‫نوا ‪GHS‬‏‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫لنوظرلد دارا‬
‫و‪-‬‬‫ملم يقدروا ‪ij‬‏ يرجعوا إلىالدينة‪ .‬ا‬
‫الكان‪- .‬‬
‫‪S‬‏ نور‪.‬‬
‫اللهلحن ن‪O‬ور‬ ‫ولميكن غيرها ‪J‬‏ ذلكالكان‪ .‬ال‬
‫كلانه ‪eiW‬‏‪ d lae‬شر ل لكن لا ‪io‬‏ ‪ehw‬‬
‫اماس‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫صن‪‎‬‬ ‫ري‬ ‫صر‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ero‬‬
‫‏‪ ٠ vie‬كانه ءارقف‪952‬‬

‫‏‪ 7 ce ait:‬ةلاقم ىف ةديرج‬
‫بلاد‬
‫‪"00‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪--090‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫مدقل كانت خدماث هد العالم ‪irp‬‏ ‪0‬‬ ‫واغنياء قليلون ‪.‬‬
‫‏‪y‬لشمس شديدةهناء فلننزل هنا فى هذا الموضعالكثيرالظل ‪.‬‬

‫ع‬
‫ا‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
MOODS OF THE IMPERFECT. THE JUSSIVE / 133
‫‏‬eet ‫‏ رئيس‬e‫ك‬
el ‫‏ مسا‬gro‫ برائد‬5 ‫وض‬ ‫شرو‬2
Ol vagal ‫ةترمآ‬‎ ,offal ‫كاسح‬‎ ones pads . ‫كقيدص‬‎ |vl

‫‏‬FO ‫ر‬+ °023 ‫ور‬-- ---6
-00 26 - - --9~0 -yo-
.‫‏ يا ابنتي‬ngS« ‫تذهبى‬ - + . . ‫يدشر الحقائق‬
EXERCISE 30
1. I did not (‫)ام‬‎know the affair and did not 0 understand

it. 2. O boys, do not open the door. O girl, do not lie. 3. The
oee
pupils were idle (SUS pl. of Sus) and did not do their
duty. 4. They heard your speech and did not understand it.
5. Do not leave your friends in (the) anxiety. 6. Do not
prevent me from going. 7. Let us drink (the) coffee. 8. The
father and his son were not able to return to their house
{... that they should return.) 9. Let me be (jusszve) at your
side among (cr?) these strange people in this strange place.
10. Oh Muhammad, I told Hassan to come in, but someone
else (other than he) entered. 11. In the coming week a famous
scholar will come to the embassy to discuss the state of the
schools in our homeland. 12. The poor clerks shall not work
every day in the service of this government. 13. Let the news-
papers publish the good news, so that the people may know
it at once. 14. I told him to go but he did not go. 15. Malta is
a small island, and travelling to it is very nice. 16. One of the
writers wrote an excellent article on this subject. 17. Do not
work in this manner, workman! 18. Let Baghdad be the most
beautiful city under the sun, workers; so you must do your
duties. 19. He has left our country, so let him not return.
20. This is the truth; let her mention it in her speech!
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN
--- - G&G w 4 26+
The Imperative
1. The Imperative on (bs) is formed from the Jussive, of
which it may be considered a modification, by taking away
the pronominal prefix, and replacing it by an 7alif, e.g.
6 30 =
Stein to write; Jussive, ae let him write.

° 202
Imperative, ‫بتكا‬‎ write!

This ?alif may be vowelled with damma or kasra.
(a) Verbs having damma on the middle radical in the
Imperfect take damma also on the ’alif of the Imperative, e.g,
(i) see ‫بتك‬‎ above.

ae 020-
(ii) ‫دعب‬‎ to be distant, Jussive, ‫دعبي‬‎ let him keep at a distance,
Imperative, ‎‫ د‬keep at a distance!
(b) All other verbs (i.e. those taking fatha or kasra on the
middle radical of the Imperfect) take kasra with the initial
*alif of the Imperative, e.g.
ts) Or;
(i) ‫برض‬‎ to strike; Jussive ‫برضي‬‎ let him strike.

‫إن‬ ° ‫ود‬ °
Imperative,‫?) ب ‏‬7 strike!‫ هبرضإ ‏‬strike him!‫‏‬

ee ‎‫>هة ده‬
)11( ‎‫ مئع‬to prevent; Jussive ‫عنمي‬‎ let him prevent.
cn 0-6 oe o- 6 P
Imperative, ‎‫ إمنع‬prevent! ‎‫ إمئعه‬prevent him!

Note that with a pronominal suffix as direct object, the
verb still takes sukin.
2. The ?alif of the Imperative, perhaps, originally served

to prevent the word beginning with an unvowelled consonant,
e.g. “ktub”. This is borne out by the fact that the alif carries
134
THE IMPERATIVE 135
hamzatu l-wasl, and could be also written |, he Consequently,

the above vowellings only apply at the beginning of a
statement, or of direct speech (in Modern Arabic usage).
Otherwise, this ’alif takes the vowel of the end of the previous
word, e.g.
290-007 a8 ‫هد‬‎ ‫هو‬
‫ هحتفاو‬GLY‫ عم بهذإ ‏‬to the door, and open it.‫‏‬

‫هه‬ 7002 ‫وه‬
‫ سلجإ بتكاو‬sit down and write.‫‏‬

But‫‏‬
2 - 2 -90 © ye -o-00 2 DRO Cea‫‏‬ ‫ره‬
‫ اليوط ىخال‬by‫ بتكا ‏‬: ‫ مث لاق ريزولا اذه لوقلا‬Then the‫‏‬
minister made this statement: “Write a long letter to‫‏‬
my brother”.‫‏‬
3. The parts of the Imperative, naturally all second
person, are as follows:
Sing. 2. masc. aes| uktub
, 2. fem. co! uktubi
Dual 2. masc. & fem. eg uktuba
Plur. 2. masc. |pos| utuba
Be ‎‫ م‬Tis SI uktubna.
The Imperative of ‫ناك‬‎is:
Sing. 2. masc. ‫نك‬‎ kun
sn ee tend, ee kinl
Dual 2. masc. & fem. ‫ان‬‎

77 kina
Plur. 2. masc. |reae kant

: 2. fem, ng kunna.
4. As stated in the previous chapter, the negative Impera-

tive is expressed by the Jussive preceded by esp
CU CLboas
eg. ‎‫ لا تكتب‬, od ton .etirw

THE VOCATIVE
5. The use of the Vocative with ‫اي‬‎ has been mentioned in
the previous chapter. When the noun after‫اي‬‎has a following

Genitive it is in the Accusative instead of the Nominative.
This commonly occurs in certain proper names which
consist of ‫ودا‬‎ plus a Genitive or dus followed by one of. the
ninety-nine names of God, e.g.
‎‫ بكر‬Uf‎‫ يا‬Oh Abu Bakr! aU! ‫دبع‬‎ ‫ اي‬Oh Abdullah!

Jeet!
‫دبع‬‎ Oh Abdul Hamid!
But it may also occur with ordinary ’idafa, e.g.
-- 0-0 -
‫ ةمكحلا‬eis 5 Oh clerk of the court!‫‏‬
Another vocative particle, 3 fem. eh is used only when

the following noun has the definite article.
‫ا ٌذيملتلا‬ Oh scholar! cial Cay Oh girl!‫‏‬
It may be preceded by 1 ee ‘ail5 0 Oh minister!

-a¢
Note that the noun after 4! must be in the Nominative.
THE ACTIVE PARTICIPLE

6. The Active Participle ‫)لعاقلا‬‎ jul), which is better so
called than by the European term “Present Participle’’, is of the
form jel for the simple triliteral verb, e.g.
‫ بتاك‬writing; Jib demanding.‫‏‬
7. The Active Participle is also used as a noun with what

might be termed a technical meaning. Thus, ak writing,
has come to mean a clerk; ib demanding, has come to
mean a student (originally ale tail’ ‘seeker of learning’’);

THE IMPERATIVE 137
Sane
uw) riding, a horseman or knight. In such instances, the
participle takes one of several broken plural forms, e.g.
dos clerk, pl. re

5‫ع‬ 4 5 wis‫‏‬
SE writer, pl. G&S”‫‏‬
5 ‫واس‬
‫ بلاط‬student, pl. “Ab or‫طلاب ‏‬
‫ سراف‬knight, pl.‫فوارس ‏‬
These plurals should not be employed when the participle
has a verbal force, e. 8
- -00
‫ مه وبتاكهذه بيتاكملا‬they are the writers of these letters.‫‏‬
- ‫عم‬
‫اب‬
Free‫ انأ بتاك ‏‬Iam writing a letter.‫‏‬
8. When used with ,‫ناك‬‎ the Active Participle gives the

meaning of the Past or Future Continuous, and as such,
may aaa the ee e.g.
5 OE Cc Mes
aaa gyWyk ‫ناك‬‎ for¢‫هتيب‬‎ ‫ جرح نم‬OS he was going out of

8 his house.
Sue‎‫ نازلا‬Oe for ‫ىدنع‬‎ ‫نك ل‬ he will be staying
with me.
9. The Active Participle, when used verbally, may take a
direct object, and in these circumstances it retains its
nunations, as the object, being in the Accusative, is mot an
idafa, e.g.
‫ ان‬US7 0 eh si gnidir a ‫‏‬.esroh
Clee ist;rye he was riding a horse.‫‏‬

OF Ais Os oS
‫ مهاقنولت ءادعا مه‬they are killing their foes.‫‏‬
‫ ءادعأمه‬pais
‫ن‬ |isti they were killing their foes.‫‏‬
THE VERBAL NOUN (INFINITIVE) OF THE

SIMPLE TRILITERAL VERB
10. There is no set form for the Infinitive or, more
properly, Verbal Noun, of the triliteral verb in its root form.
Instead there is a large number of noun forms (three or
four dozen), any one of which may be used for any particular
verb. Indeed, only the dictionary will show what form of
Verbal Noun is used with any particular verb. The Arabs
call the Verbal Noun the Tian , literally, ‘‘source’’.
Here are a few examples:
Lo,
ed 5 >‫ن‬‎
‫ لتق‬to kill v.n. (43 the act of killing‫‏‬

ae ee
‎‫ فرح‬to rejoice » ‫حرف‬‎ 2 8
gee 00 A
‫ دخل‬ot ‫‏‬retne » ‫ دخول‬entering‫‏‬
‫ جرخ‬to go out‫‏‬ » ‫ جورخ‬going out‫‏‬
‫ لزن‬to descend,‫‏‬ ‫ ور‬3‫ اوزن‬descending, staying.‫‏‬

alight, stay (in a place)‫‏‬
The Verbal Noun is sometimes placed in the accusative
after its own verb, as a sort of adverb or object, with little or
no addition to the meaning.
35 ‎‫ قتله‬, he killed him.

With some authors this may become a mannerism; though
at times it may serve either to balance the sentence from the
musical point of view, to add a sense of finality, or to give
some stress. On the other hand, when the Verbal Noun so
used is qualified by an adjective, it then describes the manner
of the action. In this connection it must be remembered that
Arabic has no adverbs.
- 20° go0- =
e.g. ‎‫ ضربته ضربا شديدا‬I kcurts mih drah .til( a drah ro

strong striking).
This usage is termed the Absolute Object ‫)قلطملا‬‎ ‫ل‬1‫ك‬
THE IMPERATIVE 139
VOCABULARY
‫اساسا‬
‫( قدص‬2)to tell the truth‫‏‬ ‫ مالسإلا‬Islam (religion)‫‏‬

‫كاده‬
‫) تكس‬2( to be or remain‫‏‬ ‫ م قراس‬ition a thief‫‏‬

silent
5 ‫سب‬‎ > $s ae 5 08 pl. jul a well
‎‫ سيد‬pl. ssl. lord, master
(term of respect), Mr. (mod.) ape pl. he a miser,
avaricious
‫ ةديس‬pl. ees lady, mistress‫‏‬
(term of respect), Mrs. (mod.)‫‏‬ Gay pit Olay! body
‫ (<)لعف‬to do‫‏‬ ‫ درب‬cold n.‫‏‬
ee; pl. Ets middle, centre 5yh cold adj.‫‏‬
178 pl. el35 witty (witty > land (as opposed to 7 sea)
person), amusing, agreeable 0 by land, on land
‫ع‬
‫ دك‬pl.‫مك ‏‬le court, law‫‏‬ ‫ بيروت‬Beirut‫‏‬
court ‫ (—)عبت‬to follow‫‏‬

5 ‫و‬‎ 5 ‫و‬ :
‎‫ شاهد‬pl. ‎‫ شهود‬5 ‫ تركيا‬Turkey‫‏‬
1 pl. .‫افك‬‎ unbeliever, Se pl ‫كارثأ‬‎ ‫ كرت‬Turkish,

infidel a Turk
GUS fighting, battle
5 > ‫مه‬
‫ وين‬pl.‫ اديان ‏‬religion‫‏‬
EXERCISE 31
{Snel — v oly CUT ps],

- - -0900
‫مورت‬a ‫‏‬2282
‫لدو‬‫حوت‬
‫دا ا‬
‫دي‬
a yale et 401 ‫اوبذكت‬.‎ Jo ‫ةذمالت‬‎‫اي‬

‫ا الرجال أنتعوهم من‬ .‫ باب الدذار‬liag ia ‫‏‬cA ‫عب يا‬
.‫)‏ فعلت‬tahw( ‫ ايتها السيدة ما‬oily‫‏‬
- 908
‫‏ الإسلام‬e=‫إتبعوا‬ . ‫صغيرة‬2 ‫جالسةٌ ف غرفة‬ ‫ار‬

>
. ‎‫ كلام[الشهود فى المشكمة‬leeG ye ekat ‎‫ ا‬eat

‫‏‬a ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ َ‫صهم_ري‬ > ‫يجت‬
‫وج‬
.‎‫لةتركية‬:‫قبي‬deJ ‎‫ السارق قريب من‬rof( ‎‫دت (وجذت‬-
pay eS oe Pea ‫ديدش‬,‎ ‫ف لابج ايكرت درب‬
peeve 9 ok ‫نم‬‎all ‫نلت‬‎ rie Ue ‫كلذ‬,‎
.‫ياأبنى‬ ‫‏‬eh ‫لا نكن‬ ‫ د‬.‫‏ بالبحر‬seiL ‫‏ ونحن‬TW ‫لببروت على‬
‫ انيعهذ‬US elpeall J (pl. of om)‫ نادلا تاومألا ‏‬ibis eS‫‏‬

-
0 ‫موه‬
‫‏ دين‬bd ‫‏ مهم‬aG ‫آلله» قذلك‬
‫عبد‬,‫‏ يا‬elaG ‫مزاح كن‬ ied‫‏‬
& ‫‏ تكونوا‬,yoV . ‫‏ لقتال‬tee ‫تابعون‬ ‫ م‬.‫الإسلام‬

glist‫‏‬ -
EXERCISE 32
1. See, O boys, what you have done. 2. O friend, enter and

sit by my side. 3. O scholar, open the door of the room.
4, I was going to the city.5. Where is Mr. (Apa!) Hassan living?
6. He is living in the middle of the city. 7. I was writing a
letter, when 5 our friend entered. 8. Do not prevent me
from entrance to (‫)ىلع‬‎ you. 9. They are famous thieves. I
have seen them in the court when I was a witness. 10. Lady,
do not be one of (c+) the unbelievers; follow the religion of
Islam. 11. The miserly Turk returned to his fatherland
by land. 12. The sultan said to the Arabs: ‘Be silent,
you witty men!” 13, Tell the truth, women! Have the men
of the village gone to the fight or not? 14. The dead man’s
THE IMPERATIVE 141
body was extremely cold. 15. The cold is extreme (a343) in

the mountains of Turkey. 16. The Arabs were riding their
camels to the nearby well. 17. There are many clerks in the
government offices in Cairo. 18. Go to school (the school),
boys, and learn your lessons. 19. The students of Damascus
University have arrived in Cairo for an important meeting
with their Egyptian brethren (brothers.) 20. Leave this work
to the women.
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN
‫امه‬ - aw‫‏‬ ‫و‬ “Of‫‏‬
(ooh ‎‫لليف النامن‬

The Passive Verb
1. The Active voice of the verb is called in Arabic ‫مولعم‬‎

(‘‘known’’), whereas the Passive is termed 0oe (“unknown’’)
The Passive is formed by merely changing the vowelling of
the Active, and is standard for all verbs, irrespective of the
varied vowelling of the Active. It is characterised by damma
on1 the first syllable, so that in unvowelled Arabic; when itis
desired to draw the reader’s attention to the fact that a verb
| {is passive, the placing of damma over the first syllable is
usually considered sufficient to indicate this. However, after
the initial damma, kasra follows in the Perfect, and fatha in
the Imperfect, e.g.
ACTIVE PASSIVE (44.4)

Perfect
‎‫ كتب‬he wrote. ‫بتك‬‎ 16 was written.
‎‫ كتب خطابا‬eh etorw a selc ‎‫ كتب‬a rettel saw

5 letter. 9S) Sovprittent
oon ‫دو‬‎ ‫د‬
coe he struck me. ‫تبرض‬‎ I was struck.
Imperfect
2 3967 2 “69
Khe writes. ‫بتكي‬‎ it is (being)

written.
BLA ic ‫ف‬‎ 709
‎‫ يضربك‬he strikes (or will 25 you are (will be)
strike) you struck
The following tables will illustrate the vowelling:

142
THE PASSIVE VERB 143
PERFECT
Sing. 3. masc. 35 duriba he was struck.
3» so. fer: “cyaS duribat she was struck.
7” 2 22 osee duribta you (m.) were struck.
‎‫ار‬ ‫لط لت‬ ‫ب‬eB itbirud uoy ).f( erew .kcurts
Foe es oe & ae duribtu I was struck.

2 etc:
IMPERFECT
Sing. 3. masc. ‫ف‬‎0 yudrabu he is struck.
oe oe rernit Afes tudrabu she is struck.
‫وو‬‎ .2 .125 4 ‫ و‬tudrabu you (m.) are struck.

‎‫ووه د‬
‫ر‬ 1‫عدمت [ه‬ ‫ نيبرضت‬tudrabina you (f.) are struck.‫‏‬
2-02
» i.m.&f. ( ‫برضا‬‎ udrabu I am struck.
etc.
Similarly, the Imperfect Subjunctive and Jussive may be
made Passive by a change in the vowelling.
2. Unlike the practice in English and other Indo-European

languages, it is not correct to use the Passive in Arabic when
the doer of the act is mentioned. Thus, ‘“‘Hassan was struck
by Zaid” must be turned into “Zaid struck Hassan’, or
“72,210 was the one who struck Hassan”’’, e.g.
‫ع‬ ‫سه‬ ‫دوو‬ ‫م‬ ‫‏‬ew 3 ‫اه‬ ‫سما سخ‬ Geo -06 - ‫‏‬-
‫‏ ضرب زيد حسنا‬ro ‫حسنا‬ ‫)‏ ضرب‬ohw( ‫ن زيد الذى‬

sihT elur si ton nekorb yb hcus secnetnes ‫‏‬sa ‫وقتل بلحت‬
“the was killed by the sword”.‫‏‬
Here, ~ introduces the instrument, not the actual killer of
the person concerned. At times in modern Arabic, especially
journalese, the rule may appear to be circumvented, if not
broken, and this is often due to the literal translation of

European phraseology. The student will notice these
instances in the course of his reading.
3. The Passive is sometimes used in what appears to be

<0
an impersonal manner, e.g. ‫ركذ‬‎ “it has been mentioned”.
(See below under OI). But in such cases, what follows the
verb is really its subject, even though it may be a whole
sentence.
4. The Arabs do not term the subject of a Passive Verb its

,‫ لعاف‬as this means literally “doer”; they call it, instead,‫‏‬
3 “00 9 5
‫“ بئان لعافلا‬the deputy or representative of the doer”’.‫‏‬
PASSIVE PARTICIPLE
5. The Passive Participle (the term “Past Participle’” is not

5١ 6+
recommended) is formed on the measure ‫ع‬‎ ‫ لوعفم‬for the simple

bee Sn 57
triliteral verb, e.g. ‫بورضم‬‎ struck; ‫حوتفم‬‎ opened. It is

declined like other nouns, and takes the Sound Plural.
6. But, as is the case with the Active Participle, it some-

times acquires a technical meaning and is used as a noun
in its own right. It then usually takes a broken plural of the
spin
measure ‫ليعافم‬‎ .‫ع‬.»
2001
from WS to write ‫بوتكم‬‎ written, praia

aletter, pl. oSh
ere
Bat ON
‎‫ سجن‬to imprison Osx» imprisoned, 18

a prisoner, pl. ‫نيجاسم‬‎
a- 5 Jo <2
‫ نح‬to make mad‫‏‬ ‫ نونع‬mad, bh ons‫‏‬
madman, pl. ¢yilé‫‏‬
a
THE PARTICLE ‫نإ‬‎ AND ITS SISTERS
7. There is a type of nominal sentence in Arabic which is

introduced by one of certain particles, all of which are
characterised by a doubled final letter, usually nin. They

are as follows:
ol usually not translated, though old grammars trans-

late it by the Biblical ‘‘verily”’.
that
‫ نكل‬but, like‫ نكل ‏‬but the latter should be followed by‫‏‬

“a verb.‫‏‬
ae
OY because
a--
‫ لعل‬perhaps — comparatively rare in modern Arabic.‫‏‬

All these participles resemble verbs, in that they must be
followed either by a noun in the accusative, or by an attached
pronoun which is grammatically considered to be in the
accusative. After them the verb “‘to be’’ is understood, there-
fore a predicate may follow in the nominative.
IO) Senaia
€.g. ee ere ِ‫ْن‬‎
(verily) Hassan is present.

(It is not necessary for ‫نإ‬‎ to be translated by “verily” except
in ancient or religious literature.)
After ‎‫ إن‬the predicate is sometimes strengthened by ‫ل‬‎
e.g. dats aul. you are intelligent.
This is more often the case when some phrase interposes

between the subject and predicate, or when the subject after
‫ نإ‬is a long sentence or phase, e.g.‫‏‬
‫ ميظع‬as‫زل‏‬0 ‫( »كنإ اي‬verily) you, © Solomon,‫‏‬

are a great man,‫‏‬
1 3 ‫د‬0 ‫ نإ لا‬The man present in my‫‏‬

-- house is my brother’s‫‏‬
‫ قيدصل ىخأ‬friend.‫‏‬
8. When the subject after these particles is an attached

pronoun in the First Person Singular or Plural, there are
alternative orthographical variants.
eg. 6 innanior ‫ىنإ‬‎ ?inni
‫? اننإ‬innana or‫‏‬ ‫? إنا‬inna‫‏‬
9. ‎‫ إن‬is used to introduce speech after the verb ‫لاق‬‎ ‫م‬

say, as well as to ‫رام‬‎ an ordinary nominal sentence.
e.g.‎ٌ‫ حاضر‬ae ‎‫ قال ميان إن‬nomoloS dias taht divaD )saw(
present.
10. ‎‫ ان‬is used for indirect speech after verbs other than
,‫ لاق‬or in what resembles indirect speech or thought. It is‫‏‬
also used to introduce a sentence which occupies the place‫‏‬
of the emer or object of a sentence.‫‏‬
dite 323) ol ‫ينغلب‬‎ lit. “that Zaid is intelligent has reached
me’”’ (I have heard that Zaid is intelligent,
it has come to my notice that Zaid is
intelligent).
eee
Note that here the verb ‫غلب‬‎ is

i not impersonal; its subject
is the whole clause introduced by ai.
- - -9~
‫ كلملا ضيرم‬jl‫ >ركذ‏‬It has been mentioned neis said) that the‫‏‬
king is ill.‫‏‬
yes fuss jl ‫ملغ‬‎ I know that Zaid will be present.
a-c
oy, ‎‫ لعل‬and ‎‫ بيده لكن‬ecudortni lanimon .secnetnes

i is often prefixed with 4, Ker.‫و‬‎
11. All these particles may have a verb in their predicates,

provided that their own accusative noun or pronoun comes
first, e.g.
Cite OS 20-1 Tose
‫(ّنِإ فوخلا دقهبلغ‬verily) fear had overcome‫‏‬

him.‫‏‬
a : ‫لسغي‬‎ a ‫يمداخ‬‎ ‫ع نال‬ I was angry because my

“servant did not wash my
clothes.
55 pal ae perhaps joy killed him.
‫ ااه‬coyadl‫ رضح دوميلا نكل ‏‬the Jews attended, but the‫‏‬

Arabs stayed away.‫‏‬
The only circumstance in which anything is allowed to
interpose between these particles and their accusative is
when that accusative is an indefinite noun, and the predicate
ign} CSR at
is a prepositional phrase, or ‫انه‬‎ “here” or ‫كانه‬‎ ‘there’.

This prepositional phrase then comes after the particle, e.g.
Zea a 0
‎‫ إن ىق الشارع رحلا‬ni eht teerts si a .nam
Further details on the use of these particles will be found

later in this grammar.
VOCABULARY
5 - 5 ‫اذ‬‎
‎‫ خطاب‬pl. ‎‫ ات‬letter (mod.), ‫ عدوه‬pl. ree a Jew, Jewish‫‏‬
speech, discourse (class.) 5 wes
fa ‎‫ مو‬pl. 0yg - historian

fessG pl. nae deputy,
apiece M.P. 2 8 pl. Byl3shistory, date
Bie
© tec
‫ضيرم‬sph‫ ىضرم ‏‬Sick, ill‫‏‬ acle bravery, courage
SIO
as (~) to conquer, defeat, ‫ لوغشم‬busy, occupied‫‏‬
overcome (with direct obj.
or with de) 5 pl. tealdanger‫‏‬
507
‫ فوخ‬fear n.‫‏‬ ‎8‫ سيرة‬PL ‎‫ سير‬life, biography,

manner of living
‫بضغ‬ )_( to be, become,‫‏‬
‫مدي‬
angry (with (‫ىلع‬‎ ‫ خنما رة‬loss‫‏‬

596 Soe 5 ab 5-2
of pl. psf star 44! pl. ‫مما‬‎ nation, people
‫ ميظع‬pl.‫ ماظع ‏‬rales great,‫‏‬ ns - to cross, cross Over

J
5 ‫ردت‬
powerful ‫ ةدم‬pl. tee eNOS (of time)‫‏‬
‫ رورس‬joy, pleasure‫‏‬ ‫ ماده‬.lp ‫‏‬r‫أ‬a‫ ممو‬substance,‫‏‬
54 >
matter‫‏‬
‫ ةيده‬pl. Llas gift, present‫‏‬
5 o7-
00 we f. pl. yi war
us precious, valuable S40''=
‫ ةرضح‬aterm of respect, his‫‏‬
.‫؟‬ “‫وو‬ 5 ge gue‫ص ‏‬
honour, etc. (lit. presence)‫‏‬
‫وح‬
‫‏‬.‫ر‬
lp‫جج‬
‫ماري‬
‫مجروحون » مج‬
wounded, wounded man 45 Xe) to lose, miss
‫ مفتاح‬pl.‫ مفاتيح ‏‬key‫‏‬ 5 pl. Cilia sky, heaven
EXERCISE 33
1
--90 - che haa ‫وصلو‬‎
aaa
5 ‫ص‬ 28 ‫و‬ ‫مسسساطت‬ ‫الس‬ AILS‫‏‬ ‫م‬
‫أت ومن‬reo ‫‏‬a ‫س سسعرفنا‬ eevee ‫‏‬hG ‫آلضَاربٌ وعمر‬ ‫ا‬
"‫ هئادعأ‬fe CL ad cele‫ كلش ى ‏‬ate Ol Goll ay‫‏‬

‫‏‬EGI ‫ص اي‬ ‫‏‬-o0o- ‫م‬ ‫در‬ ‫صو‬ ‫ممه‬
‫د‬ ‫دوه‬
‫النائب انه‬ ‫ الخبر من حضرة‬dehcaer( ‫)‏‬su ‫لنا‬-‫وص‬

‫ء‬ .‫بعد ذلك‬
‫‏‬sa .‫لشهقهبرلين ولم تسمع أخباره‬

‫سر‬ > ‫‏‬SOPS 5250 ‫عاو‬ ‫ ا‬Oe‫‏‬ =0- eden “027 a=
3 (‫كوسد‬2‎ or
‫‏ النجوم‬s‫ ك‬a 0 ‫ خا‬ASSP‫‏‬
b ‎‫ص‬ - ‫دن‬
‫ص‬
‫‏‬aoR ‫يقال هذا الطبيب العثهور إن مخوفت الموت‬

0 ‫رد‬ 2 2 wo) ‫=‏‬
gk
. ‫الليلة‬
‫سس‬ aces‫‏‬ ‫وا‬ he aS‫‏‬ 00-2 - 2 ‫هو‬
‫‏ هدايا‬sed ‫م حامر الببودى أذ يقدم للوزير وان يبحمل‬ POs!
aso ow Ga aie, a5
‫‏‬,na’ruQ(. 2505 2, 151) ‫ليهراجعون‬
1 ‫إنا لله وإنا‬ . ‫لعيسة‬
-
‫ يبي كسر سيف الجندى‬.‫“هذا المورخ معروف بين العلماء‬jes‫‏‬

‫‏‬w ‫ه‬6
‫ص‬ -
‫ و‬-
‫هرو‬ 6+ 5
‫وو‬
-+ - ‫صورة سنس‬ ay‫‏‬
eee
‫ ةراسخ‬9 eel‫‏‬
‫ ر دئاربلل‬ea‫ ‏‬3 ‫جو انقلب‬+ 7 ‫انما‬ 9gs Re‫‏‬
$G 9 Si - ‫ورم‬‎ 5 ‫هو‬ 6‫م‬ Ti eee|
, ‫ةمهم‬‎ ae ‫كسا‬‎ opens sb ‫ةرييك‬‎ ‫ ىنغلا‬bl ‫اده‬‎
oa -- 00 GE on
‎‫هده المدة‬ ‫د مرحإت‬
. ‫ قق‬llac ‎‫ البيت لان‬toa ‎‫دل تدخل‬,‫يذ‬
‫جرر‬
‫لعب‬
‫ابيش‬
‫‏ أن الم‬UB ‫‏ فى‬aeS .‫طويلةٌ لعملك الصغير‬
“O09 --- - 0-90 GE ‫و‬‎ ‫ص‬
B- -o - --o 726-250 - ‫‏‬azO‫ه‬1 ‫م‬ 2 ns‫‏‬

‫ درست عن امم‬.LSI la« yj—b | ‫‏‬leag ‫)‏ بعد‬galS ‫ووصل إلى‬
‫‏ الست‬lel » ‫‏ لمكانك‬rolo .ٌ‫‏ جاهل‬le 9‫ الكثيرة‬Gall‫‏‬

‫صه‬ “853 ‫مم‬ -‫ض شٌ ه‬
639° - £9 -- -0-00 o- =- a--
FAP ‫‏‬SO 5 ‫السياء اركين‬ 0-11 . ‫‏ بعدهذا‬EEB ‫لعلكتَكونين‬

-
Sheds Go oud JY yt G ‫ا‬‎ (LI.

- -of
EXERCISE 34
1. The doors of the house were opened, and the presents

were received with (‫)ب‬‎ joy. 2. I did not know that you were
(are) busy today. 3. I ‘know that the Arabs are the conquerors
and the enemies the conquered. 4. The men mentioned are
[some] of )(‫نم‬‎ my friends. 5. His courage has been mentioned
in the history books. 6. He was killed with the sword because
the madmen were angry with him. 7. You have been here a
long time (period), perhaps you will go now. 8. The sick
M.P.s attended this meeting, because the nation demanded
that of them. 9. (5!) Courage is better than fear. 10. He said
that all the wood had been put on the fire. 11. Look at the
lives of (the) great men in the books of the historians.
12. Many soldiers crossed the river, but ((‫نكل‬‎ the wounded
were not able to leave their positions (places), so they were
killed. 13. There are (begin with ()) many valuable sub-
stances in the stars. 14. His honour the M.P. lost the key of
his car, so he returned home (to his house) in his friend’s old
car. 15. I heard that (31) the merchants’ losses have been
very great this year. 16. The reason for that is the danger of
war. 17. (Ol) The Jews are a very old nation in the history
of the world. 18. Verily the fear of God is in your hearts.
Let it open the gates of heaven to you! 19. Oh Hassan, you
are a great man today. A year ago you were [one] of (cy)
the poor. 20. The teacher said that Solomon was king of the
Jews. :
CHAPTER NINETEEN
)‫(الباب التاسع عشر‬
‫ماه‬ ‫ساسم‬ Go‫‏‬
‫ و‬-of‫‏‬
Derived Forms of the Triliteral Verb

General Introduction
1. Although Arabic is poor in verb tenses, it is rich in derived ١

verb forms which extend or modify the meaning of the root
form of the verb, giving many exact shades of meaning.
This is a common feature of Semitic languages, though it ;
perhaps reaches its greatest extent in Arabic. The simple or
root form of the verb is called ‫دال‬‎‫( اعلا‬the “‘stripped”’
ace verb), while the derived forms are said to
be ‎‫“( مزيد‬increased’’). Derived forms are made by adding
letters before or between the three radicals. Thus ‫كا‬‎
Le ee
means “‘to write”; CJ “to write to’’, “correspond with”;

- ‫ا‬
‫سع‬
and ‎‫“ تكاتب‬to write to each other”, “to correspond with

--- -a-
each other’. ‫لتق‬‎ means “to kill’; J “to massacre’.

- -a--
Bs “to break” (trans.); ‫رسكت‬‎ and po “to be broken”’,

“to break” (intrans.).
2. Beginners often consider these forms a bugbear. But
once their peculiarities are grasped, and it is realised that
each derived form is associated with certain meaning patterns,
they become a great help to the speedy acquisition of vocabu-
lary. As we have said, the acquisition of an understanding of
word patterns is of prime importance in learning Arabic. ‫رع‬‎
3. The derived forms are generally numbered by Euro-
peans from II upwards, I being the root form. The exact
number of derived forms is open to dispute: fourteen
(Nos.II-XV) could be given, but this number would increase
if one took into account a number of quasi-quadriliteral
151
Form No. Perfect Imperfect
(3rd pers. sing. m.) (3rd pers. sing. m.)
11 ae fa 8 gala ‎ُ‫ يفَعِل‬yufag gilu

(e.g. ole to know; aleto teach)
‎‫ يفاعل‬yufa cilu
Ill
(e.g. ‎‫ كتب‬to write; ‫بتاك‬‎ +0 write to)
ae affeala Jaks yuf ¢ilu

IV
(e.g. A to know; ‫ملعأ‬‎ to inform)
‫دير‬
eh tafa ‫ع‬‎gala ‫يتفعل‬ 2 ‫ ع‬galu‫‏‬

(e.g. ‎‫ كسر‬to break; re to be
broken)
‫ لعافتي‬yatafa alu‫‏‬
VI
(e.g. ‎‫ تكاتب‬to write to one another)
jas infa gala hs yanfa cilu
Vil ‫سمه‬ -0
(e.g. ‎‫اكسر‬
‫ ت‬ot kaerb ).snartni
‎‫ افتعل‬atfi ‎‫ع‬2 ‫ لعتفي‬yafta cilu‫‏‬
(e.g. ‎‫ نفع‬to profit, benefit trans.; (note insertion of &
Vill
---6 after first radical)
‫ابوعفتن‬to profit by)‫‏‬
Ix
‫ لعفا‬ifgalla‫‏‬ 1 nis yaf gallu
(e.g. fe) to become red)‫‏‬
--0-6
‫ لعفتسا‬istaf gala‫‏‬ 1 55 35 yastaf ‫عااد‬‎

(e.g. oe to be good; cert to
think good, admire)
XI ‫‏‬suG ‫اع كذ‬ ‫ل‬ yaf callu‫‏‬

-- 0-0 J SO" OF
XI ‫ لعوعفا‬if eau‫دع ‏‬ ‫ يفعوعل‬yaf‫ للع ‏‬galu‫‏‬

xn ne if cawwala
‫و‬ -0O-‫‏‬
gat yaf eawwilu
XIV ‫ للتعفا‬if canlala‫‏‬ Alcor yaf canlilu

-0-0-
AV me) if eanla‫‏‬ bey yaf eanla

DERIVED FORMS OF THE TRILITERAL VERB 153
Verbal Noun Meaning Patterns
Strengthening or intensifying of meaning.
Applying act to a more general object. Causa-
‫ د‬taf cilatun : = / =‫‏‬
tive. Transitive of intransitive roots.‫‏‬
5 taf calun (rare)
‫ لاعف‬fi céalun Relation of the action to another person.‫‏‬

‫ عاق‬mufa calatun‫‏‬
Attempting the act.‫‏‬
5-6 aa eR ee Pe 2
Gta) if ealun Transitive of intransitive verbs. Causative
2 of transitive verbs. Also for “‘stative verbs”
derived from nouns.
22
as tafa 8 culun Reflexive of II (or sometimes of I). Verbs

derived from nouns of quality or status. To
consider or represent oneself as having a
quality expressed in the root meaning.
jel tafa culun Reflexive of III, often implying the mutual

application of the action.
Jui! infi ‫عقم‬‎ Passive sense (perhaps originally reflexive).
5 °
‎‫ افتعال‬ifti calun Reflexive of I, but used for varied twists of

meanings from the root idea.
5 ° . 20
‎‫ افعلال‬if ¢ilalun The possession or acquisition of colours or
defects.
Jue isGf Balun Asking for the act or quality of the root.
a 3 Esteeming or thinking someone or thing
to have the quality of the root. Originally,
perhaps, a reflexive of IV.
Similar to IX, perhaps intensive.
= ‫إن‬
‫ اعيعفا‬if ¢igalun‫‏‬
‫‏ أذ‬fi ‫ا‬ : 12 j‫‏‬

‘Very rare, with specialised meanings.‫‏‬
Osi) if ginlalun
5
‫ة‬:‫رهبي‬#‫ه‬
‫ ءالنعفا‬if ¢inla’un‫‏‬
forms listed by Lane on page xxviii of Vol. One of his

“Arabic Lexicon”. However, the beginner will only be
concerned with forms II 222 ‫ممل‬‎
if ever encountered at all, will be easily understood by the
more experienced scholar.
(There are also three derived forms of the quadriliteral
verb which will be dealt with in their appropriate place.)
4. Even leaving out of account the very rare derived forms
from number XI upwards, very few verb roots have all the
other derived forms from II to X; some have only one or
two, while four or five is a good average. Despite this, there
is often a good deal of overlapping of meaning between the
forms. On the other hand, we sometimes find that the root
form is no longer in use, whereas the derived forms are.
It is the presence of available, but neglected, derived forms
which makes-Arabic potentially oneof the very richest of
languages, abletoSoinewwords Tometsadn équire-
—. a See eee pee mir
ments without necessarily adopting forei i words. This fact
has been exploited by linguistic academies in centres like Cairo
and Damascus in their efforts to abolish non-Arabic words.
5. In this chapter the common derived forms will be
listed, together with their meaning patterns, for reference
only. (They should not be learned by heart at this stage.) The
various forms will be dealt with in detail in later chapters.
6. It may be noticed that, in respect of their vowelling
(in the Imperfect), the derived forms II to X fall into three
classes:
(a) II, 111 and IV, which have damma followed by kasra.
(b) V and VI which have fatha throughout.
(c) VII, VIII and X which have kasra on the middle
radical (or cain), but fathas on preceding vowelled
letters.
(NOTE: LX may be considered to have had this form, yaf falilu, origin-
ally, but to have lost the kasra when the two lams were written together
with tashdid.)
7. The verbal nouns of all the forms except II, V, VI and

sometimes III, have a long 3 between the last two’ radicals.
8. Verbal nouns regularly take the sound ferninine plural,
8 ‫بيلا‬‎ (ce VIII), to choose, elect.
v.n. Ses, pl. Col Ges elections.
Some verbal nouns of form II also take a broken plural

(in addition to the sound feminine) of the pattern jel ‘
9. The Participles are easily grasped, as for all forms they

are prefixed with mim vowelled with damma (4). The
middle radical (or cain) is vowelled with kasra for the
Active and fatha for the Passive, except for form IX where,
in any case, there is only an active participle.
Participles
Perfect
Active Passive
eti ‫‏‬af ‫مع ع‬ ‫ عم‬afum ¢ nuli¢ ereW ‫‏‬afum 8‫تالوع‬
Gels mufa ¢ilun

S
‫‏ فاعل‬af ‫مع‬ ‫ لعانم‬mufa galun‫‏‬

509 4
esl ’af gala jet» muf ‫عاام‬‎ muf ¢alun

5 2 <a
hes tafa 3 gala ‫متفعل‬ 2 & ‫ملاع‬ ‫متفعل‬ 2 ‫ ع‬gal‫‏‬

oe ee “--y
ls tafa cala ‫ ٌلعافتم‬mutafa cilun‫‏‬ ‫متفاعل‬ 8 galu‫‏‬

3
ais infa gala jai munfa cilun ‫لعفتم‬‎ 8 ‫عدلات‬
el ifta gala eee mufta ‫عانس‬‎ ‫ل‬ mufta calun
‎‫ افعزا‬if gala eke muf callun 5

5-020 NH
eae ed)
Gail istaf gala ‫لعفتسم‬‎ mustaf ‫عاام‬‎ ‫ لعفتسم‬mustaf calu:
VOCABULARY
Nore: The following additional vocabulary is not based specifically

on the preceding chapter. The two exercises which follow it may be
regarded as partly for grammatical revision.
6-3 2
eal fixed, firm ‫الصيف‬ 1:
‫و‬ 0
ees heavy ‫الخريف‬ 0

‫ال‬ atten‫‏‬
iz light (in weight) ‫ القتاء‬winter‫‏‬

2
wo 47S)
‫ خصوصى‬private‫‏‬
Oem pl. ‫نبحج‬‎ forehead
‫ عجو‬pl.‫عاجوأ ‏‬pain n.‫‏‬ 8 ‎‫ خصو‬especially

5-206
iets pl. Sule session,‫‏‬ ‫ غرد‬pl.‫ مارد ‏‬dirhem (coin or‫‏‬

sitting‫‏‬ weight) (in the plural, also
money)
2 beauty
3
‫ (—) عفد‬to push, pay‫‏‬
0 it foreign(er) 5
3‫و‬
a‎‫ دور‬international
5 30-
‎‫ مجهول‬unknown
Bie Ore Ob Bes elections (political,
aie pl. ‫ةبوجا‬‎ reply, answer
etc.)
ye pl. oe neighbour ‫ نودب « الب‬without (with geni-‫‏‬

$a ws
tive)
‫ ةيوح‬liberty, freedom‫‏‬
jee pl. Ae body (ana-
‫ سراح‬pl.‫ سارح ‏‬guard, sentry‫‏‬
tomical)
‫ نيسح‬Hussein (pr. 2. masc.)‫‏‬ ee pl. Visas season

Beare BO
‫وم‬‎ o- 2 “09
‫‏ الربيع‬ro ‫ فصل الربيع‬spring‫‏‬ OLS Lebanon
EXERCISE 5
SAG Ti Ee ‫وع‬‎ ‫وده‬
Cer le tht ‫ىهو‬‎ BLT ‫ى‬‎ Re os San
َ‫ س‬- ‫ص تس‬ a ”oo 6-0-3 ‫‏‬roy ‫ته‬ -
‫ ةيلودلا‬irl‫ ةديدجلا ‏‬ae Gees‫‏‬ ‫دلو‬. ‫ ف ىنيبج اي‬dy Ad‫‏‬

Ae i - B00 ‫رمد‬‎ Sine -‫ه‬--‎ - 6
Bor Oly— 0 ‫بناجالا‬.‎ ‫فوسو اهرضخحت ضعب‬- ‫رصم ع‬. ‫قى‬
shess el 2 ‫نيسحل‬‎ ec dete ‫ةيرحلا‬.‎ rer ele!
SO APS a on ‫وه‬‎ “09 Did
Soak coe ٠en 3 dete Jog y ‫فيرخلا‬.‎ re ‫هباوح‬‎
Bi ne ‫سراح‬‎ ‫ ةنيدملا نودب‬sie ‫اودوت‬‎

‫ هل‬anced abs
oe ‎‫ ستموا‬Goal ‎‫ نيان‬Jie dl— 4 , ‫باختنالل‬‎ ‫رع‬
ais sealed stil ‫ىف‬‎ ‫ اهنكل دولا ريثكب‬ree
. ‫ةيصرصللا‬‎ ‫نم مارد‬
4 ‫نيا‬ ‫تعفد‬ ‫دق‬ ‫سوو‬ ers treks
‫ امد روددوك‬rei egorak tae ‫‏‬ll ‫ فلذلك‬- yy‫‏‬

-o--
‫ ال‬8,5 ‫ تفلت الشايكت وار‬AKI‫ ف ‏‬ST‫‏‬

3 Sip ‫بأ‬‎‫ريغصلا الب‬
‫ل‬ ‫ داو‬. ‫ةفيفخلا‬
ee oie
ap ‎‫ جا‬a,
th ee 0
.‎‫ القديم‬sel re) ‫زابخل‬‎ ob ‫بهديو‬‎
0 ‫سعب‬ ‫ نأ‬lis de
- 08000 6 2-0-0
EXERCISE 36
1. The elections are near and I am without my car. 2. Pay

the two dirhems and go back to your house, you thief!
-- =
3. This is my private book, so do not take it away (use ‫ب‬‎ ‫ به‬5):

4. Internationa! meetings are important, especially in this

period of danger. 5. Hussein is the father of Hassan and the
brother of Muhammad. He is the tallest man in the room,
and the newest M.P. in the Lebanon. 6. I have heard that
you have a pain in the head. 7. Why don’t you ask for the
doctor?8. The foreigner said to the girl that he had heard
about her beauty from his neighbour. 9. This is a heavy
book - that light one is better for a small boy. 10. Liberty
(the liberty) was unknown among the Egyptians before the
days of Islam. 11. What.is your reply to the sentry’s words?
12. I saw Hussein in the spring, then I did not see him until
the new year. 13. Summer is better than winter in our
country, but autumn is the best season. 14. This session is
very important to the Arabs. 15. Will you be at school (in
the school) this evening after lessons? 16. I asked you not
to return without your sister. So where is she? 17. Let her
go to her grandmother’s (house). 18. You are worse than him.
19. ‘Fhe minister has been struck in the streets, and his
assailants (strikers) are unknown. 20. Ask of the prisoners,
perhaps they know.
CHAPTER TWENTY
‎)‫ العشرون‬GUI)
Derived Forms of the Triliteral Verb:
II, WI and IV
1. It will help the student to consider Derived Forms II, III
and IV as one group, since they all have the vowel pattern
of damma for the prefix and kasra for the middle radical in
the Imperfect.
e.g. from pls €alima, to know.
11 ‫ملع‬‎ callama, to teach; ‫مّلعي‬‎ YU- cal-LI-mu
III 5*‫اع‬‎ ‫ب‬8‫ عةلة‬to vie in learning with;

‎‫كانس‬ ea-LI-mu.
IV ‎‫ أعلم‬a ‎‫ع‬2, to inform; ‫ملعي‬‎ YU¢-LI-mu.
-a-
FORM 11 ‫لعف‬‎
2. Conjugation of res py, ee to break in pieces, smash.
Imperf.
SSS
SS SSS SS
Perf. Indic. Subj. Juss.
ae ‫وس‬‎ - ‫د‬ "Wis owns
3‎‫سان‬ es
:
230000
: fs
sae es)
Ke
ows?
iii tered
coal et ules 20000
* ‫ل‬‎
&
ours
‎‫سه‬ S Cree) ws wo?
cpa: pay yor phy

5 a - awe - woe own 2
etc. etc. etc. etc.

* Note: This is not a very common verb, but is used so as to show the
three forms froma single root. This illustrates the difficulty of finding
a root with commonly used verbs from a number of derived forms.
159
It will be seen that the prefixes and suffixes used to specify

person, gender and number are exactly the same as in the
root form of the verb. There are no different conjugations in
Arabic in the sense in which they are encountered in languages
like Greek, Latin and French. Consequently, in explaining
derived forms, the conjugation table or paradigm will only
be shown for the singular: the student will be able to work
out the dual and plural for himself.
3. The Imperative does not have the prefixed ’alif, and

is as follows:
‫هم‬ ‫سا‬
>
masc. sing. pus
fem. sing. ‫ى‬‎ es

= wi
dual pone
masemplairads 5
fem. pl. és
4. The participles are as follows: Active, OS

5 َ >
Passive, pores
5. The normal form for the Verbal Noun is ‫ٌليعفت‬‎ he ee
‎‫تكسي‬
g- o-
An alternative form occasionally met with is ‫ةلعفت‬‎ ‫و‬

SOR, - Gr
e.g. 4‫بر‬‎ from ‫برج‬‎ to try, experiment. This form will be
found to be usual with irregular verbs with waw, ya’ or
hamza as final radical (see Chapters Twenty- “Six and Twenty-
‫و‬ ‫دوع‬ 8-5
nine). Even rarer is ‫لاعفت‬‎ , e.g. ‫باحرت‬‎ from ae to welcome.
6. The Passive is: Perfect Imperfect

ie pee
- ‎‫رس‬ MS)
etc. etc.
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS II, III AND IV 161
MEANING PATTERNS
7. (a) Stative or intransitive verbs are made transitive, e.g.
gs
‎‫ قرب‬to be near.
-ic-
‫ برق‬to make near, bring someone or something near.‫‏‬

05
‎‫ كثر‬to be numerous.
00
-a-
Roy to make numerous.
(b) Transitive verbs are made causative or doubly transitive,
e.g. ole to know or learn; ‫ملع‬‎ to teach.
A to mention, remember;‫ركذ ‏‬
‫ركذ‬ Me to remind. ‘|‫‏‬ ney
(c) The meaning of the root form is strengthened, either
by making the act more final, or making it more intense
and wider in application, e.g.
-- =- a -
‎‫ كسر‬to break; ‫رسك‬‎ to smash, break in pieces.

0 - >
‫ عطق‬to cut;‫ عطق ‏‬to cut in pieces.‫‏‬

edd -
‫ لتق‬to kill;‫ لتق ‏‬to massacre.‫‏‬
(d) Sometimes it has an estimative meaning, where the

root verb is intransitive, e.g.
ies fe
‫ قدص‬to be sincere; (s+ to believe, consider sincere.‫‏‬
‫سا مه‬ 0
‫ بذك‬to lie;‫ بذك ‏‬to consider a liar, accuse of lying.‫‏‬
(e) This form is also found in denominal verbs, that is,

verbs derived from nouns, giving the meaning of making,
dealing with, or collecting, e.g.
from ‫عون‬‎ type, kind; ‫عون‬‎ to compose, assort.

-a-
50
‎‫ حلد‬skin, leather; volume. x to skin, bind.
> ‫> ين‬
5‫ده‬
‫ دنح‬soldiers, army; > to levy troops.‫‏‬
FORM III ‫لعاف‬‎

‫مم‬ ‫سا‬
8. Conjugation of ‫بتاك‬‎ to write to, correspond with.

Imperf.
ah
Bert: Indic. Subj. Juss.

- -e ‫و‬‎ ‫مو‬ 2< “‫يف‬ [ ° 5 rd
Ole = 2 2D 22 ‫هر‬‎ oes,
‎‫م‬ ‫لم‬ ‫رك‬ ‫كمع‬ - aO
on > <2 a
7 On: 2 a bs 2 ‫ه‬‎ i 2
etc. etc. etc. etc.
Imperative
o a “e
‎‫ك‬5 Part. Active ‫بتاكم‬‎
‎‫بى‬we
‫كان‬ ;
Part. Passive Pe
‫بت‬‎
‫مدو‬ - ‫و‬
Verbal noun Oly, more usually ‫ةبناكم‬‎

-
= 2 CN rab tes}
Passive, Perf. — 55 Imperf. Indic. ‫بتاكي‬‎
9. The Verbal Noun has two alternative forms. The

dictionary will show which one is normally used, though
often both are possible. Where this is so, there may be
different shades of meaning. Thus, in the verb given above,
G--- 9
kai is the usual Verbal Noun, signifying the act of writing

oor y
to, or corresponding with, anyone. Its pare ols means

“correspondence”. The other form, ‫باتك‬‎ , is used as a
simple noun to mean “a book’’, though in older Arabic it
may mean “a letter’.
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS II, 111 AND IV 163
MEANING PATTERNS
10. (a) Normally this form expresses the relation or appli-

cation of the act of the root form to another person, e.g.
uw to write; CSE to write to.

--- -- -
‫ سلج‬to sit;‫ سلاج ‏‬to sit with.‫‏‬
‫ برش‬to drink;‫ براش ‏‬to drink with.‫‏‬
Note also:‫‏‬
‫ لمع‬todo;‫‏‬ ‫ لماع‬to treat anyone, to behave to some-‫‏‬

0 one, deal with.‫‏‬
‫وده و‬
Verbal Noun,‫ ةلماعم ‏‬treatment, dealing.‫‏‬
(b) It also often expresses the meaning of attempting to

do something, e.g.
--- -- -
‫ لتق‬to kill;‫ لتاق ‏‬to try to kill (therefore, normally) to‫‏‬

fight against.‫‏‬
‫ قيس‬to precede;‫‏‬ ‫ قباس‬to try to precede, (therefore,‫‏‬

normally) to compete with, race against (Seu , a race).
Note that the verb Jol to try, attempt, is of this form.

(The waw is radical; see Chapter Twenty-eight on the
Hollow Verb.) |
11. This verbal form is, of course, transitive, and it takes

the accusative of the person, e.g.
‫ سه‬-‫ه‬5ٌ ws‫‏‬
‫ رعاشلااجيسل ناطلسلا‬Ox the poet used to sit with the sultan.‫‏‬
-
‫مسر‬
‫ هبتاك‬he wrote to him.‫‏‬
‫ اديدش‬Je‫ اقلف تل ءادعأمه ‏‬the Arabs fought their foes‫‏‬

fiercely.‫‏‬
- “oF
FORM 198 ‫لعفا‬‎
--o08
12. Conjugation of ‫سلجا‬‎ to make to sit, seat.

Imperf.
Pert. Indic. Subj. Juss.
‫أجاس‬ ‫لس‬ ‫لس‬ ;

?
ene ‫‏‬.enO 2 ‫ده‬ ‫?‏‬oaP ‫ه‬ ‫ره‬
1 2 ‫ده‬ eec ‫‏‬ht ‫ه‬ ‫ده‬
‫ه‬+>‫َ وه‬ = ‫بده‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ده‬
‫اجلست‬ ‫تجلسين‬ ‫‏‬sio ‫تجلسى‬

2» 80-0 »> ‫ه‬2 - ‫ه‬2 ‫مهمه‬
‫ات‬ ‫اجلى‬ | es‫‏‬
etc. etc. etc. etc.‫‏‬
Imperative‫‏‬
et Part. Active oul
5-69
les) etc. Part. Passive ‫سلجم‬‎
C Bea)
Verbal noun «>!

5 ‎‫ره‬ ‫و‬
Passive, Perf. ‫سلجا‬‎ Imperf. Indic. 4
MEANING PATTERNS
13. (a) The Fourth Form is Causative. It makes intransitive
verbs transitive, and transitive verbs doubly transitive, eg.
se be 1 -- 08
‎‫ حضر‬to be present; ‫رضحا‬‎ to cause to be present, bring.
— OE
oe to sit; ‫سلجا‬‎ to seat.
(b) Often forms 11 and IV have the same meaning, with

perhaps a slight difference, e.g.
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS Il, III AND IV 165
-a- --o0£
> and ‫ربخا‬‎ both mean to inform, give news.

cle to repair; lel to rectify, reform.
ASS
‫ ملع‬to teach;‫ ملعا ‏‬to inform.‫‏‬
As a doubly transitive verb, a Form IV Verb may have
two direct objects in the accusative, e.g.
---90 2 3
nl eens rea I informed Hassan of the news.

--6.0
(more often _~+).

(c) More rarely, Form IV verbs may be formed from
nouns, e.g.
--o0£
‫ حبصا‬to do in the morning‫‏‬

>
‫و‬
from che morning. This verb is commonly used

meaning “to become’’.
(d) There are a few intransitive verbs of this form, e.g.

--o8
‫ ملسا‬to become a Muslim.‫‏‬

--oF
‫ ليقا‬to approach.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
5 08
4) like, as (preposition ail pl. Gi horizon

attached to nouns only, not 5 ‫ده‬
pronouns) ‫ بعد‬distance‫‏‬
o-
‫ )ىلع( مالاس‬peace, greeting‫‏‬ ‫ نع‬from, concerning‫‏‬

(to, upon).‫‏‬
6 ‫ره‬ wy father
‫ فطل‬friendliness, kindness‫‏‬ 6- ‫د‬
(lit. begetter)
‫م‬
dee‫‏‬ ‫ وا لدة‬mother‫‏‬
‫ بدو » بادية‬desert‫‏‬
5 - ‫ع‬ 2 Ge ‫‏‬1
CONSE
‫ اثناء » فى اثناء‬during‫‏‬
‫ بدوى‬pl.‫ بدو ‏‬Bedouin‫‏‬
-o0- 5 am
‫ لوح‬around prep.‫‏‬ oy pl. oie time (occasion)

VERBS OF FORM II
ocr -G-
‫ ملس‬to deliver‫‏‬ ‫ شتف نع‬to search for‫‏‬

-- -G-
Sw~s
‫ ملس ىلع‬to greet‫‏‬ ucts inspector
ob to speak to, address;
to tell (+ subjunctive) a to take good news to
‫ لبق‬to kiss‫‏‬ igs to propose, manage
‫ مدق‬to bring‫‏‬ 6 to determine, estimate

‫ غلب‬to convey, inform‫‏‬ value,
-ac ‫بس‬ ‫ين‬
>
‫ شتف‬to inspect‫‏‬ ‫ قدص‬to believe‫‏‬
VERES OF FORM III
‫ فلاخ‬to disobey, go against,‫‏‬ ‫ بقار‬to watch, supervise,‫‏‬

contravene‫‏‬ oversee‫‏‬
-- -
‫ رواش‬to consult, ask advice of‫‏‬ ‫ طلاخ‬to mix with, have inter-‫‏‬
course with‫‏‬
‫ ده‬Li to witness, see‫‏‬
or
‎‫ت‬ 2 ‫ رفاس‬to travel‫‏‬
‫ عفاد نع‬to defend‫‏‬ -- =
yg to be neighbour to,
‫ عطاق‬to interrupt‫‏‬ adjacent to
-- =
‫ مجاه‬to attack‫‏‬ 91
‎‫ جو‬neighbourhood
VERBS OF FORM IV
- -
‫ لسرا‬to send‫‏‬ ‫ ملظأ‬to be or become dark‫‏‬
-- 08
‫ حبصا‬to become‫‏‬ past to bring forward,
present
== ve
xs! to inform (with acc. of ‫ ب‬pel to be fond of‫‏‬
person and ‫ب‬‎ of thing)
‫مع‬
sel to treat anyone kindly,
‫ ملعا‬to inform‫‏‬ to do anything well
‫‪TRILITERAL‬‬ ‫‪VERB:‬‬ ‫‪FORMS‬‬ ‫‪II, 111 AND‬‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫‪167‬‬
‫‪+‬تلوا الأعداء» يا‬

‫‪eye‬‬
‫البذو‪ .‬ق‬
‫‪0 BO‬‬
‫‪e‬‏ ‪0‬‬
‫‪k‬سل‬
‫ك|للمته أ‪U‬نير‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪09‬‬ ‫‪08‬‬ ‫‪93900-‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫)‪Mae‬‬
‫عع — ‪ilaJ‬‏‬ ‫‪la ga :‬‬ ‫‪LER‬‬ ‫‪et‬‏ نال ‪TSO‬‏ ‪sa‬‬ ‫حنود ‪.‬‬
‫مفتشو الوزارة ‪leu‬‏ الأولاد ‪eaf‬‏ ه‬

‫إن الرجال فتشوا ذلك‬
‫الك أن ‪eyl‬‏ ‪eJ‬‬ ‫وار وبعداشام ‪agt‬‏ ع‬
‫‪SNCee YN‬‬ ‫‪Casi‬‬ ‫‪‎‬واوا‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫هر‬ ‫ه‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬ه>‬ ‫=‬
‫دحو هئبا هناو‬ ‫هنا‬ ‫نا ‏‪ ly ps‬هابا‬ ‫‪ elle oe‬ديز‬ ‫لتبشير ‏‪ali‬‬
‫حو‬ ‫لا‬ ‫سس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‏‪ ices‬عنده‏‪ Qo (liv‬فس مرو خيشلا‬
‫ورور‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪FO‬‬ ‫‪eee‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪.SO‬‏‬ ‫ودسر‬ ‫‪bo‬‏‬ ‫دص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬
‫‏‪° Se‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ aJ‬له من‪‎‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫يدبر والله يقدر‪. )brevorp( ‎‬‬ ‫‪slo IY‬‬
‫—‪ b‬على والدى بالطريقة‬

‫‪C‬‏‪a‬‬
‫عن أسمك‪yy .‬‬ ‫بذلك‪0 .‬‬
‫‪ fb‬واجبك ‪a‬‏ تصدق‬ ‫‪eiS‬‬ ‫العريية» وهى ‪٠‬‏ « السلام ‪elid@e‬‏‬
‫عمو‬ ‫صو‪-‬‬ ‫‪eno‬‏‬ ‫و‬ ‫ره‬ ‫‪>-‬و‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬ه‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫الكاتب ‪ela‬‏‬ ‫هذا‬ ‫‪7-00‬‬ ‫‪A eep‬‬ ‫‪sl‬‏‬ ‫أصدقاءك وان‬
‫هه يج‪-‬‬ ‫‪"00-0‬‬
‫المكتب » ويعامل ‪lag‬‏ ‪ tee lba« sH‬امال ‪Sm‬‏‪Re gG‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫‪ 6,‬هتالك كمكان لذتف البيت أو‪lag‬‏‪518 lo‬بك‬
‫مغرمون بالسفر‪ .‬د ‪ -‬نظرت‬ ‫‪1‬لدنيا »‪22‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ال‬
‫‪5 Sg‬‬ ‫‏‪5 ates cath dyadde pe fyi‬‬
‫‪se‬‬ ‫ذلك اليوم ‪tg‬‏‬ ‫موق‬ ‫الليل © وفتحوها بدون ‪FES‬‏ ‪.‬‬
‫‪-a--‬‬ ‫للع‬ ‫و‬ ‫‏‪>” Tad‬‬
‫‪‎‬سراحلا ‪‎ «Ase‬غلبو ‪‎ (the latter) ine‬كيملا ‪‎ ot‬ةتدلاو ‪es 1‬‬

‫ساسم‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫"‪0-0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Ow-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪03-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‏‬
‫كط اامع‬ ‫م‬ ‫يا نساء‪.‬‬ ‫القهوة‬ ‫عدي‬ ‫‪ 3‬المدينة المجاورة ‪.‬‬
‫ب الدكان ‪FS‬‏ ‪ ela‬الكتاب ‪.‬‬ ‫ل‬

‫ص‬ ‫هو ودسَ‪-‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‏‪IIB‬‬
EXERCISE 38
1. Servant, bring us fresh (new) coffee at once from the kit-

chen. 2. The minister commanded them to bring forward
the robber. 3. I ordered them to tell their friends about this
affair, but they did not believe me. 4. Man proposes, but
God disposes. 5. Send that man to me, so that I may super-
vise his work. He has disobeyed my orders many times.
6. Bring in the doctor so that we can consult him about the
prince’s condition. 7. God brings you good news about a
son, whose name is (his name is) Jesus (eo): 8. Attack
(the attack) is the best way of defence. 9. Do not mix with
the people next door (lit. in the neighbouring house).
10. The government inspectors travelled to the village,
greeted the sheikh, and witnessed the horse races. Then they
inspected the new houses. 11. We saw the bedouins round
the well, from a distance, during the journey. 12. He kissed
her hands and informed her that he (asl) had become prime
minister. 13. They are fond of travel. 14. I will inform you
during the coming (ie) month. 15. He was big like his
father, but his sister was small like her mother. 16. He was
speaking to his wife, but she cut him short. 17. The horizon
was dark, but the bedouin mounted his camel and left the
village. 18. My son did his studies well, and his teacher
treated him kindly (use hh), 19. Where is peace in this
world of ours? 20. They are the new inspectors of agriculture.
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE
(Gately ‫دانا‬‎ Cul)

Forms V and VI
1. Derived Forms V and VI form a pair. They tend to be

Reflexives of Forms II and III, from which they are formed
by prefixing &. Moreover, they are both vowelled entirely
by fatha in the imperfect, but take damma on the middle
radical in the verbal noun.
FORM V Nad
2. Conjugation of ‫ملست‬‎ to take over, receive:

Imperf.
Perf. Indic. Sota Juss.

Bee theBAL ‫هيدر‬‎‫مو‬iecoh fe
‎‫تسلمت‬ ‫م‬ ‫تتسلم‬ 1
etc. etc. etc. etc.

Imperative
nie Part. Active Hive
a-- ‫وم‬‎ - ‫و‬-
© ot6 Part. Passive
F
|
Verbal noun As
Passive, Perf. tas Imperf. Indic. 5
169
MEANING PATTERNS
3. (a) This is most frequently the reflexive of II.

-a- -a--
re)- to separate; (3,4) (to separate oneself), to scatter.

‫مه‬ ‫دي‬
ale to teach; ‫ملعت‬‎ (to teach oneself), to learn.

- ‫م ري م‬
‫ ركذ‬to remind;‫( ركذت ‏‬to be reminded), to remember.‫‏‬

(b) It is also used to form verbs from nouns, especially nouns
of quality or stays, e.g.
56
from 4‫رصن‬‎ a Christian; as to become a Christian.
0 Eo ‫طي‬‎ ‫د‬
‫ ىدوهي‬a Jew;‫ دوهت ‏‬to become a Jew.‫‏‬
(c) Closely related to nieaning (b) is that of thinking or

representing oneself to have a certain quality or status, e.g.
‫ ريك‬great; ite, to think oneself great, to be‫‏‬
proud,
0 prophet; fate to represent oneself to be a

prophet.
FORM VI jets
4. This only differs from V in having the °alif after the first
radical. It is conjugated as follows:
wore
Conjugation of .}i% to fight with one another:

Imperf.
Perf. Indic. Subj. Juss
cba jt aetna
etc. etc. etc. etc.
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS V AND VI 171
Imperative
OF os 3 ‫اللا‬‎ ‫ل دوي‬
‎‫نقاتل‬ Part. Active pl
| etc. Part. Passive ‫لتاقتم‬‎

‫وه‬ --
Verbal noun ‫لتاقت‬‎
Passive, Perf. isa Imperf. Indic. ply
MEANING PATTERNS
5. (a) The reflexive of III, e.g.
-- - ws ee
‫ لتاق‬to fight;‫ لتاقت ‏‬to fight each other.‫‏‬

-- eee e
‫ براح‬to fight;‫ براحت ‏‬to fight each other.‫‏‬

eee -- ‫سس‬‎
Ogle to co-operate with; ‫ثنواعت‬‎ to co-operate together.

-- = ee ee
‫ قفاو‬to agree with;‫ قفاوت ‏‬to agree together.‫‏‬

In this sense, this form of verb must always have a dual
or plural subject, though, of course, when the third person
verb comes first it will always be in the singular.
-‫صضرون‬ ‫مب‬ ‫سل‬
‫قفاوت ازحناب‬ the two parties agreed with each other.‫‏‬

0-9 ‫عسي‬ ‫سدم‬
oud ‎‫تقاتل‬ the two armies fought each other.

3
But the subject is sometimes a collective word such as ‫سان‬‎
50>
or ‎‫ قوم‬people.
00°03 ‫مب‬ ‫سد‬
‫ نواعت موقلا‬the people co-operated (together).‫‏‬

(b) Even more than Form V, Form VI is used with the
meaning of simulating a state or status, or representing
oneself to have it, e.g.
or ‎‫ساس‬
del
5 ignorant; ‫له‬‎‫ اجن‬to affect ignorance,
is + busy; jes to pretend to be busy.

apes
ore we ee
‫ره‬Us clear (from 5 to appear);‫ رهاظت ‏‬to feign.‫‏‬

VOCABULARY
a pl. “el trace, footstep ies pl. Jubl child, baby

(in pl. also means paca pie
“antiquities”’) ‫كحض‬‎ (<) to laugh (at Je)
ae pl. ‫ٌناعجش‬‎9 ‫ارتست‬pl. yeas Christian

‫ ةهج‬pl. ol — side, point of‫‏‬ Fe 27 2‫ه‬‎
L 48! stron
view ‫ىوق‬‎Pie ‫دوق‬‎ 1 5
2 ite Sa2 5
‎‫ كذلك‬in the same way 39 pl. Ag ‘ C38 power,
likewise, moreover strength, force
50 545 5308
64 strength, severity, vio- Eb? ‫و‬‎ ‫ عرذا‬arm,
lence forearm
sis violently, strongly ‫حالس‬‎pl. Fok weapon, arm

=
VERBS OF FORM V
‎‫ تكلم‬to speak (may be transi- ‫تمهل‬‎ to go slowly, to be slow
tive) Lobes
sae foll ‫بجيعت‬‎ to wonder,
ee be astonished
‫ مدقت‬to come forward‫‏‬ ‫و‬
‫را‬ oh to learn‫‏‬
‫ قرفت‬to separate, one from‫‏‬
-a--
another ‎‫ تشرف‬to have the honour,

‎‫ تشكر‬to be grateful be honoured
‎‫ ند كر‬ot rebmemer ‎‫ توقع‬ot tcepxe
VERBS OF FORM VI
‫ ثداحت‬to converse together‫‏‬ ‫ لتاقت‬to fight each other‫‏‬

-- we
c- ee
‫ قرافت‬to disperse‫‏‬ ‫ قفاوت‬to agree together‫‏‬
ee ee
4s to meet each other “Ske .

‎‫ بل‬7 ‫ تظاهر‬to feign, show, demon-
‫ نواعت‬to co-operate together strate‫‏‬
‫‪TRILITERAL‬‬ ‫‪VERB:‬‬ ‫‪FORMS‬‬ ‫‪V AND‬‬ ‫‪VI‬‬ ‫‪173‬‬
‫‪EXERCISE‬‬
‫‪93‬‏‬
‫َو‬ ‫خ‪-‬‬
‫تايل "نيزا"الله العربية؟ نعم» يا سيدى» أتكلمها قليلاً‪.‬‬

‫سمه‬ ‫سسااس‬ ‫سس‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫دو‬
‫تقذ ‪yt‬‏‬ ‫تلك ‪epa‬‏‬ ‫ا‬ ‫حلسا يتحادثان ‪3‬‬ ‫الامير اه‬ ‫‪— 3‬‬
‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪-wo‬‬ ‫‪re‬‬
‫تناد نوين با‬ ‫يمن‬ ‫سمع الرجال ذلك» تقدموا ‪eoC‬‏ إلىجهته‪5‬‬
‫‪--‬‬
‫دو‬ ‫‪OW‬‬ ‫‏‪IO-E‬‬
‫العدو ‪yaB‬‏ القتال ‪)er‬‏ ذلك‬ ‫تعحينا ‪x‬‏ ‪0‬‬ ‫يا خادمة؟ ه —‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪EK‬‏‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‪ edo‬لتمهله‬ ‫‪ea‬‏‬ ‫الطفل‬ ‫ضحك‬ ‫—‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫المشهور‪.‬‬ ‫اليوم‪.‬‬
‫‪aa‬‬ ‫م‪‎‬‬ ‫‪Ae‬‬ ‫‪ns‬‬ ‫‪Ugbsl‬‬ ‫‪ol ayy‬‬ ‫‪ayes‬‬
‫ا سان ا لونرع‬ ‫أصدقاء » ‪cp‬‏ ‪1‬‬ ‫اي‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫و‬
‫مع‬‫س‬
‫‪el‬الآيزين ملو الباقتيىتح اذه ‪.‎‬تقولا ‪Sem dl ai.‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫سس‬ ‫‪-o‬‏‬ ‫د صرة‬ ‫‪--0.‬‬
‫‪ ,ec‬الم من لغتك الصعبة‪ .‬و ح الذراع الطويلةٌ‪‎‬‬

‫‪ erom( )tnatropmi law‬من‪ taed | lwof ‎‬للجندى القوى‪. ‎‬‬
‫‪ eD‬سويا آثارأغدائهم‪ .‬الشجعان » يوا بعد ذلك ويم ات‪‎‬‬

‫‪9‬م‪‎‬‬ ‫موافقيك ‪.‬‬ ‫فل‪ ea ‎‬حضورى ‪0‬‬ ‫‪”SI‬‬ ‫‪el A GA‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪oy‬‬ ‫‪‎‬و‬ ‫هر‬ ‫‪-o--‬‬
‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪ela‬‬ ‫‪ee‬‬ ‫عر ‏‪ae‬‬

‫لم ‪eoS‬‏ ‪y‬ت‪y‬ع‪V‬ا‪a‬ون‬ ‫وقد تنصرت أنت؟ ‪yy‬‏ — ‪SS‬‬
‫الال سر و كانه من‬ ‫ذاك الرحل ‪lla‬‏ ا‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪--00‬‬ ‫دياو‬
‫‪gee en‬‬ ‫‪‎ - + .‬ملستن‬ ‫بهذي كلملا ‪.‬ةكمل‬ ‫‪a el‬‬
‫‪1. We‬‬ ‫‪conversed‬‬ ‫‪about this affair yesterday morning,‬‬ ‫‪but‬‬

‫‪did not agree. 2. The Muslims and Christians fought each‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪other a long time (use 23) ago, but they agree today in‬‬
many things. 3. The learned men were talking together

about the antiquities of Egypt. 4. We expect the enemies’
advance from this side. 5. The children were grateful to
their grandmother, and kissed her; she was astonished at
this. 6. She remembered that they (ail) used to laugh at her.
7. Let us agree and co-operate; let us learn our new and
important work, and be strong in everything. 8. Moreover,
let us follow the road of duty. 9. Hassan and Zaid fought
violently, but Hassan’s arm broke, and his sword fell to the
ground. 10. Strength is more important than weapons to the
brave. 11. The travellers separated in the desert and were
kilied by the Bedouins. 12. I do not understand you. Speak
Arabic! 13. I am a foreigner. Can you go slowly in your
speech; then perhaps I will understand you? 14. You are
feigning ignorance, sir. You know our language. 15. We met
in Damascus two years ago. 16. The king was astonished at
the bravery of his young soldiers. 17. I am going to the uni-
versity to meet a professor. 18. We co-operated during the
war, then separated after it. 19. The learned man used to
feign ignorance, and the people did not hear his words.
G--200 -
20. It was anticipated (el (‫نم‬‎ that the session would be
long, because the subject was difficult and important.
CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO
‎)‫ والعشرون‬GUT CUI

Forms VII and VIII
1. Derived forms VII, VIII, IX and X, as already stated,

really form a group. They all begin with ’alif, which has
hamzatu l-wasl, but which takes kasra when beginning a
statement. (They should be distinguished in this respect
from Form IV, in which the additional ’alif has the proper
hamza, or hamzatu l-qat ¢). Moreover, in the Imperfect, all
except IX take a kasra on the Middle Radical, after previous
fathas. In Form IX we may imagine that there was originally
a kasra but with the telescoping of the doubled final radical,
it disappeared.
---6
FORM VII ‫لعفنإ‬‎
2. Conjugation of eel to break (intransitive):

Imperf.
Perf. fe Subj. ee
ray ‫يدش‬‎ ‫ترف‬

Si al Sl Sil
etc. 5 etc. etc.
175
Imperative
‫ده‬
‫سيكا‬ Part. Active ne‫‏‬

(actae)
‫ ى‬al etc. Part. Passive p<.‫‏‬
Verbal noun fiers)
(Passive, Perf. pecs) (rare) Imperf. Indic. As)
MEANING PATTERN
3. Though originally the Reflexive of the root form, it is,

to all intents and purposes, a Passive now, e.g.
‫ساس‬ ‫مه‬
Wk: to uncover; ‫فثكتا‬‎ to be uncovered.
aes to break (tr.); a to break (intr.).

--e ---9
Ais to hold (mod., of meetings, conferences); ‫دقعنا‬‎ to

be held.
---6
oa to overturn; ‫بلقنا‬‎ to be overturned or reversed.

‫عام‬
Note, however, heal to go off, depart.
The use of this form as a pure Passive has become very

widespread in colloquial language. In Classical Arabic it
might be argued that there is a subtle difference between
the Passive of Form I and Form VII. If one says ‫كالا‬‎ on
the window was broken, one ought to imply, theoretically
at any rate, that the agent is discoverable; whereas if one
‫ص‬ ‫معام‬
‫وم‬
uses the VII form and says Ayes a one ought, 09

theoretically, to suggest that the human agency, if any,i
undiscoverable!
4. Form VII is not found in verbs beginning with hamza,

ya’, ra, lam, and nin. (See below, Form VIII).
é
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS VII AND VIII 177

22 2
FORM VIII ‫لعتفا‬‎
5. This may present some difficulty at first, because a ta” is
inserted between the first and second radicals, in addition to
the prefixing of ’alif with hamzatu I-wasl.
---9
Conjugation of ‫عمتجا‬‎ to assemble.

Imperf.
a sat =)
Perf: Indic. Subj. Juss.
ie =0) 1 ROK <- ‫ا‬‎ad 6-6-2
2 ot ees 3
Ee:
eed 2
1
Bie Gea
: a8 °
at
bee:
socked! ee oF =
29 0— 10 SEzO= 2 SOs ‫ه‬‎ 07
2 | ws es ans
20-6 2 os 2-0 --0-

5 i es xd
Se 05 a aes,
Etc. fc. etc. etc.

Imperative
o 75 1 2000-0
‎‫اجتجع‬ Part. Active oe

-6 8 S209
‎‫ اجتمعى‬ete Part. Passive aot
Verbal noun ‫عامتجا‬‎

ee | B= =.
Passive, Perf. ‫عجتجا‬‎ Imperf. Indic. os
6. The ta? introduced after the first radical undergoes

certain changes:
(a) If the first radical is one of the emphatic letters ‫صر‬‎ ‫ضر‬
L, ‫ظر‬‎ the ta’ is changed into a ‫طر‬‎ this is assimilated to a ‫ط‬‎
or 4 which is then written with tashdid e.g. ‫عنص‬‎ “to make”
- ‫جات‬ - 6
--
--- 60
forms ‎‫ اصطنع‬: ‫“ ضرب‬to strike” forms :‫برطضا‬‎ ab “to rise”

‎2‫م‬ 2 6 -ٍِ
forms ‎‫ ظلم إطلع‬ot“ eb ’’krad smrof ‎‫ إظلم‬dna ‎‫طلم‬.
(b) If the first radical is 5, 5 or j, the ta’ is softened

to 5; this is assimilated to a 5, which is then written with
--e --e -- ‫دو‬‎ ---
tashdid e.g. ‫كرد‬‎ forms 5551; ‫محز‬‎ forms :‫محدزا‬‎ +5 forms

jel and .‫رخدا‬‎
(c) If the first radical is ‫ثر‬‎ it sometimes assimilates the
dd --G --%5
eg. ‎‫ ثبت‬forms ‎‫ اثبت‬or ‎‫اتبث‬.
MEANING PATTERNS
7. (a) Form VIII is the most elusive from this point of

view, and is difficult to pin-point. Indeed, it seems to be
reserved for odd by-ways of meaning, e.g.
‫ برض‬to strike;‫ ب ‏‬eel to be disturbed, shaken.‫‏‬

oor ---6
‫ لمح‬to carry;‫ لمتحا ‏‬to bear, in the sense of endure, to‫‏‬

be probable.‫‏‬
ewe ---6
‫ مرح‬to forbid; py! to respect.‫‏‬

It often has the same meaning as the root form, e.g.
LIES
‫ مسب‬to smile;‫( مستبا ‏‬same meaning).‫‏‬
(b) Like VII, it can be the reflexive of the Simple Verb,

oo ---6
e.g. ¢& to collect; ‫عمتجا‬‎ to collect themselves, assemble.

(hence ‎‫ إجتماع‬meeting)
‫ عمس‬to hear; (J) eo to listen (to).‫‏‬
‫ لغش‬to occupy, keep busy;‫ لغتشا ‏‬to be busy, to work.‫‏‬
(c) It also has the sense of doing something for oneself:

- --0
‫ بسك‬to acquire;‫ | بستك ‏‬to gain.‫‏‬

‫ فشك‬to uncover;‫ فشتكا ‏‬1 to discover.‫‏‬
‫‏‬ewo ‫م‬ ‫وعم‬
‫ عدب‬to initiate;‫ عدتبا ‏‬to invent.‫‏‬

(d) There is occasionally a reflexive meaning such as one

- ‫ساس‬ ‫سم‬ ‫وم‬
might expect of Form VI, ‫مصخ‬‎ to strive; ‫مصتخا‬‎ to strive

-- - - ‫وعمس‬
with one another; III ‫كراش‬‎ to take part with; ‫كرتشا‬‎ to con-
tribute towards, participate.
‫ = )ةكرش‬a commercial firm or company)‫‏‬
8. Some triliteral verbs have & as final radical. In the

Perfect, where the pronominal suffix of the person has vowell-
ed ‫تر‬‎ the two letters are assimilated, and may be written as
gee 3_0
one, with tashdid, e.g. ‫تفل‬‎ VIII, ‫تفتلا‬‎ to turn towards, pay
attention to. 1
a--o
‫ تفتلا‬I turned towards.‫‏‬
a--0
‫ تفتلا‬you (masc. sing.) turned towards.‫‏‬
Cis) you (fem. sing.) turned towards.

‫وددشه‬
‫ متفتلا‬you (masc. pl.) turned towards.‫‏‬
Similar assimilation may take place where the final radical
is ‫د‬‎ and ‫طر‬‎ and even 3, ‫ضر‬‎ & and .‫ث‬‎ In these instances,
however, the two letters are written separately, but the ‫ت‬‎
of the suffix may have tashdid, e.g.
‫ دقع‬to tie, hold (a meeting);‫‏‬

aor
>
‫ تدقع‬I tied.‫‏‬
(cy) at to be pleased, VII of i to spread out:‫‏‬

ih ‎‫ل‬
‎‫ انبسطت‬uoy .csam( ).gnis erew .desaelp
aoe Be oe
‫ ثعب‬to send;‫ تثعب ‏‬I sent.‫‏‬
-
Soci to grasp, arrest (with direct object or (‫ىلع‬‎
eons I grasped.
VOCABULARY
‫ (—)مسق‬to divide‫‏‬ 5200France

-o-- 53 Cee
awd5 pl. nual division, part‫‏‬ slats ‘ ‫ىمسنرف‬‎ French
es 13 ‘ 13)behold! see!‫‏‬
0 ey Britain
13‎»‫ إِذَن‬therefore, then - -o£
‫ المانيا‬Germany‫‏‬
‫مدق‬pl. ue foot (part of‫‏‬
body, or measurement)‫‏‬
ee possible (Act. Part. of
Su pl. Obs youth, young
-
xl
-- oO£
man
‫ لثم‬pl.‫ ٌلاثمأ ‏‬like (this word‫‏‬ are ees passenger
is anoun and takes a follow-‫‏‬ (rider)
ing genitive, it does not
‎‫ ار‬for the feminine) oe pl. ate number,
amount
‫ ريخأ‬last, recent‫‏‬
‫ عدم‬lack‫‏‬
|Ea recently, finally
‫دمو‬
‫د‬ ‫لماع‬pl.‫ لامع ‏‬labourer, worker‫‏‬
‫ا‬ (pl. of noun‫ (ساسة ‏‬poli-‫‏‬
= OOS
tical, politician ‫ مستشفى‬hospital‫‏‬

VERBS OF FORM VII
(‫ طسبنا )نم‬to be pleased (with)‫‏‬ Be to be defeated

---96
3 »2il to depart, go away ‫ دقعنا‬to be tied, to be held‫‏‬

(meeting)‫‏‬
ol to be broken
‫ بلقنا‬to be overturned,‫‏‬
ESI to be disclosed reversed‫‏‬
VERBS OF FORM VIII
---96 ‫وعدم‬
‫ ركتفا‬to think‫‏‬ ‫ برتقا‬to approach (with 3)‫‏‬

Note: (6 Form II, to‫‏‬ (a)‫ تفتلا ‏‬to turn (to), pay‫‏‬
think about)‫‏‬ attention (to)
Bie c zoe
‎‫ اضطرب‬to be disturbed, ‫مرتحا‬‎ to respect
excited eens
‎‫ده‬ ‫ اشتغل‬ot eb ,ysub ,deipucco
‎‫ انتظر‬ot ,tiawa tcepxe :ot krow
---9
---9
(‫ فرتعا )ب‬to recognize, con-‫‏‬ <>! to gather together,
fess assemble
(Je) ‫رمل‬‎ to be victorious (hence ‫عمتجملاو‬‎ society in the
(over) (lit. to be helped) general sense)
EXERCISE 41
0 ‫م‬‎ 6 0 -
aes
‎‫حمالا‬ ‫الركاب‬ ‫من‬ oe‎‫ اكز أإن‬ysoc ep 3 ela
. ‫نكم كثيرون والأعداء قليلوالعدد‬ ‫م لماذاا‬- ‫س‬ |

-- -00
pastas es tes ) ‫ٌناجنفلا‬‎ ‫ ىديس ) رسكلا‬lL: ‫ةمداخا‬‎ 00

‫مم‬ - 1 2 ‫وعه‬ -0- - 09 ---6
‫والمانيا » وبعد‬ ‫ مس اجتماع بين سفراء بريطانيا يا‬Aisi] — ‫‏‬6
. ‫‏ مدة طويلة‬I ‫ فكرفى هذا‬- ‫ د‬. ‫ساعة انصرف السفير الفرنسى‬

209 0£00 = a O--6 ‫بيوصل‬‎
11‫ةيرخ نيك‬.١١‫ىماستلا مدع‏‬:‫ هببصو‬olbel ji en‫‏‬

grr
Ae 3 ‫تفتلا‬‎ - ‫ هلا‬ol ‫ف‬‎ oles aS ‫مارتحا‬‎
cml ‎‫مثل هذا العمل غير ممكن فى‬- ¢ stej sG
cifel — yy . ‫هراظتنا‬‎ ‫كي‬ ‫ نم‬5 nga

re ee ae Oe ce eh ‫لاو‬‎ ree ‫ب‬‎
. ‫ةريخألا‬‎ ‫ ايلاطيإوىفبرحلا‬GLH Je Ulan» ‫ترتب‬‎
> ‫وو‬ -- ‫دنم‬
‫فويس‬ W—‫‏‬ 4 ‫انيلع‬. ‫ ىرصم لبقي‬oe BE Gir.‫‏‬

ed -
edb‫‏‬
= S- -
. ‫ انم‬Wg he YS
‫نك‬‎ -- > 20 -o-
‫ ىمدق ىتخوزو‬de‫— تبهاذ ‏‬jy‫‏‬

- o--
&
2» ‫دوعو‬ ‫‏‬O‫ص‬B‫ادس ر‬ = 002" ‫(‏‬١-

‫) لكي‬ ‫ف‬ ‫وت‬ a 2-26 ‫‏‬-
‫ دالوالا‬- ‫و‬, . ‫ هيفا اده باطخلا لكب مارتحا‬7‫ك‬ le aS;‫‏‬
-0- 908 0
- ‫‏‬١ ‫مو‬ 1‫و‬ 6 00 2
‫قبل‬ ‫‏‬.yN .‫الظهر‬ ‫بعد‬ 37C ‫‏‬no ‫إذن‬ .‫غاتبون‬
١ ‎‫العمل‬
--90
EXERCISE 42
1. The Labour Party (lit. party of the workers) was victorious

in the recent elections. 2. How many hours have you been
waiting for us? 3. I turned to him respectfully (with respect),
greeted him, then went off. 4. You will be pleased with your
large shares. 5. I told the politicians recently to recognize
the rights of the Arabs. 6. They said that is not possible now.
7. Do you think that Germany was not defeated in the
recent war? Then who was victorious? 8. A meeting was held
between the Prime Ministers, and it was attended by (use
Active) a number of Arab ministers. 9. The state of the
world has become disturbed, and we do not know the
reasons. 10. Why do you not think about the matter? Perhaps
the truth will be revealed to you. 11. The vehicle turned
over and the merchandise was broken. 12. Lo and behold
[there was] a man riding a white horse. 13. The young men
divided everything (translate literally). 14. Men like these
(the likes of these men) do not recognize the truth, even
(a when they hear it. 15. Go away, girl, and occupy
yourself in the kitchen. That is your duty. 16. I told you to
approach me. Why do you not do so (that)? 17. There is a
political disturbance in the streets today. 18. I was angry at
the breaking of the two plates. 19. My grandmother thinks
that the youth of today are lazy. 20. She is not pleased with
them.
CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE
‎)‫) الثالث والعشرون‬luS

Forms IX, X, and XI
1. Form IX, jl is characterised by a prefixed ’alif with

hamzatu |-wasl and the doubling of the final radical. In
certain parts, however, the doubled letter is written as two
separate letters; in which case, the first of these two has
kasra in some instances, thus bringing it into line, as regards
vowelling, with forms VII, VIII and X. In this connection
note especially the Jussive aud Imperative in the following
table.
‫ده‬
Conjugation of‫ رجا ‏‬to be or become red:‫‏‬
Perfect
Sing. Dual Plur.
‫دن‬ ‫= ع‬ peal Hel

‎‫احمرتا‬ ‎‫إحمررن‬
Ly na! ‎‫م‬
Sno!
‫احمررنا‬
Imperfect Indic. Subj. Juss.
0” > ‫مر‬‎
Sing.3. p. m. Je
5
‎‫مور‬
o- 07
‫تحمرر‬
183
3

- ‫دودس‬ won‫‏‬ ‫دودس‬
Sing. 2. ,‫و‬‎ Cpe ‫ىرمخ‬‎ Cr
d-0% G- 08 0-08
” 1 ” Bema? ‫رمحا‬‎ DS em?
eC a-o- ‫عود‬‎
Dual 3.,, m. ‫نارمحي‬‎ los ‫ارمحي‬‎
‎‫م‬ 0 G-o-
AP sea ‫‏‬te P | ‫تحمران‬ ‫تحمرا‬ ‫تحمرا‬
‫م‬0 ‫‏‬-o-G ‫هه‬
‫وو‬ 2 ” ‫تحمران‬ ‫تحمرا‬ ‫تحمرا‬
2 ‫وده‬ ‫دود‬ ‫دود‬

Plur. 3.,, m ‫نورمحب‬‎ ‫اورمحي‬ ‫اورمحب‬
-0 -0- ‫عم‬‎ -0- ‫ عمه‬-0-
‎‫ل‬ cf Wee Wr Ore
Plur. 27 ‫وو‬‎ 0
Airis
‫نورمحت‬
oe
‫اورمحت‬
iat
‫اورمحت‬
0-0-0 el Raa CT el ee
” 2 ” f OF ‫لررمحت‬‎ O)
‎‫دود‬ ‫هد‬ eA
‫وو‬ 1. 33 pt‫‏‬ ‫غحمر‬ Ua‫‏‬
Imperative
Sing. 2. m. ee) Dual. 2. eel Plur. 2. m. |Apes
PSD fingpor ee Det Ope!

‫ع‬
‫وود‬
Part. Active ‫رمحم‬‎
Part. Passive not used.
g6- 6
Verbal noun ‫راريحا‬‎

Passive tenses not in use.
2. The rule as to when the final doubled radical is to be

written as one letter with tashdid, and when as two separate
letters, is the same as the rule that will be given in the next
chapter for the Doubled Verb. It is quite simple:
(a) When the final letter has sukiin, either because of the
suffix, or because it is Jussive or Imperative, the two letters
must be written separately, e.g.
TRILITERAL VERB: FORMS IX, X AND XI 185
‎‫ماح‬
‎‫ احمر‬,arramhi eh emaceb .der TUB
‫مام‬
‫ اانررمخ‬ihmararnd, we became red.‫‏‬
6-6
‫ ررمحا‬ihmarir, become red! (Imperative masc. sing.)‫‏‬
BUT‫‏‬
w- 6
‫ ىرمحأ‬ihmarri, become red! (Imperative fem. sing.)‫‏‬
(b) When the final letter is vowelled, the two are coalesced.
This does not, of course, apply to the verbal noun, where
the long ’alif interposes between the two final letters.
3. Form IX is only used for colours and defects, and
therefore the corresponding adjectives will also be found of
I-06
the measure ‫لعفا‬‎ Oe Chapter Eleven).
I-06
e.g. Sou! black. ‫د‬‎cen to be or become black.
4. Form XI, ‫لاعفإ‬‎ is rarely found except in poetry. Some

Arab grammarians describe it as stronger, others as weaker
than IX. But the truth may well be that it is used, either for
the exigencies of metre, or for the musical effect. It is conju-
gated exactly the same, save that the ’alif comes before the
last (doubled) radical. See the table in Chapter Nineteen.
- -0-60
FORM X ‫لعفتسا‬‎
5. This is an extremely common form.
Conjugation of neal to think beautiful, and, more
commonly, to consider preferable or desirable, to admire.
Imperfect
_———— ‫ل‬ ‫ح‬
‫ل‬ ‫س‬‫ججح‬
Perfect Indic. Subj. Juss.
NANO
‎‫مسحب‬
240) 3
aa
6: O'=
‎:‫يستحسر‬
+ o- 07 °
Pet
2>
Or = 7
‫راو‬‎ ne
vag _—
= OPI8
é 6
= -
Cioar Tee
0 a beet Pt ‫نإ‬‎ ‫فه‬

Ae Po BESS)
Perfect Indic. Subj. Juss.

0-0-0 = o- o- BP fe Oe we os
we Zw! ‫نري‬‎ a 9 ‫د‬‎
00‫د‬‎ 2 0-08 - 0-08 6 ‫ه‬+>‫ه‬

we . i or 3 || 0 || ‫ا‬‎ rns |
etc. etc. etc. etc.
Imperative
‎‫إن‬ 670 5 22 613
‎‫استحسن‬ Part. Active ‫نسحتسم‬-‎

5 ‫>ه‬-‫ه‬‎ A 5 ‫ةمدخ‬-‎ ‫د وم‬
‎‫]© استحسى‬. Part. Passive (prin

9 > ‫ها‬‎ ‫اة‬
Verbal noun ‫ناسحتسا‬‎

7 030) 1 ‫ا‬‎ nO OLS.
Passive, Perf. oe‫تما‬‎ Imperf. Indic. ‫نسحتسي‬‎
MEANING PATTERNS OF FORM X
6. (a) There are two common meanings. The first is to

desire or ask for oneself the action or state of the root verb.
25 FOS 6
€.g. ‫رضح‬‎ to attend; ‫رضحتسا‬‎ to summon (to ask for the

attendance of).
- = ‫دوه مه‬
‫ ملع‬to know;‫‏‬ ‫ ملعتسا‬to ask for information, to‫‏‬

i inquire about.‫‏‬
5 2
‫ | نذا‬to permit;‫ نذاتسا ‏‬to ask for permission (to ask‫‏‬
5 leave to depart).‫‏‬
wee --0-6
‫ رفغ‬to forgive; jie to ask forgiveness.‫‏‬
(b) Equally common is the estimative significance. This is

usually from intransitive verbs.
€.g. (y= to be beautiful; reuse to find beautiful, to

consider preferable.
‫دوم‬ --0-0
‫ حبق‬to be ugly;‫ حبقتسا ‏‬to loathe, find ugly.‫‏‬

(c) Causative.
oe --0-06
‫ مدخ‬to serve;‫‏‬ ‫ مدختسا‬to employ (cause to serve),‫‏‬

- --0-0
‫ دهش‬to witness;‫‏‬ ‫ دهشتسا‬to call to witness (cause to‫‏‬

witness).
(d) This form is particularly rich in various extensions of
meaning from the root, which cannot be classified.
--0-0
e.g. ‫ لمع‬to do;‫ لمعتسا ‏‬to use.‫‏‬
e to be or become true or certain;

a--6
‎‫ استحق‬to deserve, merit.
-- --0-0
‫ لبق‬to receive, accept; Sedu to welcome or receive‫‏‬

a person.
VOCABULARY
3707 0307 2 x0
pel the future ‫نابايلا‬‎ Japan.
3 -
a pl. EA) opinion ‎‫ يابالى‬Japanese
als pl. Bis event
‎‫ روسيا‬Russia
‫ قلم رصاص‬pencil‫‏‬ 35 ’ 5 ‫د‬‎ 7
sea
‎‫ روسى‬Pl. ‎‫ روس‬Russian
ishs national, nationalist G-0 0
mod. ‫ إكترا‬England‫‏‬
= é = of
fess (<2\cto eae sketch ‫ ‘ كريما‬byl America‫‏‬
5 pl. os) sketch, drawing ‫‏‬g ‫عه‬ .
‫ امريق‬American‫‏‬
‫ ىمسر‬adj. official‫‏‬
> ‫َه‬ ‫ دض‬prep. against‫‏‬
hs! pl. Gel member
a? 2 Go 2
Fer pl. Gets bomb ‎‫ اوروبا‬pe Europe.

iia pling‫نيناوق‬‎ law (cf. canon)
Zu -
‫ د رى‬atomic‫‏‬
gh- 5 2» 5-9 5-93
‫ ناش‬pl.‫ نووش ‏‬matter, affair 3) 9 pl.‫ صور ‏‬picture‫‏‬
‫ )ةسائ‬leadership, chairman- 0 a 1 the press (news-‫‏‬
ship, presidency papers)‫‏‬
5 2 9 “09 Ct ‫ا‬‎
‎‫ فارس‬pl. ‎‫ فرسان‬6 pS) ‫اوف‬‎ horse- 2 aE
3 : 1 ‫اورو‬‎ 1‫ال‬ las 0‫ك‬‎

man, knight
3 “ie
He pl. oat story S)‫قرض‬‎ necessary, essential
VERBS OF FORM X
Os FAIA
‎‫ استفهم‬to enquire ‫ركتسا‬‎ to consider great
‎‫ استقبل‬to receive, entertain Bes a

536 . ٠.
Cie ats e
‫عتسأ‬-‎ too hast
hasten, b be in a
‎‫ استخدم‬to employ hurry
--0-06
‫ لمعتسا‬to use Dae.‫‏‬

7-0-5
‫ملعتسا‬ to ask anyone for‫‏‬
‎‫ استحسن‬to approve, think information about some-
best, admire thing
EXERCISE 43
-6ie --Bo0 -- ‫د‬‎ - meee) meee =
‎‫ و‬-0800 --08 Gir “023‫نو‬‎>

‫ا‬ ci‫‏‬ ‫ ءادعألا هيلع وكلا‬St ar;‫‏‬
‫لمعتسإ ملق صاصر‬-‫ ع‬. ‫( تلعف حرابلا‬for Lge)‫ عمًا ‏‬SUI‫م ‏‬

ore ‫و‬ 2 OF ‫"‏‬6
‫ليسمعوا كلام‬ 32‫للْأعْضَاء‬

‫ك ا‬‫أن يحَصْر‬ ‫نستحسن‬ - 0 ahd‫‏‬
eset 664 ATT ay il he eae

- 2 - ry eed, 2s ae OAD: Omar a
ctw a ‫ص‬‎ - ‫دودو‬ َ‫ه‬ 0 s6 2 gee 05

. ‫‏ المستقبل‬G ‫) اليا آرائكم‬ase ‫‏‬lA ‫آليابان فى‬

‫‏‬egaseL ‫امفيك رئيس الوزراء اليابانى سفراء دول أتواة اسقيا‬
8 pe
3 ‫مو‬‎ cory ab --00 -- 300
- -
‫رئاسة رئيس وزراء‬ ‫ع‬ ‫مر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫‏‬١١ ‫ا‬

. ‫عن سياسة روسي‬ tics‫‏‬
ic sa ‫ةيبرعلا‬‎ ‫ ةصقلا‬bd Wes nope Geer yard

. ‫ةيبرعلا‬‎ rer 3 phat (particle) Gis « ja —\r ‫و‬‎
.> -02 ‫ص‬‎ 6-07-07 o-7 2=6o7- aN 67
1
‫ — إن‬١ 5 SB emoc | ‫‏‬cpp » ‫ذلك‬ ‫عن‬ ‫ميك‬ ‫نعرف‬ Ses‫‏‬
‫ام‬
- ‫ و‬--0-0 ‫وهي‬ ‫هوص‬ ‫ود‬ - & aie Soy
ae 2‫‏‬
. ‫الإنكليزية فنستكيرها‬ ‫‏‬tial ‫اما‬ 1‫الصحافة العربية ضعيفة‬
‫‏ الفارس‬ee .‫ارد سياسةا الولي‬ 0

= ‫دودر‬ ‫هه‬
, . ‫ةنيفسلا‬.‎ BOLE Samed uae ie it

0- ‫مول‬
‫د‬ 00-02 َ ‫د‬
“00 ‫م‬ ‫ ده‬86+
—"¥ ‎‫و‬ ‫ الغريب ؟‬deetaas Si 5 )eliN( ‎‫اليل‬ )3 2
EXERCISE 44
1. What have you done girl? Why did you blush (become
red)? 2. The garden will become green in the summer after
--6-0
the rains of spring. 3. I do not think much of (use (‫نسحتسا‬‎

the English press today. 4. We expect reform in the future;
for that is the reason for the new law. 5. The official view is
that haste is necessary to these two states, because the enemy
have used these weapons for (since) many years. 6. Enquire
of the inspector about the employment of Japanese workers
in agriculture. 7. I fought against the enemy in Europe.
8. The king received the members of the council in his
palace. 9. That was the work of the nationalists. 10. They
are under the leadership of Hassan Abdullah. 11. ()) His

story is very strange. 12. He used to be (Oo) a teacher in
Cairo University. 13. My friend was employed in a foreign
embassy for a long period. 14. But he was not happy there,
so he thought best to leave his work (use Gl with the sub-
junctive). 15. A bomb fell on the Minister’s car and killed
him. 16. They used (the) atomic power. 17. Two atomic
bombs fell on Japan during the late war. 18. Do not think
much of the small; but do not also belittle eat the great.
Remember the story of David ‫(د‬‎919). 19. I drew a sketch of
this picture, but people thought it ugly. 20. What is your
opinion of (.3) these Italian pictures? Do you find them
good or not?
CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR
‎)‫(الباب الرابع والعشرون‬

Irregular Verbs. The Doubled Verb
1. The term “irregular” is, perhaps, inaccurate with regard
to Arabic Verbs, if by “irregular” we mean isolated idio-
syncrasies. Yet there are whole classes of verbs in which
certain changes or deviations take place owing to the laws of
contraction and assimilation. There are three causes:
(a) Where one of the three radicals is a weak letter, that is,
a waw or a ya’.
(b) Where one of the three radicals is a hamza. Early
Arab philologers classed the hamza as a weak letter with the
‎‫ و‬and <6, but in fact the main trouble is in rules of ortho-
graphy, rather than in actual changes.
(c) Where the second and third radical are identical,
i.e. the doubled verb. We have already encountered nouns
and adjectives from these verbs, e.g.
6
3 5 -
‫ حد‬a ‫;‏‬rehtafdnarg ‫يد‬‫ حد‬7
The Arabs divide verbs into two classes:
5 cee De Jas)
(a) Sound ‫)ملاس‬‎ .(‫لعف‬
(b) Unsound (4 Mewe dei).

These latter ae further divided into:
(i) ‫ٌحيحص‬‎ 0 comprising
(1) The Poitiers verb. (2) The hamzated verb.

Z-02 go 5 ‘
(ii) The weak verb ‫لتعم‬‎ ‫ لعف‬in which one of the radicals
is waw or ya’.
%-02
Note: ‎‫ = معتل‬sick
191
THE DOUBLED VERB ‫فعاضم‬‎ dei

2. It has been argued that the Semitic languages were
originally bi-literal rather than triliteral, thus bringing them
into liné with, and postulating common ancestry with,
Hamitic languages. However this may be, we do find a large
number of roots in Arabic in which there are only two
radicals, but (except in a few particles), the second radical
has been doubled, thus moulding the root into triliteral
form.* Apart from this, the three radicals of a root are
practically always different. We have odd cases of the first
and third radical being identical, e.g.
wy door (from b.w.b.), and ‫قلق‬‎to be restless, disturbed.
But it is almost unknown for the first and second radicals

3 -o-7
to be the same. An exception is elk, parrot.
3. The rules affecting the doubled verb have already been

touched upon in explaining form IX of the triliteral verb.
S20
(a) Assimilation (‫)ماغدإ‬‎ takes place, and the two identical

radicals are written as one with tashdid, when the third radical
carries a vowel.
e.g. ‎)‫ ارد (على‬ot ,erotser ot ylper ;)ot( = eh ;deilper
‎|‫ ردوا‬they replied.
In the Imperfect, this necessitates shifting the vowel forward

from the second radical:
‫‏‬roB ‫>ة رد‬
‫ دري‬yaruddu, he restores, for‫ ددري ‏‬eee aoe‫‏‬

:noitpecxE eht evissaP tcefreP fo III ‫‏‬si ‫ دد‬3 11111
(b) Assimilation does not take place where the third‫‏‬
* When we discuss quadriliteral Foot, we = find that sometimes
the biliteral root is doubled, e.g. Bit from ae
IRREGULAR VERBS. THE DOUBLED VERB 193
radical has sukiin. This, of course, applies especially to the

Imperative and Jussive, as well as certain other forms.
Shee
e.g. ‫انددر‬‎ we restored.
atte
O25) they (fem.) restored.
> 6367
O55, they (fem.) restore.

‫وه‬ 6>
25,5 we restore (Jussive).

6369
55)! restore! (Imperative).

oe
Norte: Thus verbs of the form ‫لعق‬‎ and ‫لعق‬‎ are only distinguished
from those of ‫لعف‬‎ in the uncontracted forms, e.g. ‫لم‬‎ to be bored

‎‫هو‬ >
with; ‫تللم‬‎ I was bored.
(c) Where the second radical is separated from the third

by a long vowel no assimilation can take place.
5 ‫و‬ >
e.g. ‎‫ مردود‬Passive Participle, I.
313)! Verbal Noun, IV.

4. Conjugation of ds to show:
Perfect
a- a- a-
Sing. 3. m. ‫لد‬‎ Dual ‫الد‬‎ Plur. ‫اولد‬‎
oa- -a- -o--
1 ‫تلد‬‎ 5 Wo a ‫نللد‬‎
Aya -390-- $2055
epee. ous 5 ‫امتللد‬‎ 1 ‫متللد‬
tad @ 90-7
‎‫ا‬ ‫دللت‬ a spe
yor-- 22
215 1 ‫تللد‬‎ 2535 ‫انللد‬

2 o- Gor 03 0- ‫سد‬‎ wor
‎‫يدل‬ ‫يدل‬ ‫يدلل‬, osla ‎‫ يدل‬ro ‎‫يدل‬
Ge Fr] = 030- Bor
ga ante ha or ‫لدي‬‎

© 5
‫تدل‬
00
‫ندلين‬
0
‫ادل‬
0 00‫ي‬1‫ال‬
‫©ا‬.5‫م‬
fs ‫‏‬212
‫يدلان‬ 32‫‏‬
Ge
\@e
‫مع‬
ES
‎‫خ‬
3 2‫و‬
‫ندلان‬
‫‏‬i ‫> راي‬ ‫رت‬
‫ندلان‬ ‫ندلا‬
2 bo‫‏‬ ‫ددا‬
‫يدلون‬ ‫يدلوا‬
FSO‫‏‬ “706306 -‫>هةوه‬
‫يد‬ ‫يدللن‬
3 &o-‫‏‬ ‫د‬
‫تدلون‬ ‫تدلوا‬
‫تدلان‬
cae‫‏‬ - 030-
‫تدللن‬
‫ددن‬ Go-‫‏‬
J‫‏‬ ‫ندل‬
Imperative‫‏‬
or a‫‏‬
‫وده‬
‫ادلل‬
202
ol ores‫‏‬
BOE
‫ادللا‬ or ‎‫دلا‬
9902
‫ادللوا‬ or ‎‫دلوا‬
-‫ودوء‬
‫أدللن‬
72 Si G7
Part. Active ‫لاد‬‎ Part. Passive ‫لولدم‬‎
It will be noted that in the Imperative and Jussive the

rule may be broken and the two repeated radicals may be
written with tashdid. In this case, the third radical is vowelled,
usually with fatha, but occasionally with damma or kasra.
5 Passive.
Perf. Imperf. Indic. Juss.
3 ae) ‫هب‬‎ 09
‫يدل‬ ‫يدلل‬
‫ل‬‫و كش‬
Atte‫‏‬
90-0
3 =a) ‫هج‬‎ 69
‫تدل‬ Nas‫‏‬
5 ‎‫ا‬ wry
Jas ‎‫تقال‬
030 201
‫ادل‬ ‫ادلل‬
etc. 6
DERIVED FORMS
Verbal
6. Imperf. Imper. Part. Act.
P P Noun
30-3 >‫ةهس‬‎ ‫>و هس‬- Ss 6>
II ‫يدلل‬ ‫دلل‬ ‫مدلل‬ ‫تدليل‬
We Aloe ‫ءلادم‬‎ aS
a -» 6 w
III
ag)
‫وداش‬
(Passive
a-é J ‎‫ ه‬OF Fe
IV ‎‫ادل‬ ‎‫يدل‬ pol J
‫يتدثل‬ Jae‫‏‬ ‫متدلل‬ as‫‏‬
‫ د يَيَو‬- oa--‫‏‬
Vv
--- oo. --
VI Macs HIG 0 Ales

d-o- 6 7-6 B-o>% §° = 40
VII Oo) el “oe cel

‎‫دود‬ 5 te 8-04 5 ar
VIII See ‫ددتا‬‎ ‫كعوح‬ ‫دادتما‬
(The VIII form of ‫دم‬‎ to stretch out, is given here,

because in the VIII form of ds there is assimilation— Jal ).
IX Seldom occurs.
a-- 0 2 Re Sikes
Xx ‫إستدل‬ ‫‏‬opa ‫إستدلل‬ -
‫ادل سيل‬
VOCABULARY
g-- 5 ‎‫ه‬2 -é
sole pl. ‫تارك‬‎ custom, habit ‎‫ اهل‬pl. Sle! people
-é 2
Bes pl. 1 we problem, ‎‫ كن‬pl. hope
question, matter
‫ةرارح‬st heat‫‏‬
$a-9
‫ فظوم‬pl. RY ~ official n.‫‏‬ se hot‫‏‬

6--
1‫ر‬1 Syria‫‏‬ _.
‫ةياكح‬pl. ele‫‏‬ story
2 ‫د‬ Ole,
‫ سورى‬Syrian‫‏‬ ‫ ةعرس‬quickly, with speed‫‏‬
5 ‎‫مد‬ ‫ه‬ 2 “80
‎‫ مشروع‬.lp yg ni ‘ too (cr)‫ لضفا ‏‬better (than),‫‏‬
scheme, project preferable (to)‫‏‬
DOUBLED VERBS
‘Ske (%) to stretch out 2. ae II to lay down, ordain,

a-t decide
‎‫ امد‬IV to help 5 Ge
a-o ‫ تقرير‬pl.‫ تقارير‏‬report‫‏‬
‎‫ امتد‬VIII to stretch znir.
ee
a-
‎‫ قرار‬decision, determination
ui () to narrate, recount, g-
tell ‎‫ عم‬uncle (paternal)
Su-
A 8 to collect 2. ‫ ةمع‬aunt (paternal)‫‏‬
‎‫ اه مع » إلى‬IIV ot ,nioj Ye asl VIII to be concerned

adhere
about, bother about, be
ae (2) to count, consider interested in
‎‫ أعد‬IV to prepare tr. 5 (2) to think, consider

a--0
‫ دعتسا‬X to prepare oneself,‫‏‬

Cs! IV to love, like
be prepared és (2) to injure
a-
‫ (~) رق‬to be settled‫‏‬ wel VIII to compel

a-
‫ (~) رس‬to rejoice t7., make‫‏‬ ‫) نح‬2( to be or go mad‫‏‬

glad ee a
$e2, 1 ‫ىلع‬‎ ‫) »بررم‬2( to pass (by)
_.) to be new a-
ae V to be renewed je ois Faia
ee 5 IV to complete
ve ‫سحا‬‎ IV to feel, be aware ike
“of ‫قحتسا‬‎ X to deserve, merit
EXERCISE 45
. ‫” تقبلها‬loi ‫‏‬lagiS‘ ‫‏ إلى الأمير‬ab ‫|دت الأميرة‬

‫م‬
-0 ‫‏‬-fo- -00-0-9- -- ‫وعد‬ ‫دود‬
‫در‬
‫للسفر» واحسمنا‬ slaoG ILW ‫‏‬ed ‫كانت الطريق الطويلة‬ y‫‏‬
» ‫ حينما نظرن هذا المشروع‬eo eva ‫‏‬sees ‫ا‬. ‫بسرور ف قلوبن‬

CBI
‫وروص‬- »& & - -e o- Gar -‫‏‬
REIS ‫بم‬‎‫نع‬ + ‫هب‬. HO ‫اجر‬‎of
=e nae = sdw-
4— ‫ اذه باتكلا ادملل سر ةيرصلا اهلك‬BY ee‫‏‬ .‫والدروس‬
5 ‫ فضلك‬3 0 ‫ هى حكاية ذلك الموظف ؟ ل تمه‬58
ilas ke ,llaf ‫‏‬lasyU ‫المسافرون الخيل لسفرهم‬ ‫م‬

‫ ىلإ‬coal oe
® (in any case)‫لاح ‏‬1 ities ath. ert 2 ji‫‏‬
I > ‫نص‬‎
‫السألة‬ ee )er hieri

‫!‏‬aa 1 . ‫التعاون مع الشكومة‬
.‫‏ التقرير‬KSG &‫رنى اسأتنحقاقاتك‬1‫س‬-) .‫نرائد‬

‫فى جريدةاملنب‬
‫مص نبي‬ oo OE --90 -‫‏‬
‫‏‬eS ‫و‬ 53 0 6
1 7 als 3 ‫هدعيل‬‎ ‫رصم‬ vier ‫عم‬‎ ‫شيح ايروس‬ was] — iy
aa 3
0 - 00 ‫واود‬‎ “arr 20
eee eee Bee eeepar a3,

a-0-0 wae‫‏‬ ‫سم‬ - --09
oath Cs ee era] ‫دربلا‬‎ oil i hy 32 ‫رارقلا‬‎

‫‏‬llac ‫ حائط‬- 5 . ‫لجل بسرالاسان‬ 0‫ر‬1 ‫ال‬

9-00 ---— Gr ‫بوا‬‎ ‫وو‬ a- I)
‫ كيلا‬Crt. Col Gere wy.‫‏‬ . ‫ تاعاس‬As ya‫ وكان ‏‬re‫بارد‏‬

oe - 0- oF
ee Ol
EXERCISE 46 _
1. The minister has written long reports on this matter, so
the government has been compelled to do something
(literally: a thing) for the deserving officials. 2. Syria asks
for an international scheme for the renewal of the people’s
hopes, and the completion of their happiness. 3. Help your
friends in times of anxiety, as is (like) the custom of the
Christians, Muslims and Jews. 4. I realized that he (434) had
gone mad through (from) the heat. 5. I passed many fine
buildings during my visit to the West. 6. Affairs have
settled down in the foreign companies. 7. The government
has laid it down that the people should be ready to fight, all of
them, and to join the army at all times. 8. Tell me (de) the
story, for I like it greatly. 9. The English like horse racing
in the cold season. 10. Do you think he is pleased? (translate:
do you think him pleased?) 11. He is angry at the govern-
ment’s decision. 12. I am not bothered about the Syrian
question. 13. Hope is preferable to fear. 14. The cultivation
(agriculture) stretches from here to Damascus. 15. My work
will be complete in a week’s time. 16. Go quickly, and tell
that passing man to wait a minute. 17. May you deserve
what I have done for you and your brother. 18. Work does
not harm. 19. Be ready in front of the door and wait for me.
20. It is your duty to be concerned with the future of your
country.
CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE
(Qgealty Gt Ctl)
Hamzated Verbs. Hamza as Initial Radical
1. The main trouble with hamzated verbs is orthography,

since the hamza may be written on the 7alif (| a, or | u),
under the ’alif (| i), on the waw (5) or on the ya (£) which
then loses its two dots -2‫ه‬‎even unsupported by another
letter (except at the beginning of a word). In addition, there
is some irregularity in Form VIII of the verb.
2. The hamza is a consonant, and, as such, may be the

--¢
initial or first radical, as in ‫لكا‬‎ to eat, and ‫ذخا‬‎ to take; the

middle or second radical, as in ‫ل‬‎ to ask; on to be brave;
‎‫ سكم‬to be disgusted at; and the final or third radical as
‫دع‬ z‫‏‬ - ‎‫دع‬
in ‎‫ قرا‬to read; ‫ىطخ‬‎ to transgress; and ‫وطب‬‎ to be slow.
3. The whole question of the orthography of hamza,

especially with verbs, is very confused, and, in some cases,
alternative usages will be encountered. The following rules
are only general guides, and should be taken in conjunction
with the verb tables in this chapter and the next:
(a) At the beginning of a word hamza is invariably
written over or under alif (except in certain Quranic usages),
-- <
e.g. Sao he took; ‫ذخأ‬‎ he or it was taken;
‎ٌ‫ إسحاق‬Ishaq (Isaac); Pu a warning.

(b) When this initial hamza is followed by an ’alif of pro-
longation (long vowel 4), the latter is replaced by a madda
over the initial alif.
e.g. J] akhidhun, for ‫دخاأ‬‎,Active Participle of 41 .
-- @
199
(c) Otherwise, the hamza tends to be written over the semi-

consonant corresponding to the vowel of the preceding letter.
‫ دي‬B-‫‏‬
e.g.‫‏‬ ‫ دخاي‬ya’khudhu, he takes.‫‏‬
? 7 52
‫ دخوي‬yu’khadhu, he or it is taken.‫‏‬
‫و‬
‫ لاوس‬su’dlun, a question.‫‏‬
§-6 0 --$-6
‫ فانئتسا‬isti?ndfun, Verbal Noun of‫ فناتسا ‏‬X, to appeal.‫‏‬

(d) Where the previous consonant has sukiin, the hamza‫‏‬
tends to be written over the semi-consonant coinciding with‫‏‬
its own vowel.‫‏‬
2
- ‫دس‬‎ eas
e.g. ‎‫ مسوول‬mas’ilun, asked, responsible, passive participle

of ‫لاس‬‎ to ask.
S- 6 5 ‫َءد‬‎
‎‫? اسئلة‬asilatun, questions, pl. of ‫لاوس‬‎
ot yay’asu, he despairs, Imperf. of ot

In the Perfect of verbs with medial hamza, this rule is
applied instead of (c) above, even though the previous radical
is vowelled, because otherwise there would be no visible
difference between the varied vowellings of ae middle radi-
cal. Thus, ba’usa, to be brave, is written ee sa’ima min,
‫ام‬
to be disgusted with, is written ‫نم‬‎ pt.

In the Perfect of the Passive Verb, the hamza of the
middle radical is always written on kasra, ae he asked;
a he was asked.
(e) In Form VIII of the verb, however, two variations

---9
occur. For ‫ب‬‎ ‫ فلتُنإ‬to be familiar with (ail VIII), in
addition to the regular form, we find ‫كفلتيالا‬‎ the ya’ replacing

the hamza. Moreover, in some verbs instead of this hamza
we find the ta of Form VIII doubled,
eg.
ae eR
from ‫دخا‬‎ , ‫ دختا‬for ‫دختتا‬‎ to take, adopt.
HAMZATED VERBS. HAMZA AS INITIAL RADICAL 201
4. The reader may find books printed in France and

North Africa, as well as in India, Pakistan and Persia —
especially older editions - in which hamza is not shown,
and the hamza over ya’ will therefore appear merely as a
proper ya’ with the two dots, e.g.
a -- 5 - -
‎‫ جرايد‬for ‎‫ جرائد‬, pl. of ‫ةديرجحج‬‎ 1.

This calls to mind the fact that in Classical Spoken Arabic
only certain tribes actually pronounced non-initial hamza.
Indeed, such hamzas are almost unknown even in modern
spoken Arabic. In the recension of the Quran, the hamza
was introduced into the standard dialect of Arabic - the
literary language — and the orthography was such that, if the
hamza were not pronounced but replaced by the weak
letters ’alif, waw or ya’, the written form would still be
‫دع سد‬
correct. Thus‫ فلوم ‏‬with the hamza would be pronounced‫‏‬
mw allifun; without the hamza, it would be muwallifun.
228
‫ دخاي‬with hamza would be ya’khudhu, without hamza,‫‏‬
yakhudhu;‫‏‬ ‫ دئارح‬with hamza jara’idu, without hamza,‫‏‬
jarayidu, andso on. This fact may help the student to write
the hamza correctly.
5. The following idiosyncrasies of individual verbs may

be noted here.
--8 -- 0 --=5
(a) In certain verbs: i+! to take; ‫رمأ‬‎ to command; ‫لكأ‬‎ to

eat, the initial hamza is dropped in the Imperative, and we
have:
Verb Imperative
m. sing. f. sing. dual, etc.
cee ‫مد‬‎ .? z?
‎‫اخد‬ ‫خد‬ ‫خدى‬ ‫خدا‬
--é ‎‫ره‬ 2 Ne)
‎‫امر‬ ‫مر‬ ,rC ‎‫مرا‬

--é ‎‫ده‬ 2 aac!
‫!‏‬SJ ‫كل‬ ‫كلى‬ ‫لت‬

202 A NEW 2481© GRAMMAR
(b) The verb ‫لاس‬‎ to ask, is sometimes written in the Imper-

fect as if there were no hamza, and it were a biliteral verb.
‫د‬
‫ لسا‬I ask. itakeyou ask (m.s.) etc.‫‏‬
In the Imperative, we also find 57 for Gut etc.‫‏‬
_ 6. Conjugation of ‫فلا‬‎ to get, be, accustomed to:

Perf. Imperf. Indic. Subj. Juss.
577 bake ee he
‎‫الف‬ ‫يالف‬ ‫يالف‬ ‫يالف‬
° Xe ake --$- ‫نود‬‎
‫غد‬
‎‫الفت‬ ‫تالف‬ ‫تالف‬ ‫تالف‬
400 arte get o-8-
‎‫الفت‬ ‫تالف‬ ‫تالف‬ ‫تالف‬
Ws i - ‫مد‬‎ -e- -8-
‎‫الغت‬ ‫تالفين‬ ‫تالفى‬ bw
oe] ‎‫آلف‬ ‫آلف‬ ‫آلف‬

etc etc etc etc
Imperative
‫فليا‬ Part. Active Ee‫‏‬
‫م‬ Pe‫‏‬
‫ ىفليا‬ete. Part Passive PATS‫‏‬
4 a 2 ‫ردو‬‎
Passive Perf. ‫فلا‬‎ Imperf. Indic. ‫فلوي‬‎

Sane 3 ‫مارد‬‎ ‫هد‬
‫ لما‬to hope: Imperf. Indic. Js Imper.‫اومل ‏‬
--é ‎‫ د‬8 °
‎‫ اثر‬to quote: Imperf. Indic. 3 Imper. ‫رثيا‬‎
DERIVED FORMS
7 Imperf. Verbal
Perf. Indic. Imper. Part. Act. Noun
Bh call, eh ‫كلا‬‎ ‫كلان واذ كتوم جا‬
> GE Ju és Owe Swe ‫ر‬‎ g-
111. ‫ىلا‬‎ phillies 4. neil) ceil © ‫دإ‬‎

or ‎‫موالفة‬
or ‎‫ و‬85 5 -
Ty) eeu = Soles ‎‫ا‬ pA CE
ie ‎‫د‬ 2s
Vee Soe
viene eas
VII Wanting in all verbs beginning with 3

waw, ya’, ra’, lam, nun.
‎‫لايس سم‬ ‫) لو تتومد‬EC ‎‫ان شي‬ hoS

IX Wanting.
X tl Ait Sie edie SEN

VOCABULARY
ok IV to show Ac murder, killing
ge A ee
nse ‘ el, pl. 1 angel ee forbidden

56 5 og ‫و‬‎ ei)
J‎‫ و‬pl. hes apostle ‎‫ » قرش‬Ste ‫قضاء‬‎ ‫سورغ كورك‬

piastre
sty Resurrection
(G) ‎‫ مضر‬harmful (to)
is religious
‎‫ = اك ارو اكد‬movement
‫ ريزتخ‬pl. ie pig, pork‫‏‬
Ea II to name, nickname‫‏‬
‎‫ عو‬noitativni 9 >66
G-- ‫ل‬ pl.‫ باقلا ‏‬name, title,‫‏‬

‫ كلمة‬pl.‫ ات ‏‬word‫‏‬ nickname‫‏‬
ide ‎‫وامينسآ‬
7‫ ق‬dictionary Ae Mike
HAMZATED VERBS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES
cal (2) 6 be secure ‫ ا‬VIII to take to oneself,‫‏‬

adopt‫‏‬
‎‫ من ب‬VI ot eveileb ni
(religious) 31 (2) to hope

‫ ذخأ‬111 to blame‫‏‬ (3) a6 V to observe, look at
- ae --
(de » (‫ىف‬‎ ‫ رثا‬11 to make an ‫رجا‬‎ IV to let (for hire)
impression (on), influence 2
-- ‫رجاتسا‬‎ X to hire, rent
yt V to be influenced, im- __
pressed il 111 to be intimate with
uta “a
‎‫ تاخر‬V to be late ‫فلا‬‎ II to compile, write,
‎‫ ب‬O31 (2) to allow cope
- - Subs
2 hk ‫فلوم‬‎ compiler, writer, author
‎‫ استاذن‬X to ask permission ae me 1
beg leave eae aria,
we 8 ) ‫بدا‬‎ 11 to discipline
JS | II to assure, confirm 5-5
me wol pl. ‫اذ‬‎ courtesy;
JSG V to be sure (of) literature
EXERCISE 47
-
il ‎‫ « لرئاسته‬aa al ‫بقلب‬‎ adh ‫بقل‬‎- |

70-2 ‫كه‬ 2 °030 49 ‫د‬
. ‫القيامة‬ ‫ويوم‬ ‫‏‬ssa ‫ورسله‬ ‫‏ وسلائكته‬yla ‫المسلم‬ otk ‫‏‬.=
2G Cy ‫ا‬‎
‫ديننا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫‏‬daed ‫ي لعريبة كلمات كثيرة‬

‫ إن فى القواميس‬3
‫ام‬ -
-- B95 --- I a6207:% 9) ‫و‬6‎ ao Paste 0-0 0 ‫ود‬‎

‫مث‬
. ‫ةرجاتسم‬‎ ‫ ىفةبرع‬lah aise el ‫نذاسا‬‎
2 . ‫ نذاي لتقلاب‬Y
032 "= ‫‏‬eeB ‫ده‬ ‫‏‬m0 ‫ه‬ 0-0 write ‫‏‬---
‫‏ يتخذون‬SIE — + . ‫وكانت الاجرة غرشين (قرشين ) مصريين‬
‫ها‬ ‫ د‬is ‫‏‬lsi » ‫القبيحة‬ ‫هذه اعادة‬
--
‫سيره‬ -- 6 950 - ‫عه‬ bo‫‏‬ ‫عو‬

‫)‏ تاكل‬tiD ‫مسلم‬ ‫ات‬ . ‫جميعهم‬ ‫فىالمسلمين‬3 ‫رسول الله‬ ‫حياة‬
. ‫ عه لاهار لدعوتى‬sae d ‫‏‬eop ‫ إن ذلك‬: ‫لحم الخنزير‬

)4 ‫ناسنإلاب‬. sees Pf‫ تاكرح ‏‬Ol‫ دكاتم نم ‏‬es‫‏‬
1‫ه‬ b0‫‏‬ 5 ‫دو‬ aie! Co) Sw t-» -é‫‏‬
‫اماس‬
‫هلام‬‫نجا‬Van‫مايألا ‏‬.‫ماا ضال‬ SSE aes‫‏‬

ae oa
Ge
1 7 :‫ البنت الحمردة‬sa GE — ‫‏‬yy .‫كله» لذلك يواخده أبوه‬

- ‫‏‬00230-H > 2 ‫را شو‬
tS 2 ‫د‬‎ ‫ص‬ ‫وو‬ ‫اعادسن‬ ‫هد‬ 36 - fi

‎‫ادبك‬ ‫عاك‬ 0£ ‫لمولفي كتب‬ & ‫التاكيد غير‬
‫ددج‬ ‫َّء‬ ‫مدر‬
. (ancestors) ‫اندادجأ‬‎ ‫=اننإ تا نملامعأ‬e a5) ) Seal
‫نونظك‬ ‫مهنونظ‬ aiken: 4 ew ate, put l= y‫‏‬
. ‫ يودب التلامذة ولا يوالفهم‬ibo‫‏‬eas ‫ و‬. ‫المجميع‬

‫مه‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ساس عام‬
.‫فى الشرق‬ ‫مضرة‬ om‫‏‬ ‫حرارة‬ eee‫‏‬
EXERCISE 48
1. The pig was eaten in the Christian’s house. 2. How did

the Muslims name their Caliph? 3. They named him with
the title of “Prince of the Faithful”. 4. The affairs of the
state became secure after the murder of the author of that
harmful book. 5. Look at the influence of religious opinions
on the history of the world. 6. Religion is an important
matter, more important than wealth. 7. I accept your kind
invitation, and I will try not to be late. 8. But I am very busy,
so I will hire a car. 9. Arab thought and literature deserve
long study. 10. Muhammad blamed the Christians and the
Jews because they went against his religion. 11. Yet they
believed in the Day of Resurrection. 12. Wine drinking is
forbidden to the Muslim. 13. This author has many famous
compilations. 14. It appears that you have disciplined your
sons, yet they blame you. 15. The angels and the apostles
are servants of God. 16. I am certain that this word is [to be]
found in the dictionary. 17. Show your two piastres to the
owner of the horse, perhaps he will hire‘it to you. 18. There
is much traffic (movement) in the streets of Baghdad.
19. The heat was the cause of his sickness. 20. Do not be
influenced by my opinions. Think about the matter.
CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX
‎)‫) السادس والعقرون‬TUG

Hamzated Verbs. Hamza as Middle
and Final Radical
1. The Verb with Hamza as Middle Radical:

The Middle Radical may be vowelled with fatha, damma,
or kasra. As explained in rule (d) of Hamza orthography in
the previous chapter, this means that the hamza may be
written over ’alif, waw, or ya’.
2. Conjugation of ne to ask:
Perf. Imperf. Indic. Subj.
Ae Aes (also written eas ) Jug ee. )
‎‫عالت‬ FROG gus

Biopsy ol ibs
‎‫ سالت‬71015‫السال‬ ‫سال‬
etc. etc. etc.
Jussive
diss .qo¢dead Tae ieee
mw ° ١ 11١ Cie)
1١
ec
°°
2at, ee
nm °
\ ١ 7
Ee
Gas
ay
VG
©.
\
‫مس‬8‫ح‬
etc. etc.
206
HAMZA AS MIDDLE AND FINAL RADICAL 207
Imperative
2 1
‫( لالا‬also written ew or‫‏‬ ‫سل‬
‫أسالى‬ ( ” ” ‫)‏‬lad ‫وو‬ ‫سلى‬
etc. etc.‫‏‬
Part. Act. a8
5 2
eo7 5 2Bo- 5 2o-
Part. Pass. ‫لو‬‎ (also written ‫لوسم‬‎ or (‫لوسسم‬‎
Passive Perf. eo Imperf. Indic. Ws (also written Aes
3. Example of the form ies : Bees to be cast down.
Imperf. Indic. oi (also written ee:
Imper 61 (, 5 osu
-2-
4. Example of the form ae ٠ ‫سوب‬‎ to be brave.
Imperf. Indic. a
0 202
Imper. ‎‫ابوس‬
DERIVED FORMS
5: Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

2
‫>سه‬ ‫ سه‬+> ‫و‬ ‫‏‬niwG
‫و‬
Tis dake ‫لئاس‬‎ ‫لئاس‬ ‫للان‬ ee

1 ion je See lee
Vetter ‫ل‬‎ aes, dle
Vi-gacal eaket ‫كءاقت‬‎ dil datas;
ee eee -‫لكسب‬‎ ٠-١ ‫قف‬‎ ‫ ضد‬eee, Sli.
Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.
7111. ‎‫لاما‬, sg
Pia di
sete
‫ه‬‎ >
oslalgaidly
5-09
(pel
‫>ه‬-52‫و‬
(from ey to bind up a wound, as this form of ‫لاس‬‎

does not occur).
IX. does not occur.
AC ‫مالت‬‎
-50-6 020 6 67-6 ‫هه‬‎ ‫جو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫هو‬ + ‫ور هه‬
x. “‫مالتسإ‬‎ ‫ مثلت‬os aul
Verbal Noun
2 oe ‫هو‬‎
i ©
VIII. ‫ماثتلا‬‎
4
11. jews -
IV. Ju VI. dys -
1119 ‎‫تافل‬ ov. dks WIE? 36 oes

5‫وسد‬ 0
6. Example of verb, whose third radical is hamza:

E--
‫ ارق‬to read.‫‏‬
aa B-o- E-o- B-o-
‎‫قرا‬ ‫يقرا‬ ‫يقرا‬ ‫يقرا‬
‫>ة ه‬- B-o- 622 B-o-‫‏‬
‫‏‬slo ‫تقرا‬ ‫تقرا‬ ‫تقرا‬
tee ee Sone 0
‫قرات‬ ‫تقرا‬ ‫تقرا‬ ‫تقرا‬
g-- - -0- 70-6 ‫‏‬-0-e
‫أرق‬ we‫‏‬ ‫تقربي‬ ae‫‏‬
ob-- 2- 5-0 8-0
‫‏‬slo ‫اقرا‬ ‫اقرا‬ ‫اقرا‬
etc. etc. etc, etc.
Imperative
8-0 ae
‫ارقا‬ Part. Active‫‏‬ ‫قارى‬
70 J 5‫و‬‎ 30-
ul ete. Part. Passive ‫ءورقم‬‎
1 َ‫واء‬ ‫رود‬
Pass. Perf. ‫ىرق‬‎ Imperf. Indic. |2
o- ‎‫و‬
‫© قرت‬.
Note the orthography of the hamza in the following

examples. They represent the usual modern practice, though
the student should not be surprised if he encounter other
minor variants from time to time.
2-- Ia a2
3 Masc. Pl. Perf. ‎‫قراوا‬, 1995, 15,5 they read,
have read
»» Imperf. Indic.
hg em Peae eae
” ‎‫يقراوك‬, ‫يقرؤون‬,O94 they
read
3 Masc. Sing. Imperf. Indic. oe

with Pronominal
he reads it
suffix
2:35 ” Subjunctive AR
3 Masc. Dual Perf. ‫ ارق‬they (two) read, have‫‏‬
read
” > Imperf. Indic. Ole they (two) read
7. Conjugation of verbs which take kasra in the Imperf.:

foe
La to be healthy, Imperf. Indic. ‫قي‬‎ Imperative TB
8. Conjugation of verbs of the form ‫لعق‬‎ ٠ ‫ىطخ‬‎ to sin.

Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper.
22 0 ‎‫ثم‬
9. Conjugation of verbs of the form ih : ‫وطب‬‎ to be slow.

Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper.
EB9- 25 0- 25 ‫هر‬‎
Of 9° 25 o- £2 ‫هر‬‎
eo ‫بطوى‬
a Pa)= 2s ‎‫ه‬-
o 5 etc.
etc. etc.
DERIVED FORMS
10. Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

Bun Fd‫‏‬ ‫ودس‬ ‫ود‬
31
‫فرى‬ ‫مفرقى‬ ‫مفر‬
nes ‫‏‬7
‫قارى‬ ‫مقارق‬
0 ‫‏‬eo 5 ‫ده‬
‫اقرى‬ ‫مقرق‬
‫ده‬ Sw--9‫‏‬
‫تقرأ‬ ‫متقرق‬
‫‏‬---g 5 ‫وده‬
VI. .‫اراقت‬‎
g
VIL. 1a! *
cA ~ Oo 50
\
we -5 ‫ع‬‎
‫عرى‬3 ‫ين‬ ‎‫ى‬
E--o ae g
VIII. (3!
6
‫يقترى‬ ‎‫اق‬
yh
IX. Does not occur.

B-0- 6 2 ‫وده‬ 5 0- 90
X. ‎‫استقرا‬ ‫ استقرى‬2 ‫مستقرق‬
Verbal Noun
TVs ‎‫نا ترا‬ ameeS

TEs ‫قرف لا‬ aI.‫اقراء ‏‬ x‫‏‬
25-> >‫و‬ Sue" 7 ١ ‫حل‬‎
VOCABULARY
5060> G39 5 - 5-09

439 pl. 5559 delegation
‫ حرص‬II to declare, permit‫‏‬ ‫ حاحة‬.lp ‫‏‬lo —, ‫ك‬1 ‫ف‬

mod.‫‏‬
need, in... of... i‫‏‬
Cis 2 2 rake
Sol pl. ‫ثداوح‬‎ event mod. 5) 339
‫ رورم‬passing n.‫‏‬
2
‫ دفن‬II to carry out, execute‫‏‬ Wes pl. ees barrel, cask,
57 ١‫‏‬ vat, drum
A235 execution
S o- 5 ‫ه‬‎
‫ « طفن‬423 oil, naphtha, tar‫‏‬

‫ ىاديفنت‬executive adj.‫‏‬
a ve or . ٠.
05 3 2
‫ زيت‬oil‫‏‬
oe pl. Ses path, road,
2 ‫دود‬ 5>
method ‫ زيتون‬olive 53()329 na ‫)‏‬evilo
‫ ليبس‬d (with following gen.)‫‏‬ ‫ (—) عنص‬to make, do, manu-‫‏‬

facture‫‏‬
in the way of, in aid of,‫‏‬ ‫دادو‬
towards‫‏‬ ‫ ةعانص‬pl.‫عن ‏‬
‫انص‬craft, industry‫‏‬
G---
‫ ةقالع‬pl. Et relationship(s),‫‏‬
a S pk ‫عئاصم‬‎ factory, work-
relation(s)‫‏‬
shop
‫ نظام‬pl.‫ أنظمةٌ‏‬arrangement,‫‏‬ a! VIII to rise, to be
system, discipline raised
$y!5! administration,
30 00 ٠. .
‫نجس‬pl. Sax prison‫‏‬

management
wees
G5 - 5 ‫دود‬‎
aes0 ase result
‎‫ شعب‬pl. ‎‫ شعوب‬people, nation
As) independence areal pl. ©) 2 examination

gee
ails pl. hel dream cé success
5-- ‫ده وا‬ 80-5
‎‫ رجوع‬return
‫ © نمز‬Ole} pl. dus)! time‫‏‬
‎‫( فاس‬f.) pl. ‫سووف‬‎ axe
G-- 5 -0F 5 2 6 25
‫ ثمن‬pl.‫ اثمان ‏‬price‫‏‬

VERBS WITH MEDIAL HAMZA

‫ال‬
‫قع‬
(cy) AS. (—) to loathe, be ‫ لأفت‬7 to draw a‫‏‬

ice good omen‫‏‬
disgusted with
Cee 214 - from, bode‫‏‬
‫( (—) ماش‬with‫ ىلع( ‏‬to draw‫‏‬ Sts! VIII well of‫‏‬
ill luck upon, bode ill for‫‏‬
VERBS WITH FINAL HAMZA

E-- Za-
‎‫ )—( بدا‬to begin trans. ‫ انه‬11 to congratulate‫‏‬

E--o
‎‫ ابتدا‬VIII to begin intrans. 4G (2) to fill
‎‫ )—( قرا‬to read 2 )-( to grow intrans.
‫>نرومار‬
‫ القراان‬the‫‏‬ )0‫( مة*ن‬Koran)‫‏‬

il IV to establish, set up
5 II (with ace. ys
‫ب‬‎ to inform
MOF LF re (2.) to dare, be brave
E--0 5 3 ‫ه‬-‎
‎)‫ (ب‬bed! VIII to take refuge ‎‫ جرىء‬pl. ‎‫ ا‬bold, brave
(with)
EXERCISE 49
‫‏‬lO ‫ م — نسال الله‬. ‎‫ الحوادث الأخيرة‬3

‫ ن‬layE‎‫ الوفد‬etp
of -bwe ‫معو‬‎- 0007 20°00 > >
-G- ‎‫دعو‬ -00
‫‏ الملك وقد صرح‬:eaf ‫لماذا تتفألون‬ ‫ م‬dais‫مدنا ‏‬

- gore - - 06-6 - ‫رس‬
gapsdreh * ‫‏‬talp ‫الشكوبة أن المشكلة‬,‫متكلم بأسم‬

‫كه‬ ‫اح‬ o- 0-E-‫‏‬ aa ‎‫و‬
‫)‏‬hcraM( ‫)‏شهر مارس‬er ‫ن حلمه‬

¢‫( م‬Caesar)‫‏‬
2-00 ‎‫ص‬ -a- ‫ممورومم‬
‫السلطة‬ ‫فذت‬
-‫ن‬4 . ‫اثناء' شهركامل‬ 75 ‫ شهرين‬ia‫ ‏‬ola
‫التنفيذيةهلذا الثانون‬
FO ‫‏‬Si ‫ ه‬Ba- ‫‏‬2
‫ لفط‬ah‫ نات ‏‬Saas‫‏‬ ‫ الاصلد‬en ‫‏‬3

ٍِ‫ع‬
Sa
1 Also ‫راذا‬‎ (see Chapter 36)
HAMZA AS MIDDLE AND FINAL RADICAL 213‫‏‬
‫‏‬HC‫يدوع زر جح رز‬ ‫دوة ‏‬ ‫‏‬nnO ‫& يجداب‬

‫ان إلى جنيهين‬ ‫ ثمن الزيت سوف‬tb ti ‫‏‬TS ‫العراق‬
- ‫صورور‬
. ‫ خفيفة‬eelg x1 ‫‏‬ae . ‫ السئة الجديدة‬3 ‫للبرميل‬

a ree ‫دو‬‎ ‫ص َّي‬ -- £-o.0- - 9
‫ هده‬70-000 . ‫ برميلك بالزيتون‬yloM ‫‏‬te‫و حاتيع النظام‬
oe
Me 2i! ‫كت‬‎ ~
‫>ور‬
ey) SLT ‫عم‬‎‫ةرادالا‬ Hegre‫ةكرشلا‬
‫نال تاقالع‬ ead
‎-‫صرن‬ - ‫ده‬ ee 5-826

o dal ‫فره‬‎ ,‫سا‬ ‫هنمث‬. ad ‫»لالقتسالا‬‎ ‫ ةريبك ىلإ‬GL
-0-00 E--000-
‫لك كانه هنكل‬ . ‫ ىفتيب نم توبب ةيرقلا‬bly seal‫‏‬

3 - ‫عد‬‎ -- ‫ ودود‬of ‫هد‬‎ 5 o-
‫نش فى ببتصغير قريب من باب‬ - , ‫ ع‬.‫‏ يستعملها‬fd ‫لمرو على‬
Be Ae - - 2-5 - -00‫‏‬
‫سيوفا‬ ‫—نع‬
‫‏ ب و ص‬eld 3 ‫ ابداوا تصليح اللبدار‬- ‫‏‬oy . ‫المدينة‬
‫ رفاسملا‬oeaussi‫ب و بتلكدعي رورم ‏‬ a a see‫اد‏‬
Oye
oan > = aa O92 SIs hOe8! os ws i
‎‫وبلسع‬ of
var id 0 ‫ءارزولا‬‎00 se ‫نا‬‎
EXERCISE 50
1. The government congratulated the delegation on their

success in the way of improving the relations between the
people and the administration. 2. A government spokesman
announced the return of the price of oil to what it was before
the war. 3. Life is our prison, and we take refuge in dreams.
4, Events have deprived (use ~~») us of liberty since the war,
and we are in need of it. 5. The wall of this room has become
dirty with the passage of time. 6. This executive arrange-
ment began a week ago. 7. A cask of olives reached me
yesterday. 8. The servants cut the wood with their axes, then
informed their master of the completion of the work. 10. I

have read the whole of the Quran. 11. Do you draw a good
omen from the establishment of these factories? 12. No, it
bodes ill to me (lit. I draw a bad omen from it). 13. I filled the
guests’ cups with coffee, and they drank it. 14. This writer
grew up in the city of Baghdad (ofad). 15. He was ill, yet
he began his examination. 16. The result is not known,
because it is in God’s hands. 17. Ask the scholars about that
great man. He became disgusted with city life (the life of
cities). 18. What have you made today? 19. Don’t ask me
about that. It is my secret. 20. Market prices have gone up
in recent days.
CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN
- ‫وه‬‎ 00° 9 & © 9 08
‎)‫) السابع والعشرون‬ltS
Weak Verbs. The Assimilated Verb
SG-09 5 -0&
1. The Weak Verbs ‫)ةلتعم‬‎ (‫ لاعفا‬are those in which one
radical is one of the two semi-vowels or semi-consonants,
waw and ya’. They are of three classes:
A. Those with a weak Initial Radical (Jt. J), some-
times called in English the Assimilated Verb.
B. Those with weak Middle Radical, the Hollow Verb
I-05 GO
‎)‫ أجوف‬Js).
C. Those with weak Final Radical ‫)صقان‬‎Js), sometimes
called the Defective Verb in English.
2. The weak radical in these verbs may undergo, according
to certain rules, any one of the folloying changes:
(a) It may change to a long “a or ’alif,
---
e.g. Root Q-W-L. ‫ع‬‎ he said, for .‫لوق‬‎

(b) It may ‫مكس‬‎ to a long '"0* (waw) or (ya’),
“a ” ay
336-
e.g. ‎‫ دول‬he says, for dain.

‎‫ قيل‬it was said, for dj53.
(c) It may disappear entirely, 1
e.g. ‫لقي‬‎let him say (Jussive) for ape
---
a stop! Imperative of .‫فقو‬‎

J
hee he arrives, for BOS 5
(d) In some cases, in disappearing the weak letter leaves

some vestige in the shape of a short vowel (see the first
example in (c) above).
215
(e) In certain parts it may be replaced by hamza, which

early Arabic lexicographers therefore classed as a weak letter,
e.g. wa for J,‫واق‬‎Active Participle of ‫لاق‬‎to say. 2 for ‫ىاقلو‬‎
Verbal Noun of ‫قالو‬‎ to meet. (a III).

(f) In compensation for the change of the weak radical to
»alif, we sometimes find the feminine ending «6 added, e.g.
‎‫ إقامة‬and ‎‫ اانه‬Verbal Nouns of ‫ماق‬‎ IV and X respectively.
Similarly, certain Verbal Nouns with the feminine ending
occur in the assimilated verb, the weak initial radical being
omitted, e.g. has quality, a verbal noun of ap to describe.
A grasp of the above principles will assist the student to
recognise weak verbs when he encounters them in reading.
The Assimilated Verb. A. With ya’

3. The initial may be waw or ya’, but the latter, being
easier—and also rarer—will be dealt with first. Such verbs
are regular, the ya’ always appearing like any other radical,
except in the following isolated parts:
(a) In the Imperfect Passive, ya’ turns to waw.
(b)A similar change occurs in the Imperfect and the
Participles of Form IV.
(c) The ya’ is changed to a ta’ in Form VIII.
See the following tables where the above are underlined.
=- -
Conjugation of the verbs, whose first radical is S: 7
to be dry. -
J 1 1 1
96507
35
WEAK VERBS. THE ASSIMILATED VERB 217

oe ae ae
20 =, ‫دب‬‎ ‫نو‬ > 5 0-08

Cas wn! on! ‫سبيا‬‎
etc. etc. etc. etc.
Imperative
ral Part. Act. Oe35

5 ‫>ور‬
‫| ىسبي‬ete. Part. Pass.‫‏‬ ‫ميبوس‬
Verbal Noun 5
Pass. Perf. ‫سبي‬‎ Imperf. Indic. ear

-
DERIVED FORMS
Perf. Imperf. Indic. Imper. Part Act. Part. Pass.
"ar Jury our Suns $a-3
11. ‎‫يبس‬ ‫لدان‬ te oa

--06 2 ‫ه‬‎ ‫هع‬ $9 5> 3
IV. ‫سبيا‬‎ ‫سبوي‬ ‫سييا‬ ‫سبوم‬ ‫و‬
VIL ‎‫باس‬ wis
VIL. yl ‫سبيني‬‎ ‫| سبيل‬

VIII.
1
IX. Does not occur.
2200)
1
CO Seat Jira
Verbal Noun
6 607-0 5 O- ‫هر‬‎
15-0-6039
3 -w
th IIL. 151
- yor
eta 30/10
o-
I ‫نيم‬‎
2 ‫ قو‬-- 6-5
1110 Aeghs | Ve geet VI. th XK. ‫سابيتسا‬‎ e
Although there are few very common verbs beginning

with ya’, whether root or derived, there are a few which
deserve mention.
e.g. (vo) ‫سي‬‎ (—) to despair (of).
eel IV to drive anyone to despair.
nes (—) to become dry, wither (given above).
pe 11 to dry anything.
‫ (—) رسي‬to be or become easy.‫‏‬
28 II to facilitate.‫‏‬
ine (—) to wake up.‫‏‬
7 II, en IV to awaken (trans.)

-a-r- --0-6
‎‫ تيقظ‬V, ‎‫ استيقظ‬X same meaning as root form.
The Assimilated Verb. B. With waw

4. In the root form practically all these verbs except the -
doubled ones, and all the commonly-used ones:
(a) Lose the waw in the Imperfect,

‫ مه‬ee‫‏‬
e.g. ‎‫ وصل‬to arrive, to link; Imperfect, ‫لصي‬‎

2+ 3
but it is reinstated in the Passive, .‫لصوي‬‎
(b) Lose both this waw and the preceding ’alif (which
would normally be found) in the Imperative.
=a °
‎‫ وصف‬to describe; ‫فص‬‎ describe!
ore
‫ وعض‬to place, put;‫‏‬ ‫ ضع‬put!‫‏‬

WEAK VERBS, THE ASSIMILATED VERB 219
zee
Conjugation of .‫لصف‬‎
a ‫لمي‬‎ ‫لك‬ ‫لعب‬

‎‫وصلت‬ ‫تصل‬ ‫تصل‬ ‫تصل‬
‎‫وصلت‬ ‫تصل‬ ‫تصل‬ ‫تصل‬
BO Se ‫م‬‎ ‫يس‬ 3 ‫ه‬ é
etc. etc. etc. etc.

Imperative
‎‫صل‬ Part. Act. ee
‎‫ صلى‬ete. Part. Pass. om

--
Verbal Noun Sos or 1for or ie
Pass. Perf. APL Imperf. Indic. Jers
5. We pointed out in Chapter Fourteen that verbs of the

CoE ‎‫قرف‬
form ‎‫فعل‬, ‫ يفعل‬era erar ni .cibarA ynaM fo meht evah
initial ww, e.g.
te we 1
‎)‫وثق (ب‬, ot ;tsurt .frepmI ;44( evitarepmI ‎‫ثق‬
‫جات‬ ‫دل‬ 6
‫ورث‬, ot ;tirehni ‫‏‬.frepmI ‫‏ زيرث‬evitarepmI ‫رث‬

‫شام‬ ‫صو‬ ‫إن‬
‫ورم‬, ot ;llews ‫‏‬.frepmI ‫‏ زيرم‬evitarepmI ‫رم‬
.6 Of those few verbs which retain the waw in the Im-‫‏‬

perfect, the least uncommon is ‫لجو‬‎ to be afraid.
SFOs
ey Imperf. Jel Imperative (for Jes!)
7. Doubled verbs having initial waw retain it in the Im-

perfect, and merely follow the rules already given for the
Doubled Verb, e.g. ‫ دو‬to love.‫‏‬
a--
Imperfect 593; Imperative .‫دو‬‎
8. Derived Forms. These are regular, except for the

following points:
(a) In VIII, the waw changes to ta’ and appears in the
doubling of the ta’ of increase,
wor -- G
e.g. from ‫حضو‬‎ to be clear ‫حضتإ‬‎ (same meaning).

ow
(b) Where the waw has sukin and is preceded by kasra, it

changes to ya’,
e.g. Verbal Nouns of IV and X.
--e -- of 3 5 -
‎‫ وجحد‬to find IV ‫دجوا‬‎ to create, v.n, .‫دانا‬‎
enter Cote Kut)
‎‫ ودع‬to let, allow; X ‫عد‬‎gw! to let, deposit;

5 < °
v.n. ‎‫استيداع‬.
Table of Derived Forms

‫ف‬ ‫ر> سار‬ ‫سه‬
> 5‫ س‬-‫و‬ 5‫و> نس و‬
11. ‫وصل‬ ‫يوصل‬ ‫وصل‬ ‫موصل‬ ‫موصل‬
eaF ‫‏‬ea ‫و‬ 2‫و‬ ‫َع‬ 5 ‫ني‬ 0-2-5
87-2 ‫و‬ 2 ‫ه‬ ‫‏‬fo 5 ‫و‬ 1-25

‫‏‬.VI ‫اوصل‬ ‫يوصل‬ ‫اوصل‬ ‫موصل‬ ‫موصل‬
‫‏‬iV ‫توصل‬ ‫‏‬sed -00<‫توصل‬ ‫‏‬seye ‫و‬

0 ‫اا‬ ‫ظ‬2‫م‬ 00 ‫ا‬ 5-2-2
VIII. = 5 2 2 0 ‘| 5 ae ba
26. ‫لصوتسا‬‎ ‫لصوتسي‬ ‫لصوتسا‬2

se, One ‫و‬‎ PR ‫وه‬‎ ‫ةهجسو‬ ‫هج‬ 0 ‫ر‬ 3-0-0609
‫لصوتسم‬ ‫لصوتسم‬22
Verbal Noun
1 boys 1. Ola igh peer ea RUE ‫لاا‬‎

III. ‎‫ وضال‬or delys V. Suess
Sa--
‫اه‬
Forms VII and IX do not occur.
VOCABULARY
(3) oo (—) to despair (of) ‫ (—) رسع‬to be difficult‫‏‬

Ash IV to drive to despair es II to make difficult‫‏‬
Pe (—) to be, become, dry el, III to help

-
wae anger
‫ سبي‬II to dry‫‏‬
a despair
OB (—) to be, become, easy‫‏‬
‫ لا‬pl.‫ لئاك ‏‬essay, letter,‫‏‬
‫ رسي‬11 to facilitate‫‏‬ message 5‫‏‬
--0-
aa X to wake up, awaken 5 ‎‫ره‬ 5

yee » bs dangerous
i | IV to wake anyone up 20-
“fr e- ‫ ىوقت‬piety, fear of God‫‏‬
‫ هجاو‬III to face, stand up to,‫‏‬
encounter‫‏‬
Lanes pl. i ee ‘ ae loved
one, friend ‘
4#| VIII to turn towards
ine pl. nls marvel,
‫( بجو ىلع‬-) to be incum-‫‏‬
bent on, the duty of‫‏‬ wonder 3
‫ قفاو‬III to agree with‫‏‬ ee wonderful

‫ قفتا‬VIII to agree together;‫‏‬
- an
‎‫ حرك‬II to move trans.

to happen‫‏‬ - a--
“oe ‫ كرصت‬17 to move intrans.‫‏‬

‫ (~) درو‬to arrive; to come to‫‏‬ 5
water (of animal)‫‏‬ ‎‫ سين‬62517

--- $405 Py 73
‫ (—) فصو‬to describe‫‏‬ ‫ فقوم‬pl. Wsilg+ situation;‫‏‬
‫ اسرة لتر‬bed‫‏‬
4 09$ َ‫ء‬
park for vehicles mod.
‫‪$‬‬ ‫ود و‪‎‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ lavirra‬وصول‪‎‬‬ ‫‪eid ytilauq‬‬

‫و‪2‎‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ link, connection‬صلة‪‎‬‬ ‫‪ss‬‬
‫‪‎ difficult‬ريسع‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪-w‬‬
‫‪ agreement‬اتفاقية‪GI, ‎‬‬
‫‏‪ )2( to fail‬لشف‬
‫‪(political, ‘commercial, and‬‬
‫)‪otherwise‬‬ ‫‪3 exactitude,‬‬
‫‪455‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪accuracy‬‬
‫‪Pe‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫واردات‪‎‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Si ee‬‬

‫لا‬
‫‪» bare‬‬
‫‪ ole exports‬رات‪‎‬‬ ‫‪oS‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪all which (masc. relative‬‬
‫‪Je1 pl. 3583 promise‬‬ ‫)‪pronoun) (see Ch. 34‬‬
‫‪ey pl. es‬‬ ‫‪description‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪to dry‬‬
‫‪EXERCISE 51‬‬
‫‪SWAT‬‬ ‫شح قلبت دال زا ‪‎‬ل‬
‫‪oe ee. 2‬‬ ‫مهفقوم لق ‪.‎‬رسع ‪ ap ny‬ىلإ ‪‎‬فقوم‬
‫‪ BN wey, LS oa oe‬ةيرصملا ‪‎‬ةديدجلا ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪cr‬‬ ‫‪er‬‬ ‫‪‎‬سل‬ ‫‪--‬‬
‫عص—بحت الأرض ‪laaB‬‏ وفشلت الزراعة فكانت آلوارداث‪yey‬‏‬

‫أ‬
‫ور‬ ‫صو‬ ‫‪--80‬‬
‫إن ‪EP‬‏ ‪ ET‬ويقفوا فى رهم‬ ‫‏‪ ska‬نالمش‬

‫‪or‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪00-‬‬ ‫تما‬ ‫‪ore‬‬ ‫‪ore‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪ -‬‏‪°‬‬
‫ب ‪ -‬واجه‬ ‫على المائدة ‪.‬‬ ‫يديك‬ ‫‪)maf‬‬ ‫‪woV‬‏‬ ‫المدير‪.‬‬ ‫لتفتيش‬
‫ود‬ ‫‪6$‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫>‪5‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ءءء ‪1‬م‬ ‫‪-‬ءغٌ و‬ ‫‪600‬‬ ‫”>‬ ‫ححَوسَّو‬ ‫جرع‬
‫>‬
‫رسالة مهمة يض‬ ‫وردت‬ ‫وباسراد بم ‪-‬‬ ‫‪sda‬‏ غضب‬ ‫وق‬ ‫عدوه‬ ‫حسن‬
‫عروض رس‬ ‫هك‬ ‫‪Be TS 300k‬‬ ‫‏‪3 OF‬‬

‫المولف عبائب ‪ruaG‬‏ ‪ J‬كتاب‬ ‫وصفا‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫الصماعدة ‪.‬‬ ‫فيها وعد‬
‫عيبب ‪.yoJ‬‏ التعو "تلناضفات المومن‪.١ ....‬‏‪+‬يا‬

‫‪rae‬‬
‫‪ta‬‏‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ّدّه‪-‬‬ ‫&‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪Ge‬‬
‫لا تعسرن اليسير» بل أعملن أعمالكن حى يبسر العسير‪ .‬كمه‬

‫فال ‪‎‬يدا ‪adele oan‬‬ ‫‪ Coat fetaeaa‬ل يفقس‬
‫ورم‬ ‫د‬ ‫يم‬
‫صوغ د‬ ‫اه‬
» ‫ على سريره‬,lia( KO noce( ‫‏‬١ 5 .‫هذه الأمور‬ re‫ تتوافقوا ‏‬A‫‏‬
Gar FD Sa ae‫‏‬ ‫و‬ 08-- 2-3 sd ee 2397 GF --G0‫‏‬
‫النساء ملابسهن‬ 2a ‫‏‬er .‫ايقظه‬ ‫‏‬sri ‫ان رحد ع‬ ‫اتفق‬
33! pate PouL ss ‫ب‬‎ 3 ‫ ىلإ‬ok‫اهنسبلو‬‎

noe ‎‫د‬ ‫دم‬ ‫وه‬ nuj gener
-
‎‫دَاء د هرودو‬ ea 6 ‎
‫نَبن‬
‫ص‬
ise ‎‫ ورد‬- +. Sars tie) vee.‫هذه‬‎ ‫ةدشلا‬
‎‫دقام‬ ‫ه‬7 . ‫بح‬ ed‎‫تعاس‬ ‫ل‬

dye) ‎‫ولم يقف‬ seL ga ‎‫الماء‬
EXERCISE 2
1. Quickness to anger is a bad quality. 2. How many apples
have you promised? It is your duty to bring more than that.
3. We have described all these events to you so that you may
know that piety is preferable to despair, and we have put
our ideas in our many letters to you during a period of two
years. 4. The situation of our loved ones is perilous. They
face difficulties from every side. 5. He had despaired of life
before your arrival. 6. My wife drives me to despair, as she
wakes me up every day in the morning. 7. We stopped in
the car park and alighted (‫)لزن‬‎ from our vehicles. 8. This
agreement between two enemies is remarkable. It is [one] of
(use (‫ْنم‬‎ the wonders of the world. 9. Speech is easy, but
deeds are hard. 10. He has described the qualities of the
Arabs exactly. 11. Dry that book which has fallen into the
water, so that you can use it again for your lessons. 12. The
pupil turned towards his teacher and his tongue became dry
from fear. 13. By chance (GUS!) the animal came to the
water, and the trees moved. 14. 1 attempted a description of
that animal, but failed because of its quickness. 15. Let us
agree together and facilitate matters. 16. Your anger has
made them difficult. 17. We will arrive in two hours time,
since the road has become hard. 18. Wake up, women, and
do your duty in the kitchen. 19. My work has become easy.
20. I don’t agree with you.
CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT
(Osptally ‫نماثلا‬‎ OU!)
The Hollow Verb
1. Hollow verbs et ae) are those in which the middle

radical is ‫و‬‎ or ¢. They are conjugated according to the
following rules:
(a) In the Perfect if the final radical is vowelled, the
weak letter (i.e. 9 or (‫ى‬‎ changes to the long vowel ’alif.
e.g. Os for ni he was.
‎‫ قامت‬for Daf she stood up.
|ran for |nes they sold.
(b) In the Imperfect if the final radical is vowelled, the
weak middle radical is changed to 9, ‫ى‬‎ or |, in accordance
with the vowelling of the particular verb, as shown in the
dictionary.
- - ‫د‬‎ -
‎‫ خاف‬to fear; WEI I fear.
eG to stand up; ‫م‬‎ai we stand up.

‎‫ باع‬to sell; 000 you (./‫)م‬‎ sell.
(c) If the final radical is unvowelled (e.g. in the Jussive,
Imperative, or other parts in which the final radical regularly
has sukun before its pronominal suffix) the weak middle radical
disappears, but the preceding initial radical takes the short
vowel appropriate to the vowelling of the particular verb.
OK (=-).to be; ay I was.
‎‫( قام‬2) to stand up; ‫نمق‬‎ they (f. pl.) stood up.
‎‫) باع‬-( 01 ‫ بع زلأعة‬tel su lles .)evissuJ( ‎‫ بعت‬I .dlos
224
THE HOLLOW VERB 225
‫ (—) مان‬to sleep; ew they (f. pl.) sleep.‫‏‬

Note: In applying the above three rules the beginner is advised to
compare with some simple regular verb. For example, if he has to
‎‫الع‬ ‫عير‬
write “I was’, he may take “I opened” as a model. This is ‫تحتف‬‎

and the final radical, ~ has swktin. According to rule (c), therefore,
the middle radical, the waw of O& must be removed, and we have
269 gree
‫ تنك‬.Most verbs of the form ¢) NS « O& have a damma in the Perfect‫‏‬

when the middle radical iis elided, e. 8.‫‏‬
ple‎‫) م‬to fast; ‫كتمص‬‎aa fasted
- -
Most having the form on! ‫عاب‬‎ also take kasra in the Perfect when
2 6
there is no middle radical. ‫تعب‬‎ I sold. The common exceptions are:

ites
Ju to pariseb I obtained; with Imperfect dls.
= PEE
‫ نام‬ot ,peels eca ;tpels htiw ‫‏‬tcefrepmI ‫ ينام‬.
(d) In the 00 not only does the middle radical

disappear when the final radical is unvowelled (as in the
Jussive), but in addition, the prefixed ’alif of the regular
Imperative is omitted, e.g.
‫ لاق‬to say; Imperative At (m. s.)‫‏‬

but Joi‫ )رك ‏‬s.)‫‏‬
‫ باع‬ot ;lles ‫‏‬evitarepmI ‫( بعن‬7. ‫ام‬.(
but ‎‫( بيعوا‬m. pl.)

(e) In the root form the weak medial is changed to hamza
in the Active Participle:
‫قائل قال‬ ‫انم باع‬

(f) For verbs with kasra a the Imperfect, the Passive‫‏‬
OU is oF the pattern ae sold. Otherwise, it is as
gh, said; aes feared.
ewe
2. Conjugation of ‫ماق‬‎(2) (for psi), to rise, set out; (with

w) to carry out, undertake.
Perfect
Sing. ‎‫قام‬ Dual ‫اماق‬‎ Plural ‎‫قاموا‬

err - 029
-
” 539
om”
6369
-
-
‫روودس‬
1539
Imperfect
Subj.
Sing. ‫يقوم‬
” ‎
ot‫دن‬
‫تقوم‬
‫تقوم‬
wee
part
‫يقوموا‬
8+3
-‫رن‬-
as
‎‫تقوموا‬
695
were
- 9°
‫نقوم‬
THE HOLLOW VERB 227
Imperative
S. 2. m. ‫مق‬‎
ak ‫ا‬‎ Part. Act. ‫مئاق‬‎
D. 2. Le Part. Pass. ‫مم‬‎

‫وقم‬
9 2+
PiQem. (yes
akong. cad
Passive
Perf. Imperf. Indic. Subj.
‘a
pe
20
1
‎‫ميل‬
Me:
,
0:
f
f5
١ 1١
١0
0
ee
ah
\
ail
o-2
etc. etc.
iar.
3. Conjugation of verb, whose middle radical is ¢:

“ere
(for ‎‫ (صير‬to become.

Perfect
Sing. 3. m. ple Dual ie Plural |9)is

e- - - 0
tage. £. ‫صارت‬ , Wyle 1:19 One

9 ‎‫ره‬ 3
ez <M. ‎‫صرتم‬
3 aso
reef ae ‫صرت‬
ore
‫هده‬ 6
:5 1 ‫صرت‬ -
‫صرنا‬
Imperfect
Indic. Subj. Juss.
- -
Sing. 3.12. ‫يصسر‬‎
‎‫ار‬ 01 as
‎‫ا‬ as
ee Dovt: ‫نيريصت‬‎
2 é
oa» nel
Dual 3.m ‫ناريصي‬‎
ea. 3.1 ‫تكارتصت‬‎
ee 2 ‫ناريصت‬‎
Plur. 3. 2. ‫نوريصي‬‎
ٍ‫ء‬-
‫ه‬
” 3 1 ‫يصرل‬
» © 01.2. ‫تصيرون‬
athens‫‏‬
‫و‬ 21 Oped‫‏‬
‫وو‬ 1. ‫نصس‬
Imperative‫‏‬
6
es oa
‫صيرى‬ 22126. .]‫ع‬4‎ ‫رئاص‬
‫أ‬
‫ا‬0
‫صير‬ .traP ‫‏‬.ssaP ‫مصبس‬
‫صيروا‬
THE HOLLOW VERB 229
Passive
Imperf. Indic. Subj. Juss.
a 73 5-5-0089 ‫هدو‬‎
‫يصار‬ ‎‫يصار‬ ‫يصر‬
ee Si
eet, ‫هدو‬‎
etc. etc. etc. etc.
. Conjugation of the form ay :

‫( فاخ‬for‫ فوخ( ‏‬to fear‫‏‬
See REE
“Whe WES
‎‫خاف‬ le le wry
pa nes
Si Age
‎‫"حاف‬ us
ae ASA
3 Age
- 7 . ‫فاح‬‎
‎‫"حاف‬ wat
2 5° 1
‫نيفاخ‬‎
se se
‎‫ود‬ 21 é 3 -é OF é
‎‫خفت‬ ‫اخاف‬ ‎‫اخاف‬ ‫اخف‬
etc. etc. etc.
Imperative
o- 5
‎‫خب‬ Part. Act. ‫فئاخ‬‎
5 ‫>م‬
gk etc. Part. Pass. ‫فوخم‬‎
Passive
5 ce 2 Ree a2
‎‫خيف‬ ‫رخاف‬ le, ws
2 either BOS is
‎‫خيفت‬ ‫حاف‬ ls wis
re etc. etc. etc.

DERIVED FORMS
5. In forms II, III, V, VI, and IX, the weak medial is

treated as if it were a normal sound letter, and therefore
irregularity does not occur. In the following tables, there-
fore, students should observe carefully forms IV, VII, VIII
and X, where the hollowness still remains. They should also
note that in these forms there is no distinction of vowelling
between verbs like ‫لاق‬‎ with ‫مهم‬‎ and those like ‫عاب‬‎with ya’.
Note the compensatory feminine ending of the verbal nouns
in IV and X. Note that the weak radical becomes ?alif in
both Perfect and Imperfect in VII and VIII. Special attention
should be paid to IV, which is tricky to the beginner.
6. Derived Forms of the Hollow Verb with Medial waw:
ae Jw-s own Su-9 - 5 ‫تدر‬‎
‫ا‬ ‫يقوم‬ ‫قوم‬ ogee‫‏‬ ‫مجو‬

111. ‫قاوم‬ ‫ يقاوم‬2 ‫قاوم‬ ‫‏‬nlp 2 ‫مقاوم‬
.VI ‫‏‬lup ‫يقيم‬ ‫أقم‬ ‫‏‬crp ‫مقام‬
‫‏‬.IV ‫تقاوم‬ ‫‏‬aelp ‫تقاوم‬ ‫متقاوم‬ ‫متقاوم‬

.IIV ‫‏‬alp ‫ينقام‬ ‫م‬ ‫منقام‬ ‫منقام‬
.IIIV ‫!‏‬stp ‫يقتام‬ lw ‫‏‬A ‫مقتام‬
‫دحت‬ ‫د ودش‬ ‫اه‬->‫م‬ ‫‏‬-B ‫وهم‬
‫‏‬.XI ‫اسود‬ ‫يسود‬ ‫أسودد‬ ‫مسود‬ 0.
- - -
Verbal Noun
11 aig 77. ‫موقت‬‎ .77111 ‫مايتقإ‬

5 o- 5a-- - 6
IIL. dustin 71. ‫مواقت‬‎ IX. ‫ةاقوسإ‬‎

IV. ib VIL. ‫مايقنإ‬‎ .‫ةماقتسإ ا‬
‫> و‬ 60-6 BS-- ‫‏‬6
THE HOLLOW VERB 231
7. Derived forms of the Hollow Verb with Medial ya’:

“0 = ‫ر > سر‬ ‫> سه‬ ‫‏‬-uS ‫ر‬ ‫ َو‬->-‫ر‬
1 ‫عي‬
CAH 3
‫عر‬
Ae} Ch
eB se
‫‏‬ee 3
‫عير‬
2-00‫‏‬
111. ‫صاير‬ ‫يصاير‬ ‫صاير‬ ‫مصاير‬ ‫مصاير‬
0 2 ‫و‬ ‫‏‬é 7 ‫و‬ 39-6
‫‏‬.VI ‫اصار‬ ‫يصير‬ ‫اصر‬ ‫مصير‬ J‫‏‬

Barre 2 ae? oa -- Su Bey $a--9‫‏‬
‫‏‬sie ‫و‬2 ‫ج‬2 ‫‏‬-o ‫ده‬ 6 >->‫و‬ ‫و‬- --3

‫‏‬.IV ‫تصاير‬ ‫يتصاير‬ ‫تصاير‬ ‫متصاير‬ ‫متصاير‬
‫ع‬ 56 PO o- 6 : FAQS) S 020203‫‏‬
‫‏‬.IIV ‫انصار‬ ‫ينصار‬ ‫أانصر‬ ‫متصار‬ ‫منصار‬
6-02 7-0-2 ‫ له‬6 5 - ‫ره‬ 5 - 90

‫‏‬.IIIV ‫اصطار‬ ‫يصطار‬ ‫اصطر‬ ‫مصطار‬ 3)
‫‏‬ova ‫دوعت‬ 6 >‫و‬ ‫ ةق‬-‫وه‬ ?

‫‏‬.XI ‫ابيض‬ ‫يبيض‬ ‫|بيضض‬ ‫ببيض‬ wanting.‫‏‬
- --60 ‫‏‬i +6
‫ع‬ ‫‏‬oo 5 ‫رهد‬ S$ ‫‏‬90--
‫يسصير‬ ‫استصر‬ ‫مستصسرس‬ ‫مستصار‬
‫‏‬.X ‫إستصار‬
- - -
Verbal Noun.
ee ete 17111. ‫رايطصإ‬‎

‫ا‬ te.‫‏‬ ‫ا‬ IX. Flag!‫‏‬
IV. ‎‫إغارة‬ VIL. jleail X, ‫ٌةراصتسإ‬‎
VOCABULARY
‫ ءاقأ‬IV to set, set up, place;‫‏‬ ‫) تام‬2( to die‫‏‬

(with d) to settle, stay (in a 3G (—) totake a siesta
place) ig
-a- --8 Jib (2) to be long
‫فوخ‬‎ 11 : ‫ اخاف‬IV toterrify ‫مجم‬‎
32 ‫لوط‬‎ II to make long; to take
‫ حارتسا‬X to rest a long time‫‏‬
- -%
se‫‏‬ ‫ لاطا‬IV to lengthen‫‏‬
dal, rest, ease
3 - -
9 0 5
‎‫ استراحة‬rest-house ‎‫) سار‬-( to go, journey
ABE
‫) داع‬2( to return‫‏‬ ‎‫ صيانة‬protection, conserva-
--§ tion
‫ داعا‬IV to repeat, bring back‫‏‬
5 ‫>و‬‎ 3
‎‫ تراب‬soil, earth
‫ داتعا‬VIII to be accustomed‫‏‬
to u (—)to flee, run away
- -6
‎‫ اصاب‬IV to hit the mark, ie (a) with object: to make
afflict, attack
(b) with imperfect verb:
eee
‫ لوان‬IV to hand over (with‫‏‬ to begin doing any-

double accusative)‫‏‬ thing
22 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
733pl. ‫جاوز‬‎‫ا‬husband, one of
"09
rite authority, rule, con-

trol a pair
‫هم‬ “0a‫‏‬- dle) bullet
‫ تاطلسلا‬the authorities‫‏‬
6$ ‫رود‬
S55 3d,
‫ ةيقداب‬pl.‫ قدانب ‏‬rifle, gun‫‏‬
‫ ةلوهس‬ease, easiness‫‏‬
$6
‎‫ صحة‬health, soundness ‫ (~) حاص‬to cry out‫‏‬
- ‫خم‬ 5 6>
‫ دارا‬IV to wish, want‫‏‬ ‫ نوم‬sleep‫‏‬
‫) راز‬2( to visit‫‏‬ sil )—( to fly‫‏‬
‫ دادزا‬VIII to increase‫‏‬
‫لوكو‬ 5
3‫‏ طا أ‬.lp ‫ — ات‬aeroplane‫‏‬

intrans.‫‏‬
Sa -
‫عاطأ‬IV_ to obey‫‏‬ ‫طيار‬ ‫ ول‬pilot‫‏‬

- --9
‫ عاطتسإ‬X to be able (with‫‏‬ ai pl. elle airfield,

airport
object in accus., or | subjunc-‫‏‬
tive preceded by bi) elo pl. ‫حلاصم‬‎ depart-
we (—) to investigate ment (of government),
interest (e.g. in his
bbe (2-) to protect interests)
‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪HOLLOW‬‬ ‫‪VERB‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬
‫‪35‬‏‪EXERCISE‬‬
‫‏‪SOA‬‬ ‫نهد‬ ‫ن‪“1‬‬ ‫‏‪ae‬‬ ‫ف‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‏‪a*- "000 (2 =E‬‬
‫‏‪٠‬ماقا برعلا ىف ضعب ندم ايروس مهنكل مل اوحرفياهيف ‪.‬‬
‫ب ‪ -‬طرنا ‪!oJ‬‏ بعيد ى المتدراة ‏ لدرنا فى الاستراحة الحكوسية ‪.‬‬
‫إن‬ ‫ار‬
‫ا‬
‫زسان‬ ‫من‬ ‫صغيرا جذّاء ولكن ‪tsuj‬‏ ‪ea‬‬ ‫العطار ‪8‬‬ ‫ين‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ا‪‎‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‏)‪ .(for some time‬ع ‏‪ afb J Cs‬ةيزيلكلإ » ثمنو انااهيف ءانثا‬
‫السفر كعادق ‪a‬‏ ات وكين صحبنا سائحان ‪sito‬‏ لم يزورا‬

‫‪Vos‬نم لبق ‪‎‬ملف ‪ Ble arg ca 5‬التراب‪‎‬‬
‫!‪Ce‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪20-6‬‬ ‫‪Sue‬‬
‫‪°‬‬ ‫‪5-007‬‬ ‫‪°‬‬
‫‪:reiP‬‏ والمصاب (‪)mitciv‬‏ زوج عدو ‪)ig‬‏‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪0‬‬

‫‪o-‬‬ ‫‏‪ZEo-‬‬ ‫اد‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪On‬‬ ‫‏‪a-‬‬ ‫ه‪2‬‬ ‫‪-e-‬‬ ‫‪Rr‬‬ ‫‏‪9‬‬
‫عن‬ ‫حينما تفر» ‪Si‬‏ لا يعرف العدو شيئًا (‪)gnihtyna‬‏‬ ‫تصح‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪OM‬‬ ‫‪“OO‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪Oa‬‬
‫‪‎‬كتاكرح ‪‎eee ooh 9 .‬دالبلا ‪ Poe ele‬انتظرت‪Opes ‎‬‬

‫كي‬ ‫الربيعلشدة ‪tl‬‏ هناك وأزدياد البرد ‪ 3‬ذلك الفصل ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ere‬‬
‫‪si.‬‬
‫سيدى المحترم » أخيرك ‪bJ‬‏أستطيع ‪IG‬‏ أسير لدمشق‪ylO‬‏ ‪V i‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫الطيع«‬ ‫خادمك‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪;i‬‬ ‫(‪)sa‬‬ ‫‪neL‬‏‬ ‫وى راحة»‬ ‫بعد‬
‫ب‬ ‫‪ GH‬صروس ‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‏‬
‫‪ree‬‬ ‫‪‎ (here, meaning ‘weather’) Chal 500‬ةراح |‪«OY‬‬
‫ا ولت فا«الستوق‪‎»:‬‬
‫— لمذ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫عازنتسد‬
‫‪ eep‬ياوا‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ا‪f‬‏ ضَائْمهم‪hes‬‏ ما‬

‫امو ‪o‬‬ ‫وجتى لعل ‪tet‬‏‬
‫‏‪. J ele «Jal donee Fae‬هداتعأ ؛ ‪ -‬‏‪ sli‬ناجنف‬

‫‪--96‬‬
‫و‪2‬‬ ‫ودر‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪9B:‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪1‬‏‬

‫هو‬ ‫يقت اجن‬ ‫خوفته ؟‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫خائفٌ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ك‪ 1‬لكوك‬ ‫‪ado‬‏‬ ‫شاى‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬
‫‪ae‬‬ ‫)‪“ui (may .. . prolong‬‬ ‫‪ities py‬‬ ‫‪‎ Sle,‬سهولة‪.‬‬

Bred Aiba “ps jee 1A. (Perfect used for pious wish)
2 3 ‫اع‬‎ > w 0309 3 Sie See 0
‎‫ (عنى) لعلك تصاب‬sg« ‎‫ابعد‬- ‫وم‬ )dneehtni(. ‎‫اخيرا‬ ‫متن‬

oa--- 2 wb ae - a ‫هد‬‎ = Ran =
‎‫ أى حال لتاتكلم‬sed ‎‫سرك‬ -‫ص‬

‫ن‬ +. .‫ المرض الخطر‬eM
. ‫ والاطفال‬oleae‫عند ‏‬
” ‎‫له‬ 307
٠.
EXERCISE 4
1. An inspector of the Soil Conservation Department flew

from the city to investigate the problem. 2. He returned and
handed over his report to the Minister. 3. The latter put it
on his desk, but was unable to do anything (4) because his
wife began to visit him in his office every afternoon (every
day after noon), and he left most of his work to a clerk.
4. We wish to write about this because difficulties have
increased in the government recently. 5. Every official must
do his duty and obey orders. 6. The sentry’s sleeping was
the cause of his being hit by a bullet. 7. Preserve your rifles,
soldiers, and do not flee before the enemy. 8. How many
times have I said that to you, but you have not listened.
9. We must not take the siesta in times of war. 10. They
arrived by aeroplane and settled in a place near the airfield.
11. Their habit was to emerge every evening and terrify the
inhabitants. 12. I think it best that you travel by air like the
other tourists. 13. Hassan was a brave airman and died in his
plane. 14. Take your ease (translate literally) in the rest
house. 15. I am glad that the authorities have extended your
stay here. 16. Take it easy, and have another look (lit. return
the look) at these papers. 17. Perhaps you will find in them
something which (‫)ام‬‎ will not please you. 18. Your visit has
lasted a long time. I think it best that you set out at once,
and return to your people, your relations, and your country.
19, Are you accustomed to my ideas or not (Yel)? 20. Our
relations with his government frightened his enemies greatly.
CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE
‎)‫(ألباب التاسع والعشرون‬

The Verb with Weak Final Radical
(Defective Verb)
1. The verb with weak final radical is called ons Ae in
Arabic, and, sometimes, in English, by the somewhat
ambiguous term Defective. The weak radical may be con-
sidered to have been originally either waw or ya’, but it may
be written also as ’alif, according to the following rules:
(a) When the Perfect has |, the Imperfect must have 4.
e.g. ‎‫ دعا‬to call; Imperfect ‫وعدي‬‎
(b) When the Perfect has ya’, the Imperfect also must
have ya’. This occurs in the following types:
(i) fa Ela, yaf ‫علان‬‎ ‫ىلا‬en to throw.
(ii) fa cila, yaf eal 347 ‫ىقلي‬‎ to meet.

(iii) The passive of all forms.
ca ‎‫دعى‬ ee to be called.
0 = to be thrown.
5902 “029
A ‎‫ يلقى‬to be met.
Note that the final yd’ in some instances is ’alif magsira,

and is pronounced like ’alif.
(c) There is also a rare form which has ‫مهم‬‎ in Perfect and
Imperfect. thee are verbs of the form fa Eula, yaf eulu. An
example is ‫ورس‬‎ ‫ و‬i to be noble; but the beginner is unlikely
to encounter this type.
235
(d) In the derived forms the weak final is always written

as ya@ in both tenses, whatever the root form may be, e.g.
--6 -
‫ ىفقتلا‬to meet (a VIII),‫‏‬

- #6
‫ ىعادت‬to call one another (les VI).‫‏‬
2. Rules for the elision of the weak radical.
(a) Complicated rules will not be given. It is better to see

from the tables. Nevertheless, it is important to note that in
the verb when the weak radical is the last letter of the word
it is removed in those parts where it should be unvowelled.
This applies to the Jussive and Imperative.
e.g. from oe ‫مرا‬‎throw!
‫اعد‬ col call!‫‏‬

‫ىقل‬ GSI meet! (1).‫‏‬
‫ ىقتلا‬gil meet! (VIII)‫‏‬
(b) In the Verbal Noun of derived forms III (type dts),
IV, VII, VIII, IX and X, the weak radical, when occurring
after °alif, is changed to hamza:
From ‎‫ لاق‬111. <li
7 Aid isnt acide

aah VL are. i, Stash
2 ‫يل‬‎ ‫ا‬ ‫لا‬
3 ‫كلو‬‎ ‫ناوي يسر‬ ‫سلع‬
-o- 00 -
” ae |xX ‫وو‬‎ ‫ءاقلتسا‬

THE VERB WITH WEAK FINAL RADICAL 237
3. Conjugation of ‫اعد‬‎ to call (of the form A:

Perfect
ee rae coe
3. masc. ‫اعد‬‎ 3. masc, Ices 3. masc. ‫دعوا‬‎
ie e 3232-2 QI
3. fem. ‫تعد‬‎ 3, fem. ‫اتعد‬‎ 3. fem. ged
Nye EN ‫هدو‬‎
>>
2. masc. ees 2, ‫امتوعد‬‎ 2. masc. ‫متوعد‬‎
2-2 >‫َتدو‬‎ >
2. fem. _ ‫توعد‬‎ 2. fem. ‫نتوعد‬‎
sore “054i
1. ‫توعد‬‎ 1 ‫انوعد‬
Imperfect
Indic. Subj. Juss.
2 o7 bone JNfact ‫و‬‎ 67
.gniS .3 ‫‏‬csam ‫يدعو‬ ‫يدعو‬ ‫يد‬

67525 -‫ه د‬- ‫ د‬70
» 3. ‫‏‬.mef ‫ندعو‬ ‫تدعو‬ ‫ندم‬
367 SES: OF 2 o7
‫وو‬ 2. ‫‏‬.csam ‫تدعو‬ ‫تدعو‬ ‫تدع‬

=e on on
2. tem. ‫نيعدت‬‎ ese eg
5 ots “206 2 08
‫‏‬sito © . ‫ادعو‬ ‫ادعو‬ ‫دع‬
- 390-7 2I-0~ AEs CS
lauD .3 ‫‏‬.csam ‫يدعوان‬ ‫يدعوا‬ ‫يدعوا‬
5 -3 0- -20- 7307
‫ ار‬153 1‫اطة‬ ‫تدعوان‬ ‫تدعوا‬ ‫تدعوا‬

-30- =3 0= 72 07
» 2. ‫تدعوان‬ es‫‏‬ ‫تدعوا‬

‫ا‬ On 703 PN‫‏‬
.rulP .3 ‫‏‬.csam ‫يدعون‬ ‫يدعوا‬ ‫يدعوا‬
‫تأ‬ ‫وم‬ Kees ce‫‏‬
», 3» fem. Ose ‫لوعدي‬‎ ‫لوعدي‬

- ‫دمو‬ ‫ود‬ 7
‫ رو‬2. ‫‏‬,esaM ‫تندعون‬ ‫تدعوا‬ ‫تدعوا‬

est de
Jee 7a 20° Gigs OS
9, ‫ار‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‏‬epO ‫تدعون‬ ‫تدعون‬

‫ و‬-0 Gad Ue Jig OZ‫‏‬
sneH ‫‏‬yb ‫ندعو‬ ‫درن‬ ‫ع‬
Imperative
Sing. masc. ‫ادع‬

3063
Dual ‫اوعدا‬‎
-208
Plur. masc. 0
‫ده‬ ‫ فس‬DOD:‫‏‬
» ‫‏‬.mef ‫ادعى‬ » fem. ‫نوعدا‬‎
Part. Active
ee
Sing. nom. masc. ‫عاد‬‎ (with Art. (‫ىعادلا‬‎ fem. ‎‫داعية‬
2- -
» accus. ,, ‫داعيًا‬ ( ” ” ‫(الذاعى‬ ” ‫داعية‬

- -
oo
35‫و‬ gen. ” fa ( ” ” )lle ‫‏‬: ‫داعية‬
se
Dual nom. masc. ‫نايعاد‬‎ fem. Ok cls

-
‫ وو‬gen. accus. ,‫ ‏‬. ‫داعيين‬ ‫ىو‬, -‫داعيتين‬

ie a tay‫‏‬
Plur. nom. ‫داعون‬ ‫وى‬ ‫داعيات‬
» gen. accus, ” gels 4 oblslo‫‏‬

Bs ‎‫ه‬-
Part. Pass. ‫وعدم‬‎
Passive Perfect
Sing. 3. masc. Dual Les Plur. |‫اوعد‬‎

--‫و‬
‫وو‬ 3. fem.‫‏‬ » ‫‏‬sek 5 ‫دعين‬
» 2. masc.‫‏‬ »» ‫دعيتما‬ ‫وو‬ ‫دعيتم‬
‫وو‬ 2. fem.‫‏‬ ” ‫دعيتن‬
0 > 7 ‫دعيئا‬
Pass. Imperf. Indic. Subj. Juss.

‘ >‫ده‬ - 320 ‫أ‬ ‫وج‬
.gniS .3 ‫‏‬.csam ‫يدعى‬ ‫يدعى‬ = ‫يد‬
-‫وه‬ - ‫وه‬ - 96
» 3. ‫‏‬,mef ‫ندعى‬ ‫تدعى‬ ‫تدع‬
= 25 75 0 - 90
» 2 ‫‏‬,csam ‫تدعى‬ ‫تدعى‬ ‫تدع‬

0. 3 ‫ه‬ ‫ره‬ 96-70
» 2 ‫‏‬.mef ‫تدعين‬ ‫تدعى‬ ‫تدعى‬

- ‫ه‬4 -o2 - of‫‏‬
1-05 ‫ادعى‬ ‫ادعى‬ ‫ادع‬
1 -- 90 39,
Dual 3. masc. ‫نايعدي‬‎ ‫ايعدي‬ ‫ايعدي‬
7 25 55 ee Ned 00039
00 ‎‫تدعيان‬ ews ‎‫تدعيا‬

1 7-02 “- 02 YD
ya ‫‏‬DPA ‫تدعيان‬ ‫تدعيا‬ ‫تدعيا‬
- ‫جه‬ ‫ره‬ ‫به‬ 96 o- ‫‏‬96
.rulP .3 ‫‏‬.csam ‫يدعولن‬ ‫يدعوا‬ ‫يدعوا‬

-6- 96 -6- 90 "930-0
oy 34fem, ‫نيعدي‬‎ ‫نيعدي‬ ‫نيعدي‬

2 -‫ه‬‎ Oe ‫هج‬‎ O29 o- Oo»
»» 2. ‫‏‬.csam ‫تدعون‬ ‫تدعوا‬ ‫تدعوا‬

BOT‫‏‬ ‫نام‬ OOD.‫‏‬
‫وو‬ 2. ‫‏‬,mef ‫تدعين‬ ‫تدعين‬ ‫تدعين‬
» 1. ‫ندعى‬ ‫ندعى‬ ‫ندع‬

‫فده و‬ 2 ‫و‬ ‫‏‬gC ‫وه‬
The following points should be particularly noted in the

above tables:
(a) Active Perfect: The final radical disappears in the 3rd

Person Fem. Sing. and Dual. In the 3rd Pers. Masc. Plural
also it disappears, but the previous radical has a diphthong
to compensate it:
o-- grr
‫‏ دعوا‬ad ‫ولمع‬ ‫ دعووا‬da‫مع ‏‬.
(b) Active Imperfect: Note the elision of the weak ‫مهم‬‎ in

the 2nd P. Fem. Sing., and the 2nd and 3rd P. Masc. Plur.
in both Indicative and Subjunctive. In the Jussive it also
disappears in all parts in which it would otherwise be the final

letter. The same applies to the Imperative.
(c) The complicated forms of the Active Participle
should be especially noted, as some of these participles are of
frequent use as nouns, e.g. ‫ضاق‬‎ a judge; ‫عاد‬‎ muezzin.
Used thus, with technical meanings, these Active Participles
take broken plurals of the form es ‫ٌةاعد‬‎ when applied to
human beings.
(d) The Passive table above can be taken as a model for
all Defective Verbs whatever the vowelling of the Active may
be.
4. Conjugation of the verb (‫)نع‬‎ es) to be pleased (with)
(Of the form Athy

Perfect
Sing. 3. masc. ‫ىضر‬‎ Dual ‫ايضر‬‎ Plurs |0
‎‫وو‬ 3. fem. ‫تيضر‬‎ ‫وو‬ ‫اتيضر‬ ” ‫نيضر‬

= « -y9 - ‫هو‬‎ >
»» 2. masc. ‫تيضر‬‎ ry ‫امتيضر‬‎ «, 2‫رمتيضر‬
7 2 fem. ‫تيضر‬‎ ‫وو‬ ‫ٌنتيضر‬
‎‫وو‬ 1 ‫رصي‬ ‫و‬ ‫رضيئنا‬

Sing. 3. masc. ae es Pn
02 ae 207
» 3. fem. ‫ىضرت‬‎ ‫ىضرت‬ ‫ضرت‬
mos > 2
»» 2. masc, ‫ىضرن‬‎ ‫ىضرت‬ . ‫صرت‬
a=. Cis ‫كه‬‎ roan es
‎‫وو‬ 2. fem. ‫نيضرت‬‎ ‫ىضرت‬ ‫ىضرت‬

66 2 >
ti ks ‫ىضرا‬‎ ‫ىضرا‬ ‫ضرا‬
١ Imperf. Indic. Subj. Juss.

Dual 3. masc. Oe ie Nes
42 6- 2-20 2-260
‫‏‬Si 30 ‫ترضيان‬ ‫ترضيا‬ ‫ترضيا‬
7 ee oa ee
‫‏‬.dei ‫ترضيان‬ ‫ترضيا‬ ‫ترضيا‬
5 6‫>ه‬-6>- 6-5-
.rulP .3 ‫‏‬.csam ‫يرضون‬ ‫يرضوا‬ ‫يرضوا‬
62 0 - 0- 0-
‫ىو‬ 3. ‫‏‬.meL ‫يرضين‬ ‫يرضين‬ ‫يرضين‬
000 0 0-07
‫وو‬ 2. ‫‏‬.csam ‫ترضون‬ ‫ترضوا‬ ‫ترضوا‬
- 0- o- -0-0- -0-0-
‫رو‬ 2. ‫‏‬.mef ‫ترضين‬ ‫ترضين‬ ‫ترضين‬
ot -o- 202
” 1. rr ‫ىضرن‬‎ ‫صرن‬
Imperative
07-0
Sing. masc. il Dual be Plur. masc. ‫اوضرا‬‎

6-0 -o-6
» fem. ‫ارضى‬ ‫وو‬‎ fem. ‫نيضرا‬‎

- ac- 3 o-
Part. Act. ‫ضار‬‎ (with article (‫ىضارلا‬‎ Part. Pass. ‫ىض‬‎

1 5 - 69
Pass. Perf. a (see (‫ىعد‬‎ Imperf. Indic. aie (see (‫ىعدي‬‎
The Passive of this measure is exactly the same as the

Active, but for the change of the vowelling of the initial
radical.
5. Conjugation of 0 to throw (of the form ews

Perfect
: ae oe Ort
Sing. 3. masc. ‫ىمر‬‎ Dual ‫ايمر‬‎ Plur. ‫اومر‬‎
6 as Roa
‎‫وو‬ 3. fem. ‫تمر‬‎ ” ‫اتمر‬ ” ‫نيمر‬
-62- ‫وود‬‎ ->‫هووج‬
‎‫وى‬ 2. 8221©. 2 ‫رميثت‬ ,, ‫رميتما‬ ‫وو‬ een
6> Gi20--
‎‫وو‬ 2. fem. or) Ap ow)
Bere I-o--
35‫و‬ 4, ‫رميت‬ ‫وو‬ ‫رمينا‬

o- 2162 o-
Sing. 3. masc. ‫ىمري‬‎ ‫ىمري‬ ‫مرد‬
o- - Ck o-
» 3. fem. ‫ىمرت‬‎ ‫ىمرت‬ (ee
“ee ‫ا‬‎ en
» 2. masc. ‫ىمرت‬‎ wr t
‎‫ت‬0 o- 6>
»» 2. fem, ‫نيمرت‬‎ ‫ىمرت‬ wr
of - 06 ‫هم‬‎
» 1. ‫ىمرا‬‎ ‫ىمرا‬ ‫نا‬

- -‫ن‬‎ - on ‫و‬‎
Dual 3. masc. ‫نايمري‬‎ ‫ايمري‬ ‫ايمري‬
- o- - > 25
‎‫وو‬ 3. fem. ‫نايمرت‬‎ ‫ايمرت‬ ‫ايمرت‬
- e- ‫هو‬‎ - o-
ys ‫نايمرت‬‎ ‫ايمرت‬ ‫ايمرت‬

5 307 ‫دو‬‎ ->‫دو‬
Plur. 3. masc. ‫لومري‬‎ ‫اومري‬ ‫اومري‬
2 Jo 0 5 -
‎‫دار‬ 3. fem; or ‫نيمري‬‎ ‫نيمري‬
> 3907 207 ‫دود‬‎
‎‫ور‬ 2. 52201. ‫ترمون‬ ‫ترموا‬ ‫ترموا‬
<heg ‎‫ري‬ oS:
» 2. fem. ony ‫نيمرد‬‎ ony
o- 12 o-
” UF wer we [ey
Imperative
° - 6 ‫دو‬‎
Sing. masc. ‫مرإ‬‎ Dual ‫ايمرا‬‎ Plur. masc. ‫اومرا‬‎

Ms Z ris
7” LEM ‫را‬‎ ,. LEMS ‫نيمرا‬.‎
Verbal Noun =
3 o-
Part. Act. ‫مار‬‎(with article (‫ىمارلا‬‎ Part. Pass. ee‫رم‬‎
Pass. Perf. a Imperf. Indic. oe
‫ رميت‬etc.‫‏‬ ‫ ترمى‬etc.‫‏‬
6. Derived Forms are standard, whatever the vowelling

of the root, and the final radical invariably appears as ya’.
Conjugation of the Derived forms of all Defective verbs.
= ‎52‫و‬ a5
‫‏‬niai{ ‫يلاق‬ ‫‏‬yG ‫لاق‬ ‫ملاق‬
= 2
- of ‫هر‬‎ of ‫هو‬‎ 203
Vial seat!
4
‫ىقلي‬‎=
-
‫قلا‬
-
o
Eeoo
2
‫ىقلم‬‎ |
Vo ee Gee ‫د‬‎
a-- a--- a-- ‫ندعو‬‎ B--5
1 fea pgetell‫وو‬‎ ‫ كاوا‬ea Pc ‫هدف‬‎

vin al al
vin tah 33‫لكن‬‎ :
١
IX ‘Very rare
ae ee o- O7
‫ين‬‎ 9
‫هد‬ O09 2o-‫‏‬
-
‫وه‬
Verbal Noun
WI aa ٠7 ‫قلت‬‎ 17111 ‫ءاقتلا‬

III ‫ةاقالم‬‎ and 2 VI ‫قالت‬‎ IX Very rare
IV cl) VII cla! X eldest

The following points should be noted:
(a) The elision of the final radical in the Active Participle
of the simple verb. These words are declined like els,already
given in full. :
(b) The nunation (with kasra) of the Active Participle in

the derived forms of the verb is changed to 6 > in the
‎‫وه‬ “08 0307
definite, e.g. ‫مرم‬‎ throwing, a thrower (from (,4)!-IV); ‫ىم‬‎ ‫رملاو‬
2 eee ‫هد‬‎ if
the thrower; 6x41 ,‫ىمرم‬‎ the thrower of the stone.
(c) The alif magsira of the Passive Participle in the derived

2029
forms loses its nunation nee the word is definite, e.g. Ab,
‫هر‬‎ 2 500 6‫م‬
‫الملقى‬. ehT eninimef‫‏‬si ‫ملقاة‬, ‫لملقاة‬
(d) Verbal Nouns: Note that in Form II these verbs

always have the form ids, not Ke In III the first form of
the verbal noun has an ’alif in place of the weak radical,
before the feminine ending. Forms V and VI elide the final
radical when indefinite and they change the damma of the
middle radical of the regular verb to kasra. The ya reappears
when the word is definite. Finally, the verbal nouns in forms
III (second type), IV, VII, VIII, [IX and X have a final
hamza in place of the weak radical.
(e) Form IX is extremely rare in this type of verb, but
when it occurs, the doubled final radical appears as an alif
followed by a ya. From ‫ىمع‬‎to be or become blind, we also
- -o
have ‎‫ اعماى‬with the same meaning. The XIth Form also

occurs, and in it the y@ is doubled, as it should be, e.g. Sls,
also with the same meaning.
7. When an attached pronoun is added to any word

ending in alif magsiira, the latter is written as an ?alif, accord-
ing to its actual sound. This applies to pronominal objects
of defective verbs.
€.g. +) he threw; oly) he threw him or it.
ee
‎‫ يلقى‬he meets; ‫مه‬‎‫اقلي‬he meets them.
‫ساسم‬
ay he encountered; ‫كاقال‬‎ he encountered you.

But note that the ya’, if preceded by kasra, is no longer
an alif maqstira.
se ae
e.g. ‫ىقل‬‎ he met; 43 he met him.
6 '
‎‫ يرمى‬he throws; ‫هيمري‬‎ he throws it.

The same change to ?alif occurs also in nouns.
€.g. (4) consent; Wl») her consent. ‫اهاضر‬‎ ‫ نودب‬without
her consent. ١ Pe
This rule does not apply to the prepositions ‫ىلع‬‎ “on”
and ‎‫“ إلى‬to”, which, as already shown, become diphthongs
=07= ee
when a pronoun is attached, e.g. ‫اميلع‬‎ on her, it; ‫مهيلإ‬‎ to
them, etc. 7
8. The Defective and Hollow Verbs can cause much

difficulty for the beginner in one way or another. This is par-
ticularly so when he encounters certain forms of these verbs
in unvowelled Arabic. Let us take as an example the phrase
‎‫ يقل‬/ُ Here it would be difficult to tell whether the verb is:
from a hollow verb (2 BG
”» 99 ” ” (=) ‫لاق‬‎
doubled ,, at
» >, defective ,, ‫ىلق‬‎‘ ‫الق‬
The root of the verb in the phrase 4 } could be either
eee - - ac
‫ دحو‬or‫ داح ‏‬or‫ ‏‬.‫ دج‬In most cases, of course, the context‫‏‬
should prove a guide to the correct root. Where there is‫‏‬
doubt the student may have to check several possible roots‫‏‬
before finding the correct one.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
es (2) to hope for, request ‫اعد‬‎ (2) to call, pray for,

(acc. of person or thing) invite
‎‫ رحا‬hope ‎‫ إدعى‬VIII to claim
> 0-0
‫) الت‬2( to read, recite‫‏‬ ‫ ىعدتسا‬X to summon‫‏‬

‫ نم‬Us ).2( to approach‫‏‬ ‫( ضام‬with article‫ (الماضى ‏‬past,‫‏‬

“last
(3s ‘ =) Ka (2) to com-
plain (about) wa (—) to decide, judge
‫ شكوى‬pl.‫ شكاو ‏‬complaint‫‏‬ ‎‫ اقتضى‬VIII to demand, re-

quire
ol III to call‫‏‬
‎‫ قاض‬pl. ‎‫ قضاة‬judge (Cadi)
‫)احن‬2( to escape‫‏‬
(‫ )نع‬lic ).2( to forgive‫‏‬ A )-( to build
line (2.) to be pure, clear ‎‫ م‬Be to water
err le
ake pure, clear ‫ هيلع‬iid Pass. he fainted‫‏‬
eon II to name, call (doubly ras itt Pass. she fainted

trans.; or second object with
‎‫(ب‬ ee V to wish, hope, beg
x (=) to weep ‫ ىبر‬11 to train, bring up,‫‏‬

breed‫‏‬
pes (—) to run, flow, eas ; a.
happen 4.5 education, upbringing
5-0- savin ?
0 (~) to walk, go ‫ معهد‬pl.‫ معاهد ‏‬institute‫‏‬
‫ ةاثم‬infantry (pl. of Act.‫‏‬ med
Part.)‫‏‬ ‫ قوت‬V Pass. to dia‫‏‬
‫ شاوم‬cattle pl. of‫ماشية ‏‬ ‫ (=) ىده‬to guide‫‏‬
fess V to lunch, have lunch Bie road, path (Quranic)

SAS Os 3
es V to dine, have dinner, ‎‫ مستقيم‬straight
supper ea Shull
oF ‎‫ )هك رضى‬ot eb detnetnoc

‫ ىطعأ‬IV to give (doubly‫‏‬
trans.)‫‏‬ with, approve of
et (~) to pass, go away es (—) to forget

‎‫ةق‬
es forgetfulness, forget- ‎‫ جو‬,yks ,ria erehpsomta
4 ting
0
‎‫ )—( بقى‬to remain ‫ ىوح‬air- adj.‫‏‬
oe g -
ela remaining n., existence ‫ ديرب‬post, mail‫‏‬

Pre
‫ راد ءاقبلا‬the Hereafter,‫‏‬ ‫( قلخ‬2) to create‫‏‬
Heaven (lit. the House of‫‏‬
Eternity)‫‏‬ les pl.‫ نيطايش ‏‬Satan, devil‫‏‬
Bit
A (—) to meet someone yl rest, remainder (with
GV III, following genitive)
” ”
e- zee
>
= » ‫نع‬‎ ‫ الدب‬instead of
‎‫ القى‬IV to throw
a VIII to meet one another ‫ لاع‬with article Jet high‫‏‬

Su
> OF
0٠ bitter ‫ اغلبية‬majority‫‏‬
5‫و‬- ‫ و‬03 af AGS ‫ا‬‎ ge
‫ عرمو‬Syl man‫‏‬ ‎‫ بص » باص‬pl. ‎‫ باصات‬bus
---e
‫( بقاع‬III) to punish‫‏‬ ‎‫ الميلاد‬ee Christmas
EXERCISE 55
zee 2a
w O69
‫الطائرة‬ ‫‏احب‬
‫ ص‬eem ‫سا ب‬
4) By ‫نوجا‬‎ ‫ رجاثلا‬ot — ‫م‬‎ ee (oe3ie 1

a ‫‘و‬of.‫‏‬
. ‫لاع‬‎‫ توصب‬Ola iy ‫ةعابللا‬‎ ‫اند‬

2 5 “6
‫ ا‬. ‫ الشكاوى‬- ‫‏‬uJ ‫‏ قولك‬A ‫الرجاء‬ ‫عه‬

ar ‎‫ده‬
4a 9}
‫ أعْلبِيةٌ المشاة بحياتهم‬eE‫‏‬lip ‫ قبلت دعومي‬Pere,‫الخليفة ‏‬

dG 5 ‫دون‬ -‫م‬-
-
-9a-7
«dhe ‎‫فى‬ ‫_اخديا‬

‫ ك‬elo a ni( )hcihw ‎‫ه‬4 ‫! محل ففي‬J snaol
20) 209 ‫كه‬ ‫ءَّه‬ ‫ىق‬ OB‫‏‬
srt ys ‫ادبزو‬‎ ee , ‫ تتعشى عندى‬Ol‫فاستحسن ‏‬

a--é
* ‎‫ أثناء زيارته عد‬er fa YG ‎‫القاضى قل‬ ‫ ون‬yR ‎‫حاتمنى‬ ٠
‫ رلا‬tiew ,2 da ‫‏‬eG ‫ البلثالتزور‬ebay)‫‏‬

‫ت‬
‫‏ جديدًا‬yE ‫القاضى‬ ‫‏‬yi . ‫ فكرفىالمستقبل‬:‫ لمامَقَى‬di‫‏‬
‫ — إهدنا د‬, . ‫ الشهر الماضى‬og ‫‏‬yeKa » ‫ف حي العرب‬
tt‫‏‬si » ‫طويلة‬ ‫‏ واقفين‬sep ‫ هر‬. ,naruQ( aru
‫)‏‬sI ‫المستقيم‬
‫ اذه‬Gi cp‫ اي ‏‬yy‫نايسنلا ‏‬. ‫ اههبلغو‬os gle) Je‫‏‬

7 al‫ لصي ‏‬aba) SoH!‫ بالبريد ‏‬ul‫ الصندوق ‏‬Jd‫الخطاب‏‬
ge Ol ga Mew‫ ‏‬,‫ تناك‬:‫ دليلاىلا‬ae dS Ce‫‏‬
262 Sage! aay ohne eae Pings‫‏‬
1 ‎‫لوجم إليه‬, YO lua saW ‎‫ بواج‬4 ee ‎‫أولادنا‬
0 ‫ددا المرءمثل شيطان لا‬ ‫‏‬١ .‫التاء‬ ‫ د‬Suds‫ ‏‬.‫الوت‬
‫ نكل‬ia‫‏‬
‫لرج‬ ‫ لد‬ce —y. .(righteous deeds) ella‫‏‬ ‫عن‬
‫‏‬lA . ‫‏نيهم بالماء الصانى‬snit ‫ا‬ . ‫ الرجال‬au ‫‏‬0

60‫و‬ ‫و‬ io = 3 eae seig ‫‏‬eb
« ‫» غردون‬ ‫‏ شارع‬er 5 ‫لقيت‬ ‫عات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‏‬le ‫فاشرباها‬ ‫مواشيهما‬
‫ا‬ =o a 309 3300 >‫‏‬
—yy . ‫كلذ‬‎ ‫ هتيمسو نودرغب دعب‬igs J! ‫هتلمحف‬‎ (Gordon)
si ere1 | ‫‏‬re ‫‏ الحو‬YO ‫فلتلتق فى الجنينة‬
‫ا‬ ‫‏ عليهم‬ro( ‫ وقضى (حكم‬vce‫‏‬
EXERCISE 56
1. Abu Bakr (may God be pleased with him!) (Use Perfect,
““God has been pleased with him’’, for a pious wish) was the
first Caliph in the history of the Islamic State. 2. We read
in the opening sura (at of the Quran: ‘‘Lead us in the
straight path”. 3. The foreign traveller mounted a swift
_
camel and escaped. For two months he drank camels’ milk,

and found it very bitter, because he was used to cow’s milk.
4. They met in an elevated place, and the atmosphere was
pure there. They had become disgusted with the smoke of
cities. 5. Hassan will remain here instead of his father. As for
the rest of those present, let them lunch with us, then we
will give them the presents, and they can leave. 6. I used to
meet him in the bus every day when I was studying in the
Institute of Education. 7. We hope that the judge will treat
these men as ‫)امك‬‎( they deserve when they appear before
him. They stole many letters from the air mail, and opened
them. Then, when they found no money in them, they threw
them in the river. 8. Indeed, they are devils, and the majority
of the inhabitants of this city fear them. 9. In the past many
people complained about your friend’s doings, but we
forgave him. Now we shall weep, but we shall also punish
him. 10. The teacher said to the girls: ‘‘Run’’, and to the
boys, ‘‘Walk!”’. 11. Have you forgotten that your father died
last week? 12. God created us that we might go to heaven.
13. I have called you, so approach me and tell me about your
complaint. 14. The foreign commander did not know correct
Arabic, so he called the infantry “cattle”! 15. Summon the
man who (‫)ىذلا‬‎ claims that his son is a prophet. 16. You two
have built a beautiful house, you have watered a beautiful
garden, but you have not brought up your children; and this
is the most important of your duties as parents and Muslims.
17. We hope that you will recite the Quran in the mosque
tomorrow. You are the best reciter in the village. 18. Our
hearts have become pure. 19. The ministers have invited me
to dine with them. 20. This invitation was unexpected, and
I cannot go as I am busy that night. 21. He greeted her, and
passed on to his uncle’s house, and remained there until
sunset,
CHAPTER THIRTY
‎)َ‫(ألباب التلَانُون‬
The Doubly and Trebly Weak Verb
1. Taking the hamza as a weak consonant, it is possible for
two, or even three, radicals of a triliteral verb to be weak.
Such verbs were termed Bie (complicated, tangled) by the
philologers. They are, obviously, of rare occurrence, but
they do include some common verbs, and, in any case, they
must be given for completeness. The following types may
be encountered:
2. Verbs with waw and ya as 2nd and 3rd radicals respec-

tively. These must be conjugated as Deficient verbs, the
Medial waw remaining in all parts. Consequently there is no
need to give any tables, e.g.
o- --
($9 $9) to recount, transmit,

ee
(hence 4:19) a story or play).
5 6
Imperative, ‫ورا‬‎
The derived forms present no problems.
3. Doubled verbs with ya’ as Medial and Final Radicals.

ac
Conjugation of ee also written ‫ىح‬‎ (for se) to live.

Perf. Imperf. Indic.
- t- -o-
ond is& (also written Ls)

:0 -E-
250
THE DOUBLY AND TREBLY WEAK VERB 251
In the derived forms, the second yd? is changed to ?alif,

>62
e.g. in Form IV l=! (to resuscitate, revive)
-0-0 ‫تدعو‬‎ OTS
In X the forms ‫ايحتسإ‬‎ , ‫ ىحتسا‬and ‫ىحتسإ‬‎ (to spare alive, to
feel ashamed) are encountered. The second yd of this root
appears to have been originally a wdw, as is seen in the
‫و‬ ---
word ‎‫حيوان‬
4. Verbs in which the first and third radicals are weak
letters. These follow the rules that govern the conjugation
of the Assimilated and the Defective verbs; e.g.
Perf. dé‫و‬‎ to guard: Imperf. Indic. ‫ىقيز‬‎ Juss. ie
Imper. Masc. Sing. 5; Fem. Sing. 3; Plur. |Fe
Part. Act. ‫قا‬‎‫( و‬with Article .(‫قاولا‬‎

VILL ‎‫ت جم‬01 cet )d8(
Perf. as to be complete, fulfil (a promise).
IV. fore Ail to fulfil a Lor; Imperf. Indic. ‫فويل‬‎:
Imper. il; Verbal Noun ‫ءاقيإ‬‎.
Perf. ae‫و‬‎ to be near, follow; Imperf. Indic. ab ; Juss. fee

Imper. J.
-
5. Verbs with waw or ya? for allthree radicals. Only ‫ىيب‬‎is

encountered, and that only in 11 3 to write, a beautiful ya’.
wee
Perfect Imperfect Jussive
3 ak BS etc.
2. m. ong etc.
etc.
6. Doubled Verbs with Initial hamza, ¢.g.
(tak) a to burn (3 ) alto direct one’s steps towards.
Such verbs must follow the rules of the doubled verb, and
those of the Verb with initial hamza. Needless to say, the
--s
hamza cannot be removed (e.g. as the Imperative of 41).
37 ect :
Conjugation ‫جا‬‎ Perfect gS Sf Jussive
‫َه‬ ‫دق‬ ‫م ده‬- ‫م‬
0 as a 2-‫‏‬
sine: col ‫جوت‬‎ etcuthi ‫عب‬‎
- 0-8 a 3-
‎‫وو‬ 2. m. ‫تجحا‬‎ (a
o-é - ow 2
‫وو‬‎ 2 173 ‫اججت‬ Oy
> 0-6 3 22
‎‫وو‬ .1 ‫اججت‬ cl
7. Verbs with Initial hamza and Medial waw or ya:

These are conjugated like hollow verbs, save that the rules
of orthography for the hamza must be followed:
- -¢
e.g. wl for ‫بوأ‬‎ to return.

Perf, Imperf. Indic. Juss.
- a 2 abe 0 2-
‎‫اب‬ ‫ يووب‬osla( nettirw ‎‫(يوب‬ ‫يوب‬
055 ‎‫و‬ ‫د‬ o ‎َ‫ث‬-
‫ابت‬ ‫تووب‬ ‫توب‬
- ‫‏‬fo » 2 ‫ ه‬2-
‫ ابت‬etc.‫‏‬ ‫ تووب‬etc.‫‏‬ ‫ توب‬etc.‫‏‬
Imper.
‎‫وه‬ 2 5 re
cI Part. Active ‫بنا‬‎

; 7
‎‫اوبى‬ Pass. Perf. ‫بيا‬‎
-
So too the rarer verbs:
a (for isl), to injure.
di (for ‫ل‬‎sl), to come, return.

ot (for ual}, to be strong. II 5 to strengthen.
8. Verbs with Medial hamza and Initial waw or ya’.
These are very rare, but the following are the most common.
0 ‎‫ يئس‬, to despair. As is usual with verbs with Initial ya’

that letter is not elided. With ae we find dls
‫و‬‎ » Ja, to seek
-t-
refuge; and the Quranic ‫داو‬‎ 6a, to bury (a female child)

alive. In these the waw is elided according to the rules for
the Assimilated Verb, and the orthography of the hamza
follows the normal rules.
In the unlikely event of derived forms Bee encountered,
-ta
they follow the normal rules; e.g. from si‫و‬‎ VIII ‫داتا‬‎ to act
slowly, Imperfect +: , Imperative 381, It should be noted
that the hamza a a normal consonant, and may therefore be
-ae ‎‫لقيو‬
doubled; e.g.5
als V; Imperfect :‫دأوتي‬‎ with the same meaning
as VIII.
9. The Hollow Verb with final hamza. This is an extremely
common class, and in many parts, the hamza is written, as
the Arabs say, “‘on the line”, that is, to our way of thinking,
suspended in mid-air,
- E- -
e.g. el. for ‫اوس‬‎ to be bad.

Boor
ai for » to come.
Conjugation of ele to come.

2 3 LS
‫حاء‬ ‫بجىء‬ sé‫‏‬
‫ه‬2 2 g ‫‏‬3
‫تءاح‬ iS Ss‫‏‬
925 es 8 -
<*> etc. & = etc. = ete.
Imper
8 -
Ss Verbal Noun ‫ءىجم‬‎
is ete. Part. Active gle (with Article Jl)

Pass. Perf. ‫ءىج‬‎ Imperf. ‫ماجي‬‎
The student may wonder how such a verb can have a

Passive. But verbs in Arabic may be transitive through a
preposition, and this especially applies to verbs of motion
which, with ‫بر‬‎ mean to bring or take;
- ‎‫ساسا‬ - ee
eg. ‎‫ ب‬agto bring. ‫بهذ‬‎ to go; ‫ب‬‎ ‫ بهذ‬to take (away).

‫( ا‬for }1 to be bad.‫‏‬
be 1 ‫د‬‎
‎‫ساء‬ Eyomy ‫وسي‬‎
‫‏‬ep ‫و‬ ‫ و‬-
”- ‫وه‬ 0 2 Jz‫‏‬
etc. etc. etc.
Imper.
‎‫ده‬ ‫م‬
ju Verbal Noun ‫وس‬‎

‎‫سوئى‬ Part. Active ‫كاس‬‎ (with Article (‫ىثاسلا‬‎
Pass. Perf. ‫ءىس‬‎ Imperf. Indic. Zl,

-é
Of the Derived forms is IV alul to make bad; Imperf.
Indic. ¢ 5.3; Imper. ae Verbal Noun sal); Part. Act. pene
Conjugation of ala (for 254) to wish.

- Ae Noe
‎‫شاء‬ ‫يشاء‬ ‫يشا‬
oe ae 2--
eels elas las
a6 ae ere
‎‫ شئكت‬ete. eK’ ete. ‫اشن‬‎ ete.
g- 9° a7) Ee
Imper. ‫اش‬‎ Verbal Noun (,4 and ‫ةئيشم‬‎
Pass. Perf. ect Part. Act. eli (with Article SeU1).

10. Verbs with Medial hamza and Final ya’. These include
E-
the common verb ‫ىار‬‎ to see, which also has certain irregu-
larities of its own, in that the hamza is dropped in the
Imperfect and Imperative, and in Form IV.
Perfect.
Sing. 3. masc. ‫ىأر‬‎ Dual ul, Plur. Isl)
© Gofem. ١ Sl, abl ! ‫صقار‬‎

11 Mase: mals 4 al, c wal)
», 2. fem. nae 14 ‫نار‬‎
0 eal; 0
Sing. 3. masc. Sp ‫ىري‬‎ =
» 3 fem. es ies 7
» 2. masc. oo es 5
» 2. fem. oie oe Ss
Pre ‫ىرأ‬‎ ‫ىَرأ‬ A
Dual 3. masc. ‫نايري‬‎ ‫ايري‬ ‫ايري‬

» fem +‫نايت‬‎ ‫ايرت‬ ‫ايرت‬
‎‫ا‬ 7 7
Plur. 3. masc. ‫نور‬‎ 0 ly
» 3. fem. Gey: cn ‫نيري‬‎

‎‫رو‬ 2. Mase. cs : 0 ‫اورت‬‎
» 2fem. ‫نيرت‬‎
we
‫نيرت‬
oe
‫نيرت‬
oo
Imperative
‫م‬6‎
oer
3-9
Sing. Die Dual 39

‫اي‬‎ Plur. |19)
-o-
‎‫عل‬
” ‎‫رى‬ ” py
Verbal Noun Ot‫أر‬‎
Part. Active el) (with Article (‫ىئارلا‬‎

Part. Pass. oo
Pass. Perf. oO Imperf. Indic. ‫ى‬‎ 5

‫صو‬
>
When united with a suffix the forms used are oly he saw‫‏‬
- -e-
him; ‎‫ يراها‬he sees her, etc.

Of the Derived Forms the following occur:
111. wel), to dissemble; Imperf. Indic. ‫ىئاريز‬‎ Verbal
Noun ae or 2).
IV. cA to show; Pare Indic. OF Juss. 2 Imper. AE
Verbal Noun ‫ءارإ‬‎or eh.
VI. 8 ie to look at one another.

B-o
VIII. ‫ىاترا‬‎ to think.
11. Verbs with Initial hamza and Final yd or, rarely, waw.
me
These include the extremely common verb (~) (JI, to come;
-3
(also, with or without (‫ب‬‎ to bring. (—) ‫ىبا‬‎ to deny, refuse.
These verbs are conjugated as Defective Verbs, the hamza
being always retained.
“8 8 2 8
J 3k ‫ىباي‬‎ ‫تاي‬
ons 1 af ie
ol ‫قات‬‎ gl ol
- 0-é ‘te - ‫غد‬‎ 1 g-
‫ تيتا‬ete. Gl ete. GE etc. ol etc.‫‏‬
‫( تيا‬from ed !) also shortened‫ت ‏‬

Imper -
2 =‫‏‬
se etc,
Part. Active ‫تآ‬‎ (with Article Yl)
3 - ‫ده‬
Pass. Perf. ‫ىلا‬‎ Imperf. Indic. 35.
Of this verb the IV form is Gl “to bring’; Imperf. Indic.

‎‫ده‬ ‫ده‬ dU eb 2
32; Juss. ‫تؤي‬‎ : Imper. oI; Pass. Perf (3s).
12. Verbs with Final hamza and Initial wa@w (or yd’).
These may occur with different vowellings. For example,
there is i ‫أدي‬‎ to level; but the only verb likely to be
- gee
encountered is bs, ‫اطي‬‎ to tread. It is conjugated according

to the rules of the verb with final hamza and the assimilated
verb, e.g. Imperative, ‫ىط‬‎ tread.
13. Trebly weak verbs. The doubled verb with initial

hamza has already been mentioned. yee are also 5‫أوو‬‎ ‫ ىي‬2
to promise, threaten; and (J!) ‫ى‬‎sl ‫ى‬‎ ‫وأي‬to take refuge (with),
the second named being quite common.
The student can work the first out for himself, with the
aid of the dictionary, noting that the Imperative masculine
singular is just | “i”! fem sing. ‫ىاز‬‎ masc. pl. |iol.
The few derived forms which may be encountered can be
easily worked out by the student himself.
VOCABULARY
ea ‫ه‬-‎
‎‫ )~( روى‬to recount, tell ‫ايحا‬‎ IV to resuscitate,
phi revive
‫ وار‬pl. oly) a recounter,‫‏‬ -GE-
transmitter eb V to burn, be aflame

ced (£) to live CI (2) to return
So- 5
‫ ء » ءعوس‬1 n., evil (badness)‫‏‬ ‫ ٌنشيواج‬¢ ‫( شيواش‬Turk.) ser-‫‏‬
geant‫‏‬
pat evil adj.
“3 Gls (2.) to drive‫‏‬
‫ (=) ىلا‬to come‫‏‬ 3 a-
‫ سائق « سواق‬driver‫‏‬
‫ باد‬to bring‫‏‬
J!‫ جاتحإ‏‬VIII to need‫‏‬
ra (—) to come
‫ (=) شاع‬to live‫‏‬
zl )-( to wish - -86
é- oe
‫ عاضا‬IV to lose‫‏‬
Gly (G2) to see --%
‫ دافا‬IV to benefit trans.‫‏‬
‫ ةياور‬pl.‫ تايع ‏‬story, account,‫‏‬
308 pl.‫ ‏‬5 ‫ اوف‬benefit, profit,‫‏‬
play‫‏‬
03 -
interest‫‏‬
‫ (—) ىطو‬to tread‫‏‬ On a0
-6 5 ‎‫ استفاد من‬X ot tifeneb morf
‫ ىلإ (=) ىوا‬to take refuge‫‏‬ He
with‫‏‬ » in the direction of, to-
wards prep.
‫ ىوأ‬IV to harbour, provide‫‏‬
refuge, shelter, lodging‫‏‬ ‫ (=) باغ‬to be absent, go‫‏‬
absent‫‏‬
Re life, age
5 6> 5--0-
-a-
‫ ضيب‬un. ay eggs‫‏‬
‫ نيع‬11 to appoint‫‏‬
ae general adj., public
‫ جوز‬II to marry (someone to‫‏‬
somebody)‫‏‬ ‫ نكمأ‬IV to be possible (for)‫‏‬
-a-cr
‫ جوزت‬V to marry (someone)‫‏‬ 6 special‫‏‬

$a =
‫راتخا‬VIII to choose‫‏‬ ‫ ةيضق‬pl.‫ اياضق ‏‬case (legal)‫‏‬
ee‎‫ الله‬2
‫ا ىلع‬ IV to reply to‫‏‬ ‫)داق‬.2( to lead‫‏‬

‫ طباض‬pl. aes officer‫‏‬ 4s
‎‫ قا‬leader, general
s-- >>
‫ رفن‬pl. aia private (mil.)‫‏‬ ‫ ذقنا‬11 to save, deliver‫‏‬

‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪DOUBLY‬‬ ‫‪AND‬‬ ‫‪TREBLY‬‬ ‫‪WEAK‬‬ ‫‪VERB‬‬ ‫‪259‬‬
‫وم‬ ‫‪--I‬‬ ‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪- -o‬‬ ‫‪a7‬‬ ‫‪eG‬‏‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ثَ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫— يروى راو من الرواة أن سكان مرو (‪)vreM‬‏ اجتمعوا حول‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‏‪on‬‬
‫كشي ‪lO‬‏ احضر هذه‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪308‬‬ ‫‏‪o8‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ها‬ ‫‏}‪Se‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪“o-‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‏=‬
‫‪na‬‏‬
‫واليهم وصاحوا ‪ :‬بحى حاكمنا‬
‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪e-‬‬ ‫ات‬
‫وي‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪0-8‬‬ ‫‪<0-‬‬
‫‪se‬‬
‫كلذ طباضلا‬
‫اذه ‏‪5-58Ob‬‬
‫‏‪ vill Lis os‬قارعلا ‪ .‬‏‪ty.‬‬
‫‪l‬ى‏ ‪ -‬يريد أن يتزوجها لكن أباهاأبى‪ .‬د ‪ -‬ألختير‬
‫‪e‬ون‪l‬فرف‬
‫‪t‬وه‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‏‪---G-‬‬
‫» ‪fo‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪5-22‬‬
‫ميا دل‬ ‫‏‪ (nels foe‬ريدملل ماعلا ‪ .‬‏‪ Hates‬ةنيدم‬

‫‪A‬‏ — ‪ fO‬شاويش‬ ‫إل حاكمها ‪.‬‬ ‫فمشوا نحو بابها ودخلوها را‬
‫‪Maisa‬‬ ‫‏‪seo‬‬ ‫‏‪ Ace apes‬دئاقلا‬

‫تما‬
‫‪oer‬‬ ‫‪ees‬‬ ‫‪Noe‬‬ ‫‪‎‬وو‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪é-‬‏‬ ‫رهم‬ ‫‪7-6‬‬ ‫مع‬
‫زيد واجاب صديقه ‪:٠‬‏‬

‫‪ta‬‏‬ ‫انتاوما ‪7‬‬ ‫سنة‏‪ bg‬تفدنا ‏‪3 Bt‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‏‪ aE--‬و‬
‫‪Se‬‏‬ ‫الله ولذلك كاد‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ke‬‬ ‫‪eae‬‏‬ ‫«غائبٌ »‪.‬‬
‫غياب (‪).n.v‬‏ طويل حا‬ ‫‪iu‬‏ أولادنا ‪1‬‬ ‫ورم‬ ‫للدين ‪.‬‬
‫‪yt+‬‬
‫‪ - | +‬قل لناماتشاء‪yy .‬‏ ‪S‬‬ ‫مء‪.‬‬
‫هسو‬
‫لمن‬
‫‏‪(for‬‬
‫ا‬‫حننا‬
‫(حز‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫د‪‎‬‬ ‫ا‪0‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‪ea a‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬
‫رداب‪‎‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬الارض الدريه ولم اخ من‪ enoyna( )ohw ‎‬يووينى‪ .‬م‬
‫‪o-0-‬‬ ‫‪>-‬وم>‪‎-‬‬ ‫‪Ae‬‬ ‫‪<4‬‬
‫‪di‬‏ بعد ‪rO‬‏‬ ‫‪ — 44‬سوف‬ ‫برواية سيئ ‪.‬‬
‫ة‬ ‫د‬ ‫ولدى من ‪a‬‏‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫رب‪‎‬‬ ‫‪ts‬‬
‫‪ea‬‏ ‪ tJ 3 chr‬هذا ‪oB‬‏ ‪3 P‬‬

‫‪e‬‬ ‫وترى سبب كل شىءٍ‪.‬‬
‫الحرب العالمية الكبرى‪.‬‬
EXERCISE 58
1. It is recounted that the general led his army in[to] the

inferno of the fighting, and returned defeated (accusative),
and took refuge with the inhabitants of Merv. 2. We cannot
attend this case in the court, because the victim is cur friend.
3. The officer appointed an army private as my special driver.
4. The transmitters have brought back to life the history of
Islam, and we see the past in their stories. 5. Long live the
king. (lit. may the king live). 6. I have chosen a sergeant
because the officers have gone absent, all of them. 7. The
servant lost the food, so I took advantage of the food of his
neighbour’s cook. 8. I have long lived in the desert, so I
don’t need anything. 9. They have not trodden on the soil
of their native land for (since) two years, but they will
return to it in a month’s time. 10. I came, I saw, I conquered.
11. I complained of the badness of my condition, so I got
married. 12. My ae married me (2) to an ugly woman;
her name was Hind (a). 13. She provided shelter for me,
but did not benefit me. 14. Do not drive my car, you are a
bad driver. 15. Bring me those eggs and put them on the table.
16. I said to the beggar: What do you want of (from) me?
He replied: I don’t want anything of a man like you. 17. gine
benefits of this good government are known to all (endl ae),
18. Go towards the city, and stop at the bridge. 19 Bring
me flesh and bring me wine! 20. There is (Ae
fen a green hill
far away, and they recount that Our Lord (Ae) died there to
save us all.
CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE
(Gb ‫ىدا‬‎ CAN
The Quadriliteral Verb
1. As far back as the 9th century, Arabic grammarians and

philologershad classified Arabic roots as:
(a) Biliteral, ,‫ىبانث‬‎ including, in their pure form, particles

3, az .
like ‎‫ قد‬and ‎‫ زعن‬but also, the doubled verb, though the latter
was moulded into triliteral form.
(b) Trilteral, oN, by far the largest part of the language.

5 ‎‫و‬
(c) Quadriliteral, ‫ىعابر‬‎ , comprising many roots, but few
derivations and comparatively few common words. Among
SIAO=. 5 “09
the nouns are words like ‫برقع‬‎ scorpion; Ol. garden;

5 -09
Ol » proof.
(d) Quinquiliteral, alt a very small section of the vocabu-

lary, and confined to nouns. No verb can have more than
four radicals, when the letters of increase are Sete away.
Toone, common quinquiliteral words are Cy Ke a spider,
See
and ‎‫ لفك‬nightingale.
2. Here we are concerned with the quadriliteral; more

particularly, its verbs. It has a root form and three derived
forms.
The Root Form corresponds in form and vowelling to
--0-
Form II of the triliteral, e.g. 7 >> to roll (transitive), com-

pared with ‫ملع‬‎ II, le to teach.
261
‫امم‬
-
(ore
one
Perfect 3. m. ‫جرحد‬‎
Ooi
3.f. 0 ‫تجرحد‬‎
ee
2. 21. ‫دحرجحت‬
200000
2.1. ‎‫دحرجت‬
etc.
Imperfect (Indicative)
93 O79 ‫رتسو‬
3.10. ‫حجرحدي‬‎ -
etc. etc.
Imperative
6-5
11 (Came
etc.
Participles
6 ‫قو‬‎
Active One
3 9> ‫هاو‬‎
Passive ‫جرحدم‬‎
Verbal Noun
‫و‬ ->‫ى‬ - ‫و‬ -0o-‫‏‬
‫دحرحة‬ 10 ‫دحراج‬ no comparison.

Passive
Pp CoP Ue "wl
erf.1 ‘ 5
9
311 >
Bs toa | Juno
Imperf. 3 2. Gar rs
Note that the doubled ‫ل‬‎ of ‫مّلع‬‎ corresponds to the un-

vowelled ‎‫ ح‬followed by the ) in .‫جرحد‬‎
3. Quadriliteral verbal roots are of three types:

(a) Those of genuine four-radical origin, or at least
--0-
thought to be, e.g. ‫جرحد‬‎ .Sometimes these were of foreign

THE QUADRILITERAL VERB 263
<-0- 2035
origin, as ‫ذملت‬‎ to make a disciple; and ‫مجرت‬‎ to translate;
in both of which the 220 is a radical; and ‫ركشع‬‎ to camp, or
levy troops.
The Arab philologers noted the frequent presence of the
letters ‫ل‬‎ and ) in quadriliteral and quinquiliteral roots. The
term “genuine four-radical” is open to suspicion in many
cases, but those wishing to pursue the subject may check
Lane’s lists of Quasi-quadriliteral measures in page Xxvili
of Vol. I of his Lexicon.
(b) Verbs formed by the doubling of a biliteral root, some-
--0-
times with a suggestion of onomatopoeia, e.g. ‫ممت‬‎ to stammer;

ates ata
‎‫ غرغر‬to gargle; ‫لسلس‬‎ to form a chain or sequence.
(c) Composite roots taken from a familiar phrase or
combination of roots. These are oS ‫ا‬‎ we may note
> ‫وم‬ -- ‫دن‬
‫ لدمح‬to say aed moi to say‫آلله ‏‬te‫‏‬
DERIVED FORMS
pores
4. The root form is expressed in Arabic as ‫للعف‬‎ , with the
derived forms:
11 ‫للعفت‬‎ :111 ‫افعتلل‬: IV ‫للعفا‬‎.
The following are examples:
II. ‎‫ تدحرج‬to roll (intrans.)
SiO nr 0-6 ie
Imperf. Indic. eae Imperative ¢>

(PED G20--
Active Participle ‫جرحدتم‬‎ Verbal Noun ‫جرحدت‬‎
Other verbs of this form are: ‫لزلزن‬‎

‫ رت‬to be shaken; ‫بهدمت‬‎ to
follow a sect.
< =0'=0
III. ‫مطنرخا‬‎ to raise the nose, be proud.
907 0- o- 7
.frepmI ‫‏‬.cidnI ‫حرنطم‬ ‫‏‬evitarepmI ‫آخر نطم‬
Oe
Active Participle ‫مطن‬‎= Verbal Noun ‫ماطن‬‎‫رخآ‬

@ E- 6
IV. ‫نامطا‬‎ to be tranquil.
& -o- 0 Bo
Imperf. Indic. ‫يطمئن‬ ‫‏‬evitarepmI ‫اطما نن‬
-
a 2218 5 ‎>‫ ه‬6
Active Participle Pra b

Verbal Noun Oltebl
Other verbs of this form are: ‎‫ الك‬to dwindle away;

‫ود‬
‫ رعشقا‬to shudder.‫‏‬
5. Of these only II is fairly common, and it is often passive

or stative where I is active or causative. It is also customary
to form verbs of this sort from nouns, as in the example
‫جاه‬ ‫و‬22 5 71021 - ee‫‏‬
given #103; from ‫به‬‎ ‫ ذم‬a noun from ‫بهذ‬‎ to go, which
has the specialized meaning of a religious way or sect.
--o9-- - -o9--
Other examples are bse to become a Muslim; ‫فسلفت‬‎ to
philosophize from Feeds a philosopher. Many such verbs

--0--
are to be found in Modern Arabic such as 05545 to become

(like a) Sudanese; AC: to be like (or become) an American.
VOCABULARY
fone : BAY: eee 0
‎‫ زخرف‬to adorn, embellish Ok», interpreter, drago-
man, guide
‫ ةفرخر‬pl. Ss)i; adornment‫‏‬
Ie to stammer
ne to shake tr., frighten‫‏‬
ae to roll tr.
‫ تزلزل‬3 to shake intr.,
tremble, quake‫‏‬ ze 11 to roll intr.
sone
‫ رغرغ‬to gargle‫‏‬ ‫ سدنه‬to sketch, make a plan‫‏‬
2-0)
‫ حلق‬throat‫‏‬ u-ig+ engineer
Ante # 1
‫رو‬ 905
Ge » Gs neck
Bohs ‫سوسو‬ to whisper,‫‏‬ suggest
‎‫ ترجم‬to translate, interpret evil (of Satan)‫‏‬
5 OMS: --9--
‫_مج‬x~» translator‫‏‬ ‫ فسلفت‬11 to philosophize‫‏‬

--09-
tan philosophy = tO practise veterinary

surgery
evel pl. ‫ٌةفسالف‬‎ philosopher ie 0
--0--
‎‫ بطر‬pl. abl: veterinary
‫ رقهفقت‬II to be _ repulsed,‫‏‬
surgeon —*
driven back‫‏‬
3°50 5 -
- - 69--
‫ بهدمت‬11 to follow a sect‫‏‬ ‫ امتياز‬pl.‫‏‬ ‫ ات‬privilege,‫‏‬
en se)‫‏‬ concession (modern commer-‫‏‬

cial)‫‏‬
sive pl tee Suk 3 8
of‎‫ مر‬centre, headquarters

“afs wool - o-
‎
06‫ مر كر‬lartnec
plasys| III to be proud ‫م‬
ts local
‫ لعي مم‬Khartoum‫‏‬
‫ راشا ىلإ‬IV to point at, refer‫‏‬
G§ 909
‫ موطرخ‬elephant’s trunk‫‏‬
to‫‏‬
ie pl. ‫لايفأ‬‎ elephant
‫ عاذا‬IV to broadcast‫‏‬
‫ لحمضا‬IV to fade away,‫‏‬ Cire
dwindle‫‏‬ ‫ غلبم‬extent; sum (of money)‫‏‬

GE-o
‎‫ اطمان‬IV to be tranquil, ‫ ٌةمصاع‬pl.‫ مصاوع ‏‬capital (city)‫‏‬
calm ‫د د‬ 5 ce‫‏‬
2-2-6 OS! pl. ‫ناذا‬‎ ear
‫رعشقا‬ IV to shudder with‫‏‬
horror Ae pl. 5lel festival, holiday
EXERCISE 59
‫ و‬Os‫‏‬
ae
it ‫ةعاذإ‬‎‫من‬ Uae‫‏‬
‫دهع‬
a
3 53 3M ‫نم‬‎ ‎‫ عددا‬Ol
i
‫‏ الركزية من‬ta ‫)ونياطوة‬dag LJ ‫‏‬UU — ‫م‬ ‫جنوب ا‬

1 A eae 5-3 1 :‫‏‬
»‫ان ذلك الرجل فيلسوفا‬¢
‫ ك‬. ‫ حال الحيوانات‬CW‫‏‬ ‫العاصمة‬
3 2
‫ ملا ناين‬6 ‫ناطيش‬. ‫ نم سواسو‬Pau Hk)‫وق فلسفته |ن ‏‬
‫لخنا‬
‫‏‬laG ‫‏فى‬ht ُ‫ شعرث‬- ‫ د‬.‫ فى البلاد الشرقية‬2 ‫أمتيازاث‬

sf‫ ًاعاد ىف هلوق ‏‬po sell Way ١‫ لذرعرت ‏‬Gl,‫‏‬
‫دق‬‎ ‫ دج اد‬Lt ‫ةتمجرت‬‎
pe ‎‫ اللغة‬J ee)cae
- -9- --f- 6G
‫‏‬ereb ‫ على‬68 ‫سقف البيت‬ o‫‏‬ee ‫ولد‬ ‫دحرج‬
‫ريثك‬.CE‫عقوو‏‬clint‫ةرجش ‏‬gt I - ١١‫‏‬

‫رقهقت‬yy‫اهنم‏‬
‫و‬25< B)
‫ه‬0 ‫و‬
sk eA luj ‫‏‬bo .‫امرنا‬ ‫يطمئن‬ sil‫العدوء ‏‬ i‫‏‬
‫رو‬ 3969 ai 2s0- a “0-62, “0-0-0‫‏‬

— ‫‏‬oy .‫إن مركز الادارة هالوخرطوم‬, .‫اقشعررنا وتزلزلنا‬
‫رانى‬-‫ أ‬+
, .‫ لإصلاح الإدارة‬ri ‫‏‬eG ‫دفعت الحكومة المحلية‬
ssv tao heb ‫‏‬VI ‫الجن مناظر القاهرة كه‬
CE oil F 9 2,
‫و‬ 0 0-9 2 Si‫‏‬ ‫سلا‬ OW Shee OF‫‏‬

LJ IJ i ‫‏‬sS . ‫ولا نتمم‬ ‫واضحا‬ ‫تكلم كلاما‬ - ‫ور‬ .‫الفلسفة‬
‫ا‬ 2 5 3
. ‫يشيرون إلى رئيس الإدارة‬
EXERCISE 0
1. It has been broadcast in the capital that the sum needed is

two pounds per (for each) inhabitant. 2. I refer to the local
order about the appointment of veterinary surgeons. 3. This
is a matter for the central government. 4. The government
has given special privileges to the wool merchants. 5. Why do
you follow the Christian way, and you a philosopher?
6. Religion is better than philosophy, for the latter (‫)هذه‬‎ will
dwindle away. 7. We shuddered with horror when we saw
the elephants’ trunks. 8. Be tranquil, and do not think
about worldly adornments (the adornments of the world).
9. Satan has whispered these thoughts in your ears. 10. The

earth trembled, the rocks were rolled from the mountains
and the people stammered in their speech. 11. My throat
was constricted (closed), I had a pain in my neck, so I
gargled with hot water. 12. We have translated this book
that you might know and believe. 13. He used to practise
veterinary surgery, but now he is a translator in a government
office. 14. The women adorned their faces for the holiday.
15. The engineer became famous, so he became proud.
16. Roll that big stone from the door. 17. Why do you always
philosophize in times of trouble? 18. They attacked the fron-
tiers but were driven back and defeated. 19. What do you
think about the Sufis? 20. I don’t know anything (a thing)
about them.
CHAPTER THIRTY-TWO
‎)‫ والثلاثون‬GET CU!)

Various Unorthodox Verbs
G)1The Verb ya) not to be.

ieee aL eS
Perfect
-0- 0m ‫وود‬‎
Sing. 3. masc. ‫سيل‬‎ Dual ‫اسيل‬‎ Plur. ‫اوسيل‬‎
=O TRH eon ‫ا‬‎
» 013. fem, ١١‫تسيل‬‎ 3 ‫انكم‬ 3

#203 ‫برأ‬‎ ‫لاا‬ ‫هو‬ 6
ose 21026 gece) a Co) 2 ‫متسل‬‎

on G20-
i eae neat. Cad 5 Cx
‎‫>ه د‬- 0
= ey
0 i
This is all that exists of the verb. Only the Perfect occurs,
and when used it has the meaning of the Imperfect. Like BS
Z-- ‎‫ وار‬-
it may take a predicate in the accusative: 0‫رع‬‎ ‫ تسل‬Tam not

wee
an Arab. It is also used with ‫بن‬‎ ‫ ىلرعب‬.‫ تسل‬Note that, unlike

other hollow verbs its middle radical does not change to ’alif.
@)The Verbs ‫معن‬‎and ot are Verbs of Praise and Blame
(PUL
‫و‬‎ foul dual). These, like 00 only occur in the Perfect,
and have the pipers meaning. They are only found in
the 3rd Person, e.g. ‫معل‬‎fem. ‫تمعلا‬‎
Examples of use:
a; ‫مع‬‎ Zaid 15
‫نعم زيد‬ ‫دو‬ ‫ور‬ 5) 53 3 teacher?‫‏‬
268
VARIOUS UNORTHODOX VERBS 269
2 05-8
Abu si Fatima is good.
0-2 ‫و‬ - ‫وده‬
‫تمعن ةمطاف ةحوز‬ ‫اح‬ as a wife.‫‏‬

g-. - -0
Or ‫ةمطاف‬‎ ws, since the verb is sometimes put in the mascu-
line even with a feminine subject, because the Arabs were
not certain that these were verbs at all.
oe
THE VERB wt
(3.) This is one way of saying‘‘perhaps’ or “it may be”

Arabic. It is almost never used except in the 3rd Person 0
the Perfect, and it gives a Present or Future meaning. It is
followed by a sentence in the Subjunctive introduced by ol
the subject of which is also the subject of :‫ىسع‬‎
er of 5o= a
‫ ىسع ديز نا موقي‬perhaps Zaid is standing, or will stand‫‏‬

‫ همم‬-2- ‫وع‬ - (difference of emphasis in the two‫‏‬
,‫ موتي دير‬Ol ene forms). The first sentence suggests‫‏‬
“perhaps it is Zaid who will stand”.‫‏‬
This verb gives the sense of nearness, and in the rare
instances in which it occurs in 1st or 2nd Persons it means
“nearly’’.
POs (0:6 e304 =
‫تيسع نا لعفا كلذ‬ Iam nearly doing that.‫‏‬
a-G ‎‫ و‬-‫ن‬2
THE VERB OF WONDER ‫)بجعتلا‬‎ (‫لاعفا‬
(4.)The verb of Wonder is formed on the measure of
Derived Form IV (with a prefixed hamza) from any adjective.
s-- - 0s
From ‫نسح‬‎ good Cr
Sur 1 ‫تا‬‎
‫ طيب‬good‫‏‬
‫ سهل‬easy‫‏‬ ‫أسهل‬
‫و‬ =, --o8‫‏‬
‫‏‬morF ‫كر م‬ ‫‏‬elbon 8‫كر م‬

025 ‫حت‬
Ate new ‫دحا‬‎
su - 08
‫جيد‬ excellent‫‏‬ ‫احود‬
-
Note that in hollow roots the correct radical appears. In

the doubled root, the doubled radical is written with
tashdid. They are used as follows:
2105 A) 1018) ie
(a) 1435 ‫نسحا‬‎ how good is Zaid!
‫‏‬eo ‫سام‬ ‫وس‬ -
‫فاطمة‬ ‫ما احسن‬ ‫وو‬ » ‎‫ىر‬, Fatima!

--0°- --o8 -
‫ما احسن بيتنا‬ ” ‫وو‬ ‫ور‬ our house!‫‏‬

-0% -
‫ام مركأ لاجرلا‬ ,, noble are the men!‫‏‬
‫ يبل تاملعملا‬is , good are the teachers (fem.)!‫‏‬

-
Note that we have here a verb, not an adjective. It must

always have fatha at the end, and the noun at which wonder
is expressed is its object, and is therefore in the accusative.
The verb itself is always masculine singular, and we may,
perhaps, imagine b to be its subject; ‘“what has made Zaid
good?” or “that which . .!”'
(b) A much rarer form, found in the Qur?4n and early
poetry in particular, uses the Singular Masculine Imperative
of Form IV, and prefixes the Preposition ‫ب‬‎
« to the object
(thing or person).
0 6
e.g. ‎‫ بززيد‬oaS woh doogsi !diaZ
ach ty cont ‫وول‬‎ ‫ور‬ ‫رى‬ 12203, ete.

ma ‎‫ب‬ ٠
A pronominal object may be used with either form.

3-- 08 -
‫ ام هئسحا‬or 9 gaol how good he is!‫‏‬

If two such verbs apply to one object, the second one must
take a pronominal termination referring to the object already
mentioned.
ore
apy las ‫ةمطاف‬‎ gal ‫ام‬‎ how beautiful is Fatima and

how tall.
WISHES (THE OPTATIVE)
5. In Classical Arabic it was customary to express wishes,

especially pious wishes in which the name of God was
mentioned, in the Perfect, as if the wish had already been
fulfilled, e.g.
abe ‎‫دو‬-
‫هجر هللا‬ May God have mercy on him (literally, God‫‏‬
“has had mercy on him)‫‏‬
Certain formulae of this kind are used in old literature
whenever the name of the Prophet Muhammad or the early
saints of Islam are mentioned.
e.g. For the Prophet play ‫هيلع‬‎ ‫ هللا‬7 May God bless him
and save him (abbreviated to ‫معلص‬‎ i
For the early Khalifas, Companions of the Prophet, etc.,
ais ‫هللا‬‎ ‫ ىضر‬may God be pleased with him (abbreviated to
42)). ;
This Perfect may be preceded by the negative ‫ال‬‎ ,
e.g. ‫كادي‬‎ EL ,‫ال‬‎ May thy hands not grow dry!
Later, especially in speech and popular language, the
Imperfect came to be used in this context, e.g. ‫ةمحري‬‎ ‫ هللا‬or
‎‫ الله‬az» God have mercy on him! (of the dead).
THE VERB ‫لاز‬‎

6. The verb ai|; Imperf. ls.
a to cease is used preceded by
the negative particles ‫امر‬‎ Y, or ‫هل‬‎and followed either by an
Imperfect Verb, or a participle or other adjective in the
accusative, to mean that the action is still continuing.
‫ابهاذ‬ --‫ ام لاز | |و‬Hassan is still going.‫‏‬

2-e- ١ ‫نسح‬‎ / o-- o- (lit, did not cease to go).
‎‫يدهب‬ sr‎‫§ الم‬ 8°)
‫تلون‬9‫يقا‬ ‫وا‬Ree:
‫ما زال‬
SBE ily ‫مل‬‎
they still fought.‫‏‬
La ‫لازي‬‎ ‫طعال‬isstillalive.
Sometimes the Predicate after ‫لاز‬‎ may take the form of
a prepositional phrase:
‫و‬-- kee‫‏‬ ‫ام |تلاز‬ matters were still in that‫‏‬

‫‏‬yi | ‫و عد‬ —
‫‏‬J ‫تلك‬ 0 ‫لا‬ ‫ل يزل‬ condition.‫‏‬
ee
THE VERB ‫داع‬‎
7. The verb ‫داعب‬‎ 0 ,‫ دوي‬which is used in the

normal manner to mean “to return’, has also a special usage
in which it means “‘to do again”. Like the previous verb, it
may be followed by an Imperfect Verb or an accusative. It
occurs sometimes in the positive, as well as the negative.
‫او‬
‫ود‬‫ام‬
‫د‬ ‫م‬
‫ طع ام داع عجري‬did not return again.‫‏‬

3 90" 03" 6=
coz ‫دعن‬‎ ‫ مل‬we did not return again.

2 ‫دروع‬‎ ‫وود‬
yas” ‎‫ لا تعد تفعل‬od ton od os .niaga

JI-OE 9 22
‎‫ لا اعود افعله‬I lliw ton od ti .niaga
= ‎‫ره‬ 2 a P
dist re od <
‎‫ لم يعد المسير ممكنا‬eht yenruoj saw on regnol

3 ‎‫ا‬ possible.
es le » Ee 1
‎‫ ضربه وعاد يضربه‬eh tih mih ,niaga tnew no gnittih
3 him.
‫اع‬
re‫‏‬
‫داع‬ ayye he hit him, then did it again.‫‏‬
THE VERB ‫داك‬‎
8. The Verb ‫داك‬‎ means literally “to be on the point of”,

but it is used to mean “nearly” or “almost”, followed by
the Imperfect Indicative, or, occasionally, by ol plus the
ee
‫‏‬-0-y ‫م‬ - ‫مومه مه‬
‫ داك لعفي كلذ‬or‫ داك نأ لعفي كلذ ‏‬he nearly did that.‫‏‬
2939868
‫تدك توما‬ 1 almost died.‫‏‬
When used in the negative it means “‘scarcely’’.
dinae ols (Be scarcely looked at me.

a--
‫ مهمدقت‬3 éiy oe
al‫ دكي ‏‬es the Arabs scarcely halted in‫‏‬
their advance.‫‏‬
= -
THE VERB ‫ماد‬‎
9. The Verb rls, to continue, preceded by the Conjunction

‫“ ام‬as long as” and followed by a verb in the Imperfect, or‫‏‬
an Accusative is used to express ‘‘as long as, while’, e.g.‫‏‬
‫ | ام ماد موقي‬as long as‫‏‬ ‫ | ام تمد موقا‬as Jong as‫‏‬

es‫ اذ ‏‬0 he stands. O56 ae‫ب ‏‬ I stand.‫‏‬
THE VERBS aC AND ‫لاط‬‎

10. The Verb os, to be little or rare, is used in the phrase
‫ ام‬5 (also written ub)to express “‘seldom’’,‫‏‬
e.g. ste 5 a (uss) you have seldom come to us.
The verb Gus Imperf. Cale to be long, is used in the

ore
phrase 6 ‫لاط‬‎(also generally written (‫املاط‬‎ to express “for

a long time”’
e.g. Ls12 ‫ب‬‎(‫ املاط لاط‬long have you honoured us.

THE VERB ()b AND ITS.SISTERS
11. As already ‫ينال‬‎ ‫ ناك‬may take a predicate in the

Accusative, e.g. |‫رجات‬‎Joe ok Muhammad was a merchant,
Certain other verbs, termed its “‘sisters” ‫ناك‬‎ ‫ثا‬re) do
bys
the same. ‫سيل‬‎ has been referred to earlier.
The following are the principal verbs of this group:
‫ ىقب‬to remain.‫‏‬
‫ ماد‬to last, continue (sce para. 9).‫‏‬
Jl} to cease (see para. 6).‫‏‬

‫(=) راص‬ to become.‫‏‬
‫ حبصا‬IV to become; also, to enter upon the‫‏‬

morning, or to do in the morning.‫‏‬
‫ ىسما‬117 10 become; also, to do in the evening, etc.‫‏‬
‫ (=) تاب‬to become; also, to spend the night.‫‏‬
e.g.‫‏‬ ‫تيقب افقاو‬ I remained standing.‫‏‬

ioe 3 3 % e 0‫‏‬
- 66% (952 >>

‎‫ المجنود تعبانين‬lec eht sreidlos emaceb .derit
‎2‫م‬
12. The verbs he to become; 4+! to take; yes to make
or do or put, also mean “‘to begin” when followed by a verb
in the Imperfect:
mes
layle
"36° ‫و‬‎
Op ‫اودخا‬‎ they began to weep.
(es
‫و‬ >
Note also use with Verbal Noun with ¢ or ‫بر‬‎

- -9-8
e.g. ‫سسملاب‬‎ ‫ اندخا‬we began to travel.
VOCABULARY
eels 8 ‫اوب‬‎police
aL
- 69 t eer
das! economy, economics
S--0- 03 aoe. 6
‎‫ مستعمرة‬Colony ‎‫ اقتصادى‬economic
4 3 ae
‎‫الاستعمار‬ colonisation; im- 37° fe cae e
ide ° ‫ةقطنم‬‎ pl. ‫قطانم‬‎ region, zone
perialism 2 5
fe (2) to happen; to be
‫) طقس‬2( to fall‫‏‬ new, young
bw (2) to fall, descend, land 5
‎‫ حديث‬pl.
<2 ‫ر‬‎ ‫م‬
‎‫احاديث‬ Hadith,
-- 08
‎‫ اعلن‬IV to notify, advertise, tradition of the Prophet
announce §w-s
‎‫ عدث‬a recounter of Hadith

95 >‫ه‬ 5 ‫بد‬
‫‏ إعلان‬.lp ‫ ات‬- advertisement,‫‏‬
announcement‫‏‬ ‫ ىدل‬with, at‫‏‬
‫ترك‬ VS ae‫‏‬ soldier, na ye (—) to take the

policeman place of, fill the position of
5 -é 5 28
Saas pl. Sis
_ oe
wll pl. ‫سسا‬‎ basis, founda-
S20 =.
tion
Alan pl. Ae celebration, - GE
‎‫ اسن‬11 to found, establish
party
‫و‬- - ‫و‬ ee‫‏‬
‫ ةرئاد‬pl.‫ رئاود ‏‬circle; office‫‏‬ EG (2) to rebel
g6- -
“Fe
4, les propaganda
‎‫ عندما‬when (relative)
--0
oer
‎‫ انتمى‬VIII to come to an
‫ (~) ضرع‬to display, show‫‏‬
end
oOia pl.‫ ضر ‏‬tasshow, exhibi-‫‏‬
ool II to perform
tion .‫‏‬
aM ‎‫ أدى‬II to lead to
‫ بلصَتا‬VIII to link with, get‫‏‬
5 َ‫>> س‬
in touch with dbs pl. cl — station
‫ خلال‬during‫‏‬ ‎‫ قطار‬pl. ‎‫ —ات‬train

‫‪ -‬ور >و‬ ‫‪Poe‬‬ ‫‪5425‬‏‬
‫‏‪ ticket‬ركاذت ‏‪ pl.‬ةركذت‬ ‫‏‪ ).”( to become weak‬فعض‬
‫‪96--‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‏‪ar‬‬
‫‏‪ al VIII to buy‬ى‬ ‫‏‪ 11 to crown‬جوت‬

‫‪- 60‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ pl. lye‬توزع‬ ‫‏‪voice‬‬ ‫‏‪ pl. Obes crown‬جات‬
‫‪--6‬‬ ‫سما لس‬
‫عندما‬ ‫خلال يوى العيد‪ei .‬‏ ‪ yo‬الناس كن‬ ‫ذلك‬ ‫حدث‬ ‫د‬
‫‪70-03‬‬ ‫‪92.‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪ao‬‏‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬ه‬
‫‪G29‬‬ ‫‪08‬‬ ‫‪Os‬‬ ‫‪a-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪‎ 6‬يي‬

‫هبطت الطائرة‬ ‫د‬ ‫‏‪ eee‬وعدت يصحن حتى ضعفت ‪0‬‬
‫إلى مكتب الدير‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫منها‪we ,‬‏‬ ‫على المطار وخرج ا‬

‫‪Eas‬‬ ‫‪»08-‬‬
‫البوليس )‪. (132503‬‬ ‫‪la‬‏ الغائب ‪)er‬‏ جريدة‬ ‫صورة‬ ‫هم درايت‬
‫‪ook‬‬ ‫‪ ore‬ل رئاوذلا ةيمسرلا ‪‎‬نأ ‪‎ UE‬انتقطنم ‪Bolas‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪<0‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪-‬ءءديََ‬
‫حسن‬ ‫ذهب‬ ‫ذلك بدعاية ‪.‬‬ ‫ابتداء السنة» و‬ ‫‏‪0 (nes‬‬
‫‪eu‬‏‬ ‫—‬ ‫م‬ ‫القطار‪,‬‬ ‫تذكرة للخرطوم » ‪a‬‏ ‪ex‬‬ ‫إلى المحطة واشترى‬
‫‏‪ 3 ig‬يرجم إلينا‪. .‬و نعم ‪lleG‬‏ (‪’alU )irahkuB-LA‬‬

‫‪ya:‬‏ ‪ ,. lua‬ما أفضل الملكة‬
‫‏‪ ay‬أحسن كاتب الاحاديث ‪a‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪yyy‬‬ ‫‪ee‬‬
‫يوم ‪slg‬‏‬ ‫وما أجملها ‪ :‬إِنْنَا لمنزل‪te‬‏‬
‫وهو يبقى‬ ‫التجار يعرضون ‪saL‬‏‪ tnep‬يم ‪١‬م‏‬
‫باد لاا نط أن ‪ap‬‏ ‪ eroH‬مي اه بع© وليس‬
‫‏‪ wa‬دراهم يشترى بها ‪w)(ti‬‏‪ yy . LUG hti‬من ‪ej‬‏ ‪eJ‬‬
‫المعسكر ‪sW‬‏ ‪LL‬‬ ‫شاى ‪3‬‬ ‫‪id‬‬ ‫‪sap‬‏‬ ‫‪— 561‬‬ ‫المدرسة ؟‬ ‫هذه‬ ‫سن‬
‫‪ TO‬واولابتز جنات دئاريطا > ىذا‬ ‫‪pea‬‬ ‫‪Sts‬‬ ‫‪“RRS‬‬ ‫‏‪SUE‬‬

sciF ‫‏‬eniW‫ااي‬ ‫ذلك إلى تحسين العلاقات بين الصحافة‬

-‫ه >ه‬2 2 ‫‏‬iF 2 ‫شثم‬ ‫‏‬Fo-- ‫و‬ ‫م‬
‫‏ جديد» وهو‬ly ‫النادى على‬ 0A = 5 ‫‏‬sea

‫( لوسر‬i, oi ai =e ig aman oes‫‏‬
fst} ‎‫>ر‬
‫و‬
. ‎‫( خليفتة‬222 ‫ بكر( رضى الله‬sla ita
EXERCISE 62
1. How excellent is this exhibition; the club will benefit

greatly from it. 2. When I attended the party of the circle
of authors, a strange thing happened to me. 3. A police
‘askari came in searching for the revolutionaries. 4. That
station used to broadcast a great deal of propaganda under
the name of ‘“‘Voice of Freedom’’. 5. The science of the hadith
is very important for the believers. 6. The war had scarcely
ended when a new war began, so the great powers fought
again. 7. The basis of the new economic policy is not sound.
8. Hassan is still filling the place of the governor of the
region. 9. Muhammad (may God bless him and save him!)
was a good prophet. 10. Rarely have I read an advertisement
like that during my whole life. 11. My father got in touch
with his brother, and they began a policy of strict economy.
12. He toid the merchants to display their wares in the
camp, so that the soldiers would buy them. 13. Down with
colonization, for it is not the basis of sound government.
14. The times of trains are advertised in the daily papers.
15. So long as the tickets are dear, I shall travel by donkey.
16. He began to weaken after his coronation; God rest his
soul! He is in a better place now! 17. Two stones fell from
the wall, but I did not think about them. Then a month
later the whole wall broke and fell. 18. The crown became
important. 19. He read the whole of the Quran, then read it
again. 20. That is the duty of every Muslim.
CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE
‎)‫!) الثالث والثلاثون‬UG
- 9° wr ‫و‬‎ GO ‫و‬‎ <6
How To Use an Arabic Dictionary

1. It is unfortunately true that only when one has a grasp
of the structure of the language, and, in particular, when
one knows the various derived forms of the verbs, both
strong and weak, is one competent to use an Arabic dictionary
with ease. There are two reasons for this. First, practically
all Arabic dictionaries enter words under their roots. Only the
roots are in alphabetical order. Secondly, unless one is familiar
with the changes which take place in irregular verbs one has
difficulty in deciding under which root to look up many words.
2. Taking the first point, the following words would a
appear under ‫ملع‬‎ to know or get to know: ale to teach; ‫ملعأ‬‎
- ‎‫دن‬ 9 a-
to inform; ‫ملعت‬‎ to learn; ‫ملعتسإ‬‎ to ask information; ps a

learned person; ale world; plas teacher ; ‫ملع‬‎ a sign, token,
flag, or milestone. Therefore, on encountering a strange word
the student must first sort out the root letters (usually three)
from the letters of increase. He must note, for example,
that the mim of ‫سلع‬‎ council is a letter of increase, and that
the root is ‫سلج‬‎ to sit. Once the root has been found in the
dictionary the student will be faced with a whole series of
derivations, often numbering between 30 and 50. The prob-
lem is how to find the required derivation quickly. In modern
dictionaries the root form of the verb comes first, followed by
the various derived forms in numerical order, as given in
this grammar. After the verbs come the nouns (and adjec-
tives), beginning with the simplest, that is, those with no
letter of increase; then those merely increased by a long
vowel; and so on to the derived nouns with the prefixed mim.
278
HOW TO USE AN ARABIC DICTIONARY 279
3. The second point, however, concerns “irregular”

roots, where the beginner may have difficulty in deciding
which the root letters are. The following points should be
noted, but even so the beginner must be prepared to spend
some time looking up a given word under alternative
possible roots:
(a) Letters of increase, even those used in pronominal

prefixes and suffixes, may also be radicals. For example, the
owe
student may think that the verb ‫كرت‬‎ (if it is unvowelled in

the text) to leave, is a doubled verb, and the 222 the pro-
> ‫وده‬
nominal prefix of the second person. Again, ‫تفتلا‬‎ he
glanced might be cil she wrapped herself from 4) VIII.

An initial ?alif with hamza may be a letter of increase, or it
ork ‎‫د‬2 ae
may bea radical. «| he imprisoned might be ‫رسا‬‎ )‫ رس‬IV).
(b) Care must be taken in recognizing those verbs which
lose a weak radical in certain parts: the Hollow and Defective
Verbs in particular, and also the Assimilated Verb. It must
be mentioned that the weak letter may be wdaw or ya’, and
this will affect the position of the root in the dictionary.
True, in many cases the two alternatives do not occur; but
we have, for example, both (2.) ‫لاق‬‎ to say, and (—) J& to
spend the heat of the day in siesta. The following phrase ‫لاق‬‎ ‫امو‬
unvowelled, might therefore mean either he did not say, or
he did not spend the heat of the day in sleep.
(c) Certain derivations which are formed in regular
manner are not shown in dictionaries. For example, the
participles are not given unless they also have a technical
5 = 5
nominal meaning. We do not find, for instance, ‫بهاذ‬‎ going;
Sur 3 A <2 5-5
but we find ‫ملعم‬‎ a teacher, Active Participle of ple ; ‫بتاك‬‎ a
clerk; ‫بوتكم‬‎ a letter, respectively Active and Passive Parti-

sae 2 : e . e ٠.
ciples of ‫بتك‬‎ . In such cases these nouns are entered among

the nouns, not with the verbs. The verb of wonder is not
given, and the comparative-superlative is rarely shown.
Noun entries are given under their singular, but good
dictionaries designed for Europeans add the plural(s) after-
GO7-
wards, often with the Arabic letter ¢ meaning ‫عمج‬‎ plural.

When no broken plural is given, the word must be assumed
to have the sound plural, masculine or feminine as the case
may be.
' 4. The student requires a dictionary which shows the
following:
(i) Broken plurals, where applicable.
(ii) Full vowelling of the Verb, including the vital vowelling

of the Imperfect.
(iii) Verbal Nouns, which are generally given in the accusa-
tive (as if they were absolute objects) after their verbs.
But with derived forms, where there is only one form of
Verbal Noun, it is not given. Where a Verbal Noun has
a technical meaning and takes a broken plural, it is
S- 66
entered separately under the noun also, eg. 4ve
- Gc
pl. ‎‫ تجارب‬experiment, Verbal Noun of ‫برح‬‎ fo try, test.

Unfortunately certain dictionaries, although otherwise
good, do not provide this information because they are
designed for Arabs learning English, not vice-versa. The
reader is assumed, not always correctly, to know these
details. Some words have more than one meaning, especially
verbs, and these should be noted. Again, certain verbs take
a preposition instead of, or even as an alternative to, a direct
object. This is given after the verb in the dictionary. Thus
gd ‎‫ رغخب‬ot .evol sihT tsum eb desu ‎‫ كار‬lla ep fo eht brev
where the action is carried on, e.g. ‫اهيف‬‎‫بو‬ll beloved (girl.)
Where a verb takes a direct object this is often indicated
by the letters » or ‫هر‬‎ the former being used for animate
beings and the latter for inanimate objects.
5. In order to illustrate the use of a dictionary, the follow-

ing passage from Ibn Battita ‫)ةطوطب‬‎ (‫ نبا‬will be explained:
‫ نم راغلب‬Ugedl‫ ضرا »لوهدلاو)ةملطلا ‏‬QI dyna! way!‫حكنت ‏‬

‫ كلذ‬ge‫اموي مثتبرضأ ‏‬. ‫امهينيبو ةريسم نيعبرا‬. . (Bulgaria)‫‏‬
‫ والسفر اليها لا يكون إلا فى عيلات‬.‫لعظم المؤونة فيه وقلة الجدوى‬
‫‏ فلا تثبت‬A ‫ فإن تلك المفازة فيها‬.‫صغار تجرها كلاب كبار‬
‫ والكلاب لها الأظفار فتثيت‬.‫‏ ولاه حافر الدابة فيها‬lo ‫قدم‬
9S pl pledl oye elogBI YI Glee Vo‫ كا ‏‬Yalu‫‏‬
‫هبطحو اهنإف ال‬. ‫ ةلبع وأ اهوحن ةرقوم هماعطب هبارشو‬BL pur‫‏‬
GU CI‫ ضرار اره ‏‬ly‫ جودت ‏‬Vo & Yo ad‫معدو‏‬
Magda‫ ةارارخ مرتك ىبتتور فتم يلا يملا ناد ‏‬Leeds) bo‫‏‬
‫ لقان معه ثلاثة من الكلاب ويكون هو‬.‫وتربط العربة إلى عنقه‬
.‫ وتتبعه سائر الكلاب بالعربات فإذا وقف وقفت‬. pall‫‏‬
‫ تدرأ‬I formed the desire or wish‫ رود) ‏‬IV).‫‏‬
‫ ةريسم‬journey, from alls om to go, journey.‫‏‬
4395+ trouble, from ot to supply. eeoe also means ‘‘pro-

visions”
‫ىودح‬ gift; advantage, profit, from‫ ;ادج ‏‬gl to make a gift.‫‏‬
draw them, from aa to draw, drag.
‫ ةرافم‬desert steppe, from root‫زاف نم() ‏‬: 5oe escape (from).‫‏‬
‫هباد‬ beast of burden, Act. Part. (f). of‫ ند ‏‬to walk slowly‫‏‬
(of an animal).‫‏‬
oe
merchants, pl. of ‫رجات‬‎
‫ دم‬villages, towns. The root here is‫مدر ‏‬

VOCABULARY
65‫رو ه‬
aol darkness‫‏‬ codes! wood, firewood

soe $= ‫سار‬ &
‎‫ مسيرة‬journey (distance) ‫ ليلد‬pl. «Ys! guide‫‏‬
zor +. 6708
‫ نيعبرا اموي‬forty days‫‏‬ oll pl. opal m., which,
alslack, smallness who 0
‫ٌةميق‬pl.‫ميق ‏‬price, value‫‏‬

g---
AS pl. ol — wheel (sledge)
=
si) to draw, drag ka (2) to tie, connect, link
Mgrs g---
AJ. snow, ice .‫ ثلاثة‬three‫‏‬

‫ده‬ ‫ده‬
‫ مفازة‬desert‫‏‬ ‫ اذإ‬if, when‫‏‬
es (2.) to be firm, to grip 0,5 )—( to join, couple‫‏‬

‫ ىدآ‬man (from‫ آدم ‏‬Adam)‫‏‬ 5 >6 G§ 3)‫‏‬
0,8 pl. ‫نورق‬‎ horn; century

5 > Ss 2
ale pl.‫ رفاوح ‏‬hoof‫‏‬ ‫ ثور‬pl.‫ ثيران ‏‬bull‫‏‬
o- - ‫هوه‬‎
Sia ‎‫ اام‬besseCorburden) ‫برضا نع‬ to leave, forsake a‫‏‬
thing, desist from‫‏‬
vel one (of + gen.)
‫الإ‬except, if not‫‏‬
os pl. aay claw, talon;
5 a-
finger-nail ‫ ةرم‬pl.‫مك رام ‏‬ time, turn‫‏‬

Guns
‫دعم‬ EG a hundred‫‏‬ ‫ مقدم‬chief‫‏‬
5 ot ‫ه‬
5 ‫ر‬
‎‫ الف‬a thousand ‫ مظع‬magnitude, greatness‫‏‬

Wishega
‫ رقوا‬117 to load‫‏‬ ‫ رايد‬Dinar (a coin)‫‏‬
EXERCISE 63
Translate the passage from Ibn Battuta given above in this

chapter.
EXERCISE 64
1. I entered the house, and was afraid of the darkness in it.
2. London (S233) isa distance of 40 miles (hts) from my house;
consequently I go there to buy most of my requirements.
3. A car (the car) has four wheels (oe ‫عبر‬‎ 4. Do not drag
these things in the snow. 5. I was afraid of the lack of provis-
ions in the desert. 6. We need wood for the fire, for winter has
begun. 7. The donkey is a useful beast of burden. 8. Load
two camels with water. 9. Hassan was one of our guides.
- 10. The claws of wild animals grip (lit. are firm in) the ground.
11. The price of meat has become high (great) since the war.
12. Tie your horse to that tree. 13. This animal has two long
horns. 14. This is the century of progress. 15. We have many
bulls, but we need more cows. 16. The hooves of the camel
are firm in the desert. 17. In the severe English winter there
is much snow, especially in the North. 18. What is the value
of this gold? 19. It is worth two pounds. 20. You are few, and
we are a hundred.
CHAPTER THIRTY-FOUR
(OMT ‫ميارلا‬‎ OU)

- ‫و‬‎ -Hw- ‫و‬‎ Go ‫و‬‎ >65
Relative Sentences
1. The Relative Pronoun (dpoyball(‫مسألا‬‎ is expressed by:
(a) Cul, which is declined as follows:

Sing. Dual Plural
Masc. Nom. sil| laut oo
‫ذلا‬‎
Acc., Gen. ill ai oe

i
Fem. Nom. si1 ola ‫قاّللا‬‎or pil
Acc., Gen. ‫ع‬‎ sai ani or ‫قاوللا‬‎

As
This pronoun is a combination of the definite article ‫لا‬‎
(hence the ’alif has hamzatu I-wasl), the particle, ‫ل‬‎ and the
demonstrative ‫اذ‬‎ , ‫ ىذ‬. Note those parts in which two lams
are written, namely the dual, and also the feminine plural.
(b) ‎‫ من‬he who, whomsoever; and ‫ام‬‎ that which, whatso-.

ever.
(c) ‎‫ أى‬fem: 41, which is followed by a Genitive, with the
meanings, whichever and whatever. It is compounded as
0 - ‫ع‬ -
‫يمن‬,
‫; ا‬reveosohw ‫‏‬dna ‫أيما‬ 505.
2 Ube words ee
+ and i are always treated as nouns,‫‏‬
whereas sil is usually treated as an adjective governing a
noun which has already been mentioned. It is, however,
sometimes used as a noun, in which case it is synonymous
ne 3
with ‫نم‬‎ and .‫ام‬‎
284
RELATIVE SENTENCES 285
0-00.
3. The Relative Pronoun is called J‫وصولا‬‎ poll, and the

Relative sentence which follows ‫ٌةلصلا‬‎. When the relative
pronoun refers to any part of the relative sentence which
follows except the Si it must be repeated by an attached
pronoun, known as the ‫ٌدئاع‬‎01 el‫أر‬‎ , returner, e.g.
‫ماسم‬
‫عس‬
‫ بهذ‬sii‫‏‬
0 ‫ را‬the man who went.‫‏‬
33 0E-
‫ هتيار‬oil WeJi the man whom I saw (lit. the‫‏‬
man who I saw him).‫‏‬
G2
‎‫وو‬ a-
put ‎‫به فى‬ 0» ‫ الرجل الذى‬eht nam mohwI dessap ni eht

street.
Ne ‎‫جو‬ totic 2 99 GH
‎‫ الرجل الذى كتبت له خطابا‬eht nam ot mohw I etorw a
5 3 letter (lit. the man who I wrote
to him a letter).
IFO ‎‫> “وو‬
‫ تلباق هنبا‬sail atxSi the man whose son I met (lit.‫‏‬

the man who I met his son).‫‏‬
The 3‫اع‬‎may be omitted, especially in modern Arabic, where
the meaning is clear. In Classical Arabic it is frequently
omitted after Ge and 0 6 58
‎‫ عيبت م (منما) راايك‬I saw dehsinotsa ta tahw I .was
Sh syoe I loved the man (lit. whom) I

saw.
4. The relative pronoun is always omitted when it refers to

an indefinite noun. 'This is especially difficult for Europeans
to appreciate: e.g.
“pg --- Go ---00
‫ دلولا ىذلا كرت هاب‬eae I saw the boy who had left his‫‏‬
father; but‫‏‬
‫لجس‬ --- ‫مدي‬ ‫ و‬OF‫‏‬
‫ دق كلر هاي‬1s‫ ثيأو ‏‬I saw a boy who had left his‫‏‬
father.‫‏‬
5
In such cases the relative sentence is itself called a ‫ةفص‬‎
or adjective; e.g. 1
‫ةريثك‬Sle‫ قشمد ةنيدماهيف ‏‬Damascus is a city in which‫‏‬
“ are many marvels.‫‏‬
5. Certain constructions with the Passive Participle may
be construed as oe Relative Sentences..
80-2 ‫ه‬
‫رثم‬
-
‫ هاندا‬éa Fars
3) ait Segall the witnesses, whose names are‫‏‬
mentioned below.‫‏‬
The Article here may be regarded as a shortened Relative
pronoun, the following clause as a whole depending on it;
e.g. “The witnesses, who (mentioned are their names)’.
The following phrases of a similar nature are much used:
Oe eC o- Br 30- ;
‎‫ المشار إليه‬ro ‎‫ الموما إليه‬eht .denoitnem-evoba
o- ‎‫صووةاو‬ 9 23-
‫ إليه‬1‫لجرل المشار‬‎|
A's the man above-mentioned
.
o- §=B- 900 ‫ور‬‎ ‫َسَد‬
‫ إليه‬Lgl!‫الرجل ‏‬
50 ‎‫ممه‬ ‫و‬ -‫ صور‬-0-0EI
‫ ةارملا راشملا أولا اهيلإ‬the woman above-mentioned.‫‏‬
we! (A‫‏‬
(‫ رلاقاع راشلا )ًامولا‬the men above-mentioned.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
(J!) ‎‫ استمع‬VIII to listen (to) Aes II to sing
‫ امك‬like, a
01 0
(Je) Gt aust GE 7‫‏‬
, eh shoot (at)‫‏‬
(de)‎‫ (~) عزم‬ot enimreted se ‎‫و‬

(on) me Jl the day before yes-
ayy 11 to adorn “terday
435) pl. J pearl ‫ةكرعم‬‎pl. ri)

‫اراعم‬‎battle
‫ ءانغ‬song‫‏‬ ‫مد‬pl. sls blood‫‏‬

$09
‫ (~) لاس‬to flow‫‏‬ ‎‫ حكم‬rule

‫ ةلئاع‬family‫‏‬ GIS self- (adj.)
57507, So- -00 9 -
‫ زهرء زهرة‬pl.‫ زهور ‏‬flower,‫‏‬ ‫ةيجر‬GI‫ ري ‏‬0‫ زو‬foreign minister,‫‏‬

flowers‫‏‬ foreign secretary‫‏‬
‫ته‬ 65+ 9936)
‫ درو » ةدرو‬pl. §)95 rose, roses‫‏‬ tee Ye ts 3
‫ إمبراطور‬pl.‫ اباطرة ‏‬emperor‫‏‬

6/278
‫ عتمت ب‬V to enjoy s‫‏‬ $a ‎‫و‬
|a! empire
‫ضيبالا طسوتملا‬1 ‫ رحبلا‬the Medi-‫‏‬
‫‏‬202--w ‫و‬ -‫صوعَ و‬
َ‫ ك‬pl. )3Ke doubt‫‏‬

terranean Sea
3-050 3 0-0- (G)‫) كش ‏‬2( to doubt‫‏‬
Yl ‎‫ البحر‬the Red Sea 6- --
Ue majesty (term of
5 5 ali the Persian respect)
Gulf
qe exalted
-0€
el higher, highest (com- 28
par.-superl.) += glorious
Bape 56
Ol declaration, statement, is glory
announcement
2 >6 2 ‎‫مشكلة‬ pl. ‎‫ مشاكل‬difficulty,
‎‫ اخر‬f. ‎‫اخرى‬
problem
‎‫ الغى‬VI ot ,lecnac lunna
i 3 Africa
‫ حلست‬V to arm oneself‫‏‬
ae, IV to arouse, incite
d‫ (_) بغر ‏‬to desire, love‫‏‬
POMS pl. ealige emotion,
eet ;
‎‫ رغبة‬love, desire feeling
--
‫ ادنريب‬measures, steps‫‏‬ Eon Palestine
‫ لازم‬necessary‫‏‬ ‫ عثمانى‬Ottoman‫‏‬
5-09
dbs pl. Loe sermon (in the eae pl. fue age, era, epoch,
mosque) _ afternoon
‫»‪EB‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪‎‬و‬ ‫ص‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪000‬‬ ‫‪Ee‬‬
‫و إ—ستمع إلى‪ se ‎‬من القلب‪ + .‬المجواب لهذا السوال‪‎‬‬
‫عزم ‪!yed‬‏ على ذلك السبيل‬ ‫س ‏‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫عي‬
‫‏‪ OF‬الشياطين قد أَقَامُوا فى قُلويهم‪ .‬ل‬

‫عم أر المفتين الّذِين‬
‫‪Go‬‬ ‫‪‎‬سدو >‬
‫عَنرََايذلسكن الغناء‪ .5‬معكهااركنتالعصو‪S‬ر‪ap‬ا‪n‬ل‏ ‪ EG HS‬فيها ‪loC‬‏‬

‫وسطى‪ .‬ب‬
‫نحن المسافران‬
‫‏?‪ GU old‬ىف رحبلا ضيبألا طسوتملا رخبلاو رمألا ‏‪ ety‬يسراقلا ‪.‬‬
‫‪‎ (ae odes‬لاع » ‪‎ el‬نم ‪ d Ges sail noe‬ببانك‪. ‎‬‬
‫)‪Cok‬‬ ‫و‪‎‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪‎Raper‬قاذلا ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪te al‬‬
‫‪Pent‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪SU‬‬ ‫‪_ ie‬‬

‫‪‎‬نم‬ ‫‪eset tte‬‬
‫‪Pace‬‬
‫‪tam‬‬ ‫بهاالفقراء‪a .‬‏‬ ‫‪ neR‬ايه د‬ ‫لاتزينوا ‪lee‬‏‬
‫عائلتنا فسال دمهم فى تلك الحرب‪ .‬س‪ ,‬فى يستانى زهور الورد‬
‫‏‪See‬‬ ‫فورعم دنع ‪.‬مكل‬ ‫— انتبغر ىف كلذ‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪Gye‬‬ ‫‏‪3‬‬
‫ونيسوجع ‪.‬ركذلا‬
‫‏‪ (epeeeh) calecnglcs aie‬ةلدأه كاملا ‏‪olen‬‬
‫‪ +‬ت‪-‬رجع مشاكل وزير الخارجية إلى أيام الامبراطورية العثمانية‪‎.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪{a‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪é‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ie‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪‎‬تيما‬ ‫!‪et Soa‬‬
‫يل‪‎‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪Gd‬‬ ‫‪eo‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪°0‬‬ ‫‪9303‬‬ ‫ددم‬‫=‬ ‫‪-6-‬‬

‫‪-o-‬‬ ‫‪09‬‬
‫آلنتان‪seht‬‏ من ‪ssad‬‏ ‪ saG‬صندوقيهما ‪3‬‬ ‫رن‬ ‫الممتقيل‪.‬‬
‫‏‪ Vied‬تستمع إلى دعاية الأجانب ‪.‬‬ ‫القطاود)‪.‬‬

EXERCISE 66
1. The reply which you sent yesterday does not require

(demand) any thought. 2. The sermon which we heard in the
mosque was glorious, but it did not mention the blood which
flowed in the Arabs’ battles. 3. He determined to shoot my
family, but did not succeed. 4. Hassan had a quantity of
pearls which had been sent to him from Africa. 5. As you
said the day before yesterday, the song of this singer referred
to self-government. 6. Don’t listen to those who adorn their
houses with flowers. 7. We enjoy the benefits which the
foreign minister mentioned, nevertheless (of e+) we doubt the
solving of the problem. 8. Our emotions have been aroused,
but our doubts have increased since the departure of his
majesty the king to visit the emperor. 9. Their empire
has come to an end, but its glory remains. 10. Our doubt
remains, as if we were still in times of darkness. 11. We have
taken the necessary measures for the annulment of the new
law. 12. Mount Sanin ( se (‫لبج‬‎ is higher than the moun-
tains you have visited. It is the highest mountain in Lebanon.
13. Another statement has been broadcast. 14. We have
crossed the Mediterranean twice. 15. The soldier whose
name we have mentioned crossed the Persian gulf and
visited Arabia. 16. The Red Sea is famous in the history of
the Jews. 17. It is the sea which they crossed when they
departed from Egypt and made for Palestine. 18. It is a high
mountain. 19. The Egyptians armed themselves. 20. Our
love for independence is what led to our departure from
Egypt and our travelling to Palestine, for self government is
better than good government.
CHAPTER THIRTY-FIVE
-3- Goer ‫و‬‎ 00“ ‫> و‬
‎)‫(الباب الخامس والثلاثون‬
Conditional Sentences
1. Conditional sentences consist of a Protasis, that is, a

sentence containing the condition (L;4), and an Apodosis
‎)‫ الشّرط‬ae or boat ‫كا‬‎pe answer of the condition), which is
the main sentence expressing what will result from the
condition. In Arabic the Protasis usually, and the Apodosis
frequently, in a Verbal Sentence, have the verb in the Perfect
or Jussive, with no particular inherent temporal significance.
2. There are two types of condition, the Likely and the

Unlikely. The Unlikely condition is introduced by the
conjunction 0 with the Perfect (or, very occasionally,
Imperfect Indicative).
e.g. ‎‫ بعدالة‬ee ‎‫ لو كنت ملكا‬fiI erew gnik tub( I ma ,ton
and am not likely to be) I
would rule with justice.
The unlikely nature of the 9!condition may bs illustrated
by the reversed condition, ‫كلذك‬‎ ‫ "تثدد ول ناك فقوملا‬would
that the situation were so! (lit. I wished that the situation
were like that).
eecre -2
A more usual type is: pave fa ott ‫ها‬‎ 6 ‫ ول ءاش‬if thy

Lord had wished, He would have made men one people.
(Qur’an 11, 120.)
An ‎‫ كلما‬negative condition is often expressed by ‫ل‬‎ i
with a nominal sentence, giving the sense of the oes
0° 9--00 >
“were it not for” or ‫“لك‬‎it were not for”, e.g. ‫ًافطنأ‬‎ ‫ ال برعلا‬3
6300
‫ روصعلا ىطسولا‬d‫‘ ةراضخلا ‏‬ce if it were not for the Arabs, the‫‏‬
092
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 291
light of civilization would have been extinguished in the

Middle Ages. Note the noun after Y ‫ول‬‎ goes in the Nomina-
° 1 oF
tive.
3. Sometimes we meet ‫نأ‬‎ ‫ ولو‬e.g.

Be 0
-.6 -- - -
‫تيقب امل تحرج‬bl i)if only you had remained you would‫‏‬
not have been ouadet.
4. The Apodosis of the 3 condition may be introduced

by the attached particle J, which adds nothing to the
meaning. While this particle may occasionally be construed
as giving stress, its function is really to warn the reader that
the Apodosis is beginning; it is therefore almost compulsory
where the Protasis is so complicated as to give a risk that the
opening of the Apodosis may pass unnoticed.
22 50- ‫‏‬roB- ‫هرنة‬
- ‫>ه‬
‫ تدخا باتكلا ىذلا هتكرت‬isi if you had taken the book which I‫‏‬
‫هات‬ :
‫عدم‬ iT left on the table, and read it, you‫‏‬
‫ و تمهفل‬it x‫ يلع هلو ‏‬would have understood my ideas‫‏‬
we logsont fully (lit. a complete understan-‫‏‬
- ding).‫‏‬
Nevertheless, with some writers the use of J almost becomes‫‏‬
a mannerism.‫‏‬
5. Uhe Likely (or possible) Condition is usually introduced

by ol or .‫اذإ‬‎ As stated, the Perfect or Jussive may be used in
both Protasis and Apodosis. There are four possibilities:
(a) The perfect is used in both parts:
gor OE So- ‫هم‬‎ ee
‫ بهذ ديز ترهذ هعم‬ol if Zaid goes I shall go with him.‫‏‬

(b) The Jussive is used in the Protasis, the Perfect in the‫‏‬
Apodosis:‫‏‬
Bye ‎‫يفت‬ Lie oaCO FT
‫‏‬sad ‫زيد ذهبت‬ ‫إن يدهب‬
(c) The Perfect is used in the Protasis, the Jussive in the

Apodosis:
‫ددرو‬ 6 - ‫ن‬2 05‫ه‬ - 5 ‫ه‬
‫ ذهب زيد اذهب معه‬ol‫‏‬

(d) The Jussive is used in both parts:
32) = 08 ‫و‬5‎ ‫مل‬6 Co
‫‏‬ynA ‫زيد اذهب‬ ‫إن يد هب‬
Norte: The Jussive is fairly rare after .‫اذا‬‎
6. As explained, there is no particular temporal signifi-

cance in the verbs of conditional sentences, and often the
context is the only guide:
©-5: either, each caravan had a leader,
ir biteeatG ‫كلف‬‎ ‫ لكلاق‬and when (if) he stopped, all his
5 ‫د‬‎ ‫ود‬ 2 - | followers stopped.
a» ‫ةدر‬‎ --- { or, each caravan has a leader, and
0 ‫لك‬‎ ‫فقو‬ if (when) he stops, all his followers
stop.
However, the sentence may be ee definitely Perfect or
Pluperfect, by prefacing either ‫ناك‬‎ or‫دق‬‎to the verb:
‫دودر‬ 36 ‫ممصن‬ ‫سد دم‬ ‫سام‬
‫ ْنِ ناك ماق لخداف هتيب‬if he has departed, then enter his‫‏‬
house.‫‏‬
any ‫اولخد‬‎
| ‫ ماق‬35 OK ‫نإ‬‎ if he had departed, they entered his
house.
0
Sometimes, the use of ‫مل‬‎ with the Jussive gives a past
significance, as in this passage from Ibn Battita.
Ir A
‫ هكرت‬32 bi ol if it has not pleased him, he leaves it.‫‏‬
On the other hand, a is synonymous with ‫ال‬‎in most. condi-

tional propositions in Classical Arabic literature, implying no
time definition.
7. If the Protasis begins with ol, the Apodosis must be
introduced by the attached particle G in certain circum-
stances. (This usage should be clearly distinguished from
-
that of J with Unlikely Conditions, which is purely

optional.) These circumstances may really be summarized
by the statement that when the Apodosis is anything but a
straightforward positive verbal sentence, without any introduc-
tory particle, then ‫ف‬‎ must be used. Here are the chief circum-
stances in which is obligatory, with examples:
(a) When the eee is a nominal sentence:
3 ‫صوؤور‬- -
‫دا كلذ لاف هل‬iiol if he wishes that, it is his concern‫‏‬

(lit. the matter is his).‫‏‬
(b) eee the Apodosis iis an Imperative.
Je ‎‫ عن‬5erat ren‫ار‬‎ U! if you see him, (then) acquaint him
of my condition.
‎‫ ام‬When the cae ing is negative.
‫دنه‬ ‫دده‬
Ogres ‎‫افلا‬i) ol if they refuse, they will not succeed.

(d) When the Apodosis is a future, expressed by the
26 -
Imperfect Indicative with « or ‫فوس‬‎

‫شتوو‬ -0-- rwos0e - 2-‫‏‬89
‫ تارق نارقلا فوسف ملعتت‬ol if you read the Qur’an, you will‫‏‬
- -os learn the reasons for the spread of
‫ الاسلام‬es‫ اغا ‏‬Tolam.‫‏‬
Note that after+or Aa the Indicative is used.‫‏‬
(e) When the oe is introduced by .‫دق‬‎

‫ دقف قرس أ هل نم لبق‬pes‫ ْنِإ ‏‬if he steals, one of his‫‏‬
3 brothers has already stolen‫‏‬
before him (Qur’an 12, 77).‫‏‬
(£) When the ‫دو‬‎ is introduced by .‫نل‬‎

‫ىنَت‬ay) if you
aul; Fos ‫نلف‬‎es betray me, you shall not
escape with your life (head).
Note that rs must take the Subjunctive, in accordance with
its rule.
(g) When the Apodosis is a nominal sentence beginning

with ‎‫إن‬:
‎‫ كافر‬ia‎‫ إنٌعبد الاصنًام‬fi eh spihsrow ,slodi ehsi ylerus na
infidel.
‫ نإ لعف كلذ هنإف بق بيع‬if he has done that, then he has‫‏‬

2 ‫» تعمم‬-e- (surely) shamed himself also.‫‏‬
‫نفسه ايضا‬
(h) When the Apodosis is introduced by an incomplete

verb; ea or the verb of Wonder or Admiration:
‫ره‬ ‫در‬ -0--
Ole ‎‫ ذلك فليس له‬va lo fi eh syas ,taht ereht si on foorp

for it.
AG a SP ‫و‬‎
‎‫الاجتماع فما‬ esS fi ehs sdnetta eht ,gniteem ti si
“ " " ---0¢ very kind of her (lit. then how
tte ind'she isl).
-
8. “If not” is expressedby ‫الإ‬‎(fo rYoON), 5 Ol, Yo), als).
.9. Conditional sentences may also be introduced by the

following:
o- ‫ا‬‎ 20
‎‫ من‬he who, if anyone, ‫امثيح‬‎ wherever
ae 3
S| which, if any ‫أمهم‬‎ whatever
o- de Xe
‎‫ ايمن‬whoever ‎‫ مى‬when
‎‫ ما‬what, if anything Lk. (‫)امبىّتم‬‎ whenever

‎‫ده‬-‫دش‬ ‫َو‬
‎‫ كلمن‬enoyreve ohw ‎‫ اين‬erehw
-a2 > > 6‫و‬‎
‎‫ كلما‬whenever la! wherever
53097 50
‎‫ حيث‬where iS how
--o-
LaS however
err ee se
e.g. ‫ من حاول نجح‬Whosoever tries succeeds.
‫‏‬FIO ‫ دن قال ذلك‬Whoever (a) that lied.

said
20) 02 - 6150 =
‫ قتصلاه‬eye‫‏‬ What you sow you will reap.
BA ‎‫ا‬ Yel Slap
‎‫ متىما رايته وجدته‬Whenever you see him, you will

ee -
find him wearing white clothes.
00 >‫م‬6‫و‬‎
‎‫يلبس البياض‬
- ‫دوو‬ ‫ماهمه‬
‫عد‬ -03-
Wherever you go, I will accompany

you.
--0- o- G --90 --07-
‫ امفيك تدهتجا نل حجنت‬However you strive, you will not‫‏‬

succeed.
‫هوب‬ i) B-o- o-ds‫‏‬
‫عت‬ pele‫‏‬ Everyone who reads this will die.
‫ ًاولضو لإ* اوعتص‬Uk’ Whenever they reached a river,‫‏‬
Sa TR cae
they built (made) boats and crossed
‫مراكب وعبروه‬
it.
‫ جاء قاتلة‬oa‫‏‬
eee
Whoever comes, fight him.

o-
at ent ‫ظعاو‬‎Et Whichever preacher you listen to,
<0 70-0 07 you hear the same words.
.‫تسمع نفس الكلمات‬
With all these particles, the Perfect or Jussive (occasionally
Imperative) is normal for both Protasis and Apodosis; the
meaning is usually present or future. Note, however, the
use of Wig as illustrated above. This often appears, to our
way of thinking, to be followed by a plain fact; yet the condi-
tional element is present, none the less.
10. Sometimes the ‫هال‬‎ 15 ‫ها‬ aed must be

supplied from the context. ‫كلتقب‬‎‫تت‬
ml Sis
9 ‫كلو‬‎
‫نعاوق‬ ‫ إن رحعت‬if‫‏‬
you go back on your word, (good); otherwise I command‫‏‬

that you shall be killed.‫‏‬
11. The Imperative, being related to the Jussive, may be

used in the Protasis, and in this case, the Jussive is normally
in the Apodosis:
O09 0- kA
pos Y les ‫شع‬‎ live contented (if you live conten-
cose -- ted), you will not feel the lack of
an le‫دعب‬‎ riches.
12. ““Whatever the case may be”’ is used as a Protasis and

tJ
is ones by sentences such as yl ‫نم‬‎ ‫ كَ نكي‬or

‎‫ يكنكال‬et tuB aesi osla desu ot ecudortni na yranidro
Brotacia:
79 Sevite
‫ لصح تلشف‬oe whatever happens, you will fail.‫‏‬
13. We often meet what may be described as an “‘after-

thought condition’. A statement is made as if it were a fact,
then a condition is pace with the Jussive or Perfect; e.g.:
J pl ead‫ءارز‬‎
1 ‫ رولا‬foe) Gl I am Prime Minister, whether you
wish or not.
J ‎‫إن‬
|Ris 97dis cat \‫اولاق‬‎ They said that they were noble,
(us although they were infidels.
52
nee
Oly is used ‫سلاف‬‎in Rglish we would say ‘‘even though’’.
chin Ols ss i I will continue, even though the
‫« د‬- © heavens were to fall.‫‏‬
‫ع‬
14. The above may be considered as reversed conditions

in which the Apodosis comes first, and these are not at all
unusual in Arabic, e. 5
- --oF -
‫ امنيا نكت‬Jai tiga I will find you wherever you may be‫‏‬
for‫‏‬
>
‫ امنيا نكت قر كدجأ‬wherever you may be, I will find‫‏‬

you.‫‏‬
If this occurs, the rule about with the Apodosis is not

applied, e.g.
esl eas eleol if you die, I will bury your body
under a vine.
pe ‫تحت‬‎‫كمسج‬
‫ك‬
‫دوم‬ Sores‫‏‬
‫تحت‬ ‫ أذفن جسمك‬aces‫‏‬ I will bury your body under a vine,

Carne ‎‫ ده‬if you die.
‫ إن مت‬ipa‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
‫ قيرح‬pl.‫ قرح ‏‬fire, conflagra-‫‏‬ mse pl. ‫ماصأ‬‎ idol

tion‫‏‬ ‫) دبع‬2( to worship‫‏‬
ab, (2) ‫ًافطنأ‬‎VII to go out, ‫ نهرب‬pl. cele proof‫‏‬
be extinguished
‫قفار‬III to accompany‫‏‬
wi IV to extinguish, put out
Pacer
“0007 ‫دو‬
‫رفةق ىاطملا‬fire brigade‫‏‬ ‫ رفيق‬pl.‫ رفقاء ‏‬companion‫‏‬
‫ دهتجا‬VIII to strive, be dili-‫‏‬

ae II to pray
gent
‫ ةالص‬prayer, praying‫‏‬ oor
ce (—) to succeed
Ai pl. uea wounded (man)
1 5 ‫ (—) عرز‬to sow (seeds)‫‏‬
‫ ةلواط‬pl.‫تا ‏‬ table (Syr.‫‏‬
from Ital. ‘“‘tavola’’); back- ‫ (—) دصح‬to reap‫‏‬
gammon nee (2) to happen
‫ةلفاق‬pl. ils caravan‫‏‬
‎‫ على‬alsa to obtain
‫ ىضرأ‬IV to please (anyone)‫‏‬ Aee pl. a ee dese
ole (eo) ‘ils v.n. to betray produce, crops, harvest
‫و‬>‫م‬ 5 a2 -0-
‫ئن‬
‫‏ خا‬.lp ‫خونة‬ ‫‏‬EB( 6 ‫خوان‬ 3 ‎‫ مر‬pl. os be
‫رم‬‎٠ small ship or
treacherous, traitor boat (mod.)
ey ‎)‫ (يعظ‬to preach Ge

‎‫ فر‬pl. ‎‫ فروق‬party of men,
group, section
Selly pl. Glas preacher
ad O95 pl. Soir cupboard
‫ (~) نفد‬to bury‫‏‬ - »°- 06 I - 66
‎‫ ردىء‬pl. ‎‫ اردياء » اردثاء‬bad,

‫)عنق ب‬2( ‫عنتقأ ب‬VIII to be‫‏‬
evil, wicked
contented with‫‏‬
-a- -- 08 ib pl. ‫كاع‬‎ eloquent
‫ عنق‬,11 ‫ عنقا‬IV to satisfy, con-‫‏‬
vince‫‏‬
sue ‎‫ تواسطة‬through, by means of
= pl. Os 32
~.contented, sat-
‎‫ بطل‬vain, useless
isfied
‫دور‬ -
‫ اميف دعب‬later, in future‫‏‬ ‫ قفد‬11 to pour trans.‫‏‬
So- ‫ قفدنا‬VII to pour intr., to be‫‏‬

‫ دقع‬pl. Syke knot, tie, contract‫‏‬ poured‫‏‬
Sw--9
‫ متعقدك‬contractor‫‏‬ ie pl.‫ طالغأ ‏‬error, fault,‫‏‬

‫َو‬
mistake
‫ لاب‬mind, state‫‏‬
EXERCISE 67
‫دمو‬ ‫ده‬
‫‏‬tahG ‫‏ قبل ساعة لمااندشر الحريق‬salG ‫فرق‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬
‫قوم‬l‫ت‬O ‫‏‬KU ‫ العصر كان‬eD ‫‏‬ebA‫قد‬ ‫راي‬

‎‫ الجرهئ‬OL aloe ‫ل لى وض نلاسلاطا عشي‬
CE =O
‫‏ على الطاولة‬LC ٌ‫ تضع الزوجة‬WJ‫‏‬

- of-
. ‫يا طبيب‬ ‫فانت ل‬
laeV 3 ‫‏‬eee ً‫دائما‬ ‫‏‬eo ‫إنها‬ ‫ لهذا | لمعي‬: ‫ا‬

‫‏ نظام‬gG ‫الباقون كالعادة‬ ‫وقف‬ ‫| ذا وقف‬ ‫ لك‬Sika‫‏‬
8 ١
- 80-6 ‫اه‬ ‫ل‬ 00
‫‏‬by ‫خائن ىق‬ ‫اردا‬ ‫ملكه كان‬ ‫خان‬ ‫إن كان‬ 7 . ‫القوافل‬
--6 ‫ور‬ ‫ ر‬wis‫‏‬ - ee o-
‫الأصنام‬ ‫إن يعبد‬ ‫‏‬A . ‫المورخون‬ ‫كد‬ ‫لم نه‬ bly‫بلادناء ‏‬

-
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 299‫‏‬
k, é-‫‏‬ ‫ا‬ 2703 .9 FS See as
‫‏ هذا‬VI( ‫ و إن طلب الوزير برهانا فاره (راى‬.‫فهو من الكفار‬
3‫‏‬
ereh( ,1 si siht‫‏‬eu‫‏ها هو‬lac : ‫ رفيق اك» ودقل له‬1‫‏ بالفريدهيرف‬iBer,

o ‫‏مكتوب‬8‫ل‬02‫ا‬
‫إن‬ ‫ده‬ ‫موسي‬ 063
ees sr).adil ‫ىلإ‬‎

ocr ne ‫مهظعو‬‎
if not,) Vis pus lig ‫حجنت‬‎ ‫فوسف‬ ‫لمعلا ةطساوب دقعتم‬
6002 0-9 ‫مه‬ ‫و‬ On ‫‏‬8
‫— دفنت ابني فقد دفنت‬lO ‫‏‬yy ً. ‫( ترق اهاب باطلا‬otherwise‫‏‬

-- wre 307 13
!‎‫أعطيتك لحر والقمر فلن اتقتنع بهما‬ "ylO ‎.‫ معة‬iuJ

ie ‫‏‬eq . ‫ عبرا النهره هما وفريقهما‬ia ‫‏‬yS( ‫ن وجدا‬-
‫ إ‬,
‫ددا ور‬ 27 ‫دوم‬ ‫ عم‬er‫‏‬ ‫هخ‬
‫‏‬lits ‫وجد‬ ‫‏‬ela 7 . ‫لم تزرع فليس لك حصولٌ تخصلة‬
awe -- ‫‏‬80-9
‫من‬- 6 .‫‏ مهما حصل من شر عش قنعا‬yy . ‫أعداء همقتلوهم‬
«SU ‎‫ َك رض‬yal . ‎‫ بصديق‬00 ‫ الصداقة‬elys sp
ae 6 - Ger ‫هس‬‎ 2 ‫هو‬ -o- 0
‫ تقفد اهيلع ءام‬Oy‫ ىفطت ران انتبحم ‏‬Gye —y, oe‫لانه ‏‬
EXERCISE 68
1. If hot water pours into the cupboards, all the contractor’s

work will be [in] vain. 2. Were it not for this wicked and
eloquent preacher the inhabitants of the village would have
GE o-
been contented with what they had. 3. If only (use ‫نا‬‎ (‫ول‬
you had helped the wounded they would not have fallen
into the hands of that treacherous enemy. 4. If you had
witnessed what happened to the unbelievers who worshipped
idols, you would have buried your doubts and the words of
the Prophet would have satisfied you. 5. If you say the
afternoon prayer at once we can leave with the Mecca (355)

caravan. 6. When you open the window the wind comes into
the room; when you open the door the rain comes in. 7. If
my daughter had asked for a proof, I would have told her
what was preached in the sermon in the mosque yesterday.
8. If what was on the table has not pleased him he takes
what is in the cupboards also. 9. If he acts (use (‫لمع‬‎ through
this group, the result is in their hands because he has no
authority over them. 10. If you see a fire, call the fire brigade;
they will come and put it out quickly. 11. If he has a com-
panion he will not be afraid of the dangers. 12. If you don’t
work hard (strive) you will certainly not succeed. 13. What-
ever the case may be, the crops are bad this year; the reason
is the lack of water. 14. If you are absent from the house a
long time the fires will go out. 15. What you sow you reap.
16. If you don’t find a boat on the river, that is not (use acl)
my fault. 17. Whoever betrays his country deserves death.
18. Wherever you go, I will accompany you. 19. Whenever I
see you I remember my mother. 20. Live contented in the
future, [and] you will find the ties of friendship a great help,
and you will obtain what is more valuable than wealth — a
tranquil mind.
CHAPTER THIRTY-SIX
(SSK Joust Sih

The Cardinal Numbers. Time. Dates
1. Although it is easy to learn the Arabic numerals for

colloquial use, as they follow a simple general pattern, they
are one of the trickiest features of written Arabic, particularly
when fully vowelled, and the Arabs themselves frequently
make errors in their use. It might be best to deal with them
here in groups beginning with the numbers ‘‘one”’ and “‘two’”’.
‫ةدحاو‬ Arabic sign

0 52
2. “One” masc. ‫دحاو‬‎

5 5 3
5 3
35> 59 ١
-o -0 .
‎‫ [ احد‬fem. ‫ىدحإ‬‎ J ‫ادحإ‬‎ with attached
pronoun.
The first form is participal (Active Participle I), and is
usually employed as an adjective after the noun:
- ‎‫> ره‬- cee
aa |‫و‬‎ ‫ لصو لجو‬one man (only) arrived.
‎‫هأوائخلدة‬y‫ر‬oa‫ب‬y eew‎1‫ قرا‬eh daer eht koob ecno eno( .)emit

It may also be used (and declined) as a noun, e.g.
0-- 5 - ‫ع ا نض‬ - ‫سام‬
‫ نوريثك نكل ىقب دحاو طقف‬cls many came but only one re-‫‏‬
mained; ‎‫ واحدًا‬,laaS I koot .eno tuB ti yam ton ekat na
2202/4. The 0 of the “tafe may, however, be given
030 cee
by adding a CB. ‫او‬‎ ‫ لصو‬one of them arrived.

‫مهتم‬‎ sols
The second form, ial, is usually used either with a nega-

tive, meaning no-one or none, or with a following genitive
or idafa whether noun or pronoun, e.g.
zi-éB-B o-
‎‫ لم اراحدا‬I did ton ees .enoyna
301 :
‫ كفو ةريثك ىتكل تدخا‬ches many books arrived but I took‫‏‬

2 ‫ار‬ G§‫‏‬ ‫در‬
peotas shone of them only.‫‏‬

‫حدها فقط‬
> ‎‫صم بن‬ .> -a0-
‎‫ كلمنا إحدى النساء‬ew ekops ot eno fo eht .nemow
-
‫نيتديرجنكل ادحإامه هل‬. (ib we ordered two papers but one‫‏‬

e - of them did not arrive.‫‏‬
-
Norte: The singular noun in Arabic, when indefinite, means ‘‘one”’ or

a’, so that the word for “‘one’”’ is used much less frequently than in
«cn?
English, e.g. BIS OLD A

aight" ‫ةرم‬‎ ‫ هتيار‬I saw him once.
buh lod‫ًارخآ‬:‎ine, « 1‫امسم‬‎‫ ىنطغأ‬give me one nail; I will take another

- later.
-0 ‎‫وه‬
3. ‎1‫ “م‬masc. obs); fem. obs! (nom.) ¥
oil; fem. ool (acc., gen.)

This number on the whole is seldom used, since the dual
ending gives its ee Thus, Oke means ‘‘two houses”;
if we write ‫نانثآ‬‎ote, then some emphasis iis implied on the
word ‘‘two”’.
e.g. bis geil
| ‫نيع‬‎We‫تي‬‎Ay
|, I saw two shepherds only (imply-
ing that I expected to see more).
A? Ye]
ws i Ave ‫كانه‬‎ ‫ نإ‬J 1 I was told that there were

‎‫دده‬ ‫صوده‬ ‫» شه‬ -s-o --0» ynam sdrehpehs ,ereht tub
‎‫ اثنين فقط‬eno )eta ‎‫لافيت‬ 1 tem owt dlo nem .ylno
“6
‎‫ إثنان‬isi also used as a noun:
‫ نكلنينثأ اباغ‬us‫ توعدعينج ‏‬I invited all my relatives but‫‏‬

3 two (of them) stayed away.‫‏‬
.4 3 to 10.‫‏‬
- -- also 001 2-5 0512 ‫‏‬5
3 masc. St ‫‏‬nettirw(‫تلثة‬ ‫‏‬.mef ‫ثلاث‬ 02 ‫> ' لالت‬
5> > ‫َه‬ 5>+‫ه‬
4 ‎‫وو‬ ‫اربعة‬ ‫وو‬ ‫أريع‬ db

THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. TIME. DATES 303
$0. ‎‫ه‬5
>
5 masc. ‫ةسمخ‬‎ fem. ‫سمخ‬‎ 6
5
So” 5: ate ” ‫كس‬‎ 4
See so-
7 8 ‫ةعبس‬‎
‎‫و‬ ‫ع‬+ vV
00 -s=.4- ‎‫ ا‬ef osla 0
8 asks written 4,0) ‎‫و‬ SLO nettirw( ‎‫دمن‬ A
53-6
Lope 9
So. 7
9 5 ‫ةهعمس‬‎
ky ‫و‬‎ ae >
10 7 ‫هرسع‬‎
‎‫وو‬ ‫عسر‬ eof
(i) It will be noted that these numbers reverse the genders,

adding the ta marbiita for the masculine form.
(ii) OWS 8 is declined like .‫ضاق‬‎

(iii) They are all nouns, and, when not standing alone, take
the nouns to which they refer as genitive plurals in
*idafa.
- ar -G- ‫و‬‎ -= 9°08
‎)‫ (برادات‬oes ‎‫ ثلاث‬eo three refrigerators were adver-
- tised for sale in today’s paper.
1 ce
- -- = 09 ‫و‬ ‫د‬
Agu the number of absentees is

eight.
2520-7
‫ ةديدج‬ST A J‫ ‏‬I have eight new books.

-
AG ‎‫مفو‬ take ten of these chairs, and

leave four.
iat
Note: The gender of the numeral depends on the singular of the noun,
cee
not its plural. For example, GL is masculine but its broken plural
6 ‫>ه‬‎
‫ باوبا‬is, prarimnatically: feminine‫ ‏‬singular. Nevertheless, one writes
-o8 2-708
‫)! باوبا‬42 four doors, treating the noun as masculine. In the case of‫‏‬
a broken plural of a feminine noun the numeral is put into the feminine.
5. 11 to 19.
‫موده‬ ‫م‬
11 masc. ne aol
--0- ‫ممه‬
12, el ‫وو‬
‫و‬ a‫‏‬
‫اثنتا عسره‬
--90- ‫دماص‬
7 ‎‫ عشرة‬ON
ef * x‫‏‬
2-260
14 oon aed | 0 ‫اربع عشرة‬

‫ا‬ 62
‫وو‬ ‫عشرة‬ ‫خمس‬
tet ae‫‏‬
16 95, 0 7 ‫عشرة‬ ‫ست‬
cree ne
17 pe a ‫وو‬ 0 pink‫جع ‏‬
ceaYE Ee
18- ‫"مدع‬‎ ‫ةينامك اشم‬ ‎‫وو‬ 0 pent ‫ىنامث‬‎
*
19 , | phe‫ةعست‬‎
2-2 es,
9 elie
-
(i) All these are indeclinable, except Twelve.

(ii) ahey.aare followed by a Singular noun in the Accusative,
e.g. 16 pupils arrived.
I passed 17 women.
I want nineteen.
‫‏ جنيها‬sed‫لك أثنا‬
3702 --- ‫>نود‬
‫ور‬
you have twelve pounds

(guineas).
--- 9-00
‫‏ عشر كتابا‬id ‫ عمى‬J ‫‏‬1 my uncle has sent me twelve

letters during the last year.
Elida alle‫‏‬
.6 20 to 99.‫‏‬
‫م‬
20 ‫كورشع‬ masc. and fem.‫‏‬

‫جم‬ 019) ‫ارت‬ ‫حزق‬ ‫كزان‬ 2
12 522. ‫احد وعشرون‬ ‫‏‬.mef ‫إحدى وعشرونث‬ "١
- ‫و‬6
000 Ae aay
22 ‫وو‬ ‫اثنان وعشرون‬
| ,, ‫نورشعو‬‎ ‫ناتنثا‬ ar
etc.‫‏‬
‫وداس‬‫ل‬
30 ‎‫ثلاثون‬ masc. and fem. Y.

40 Sat eae 6
50 ‫نون‬‎ BOP 5 37
60 ‫نوتس‬‎ ‫ا‬ 5s 6
70 ‫تدل‬‎ ae 98
80 Se ee aie oe Ae
90 ‫نوعا‬‎ Migs ‫فقير‬‎ ‫كو‬ ٠

(i) The tens from 20 to 90 are declined as nouns in the
sound pray
2062 3
‫ ق اذه رهشلا نوثلت اموي‬there are 0 days in this month.‫‏‬
shoal‫ ىف ‏‬27 pes‫‏‬

1 ‫د‬ I spent 40 days in the desert.‫‏‬
(ii) All these numbers from 20 to 99, like those from 11 to

19, are followed by a noun in the Accusative Singular.
See the examples above.
7. From 100 upwards.

100 hes frequently written 4 8 3
- | but ‫طع‬‎ ’alif is not pronounced)
From 200 upwards.
200 dk (SUL) ree:
300 BSN (gtttn LAE or BLE) ree
400 ii,
al a
500 3 aes Te
600 3 nie
700 ‎‫سبع مئة‬ eeV
800 ‎‫ مئة‬iis es
900 iss
, ‫عست‬‎ 4
1000 at 1 088
2000 oul cil
3000 GY ‫ةثالث‬‎ ree
oe to 10000.
11000 i ‫رع‬‎ ‫دحأ‬etc. Lice

100000 uli ie, LI
1000000 i etka ‫ني‬‎ Plur. ‫نييالم‬‎ fe ‫ل‬‎ ore
0 Zero, Nil Sie (hence “cypher’’).
(i) These numerals from 100 are nouns and take their
following noun in the Genitive Singular. Note that as
the word G ‫ام‬‎ 100 is feminine the “‘three’’ in 300 has no
7 of
ta marbita. As Si 1,000 is masculine the 3 of 3,000 has
the ta marbita in accordance with the rule governing
numbers 3 to 10.
(ii) In compound numerals over 100 the noun follows the

rule governing its relation to the last element in the
number. Thus in ‘103, men’’, the rule for 3 must be
followed; therefore, the noun must be in the Genitive
Plural.
e.g. ‎‫ اله‬iN, ‎‫ مانة‬a hundred and three boys.
In ‘123 men” the last element, 23, has an Accusative

Piao 4g 1910) 2-2
Singular noun, e.g. X=) ‫نورشعو‬‎ ‫ ةثالثو‬GL
In “2,300 men”’ the last element, 300, takes the Genitive
‫ال‬ ate‫‏‬
Singular, e.g.‫ رجل ‏‬GL‫ وثلاث ‏‬OWI‫‏‬
(iii) Note the ‫د‬‎ of the various elements in the following:

eal oi
dae ‎‫ وتسم وثلاثون‬t‫ ة‬ia, ‎‫ ودسع‬ie 9391 .sraey nA redlo mrof
is At. en, 2 oat Re oh es which, however, is not

Gaed in dee Arabic. Note that each element is
connected by 9.
5 6>
8. “Some” is expressed by ‫ضعب‬‎ . It is also used in ee

--j 0
Arabic to mean “one of’’, “a certain”, e.g. ‫ءارعيشلا‬‎ ‫لاق ل‬

one of the poets said (but this say alee ou “some of’’).
“A few” is ea by eo or dads, followed by the
Genitive, e.g. ell ‫عضب‬‎ a few days (presumed to be between
three and ten).
Sun
An undefined number over ten is expressed by Us), e.g.

Sun" C6! es 0% ‫و‬‎ S435 1
‫ سفن فينو‬GL,‫ ةئام فينو سفن ‏‬a hundred or more souls, a‫‏‬
hundred or so souls.
507
“Approximately, in the region of” is expressed by 9+,

literally ‘“‘towards’’. It is a noun with the following word in
the Genitive, e.g.
‫ود‬ 0-0-2
‫سراف‬ii‫ انيلع وحن‏‬ined about 1,000 cavalry attacked us.‫‏‬

o- 08
J‎‫مائة‬192‫ رأينا‬we saw about 100 camels.
This cone is alee used as preposition in the sense of ‘‘direc-

= obese
tion”’, as: ‫ةنيدعلا‬‎ ‫ تبكر وحن‬I rode towards the city.
9. When a number is required to be definite, e.g. “the

nine books”, it is placed after the noun to which it refers in
apposition with the definite oe e.g.
‫هدىلا اهتفلتسا‬
‫ة‬ ] ‫عجرىل بتكلا‬
‫ع‬ return me the ten books‫‏‬
which you borrowed.
cil,
'‎‫حسن‬
specks gsi give me Hassan’s nine books.
In the first example, however, the reader may encounter

----90
5-8 ‎‫ العشرة‬in modern Arabic; this is the colloquial usage

also.
TIME
2 So- 5 0‫ج‬‎
10. Among the words used for time are ‫تقو‬‎ pl. ‫تاقوا‬‎ used
in the general sense (pupnot in penne and telling the time);
5 G-- é ‫و‬‎ ‫وي‬
cry or OL), pl. SIF ee pl. pee meaning ‘‘an age” or
“era” (e.g. deusii Jpal 6 Middle ney also Se

Go- 5 ‫در‬‎ ore - 5 5‫ه‬-‎
‎‫ قرن‬pl. O95, '‫تري‬‎ ‫ ل‬ie. or ,‫ماع‬‎ pis.Clic ,‫نونس‬‎ ‫ماوعا‬,
oS
fae ; ‫رهش‬‎ pl.)Noe, “month’’; pial pl. call “week”;
5 pl. aul, “day”; dol, pl. SEL, “hour”; ‫ةقيقد‬‎, pl. ,‫قئاقد‬‎
“minute”; aes pl. ‫تاما‬‎ “‘moment”’ ; ast, pl. ,‫ناو‬‎
“second’’. ‎‫ ساعة‬also means a “‘watch”’ or ee and is used
in telling the time:
‎‫ الساعة كم؟‬tahw emit si ?ti
OFS Hea
soles
‫ ةثالاث‬USI
it is 3 o'clock. *‫‏‬
(Note the use of the masculine here)‫‏‬
The Ordinals (see Ch. Thirty-rape are also used for
expressing the time of day, as: dy!a EL four o’clock
(the fourth hour).
11. The periods of the day are expressed by ‫ىو‬‎ sometimes
OU)
by ‎‫عند‬,or more commonly by the Adverbial Accusative, ep:

chal or ies in the morning.
6 ‫صاش‬ -‫و‬
‫ دنع رهظلا‬at noon.‫‏‬
‫ ق رصعلا‬in the afternoon.‫‏‬

--90
clu! ‎‫ فى‬or sl. in the evening.

* Numerals used in this way as abstract numbers are diptote.
ou
‫ ق ليللا‬or‫ ليل ‏‬at night.‫‏‬
jsut ‎‫ ق‬or ‎‫ ارا‬during the day.

‫ و‬-- Nie‫‏‬
‫ راهم‬means the daytime, whereas‫ موي ‏‬means the whole 24‫‏‬
hours. When a single night is specified, we say‫ يل ‏‬e.g.‫‏‬
yl a last night.
12. The days of the week are:

‫ )راهن( دحألا‬te Sunday.‫‏‬
sat (63) 9
‫موب‬‎ Monday.
(slat) ‎‫ (تهار)آلشلاماء‬ea .yadseuT
‎‫) الأريعاء‬55 a .yadsendeW
‫ اميس‬Gigs‫ يو‏‬Thursday.‫‏‬
- ‫و‬ ‫صور‬ ‫اد‬
‫ د (نهار) المجمعة‬Friday.‫‏‬
‫ يوم (نهار) السبت‬Saturday.‫‏‬

5 - ‫ديس‬
The word ¢ioe or ragis often omitted, e.g. ‫ءاثالغلا‬‎ . Tuesday.

“The week”’ is eo or zen (usually the latter).
MONTHS OF THE CHRISTIAN YEAR

26 - Ow 2 HH
13. The Christian year is called ‫ةيداليملا‬‎ ‫ ةنسلا‬the birth
year, or Be iledali the Messiah year, or, occasionally,
- =
29H 6087 7
‫ ةيسمشلا‬I, the sun year. Dates B.C. are called Sei‫قبل‏‬

(abbreviated ¢ 3); and A.D., ‫داليملا‬‎Jey (abbreviated ‫ماب‬‎ or
just ‫مر‬‎
The names of the months have two alternative forms, the
first being used primarily in Egypt and the Sudan, the
second in the Levant and Iraq.
(1) (2)
January ph Jul Ost
3-0 0 id
February ply ‫طابش‬‎

ON Ie ct 5 3
‫‏‬hcraM ‫مارس‬ ‫آذار‬
‫و‬ ‫ءَه‬ 7-05

‫‏‬lirpA ‫ابريل‬ ‫نيسان‬
5 ie 5 a 5 we
May ‎‫مايو‬ ‫ايار» نوار‬

ad Dats 8%,
‫‏‬enuJ ‫يونيو‬ ‫حزيران‬
‫فل‬ 3 a-‫‏‬
‫‏‬yluJ ‫يوليو‬ ‫تموز‬

‫ دار‬820 2
August | ‫بآ‬‎
‫وحور‬
> 5 ‫و‬
‫‏‬rebmetpeS ‫سبتمبر‬ ‫ايلوا‬
‫غرود‬ ‫و صوءَيَ د‬ °
October a. ‫اوالا‬‎ ‫نيرشت‬
‫ود‬ ‫ر‬ 24 ‫د‬ om‫‏‬
November ‎‫نوفمير‬ BWI ‎‫تشرين‬
“ws eee
‫‏‬rebmeceD ‫دسمبر‬ ‫الاول‬ ‫كانون‬
THE MUSLIM YEAR

14. This is called aPoul) inl after the Aen (Hegira) or
Flight (properly, Emigration) of the Prophet from Mecca to
Medina on 16th July, 622 A.D. Dates have the word dyss
in brackets after them, or simply ‫ه‬‎ . As the year has only 354
days, the Muslim year progressively outstrips the Christian
year. A.H. (the European form of (‫ه‬‎ 1381 began on 4th
June, 1961. Comparative calendars of the Muslim and
Christian years are available.* In the modern Islamic world
* Wustenfeld: Vergleichungs-Tabellen der muhammedischen und
christlichen Zeitrechnung, Leipzig, 1854, and later editions.
M. 0. Jimenez, Tablas de Conversion de Datas Islamicas a Cris-
tianas y Viceversa, Granada, 1946.
one seldom sees the Hijriya date alone. Newspapers, for

instance, always show the Christian date, which is also
operative in commerce and official pronouncements.
The following are the Islamic months:
IG- 20- 5
1. Cae)
5 1 Res
- 2 --e
ea) 9. Olas) (the month of fasting).
tee ‫اولا‬‎
are ky‫لا‬‎ b ae
6. i eins 12. ols He (month of the 0
Some names of these months are often used with special

attributives, e.g.
‫سرهم‬ 9-09 0-0 9-3
‫‏‬OIGO ‫و‬ =i 2 Il ‫‏‬DIVO ‫ن‬2
‫رجب الفرد‬ ‫المعة‬ ‫شعبان‬

0097029 - ="
‫ مركملا‬Olas etc.‫‏‬
MUSLIM FEASTS Sie aes

z
15. The general term for a festival is aw pl. sls | : bhe
chief ones are:
-G 0 258 -G 0 ‫ومي‬‎
(a) ‫ةنسلا‬‎ ‫لوا‬o» ‫ةنسلا‬‎‫ سار‬New Year’s day of the Islamic
Calendar.
(b) 200 ‫لولا‬‎ The Birth of the Prophet.

‫صا يي‬ ‫و‬
(c) ‎‫ الصغير‬dal “the small festival’, at the beginning of
the month of i‫وش‬‎ after the end of the fast of the month of
ee
2 se
(d) ‎‫ العيدالكبير‬eht“ taerg ,”lavitsef osla dellac eip

Go r
“the sacrificial festival”, on the 10th of the month of ‫ةجح‬‎‫وذلا‬
when the pilgrims offer sacrifice in Mecca.
The commonest festival greeting is ‫كيلع‬‎ aye
s ‫ديعلا‬‎the
feast (is, or may be) blessed on you.
INDICATING DATES
16. To indicate the date, the Ordinal numbers are usually

employed (see the following chapter). After the ordinal is
56 >
put the name of the month, with or without the word ‫ربعش‬‎
before it, and after that the number of the year, with or
g--
without the word 4~ in the genitive or accusative.

e.g. gon (Aw) ae (‫)رهش‬‎ ie (On) the a8
7th
‫ا‬‎
IHEP ‫راك‬‎IS AOR ESET LIN
January 1956
iiss oe
SADR
(‫)رهش‬‎ ‫)مودلأ[ عباسلا نم‬
INDICATION OF AGE
a--
17. How are old are you? is expressed by 4 ae ray

ce
(lit. your life is how many years?). An older form is eee‫نبا‬‎
‫همه‬ =--
‫( ةنس تنا‬lit. the son of how many years are you?) but this is‫‏‬
rarely used now.‫‏‬
The answer to the eS questions would be:‫‏‬
zor e 20
pre Dee I am twenty years old.
VOCABULARY
a--
ba «bs only (at the end of eb

‫ار‬‎ pl. ae, shepherd
the sentence or that part of 53 -
the sentence to which it m8 pl. ‫اياعر‬‎ flock, subjects
applies) (of a ruler)
25-6 ‫كا‬‎ ‫تي‬ 21
‎‫ مسمار‬pl. ‎‫ مسامير‬nail ‎‫ مسن‬old, aged
sal refrigerator (mod.)
-01-0--
‎‫ بمناسبة‬with reference to, on

(Syria, Lebanon)
6- a-
the “ occasion of (+ gen.)
‫ ةجالث‬refrigerator (Egypt,‫‏‬ (mod.)
Sudan)‫‏‬ - --9
‫ لاقتسا‬X to resign‫‏‬
bu (m.s. ise,if aS) sheep
‫ (>) داز‬to increase (intrans.)‫‏‬
‫ غنم‬sheep‫‏‬ -ac-
+2) 11 to increase (trans.)

So-
‫معز‬ ‫ (ماعز‬goats‫‏‬ G- -
62k) increase, more, surplus
sl pl.‫ » ءاش ‏‬ol a single sheep‫‏‬

gle II to hang (érans.), sus-
6 S06
chk! « ‫لبا‬‎ camels (collective pend
no eae ‫قلعت ب‬ V to hang from,‫‏‬
g--
45U pl. 50 she-camel depend on, be attached to,

‫ ب‬---b00‫‏‬ ‫در‬ appertain to :
‫ تاناويحلا‬diy toz00, zoological‫‏‬ -B- ‎‫دور‬
‫ تاقلعملا‬Mus allaqat, the name‫‏‬

‘gardens‫‏‬
given to 7 pre-Islamic odes‫‏‬
S-0-
said to have been hung‫‏‬
ale attack
from the Ka‘ba in Mecca‫‏‬
Saran ms
‎‫ فلسطينى‬Palestinian
sites pl.‫ ‏‬2 ‫ انمق‬ode, poem‫‏‬
2 refugee S$ 39093
‫ دكتور‬pl.:
33 > rotcod ‫)‏‬.dom(
-ae-
‫ ردص‬II to export‫‏‬ ‫ تآ‬coming, next‫‏‬

-- 0-0 2
‫ دروتسا‬X to import‫‏‬ 2 ‫ا‬
els pl. ,‫ناوم‬‎ ‫ ىناوم‬port, har-
5 on7 1
‫ حيرصت‬declaration (mod. per-‫‏‬ bour

- 08
mit, permission)‫‏‬ ‫ المانيا‬Germany‫‏‬
5 -‫و‬
‫مئناسب‬ 111 of O°
G--
-
-9»5
ui German (Susi the
4k. suitability Germans)
‫‪4or pl. oaklepublic, crowd,‬‬ ‫‪ republican‬وهج‪‎‬ىو‬

‫‪masses‬‬ ‫~‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫َه‪‎‬‬
‫ف‪‎‬‬ ‫;‬ ‫‪ .lp lej yrteop‬شعر‬

‫‪4) 944 republic‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪re eae‬‬
‫‪so‬‬ ‫‪Paty,‬‬ ‫‪‎ happiness, good for-‬ةداعس‬
‫‪plows pl. role» nail‬‬ ‫‪tune‬‬
‫‪minis‬‬ ‫‪Ge‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪died‬‬ ‫‪Ringe‬‬
‫‪s‬س‪h‬‏ ‪ 0‬سبب الاستقالة ‪ram‬‏‬

‫(منما) يزيد ‪G‬‏ صعوبة رئي‬
‫‪4‬ت دعوت المعلمةٌ المجديدة اعماج ‪seef‬ال‏بنات التأريخ لكنها‬
‫=‬ ‫ع‬
‫اماج‬
‫مو سه‬
‫أعغطني مسسمارين اثنين وضع‬ ‫م ‪-‬‬ ‫لاجئةٌ‪.‬‬ ‫إحدا هن ‪sL‬‏ وهى‬ ‫وحدت‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪Gi‬‬ ‫‪ea‬‬ ‫الصندوق ‪I‬‏‬ ‫الممامير الباقية ‪}er‬‏ ذلك‬
‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪2C‬‏‬ ‫‪ َ2‬ردوده‬ ‫‪ekiB‬‬ ‫‪o+‬‏‬ ‫‪ 0‬در‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‏‪+o‬‬
‫مكررا ‏‪tiie‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‏‪oes‬‬ ‫سمخو ‏‪ Oy rte‬ةقان‬ ‫‪ole a‬‬ ‫‏‪spas‬‬
‫‪pine daly ene‬‬ ‫‪Jui i)mares‬‬ ‫تاناويحلا توريبب ‪‎‬؟‬
‫‪‎‬تاتلعملا ‪ ca 37es‬دئاصق ‪‎ 0‬يبرعلا ‪al ste .‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫دوم‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪59-2‬‬
‫ل‬ ‫‪02.‬‬
‫‪ anE‬وا ليث‬ ‫من باب المدينة بعد حملةالألمان ‪eL‬‏‬

‫حليب المعز» خصوصاً إِذَا‪A‬‏ بَاردًافى الثلاجة ‪:‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫م‬ ‫‪cs‬‬ ‫‏‪eNO‬‬
‫لبن المعز وتتركة فى‬ ‫‏)‪ SHG‬لك ذلك ألف مرة»قلماذًا ‪AC‬‏‬
‫‪ihsoA‬‏ كثيراً عن أفكاررعايا‬ ‫الشمس؟ ارجع لعقلكياخادم ! ال‬

‫دود‬ ‫‪-‬ه‪5-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫« ألف ليلةوليل » ‪s5‬‏ هذه القصص غير‬ ‫كتاب‬ ‫بغداد من‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫لدج‬ ‫السو‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫دد‬ ‫َه‬ ‫ره ار‬
‫أعبر الصحراء‬ ‫‪eeW‬‏ ‪TE‬‬ ‫س‬ ‫|‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫يل‬ ‫ايد‬

‫‪-‬‬
THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. T'IME. DATES 315
a. wore
Bly 2 iets on ‫كلذ‬‎ ‫ اوري أ لبق‬o! oe
‎‫ وخوفهم‬Sl 3 ork ‫كلذ‬‎ ‫ نم مكاحلا »نك" دير‬Apa ‫مهيأ‬‎

‫ ةنسلا ةيضامل كوسو‬3 ‫ ةدارب اقينو‬3 ‫ — تدروتسا نانبل‬ie Ss‫‏‬
05-2 oF » o- o-
‫ تردصو‬- 15 ‫ةينآلا‬. ‫ىف ةنسلا‬

(amount)‫ نم اذه ادق ر ‏‬AS byged‫‏‬
e‫‏‬F
,io6 00 ‫‏ من ميناء عسوت‬llud ‫فواكه كثيرة فى تلك‬
‫ا‬ ‫ ظقيتسمي‬cen aes‫‏‬ . ‫ داليم حيسلا‬Jap shdaySat‫‏‬
‫‏‬eleB ‫ويسوق غنمأيه إلىمحل بعيد من البيت» ولم يكن معه‬
‫هي‬
6 bar ‫‏‬ea‫ر‬: ‫فني المساءكانيسأل كل ما‬

ral 1S ‫ةسايس‬‎ ps ce sali ie eeste) ods
--- - =e
»‎‫ ربعاء‬3 ‫يوم الأحد وقام يوم‬ ‫الكبيرة‬ ‫بالشجرة‬ ‫يا‬ ehd
2-5 . ‫ الشجرة‬oO seG ‫‏‬ssid ‫واليوم يوم السبت وسلابسة لا‬
eal oe Leyla Ea ape ees ‫سلك‬‎
EXERCISE 70
Note: Numbers given in words should be translated in words.

1. My sister opened one of the boxes only; there are many long
nails in the other, and she has not opened it since she came
from Palestine with the refugees. 2. Why have you three
refrigerators in your house, and you say that you are a poor
shepherd? 3. One came, and one stayed away because he
wanted to visit the zoo. There were two this year. I invited
three last year, but one died in February. God have mercy
on his soul (use Perfect). 4. I am an old man now, but I

cannot say that my happiness has increased since my youth.
I have eight sons and three daughters, but all of them have
got married and left home. 5. The minister explained in his
statement with regard to the economic state of the republic
that imports were more than exports. 6. The country had
exported seventeen thousand cars in the previous year, but
had imported commodities whose value was greater than that.
7. The future of this country depends on trade, and there
are a hundred reasons for the present difficulties. “Still”,
he said, “1 am the one responsible, and so I resign”. 8. We
read in the history of the Arabs that the seven poems known
as the ‘‘Mu‘allaqat’”’ were hung in Mecca. Some scholars say
that there were ten (they were ten). 9. He is a Palestinian,
but he studied in a university in Germany and became a
doctor in Nineteen hundred and thirty-five. 10. Our country
will have a new port in the coming year, and it will be
suitable for the biggest ships. 11. September has thirty days,
but October has thirty-one. February has only 28 or 29.
12. I worked with sheep and goats for a week (use the
accusative) and then resigned. Now I am working with
camels. But I really want to work with elephants. 13. This
tribe attacked a caravan a few days ago, and killed about 100
men. This attack has increased the public’s fear of the Arabs.
14. I do not know what time it is because I have no watch.
15. I lost it on Sunday night when I was going from my
house to my friend’s house. 16. I looked for it on Monday
morning. 17. Those two boys were born in 1931 A.D.
18. I met him in Ramadan, 1370 A.H. 19. How old is your
eldest daughter? She is seventeen, and my youngest son is
three. 20. I spent the holiday in my garden. There are twelve
apple trees in it, but my neighbour’s sons have taken much
of the fruit. 21. I heard that you have 50 or so cows. Why,
then, do you buy milk in the market?
CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVEN
‎)‫(ألباب السايع والثلاثون‬

The Ordinal Numbers. Fractions
1. The Ordinals from 1 to 10 are generally formed on the

measure of the Active Participle, del, more or less from the
Cardinals
‎‫وءََ د‬- - ‫دو‬
‎‫الاول‬ .mef ‎‫الاولى‬ eht .tsrif
gh ze ‫ةيناثلا‬‎ the second.

- -
(without article Ol)

> ar Ka ft
‫ثلاثلا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ةثلاثلا‬ the third.‫‏‬
2 a- 2° ae‫‏‬
al i‫‏‬ ‫ةعبارلا‬ the fourth.‫‏‬
Bel a=) 0‫‏‬
‫سماخلا‬ 7 ‫ ةسماخلا‬the fifth.‫‏‬
‫و‬ we‫‏‬
‫سداسلا‬ 4 ists the sixth.‫‏‬
‫هاه‬ ‫دو‬ ‫دس‬
‫عباسلا‬ 17 ‫ةعباسلا‬ the seventh.‫‏‬
‫ده‬ ‫اه‬ ‫ول‬ ae 1‫‏‬
‫نماثلا‬ 5 ‫ةئماثلا‬ the eighth.‫‏‬
‫ا‬ ae POT |‫‏‬
‫عساتلا‬ 5 ‫ةعساتلا‬ the ninth.‫‏‬
‫أو‬ 6 3 o-‫‏‬
‫رشاعلا‬ 7 ‫ةرشاعلا‬ the tenth.‫‏‬
All the above are declined fully.
2. After 10, the Cardinal Numbers are used as Ordinals,

save in so far as the above numbers are included in them.
Those from 11 to 19 are indeclinable.
317
ree ‫‏‬e ‫وده‬ --9- ‫سد‬ ‫مول‬
‫ىداحلا رشع‬ fem.‫‏‬ ‫ةيداحلا ةرشع‬ the eleventh.‫‏‬

‫عل صاصم‬ ‫ال‬ ‫د‬ > --
- 9
-- Go‫‏‬
‫ رشع‬Bld a‫‏‬ ‫ةيناثلا ةرشع‬ the twelfth.‫‏‬
‫ ردع‬eI M ate 35 the thirteenth.‫‏‬

ye asi‫‏‬
‫رلا‬ 3 ‫ ةرشع‬1‫ ءارلا‬the fourteenth,‫‏‬
etc.
Higher numbers run as follows:

Masc. and Fem.
306
twentieth 4‫اور‬‎yell
- 396 o0- SO) ‫مريم‬‎ 9 Ae
‫ ىداحلا نورشعلاو‬fem.‫ ةيداحلا نورشعلاو ‏‬the twenty-first.‫‏‬

= 310 070= fe a an
‫ىناثلا نورشعلاو‬ 5 ‫ ةيناثلا نورشعلاو‬the twenty-second.‫‏‬
ye Soe aaa Te
‫نووتشل‬
‫او‬ar ee‫‏‬ ‫ ةثلاثلا نورشعلاو‬the twenty-third.‫‏‬
etc.
‫دي‬
‫ةثملا‬ masc. and fem. the hundredth.‫‏‬

‫‏ سساو‬mO ‫و‬
‫دسس‬
OF‫‏‬
i fem. ‫ةرخآلا‬‎
age. ‫؟‬‎ ‫رول‬ itheslast.
‎‫الاخير‬ ,‫ى‬:1+ ‫الاخيرة‬
The Ordinals have the Sound Plurals, e.g.
5‫ولوألا‬‎ fem. ‫ثالوالا‬‎
eel 0000
Note the following plurals:
J‘ei the first; ‫عكا‬‎ the early part;
ball the middle; aay the middle part;

I wom ‫و‬‎ -é
>= YI the last; ‫رخاوا‬‎ the last part.

THE ORDINAL NUMBERS. FRACTIONS 319
wr
- eo
‫ع‬ ‫عساتلا‬oat‫لئاوأ ‏‬
. @ in the early 19th century.‫‏‬
‫طساوأ ةنسلا‬ in the middle of the year.‫‏‬
eA‫اوأ >| ‏‬pe towards the end of the affair.‫‏‬
3. The Numerical Adverbs, “first”, “‘secondly’’, “thirdly”,

may be expressed by the Accusative Indefinite of the Ordinal.
66 Hic Ge YE first, secondly, thirdly.
4. The Numerical Adverbs “once’’, “‘twice’’, ‘“‘several

5a-
times’’, may be expressed by the use of the noun ‫ةرم‬‎ in the
accusative,
e.g. ‫ةرم‬‎ once
‎‫ جه‬an
opr twice
ly
‎‫ مرا‬or ie several times.
-- - o£ ra
Note GW ‫وا‬‎ on,‫رم‬‎ “two or three times”
“Thrice” (three times), ‘four times’, etc. are expressed
§a-
by the use of ‫ةرم‬‎ as a genitive of *7ddfa following the Cardinal
Number in the Accusative,
ae
e.g. ‎‫; ثلاث مرات‬ecirht a !vq ruof .semit
- -06 O= 22040 > 6>
‫ تارم ءانثا‬pe‫ دق هتلباق ‏‬I have met him five times‫‏‬
‫ ىضاملا‬5shaw, 24)| a uring th 6 pas t mon‫‏‬ th.‫‏‬
“Once” used historically, ‘“‘once upon a time’, may be

expressed in any of the following ways:
(a) tase (b) ‫ام‬‎

‫(انوي‬oe a certain day); (c) feelin‫نم‬‎ ‫مبا‬3
(d) (2 eile » ‫موي‬‎‫= تاذ‬
The occurrence of an action once or more times with the

verb is often expressed by the Verbal Noun, with the
320 A NEW ARABIC GRAMMAR -
feminine ending added, known as the 6‫ةرملا‬‎pel This is always

of the measure ‫ةلعف‬‎ with the root fore of the verb. With
derived forms the ta marbita is simply appended to the
Verbal Noun:
- ‎‫لومي‬ Ge eee
is
‎ٍ‫ة غرد‬6‫ عط نظر إلى نظر‬evag ema egnarts .ecnalg
- ‎‫ صوء‬220 on
any‎‫ اتتحت المدرسة ابد‬eht wen loohcs saw denepo yllaiciffo

‎‫دهم هده‬ ero = 019 .eciwt
‎‫رسميتين‬ =C
err ‎‫سه‬
‫تاب‬de‫هبر ثالث ‏‬
‫ درض‬he hit him three times (lit. three‫‏‬
blows).‫‏‬
5. The Fractions (with the exception of ‘‘a half’’) are of

‎‫وه‬ ‫رد‬ 60
the type ae or as with the Plural Sta:
$ aie
ea 21012. ok
hail >ie
‫د‬‎ ‫هو‬ $22 5 ‫م‬ ١
‎‫ثلث‬ or ‎‫ثلث‬ MSU 2
‎65‫و‬ $39 5- oF ١
0 ‫عبر‬‎ 9 ‫عبر‬ » ‫عابرا‬ >

‎65‫ر ه‬ 92$ 5 > 80 ١
t Coa ‫و‬‎ = ‫و‬ ‫سامخا‬ o
509 $99 5 >65 ١
4 <<‫سدس‬‎ » 00 ‫سدس‬ ‫ى‬, 0 ‫سادسا‬ >
509 599 5 >62 ١
34 ” : ” ‫عابسا‬‎ Vv
$03 5 ‫در‬‎ 5 “06 ١
1 ‫نس‬‎ ” ‫نمد‬ ” ‫نامثا‬ n

1 ‫؟‬‎ ‫هو‬ 5 ‫دو‬ 5 - ١
‎‫مار‬ ‫ع اعموي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫يد‬

5 ‎‫ره‬ 5‫د و‬ $S 80- ١
‎‫د‬ te ” tey ” 0 ST
“09 OR 32 ae
eg. ‫؟‬‎OWS, + ‫عابرا‬‎ ‫ةثالث‬
If a whole and a fraction are united, they must be joined
by 9; e.g.
45 — ‫سادسأ‬‎ ‫ ةسمخو‬:‫ ةعبرا‬go

27 0- - S$--06
% (per cent) = ‫ةّئاملأ‬‎ 3 BUG 17
e.g. 20% wu 3 ‫نورشع‬‎ : dys

sa -
percentage = 4)54,
6. The Multiplicative Adjectives are of the form aie

€.g. cow two-fold,
a three-fold (also means a triangle) pl. RACES
ne
ia four-fold (also means a square) pl. ia.
3-69
Single, simple, singular, is .‫درفم‬‎
7. The Distributive Adjectives, 2 by 2, 3 by 3, etc., are

expressed:
(a) By repeating the ordinal in the accusative.
‎‫ دخلرا ثلاثة ثلاثة‬yeht deretne eerht yb ,eerht ni .seerht
(b) By the forms dts or Jade
“00 0°60
e.g. ol ‫نينثا‬‎ ‫ يا‬or ‫ىنثم‬‎
lsat they come two by two.
ont ‫و‬‎oh ‫موقب‬‎‫ترعب‬

‫ رم‬I passed by people (walking) in
twos and threes.
8. The Numerical Adjectives ‫مارح‬‎ the composition

of ee are of the measure ous
e.g. 1 twofold, biliteral.
Ge threefold, triliteral.
‎‫ رباعى‬fourfold, quadriliteral or a quatrain in poetry,
~ hence the “Rubi ciyyat” ‫)تايعاب‬‎(‫ ر‬of ¢ Umar
Khayyam. 1
VOCABULARY
& o-
(395 national, nationalist 33 pl. re individual n.
5 o- 5 ‫>ه‬‎
Ls pl, ‫ثاحنأ‬‎ research, inves-
8
‎‫ واد‬pl. %a standard, flag;
tigation Brigade, major-general
‫وان‬ 2‫و‬
‫ قرش‬Eastern, Oriental‫‏‬ = ‎‫ مر‬correspondent

“oe
ck 111 to meet, to corres- aie fundamental(ist)

pond to, be equivalent to
él that is to say, namely
‫ قلطأ‬IV to fire, throw‫‏‬ 5 ‫رود‬
-- eG w
‫ قنصل‬pl.‫ قناصل ‏‬consul‫‏‬
‫ قلطأ رانلا ىلع‬to fire at‫‏‬
it ph ‫فال‬‎ noble Gilene
‫ سام‬see ‫‏‬80--
‫ قلطأ ةملك ىلع‬to use a word‫‏‬

with a certain meaning adj.)
ete ‫م‬
Ss pl. ‫ءالكو‬‎ agent ‫ فرش‬II to honour‫‏‬

os ‫ لمتشا ىلع‬VIII to comprise,‫‏‬
U5 9 agency
include
‫ ىلع‬as‫ ون‏‬V to entrust oneself‫‏‬ ‎‫ فرع‬pl. ‎‫ فروع‬branch
to, rely on‫‏‬
‎‫ ارت‬N.W. Africa, the
3 ‎‫ سا‬former
Maghrib (also used for
rr1 formerly Morocco) (lit. the West)
slsecurity 2pen Algeria, Algiers

32 G-
‫ ها‬pl.!32 dearth, scarcity;‫‏‬ ‫ شكارم‬Morocco, Marrakesh‫‏‬
crisis (mod.)‫‏‬
‫ ىوتحا لع‬VIII to contain,‫‏‬
‫ ةشقانم‬discussion (mod.)‫‏‬ comprise‫‏‬
‫ برلان‬pl.‫‏‬ ae— Parliament
‫ (~) ىوح‬to comprise, con-‫‏‬
(Fr.)‫‏‬ tain‫‏‬
‫ جمانرب‬pl.‫ جمارب ‏‬scheme, pro-‫‏‬ ‫هه‬ ---o69‫‏‬
obs contents (of a book,

gramme etc.)
5 -
‫‏ قارة‬.lp ‫ — ات‬continent‫‏‬ ‫ »رثإ رثا‬following on, immedi-‫‏‬

ately after‫‏‬
dee ‎)‫ (سئن‬Sunna, religious
law in Islam plor 3] ‫ىلع‬‎ «(same meaning)
GA. ‎‫وى‬ ‫دسق‬
‎‫ اهل السنة‬.gnis wg( eht -nuS a ‎‫ و‬II to help, give success
nites to (usually used of God)
5 1>
‫و‬we Dt‫‏‬ ‫ قيفوت‬success (due to God);‫‏‬
‫ ةعيشلا‬sing. = the Shiites‫‏‬
proper name masc.
‫ ءاشأ‬IV to spread trans.,‫‏‬ ne (2.) to resolve, solve
make known‫‏‬
2 1 solution, resolving v.n.
8 39
‫ شيوعى‬Communist‫‏‬ js II to represent
sG ‎‫و‬ a-
‎‫ الشيوعية‬Communism J ‫حلص‬‎ )2( to be suitable
for
15 609
‎‫ اشتراق‬Socialist
‫ فلتخا نع‬VIII to differ from‫‏‬
‫‏‬yB ‫ان‬ =
‫ الاشتر|كية‬Socialism‫‏‬ esGS almost, approximately‫‏‬

‫صورت‬ 03
‫ <= لامعلا‬the Labour Party‫‏‬ AS pl. ogi shape, kind
EXERCISE 71
‫ العلماء‬tetS ‫‏‬yO‫— يقول رئيس الحزب القوميالسابق‬

1 ‎‫ درم‬ee re SRBC ee bel Peon fs Lead eos
i= ‎‫ ل أى‬EAS H5 ey liapeg
‫و‬ >
‘analy ‎‫ اسمهذا‬- .‫ بكثير‬sse yu ia

ot} ene. Oe
le ere ‫م‬‎ ‫ ىداحلا‬0 ase
llis ‫‏‬sS ‫‏ المقلة اى‬sni — ‫ ع‬,‫‏ شهر ينائر‬eo ‫اليوم |الأول‬

‫ور‬ -0- 2 -e
‫ر‬ ‫‪ + -‬ورر‬ ‫ص‬ ‫‪022‬‬ ‫رود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪ea‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‏‪oe‬‬

‫‪si‬‬ ‫إني ‪TER‬‏‬ ‫ه ل‬ ‫كان ‏‪ GL‬بيت وكيل ‪lled‬‏ فى مراكش‪.‬‬
‫همد‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪7-1-2‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‪SRO‬‏‬ ‫ل‬
‫عل‬ ‫حينما استقال إثر ابتداء الأزمة وسافر إلى المغرب‪ .‬جد حك‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪oF‬‬ ‫‪pack‬‬ ‫‪RS‬‬ ‫‪mae‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪063‬‬ ‫‪rar‬‬ ‫‪fo‬‬ ‫&‬
‫فى ‪lbJ‬‏ القرن ‪ee‬‏ فإنه‬ ‫الله الذى وفق ‪ea‬‏ ‪0‬‬
‫‪=i‬‬ ‫افع‪‎‬‬
‫»‪‎ he « le‬ناملربلا ‪va ‘aaa 3‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ع‬ ‫‪ ee‬عم‬
‫‪Stu‬‬ ‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬ ‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‪ORR‬‬ ‫‪We ca‬‬ ‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪80 2‬‬
‫‪dures‬‬ ‫‪> GR‬‬

‫امتحدة عن مششاكل القارة ‪yf‬‏ وتقدم ‪enac‬‏ ‪ eia‬جديد‬
‫‪ 0‬تلك المشاكل بأسرع ‪uL‬‏‪ sa(. ylkciuq sa )elbissop oR‬و‪-‬‬

‫‪-0a--‬‬ ‫‪PR Pp‬‬ ‫‪EL‬‬ ‫‪pls,‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬
‫تعلمنا‪‎‬‬ ‫‪— 1,‬‬ ‫الماضى ‪.‬‬ ‫ق‬ ‫حاربت‬ ‫‪SU‬‬ ‫من الامة ان‪yw ‎‬‬ ‫طلب‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‪"62‬‬ ‫‪ria‬‬ ‫)‪Se‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫اذه‬ ‫ىف‬ ‫نإ‬ ‫‏‪yy‬‬ ‫‪,.‬ةيبرغلا‬ ‫ىربكلا‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪del‬‬ ‫‏‪ao‬‬ ‫هدا‬
‫‪su‬‏ السئة وللشيعة ‪eR‬‏‬ ‫الكتاب محتويات ‪sle‬‏ فائدة لبه‬
‫‪DE‬‬ ‫‪930‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫مكرايه فى بوم‬
‫م ‏‪ ١‬ساقد شرفتموق “‪ga‬‏‪ ij .saip‬تجيثوال‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ده‪‎‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪o-7‬‬

‫‪ ‘st al wry‬للخدمة‪» ‎‬‬ ‫‪ails‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ابيرقت ‪ ae‬ىصوصخ ‪‎‬كلملل‬
‫‪ore‬‬
‫‪- 80‬‬ ‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫"‪3767‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪DRE‬‬ ‫‪80-2‬‏‬

‫واعضاء‬ ‫للوزراء‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪ea‬‏‬ ‫تستعمل‬ ‫الباقية‬ ‫|‬ ‫والاخماس‬
‫‪ eR MIMO‬الزغليك لين‪‎‬‬ ‫‪pM nR‬‬ ‫‪pe‬‬ ‫‪cc‬‬

‫‪°‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ب‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‎ cde‬تركع )‪DO 9‬‬

‫‪.١‬‏ كدق اللغة العربية توحد‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪2‎‬ع ‪.‬‬
‫مع ذلك كانوا يملكون نصف الاراضى ‪.‬‬
‫‪axe: Baan‬‬
‫‪20-32‬‬ ‫>‪8‬‬ ‫‪3707‬‬ ‫‪‎‬را ‪5‬‬ ‫‪GS‬‏‬ ‫وب‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪enh‬‬ ‫‪‎ on—j4‬ةعلقلا ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ asus Gal‬ةينالثو ‪:.‎‬ةيعابرو‬

‫مهمه‬ 2 - 00-0 00-0 cre‫‏‬
‫وسحمك‬ ‫ لماذا‬-‫بم و‬ lno ‫‏‬lo ‫المساجين‬ 7-0 hi‫‏‬
it; 5 +-‫هءاش‬‎ ‫و‬ 0360 ‫دور‬ 20-9

pls fe} AS esas 14 F Lids eae | : ‫تلقو‬‎ ‫اثلثم‬
362 -a )ri 1 ‫‏‬ew ‫صوء‬ ‫دعوو‬ --
‫زرت‬ -‫ع‬. .‫مرات‬ ‫ست‬ ‫)‏‬nisuoc( ‫ابن عمى‬ ‫الماضية وقابلت‬

307
.‫ للمرة الثالعة فى أواسط شهر ايثول‬eras‫‏‬
EXERCISE 72
1. He founded the first national newspaper to appear (which

appeared) in the Eastern world; it corresponds to The Times
(‫ )سعاتلا‬in Britain. 2. He fired at the former agent for‫‏‬
(J) the thirteenth time and wounded him. 3. The twenty-first‫‏‬
chapter contains fundamental knowledge about the sunna
and the views of the Shi‘ites about it. 4. In the early part of
the twentieth century the majority of people thought
Socialism a branch of Communism, and this was one of the
reasons for the Labour Party’s lack of success in the elections
for Parliament. 5. It is the duty of every individual first to
believe as the Muslims believed formerly, secondly to say
his prayers five times a day, and thirdly to trust in God, for
success is from Him. 6. What is the use of long discussion in
this crisis? You have seen the programme which was made
known in the Security Council of the United Nations.
7. You are nobles, and we have been honoured by your visit.
Indeed, you have paid us three honours: by your coming,
your precious gifts, and your kind words. 8. The flag of
independence was raised here yesterday for the first time
since the middle of the century. 9. The women looked at the
presents they had received from their husbands with the
look of happy children. 10. The consul claims that this
correspondent only sends half the news; but my view is that
he sends no more than a quarter of it. 11. The reason is that
he spends forty per cent of his time in private investigations,
and does not think about the contents of the paper for which
he works. 12 Shape is a singular noun. 13. The solution to
this problem is threefold. 14. I read my thousandth book
following my admission flees) to hospital. It was a book
not suitable for children. 15. I scarcely noticed the difference
in his appearance when he returned after an absence of 25
years. 16. He is about seventy now, but if you saw him you
would think he was 50, no more. 17. A third of the represen-
tatives have resigned following the receipt of the recent
petition. 18. But the real reason is the company’s lack of
capital. 19. They have been told five times so far that there is
NOES)
(2) )hope of an improvement in the situation, but they have
despaired since the resignation of the director. 20. Once upon
a time there rose a great man from among the people.
CHAPTER THIRTY- EIGHT
(SS S15 jet Sut)
The Structure of Arabic Noun Forms
1. There are three parts of speech in Arabic:

(a) Verb J pl. dus)
(b) Noun ol pl. ata This includes what we would call
adjectives.
5 6> ‫نر‬‎
(c) Particles ‫فرح‬‎ pl. ‫فورح‬‎ . That is, prepositions, con-

junctions and interjections.
2. We have seen that, although the Verbal Noun is termed
G- ‎‫دو‬
the ‎‫ مصدر‬or source, it would seem that the actual root in

Arabic consists usually of three consonants — occasionally
two, the second being doubled; and, more rarely, four or
even five consonants.
Arabic roots can be seen most clearly in the third person
masculine singular of the Perfect of the simple verb; whereas
the verbal noun not infrequently includes a letter of increase.
For example, at is the Verbal Noun of ‫سلج‬‎ to sit. In such
cases it might appear that the verb is the source of the noun,
not vice versa. On the other hand, some roots appear to have
been originally nouns, not verbs. When we look up the word
5 E-
‫ سار‬head, in the dictionary, the first entry under the root is‫‏‬
ip Deo
‫دا دو‬
the simple verb |), Imperf. a ‫ارد‬‎ ‫سئري‬, Verbal Noun tals )
“to be chief (of a tribe)’. But common sense tells us that
5
really the noun ‫سار‬‎ is a primitive noun, and the verb was
formed from that noun. The Medieval Arabic lexicographer
would usually put the noun ‫سأر‬‎ first under this root, and
the verb later. Modern dictionaries put the verb first in
order to standardize the sequence of entries under all roots.
327
39 We find, then, that there are three types of nouns,

having regard for their possible derivation:
5 02 ‫و‬‎ -‫ه‬ 84
(i) Primitive Nouns, such as 05! ear; ‫تيب‬‎ house (originally,
5 6> 5 *
tent), ‫روث‬‎ ox; in fact, those simple nouns which describe

everyday objects familiar in primitive society. With
these we may also class nouns adopted from foreign
5 ‫ه‬‎
languages, e.g. we aac race, from the Greek genos;

‫شاعام‬
from which Verbs eck (II) to specify; ‫سناج‬‎ (III) to be

of the same type as.
(ii De-verbal Nouns. We have already, seen numerous noun

forms derived from verbs, e.g. at SONG. from Ace
> ‎‫> نم‬ err
‫ ساجم‬session, council, from‫ سلج ‏‬to sit; a great, from‫‏‬

2
Sto be great.‫‏‬
(iii) De-nominal Nouns, that is, nouns derived from other
Sa --
nouns, e.g. ‫ةينطو‬‎ patriotism, from ‫نطو‬‎ homeland
Fie (mod.), nationality, from oe race. In modern
Arabic we also have SPE. nouns such as ‫لافتا‬‎‫لآ‬
or, more correctly, ‫لاملا‬‎ee‫ار‬‎ capital (head of wealth);
‎‫ عررضحال‬itiS( rS)sb noititep gniwohs( fo .)etats eW yam
OA
mention also Sls (pl. sul) a place abounding in lions,
from cai lion.
Sor
DE-VERBAL NOUNS. THE ‫ردصم‬‎ .
4. The Verbal Noun properly expresses the verbal idea

in the form of a noun, but it sometimes has a remoter
POT ABI
meaning and is then known as ‫ردصم‬‎ eul. Some grammars
attempt to associate various measures of the Verbal Noun
with specific root verb vowellings. This is not, on the whole,
THE STRUCTURE OF ARABIC NOUN FORMS 329
very helpful, and the student had best learn the Verbal Noun
of any new verb from the dictionary.
It may be mentioned here, however, that we often encoun-
é S-0-
ter what is called the ‫ىميم‬‎ )4.e+, the Verbal Noun beginning
with the letter mim, existing side by side with some other
form of noun.
Such words are often identical with the Noun astad and
Time (see ‫ماا‬‎ ee) e.g. eae and Las from
‫ساس‬ oor‫‏‬
4.25, to intend; eis and JS, murder, from ‫لتق‬‎ . It must

be pointed out also that some verbs have several Verbal
Nouns, though CHE there is a distinction in meaning, e.g.
CS ---
‫ فصو‬0 divequality, from +29 to describe.‫‏‬
5. The Verbal Nouns of Derived forms have already been

given, although there are some alternative forms, particularly
in II and III. Verbal Nouns of II sometimes take a broken
S= 0%.
plural when used technically, e.g. ‫هب‬‎

‫ ابر‬an Bagh pl.
Qe or occasionally ‫ثاب‬‎
Sea from ‫برج‬‎ to test, try; be 7
Se v.n.
of tg to set up, pomp may take the plural nS is ‫رت‬‎

; when
it has the meaning “‘a construction”. But all Verbal Nouns
may take the sound feminine plural:
5 0‫م‬
‫ حيلصت‬repair, v.n. of ae pl.‫ تصليحات ‏‬repairs.‫‏‬
sa-- ace ‫ه‬‎ -3--
4:5 v.n. of ‫لقنت‬‎ to be transferred, transported, pl. ‫تالقنت‬‎
transfers, postings.
The Passive Participle is sometimes used as an alternative
2 >‫وه‬
Verbal Noun from Derived forms, e.g. ‫ىضتقم‬‎ necessity, for

ag 9 :
‎‫اقتضاء‬,from ‫ىضتقا‬‎ ,to demand, necessitate.
6. We may distinguish broadly two uses of the Verbal

Noun, although there is much overlapping: (a) as a Noun,
(b) as a Verb. To these should be added as a third usage the
absolute object. While (a) is grammatically obvious, (b) is
not, at least to the beginner, because an Arabic verbal noun,

used verbally, may have its own subject and object.
(a) As a Noun. In its most extreme form, this takes the
form of the complete divorcing of any action from the
meaning. Thus, ‫باتك‬‎ a book, is really a verbal noun of
9 Ce eee)
ane
‎‫ كتب‬111. In modern Arabic we may speak about ‫داصتقا‬‎,

economy or economics, but it is really the verbal noun of
--e
‫قصد‬ 1
But there is also an in-between stage, in which the masdar
acts grammatically exactly as a noun, although the verbal
force is not absent:
- - Sig -
‫ةمي ٌةميظع‬6 ‫ لثقلا‬murder is a serious crime.‫‏‬

(Note the use of the article, because we are thinking of
murder in general, not of any particular act of murder.)
20
Here, ‫لتق‬‎ the Verbal Noun, is merely the subject of a

Gimp ‫عطا‬‎ ‫ودها‬ ‫اص‬
Nominal Sentence of which ‫ةميظع‬‎ ‫ ةميرح‬is the Predicate.
2-7 ‎‫كه‬ )0 ‫لد‬ OR
‫ تبجع نم لتق ديز‬I was astounded at the murder of Zaid.‫‏‬
2000
Here, ‫لتق‬‎ has a ‫ا‬‎ force. Indeed, we could say instead,

23) 2.6!) ‫مم‬‎ ‫م‬
J ‫اديز‬‎ ‫ نكد نم نا‬Zaid is, in effect, the object of 3, yet

he appears as an ordinary -idafa following a noun. In fact,
apart from the context, or commonsense in some passages,
we have no guarantee that the *zddfa after the Verbal Noun is
its object: it could be its subject, and the sentence given
might mean “I was astounded at Zaid’s committing murder!”
(6) As a Verb. If we add another noun, and say:
‎‫ باه‬8
A) Js i ees I was astounded at Zaid’s killing
his father.
3-21
the Verbal Noun now has both a subject Ja}
2}and an object, alt
While the subject remains as an >iddfa in the Genitive, the
object goes into the Accusative.
Thus we have a rule: When the verbal noun is used with

verbal force, and only the subject or the object is mentioned, not
both, then that subject or object is treated as an *idafa. If,
however, both the subject and the object are mentioned, the subject
remains in the Genitive, but the object is put in the Accusative.
The subjedt sae be a pronoun, as in
za-9 0
‫هبرض ادمحم‬
‫هب‬ 55 ‫تبيع‬ I was astounded at his beating‫‏‬
3 Muhammad.‫‏‬
If the object is a Pronoun, it must be appended to the
aro
word 5 Thus ‫مه‬‎‫ايإ‬00 ‫ = برض‬oF I was astounded at

Muhammad’s beating them.
The object may be replaced by a Genitive with J,
al) oe my love for my country, instead of ‫ىدلب‬‎=

a) a
7 6 1 ‫ع‬‎
‫مهيبأهل‬2 3‫ رك‬he hated his father’s blaming him.‫‏‬

The Rees J is also used when the Verbal Noun is
employed indefinitely with an adverbial meaning.
‎‫ إخرانا له‬iac 1 esor ni ruonoh fo .mih

2 32060767
The Arabs call this usage ‫هل‬‎ ‫ لوعفملا‬,as it gives the reason
for ‫ل‬‎ the action of the main Verb. In fact the Verbal Noun
replaces the Subjunctive.
(c) As the Absolute Object ‫)قلطملا‬‎ .(‫ لوعفملا‬This has

already been touched on in Chapter Seventeen. The following
methods of use may be distinguished:
ser
cr ce
(i) The Verbal Noun alone. ‫احرف‬‎ ‫ حرف‬he rejoiced. Here the
Verbal Noun adds nothing, except possibly a little
stress or a sense of finality.
(ii) Qualified with an BENET thus specifying the type of
action (called in Arabic ‫زييمتلل‬‎ “for distinguishing’’):
tobe los
‫رف‬‎‫ حرف ة‬he rejoiced greatly.
This may also be used with the Passive, e.g.

Ors 50> 9-7
‫ رض ب ديز ايرض اديدش‬Zaid was struck violently.‫‏‬
(iii) Qualified otherwise, e.g. by an *7ddfa:

(or (‫نونجلا‬‎ ost a;‫در‬‎‫ احم‬50 he fought like a madman
(the fighting of madness, or of a pane).
By a sentence: 4 pans Shue3 ‫حرف‬‎he rejoiced with
a rejoicing which nearly made him 2
By the demonstrative: ‫ب‬‎ al ‫اذه‬‎ ‫هير‬

‫درض‬2 I struck him
thus (this striking).
(iv) To describe the type of act. Here the Verbal Noun of
the eee Verb may take the form ‫ةلعف‬‎, and is called
ol ‫مسا‬‎ (the noun of kind).
‫كبو‬2 ‫م‬2
ols! :‫ةب‬‎‫ ب بره‬1 he fled like a coward (lit. the fleeing of

the coward).
(v) To specify the number of times the act is committed.
S-0o-
Here, the measure ‫ةلعف‬‎ is used for the single act, and it
takes the dual and the sound feminine plural. The name
G- 306
of this is 4,1! ‫مسا‬‎ (the noun of times).
ae OS ‫ورو‬‎ >>
‎‫ ضربته ضربة‬I kcurts mih eno .wolb

OF 0S FPIONS
‫ هتبرض نيتبرض‬I struck him twice.‫‏‬

-
‫م‬ ‫امم‬ ds Yee‫‏‬
‫ هتبرض ثالث تابرض‬I struck him three blows.‫‏‬

Note: (a) Sometimes the Verbal Noun is omitted but its
Adjective retained.
CAE AE MEY ah
‫ شديدا‬eger eh tih mih ,drah ‫‏‬rof ‫ضربته ضربا شديدا‬
This 1s
i more common in modern Arabie.
(b) The Verbal Noun of a different verb, but with a

similar meaning, may be used:
= 2 22
aes ‫اودعق‬‎ they sat down.

where 4:5 and Hide both mean “to sit’.
“62 306
THE ACTIVE PARTICIPLE ‫لعافلا‬‎ ‫مسأ‬
7. Like the verbal noun, it may be used with greater or less
verbal force.
(a) As a Noun. At one extreme, we find the noun acquiring
See Gur ‫و‬‎
a technical meaning as a noun. Thus, ‫بت‬‎ ‫ اك‬a clerk, ‫ملعم‬‎ a

teacher. As we have pointed out, when this occurs with the
Active Participle of the opel Triliteral verb, it eee
takes a broken plural, as 6 and as. plurals of ese
These broken plurals, however, are not used when the
participle has an ordinary verbal sense, save in poetry.
(b) As a noun with vestiges of verbal force, as in expres-
sions like JubyT eis a massacrer of children. Although
grammarians do mention the possibility of putting JULY! in
the accusative as an object thus, ‫لافطألا‬‎ als, this is rare
and not to be recommended. However, if it is made definite,
and we say ‫لافطألا‬‎ cll he who kills children, ‫لافطألا‬‎ must
be in the accusative. Again, we may replace the object by
‎‫ ل‬+ the Genitive. He who strives after knowledge, e.g.
‫لطالب للعلم‬.‫ا‬
6600639
& >
‫مم‬ ‫ع‬ -
(c) As a Verb, capable of taking its own object:

‫ طع وه بكار‬is riding.‫‏‬
‫ نام‬Re 1
I)is he is riding a horse.‫‏‬
‫ مهن نوبكار‬they are riding.‫‏‬

boos ‎‫ركأبين‬,1 (isk they were riding horses.
Note that there is no *idafa here, consequently ‫بك‬‎1
‫ أر‬retains its
nunation. In all these sentences, the Active Participle could

be replaced by the Imperfect Verb.
e.g. ‎‫ (هو) يركب‬eh si .gnidir
Sometimes the Active Participle is used with the meaning
§ 2 gui” > ‫زو‬‎‫مد‬ 2052 B= 6
of the future, eg. ‫هب‬‎ ‫ ام هللا لعاف‬ple ‫ال‬‎ ‫ لجا‬abl, Before
him is a period with which he does not know what God will
do. This is common in modern colloquial.
VOCABULARY
G--
‫ ليحو‬sole, only‫‏‬ ‫ قيادة‬RARER‫‏‬

--
‫ | نع‬IV to quit; to goon‫‏‬ bis energy, zeal, activity

strike (mod.)‫‏‬
‫) لذب‬+( to give generously,‫‏‬
‫ ٌبارِضِإ‬strike (mod.)‫‏‬ squander‫‏‬
2-09 --e
3 ‎‫ اشترك‬VIII to take part in, ae ‎‫ بذل‬to do one’s utmost

subscribe to os
‎‫ را‬cape, headland
Lia pl. oe
‫ورش‬‎ condition (laid ie V asl VIII to be moved
OND) ae posted
5-578
ji‎‫ بشرط‬+ subj. on condition per) ‎‫ اجناس‬species, type,

that rare class
‫م‬
‫د‬ 6
‫هك‬ . ‫ مهنا‬111 to accuse‫‏‬ ‫ ةيسحج‬nationality (mod.)‫‏‬
anyone of ..
$- 069 ‫ (=) داز ىلع‬to exceed, increase,‫‏‬
‫ ةمهت‬charge, accusation‫‏‬ add to‫‏‬
5 202 Sen 22‫‏‬ o-
‫ لوطسا‬.1‫ ليطاسا م‬fleet‫‏‬ —~» composition, struc-

5
ture, syntax
‫ خط‬handwriting‫‏‬ -
55 2
‫خطة‬ ‫ م‬line‫‏‬ ‫ جريمة‬pl.‫ جرائم ‏‬crime‫‏‬
Ps is.
a:
heDL. das a number, several ‎‫ (_) تعب من‬ot rednow ,ta eb
(+gen.) surprised at
oS‎‫) ع‬-( to be incapable of He sailor
bs te tor bate EL pl. ‫لاوس‬‎ liquid

aeser hatred 3‫اف‬‎luke-warm
‫) مال‬2( to blame‫‏‬ ‫ تاج تلم جن‬page (of book)‫‏‬

Ole coward | ale pl. eee moral character‫‏‬
‫ نر بره‬to Hees aia aney égs to address a letter‫‏‬
Be AAS late address

‫عون‬pl.‫ عاونأ ‏‬sort, type, kind‫‏‬ ‫ واضح‬clear‫‏‬
ula capitalist (mod.) “ae Ci as for, as to
‫ كن القيقة لي‬EY SB‫‏‬n‫‏‬eeyl‫ع‬g‫قياو"ر‬-‫قن مبد‬

EXERCISE ‫‏‬37
aic eg llageS lup

ga ‫‏‬lO ‫‏ يستطيع‬lias ‫الرجل الوحيد‬ 00 . ‫ العظيمة‬Beg‫‏‬
.‫‏ من هذا النوع‬YEUS ‫بالتصليحات اللازمة لعربتى لطول تجاربك فى‬
‫ ةيهارك تالق‬basal‫ دق ‏‬aves] ple Leys: aeajr‫‏‬
‫ تديير‬a sy ea lé‫‏‬aL ‫— ولايرجعون لعملهمإل‬ .‫الاخيرة‬
-
‫اللاثة‬ ‫‏‬tJ ‫البحارين ف‬ 65 ‫‏‬es 9 ‫—ن‬
‫ك‬ = 5 . ‫الشركة‬
‫ه‬ ‫َس‬ w‫‏‬
‫)‏‬eo ‫إلى استقالة‬ loo ‫‏‬a ‫الأخيرة‬ ‫‏‬bi ‫عن‬ ‫اك‬ anole‫لما ‏‬
‫ من قراءتك هذا ل‬7 ea . raw( ‫)‏‬retsinim ‫بية‬2

BOVE:
* Note that the whole sentence beginning with ‫نأ‬‎ takes the place of
an idafa, and L>) , therefore loses its nunation.
‫‪So‬‬ ‫‪eee‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ا‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪‎‬تجهز‬ ‫‪aaa‬‬ ‫‪ete.‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪‎2 y tape‬اما ‪gale GE UI‬‬ ‫‪Say‬‬ ‫‪‎ deI Ae‬كنإ‬ ‫‪phil‬‬
‫‏‪ TSI ge‬كلذذ امهم ثناك ‏‪ SURE‬لاؤحألا الق" ‪.‬ىملت‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫سا‬ ‫اناس‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫اممو‬ ‫‪2‬ه‪2-‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪S07‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪8‎‬غ‬ ‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪‎‬و‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ao‬‬ ‫‪‎‬يآ‬

‫بح ‪:‬‬ ‫‪"0‬‬ ‫‪ite‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫م‬
‫اليأس؟ و ‪ -‬تعجبت ‪neir‬‏ ‪ fs ec eb‬رع ع يو‬
‫رد ‪LR‬‏ ‪ gS oreteh‬عل ‪tas 0‬‏‬
‫‪ght (= _lél) pine olMeats‬‬
‫ةلتاقمل ‪‎‬؟ودعلا ‪dear‬‬
‫‪Sines %‬‬ ‫‪ere‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪eee‬‬
‫‪-E-‬‬ ‫‪- 09‬‬

‫« الشاى‪» ‎‬‬ ‫ا كل ‪‎‬ىاشلا ‪ee ai‬ا‬ ‫‪ese‬‬
‫‪-- -‬‬
‫‪ 0-7‬‏)‪ re‬بيكرت‬ ‫‪ 3 els‬بيكرت كمالك مل لفت‬ ‫‏‪Ns‬‬
‫هذا السائل الضعيف الفاتر ! ‪ei‬‏ ‪ etS‬جيك سي ألا تعرف‬

‫الصفحة‬ ‫هذه‬ ‫‪ saA‬اكتب‬ ‫‏‪ Jal‬الخروف العربية ا مختلفة؟ ‪a‬‏‬
‫‪sewer‬‬ ‫‪seer‬‬
‫كتابةٌ‏‪ BS‬من جديد » ‪TEG‬‏ تنتقل إلىفصل أغلى ! ‪ehj‬‏ ‪cal‬‬
‫الفقربعد نششاطه المستمر‪etaP .‬‏ ‪satS laew‬‬ ‫‏‪(=<) Calas‬‬
‫للقاضى ‪ :‬ياحضرتك» ‪fO‬‏‪ raS‬من نوع ‪dnoc‬‏ ‪ eH‬حتى اليوم‪.‬‬

‫زرته وهو‬ ‫العام‪ .‬ب‬ ‫‪tocihii‬‏ إضرابات فهىذا‬ ‫مت م‬
‫‪ae‬‬ ‫‪re‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ste:‬‬ ‫‪3907‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫مريض »‬
‫انت‪‎‬‬ ‫الضيف‪٠ ‎‬‬ ‫وال‬ ‫رقدة‪tic ‎‬‬ ‫لوق عل‪tapS‎‬‬
‫‪, os‬كمداخ ‪‎‬الأ ‪ ait Sas‬ةتلسرأ ‪‎‬قوسلل ;‪‎ ate‬ةعاس ‪Ceesa‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫َو ‪0-3-‬‬
‫‪-‬ه > دد‬ ‫ماسو‬
‫وزوحته‬ ‫‏‪el‬‬
‫هذين ! الزوخ ‪asaaa‬‬ ‫‏!‪ ole‬الحفلة؟ ‏‪00 ١‬‬
‫وه‬ ‫>‪5‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

EXERCISE 74
1. Necessity is the sole teacher of the man who squanders
his money. 2. We know that special instructions (‫)ثاميلعت‬‎
arrived a number of days before the recent strike. 3. The
moving of the capital will necessitate also a number of
postings of officials from one place to another. 4. Your
hatred of that man is a question of race, and I blame you for
it. Nevertheless I agree with you that he is a man of bad
character. 5. I was sorry for his death because I knew that
the accusation was not true. 6. When will the capitalists
realize that the payment of high rents is among the most
important causes of lack of confidence among the workers?
7. His crime was the opening of letters, addressed to his
uncle in clear handwriting. 8. I wondered at his leadership
of the fleet and his energy in everything he did during the
war. 9. Your giving him this sum was one of the conditions
of your appointment. 10. Quit your work for a short period
and take part in our festival out of respect for our customs.
11. You have constructed the sentence well (use absolute
object). 12. What sort of man is this? He fled like a coward,
and then returned as if he were a victorious sailor. 13. When
will you realize that we are incapable of hating anybody
properly? (absolute obj.). 14. The (female) servants came
quickly to my table and placed on it three glasses of a green
lukewarm liquid. 15. It was of a type which scarcely anyone
drinks here except ignorant foreigners. 16. I will accept this
line on condition that you make three announcements of it;
one today, another tomorrow, and a third in a week’s time
17. He walked like an old man. 18. I am going out because I
don’t like your talk. 19. I am telling you this so that you
won’t blame me later. 20. I saw your children throwing
stones and breaking the windows of my neighbour’s house.
CHAPTER THIRTY-NINE
‎)‫(ألباب التاسع والثلاثون‬

Noun Forms. The Noun of Place and Time.
The Noun of Instrument. The Diminutive
1. Students will have noticed in previous chapters a number

of nouns formed by the prefixing of mim to the triliteral root,
e.g. SS, an office, from as : ole council from nics These
two nouns belong to the category known as the Noun of
Place and Time ‫)نامزلا‬‎‫ ناكملا و‬ah It expresses the place
where the action of the verb is committed, or the time or
occasion of that action. Such nouns are nearly always of the
0
Sizo77 5
measure (jx or ‫لعفمو‬‎ e.g.

GS o-
‎‫ منزل‬a house or lodging; from J; to alight.

e 78
‎‫ مجلس‬a council; from (J to sit.
Zed ue :
‎‫ مشرق‬East; from ‫قرش‬‎ to rise.
5 o- - oe
‫ برغم‬West; from‫ برغ ‏‬to set.‫‏‬
‫دجسم‬ mosque; from‫ دجس ‏‬to prostrate oneself,‫‏‬

‫ و‬-0- ---
O35 a store; from 03+ to store.
‫ ىوام‬a lodging, refuge; from‫ ىوا ىلإ ‏‬to resort to.‫‏‬
5 ‫ه‬- 02
‫ دعوم‬an appointment; from‫ دعو ‏‬to promise.‫‏‬
= O7 ea
‫ ىعرم‬pasture; from‫ ىعر ‏‬to tend cattle.‫‏‬

ay 0 aaNet
‎‫ موضع‬place; from ‫عضو‬‎ to place.
5 0- a-4
‫ فتقوم‬a situation; from‫ فقو ‏‬to stop, stand.‫‏‬
338
NOUN FORMS 339
Sete ‫لالا‬‎ in eal
The plural form is ‫لعافم‬‎ as Silo, ‫سلاجم‬‎
Sometimes the feminine ending is added to the singular:
S--o- - we
‫ ةيتكم‬desk, library, bookshop; from‫ بتك ‏‬to write.‫‏‬

5-710 ees
434 a cemetery; from ‫نفذ‬‎ to bury.

‫مسهلك‬
5-0
Ns‫‏‬
5
s--e- \ a desert; place of destruction; from‫كله ‏‬ to‫‏‬

perish.‫‏‬
05
5-30 =
Note from the above last form that the Middle Radical
sometimes has damma.
Very occasionally, especially from roots with initial waw
or ya’, we find the form Hira which, as we shall see, is the
form of the Noun 9 Instrument, e.g.
See (for (‫ٌداعوم‬‎ an appointment; from ‫دعو‬‎ to promise.
‫( ذاليم‬for‫ وم(دال ‏‬birth; from‫ دلو ‏‬to give birth to.‫‏‬

For the Derived Verbs, the Passive Participle takes the
place of the Noun of Place and Time:
e.g. ee place of prayer; from ‫اح‬‎ (II) to pray.
(ak a meeting place; from Zl (VIII) to meet.
2. Note the following modifications from the various

classes of Weak verb.
(i) Doubled verb.
es abode; from 5 to settle.
g--
52 place | ae
sa-- and from ‫لح‬‎ to alight.
Ale city-quarter
(ii) Hollow verb.

‫ ماقم‬place; from‫ماق ‏‬to rise.‫‏‬
ge 28‫‏‬
3) lu cave; from ju to sink in i the earth.
g---
‫ ةلاقم‬an article, essay; ie‫ لاق ‏‬to say.‫‏‬

‫و‬ -‫دن‬- S--0- ‫‏‬-0--§
Here the correct forms would be ,‫موقم‬‎ )3,9% .‫ةلوقم‬
“02 30
THE NOUN OF INSTRUMENT (JY! (‫مسا‬‎

3. This describes the zmstrument with which the action of
the verb is carried out. It resembles the Noun of Place and
Time, beginning with the mim, but this letter is vowelled
§ -0
with kasra instead of fatha. The commonest form is :‫لاعفم‬‎
5-9 oor
e.g. ‎‫ مفتاج‬a key; from ‫حتف‬‎ 60

ore
Ol;
‎‫ ميز‬balance, scales; from ‫نزو‬‎ to weigh.
The second form is ree

5--6 ‎‫ءه‬-
e.g. ‎‫ مكنسمة‬broom; from ‫سنك‬‎ to sweep.
5 5-66
‫ رم ةحو‬fan; from‫حار ‏‬
‫ أر‬to blow.‫‏‬
Thirdly, we find sete

5 ‎-‫ه‬ a
e.g. +» a file; from >» to file.
3- a -
‎‫ مقص‬scissors; from ‫صق‬‎ to cut.

26 --
‎‫ مكوى‬iron; from ‫ىوك‬‎ to iron.
Zoo
_ Occasionally, we find gars, as in ‫قدم‬‎ a hammer; from
‎‫ دق‬to pound (also ‫قدم‬‎ and .‫قدم‬‎
NOUN FORMS 341
For the first form, we have the plural ‫نايعافم‬‎ as ‫حيتافم‬‎ and
oe, ets Des LP See 22 ie
‎‫ين‬ots
‫موا ز‬. roF eht ,tser ew evah ‎‫مفاعل‬, sa ‎‫مكانس‬, ,elys ‎‫مقاص‬
8 5 5 rof(
THE DIMINUTIVE
4. The Diminutive (‫ريغصتتلا‬‎ ol) can be formed from any

noun. _ ee are tives. consonants in the noun, the Diminu-
6 o-9
tive is des If there are four or more, the form is .‫لليعف‬‎
(a) Three consonants.
0 sea, becomes es (note fem. ending) lake
nas dog, becomes aa

CG door, becomes ra7
50-3
ae shadow, becomes au
-
5
98-‫و‬
‫ باش‬youth, becomes‫‏‬ ‫نشبيت‬
The dim. of ‫تا‬‎ a book, is tats

Note that the full form returns in the doubled verb, as in the
last two examples above. Where there are TEAS radicals
‫و‬
which have changed, they must be reinstated, as in ,‫بيوب‬‎ the

waw having been changed to ’alifin .‫باب‬‎
$-0-
The feminine ending is retained in words like 4«J5 fort,

$-0-3 3---
from which the diminutive is 45; ‫ةرجش‬‎ a tree, from which
520 5-0-9 $a 2 .
we have ‫ةريجش‬‎ a bush; ‫ةديدم‬‎ from 64 a period.
In feminine nouns which have not the feminine ending,
this occurs in the diminutive:
3 Gedy Psi J ‫ه‬50‎ 8
‎‫ شميسة‬from (pot (f.) sun.

5 2029 $=
695 from ‫راد‬‎ (f.) house.

S20 ‫ته‬‎
‫ ةليوح‬from dius (f.) state, condition.‫‏‬

eae
(b) Four consonants: here the form is .‫لليعف‬‎
5 -0- Caos) a
e.g. ‎‫ عقرب‬a scorpion ‫بريقع‬‎
‫ مسلم‬Muslim.‫مسيلم ‏‬
0 ”
(fem.) dln
Note the following:

5 2 62 S10) aS:
‫روفصع‬ a sparrow,‫‏‬ ‫عصيفر‬

Gi Ord 5 ‫هد‬‎ ‫ر‬
‎‫ سلطان‬a sultan, ‫نيطيلس‬‎

‎‫ و‬Cer
al a: red (fem.) el ne
(c) Five consonants: here one consonant, usually the last,

must be removed to form the Diminutive:
5 26-3 15 6-‫وي‬
‫‏‬.g.e ‫ عندليب‬,elagnithgin ‫‏‬.mid ‫عنيدل‬

5 02 2 5 Cae) ‫‏‬3
‫‏ سفرجل‬,ecniuq ‫سفيرج‬
5 2-0
‫‏ إمبراطور‬,rorepmE ‫ابيطر‬
2-2
(note the broken plural: 3 bbl)

But where the fifth consonant is the nin of the suffix Ol
5 --o-
this may be retained, as ‫نارفعز‬‎ saffron; the diminutive being

LSNitec ee}
Olas}.
5. Note the following forms:

sé 3
oI father; dim. vu
5 i B-2
ee brother ‫ىخأ‬‎
5 of 5 - 2
esl sister ‫ةيخا‬‎

‎5‫و‬ acs
‎‫ ابن‬son ‎‫ببى‬
5-‫ه‬ 5 ‫ه‬ Sa->‫‏‬
dul » ‫ثنب‬‎ daughter 4
5 ‫ةيزع‬‎ re) at) 5a - ‫و‬‎
‎‫ شىء‬thing ‎‫ شوى‬,‫شوية‬ desu(ni -olloc
quial to mean “‘a little’, “‘slightly’’).
NOUN FORMS 343
“USE OF THE DIMINUTIVE
6. The student will probably have little cause to use these

forms; the important thing is for him to recognise them.
They are used as follows:
(a) In proper names,

9-05 >‫و‬-
e.g. ‎‫ن‬
.‫ي‬Husain,
‫ حس‬dim. of Oa
50-3
‫ديبع‬ ee dim. of Me‫‏‬
in‫ هللا ‏‬see ¢ Ubaidullah.‫‏‬
(b) With a specialised meaning,

‎5-‫ه‬-‫و‬
e.g. ‎‫ خيرة‬lake, from =
os booklet, from See

S 6-3 5>
‎‫ كليب‬puppy, 180522 ‫بلك‬‎

(c) For endearment,
e.g. ‫ىنب‬‎ eg regularly used by a father to his son.
(d) To express contempt,

ye cai
e.g. if a grown man were termed (>).
7. The Diminutive is sometimes used also with triliteral

prepositions,
0-00 -0-
e.g. ‫رجفلا‬‎ ‫ لبق‬before dawn.
0-60 “67-9
‎‫ قبيل الفجر‬a elttil erofeb .nwad

‫َه‬ eo Or)
‎‫ بعيد الظهر‬2 elttil retfa .noon
An even rarer usage is with the Verb of Wonder:
e.g. ‎‫ ما يم‬morf !uta 1 woh emosdnah eh !si

-
‫دو‬ ‫دو‬ - ‫مارم‬ Wines ‫‏‬8

‫ ام هحليما‬from‫ ام هحلما ‏‬with the same meaning.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
(excluding words occurring in the body 17the chapter)
Sas 5
a 1 (diptote) Bethlehem ‎‫قبة‬ eee dome

5 02
‫ سدقملا‬on Jerusalem‫‏‬ ‫ دوقعم‬arched, vaulted (in this‫‏‬

context)‫‏‬
sk (2) to be holy ‫نال‬‎ 1 7 ale ee J eae,
Avec’ pl! joe church
‎‫ ل‬II to make holy, sanctify
4 lé limit, extreme
‫ ناولس‬ons Ain Sulwan (place-‫‏‬ ayia
name)( ‫)ناولعل‬‎ = solace, com- ‫ رصبا‬IV to see‫‏‬

fort) ‫ ءاطو‬depression (of land)‫‏‬
705 5 ‫وذ‬ ‫ه ده‬2 .
‫‏ عين‬.lp ‫ اعين » عيون‬spring,*‫‏‬ 34 pl.‫ ةدمعأ ‏‬pillar, column‫‏‬

stream‫‏‬
‫ع‬+ ‫و‬2
aly marble‫‏‬
‫ اربا‬IV to cure‫‏‬
‫ ةحيلم‬beautiful thing, attrac-‫‏‬
Sitio. tblind‫‏‬ tive thing‫‏‬
S509 5 08
‫) رقن‬2( to hollow out, pierce,‫‏‬ eho Dr ‫ناكرا‬‎ ‫ هن‬corner
peck‫‏‬
Ae pl. is1 temple, shrine,
es pl.‫ريقانم‬‎beak, bill (of bird)
statue, altar
‫ (_) سبح‬to imprison, shut up‫‏‬ mails inside prep.
5 208
7 pl. oe self, same

‎‫ خارج‬outside prep.
‫م اهسفن‬ himself, herself,‫‏‬ 20-00
etc.‫‏‬ ‫ مذود‬pl.‫ مذاود ‏‬manger‫‏‬

‫معدي‬
‫ ةدابع‬worship, piety ne‫‏‬ ga pl. 5tee oe

---
2
‫)دلي( دلو‬to bear a child,Ae‫‏‬ ‎‫ سسافة‬ph ‎‫ — ات‬distance
Ge pl. ‫لا‬‎ mile is10 ‫ا‬‎ cat
Se ‎‫ قبور‬tomb, grave
ES pl. ‫شاشع‬‎ nest (of bird)
‫( بوقعي‬diptote) Jacob.‫‏‬ ‫) ضع‬2( to bite‫‏‬

50-
* Nore: A little later in the following extract ‫نيع‬‎ is also used with the
common meaning of “‘eye’’.
NOUN FORMS 345
EXERCISE 75
NOTEs:
(a) This exercise is not intended to test the accompanying chapter
which is largely concerned with word structure rather than syntax or
grammar.
(b) The student will have observed that in previous exercises
some vowel points from common words and particles have been
gradually dropped. From now onwards non-essential vowels will be
omitted. The same applies to orthographical signs.
From a description of the Holy Land by the geographer al-Idrisi

(12th century A.D.)
‫سرت من بيت المقدس إلى مدينة بت اكلم فوجدت عل‬.)(et‫ريت ‏‬
1.1601 Sead as Teh‫ون‏‬

‫ علا‬cll gas OWLS oe Cab‫‏‬
- ‫ره‬
‫وبقريها‬ eneldim slley ‫‏‬ei ‫ له‬65 ‫ ولم‬: ul‫( الضرير ‏‬Christ)‫‏‬
‫فيما‬ ‫و‬ ‫دا‬ 3 ‫وفيما‬ .‫بيوت كثيرة منقورة فاىلصخر‬
ee ‫)‏‬oeR‫)‏ ولد فيه‬esA ‫وهوالموضع‬ — ‫لحم‬ ‫‏ بيت‬giC . ‫عبادة‬
-o- lee
- 20° 2225
. ‫ يعقوب‬elaG ‫‏‬sp ‫‏ وق وسط الطريق‬leJ ‫قبينة وببن القدس ستة‬

‫‏‬IWS ‫جمدم‬ 3 65
5-‫ووان‬
‫‏ وفوقه قبة معقودة بالصخر وبيت لحم‬spe ‫وهو قبرعليه اثناا‬

- 53
IGE
‫‏ انه‬Si ‫االن أبعد غاية‬ ‫‏‬ai ‫البناء‬ ‫ وفيمها كنيسة نه‬٠.‫‏‬
‫‏‬Ve ‫ من‬yi )ef ‫‏‬dP ‫ء‬. ‫‏ بنا‬stav ‫الكنائس‬ ‫ما يردن ميم‬
-
* The student should notice this use of the vague attached ‫رم‬‎
and
4,which refers back to nothing in particular. The particles Ol
‫نإ‬etc. must be followed by an accusative, and if no noun is available,‫‏‬
back to some‫‏‬
a pronoun must be used. This pronoun normally refers
previous sentence which also plays a part in the sentence‫‏‬
noun in the
after jf etc. When, however, no such noun is available, the neutral
It is
.
requirements.
.
pronoun ‫ه‬‎ is used merely to satisfy grammatical

.
3
not, of course, translated.

5.1 BS ‫ا‬‎ 5
‎‫ب من جبة المغرب» وبها من اعمدة الرخام كمليحة وق‬5 ‫ با‬ypeb
‫‏ التى ولد بها السيد المسيح » وهى‬WW ‫‏ الشال‬ep ‫ البيكل فى‬oS‫‏‬
- - ‫دوه‬
‫ هرك و ع و‬ya ‫)‏‬yes ‫‏ روصو ا" عير‬lU ‫دالب موود وده‬
. eeT ‫‏‬A 0-93
‫بيت لحم نظرت فى الشرق كنيسة الملائكة الذين بشروا الرعاة‬

PB
‎‫ لمسيح‬ilesendh ales
‫يمو‬
‫عام‬ ‫اح‬
EXERCISE 76
1. My brother was accused of worshipping idols outside the
Mosque of Omar (se), 2. These birds have long beaks..
3. We saw a spring of pure flowing (running) water outside
the cave. 4. The tomb of these men is at (‫)ىلع‬‎ a distance of
four miles from the place in which they were imprisoned.
5. If you ask the director of stores, he will issue you with
three files, one [pair of] scissors, and two hammers; one big,
one small. 6. My black cat gave birth to seven kittens, one of
them black, three grey, two white and one brown. 7. In one
of the corners of this consecrated temple (use pass. part. pf
‎‫ قدس‬II) are three marble pillars. 8. The women saw a vaulted
dome in the middle (L..5) of the pasture-land, near the lake,
and they realised that it was the tomb of Jacob. 9. I was
extremely afraid of the situation (lit. I feared the extremity
of fear). 10. His name will become holy a little after his death.
11. My house is a place of prayer, and you have made it
ore
(use ‎-‫ (جعل‬a market in which merchandise is bought and

sold. 12. You have swept the room with a new broom, and
you have ironed my clothes with a new iron, yet all your work
is bad. 13. Our appointment was for five o’clock. Why did
2 309
you not arrive until seven o’clock? 14. London (O4J) is a

meeting place for students from every nation. 15. Outside
my office is a bush in which there is a nightingale’s nest.
NOUN FORMS 347
16. Shortly after mid-day, my son, we will meet in Husain’s

garden. In it are many different kinds of fruit, including
(lz) quince and apple, and I prefer quince. 17. I opened his
desk with the key, and found his new article on Arab inde-
pendence in it and it was in excellent handwriting. 18. The
sparrow is a small bird [well-]known in England. 19. A little
scorpion bit him while he was repairing the fan in my broth-
er’s room. 20. Weigh everything on the official scales in the
market; I have no confidence in the merchants’ scales.
CHAPTER FORTY
)‫(الباب الاربعون‬
The Relative Noun and Adjective
Various Adjectival Forms
1. The Relative Adjective ‫)ةبسنلا‬‎ et) is formed by adding

‎‫ دى‬to a Noun, and denotes that the person or thing
governed is related to or connected with the original noun.
It is most frequently formed from geographical and other
proper names, names of occupation, tribe, land, city, and the
like. If the noun has the feminine ending ‫ة‬‎ this must be
dropped before adding .‫ى‬‎
Gee Mee
w
‫ برع‬Arabs (collective);‫‏‬ ‫ ىبرع‬Arabic, Arab.‫‏‬

5 0 5 ws :‫‏‬
‫ رصم‬Egypt;‫‏‬ ‫ ىرصم‬Egyptian, an‫‏‬
5 [7 | Egyptian.
%2 =< ‫دسق‬
‫ مكة‬Mecca;‫‏‬ ‫ مى‬Meccan.‫‏‬
0 ‫اه‬
dab nature;‫‏‬ ‫ طبيعى‬natural.‫‏‬
is science; ‫ىملع‬‎ scientific.

26 ٠. Bo ° .
og
‫ ثقافة‬culture;
ae
%2( cultural.‫‏‬
‫ ةعانص‬art, craft, industry; eke artificial, industrial.‫‏‬
JJ ‫;‏‬nori ‫يدى‬
‫حل‬
5 ‫ه‬- ‫ات‬ ?
‫ يوم‬day;‫‏‬ ‫ يومى‬daily.‫‏‬
Non-radical letters in the noun, particularly long vowels
348
THE RELATIVE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE 349
or diphthongs, are sometimes dropped, as in the following

examples:
Ando city; js civil, civilian.

oe‫‏‬
‫ااعع‬
‫ق‬ <2
oe 3 Quraish (a tribe); ‫ىشرق‬‎ Quraishi, Quraishite.

ae
‎‫ ثقيف‬Thagif (a tribe); 8 Thagifite.
2. Sometimes the final ?alzf occurring in a foreign name is

retained with a following waw added, or replaced by a waw,
although this is frowned upon by purists, e.g.:
35
‫ ىواسنرف‬or rae for ois, from be France.‫‏‬
(esis for is,

‫در‬‎ of or from Dongola (a Sudanese province).
Note also the following:

‫ماع‬
AS | England; ‫ إ|أكليز‬English.‫‏‬
we
‫ بردا نيأ‬Britain;‫‏‬ ‎‫ع‬Gas
‫ما‬ sles‎‫ بر‬British.
5 Us,! Italy; ‫ إيطا‬Italian.‫‏‬
oe | Yemen; es‎)‫ يمان‬antig.) Yemeni,

t
\ey
١
‫و‬ ‫ءا‬
5 Yemenite.
‫ هراة‬Herat;‫‏‬ ‎‫ هروى‬of Herat.
‫م‬
‫ مرو‬Merv;‫‏‬ of Merv.
‫ل‬
w‫‏‬
‫ الرى‬Rai;‫‏‬
3. The words el father, and 35 brother, take back their

3 -é
‫ى‬‎
original wa@w and form Ss‫وبا‬‎ fatherly; ‫ىوخأ‬ brotherly.
If a noun ends in I, I, 2 nS this is changed to waw

3 ‎‫ممه‬ ache
peas the ending, e.g. ‫ىونعم‬‎ abstract, from ‫ىنعم‬‎ meaning;

2-0
‫ رم‬worldly, from‫دنيا ‏‬
See 3 --
Note also ‫ىوبن‬‎, from ‫ءىبن‬‎or isspepe ‫ىوناث‬‎ secondary,
from ‫ناث‬‎‫)ةي‬
‫ٌةيون‬
‫ ئ‬Age secondary school); oe annual, from
s--
duw a year,
The same is the case with the hamza in the ending el: 2
Ae.
e.g. elow heaven, esl heavenly. But ‫ءاتش‬‎winter, becomes
5 oe 5-0-
Sr wintry iyathout the alif). Note also that the word ‫ةيرق‬‎
village, forms ‫ى‬‎‫ورقو‬villager.
0 These adjectives usually take the sound plural, e.g.

E‎‫ مصر‬Egyptian; pl. te vcr There are some exceptions to
Be pee see
w
this ihe such as: ae pl. ‫برعو‬‎ eB. ‫ىبرع‬‎ ‫ بتاك‬an Arab
-- ‫هو‬ ‫وت‬ 8-2
writer; ‎aay
‫ ب‬‎‫ كتاب‬Arab writers; sala pl. ‫ةدداغي‬‎ Baghdadi.
It must be remembered that in Arabic many of these
adjectives are also used as nouns.
THE RELATIVE NOUN
5. The Feminine Singular of the Relative Adjective forms

the Relative Noun which frequently has a specialised
meaning, abstract or concrete, e.g.
5 >‫ه‬ ‫ماش‬ 4$ +>‫ه‬
‫; إنسان‬nam !ilG ‫;‏‬namuh ‫ إنسا نية‬humanity.‫‏‬
‫دا‬ ‫قا‬ ee sa ١‫‏‬
‫ هلإ‬God;‫‏‬ ‫ ىهلإ‬divine;‫‏‬ ‫ ةيهلإ‬divinity.‫‏‬
‫> هو‬ ٌ ‫ ه‬- ‫‏‬GS ‫> ه‬
‫ رهش‬month;‫‏‬
te
‫ ىرهش‬monthly; 4-44 monthly salary.‫‏‬
‫ و‬0- Z ‫‏‬-o ‫َو‬ ‫ه‬-
‫ موي‬day;‫‏‬ ‫ ىموي‬daily;‫‏‬ ‫ ةيموي‬diary, journal.‫‏‬
In some cases this form exists where the Relative Adjective‫‏‬

does not, or is seldom seen. Thus, for example, the Relative‫‏‬
Adjective is rarely formed from the so-called Elative form
Be a-%
but we find 4J5! with the meaning “minority”, from ‫لقا‬‎
Pf > ‫ورع‬‎ ‫ددورع‬
less, least; and ‫ةيرثكأ‬‎ “majority”, from ‫رثكأ‬‎ more, most.
All these ouns have the Feminine Sound Plural.
Some Verbal Nouns form the Relative Noun with a
special meaning, e.g. ‫قوز‬‎ v.n. of ‫قفو‬‎ VIII, with the
55 > ‫نب‬‎
meaning “‘agreement” forms ‫ةيقافتا‬‎ which is used today to

mean an agreement of an official, political, commercial, or
international nature, or a treaty. This is typical of the great
extension in the use of the Relative Noun and Adjective in
modern Arabic, so much so, that it is almost permissible to
make them up for oneself. Such phrases as ‫ةيسر‬‎‫ٌةنسلادملا‬
“the school year’, the Relative Adjective being formed from
the Noun of Place and Time of ‫سرد‬‎ “‘to study’’, are charac-
teristic of the modern idiom.
6. A rare form of sneak Adjective ends in aie). From

69 6a -
‫ حور‬ied we have SEs; spiritual, and‫ روحانية ‏‬spirituality.‫‏‬
From ‎‫ جسم‬body; ge bodily, corporeal.
Note also ‫قار‬‎‫ دنكسإ‬Alexandrian, from 4&‫ةير‬‎‫ دنكسإلا‬Alexan-

dria (in Egypt); Gs of or from ‫ةيقذاللا‬‎Latakia (a town in
Syria).
ADJECTIVAL FORMS
7. The student has now encountered nearly all the
Adjectival forms ‫)ةفص‬‎ pl) Most of them resemble in
meaning the Active Participle of the Saye Verb and are

termed in Arabic ‫لعافلا‬‎ed ‫ٌةبهاشملا‬‎ ‫ هنا‬They include
the following:
(i) jel, the Active Participle itself.

(ii) desi, e.g. oS, from ‫وب‬‎ etc. This form sometimes
has the meaning of the Passive Participle, in which ask
the Plural is usually of the measure ,‫ىلعف‬‎ e.g. ‫حير‬‎
‫رج‬
52-0 5200-0
pl. ‎‫ جرحى‬wounded, from ‫حرج‬‎: des, murdered, pl. Js
from ‎‫قتل‬.
5000 51 mic es
(iii) Us, e.g. ‫روبص‬‎ patient, from ro.

‫ور‬ ‫مم‬
(iv) OS, eg. es lazy, from LS.

25 ‫م‬
(v) OG, e.g. OW glad, joyful; from ‫حرف‬‎
(vi) Maske for Colours and Defects.

SiO= = -
(vii) ‎‫فعل‬,eg. Que difficult, from ‫بمعص‬‎ .
(viii) (ba, e.g. C= good, beautiful, from jam.

(ix) des, 62 ‫حرف‬‎joyful, from .‫حرف‬‎
The following have intensive meanings:
(x) 0 e.g. ‫عار‬‎ a liar, addicted to lying; from as
ake, a savant, learned man; from ple.

This form is also used for professions and occupations,
6 ‫َس‬
etc., e.g. ‫راح‬‎ a carpenter; ‫طايخ‬‎ tailor.
(xi) Uo, e.g. ‫قيدص‬‎ righteous, very trustworthy.

5 ° 5 5
(xii) ‫ليعفم‬‎ ,e.g. ‫نيكسم‬‎ poor, unfortunate, wretched.

beatae 5 -
(xiii) ,‫لاعفم‬‎ e.g. ‫مادقم‬‎ brave.
Some of these forms may be given an even more intensive

meaning by the addition of the Feminine ending, even when
> -%-
referring to males, e.g. ‫ةمالع‬‎ very learned, a very learned

Si= 0
man; ‎‫ مقدامة‬very brave.

OG ‎‫ص‬
FURTHER NOTES ON THE ELATIVE ‫)ليضفتلا‬‎ (‫مسا‬

‫م‬
8. The Elative (see Chapter rover) is always formed
from the three radicals. Thus from ‫بيبح‬‎ beloved, is formed
a-z 5
‫( بحا‬for eet hy more beloved, dearer. In the case of Partici-‫‏‬
ples of the Derived forms, words with more than three con-‫‏‬
‫> ر‬20
sonants, and words of the form‫ لعفا ‏‬, the Elative is formed by‫‏‬
2708 a-= 1‫‏‬
using either‫ رثكا ‏‬or 42! followed by a noun in the accusative‫‏‬
(a Verbal Noun, as a rule), e.g. ge diligent; ‫عا‬‎ 9S|
29-08
more pallies (lit. ‘“‘more as to diligence”). >! black;
(She ‎‫ أشد‬blacker (lit. “stronger as to blackness’’).*
9. If the second part of the comparison is not a noun but
a whole sentence or an adverbial determination, it is preceded
ir] 2 °
by ‫امم‬‎ (for (‫امنم‬‎ with a Verb or the Preposition ‫نم‬‎ with an
attached Pronoun, e.g.
“0-00 39 -0F 207 OR Gd Ye 5
‎‫ اليوم‬wile)! (or (‫سقطلا‬‎ clo! the weather is pleasanter
ance today than it was yesterday
“oT (lit. “than it a yesterday”).
3
OR
OB eT, AO
=Ore ‫دا‬‎ 08 ‫و‬ 2-28 0 1 a
‎.‫ امس‬OF ‎‫ الهواء الطف اليوم مما‬.til( naht“ ti saw )”yadretsey
Metaphorical expressions such as “‘as quick as lightning”’,
“as sweet as sugar” are usually put into the comparative in
Arabic, as a literal translation is not possible, e.g.
0-00 > 3-0E
GA! ‎‫ اسرع من‬.til rekciuq‘ naht .”gninthgil
‫ صارشرات‬- 26200
dl‫ نحا نم ‏‬lit. “sweeter than sugar”.‫‏‬
* See Appendix C, §4 (c).‫‏‬
Another method of rendering it would be BNE ‫م‬‎or lit.

“quick like lightning”’.
(a) “‘like as” is an attached Preposition taking, of course, the
Genitive.) 9
VOCABULARY
(excluding words occurring in the body of the chapter)
>
‫ نوع‬pl. Ol‫ اوعأ‏‬helper, attendant‫‏‬ ‫ عدو‬II to take leave of, say‫‏‬

Pe EE : oodbye to
‫ لاقي هل‬he is called 2 he‫‏‬
o-- ‎‫دوه‬ we ١ IV to make recom-
‎‫ بين يديه‬ni tnorf fo mih gi a
- mendation, recommend
J belonging to, to 5 5 -
ban ‎‫ ضجيمح‬clamour
Jt! IV to put an end to, --
pte Ai (2) to rise, be or become
soe high
‫ انيس ةعاطو‬I hear and obey‫‏‬
(lit. hearing and obeying)‫‏‬ ‫ صباح‬shouting‫‏‬
ee - fF
‫( كله‬-) ‫ (~) كره‬to perish Ye‫ ثاغتسا ‏‬X to ask help of‫‏‬
--0€ - -e
‫ كلها‬IV to ruin, destroy 38 may He(God) be exalted‫‏‬

5 --8- (lit. He has become exalted)‫‏‬
‫‏ تعلقات‬ytreporp 22 ‫ه‬
eee ‎‫ اخطا‬11 to make a mistake,
‫ (~) كلم‬to possess‫‏‬ err
Je expensive ---
‫ل‬‎ ‫ )~( رفغ‬to forgive

Sig:
٠. 50'S
‎‫ رخيص‬cheap om charcoal, coal

2 Siz
‎‫ حيلة‬pl. ‎‫ حيل‬stratagem, trick 8 vinegar
Lear tases ealI to nationalise (from

“tice 4.4! nation
‎‫ خلص‬V to be saved - pe )
th
‎‫او الله‬‎ oath th of God
- on ename
Sag please! (lit. from
‎ ‫ حك‬o
5 a-o-
your kindness) ‫ةيرقبع‬‎ 5
‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪RELATIVE‬‬ ‫‪NOUN‬‬ ‫‪AND‬‬ ‫‪ADJECTIVE‬‬ ‫‪355‬‬
‫‪Nore: The following exercise is not specially connected with the con-‬‬
‫‪tents of the chapter.‬‬
‫»‬ ‫اللهح‬
‫صال‬
‫حى ‪fd‬‏ هارون الرشيد استدعى ‪yeH‬‏ من اعوانه يق‬
‫‪eep‬‏ ‪C‬‬ ‫‪2-7‬‬
‫‪Me AS,‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫عت‬ ‫در>‬
‫فلمًا حضر بين يديه قالله ‪ « :‬يا صالح سر الىمنصور ‪sid‬‏له ‪:‬‬
‫‏‪ W SI‬كدنع فلأ ‏‪ Al‬مشرد ىأرلاو دق ىضتقا كنا لمحت كلذ‬
‫‪630-‬‬ ‫‪6-‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪Jae‬‬
‫انه إن لم‬ ‫صاالح‬
‫الساعة» وقد امرتك ي‬ ‫ذىه‬
‫هف‬‫المبلغ ‏‪W‬‬
‫دن‬ ‫‏‪ves‬‬
‫‪skes‬‏‬ ‫تزيل‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫المغرب‬ ‫‪lJ‬‏ قبل‬ ‫الساعة‬ ‫هذه‬ ‫‪lled‬‏ من‬ ‫ذلك‬ ‫لك‬
‫عناجسدوروتأقهنابه »‪ .‬فقال صالح ‪swal‬‏ وطاعة‪.‬‬
‫ثم سارالىمتصور وأخيرة يماذكر امير المومنين ‪ .‬فقال منصور ‪:‬‬

‫قد علكتء ‪yla‬‏ إن تعلقاق ‪yL‬‏ ‪ ELA‬يد ‪ya 131‬‏ ‪LEB‬‬
‫قيمة لايزيد ثمنهاعلى ‪LB‬‏ الف» فمن أينأُقدرياصالح على‬

‫‏)‪ٍ di eee‬مهرد ؟ةيقابلا » لاقف هل حلاص ‪« :‬ريد كل ليما‬
‫‏‪‘ed able eat Sail y dp «Este IhSetety bss‬‬
‫بعد المدة اعليتىتها لى الخليفةٌ ‪lg‬‏ بحيلة »‪ .‬فقال النصور ‪:‬‬
‫‪be‬‬ ‫ديا صالح» ‪tiw‬‏ نان« ليدم اب فضْلك » ‪)ea‬‏‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‏‪«dels «sol‬‬
‫‪ en‬الك‬ ‫يودع ‪selap‬‏ وارتفع الضجيج ق ‪yJ‬‏‬ ‫الى بيته فجعل‬
‫والصياح والاستغاثة ‪lia‬‏‪42 seil‬‬
‫‪, ehT‬الف ليلة وليلة‪(From ‎‬‬ ‫‪dnasuohT dna enO .)sthgiN‬‬

EXERCISE 78
1. Among his helpers were an Egyptian, two Italians and

three old Meccans whom he had met on the pilgrimage a
year previously. 2. This region is called the light industries
region: it was established by the government after the war
had put an end to the former industries of our country.
3. I read in his diary how he saved himself and all he pos-
sessed by a stratagem. 4. Please show me the way to the civil
airport. 5. Everything was expensive in England after the
war. 6. Education is cheap in the French government
secondary schools. 7. The majority recommended the nationa-
lisation of all foreign commercial companies, so a cry and
clamour arose from the minority. 8. My husband has said
farewell to me for the last time, so I ask help of God most
high in my difficult problems. 9. To err is human, to forgive
is divine. 10. The workers’ monthly pay was increased by an
agreement between them and the employers. 11. Spiritual
health is more important than bodily health. 12. Iam a patient
man and am not quick to anger. 13. I met a beggar in the
streets — and he had been a carpenter formerly: “I am a poor
unfortunate’, he said, “give me something”’ (a thing). 14. “I
have no money with me’’, I said, “ask help of God most high”.
15. He was a very learned man, and was more diligent than
other scholars. 16. Your face is blacker than coal, my son.
Where have you been? 17. The university is bigger today than
it was formerly. 18. They are better in work than they are in
words. 19. Her words were as sweet as sugar, but her
thoughts were as bitter as vinegar. 20. You are very worldly
men. 21. The genius of Omar is famous in the history of the
caliphs.
CHAPTER FORTY- ONE
er 0 E00-
‫ )نوعبرالاو‬sot Stl)‫‏‬
Abstract Nouns. Proper Names‫‏‬

.1 Nouns may be classified according to their meanings as‫‏‬
(a) Names of Classes or Species, ean zis‫‏‬
)b( reporP ‫‏‬semaN )‫)= علم‬, 2
.2 The first type may be subdivided into:‫‏‬

S$ =
(a) Concrete ‫نيع‬‎‫ هع‬whether Nouns such as ‫لجر‬‎ man;
‫ سرف‬horse, or ees such as SI;‫‏‬

‫ را‬riding;‫ جالس ‏‬sitting.‫‏‬
(b) Abstract a ‫ا‬‎ whether nouns such as alescience,
5 O° 5 ‫د‬‎ 0-
learning, ~~~ ignorance; or adjectives such as ‫موهمقم‬‎ under-
stood.
3. When Abstract Nouns are used in a general sense and

without further determination they always take the Article,
5-9 ‎‫ د‬Ge
eg. 41.25 ‫ةعاجشلا‬‎ bravery is a virtue.
But the same rule applies to all nouns used in a general or

generalizing sense, as in the names of materials,
e.g. ‎‫ ووالفضةٌ معدنان‬ldne dlog dna revlis era )owt( .slatem
We do, however, have such renderings as: goad 8‫ردع‬‎ gold

CY te
box; aS 2 ,‫قودتص‬‎ (lit. a box from ‘gold) instead of
The
dst rule is applied to people and animals, as in the
following examples: pea) ‫نوبادكلا‬‎ ‫لخدي‬ ‫ نل‬liars shall not
357
Aeris
enter heaven; ‫مير‬‎
ayy Olgam Sted would translate “horses
are noble animals” as well as, “the horse is 2 noble animal’’.
In a sentence like iat ‫تاث‬‎wu ‫مئالم‬‎ 1 cat ,‫اذه‬‎ this
house is not suitable for heavy furniture, the indefinite can
also be used, as ‫ةليقك‬‎.‫تائاثأل‬
4. Proper names are always definite and so can be the

subject of a Nominal Sentence,
GSu- 3» GO- 29
e.g. ‎‫حسين معلم‬ niessuH si a .rehcaet

-
CON Oe - ‫و‬‎ -6
ae ‎‫ مدينة‬525 Baghdad is a beautiful city.
Note, tie that some proper names include the

article,
‫و‬ 3 0I0- mg‫‏‬
e.g. Khartoum is ‫موطرخلا‬‎ Cairo is ‫ةره‬‎wl,
5. Many names take the form of a noun followed by a

Genitive in *7dafa,
e.g. ail‫دبع‬‎ Abdullah (or Abdullahi)

eo 307
» al Abu Bakr.
In such names, the first part is declined, but the genitive

naturally cannot change,
6> ‫ور‬ >
e.g. 5 ‫وبا‬‎ ‫ ءاج‬Abu Bakr came.

‫ ده‬-E 3 ‫‏‬-60
‫تيار ابا ركب‬ I saw Abu Bakr.‫‏‬
=
-e--
‫ انررم ىبأبركب‬We passed Abu Bakr.‫‏‬

‫وإر صل‬- ‫جو‬
‫ هللا‬A‫ نيا ‏‬Where is Abdullah?‫‏‬
‫صيل‬ ae.‫‏‬
‫دان دبعهللا‬Call Abdullah!‫‏‬

96
Note: In modern Arabic place names consisting of ‫وبا‬‎ plus
ABSTRACT NOUNS. PROPER NAMES 359
a Genitive, sometimes the nominative form is used in all

cases in unvowelled writing or print,
Cs thy 5
e.g. ‫دج‬‎ ‫ وبا‬Abu Hamad (a town in the Sudan)
‫د‬ ore
a>‫ لزن وباب ‏‬He alighted at Abu Hamad.‫‏‬

for ae‫بأبى‏‬
Az ‎‫ زار أبو‬eH detisiv ubA .damaH
for ‎‫زار أباجد‬
6. Classical Arabic proper names are a difficult subject,

and often a source of trouble when one tries to look them up
in the index of a book. They include these elements:
(a) The Name Proper, e.g. ten Zaid; Bias Ja‘far; a a

Sulaiman (Solomon) (js! al-Khalil.
a
(b) The Kunya (4:5), containing a term of relationship

such as “father”, “‘mother’’, “‘brother’’, ‘‘son’’,
59 66
‘‘sister’’,
e.g. ‫ةطوطب‬‎ ‫ نبا‬Ibn Battita.

‎‫احمد‬.‫ ابن‬Ibn Ahmad.
‎‫“ كلثوم‬i Umm Kulthim.
‎‫ هرون‬ped Akhi Harin.
(c) The Nickname (3), usually given to a grown man, refer-

ring to some quality for which he is famous ‫)قيدصلا‬‎ ‫ ركب‬al
Abii Bakr as-Siddiq i.e. “the righteous’’), to some event with
Wiz > >2‫َمي‬‎
which he is associated ‫)ارش‬‎ ‫ طبات‬Ta’abbata Sharran, given to

the poet who, as the name signifies, carried evil, in his case a
ghoul, under his arm!) or to a place of origin or residence, or
a tribe, e.g. ‫ىديه‬‎ ‫ ارفلا‬ite os jot al-Khalil ibn Ahmad al-
Farahidi (tribe); ‫قابيشلا‬‎ ‫‘ ع و‬el Aba ‘Amr _ ash-Shaibani

w 2-08
(tribe); ‎‫المهرووى‬ iwaraH-la fo( eht nwot fo ;)tareH ‎‫الاتدلسى‬

al-Andalusi (the Andalusian); ,‫ىدادغبلا‬‎ al-Baghdadi (of
Baghdad).
Note that some compound names are indeclinable, e.g
‫دض‬ ‫دع‬
‫ طبات ارش‬given above, which is really a verb with its object,‫‏‬
in fact, a complete sentence.‫‏‬
In the case of authors and other famous historical charac-
ters, the name by which a man is popularly known may be
any one of the above three elements, e.g. (a) +e! ‫نب‬‎ ‫ ليلخلا‬is
i
known as :‫ليلك‬‎ (b) ‫ريبج‬‎‫ نب‬ae ‫نيا‬‎ ‫ و‬is known Aes ols
(c) nbs! ahs ‫نب‬‎ A# is known as ‫ىربطلا‬‎ from Tabaristan,

his place of birth.
Older writers in giving a person’s proper name will often
include a whole pedigree after the Kunya and two or more
names and ol (pl. of Cay.
7. The two names ¢ Umar (Omar) and eAmr (Amr).

ee is a diptote. ‫و‬‎ee is a triptote and is declined as follows:
So- A o-
Nom. ‎‫ عمرو‬€amrun; Acc, ‫ارمع‬‎ ¢amran; Gen. ‫ورمع‬‎ eamrin.
This is purely a convention of spelling and does not affect
the pronunciation. The otiose ‫و‬‎ distinguishes the two
names in unvowelled script.
8. For the rule of when ‫نب‬‎ is used for ‫نبا‬‎ ibn, see Chapter
Seven, sec. 3.
VOCABULARY
S- a) ss
48 confidence, trust (in pas- ‎‫ عن‬46! to study under, learn
sage (A) Ex. 79 a reliable from (antique usage)
scholar, authority) ‫>ه‬
Ce eae
31
‫ ةفالخ‬caliphate (office; or‫‏‬
S5# grammarian period of reign)‫‏‬
330 =
‫ ب‬+992 known as‫‏‬ Bas pl. ‫ناعم‬‎meaning

G59 5> ‫وه‬ 5-‫و‬
J= greed, avarice, stinginess ‫ ةصرف‬pl.‫ صرف ‏‬chance, oppor-‫‏‬
nel we tunity‫‏‬
4b 5) pl. ‫لئاذر‬‎ vice, a vice
7 01 Ey? . .
SiO=
tn yak 0 3 <= fortune, good luck

‎‫ فضيلة‬pl. ‎‫ فضا كل‬,eutriv a eutriv
5 ‎‫ده‬ ie <= fortunate, lucky
‎‫ معدن‬pl. ‎‫ معادن‬mine, metal
‫ و‬٠
‫ (=) ىفك‬to suffice, be suffi-‫‏‬
! m, or f., pl. bul armpit cient for
‫دو‬
3
apes pl. Oke ‘ atyat demon UU a sufficiency, enough

(ghoul)
g--
~ (mod.
arate
ce pl. al ‫راس‬‎ ghost ‫ رظن‬ro4 point of view (mod.)‫‏‬
‎‫ ل‬pl. eth legend ---
‫ (—) معز‬to claim, assert‫‏‬

2.07
‎‫ حيث‬where, since ‫ ميعز‬pl. ale; leader, spokes-‫‏‬

‫ ضواف‬III to negotiate with‫‏‬ man
S$ -- -9»‫‏‬ -ua-re-
‫وه مفاوضات‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ نمضن‬V to include, contain‫‏‬

- <
‫ غالب‬pl.‫ا ‏‬ message, an-‫‏‬

5 ‫ > نب بن‬2‫غ‬
‫ اهمية‬importance‫‏‬
nouncement; communiqué‫‏‬
(mod.)‫‏‬ ine pl. tools principle,
5 ‫ده‬
element 9
‫ قارئ‬pl.‫قراء ‏‬ reader‫‏‬ acc
B- a‫‏‬ Us V to take upon oneself,

cp pl. ‫كونف‬‎ art n. be entrusted with
‫مو‬ > -
‫ ىنف‬artistic, technical‫‏‬ ‫ةيالو‬pl. ele province‫‏‬
‫مامه‬ -»
5 a> 5
OSs artist ‫بباحثة‬
0
$a a
‎‫برقية‬ je height
ree telegram
‎‫غراف‬ me the opposite of anything
--
‫ره‬ ‫صن‬
‫ع‬ ‫ سكعلاب‬on the contrary‫‏‬
‫ ارجإ ثاءا‬measures, steps|‫‏‬
5 ‫دد‬
‫ نفوذ‬influence‫‏‬ Aol ‎‫ على‬equally, alike
G- - gs §--
‫ةذفان‬pl. daly
slip window‫‏‬ ‫ رشب‬man, mankind‫‏‬
EXERCISE 79
A
GEO! 397 ‫هو‬‎
(From Ibn al-Anbiari, 13th century A.D., ‫ءابلالا‬‎ 4533, a
collection of biographies of Lexicographers. The following
piece is about al-Qirmisini who was so called because he
came from Qirmisin, a village in N. Iraq.)
‫فؤورعملا‬ ee cp‫نورا ‏‬ cp Ctl re (as for) ls‫‏‬

: ‫لدت‬ ‫كان‬ 6 ‫ل‬ 7 eey ‫‏‬s52 ‫الجروى ا‬ ‫» ار‬
lac slac ‫‏‬Gd ”‫ عل لساره بن خسان المصرى‬2

‫‏ توق على بن هارون القرميسينى النحوى فى جمادى‬٠ » ‫الفوارس‬
: ‫‏ » قال‬yS ‫] وسبعين وثلاثمائة فى خلافة‬EG ‫‏‬LL ‫الآخرة‬

5 ‫‏ يقول‬snA ‫ وسمعت‬ya reac tnec ‫‏‬IY ‫‏ ابى حسن‬rC ‫وكان عنده‬
oG en no :ei
٠ ‎‫ومائتين‬ Cres ‎‫وكان مولده سك‬
B
‎‫ فذاك‬,‫اسل والكي إن الأول مك الثان‬ eG niN 0
‫ مالسالا ةيحيسملاو‬ae ji‫( ةليذر واذه ”ةليفف كرولا ‏‬the former)‫‏‬
‫ هل رثكاام هيفكي‬GU‫َءاطعإلا تيخبللو ‏‬. ‫ نم ناسنالا‬oth,‫‏‬

‫‏‬ja ‫يفتمزن‬ «1055 ‫ يعطيهم‬oly‫ بامساكين ‏‬pa‫أن ‏‬
ٌ‫‏ نفود‬lloc ]‫ران اومان اينلتمدو أهمية كبيرة ولهذا المبد‬
1 ‎‫ عند‬is used in the sense “‘to have’’.
yi ee The word ee) adds nothing to the meaning here.

‫‏ الاعضاء‬laJ ‫ ب فى اثناء تلك المباحثة زعم‬.‫عظيم فىتأريخ البشر‬

‫بقل‬-‫ةريخألا م‬. ‫ امهم نع تاضوافلا‬be Yas‫ البرقية ‏‬di‫‏‬
ee sepiw ‫‏‬eed ‫‏ كان‬YU 1 ‫هذا الشاعر بتابط‬
‫‏ اهتمام‬SE ‫ لا‬kaR ‫‏‬hS ‫ أما أناء فاعتس هذه القصة‬.‫الايام‬

‫‏ بالكلمات » والشعر فى رأى‬bd ‫ إن الشعر § والشاعر‬- > Gu‫‏‬
‫ ناظلرزعيم فىالإجراءات‬eePa ‫‏‬ea .‫ اكبرفن اذبى‬ahi‫‏‬
‫‏ يصدر بلاغ عن المسألة؟‬oG ‫اللازمة؟ ألم يجب على التلغراف؟‬
‫ اكتشّفت فضْةٌومعادن اخرى ى‬iG SL ‫‏‬kc ‫كن لى اكبر‬
‫د‬
‫ونٌ لك فرصة ناظلربنت من جديد من تلك‬-‫يك‬
‫ ت‬.‫الولاية الجنوبية‬
‫ را‬GL GUT dy cL
-- <
salut‫‏‬
EXERCISE 80
A
The meaning of greed is that a man (the man) wants to take
everything for himself, and does not like to give to others
(use en). It is one of the greatest vices in Islam and
Christianity alike. Its opposite is generosity, which was the
greatest virtue of the desert Arabs in the Days of Ignorance.
There is a famous Arabic book about greed called ‫ءالخبلا‬‎ .‫باتك‬
It is by al-Jahiz, who lived in the Ninth Century. I hope that
you will have the chance to read it, as it is a book of consider-
able importance in the history of Arabic literature. It is a
great book even from the Europeans’ point of view, and those
who do not know Arabic can read it in a good French
translation. It contains stories of many mean men in the
various provinces of the Islamic Empire.
B
Perhaps, reader (use 4), you are among those lucky students
who are concerned with Arabic poetry. Now poetry is the
oldest art of the Arabs, and its principles have scarcely
changed during a period of thirteen hundred years. The
ancient Arabs told many stories about their poets. There is a
remarkable legend about Ta’abbata Sharran, the famous
poet. It is said that one day he went out into the desert,
where he met a ghoul - that is, a species of ghost. The poet
carried it home under his arm(pit), and scared his relations.
After this incident, he was nicknamed Ta’abbata Sharran.
0
1. Gold and silver are precious metals. Much of our gold
comes from South Africa. 2. An announcement has been
heard that the negotiations between the two sides have suc-
ceeded. 3. I replied to him by telegram that I would take the
necessary steps. 4. During the discussions he mentioned
that two windows were not enough even (‫)ىتح‬‎ for the smallest
room in the house. 5. Their leader complained of the height
of the chair on which the president was sitting. ‘‘He sits like
an oriental prince”’, he said. 6. This is a matter of (95) great
importance to the government.
CHAPTER FORTY-TWO
- 3-0F ‫وصد‬‎
‫ )نوعبرالاو‬uur Jul)‫‏‬
The Feminine
1. The Feminine has been dealt with briefly in Chapter Three.

The commonest Feminine ending is, of course, the ta
marbita. ‘Two other Feminine forms were described in
Chapter Eleven: the Feminine of the Colour and Defect
Adjectives, and the Feminine of the Elative.
2. There are a number of nouns which are of the form of
the Colour-Defect Adjectives, and they too are Feminine.
In many cases they may originally have been Feminine
adjectives, but were so often used with some common
5 of
Feminine nouns, such as ‫صضرا‬‎ “earth”, that the noun was
omitted, and the Adjective used alone as a Noun, e.g.
E30 te - --
‫ صحراء‬,tresed ‫‏‬.lp ‫صحارى » صبحرا وات‬

‫ يطحاء‬a 755 revir ,deb ‫‏‬.lp ‫بطحاوات بطاح‬
Some Feminine Nouns of this type diverge from the normal
measure, €.g. ‫ءايربك‬‎ pride.
The ?alif mamdida is recognized by the Arab grammarians
as being a Feminine ending. But there are many words with
this ending which are Masculine. The student must be
guided by the dictionary in this matter.
3. Similarly there are many nouns of the Feminine Elative
measure which are Feminine, though here again, the
dictionary should be consulted. We may say that the ’alif
magsiira MAY BE a Feminine ending, ag ls “world”
(Feminine of 3 “lower’’, atte of ‫ىند‬‎ “low”’.). The
regular spelling would be ais but the ?alif maqstra is
365
written as ’alif instead of yd to avoid possible confusion

with two successive yd’s. The “present world”, or the
“lower world”, was originally termed Wl (or (‫ةايحلا‬‎ ‫رادار‬
8
‎‫ دار‬being Feminine. Then the noun was omitted. In
contrast, the wes: world” (or hereafter) - is termed
‫ ةرخآلا‬Ae or‫ ىرخألا ‏‬So we may speak of Sel or‫الآخرة ‏‬
omitting ‎‫دار‬.
In some words there is a modification of vowelling, as
“gg
in (6,95 (fem.) “remembrance”.
4. Some words may be spelt with final ’alif magsura or
mamdida at will, e.g. (9255, ‫ءاضوف‬‎ “anarchy”, used classically
213-053 OS
in the Pgs ‫ءاضوف‬‎ ‫( موق‬people without a chief); and

6
ate>942, ser ‘clamour, uproar”; used today by schoolmasters
of an unruly class! Note that the latter has nunation when
magqstira. Both words are, however, Masculine.
5. The addition of ta marbiita to a Collective Noun to

form the Noun of Unity has been noted in Chapter Three.
5-0-
Such collectives may be Masculine or Feminine, e.g. U4

S$ 3 +:902 Soe ‫نع‬‎
“a bee”; ‫ريثك‬‎ ‫ لحن‬or ‫ةريثك‬‎ ‫“ لحن‬many bees”.
6. There are some Collectives, however, from which no

Noun of Unity, or Singular, can be formed:
So- 5
e.g. ‫ليخ‬‎ horses. ck} camels.
‫ موق‬people (or a people). plas women.‫‏‬
5 - 2 7
‫ سان‬people (the form clk) also exists).‫‏‬
The last two are of disputed derivation, but may be consi-‫‏‬
dered broken plurals. Note‫“ ٌناسْنِ ‏‬human being”, generally‫‏‬
nwohs ni seiranoitcid rednu lio sa llew ‫‏‬sa )‫ (نسو‬2
We may divide such words, as to gender, into two groups.
THE FEMININE 367
(a) Those referring to irrational beings are usually Femi-

nine: e.g.
See SO:
‎‫ خيل كريمة‬enif )elbon( .sesroh
CP eats ‫ه‬56‎
‎‫إبل كثيرة‬ ynam .slemac

‎)‫ (ط‬esohT gnirrefer ot namuh sgnieb era yllausu -isnoc
dered to be Plurals, and are Masculine or Feminine according
to significance, e.g.:
‫ما‬
ssi‫ يمان‏‬noble people.‫‏‬
oleS‫ ءاسن‏‬or‫ءاس ةميازكأ ‏‬ noble women.‫‏‬

cag OO Re ee Boe SRR Ke
‎‫ ناس كثيرون وحضروا المعرض‬elc ynam elpoep emac dna -netta
: : ded the exhibition.
7. The following should be noted:
2GEO- - ‫جود‬‎
Masc. ‎‫والاول‬ Fem. ‎‫ الأولى‬the first
‎‫دو سدور‬ - 0 -02
Masc. ‎‫الاخر‬: Fem. ‎‫ الاخرى‬the other.
‫عن‬
No Masc. Fem. (j= pregnant.
8. Some words which cannot, for obvious reasons, refer

to the male, retain a Masculine form:
e.g. holes pregnant (lit. carrying).
git:
le barren, sterile (woman).
CIN
‫ روع‬senile woman (uncomplimentary when applied‫‏‬

to a man).‫‏‬
.8 Certain adjectives have no separate form for the feminine.‫‏‬

ae‫‏‬
(a) Those of the form‫ ليعف ‏‬when they have the meaning‫‏‬
of the Passive Participle, e.g.:‫‏‬
6 -
‫ ليتق‬slain; synonym Jfom killed.‫‏‬

‫و راددع‬207 ‫صرق‬ ‫ م‬2
‫ تناك ليتقلا ةليمح‬the slain girl was beautiful.‫‏‬
(b) Those of the form ‫كرف‬‎ with the meaning of the

Active Participle, e.g. ‫م‬‎ patient. ie by ‫تناك‬‎ she was
a patient girl.
ane
9. Adjectives of the form dns, without nunation, take
akg
OF 2
their feminine form in 18, e.g. 0 angry; fem. ‫ىبضغ‬‎.

Note, however, with nunation, the ta? marbita is added, e.g.
5 -0- ‫عدو‬ ‫دهمت‬
‫; ندمان‬tnatneper ‫‏‬.mef ‫دمانة‬.‫ن‬
10. In Chapter Three we pointed out that some words

were feminine for no apparent reason, while others could be
of either gender, again with no apparent explanation. Some
dictionaries list these, as Hava’s Arabic-English Dictionary
(in the explanatory remarks of the preface). The following
feminine words should be added to those given in Chapter
Three; they are only the commoner ones:
50 5 6> 5
‎‫ بثر‬well. ‎‫ حرب‬war. a wind.

2 2 ْ‫و‬‎ gh-
lac staff, stick. ‫ساف‬‎ axe. ‫ساك‬‎ cup, glass.

50-7 5 6>
‎‫ نعل‬sandal, ‎‫ قوس‬bow (weapon).

horseshoe.
11. The following should be added to the words given in

Chapter Three which may be masculine or Joes at will;
the letters of the alphabet, e.g. ewe ii or aia (although
they are usually feminine),
‫ عبصإ‬finger. pits ladder.‫‏‬
‫ حانج‬wing (usually masc.). alow heaven.‫‏‬

560-6
ile shop, stall. ‫سود‬‎ 2 paradise, garden.
et wine (usually fem.). a horse.
‫ حفر‬spirit. ts neck.‫‏‬
THE FEMININE 369
tae knife: ‎‫ كبك‬liver.

G56
‎‫ سلم‬peace. old tongue.

ae 4)
‫‘ توسى‬razor.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
-acr
3 ‫ك‬ 225
vw II to put, place (in ‫‏ هندى‬.lp ‫هنود‬ 11
Ex. 81), lit. to cause to be-
> ‫رس‬
come ‫ امير‬perhaps, sometimes, it‫‏‬
ae carriage (in Ex. 81) may be‫‏‬
S-G E> SHE 9 - 26
‫ ةرخوم‬¢ ‫ رخوم‬the rear of any-‫‏‬ ‫ قرحا‬IV to burn tr.‫‏‬
thing‫‏‬ ‫مه‬
“0-0 5 VIII to be burned, to

‎‫ استلقى‬X to lie down, throw burn zntr.
oneself down
‫اي‬ets f. pride‫‏‬
ane pl. oa the back (ana-
tomical) 52-0
‫ » ىضوف‬lags anarchy‫‏‬
‫) اثح‬2( to pour dust (upon)‫‏‬ SOE Jig ‫هر‬‎
‫ ءاضوض » ىضوض‬noise, clamour‫‏‬

‫) ذفن‬2( to pierce, penetrate,‫‏‬
be effective‫‏‬ = (2) 0‫غ‬‎ bes or become,
general or widespread
an VIII to be deceived,
beguiled ee (~) to win, gain
‫) رغ‬2( to deceive, beguile‫‏‬ cbt ale «bl
wwe 30d au - iat
medicine
0-5- -
JAxne sandalwood (the study, science or pro-

CT
7
fession)
J2 camphor
52 5 >
-- eld pl. ‫ءاودا‬‎ sickness, disease
Sly ashes -- S-
5 of
3:6 ‫ا‬‎ 1 7 :
‎‫ دواء‬pl. 4:95! medicine
A.J! India, or the Indians
2-0-2 ‫لتر‬ oes‫‏‬
pea pl. ‫هلام‬‎ sight, view 4J9U! internationalism‫‏‬

-
EXERCISE 81
(From the Travels of Ibn Battiita, 14th Cent., A.D.)
I FOF
)nolyeC( ‫‏‬sisi
‫سر‬+ ‫موت ملوك‬
‫ املك بيلاد‬ol‫‏‬ ‫اذا‬

‫‏ صر على عجلة قريباً من الأرض‬lsa
‫ عل عي عد شدره الاب عن‬HEL‫‏‬ ‫كنف‬
07-2 ‫دش‬ ” ‫ربس‬
.‫‏ فيكم‬EIB ‫‏ امس قدقملدككم وكان أمره‬een ‫الناس» هذا‬

‫وغة رو‬ > -
. ‫روحه ملاك الموت‬ ‫‏ ان‬tsey ‫‏ ترك‬ro ‫ إلى ما ترون‬Ks‫وقد‏‬
‫‏ د‬tuaeb ‫ وكلام نحو هذا ثلاثة‬.‫فلا نتروا بالحياة بعده‬

. ‫‏ فى الرج‬ra‫يرى‬sa‫‏‬a ٌ‫‏ فيحرق‬eeei‫الصندل والكافور‬
‫ دشد‬63
‫مع‬ee‫ كلملا لخدتففاشن رانلا ‏‬oflGe‫الهند ‏‬
EXERCISE 2
A
The people have been deceived by pride, so anarchy has
become general. Every day we hear a clamour in the streets
of the capital. The youth drink wine, get drunk, then run
from shop to shop. They have already burnt more than a
hundred shops. One boy, perhaps his age was about ten,
broke the windows of a number of shops with a small axe.
If this is the new spirit of nationalism, then I prefer inter-
nationalism.
1 ‎‫ ”و‬or “there is” understood here.
26 of ae becomes | with pron. suffix.

THE FEMININE 371
B
India beguiled me during the late World War. I served
in the Indian Army with Indian troops, but I also saw many
of the remarkable sights (‫)رظانم‬‎ of that beautiful country.
Some parts of it are like paradise to whomsoever loves colour
and brightness. But it has too many inhabitants, many of
whom are very poor. The new national government is fight-
ing poverty with great energy, and I hope that it will succeed.
0
The Prime Minister’s house caught fire this afternoon,
and the fire brigade did not arrive until four hours later.
This was because their vehicles were in a bad condition.
Two of them had broken down (use ‫رسك‬‎ VII) and were
awaiting repair. Among those who died in the fire were the
Prime Minister’s old mother, and his pregnant second wife.
D
I found a thief in the house during the night. I had no
rifle or other weapon with me, so I hit him on the neck with
a silver cup which I had won when I rode in horse races.
When the doctor saw the thief, he said that he had become
unhappy because his wife was barren, and that was the
reason for his resorting to a life of crime. My wife is a very
patient woman, but she does not believe all these new ideas
which have come into medicine. ‘‘This man is not sick’,
she says, “he is a criminal. But that is a nasty word, and
people don’t like nasty words these days, even when they
are the truth. This man’s sickness is thieving, and the
suitable medicine is prison.”
CHAPTER FORTY-THREE
‎)‫ والاربعون‬IT SUN)

Number
1. For the three numbers: Singular (344), Dual (cats) and

Plural (2), see Chapters Five, Six and Seven.
2. The Sound Masculine Plural is used for:

(a) Masculine Proper Names, except those which end in ‫ةو‬‎
50 5 5 ‫تدر‬‎ - ‫وَيدو‬
e.g. ‫ديز‬‎ Zaid; pl. Ossie; doe Muhammad; pl. O94
suis ‎‫ ود‬-0-- ‫ و‬Be
‫ فشك ةبلطلا‬3 ee‫ تارق ةعبس ‏‬1 read seven Muhammads‫‏‬
among the list of students.
(b) Diminutives of Proper Names and of Class Names
which indicate rational beings, e.g.
G0-9
‫سمع‬ dim. of nae ‘Umar; pl. ne‫‏‬

S620 be eee)
ck) little man, pl. Gale) .
(c) Participles, when they refer to male human beings,

5 25 <a 3) £5
e.g. ‎‫ مومن‬believer; pl. .‫نوئموم‬‎

But note the use of broken plural outlined in Chapter Seven-
teen, when the Active Participle has acquired a technical
nominal significance, e.g.
G---
AE writing, clerk, writer; pl. ‫ةبتك‬‎‘ JE
The sound masculine plural may, however, often also be

used: O53 writers.
(d) Nouns of the form Gls which denote occupations and

5 ‎‫م‬ Ete
professions: ‎‫ حار‬carpenter; pl. Os).
372
NUMBER 373
- 3
(e) Relative adjectives: ‫ى‬‎saat Egyptian; pl. ‫نويرصم‬‎ .
Note, however, such exceptions as:

fel 3 ‫ه‬-‎ -é
‫ عربى‬,barA .lp yle ,lss ,ngierof ‫‏‬.lp ‫ |أجانب‬.
GS 9-
‫ قدوم‬Jew, Jewish, pl.‫مود ‏‬.
(f) ‎‫ وا‬of the form esi denoting Elatives, e.g.

BS; pl. Os SY. Note also the Broken Plural, e.g. SM,
“the greatest” pl. eM, ‫مظعألا‬‎ pl. able,
(g) The following sound masculine plurals should be

noted:
5 > ‫ه‬2
‫ نبأ‬son (for‫و ‏‬ Plur. ares (also el!)‫‏‬
ale world; ‫ى‬,‎ Ogadle
‫;‏ ارض‬htrae ,, 2 *‫( ارضون‬also‫(اراض ‏‬

!sd ;ylimaf , asO ‫‏‬osla( ‫(أال‬
5 of <= 802 3 ‫‏‬83
a- sate ١‫‏‬
‫;‏ إور‬esoog 5 ‫إوزوت‬
95 master; 5 O95
G5 ---
Also the Fem, 4 yeahs 1 Ogi (as well as ,‫تاوسر‬‎
3. The Sound Feminine Plural is used for:
(a) Feminine proper names, e.g. ‫دنه‬‎Hind; pl. ‫تادنه‬‎ .
(b) Masculine proper names ending in 6; 45,b; pl. .‫تافرط‬‎

‫دو‬
‫ل‬
(c) Many class names ending in ‫ةر‬‎ sila: city quarter;

pl. ‎‫ارات‬1‫ح‬#
* [‫عنم‬
(d) The Feminines of adjectives whose Masculine take

the Sound~Masculine Plurals,
e.g. ‫تابتاك‬‎ female writers.
ews tailoresses.
Su ee Egyptian women.
(e) The Feminine adjectives which end in ‫ى‬‎ ws-alif maqsura

Onetes -alif mamdida:
- 6.2. on” greatest (f.); pl. Shar (rare).
eles red (£.); pl. colyl
jax.
(f) Such words sometimes take the sound feminine plural
when they are used as nouns,
50226 = 5 - -0-
e.g. ‫تاوارضخ‬‎ vegetables (lit. “greens’’), ol9l,” deserts (alter-
see
native pls. (6), etc.).

(g) Names of the letters of the Alphabet and the months:
e.g. ‫تاءاط‬‎‫ ثالث‬om I wrote three fa’s.
‎‫ووات‬-
‫ سنن‬ie eloT )se I evah tneps eht smarrahuM fo
_7.co, the last three years in Cairo.
, ‫ةره‬‎
8 wi Qa Ane
(h) Verbal nouns of the derived forms:

e.g. jo disposal; pl. coliSeki
Stanza use; pl. ‫تالامعتسا‬‎
Note, however, that Verbal Nouns of II and IV sometimes

also have broken plurals:
5 Ie ’ aE Cie Ei aeJe
II ‫زيوصت‬‎ picture; pl. ‫ريواصت‬‎ or ‫تاريوصت‬‎
BAO - oc
‫به‬su ;tnemirepxe ‫‏‬.lp ٌ‫‏ تجارب‬ro ‫تجرببات‬
IV Sky! false news; pl. tk itor ‫تافاجرإ‬‎

NUMBER 375
(i) Diminutives of words denoting things and irrational

beings:
-0-9
‫ بيك‬little dog, pup;pl. Lk,‫‏‬

‫ةسيمش‬
de‫‏‬ little sun; pl. cilagds‫‏‬
soe booklet; pl.‫كتيبات ‏‬

Sr OR ‫و‬
Note also‫ تاديلو ‏‬meaning “‘children” irrespective of sex.‫‏‬

(j) Foreign words, unless properly Arabicized,
e.g. ‎‫ روط‬1 parachute; pl. ‫ٌتاطوشاراب‬‎
This applies to some words which denote male human beings,
especially titles.
e.g. ‎‫ باشا‬007١ Pasha; pl. ‫تاوشاب‬‎
‎‫( آغا‬Turkish) Aga; pl. ,‫ثاوغآ‬‎ ‫تاواغآ‬
‫ داو‬0 (Persian) Sir, Mr; pl.‫ضواهات ‏‬
‫مه‬
‫ كب‬ae (Turkish) Bey, Beg; pl. NS‫‏‬

*We may note here that there has been a move in the‫‏‬
modern Arab world against the use of foreign words, and‫‏‬
language academies have busied themselves substituting‫‏‬
words from old Arabic roots:‫‏‬
e.g. ‎‫ الثافذة‬nai (lit. the piercing rays) for ome
pl. SLL S| X-rays.

Nevertheless, foreign words continue to be used, especially
in common speech. Often, a broken plural is formed, where
the foreign words lend themselves to this,
e.g. 36 0 cigarette; pl. Se jee: is‫ود‬‎
(Sudan) donkey engine, and, by extension, deep
bore well with: pemmping engine; pl. ‫كناو‬‎
.‫ود‬
The sound Feminine plural ‫تايكن‬‎‫ ود‬would be more ‫تالا‬‎
* See also Appendix C, §7.
FURTHER MEASURES OF THE BROKEN PLURAL
4. A number of measures have been included in Chapters

Six and Seven of the Broken Plural; again when referring to
the Colour Defect Adjectives and the Elative (Chapter
Eleven), and the Active Participle (Chapter Seventeen).
A few further measures are given here, but a more complete
list will be found in Wright’s Arabic Grammar, Part I,
paras. 304/5.
(a) ae pl. of ibs, e.g. ial a piece; pl. 235;
5;
pia life, biography; pl. von
(b) Jatoften
oft pl. of 0-7
e.g. is dome; pl. oe

5 =o
6) form, picture; pl. suis
This is also an alternative plural to the Feminine Elative,
eh et ds 37 30-
e.g. ‎‫ الكبرى‬the greatest, fem; pl. ‫سكلا‬‎
(c Sess ce) aw slave;

Wig Piepl. We!
aes ‫رك‬‎ donkey, y ass;
‫رام‬‎ ‫ريم‬‎
pl.pl. oe
5 Ge 5 we
(d) .} an alternative to JL, when used as the plural of
the Active Participle. Its use is largely poetical, and is not
recommended to students:
pe 5 Gs
e.g. ‎‫ حاضر‬present, attendant; pl. bo or ‫راضح‬‎
(e) ile, This is commonly found as the plural of the tech-

nically used Active Participle of Simple Verbs endings in
‎‫ و‬Or ‎‫وى‬
e.g. ‎‫( قاض‬Act. Part. of (‫ىضق‬‎ judge; pl. Anes
‫) كاد‬ os Js) governor; pl. aN‫‏‬

NUMBER 377
(f) bs This is fairly often met as the plural of dost with
a Passive sense:
e.g. USS (from dss), slain, victim;
wr (from ix for (‫تيوم‬‎ dead.
5 -‫وه‬
(g) OS g--
‫ دلب‬district, country; pl.‫لدان ‏‬

‫ سرا‬rider; pl. 3‫‏‬
‫ بباش( اع‬youth; pl. td‫‏‬

“69
‫ عام‬brave; pl. Ole‫‏‬
(h) Gets‫‏‬ ‫و‬ > -
‫; حزيرة‬dnalsi ‫‏‬.lp‫ جزائر‬55 ‫ر‬

‫(خو‬
gute‫‏‬
ody‎‫ جرد‬Newspaper; pl. st
uF
a letter; pl. a,
4.£ wonder; pl. ‫دا‬‎

‫ع‬
‫ روم‬old woman; pl.‫عبائز‏‬

5 - gore
ev ,nuonorp ;ecneicsnoc ‫‏‬.lp ‫ضما بر‬

‫ع‬ ٠.‫‏‬
(i) dls, ‫)ىلاعف‬‎when definite).

‫ ءاردع‬virgin; pl. ide‫‏‬
FUSE
‫ ىوتف‬Mufti’s legal decision; pl.‫فتاو‏‬
Note also a night; pl.‫ليال‏‬
jal people, family; pl. Je!‫‏‬
il land, earth; pl. ‫ضارا‬‎

(j) ‎‫ فعالى‬as an alternative to (i), e. g-Ss)Lae virgins; from ‫ىلعف‬‎

when not Superlative (fem.), e.g. ges pregnant; pl. .‫ىلابح‬‎
OOP Gamta
From OS, e.g. ep wae. lazy; pl. ‫اك‬‎

From ‫ا‬‎ with Weak final radical:
Sa > - --
e.g. ‎‫ عديه‬present, gift; pl. .‫اياده‬‎

- --
is) flock; pl. .‫اياغو‬‎ ‫ينم‬fate, death; pl. blo.
5. Where a Noun has more than four radicals their

number must be reduced to four to form a Broken Plural:
SITIO
eg. sKce spider; pl. Sts
‫ روطاربمإ‬emperor; pl.‫أباطرة ‏‬
‫ني‬ nightingale; pl. Joke‫‏‬

This rule may be ibis in colloquial speech:
e.g. ‎‫ عنقريب‬wooden.bed (Egypt); pl. ‫برقانع‬‎

5 -03- ‫سام‬
Ole3 dragoman, guide, interpreter; pl. ‫نامحارت‬‎

But no purist would allow these plurals in print.
6. Where a Noun has two or more Plurals, these may be

used for different meanings:
e.g. os eye; pl. Ogee etc.

os notable; - Otel
‫دبع‬‎
as slave; pl. de
So7-
‫ دبع‬worshipper (of God); pl. ole‫‏‬
7. Sometimes a further Plural may be formed from a

Plural. It may be Sound Fem. or Broken, and is used to give
a more extensive meaning:
NUMBER 379
5 o- AGA
‫ برح‬war; pl. es pl.pl.‫ حَروبَات ‏‬campaigns.‫‏‬
‫ حتف‬conquest; pl. a pl.pl. ol rer‫‏‬
‫ قيرط‬road, way; pl. oa pl.pl.‫طرقات ‏‬

‫ دي‬hand; pl. 21 pl.pl‫أياد‏‬
‫ ءانإ‬vessel; pl.‫ٌةينأ ‏‬pl.pl. ob‫‏‬
8. The Feminine ending ‫ة‬‎ may be used as a kind of

Collective Plural for the following two categories of nouns:
(a) Jb
5 a- ar
e.g. ‫قواس‬‎ bowman; pl. Fs

(b) The relative adjective:
e.g. Kos Sudanese; pl. 5 (or peda)

ee Sufi (mystic); pl. Mee (or afr
9. The following irregular plurals should be noted:

2 5 -ab 3 ae
‎‫ ام‬mother; Plur. Ol! and ‫تاما‬‎
2
‫ مق‬mouth; Plur. algil‫‏‬
- 5 - ‫و‬‎ -- 5 - ‫نع‬ 5 - 5 -
el, water (for ols for 05+); Plur. elg+l and ‫هايم‬‎(for oly)
12 lip (for 4gi); Plur, ‫ءافش‬‎(also ‫تاوفش‬‎ and Slit)

2l3 sheep (for 4&5); Plur. ‫هاش‬‎ and ‫ةايش‬‎
maid-servant; Plur. att and Asay
é ‎‫ه‬
‫ ةارما‬woman; Plur. clad and‫ةوسن؛ ‏‬

and Bl gant‫‏‬
man; Plur. th usually oe
‫ سوق‬bow; Plur. “as and oa‫‏‬

VOCABULARY
‫ فرتقا‬VIII to commit (a sin‫ ‏‬diA ‫‏‬.lp ‫شفاه» شفوات » شفهاتث‬

or crime)‫‏‬ 11‫م‬
o-- ore
S$) 5 4
‫ (_) مدن ىلع‬to repent, regret‫‏‬ ‎‫ إناء‬pl. ‎‫ آنية‬vessel, pot
pee II to fall short, be remiss‫‏‬ ‎‫ )—( مسك‬to seize, hold
wl V to regret something ‫ (~) ضبق‬to seize, grasp‫‏‬

missed
‫و‬ )‫دة>ببع‬ a ‎‫ قبض‬to seize, arrest
‫ ريصملا‬the future, result, issue‫‏‬
5 -08
‫ نس‬pl.Olu! tooth, age‫‏‬
‫ المصير‬7‫ تقر‬self-determina-‫‏‬
tion (mod. )‫‏‬ S33 (~) to intend
a3pl. cl — intention
26
pet II to open anyone’s eyes,
enlighten
‫ هل‬pl. Jc journey‫‏‬
ye (=) to forsake, abandon
‫ىعس‬ )>( to exert oneself,‫‏‬
‫ امنإ‬a strong affirmative par-‫‏‬ make an effort‫‏‬
ticle; indeed, in truth, only‫‏‬
or - (eas pl. ‫عاسم‬‎ effort
‫ رداب‬111 to hasten‫‏‬
27 ‫هود‬‎ 1 Ge One
‎‫مستوى‬44 lk gr. standard

oe (3 ( to plunder, carry off
“Bi
pul VIII to seize (plunder,
‎‫دجة‬‫ ر‬.lp ‎‫ سات‬,eerged pets
or opportunity) Che 5 -
‎‫ الة‬pl. ‎‫ — ات‬tool, instrument

‫) تاف‬2( to elapse (of time);‫‏‬ Ors. o=
to pass (zntr.)‫‏‬
‎‫ فضلا عن‬trapa ,morf ton ot
mention, in addition to
‫ تاف‬to escape, miss (ér.)‫‏‬ Sa oF
gS o- - -
‫ وضوح‬clarity‫‏‬
‎‫ فوت‬v.n. of OF = 67
‎‫ قصدا‬intentionally, deliber-
‫ هذى‬guidance‫‏‬ ately, on purpose
‫‪NUMBER‬‬ ‫‪381‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫)‪(Extract from a sermon by Ibn eaten 12th cent. A.D.‬‬
‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪ anakac‬ىف مايالا ‪ً‎‬اريخ ‪a‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ىناوخإلا » ‪lelpaleh‬‬

‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬ ‫‪ Sai‬اهنا ارش ‪‎‬عاضأ‬
‫و‬
‫‪>-‬‬‫ي‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪pale aia‬‬ ‫‪So ee‬‬ ‫‪tevane‬‬

‫‪er‬‬ ‫اس‪‎‬‬
‫ع‪‎‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪308‬‬
‫‪a‬‏‬ ‫‏ياد قبل‬

‫قبل الفوت‪ sea .‬خ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫أولائك الناس لا‪ :‬تكفيهم حكوبة عادلة» إنما يبادرون الى تقدير‬
‫‏‪eth val‬قاذلا ‏‪ GF 1s‬يا ‏‪ el‬هذه ةراقلا مهتينو لأ‬
‫ليستحقوا‬ ‫‪seic‬‏‬ ‫الفرصة‬ ‫يغتدمون‬ ‫كلم‬ ‫نعم»‬ ‫الفرضة‪.‬‬ ‫‏‪weet‬‬
‫الاستقلال‪.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪-8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-o-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫مها ‪‎‬ع‬ ‫هد ‪2‬‬
‫—‪ BY ST GS — y teal cyl OS ait ail‬وكان‪‎‬‬
‫اك‪‎‬‬ ‫‪ees‬‬
‫‪ rayaD‬أبن‪ bibg ‎‬من الهند للصين مشهورة‪ .‬ففى اوائلها‪‎‬‬
‫‪grrr‬‬
‫‪lse‬‏ الصين بعدمسساعٍ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ولكنه نا متهم ‪Na .‬‏‬ ‫قبضه ‏‪URI‬‬
‫‪ne‬‬ ‫‪day‬‬ ‫‏‪Ly ol a‬‬ ‫)ةشيعلا(‬ ‫ةايحا‬ ‫‪ -‬عفر ‏‪ie ks‬‬ ‫ع‬ ‫‏‪, Ody A‬‬
‫‪14 is here omitted.‬‬ ‫~‬

‫‪“they”, i.e. the days of one’s life.‬‬
‫ست‬ fia ‫‏‬ew 4 ‫دوو‬ 5

.‫متوقعة‬
5
‫ لى صعوية‬- ‫ب‬ ,na’ruQ(. ‫)‏‬I ‫لله رب العلمين‬ ‫ا‬
‫ىلحمد‬
IBY‎‫ ضيبم محمدين !درن‬eleS depoc etaelo eaB

‫م‬ ‫عو‬
SY etal ‫ةلآلا‬‎ ode) — ‫مب‬‎ . ‫ لامجو‬00 ‫ تاوذ‬EA on pees ‫عبرا‬‎
S55) ASSO PV Mg ae ‫كف‬‎‫ وو‬ee

Sie *‫لفات‬‎ SSG) Sao Stereos noe
de ‎‫ بن‬Chall ‎‫ كل‬GSU Sis Shaul
EXERCISE 84
A
The three Muhammads co-operated in the committing of
this crime; then the first two repented of it. I forgave them,
but as for the third, I don’t know what the outcome will be.
He is not the son of poor parents: indeed, his father and his
uncle are wealthy, and give him everything he asks for. But
it seems that he reads the crime stories of modern European
authors, and takes every opportunity to thieve and fight.
The whole town is afraid of him, and his father can do nothing
with him. The police have arrested him seven times during
the last seven months. I hope that in the future we will find
good uses for his exertions and that he will become a useful
member of (the) society.
B
These girls scarcely open their mouths when they speak.
Has it escaped them that clarity is the most important thing
in speech? They are all Hinds, and they all want to be
writers; they are exerting themselves a great deal to reach a
high level in their studies. Apart from their speech, they have
been very successful in their work.
NUMBER 383
Cc
1, What is your intention in this long and difficult journey?
There is not (5-2) a place in the world which some traveller
has not visited, and you are old (castae ). I think it best for
you to remain at home and leave allthese exertions to someone
else. 2. He seized the vessels and placed them all on the floor,
then broke them deliberately with a strange, heavy instrument.
3. You are all Aghas and Beys in the view of the republicans;
whatever you were formerly, peasant or princes.
CHAPTER FORTY-FOUR
‎)‫(ألباب الرابع والأربعون‬

Declension of the Noun
1. Declension was dealt with briefly in Chapter Four. The

- 2-
Arabic for declining a toy is ,‫ٌبارعإ‬‎ v.n. of ‫برع‬‎ IV. A Noun

declined is said to be ‫ب‬‎ ee, (Passive Part.). But this term is
also used of conjugating a verb, especially with reference to
the Imperfect, whose three moods are considered to corres-
pond roughly to the three cases, with their change of final
3. on
vowels. A word whose final vowel is static is said to be ‫ىبم‬‎
indeclineable, but this term is used almost solely of unin da
verbal forms (e.g. the Perfect) and of Particles like 43, i.
A few isolated Nouns may be considered ipa such as ne

“caution”; and ‫ماطقر‬‎ a woman’s name.
% o-
2. Words ending in the ?alif magsiira are not ss but
declined by pa that is, notionally, e.g.
(ie 4 Ss femme Elative ok tbe

(ii) > world.
(iii) ‫ىركذ‬‎ remembrance.
(iv) Gas guidance.

(v) ‫ىفطصم‬‎ Mustafa (proper name).
(vi) Cas a stick.
Of the above, nos. (i) to (iii) have no Nunation. They are
therefore Diptotes, or ‫فرصتم‬‎ ‫( ريغ‬see Chapter Four). They
384
DECLENSION OF THE NOUN 385
are the same for all cases. However, (i) and (iii) would change
to °alif if a Pronoun were attached:
$- - -6
eg. 4;3 ‫ىركذ‬‎ ‫ ىل‬I have a sad remembrance (nom.

indef.)
5-0 0-2 ‫مص‬-‎ 0‫ن‬-
‎‫ ى الماضى باطلة‬38 ecnarbmemeR fo eht tsap si niav
8 ‘i “ (nom.def.).
‫عو‬ - ‫ و‬-‫و‬
‫ هاركذ ةلطاب‬Its remembrance is vain (nom. with‫‏‬
1 ~ attached pronoun).‫‏‬
oi Ser.
welll S 3‫د‬‎ ‫تننم‬ I became sad at the remembrance of
the past (gen. def.).
ae ed ite
ol
‎‫ذكر‬5 ‫نت من‬eL I emaceb das ta eht ecnarbmemer fo
it (gen. with attached pronoun).
-- ‫وم‬
}:
‎‫ز‬as
‫ح‬ Nee The world is a sad place (nom. def.).
Rae0 He left the world (acc.def.).

°
‫ ايندل‬oa‫تبعت نم ‏‬ I tired of this world (gen. def.).‫‏‬
3. Nouns (iv), (v) and (vi) are Triptotes or 3ped They

have Nunation, but this is removed when they are Definite.
Again final ya” changes to ?alif, when a Pronoun is attached:
‫وم‬
e.g. ‎‫ هذى‬J ‎‫ ليس‬I have no guidance (nom.indef.).
i,ee ‫اضع‬‎ ‫ ىل‬Ihavea long stick (nom.indef.).

‫و‬ -03-
‫ىدبلا رضىرو‬ Guidance is necessary (nom.def.).‫‏‬
3)
‎‫ العقصعاا يكسوة‬ehT kcits si nekorb .).fed.mon(
302
3)
oo al Ws My father’s stick is broken (nom.def.
with *2dafa).
pK! ‎‫ عصاه‬His stick broke (nom.def. with atta-
ched pronoun).
aw ‫جو‬‎ َ‫ه‬
ly ‫ىده‬‎ ‫ ىنطعأ‬Give me clear guidance (acc.indef.).
Ce et a of
‎‫اعطنى عصا جديدة‬ eviG em a wen kcits .).fedni.cca(
0 Wes ‫ىنطعأ‬‎ Give me my father’s stick (acc.def.

4 0 ‫واخ‬‎ >7ddafa).
‫ ىنطعأ هاصع‬Give me his stick (acc.def. with‫‏‬

attached pronoun).‫‏‬
‫ نم اصعلا‬cs I was afraid of the stick (gen.def.).‫‏‬

va AAO) bine
al las ‫نم‬‎ ‫تف‬ I was afraid of my father’s stick
(gen. def. with ’zddfa).
De faz 9 6‫د‬‎
‫ تفخ نم هاصع‬I was afraid of his stick (gen.def. with‫‏‬

“ “attached pronoun).‫‏‬
4. The following types of Noun are Diptotes:

(a) Broken Plurals of the following forms:
e.g. ‫ءالعف‬‎ A33 ministers; pl. of at
bs poe sick people; pl. of esi

‫و‬ -- -- G- ‫‏‬-
‫لئاعف‬ ‫نئادم‬ cities; pl. of‫‏‬ ‫مدينة‬

eS‫‏‬ ‫ىاتي‬ orphans; pl. of &‫‏‬
‫للاعف‬ ‫مها‬b> dirhems (silver coins);‫‏‬

money; pl. of‫‏‬ ‫درهم‬
‫م‬ 2 -- 0 5
‫ليلاعف‬ ‫ريزانخ‬ pigs; pl. of Se‫‏‬

- - to
Also the following plurals:

‎‫د‬ LTT
‎‫( اول‬from ‎‫ اول‬first)
cot (from ‫د‬‎other)
3 - 06
clit! (from¢ee thing)

(b) The following feminine forms:

e.g. aloes black
Beene
6583
‫د‬‎ remembrance
beoe greatest
(c) The Masculine Singular Elative and Colour-Defect

Nouns of the form ey
‫عن حو‬
Cg.‫‏‬ ‫ لوطا‬longer, longest.‫‏‬
Jt 62‫‏‬
wil grey.‫‏‬
mae‫‏‬
Among the rare exceptions is‫ لمرا ‏‬widower, whose fem. is‫‏‬
S--0F‫‏‬
‫ازملة‬.
٠ )d( sevitcejdA fo eht mrof senO esohw .mef ‫‏‬si ‫فل‬
-o- GS- -0-
(Note, however, OLas boon companion; fem, .(‫ةنامدن‬‎

(e) The numerals which end in ‫ة‬‎ when they stand alone
as pure numbers, e.g, 4. ‫فصن‬‎ ‫ ةثالث‬three is half of six.
(£) Most proper names, whether personal or geographical,
pe
e.g. ‫ةفرط‬‎ Tarafa (masc.)
2-0-0
‫ ناميلس‬Sulaiman (Solomon)‫‏‬
‫ سراف‬Persia (Fars province)‫‏‬
I-08
Az! Ahmad (as an Elative this is bound to
be diptote)
oo Yahya Names beginning with a y@ ofincrease,
‎‫ف‬ resembling the 3rd Person Sing. of the
‎‫ يزيد‬Yazid Imperfect must be Diptotes.
It may be mentioned that names of onsen origin are almost

3 309
invariably Diptotes, e.g. ‫ندنل‬‎ London; ‫سير‬‎

yb Paris.
On the other hand, there are many Triptote Personal

S07
Names. The chief guide here is the dictionary, e.g. 44) Zaid.
560> So
‎‫‘ عمرو‬Amr, ‎‫ هند‬Hind (a woman’s name, sometimes a Diptote).

tee Ja‘far. They include many names either of participal
Sins 5 3207
form, e.g. ‫دمع‬‎ Muhammad; ‫دوغ‬‎ Mahmid, or from the class

of Adjectives resembling the Active Participle in meaning,
e.g. oo Hasan (lit. “‘beautiful’’), ‫ليعس‬‎Sa‘id (lit. “happy’’).
5. As already stated, Diptotes are treated as Triptotes
when they are made definite in any way, e.g. by the Article,
by an attached Pronoun or an 77ddfa:
2 xe 2 Ie OSs
eg. Nom. ‫نئادم‬‎ cities; ‫نئادملا‬‎ the cities.

ee ak Sp sets
Acc. ‫مداثئن‬‎ cities; @ptl4s their cities.
Gen. ‫مدائن‬‎ cities; ‫نئادم‬‎ ‫ نم‬from the cities

is a o,e ‫ع‬‎ 0 2 .
atone te
‎‫ بلاد العرب‬fo .aibarA
6. Nouns ending in - im have been dealt with when

occuring as Active Participles of the Defective Verb, e.g.
‎‫ناد‬, ‫ قاض‬ees( retpahC .)enin-ytnewT A ralimis nonemonehp
takes place in the case of some Broken Plurals derived from
triliteral roots with the third radical waw or ya’,
e.g. ra‫راج‬‎slave-girl; ‫ىوتف‬‎ mufti’s ruling.
Nom. and Gen. yly>; ‫واتف‬‎
Accus. Giles: ‫ىواتف‬‎ 1
With Article, Nom. and Gen. ‫ىر‬‎ (ol. ‫ىواتفلا‬‎
With Article, Accus. ‫ىر‬‎|peur ‫ىواتفلا‬‎

The yd@ is similarly written when such words are made
definite by iddfa.
VOCABULARY
5-06 - =e
‫م‬: pl.‫( « ماتيا ‏‬els orphan‫‏‬ ‫ حرتقا بر‬VIII to recom-‫‏‬
mend, suggest
‫ ريزنخ‬pl.‫ريز‏‬Ls pig‫‏‬ ee
4, le protection
42) pl. ‫را‬‎lee slave-girl, ser- ‫امام‬
-
vant-girl j° 111 to desert, leave

5 - ‫ه‬2
+)! widower ‎‫( تلا‬2.) to follow

$- - aie
‫ وسيلة‬pl.‫ وسائل ‏‬means‫‏‬
7 calbudget
‫ لقتعا‬VIII to intern, arrest‫‏‬
‎‫ ‘ المرتقال‬JS Portugal
- > ‫نع‬‎
‎‫ اعد‬IV to execute (put to

‫برتقال‬ 5
death)
‫يس‬ pl. Slaw forehead,‫‏‬
5 o-
‎‫ رمل‬sand
front‫‏‬ gis
--0-0 ‎‫ عرق‬perspiration, sweat
Lye ‎‫ اسد‬X to colonize
l ‎2‫>ع‬
‫و‬
‎‫ فجاة‬suddenly
sii'f 2
‫روسيا‬ 2 ‫ فقوت‬V to hesitate, stop‫‏‬
3° Paid
05! permission ‫ ايسآأ‬Asia‫‏‬
EXERCISE
85
. ‫كان العرق يسيل على جبهة الرجل حينما رأى الخنزير الوحشى‬
8 ‫َع‬ 3 :
‫‏‬IUC ‫وى تلك اللحظة فكر فى ولده الصغير‬ .‫‏ماية‬l‫ح‬a ‫فما كان له‬
.‫ تصبح أرملة باكية‬se ‫‏‬ee ً‫يصير يتيما‬

8-5 ZE0O-
‫) يجرى عر الرمل » فغادر المكان‬aec ai ‫‏‬lpc ‫وفجاة توقف‬
‫هلخدو‬.‫ل ىلإ تبب‬ one et‫‏‬

yore
‎.‫ الشمالية أثناء القرن التاسم عشر‬daL ‎‫ إ—ستعمرت روسيا معظم‬٠

% os Fe ~ "09 6 ‫ياا‬‎
‫و‬ --
lecy !J ‫‏‬eiC ‫ ولم أن‬aS ‫‏‬top ‫ وجدت جاريتى قد أكلث جميع‬- ‫؟‬
7 ‫ر‬ ‫خوخ‬ 12 ae ‫‏‬2
‫‏‬no
‫ يرض‬sL )Sa eS lsa ‫‏‬lip "‫ك قرا‬2 ‫!‏‬eG ‫فواكه‬
. ‫‏ لم اباغدامه‬lY :‫ المجرم' واقترح‬.‫أبعتقل‬ sles‫‏‬

EXERCISE 6
1. My world came to an end when I became a widow, for,

when I was eleven, my father died, and my mother had died
three years previously. 2. We see in Russia’s budget large
sums for the defence of her borders. 3. The helping and
guidance of widows is among the duties recommended to
believers. 4. He had many pigs, apart from his cows and
sheep. 5. He met a black girl, so he took her into employment
[as] a servant girl in his house in Baghdad. But she deserted
him suddenly without permission two days later. 6. They
followed the enemy and found them hesitating in the sand,
so they destroyed them straight away. 7. Portugal had many
colonies in the past, and her sailors were famous. 8. I knew
from the perspiration flowing on his forehead that his endea-
vours had tired him, but this was my only means of finishing
the work at the appointed time. 9. I saw Muhammad on my
right and Ahmad on my left. As for the boastful Tarafa, I
did not see him at all. He had deserted me in my time of
difficulty. 10. I met a lame man and a tall negro (black) in
the street, and I did not know whence they had come,
CHAPTER FORTY- FIVE
(Ops gti Sul)
The Use of the Cases
1. As already stated, the Arab grammarians used case termi-

nology for the Verb in the Imperfect as well as for Nouns:
Noun Nominative 2 Imperfect Indicative
Accusative — Subjunctive —
Genitive > Jussive as
The Jussive may be approximated to the Genitive since the
sukiin changes to kasra when hamzatu I-wasl follows, e.g.
aba ‫نإ‬‎
é if he speak; ai [be ‫تإ‬‎ if he speak the truth.
Here, however, we are only ‘concerned with Noun cases, and
the English grammatical terms, though inadequate as will be
seen, must be used.
2. The Nominative )‫مفر‬‎(is used:
(a) For the Subject (che) of a Verbal sentence, e.g.
Cie ‎‫ تكرالموم‬fal ‎‫ وضلت‬the newspapers arrived this morning.
(b) For the Subject (termed Fass “beginning”’) of a

Nominal sentence, e.g. ae ‫دل‬‎
0 | the boy is wounded.
‫عدو‬
(c) As the Predicate )‫ربخ‬‎ “information”’) of a Nominal sen-

‎2‫م‬
tence. ‎‫ مجروح‬is the Predicate of the above sentence.
(d) As the Predicate of it, Of, 6060 C2.

ee 0 ‫ر‬‎ by verily your Lord is merciful.
ENS NIN SeatYA WS I)
oe Lars! ol ‫نم‬‎ ae I was angry that the egg (was)
broken,
(e) After the Vocative Particle Bal (always used with the
391
Article), e.g. ‫نوملسملا‬‎ yal O Muslims! Also after Lyiin the

gore
Singular without nunation, e.g. ‫دلو‬‎ ‫ اي‬O boy! Jest ‫اي‬‎O Mu-
hammad!
(f) For the Adjective of, or a Noun in apposition to,
another Nominative, e.g.
9 ‎‫عات‬, 3380 - -
‎‫ جاء الرجل النبيل‬eht elbon nam ;emac
JE-
on‎‫ وا‬heeaf ‫ماق‬‎the man and his father rose.

3. The Accusative ((‫بصن‬‎ is
i used:
(a) As the Object 5 ‫ل‬‎ of a Verb, e.g.
‫ ف هتيب‬rane ELG I met a servant-girl in his house.‫‏‬
Some Verbs take two Objects, e.g.*
bu 00 ‫تابعا‬‎ I gave Hassan a book.
2 ‫و‬
57 ‎‫ محمدا‬ous I considered Muhammad a liar.

Occasionally theremay be three Objects, e.g.
2 2‫و‬
‫ت انهحا اددبذاك‬ayes I informed Hassan that Muhammad‫‏‬

was lying.‫‏‬
Some Verbs which in English take direct Objects are said
in Arabic to be transitive by means of a Preposition. A good
dictionary will always give the appropriate Preposition.
Below are some examples:
-- =e
‫ زاف ىلع‬to surpass, beat (someone);‫‏‬ ‫ ب‬2 to pass (someone);‫‏‬

- -
gd ‎‫ رغب‬to eee
Some Verbs may take either a direct Object or a Preposi-
tion. This is especially true of Verbs of Motion, thus we have:
= @ 2 == Fer =,
‫بهذ قوسلا‬ he went to the market; or‫ للسوق ‏‬was,‫‏‬

The second version is the more usual.‫‏‬
pa or J an he came to me.
* See Appendix C, §6 for further notes on Doubly Transitive Verbs,
with special reference to VERBS OF THE HEART ( lait heal).
THE USE OF THE CASES 393
Here the first version is more customary in writing.

When used with ‫ب‬‎ such Verbs mean “to bring” or “‘take
away’, e.g. 9
‫ ا‬-
‫شام‬
‫ىمهار‬
‫بهذارد‬ he went off with my money;‫‏‬
o-an- ‎‫و‬ rite
‎‫ بمجلدين‬ele he brought two volumes;

o-a- 9
‫ ىناتأ دلجمب ني‬he brought me two volumes.‫‏‬
The Transitive Verb is ‫انج‬‎ ‫ لعتم‬and the Intransitive

werg 26
‫ غس د‬or‫لازم ‏‬
(b) As the Absolute Object ‫)قلطملا‬‎ cdl) (see pp. 331 ff)
2-- ‫ومو‬
e.g. tas ‫تقلق‬‎ I was disturbed, upset.
(c) Adverbially for Time and Place ‫)ف‬‎ae:: ‫هيف‬‎ 8pete] 1 e.g.
‫ ةلماك‬zs‫‏‬
‫؛‬ ‫ دنع مه‬etd I stayed with them a whole year.‫‏‬
sof ‎‫ د‬oG--
‫ احابص‬Gps I awoke in the morning.‫‏‬

Wee‫ تفتلاانيمي ‏‬he looked right and left.‫‏‬
‫رحب‬57 ‫ قاس‬he travelled by land and sea.‫‏‬
Such Accusatives may be replaced by Prepositional phrases,‫‏‬
netfo htiw , ecneh eht lacitammarg ‫‏‬mret ‫لمفعول فيه‬.‫ا‬
-i 2 ou--
‫ تهبنت ىف حابصلا‬1 awoke in the morning.‫‏‬
- - ‫نص‬‎ > 200, 27 22-6
‎‫ واليسار‬cred! ‎‫ التفت إلى‬eh dekool ot eht thgir dna .tfel
‎‫نه صوده‬ - >
‎‫ قام عند الفجر‬eh esora ,ro( tes )tuo ta .nwad
Many so-called Particles or Prepositions are really Adverbial
Accusatives of ae at least in origin, e.g.
cae behind; ‫قوف‬‎ above; cd beneath, under; fe: towards;
-o-
‫ قبل‬before; »+ after.‫‏‬
All these words will be found under their triliteral roots in

the dictionary.
(d) To express Aim or Purpose (a Avert This is ex-
pressed by a Verbal Noun in the Accusative, e.g.
‫ودع‬
‫ اماركإ هل‬Sas I rose to honour him.‫‏‬

aul enh ane I kept silent out of respect for him.‫‏‬
The Arabic terminology indicates that this Accusative

could be replaced by a Subjunciive Verb or a Verbal Noun
introduced by 0 Thus the above two examples might be
2-7 08 9 09 Beit
rendered as ‫همركال‬‎ ‫ تمق‬and ‫همرتحال‬‎ .‫تمص‬
(e) To determine Hal. This is a peculiarly Arabic cons-

truction which is used to describe the Condition or Circum-
stance obtaining at the time when the action of the main
Verb takes place. The term “‘condition” may lead to confu-
sion since the sort of condition in a conditional sentence is
5 6 5 ‫ه‬- $= ‫ده‬
termed ‎‫ رشرط‬and the sentence ab : ‫ةلمح‬‎ Hal, however, is
condition in the sense of state. It may be expressed by an
Accusative or by a Finite verb, e.g.
PEC at fot weet ae
‫ ًابكار‬ae ele or‫ نسح بكري ‏‬el Hassan came riding.‫‏‬

Such a Hal Accusative may take its own direct object, e.g.‫‏‬
ees (le ‫كا‬‎‫ أر‬re he came riding a white donkey.
ees ss 7 |‫اولصو‬‎ they arrived riding donkeys.

The Hal usually refers to the subject of the sentence, as to
Hassan in the first example; but it could refer to the object
or even to some Genitive, e.g.
Fs ce eeNY Sen
‫| بكار‬tomes‫ تيار ‏‬or ag eteeal I saw Hassan riding.‫‏‬
opie ‫ب‬‎‫ن ب‬e‫ج‬m ‎‫ درن بالنساءماشيات (يمشين‬ew dessap eht nemow
walking beside their
camels,
The Accusative Hal is nearly always an Active Participle.

It may also be a Passive Participle, e.g.
‫رود‬ ies ae‫‏‬
‎y‫ ررأايت حسئنا مقتولا‬I was nassaH .nials
Lars ‎‫ ترك البلاد‬eh tfel eht ,yrtnuoc .delixe
Occasionally, a Verbal Noun may replace the Active Partici-

ple:
99 3 3970-0
‫ هولبقتسا اسولج‬they received him seated.‫‏‬
86 ‫جالسين‬
The verbal Hal occasionally refers not to any specific part
of the previous sentence (i.e. Subject, Object, etc.), but to
the whole statement.
‫صاوة‬ ‫واد‬ ‫و‬212
Cale an ‫ىمضاقلاو‬‎ ‫ مهمتش‬he insulted them, while the judge
can wicca al “remained (it. remains) silent.
Even a nominal sentence could be used here Rod ‫ىضاقلاو‬‎:

In such sentences the ‫و‬‎ which introduces the Hal might be
translated “‘while’’.
(f) For Specification (sels); with the meaning of “

regard to”’, e.g. 3
Cece ‎‫و‬ ‫ل‬ 8072 70S
‫ ديز رثكا املع نم نسح‬Zaid is greater in knowledge than‫‏‬
3 ‫ريل‬ Hassan.‫‏‬
‫ بط سفن‬be good in regard to soul‫‏‬

~ (i.e. rejoice heartily).‫‏‬
Such is the construction after os how much, how many, e.g.
‫ ىف خبطملا‬86 ii how many apples are there in the‫‏‬

3 2 kitchen?: (as also after the numbers‫‏‬
11 to 99).‫‏‬
(g) The Predicate of O and its sisters (Chapter Thirty-

two), e.g.
709-27 ‫وجوه‬ ‫عد‬ - @--
‫ تناك ةنيدم دادغب ةروهشم‬the city of Baghdad was famous in‫‏‬

‫هدوص‬- 4200 . the Middle Ages.‫‏‬
(h) For the Subject of O| and its sisters, e.g.

‫} ماق‬14 OJ (truly) Zaid is standing,‫‏‬
5,
Note that nothing should interpose between such Particles‫‏‬

and their Accusative, the only normal exception being the
Predicate, when it consists of a prepositional phrase, e.g.
Bi perl Aves - 636 i ry Ee
‎‫ قال إن فى البستان رحلا غريبا‬eh dias taht ni eht nedrag )saw(
apenas 0i 53 a strange man.
This is most likely to happen when the Accusative after the
Particle is indefinite, and the sentence can be translated as
“there is, are’, “there was, were’, e.g. the example above
is net
“the said that there was a strange man in the garden”, ‫كانه‬‎
“there” is sometimes interposed.
‫هو‬ o- ١‫‏‬
(i) In the construction of‫ ىفنل سنجلا ‏‬Y, that is, after the‫لا ‏‬
which denies absolutely the class or species in the place or
circumstances defined in the sentence. This Accusative has
no nunation, e.g.
‫هدو‬ AE Sa‫‏‬
‫تيبلا‬ Ge)‫ ال ‏‬there is not a man in the house.‫‏‬
Note the following expressions:

-‎‫ذلك‬4 6‫ من‬fice
‫ لا مفر‬ereht si on epacse morf .taht
Ge os © Ge
(Ol « Ol) ‫نم‬‎ ‫ ال كش‬there is no doubt.
Ge of ‫وه‬‎ Gos
(ol « Ol) ‫نم‬‎ ‫ ال دب‬it is inevitable (stronger than the
above).
The following sentences illustrate the use of the last two:

(ae Shei Sie » le Y There is no doubt that the
Arabs won.
‫كل‬3 ‫ ال كش نم‬There is no doubt about that.‫‏‬
‫ا‬ ‫ لوصو برعلا © دلو‬The arrival of the Arabs with-‫‏‬

ai 64 out doubt saved the besieged.
‎‫صرين‬
So ‎‫رس‬ ٠
oo) ‎‫ نقاوسهم‬ol oa 3 ‫ال‬‎ We must definitely resist them.
ene‘ hy Yo « ‫ميلعتلا‬‎en The spread of education will

wz, lead, inevitably, to the raising
‎‫ مستوى العيشة‬5 ‫ يودى إل‬fo eht dradnats fo efil ni eht
Middle East.
Peay re)=a) 3
(j) After ‫الإ‬‎(see Chapter Fifty-one).
(k) When the Noun after the Vocative Particle (4) is

defined by a Genitive, e.g.
oN 3 ‫اي‬‎ 0 Abu Bakr!; engl fa ‫اي‬‎ © Prince of the

. 3 Believers (Caliph)!
DS See SOO
(1) With ‫ةعم‬‎ ‫ لوعفملا‬, a comparatively rare construction in

which the Accusative is used to mean “with”, “by”, or
‘during’, e.g.
ob a) Seen eee:
‎‫والئيل‬ ‫ سرت‬I dellevart gnola eht .eliN

- 0% > ‫وود‬‎ ‫د‬
‎‫ سافرت والليل‬I dellevart gnirud eht .thgin
4 Be ysonyins
ally 6}3) 1 Zaid travelled along with his brother.
This usage is rather antique, it is found in poetry and the
Quran, and is not recommended to the student for general
use.
(m) For any Adjective governing an Accusative Noun, or

any Noun in ‫م‬‎ to another Accusative Noun, e.g.
=z=70- 9
‫ |المج‬be, esl I saw a beautiful scene.‫‏‬
2 ‎‫م سدا و‬
‫ رايت‬I was a noil dna .tnahpele
(n) In certain Exclamations, the usual explanation being

S10
that there is a suppressed verb (9 dss), e.g.

=-0-
‫ كب‬l=, welcome to you‫ )كب ‏‬Lai understood).‫‏‬
Gas slowly! ala understood).
‎‫! والنحاة النجاة‬epacse !epacse

The ‎‫ و‬here, sometimes written with ’alif ‫او‬‎ introduces
several such expressions. Sometimes ol is added to the noun:
- ‎‫دوم‬ --o-
Giants woe! alas! (lit. sigh). Note also ‫كليو‬‎ » ‫كبيو » كحبنو‬
woe to you!
4. The Genitive (ge) is used:
(a) For ‫ةفاضإ‬‎ that is, after a Noun (see Chapters Seven
and Eight).
(b) After a Preposition ee

aniga‫رح‬‎ see Chapter Four) Arabic
grammarians say that the ‫ةفاضا‬‎ has the force of one of
the Prepositions, and indeed it may be replaced by this
construction, e.g. 2 ‫بوث‬‎ or ‫ريرح‬‎ ‫ تك نم‬a garment of silk;

07000) Des
‫ ةالص برغملا‬or‫ دنع برغلا ‏‬hell the prayer of sunset;‫‏‬

Dy EE Nes mae
SL! ‎‫ قصر دمششق‬ro yahs MAS( iaj eht layor ecalap ni
Damascus.
(c) For Adjectives agreeing with, or Nouns in apposition to,

other Genitive Nouns.
(d) In the following common constructions:
(i) After is each, every, all. f0oe every day; ‫دحاو‬‎ a every
one; ‎‫ المدينة‬3 the whole city; ‫سانلا‬‎ i 1 ‫مي‬‎ ‫الار‬

all the people.
(ii) ‫عيمج‬and i which may replace §; e.g. pals

“At‫ جنيع‏‬or‫‏‬
‫ ةفاك نيملسملا‬all the Muslims.‫‏‬

S20 ie ‫دوو‬‎
(iii) ‎‫ بعض‬some, or one of, e.g. ‫ءارعشلا‬‎ ‫ ضعب‬one of the poets,
a certain poet, some poets; ‫ضعب‬‎ ‫ لاق‬someone said;

2 207
‫ ماعطلا رو قابلا‬ws 1< I ate some of the food‫‏‬

and left the rest.
(iv) Ate likeness. This is used where the Pie) would

or ‎
>‫ه‬=
have “like” or “as”, but is a noun, e.g. ‫ديز‬‎ Jee ‫نمسح‬‎
Hassan is like Zaid; 457 0 or bk. Hassan was like

2-0 ‫ردو‬‎ - َ‫ه‬ or - 08
Zaid; ‎‫= واعطيت مثله‬ ‫ اعطى‬eh evag a dnuop dna 1
gave the same.
G56
‫ لثب‬forms the Plural Jel, but it has no Feminine,‫‏‬
e.g.
of -
” ‫ ال‬do not listen to men like‫‏‬

‫عمتسا ىلإ اثما‬
‫مهلاثم‬
2 them we “their like-
nesses”
go- - 08 2
salle Abe353: ‫ال‬‎do not visit women like

them.
-- - 90 & -0- .‫مورو‬‎ GO
‎‫احثرامنا‬ ‫تسق‬ rA ‎‫بنت‬ a lrig ekil reh seod ton
j 7 7# 7 merit our respect.
(v) ‎‫ سوى‬properly “another”, means also “except”. It is

a noun, e.g.
‫ كاوس‬Jee Sie I passed by a man other‫‏‬
than you.‫‏‬
‫ كاوس‬as‫ نكل ‏‬Sheil eas I expected you but some-‫‏‬

one else came.
pol ‎‫ سوى‬err‎‫ كنت بارعاف كل‬1 saw trepxe ni yreve

subject except science.
So-
(vi) x»*, also a Noun, means “another”, but often corres-
‎‫ره‬ zi
ponds to the prefixes non-, un-, im-, etc., e.g. oe ‫ريغ‬‎

‘impossible’. It cannot form the Feminine or Plural,
<5
Jub ‎‫ صالح‬1 SES ‫اذه‬‎ “his hook Gs tumenicble
a for children.
Oe ORF as ‫ردو‬‎ ‫لوا‬ ‫و‬
‫ اهريغ‬Gel‫توعد هتخا نكل ‏‬ 1 invited his sister but‫‏‬

someone else came (fem.).‫‏‬
IK ob 3 Lb Sal)|, I saw people who were
not the inhabitants of
Mecca.
(vii) OWT “both”, normally used without nunation with a
following Genitive, e.g. ii ‫را‬‎‫ ا الك‬both men came;
‎‫ رايت كلا الرحلن‬I was htob eht ;nem ielc‎‫ بكلا‬eyn
I passed by both the ee Its Feminine is OK 5 C:Be
‫ تملكتانك نيتنبلا‬both the girls spoke;‫‏‬
‫ انيقلانك نيتنبلا‬we met both the girls.‫‏‬

When the following Genitive is an attached Pronoun,‫‏‬
and only then, the forms 5 masc. and 0 fem. are
used in the Accusative and ERS eg. La” es

both of them came; ‫امهيلك‬‎co ‫ار‬‎ I saw both of them;
- o-
‫ رمتر امهيلكب‬I passed both “of them.‫‏‬
(viii) = “many a’’ is followed by an Indefinite Noun, e.g.

yr fo
‫رك رجن كم قابلت‬ many a noble man have

I met.
‫د‬ ‫دنى‬-
‫و‬6‫ص‬0
‫ رب جندى مات فىتلك المعركة‬many a soldier died in

‫وده‬ as
that battle.
- ‫رس‬
Note that ‫امبر‬‎ eres “perhaps” and is followed by a

- -io
verbal sentence, e.g. oe lay perhaps he will come.
VOCABULARY
- 06
Gib (2.)to wander, go round ‎‫ ادرى‬IV to inform
aie
‎‫ خراج‬poll-tax ‫ ةاروتلا‬the Pentateuch, Torah‫‏‬
5 an (loosely, the Old Testament)‫‏‬
‎‫ نقاش‬engraver, painter, sculp-
tor ‫ (~) ىف‬to perish, come to an‫‏‬
end‫‏‬
sli blacksmith, ironworker
el the (fixed) term of one’s
2) fo pl. eles! mill life
‫( نحط‬L) to grind, mill‫‏‬ ‫ باعت‬pl. ae handle‫‏‬
tsipreviously (in adocument es the navel

=‘‘above’’,
59 «66
aforesaid’’) 25 (= (‫ٌحورطم‬‎ prostrate,
-0f00 ‎‫ر‬
‫ رابحالا‬ass Ka‘b al-’Ahbar,‫‏‬ thrown on the ground,
lying on the ground
name of a Jewish divine - a --
(Ex. 87) ‎‫ توعد‬V to threaten, warn

g- :-
5>
‫ سح‬a site] a Jewish divine‫‏‬ ‫ خنجر‬pl.‫ خحناجر‏‬dagger‫‏‬
‫ (=) ىرد‬to know‫‏‬ al what (Ex. 87)‫‏‬

‫‪The Death of the Second‬‬ ‫‪Caliph, ‘Umar ibn al- Khattab.‬‬

‫)‪(From the Annals of at-Tabari, 838-923 A.D.‬‬
‫خرج عمر بن ‪LEG‬‏ ‪ yb‬يطوف فى السوق فلقية أبو‪)sia‬‏« وكان‬

‫اًجارخ ‪ً.‬ريثك لاق ‪ :‬مكو‬
‫نينمؤملا‏‪OL‬ىلع‬
‫‏‪ «Gl pal‬لاقف ‪ :‬ايريمأ‬
‫خراجك؟ قال ‪ :‬درهان فى كل يوم» وقال ‪ :‬أيش رك شىء)‬
‫عرى‬ ‫صناعتك؟ قال ‪ +‬نجار ‪siG‬‏ وحدّاد‪ .‬قال (عمر)‪:‬‬
‫‏‪ dale‬بكثير على ‪)ot‬‏ (‪ gnidrocca‬ما ‪lac‬‏ ‪ eb‬الأعمال‪ .‬قد بلغني‬
‫‏‪ afl‬تقول ‪ :‬لو ‪lyS‬‏ ان اعمل رحى تطحن بالريج ‪shc‬‏ قال ‪:‬‬
‫نعم‪ .‬قال ‪ :‬فاعمل لى رحى‪ .‬قال‪sB‬‏ سلمت لأعملن لك رحى‬
‫‪a‬‏ صم‬ ‫>‬
‫ي>ن‬
‫فقال‬ ‫عنه ‪.‬‬ ‫ثم ا‬ ‫بالمشرق والمغرب ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫مها (عنمها ‪no‬‏‬ ‫درت‬
‫‪22‬م‬ ‫‏‪Ons‬‬
‫‪yo‬‏ ‪ ee 5‬الأحار شال ‪.iag‬‏‬ ‫اهار مون‬

‫‪:‬ه‬
‫قال ‪٠‬‏‪laS‬حد‬ ‫قال ُ وما يدريك ©‬ ‫أيام‪.‬‬ ‫ق ‪So‬‏‬ ‫‪na‬‏ ‪ea‬‬ ‫المؤمنين‬
‫‏‪ alec‬التؤواة‪ .‬قال ‪esv‬‏ الله‪)!doG‬‏ (‪ )a raef‬لتجدٌعمربن‬
‫‏‪ CLL‬فى التوراة؟ قال ‪ :‬لا ولكثى ‪leJ‬‏صفتك وذ فك ‪TUG‬‏‬

‫‪las‬‏‬ ‫‪ ylS‬ال ينا‪bO‬‏ ‪ liat‬اه سب فال‬ ‫‪aG‬ع‬
‫‪y‬‏‬
‫المؤمنين » ذهب يوم وبقى يومان‪ .‬ثم جاءه من غد الغدء فقال ‪:‬‬
‫‪lla‬‏‬ ‫ذهب يومان ويقى يوم ‪ydU‬‏ فلما‪FO‬‏ ‪ eo !a‬ا‬
‫‏‪ee doce eee‬راك ىف ليم صبح هل »ناسأر هباصن ىف‬
‫ورور‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‏‪yr‬‬
‫‏‬,eAB ‫ كيك سرتة‬te ‫‏‬eeleP ‫وك لل‬

‫‏ فلمًا وجد‬SA ‫‏ وكان‬NS ‫بن اأبلىبكير‬ ‫ وقتل مع‬as‫‏‬
‫يهب‬
‫‏ بن عوف؟‬elO ‫ أى الناس عبد‬: ‫عمر حر السلاح' سقط وقال‬
: ‫ قال‬ereht(. eh ,si tah‫‏‬sti ‫‏ هو ذا (عط‬lliuq« ‫‏ نعم يا امير‬٠ ‫قالوا‬
0 ‫‏‬be ‫ فصل بالنامل ساقم ع كد والرغاف بين عرف فمرعدر‬pais‫‏‬

ee jal‫‏‬
EXERCISE 88
No translation from English to Arabic is given here. Instead,
it is recommended that the student re-read the passage in the
previous exercise, noting the various grammatical and
syntactical features, and then REWRITE THE WHOLE
PASSAGE WITH FULL VOWELLING AND ORTHO-
GRAPHICAL SIGNS.
The following points should help the student:
‎‫ كم خراجك‬yllacitammarG ‎‫ كم‬si eht ,etaciderP dna si dias

5 ‫ردت‬
to be ‫مدقم‬‎ “brought forward”. ‫كجارخ‬‎ is the subject of this
nominal sentence.
WS dels ‫قرا‬‎ ‫ ام‬Verbs of thought and estimation are
doubly transitive. The first object of ‫ىرا‬‎ here is ‫كجارخ‬‎ .The
second, which should have been us, is replaced by a
genitive after a preposition (~).
set ‎‫ كلمت‬oJ The ‫ل‬‎ before ‫نإ‬‎ adds nothing to the

meaning. This is a conditional, and the apodosis has the
Energetic form of the Jussive for stress.
a ‎‫ إنك‬Here ‎‫ ميت‬which resembles the Active Participle

ie
‎‫“ مانت‬dying”; in meaning, is used with a future sense.
‫ دق ىف كلجأ‬ail‫‏‬
‫ و‬The pronoun 5 after ol refers to nothing‫‏‬
previously mentioned, as would normally be the case. It is‫‏‬
a Neutral Pronoun, not translated, which merely serves to‫‏‬
satisfy the grammatical requirement of an Accusative after‫‏‬
Ol.
‫حون‬
‫ نم دغ دغلا‬On the day after the following day, i.e. two‫‏‬

days later.‫‏‬
s- 07
‫هدي رجنخ‬ ‫ ف‬A nominal Hal sentence referring to 54J5)‫ابو ‏‬.

G---
‫ ادحإ نه‬The Feminine‫ ىدحإ ‏‬refers to‫“ ةبرض ‏‬a blow’. oa is‫‏‬
Feminine Plural, according to antique usage, oe to‫‏‬
‫ضربات‬. nredoM cibarA dluow yllamron ‫‏‬evah ‫ إحداها‬:
yrre
‫ هراد‬gai The Verb jesl is doubly transitive, e.g.‫‏‬

yr > ‫دعو‬‎
‫ رمع هراد‬gail “the took ‘Umar into his house”. When the‫‏‬
Verb is Passive the first Object takes the place of the Subject,‫‏‬
but the second Object‫ راد ‏‬still remains in the Accusative. In‫‏‬
either case we could write ‫هراذ‬‎ ‫ ق‬as an alternative.
--
CHAPTER FORTY- sae
‫‏‬ymo( ‫لكك السادس‬
The Permutative
‎)‫ البدل‬the substitution)
1. The Permutative must follow immediately the word for
which it is substituted (42+ .(‫لدبملا‬‎
There are four kinds of substitution:
(a) The substitution of the whole for the whole
(GST ‫نم‬‎JST Jas) i.e. where the Permutative is exactly
equivalent to the word for which it is substituted, e.g.
- 396 90--- -
‎‫ اخوك‬42} ele Zaid, thy brother came.
‎‫فده‬ ‫< فده ده‬ - 00-
‫ مهوارغصو‬wast‫موق ةنيادملا‏‬Gel the people of the city,‫‏‬
the great and the small, came to me.‫‏‬
(b) The part is substituted for the whole ‫)ضعبلا‬‎ ‫لد‬
‫& (من الكل‬8.
--00 ‫>سور‬- ‫ءءء‬
‫ قبله اليد‬ssik mih eht ,dnah .e.i ssik sih ‫;‏‬dnah ‫اكل الرغغييفة‬
‫ ةفصن‬he ae the loaf, half of it, i.e. he ate the half of “he loaf.‫‏‬
(c) A possession or quality is substituted for the name

es 5 > - 2
)‫ذ بدل الأشتمال‬.e.i evitatumreP fo ,)noisulcni ‫‏‬.g.e ‫ زيد ثوبه‬Se!‫‏‬

Zaid, his garment pleased me, i.e. Zaid’s garment pleased
IO) Ss ON KI RO! ee
me; ‎‫ مدحت زيدا حسنه‬I desiarp ,diaZ sih ,ytuaeb.e.i I desiarp

Zaid’s beauty.
--00 9--
(d) A word is used to correct the WIE one ‫)طلغلا‬‎ ‫لدب‬
20-7
the Permutative of error), e.g. uw"
1 ‫بلكي‬‎‫ تررم‬1 passed by a
dog (no, I mean) a horse. This usage is very rare.
405
PRONOUNS. EMPHASIS
2. The Personal Pronoun ((‫ريمض‬‎ may be either Separate

or Attached.
The Separate Pronoun is always Nominative, except
when used for stress in apposition to a Noun or an Attached
-é ---
Pronoun, e.g. ‫انا‬‎ ‫ ىبرض‬he struck me (accus.).
esl‎‫ كارت بك‬I dessap yb uoy .).neg(

- 56>
But the Emphasis is more often achieved by the use 05 ‫سفن‬‎

G ‎‫ود‬
pl. ‎‫ انفس‬meaning ‘“‘myself’’, “yourself”, etc., e.g.
HCC 4 IW" 200 >
Aan ‎‫ام الكتاب‬2
‫المع‬ eht rehcaet etorw eht koob .flesmih
‫وم‬ “602 009330-
i ‎‫ كلمتهم‬I spoke to them themselves.

Occasionally, this word is placed in the Genitive after w,‫ب‬‎ e.g.
2 S05) SOK, = Sa
‫ ديز هسفن‬Or‫ ديز هسفنب ‏‬Zaid himself.‫‏‬

Used "1 000 less ‫لا‬‎ and ay things
rather than people generally, is ae (pl. (‫نيعأ‬‎ e.g. ane rl
the matter itself.
The Reflexive Pronoun in the Accusative is also expressed
by these three words with pronominal suffixes, e.g.
72 ‫ده‬
‫‏‬oe ‫ قعل‬:‫اللنعط‬ 1
If the Pronoun depends on a ‫د‬‎ it is enough to use
the Pegpomingk suffix, e.g.
-&
(NOT ‎‫نفسى‬J) kes J ‫تذخأ‬‎ 1 took something for myself.
It should be noted that ‫سفن‬‎ and ‫نيع‬‎ may be used as indepen-
eke ‎‫در‬
dent Nouns with a following Genitive, e.g. ‫لج‬‎‫ را‬oe ‫تلباق‬‎
I met the same man (for ws yen or ‫هل‬‎ ‫كحل‬

-0- witetsGee
a ayde ‫نيع‬‎ ‫ىناطغأ‬She gave me the self-same present as my

father.
S 62 §) 99
Note: When ‫سعت‬‎ means “soul”, it takes the Plural (94) and is
Feminine.
THE PERMUTATIVE 407
3. The Attached Pronoun may be either Accusative or

Genitive, but not Nominative. It may be attached to the
form ‎‫ إيا‬to form a Detached Accusative Pronoun as follows:
& ‫اع‬
3. Mase. ‫هايإ‬‎him. ‫ع‬2‎ ply them

a FA ‫امه‬‎ ‫ ايإ‬them both ao 5
3. Fem. ki her. 3 ‫نهايإ‬‎ ‫ىو‬
2. Masc. SG you. pret ‫مكايإ‬‎ you.

a ‫امكايإ‬‎ you both ae.
2. Fem. Su! ‫وو‬‎ 3 eo ul ”
1 ‫ىايإ‬‎ me. GLI us.

It is used as follows:
(a) To carry the Object of a singly transitive Verb. In this

case, stress is implied, and this may be further heightened by
ee. 003‫ا‬‎ order and putting the Object first, e.g.
ecg ed
‫ كايإو نيعتسن‬6 Sul Thee do we worship and Thee do we‫‏‬

ask for help (Qur’4n I).‫‏‬
(b) To carry the second Object of a doubly transitive
Verb, when that Object is a Pronoun, e.g.
(‫ قاطعاهأيإ )اهايإ‬he gave me it.‫‏‬
But ‎‫ أعطانيه‬is equally common. Nevertheless, when a doubly

transitive Verb has a Noun as first ‫د‬‎ and a Pronoun as
‫مداع‬
the second, the second must have UI, e.g. stl ‫م‬‎ el
he gave it to Hassan. ‫موا‬‎ if both Objects are Pronouns,
the second must have |!‫د‬‎if it is not of a later person than the
first:
2 “oF
Lc; ‫كيناطعا‬‎ he gave me you.
8 :
ajlecl he gave me it.
Se i0e
‫ ةكاطعأ‬he gave you
j it.‫‏‬
3
\ Stes! he gave you me.

G) steel he gave him you.
5-7708
‫ هاطعاهايإ‬he gave him it.‫‏‬

(c) It is ale used independently as a warning, e.g.
‫ كاي‬take care};‫ كايإ راثلاو ‏‬be careful of the fire.‫‏‬
4. If the Conjunctions », ,‫ف‬‎ “and”, “so” and J “verily”

are prefixed to the Pronouns ‫ره‬‎ and ey the ‫ه‬‎ usually loses
-o- -y- aids
its vowel, e.g. ‫وهو‬‎ for 5% 9; (3 for sti.
5. The first Person Singular attached Pronoun ¢ is often
omitted and replaced by a kasra in cries and commands,

chiefly in the Quran, e.g. aj for ‫ير‬‎my Lord!
‫ نقتا‬for gil fear me!‫‏‬

53
6. The attached Pronoun 4 is often used after ol and its

sisters in a vague general sense, referring to a whole sentence
or the general situation. This is merely a device to provide
an Accusative after the Particle, since the Arabs like to use
this particle. It is termed ‫ناشلا‬‎ ,‫ يمض‬eg.
a-- 208 -o ---
‫ رهظ دئاقلل هنا ال رفم‬it appeared to the general that‫‏‬
‫نم ةبراحملا‬
5--- - there was no escape from fighting.‫‏‬
a‫‏‬
Here the sentence after ‫نأ‬‎ is introduced by the ‫ال‬‎ of Denial
of the Species, which does not therefore provide a Noun to
serve as Accusative after Ol. An alternative way of writing
a-- - ‫م‬‎
this, though less idiomatic, would be . . ‫رفم‬.‎ ‫ ال‬Ol...

7. The Reciprocal Pronoun “‘one another”’ is SJE by
05- = 0- > ‫ضوخو‬ -0-
‫د‬
the use 08 ‫ضعب‬‎ ‘‘one, some’, e. g. ‫اضعب‬‎ ‫ اندعاس ائضعب‬ag we have

helped one another (or gael (‫انضعي‬‎
THE PERMUTATIVE 409
With Prepositions the ‫ضعب‬‎ is often not repeated, e.g.
5 OFS TOLLS -- --
‎‫ دنا العساكر من بعضهم‬eht sreidlos dehcaorppa eno .rehtona
VOCABULARY
o-e
‫) مغر‬2( to dislike‫‏‬ ‫ فلتسا‬VIII to borrow‫‏‬

oor > ‫وم‬
‫ع‬
,‫ مغرا مغر‬IV to compel‫‏‬ asl VIII to pay attention

)‫ اقم ين رآن‬de:‫‏‬ on climate, weather
(‫ مغرلاب نم )نأ‬despite, in‫‏‬ es) (2_) to refuse, reject
spite of Ge fact that)‫‏‬
$- 6
ome II to surprise
‫ةف‬ig pl. =be profession, trade‫‏‬ ‫مه‬ ‫وم‬
‫ ادهش‬71 ” ”
old youth (abstract)

‫ اسةماين‬382, ‫( دهش‬2)
‎‫( للها‬rz) to play : to be surprised by‫‏‬
Oise pl. ‫ىراكس‬‎ drunk

‫و‬ ‫مه‬
aya Childhood
sluggishness; failure
‫ مفاس‬bankrupt‫‏‬
(mod.)
‫تالف‬6 qualifications (mod.)‫‏‬ ol IV to go bankrupt
-
5
teas advice ‫إفلاشس‬bankruptcy‫‏‬
EXERCISE 89
5 Gras’) Sines ee
» ‫‏ الصحيح‬llo ‫‏ له‬ehl ‫( لكنه لا‬Intermediate)‫‏‬ ‫التعوسطة‬
SRey ‫‏‬hgs ‫‏ل‬eeN ‫‏ ار‬NO ‫ من عمرة‬,‫وهو بلغالستين‬

‫ تقلا تالاقبو دئارجلا‬gt fue eh‫ ا تي ‏‬oae Gu‫‏‬
‫ م يحقق أمال ابويه‬lia“ ‫‏‬enoF ‫« وقال لى بنفسه ) وهو‬dual‫‏‬
‫هيملعمو » هناو نزح اًريثك ‪,‬نم ‪‎‬هلشف ‪ of eM dl‬دانعأ ‪‎‬هيلا ‪.‬‬

‫‪oe‬‬ ‫ار ا الا ‪‎‬لع‬ ‫‪ Lawes‬ذه (‪ )1‬ا‬
‫موهلاتهم البالغةء بل‪ yaL ‎‬أعطيناهم نصيحة صالحة مُفيدة ولم‪‎‬‬
‫يستمعوا إليها‪. ‎‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ات اذهب‪ ylS daG ‎‬بالكتاب‪' UC ‎‬استلفته من المكتبة أول‪‎‬‬
‫‪dS‬‬ ‫‪ a ay‬و مر ‪‎‬را ‪SPS‬‬
‫‪‎‬نيرحبلا )‪ iessal (Bahrain‬هنم ق »ًايروس ‪)‎‬كلذو ‪ ALE Vg‬يزيد‪‎‬‬
‫‪ eyd‬اماه فى تيك الدزيرة‪ ehW golS ‎.‬قصيرة ولا بد ‪.‬من‪‎‬‬

‫الا فى‪‎‬‬ ‫فلنقم باعمال يرضى‪ eG ‎‬لد لو‬ ‫الموت فى‪yc ‎‬‬
‫وار‬ ‫>>‬
‫‪ leak” Sodding‬نت تيدانيتوز نيمداخ‬ ‫‪ane‬‬ ‫‏‪Nall‬‬

‫غيرهما‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ 0‬لك نه اللي اتصرت حد وصوك الاسين‬ ‫‪<-‬‬
‫را ‏‪ AT‬فاعطدى ‏‪. pd coll‬اوهجر مويلا‪.‬ى ‏‪ DEM‬نيغب‬ ‫‏‪y‬‬
‫‪ (lee 01‬الشارع ‏‪akin ass‬‬ ‫الطلب ‏‪eas‬‬
‫‏)‪ (traffic‬ةريثك » تحصف ‪ :‬كلاي تابرعلاو ! وهف لعج ىرجي‬
‫‏‪Rete‬‬ ‫ملا ء ‪ -‬تشهد نم ‏‪ ae‬كل‬ ‫‏‪Cie‬‬
‫‪ lied‬م اننا انضعب ضعبلا ‏‪Bhs‬‬ ‫ان ‏‪ee‬‬
‫‏‪ le oll‬نهو نم ةلفاق ةفقاو تحت‬ ‫كريت‬ ‫‪as,‬‬ ‫‏‪ee‬‬
‫الأشجار‪.‬‬
THE PERMUTATIVE 411
EXERCISE 90
1. Despite what the unbelievers say, the souls of the right-

eous are in the hands of God. 2. I was surprised that there
was nothing in the cupboard after the party. There is no
doubt that the servants have eaten all that remained. But
what can I do? This is a general custom among the servants
of government officials, and it is inevitable (.. ‫د‬‎ salt
go to the palace to present my petition in the morning, they
say “The king is still sleeping’’; if I go in the afternoon, they
say he is out hunting; and if I go in the evening, they say he
is receiving guests from among the ambassadors and other
important foreigners. There is no benefit from this type of
rule. 4. He surprised me, because he was reading weighty
volumes, and he was still in his youth. 5. Him I praise, but
you I ask for help, because you have been my friend since
childhood. 6. I refused to visit him, saying that the weather
was bad, but he was too intelligent to believe me. The real
reason was that he had refused to take my advice. 7. His
qualifications were not adequate (sufficient) for a profession
of this sort (use .(‫لثم‬‎ We were both in the same class in
school, and the teacher expected great things of both of us.
But he used to play while I worked, and he rarely paid
attention to what the teacher said in lessons. You may (‫)دق‬‎
say: ‘“‘Many a man has succeeded in life without great
qualifications”. But how many have succeeded without»
work? 8. How much money did you lend him? I saw him
drunk five minutes ago, yet he is bankrupt. 9. They spoke to
one another, and after a short time had elapsed they were
fighting each other. 10. I passed you walking with my sister
last night. Does my father know, and is it your intention to
propose to her? I fear very much that there is no hope for you.
My father will certainly refuse to marry her to you, because
a poor man like you cannot give her the things she is used to.
My advice to you is to work hard to become rich, perhaps
you will then gain me father’s consent (‫)ةقفاوم‬‎ to the
marriage.
CHAPTER FORTY-SEVEN
‎)‫(ألباب السابع والأربعون‬

Particles. Prepositions
1. The Arab grammarians call the Particle 5‘es oor Bes
(which also means “‘letter”). They are used in place of what
we should call Prepositions, Conjunctions and Interjections,
and, sometimes, Adverbs.
2. The Preposition is called oa oR‫رح‬‎ ,the word governed

5. 207
by a preposition is )9)=, and the preposition with its noun is

SLO O79 3 02
‫الخار والمجرور‬.
3. Prepositions are: A. Inseparable, consisting of one letter

always attached to the following word; B. Separate, which
stand alone and are either true particles or nouns in the
Accusative.
A. INSEPARABLE PREPOSITIONS
(1) ~ “in, by, with” etc.
Verbs denoting ‘‘to adhere’, “attach’’, “‘seize’”’, ‘“begin’”’,
E--
are construed with ~ e.g. ‫قلع‬‎ ' ‘to hang on’, ‫ادب‬‎ “‘to begin
with”.
“To believe in” is ‫ب‬‎ ,‫ نمأ‬eg. aut ‫ثنمأ‬‎ I believe in God.

” ‫صم‬
‫‏ عدت‬rO ‫د‬ 6 <2
“To swear by” is ‫ب‬‎ ,‫ مسقا‬e.g. 3 ‫تمسقأ‬‎ 1 swear by my

head. Sometimes the verb is omitted.
After 13!“See! Behold!” ‫ب‬‎ is used Loe the noun alone in

the Nom. ‫ا‬‎ be used), e. 2. al '‫لق‬‎‫لجرب‬By Behold a man
came (or Aes 151).
412
PARTICLES. PREPOSITIONS 413
In negative sentences if the predicate is a noun, ‫ب‬‎ is often,

prefixed to it, e.g.
- ‎‫وم‬ -o-
we ‎‫ليس هو‬ ehsi ton a redir ro( yL )2
celles 0 ig they are not aware (or ‫نوملاع‬‎ ‫ام( مه‬

‫عام‬
Many intransitive verbs of Boe become transitive when

they are followed by ‫بر‬‎ e.g. ‫ٍءىشب‬‎ 5 he came with a thing,
i.e. he brought it. (hie ‫ب‬‎ is called ‫ةيدعتلا‬‎al),
- 0& 2
Norte: The expression ‫تنأ‬‎ ‫ ىباب‬means “at the price of my father
thou art to be redeemed”’, i.e. “thou art so dear to me, that I would
- 000 ‫و‬‎ >
redeem thee at the price of my father’’. (This is called ‫ةيدفتلا‬‎ cb,
the ba’ of redemption.)
Prepositions are sometimes described by the Arabs as being
2 4)
interchangeable (‫)ةلدابتم‬‎ and this is true in some instances.

Thus, while geographically we more often use ~ of a town
or village (O44 “in London’’) and ‫ىف‬‎ of an area or country
‎)‫ فى فرنسا‬ni“ ‎‫ العم‬ew osla dnif ‎‫ فى لندن‬ee ‎‫فرنسا‬.‫ب‬
(2) and (3) and ‫و‬‎ “by” in an oath, e.g. a and ails“by
God”’. (e occurs only in this expression, “and is rare and
antique — not to be used by students.) If, however, a verb is
used in the oath, ~ must be used.
(4) ‎‫“ ل‬for, to, because of”.

‫ ل‬is used to express the Dative and denotes possession‫‏‬
==( have”),‫‏‬
As a Conjunction (with the Subjunctive of the verb) it
denotes “‘in order that, so that’.
It denotes the English ,2‫"ه‬‎ when it follows an indeter-
minate noun, e.g. ‫ديزل‬‎ ‫ ٌباتك‬a book of (belonging to) Zaid;
3 ‎‫صاحب‬a friend of me, i.e. one of my friends.

-
It is used especially for the editor of a book, e.g.
‫ رمصق ءانالا ٌيبلعشلل‬The Stories of the Prophets of (i.e.‫‏‬

written by) Tha ¢labi. :‫‏‬
J also denotes “for the benefit of” (opposite of (‫ىلع‬‎ and so
denotes a creditor (‫ىلع‬‎the debtor), e.g.
‫ود‬ =,
pe ‎‫لى عليك الف‬ uoy ewo em a dnasuoht .smahrid
It is also used to denote the Purpose and the Cause, e.g.

‫م‬ Ae IO, DOS‫‏‬
asgli ‫تمق‬‎ I rose to help him.
‫لهذًا‬
_ ‫ < رج‬for this reason, therefore‫‏‬
NA‫‏‬
Note 1: ‫ل‬‎ ‫“ لاق‬to say to” often means, especially in the Passive, ‘‘to
call, name’, e.g. ‫هل‬‎ (‫ طع ليق )لاقي‬was (is) called.
Nore 2: ‫ل‬‎ is changed to ‫ل‬‎ before Pronominal suffixes (except with

5 “‫ما‬‎ 1
the 1st Person), e.g. J, ‫اهل‬‎ etc. It is also changed to ‫ل‬‎ after the
--o- - ‫ندم‬‎
particle of address Us e.g. vel ‫اي‬‎ “O wonder”, ‫ديزل‬‎‫“ اي‬O Zaid!”

(i.e. come and help O Zaid!).
(5) 4j“as, like’’ is usually counted among the prepositions,

o--
although it is really a noun meaning “‘similarity’’, e.g. oe

‫دي‬‎
like Zaid.
It is not used with Pronominal suffixes.
B. SEPARATE PREPOSITIONS
(1) ‫ىلإ‬‎ “to, unto, until”.
Is nearly related in meaning to J and serves to express
motion towards a place, e.g.
‫ىلإ ةييدملا‬a he came to the city.‫‏‬
- -
PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS 415
In relation to time it expresses continuance up to a certain

point of time, e.g.
‫ نمالاءادتب ىلإ ءاهتنالا‬from beginning to end.‫‏‬
Notice pear 3ea) ‫ىلإ‬‎(abbreviated (‫خلا‬‎ “and so forth”,
“et cetera” an
o- a-
With suffixes: ‫هيلإ‬‎ “to him”, ‫ىلإ‬‎ “to me’, etc.
(2) ‎‫“ حتى‬up to, as far as”.

Is not used with suffixes.
It is sometimes used to mean ‘“‘even’”’ and then exercises
no influence on the case of the following word, e.g.
‫‏‬-$-e ‫ده‬ ‫هاعد‬
‫ ىتح اهسار‬5s lh‫ اك ‏‬1 ‫ ع‬fish, even its head.‫‏‬
(3) ‎‫“ على‬over, on, against”.

ae a--
With suffixes: ‫هيلع‬‎ “‘on him”; “on me’”’ etc.
Used of place. 3 ‫رطلآ‬‎‫ ىلع‬on the way.

PLS hg -
‫ ىلع املاةدث‬ee he sat at table.‫‏‬

o- -- 6- -
‫ ةئيدم ىلع رهن‬a city ona river.‫‏‬

Notice specially:
autde ‫جرفت‬‎ to look (with pleasure) at a thing.
0 ae ctl to examine into a thing.

5 ‫ىلع‬‎ ‫فلو‬
‫ددن‬
‫( هيلع‬or eal) tt he fainted (lit. it was, made dark upon‫‏‬

him).
las‎‫ السلام‬Peace be on yom! (the greeting of Moslems to
‫او‬ ‫رةه‬ ‫ماع وا‬ ‫عع‬
eno ,rehtona eht rewsna ‫‏‬gnieb‫(وعليكم السلام‬.

‫ه‬-- ‫وص بل‬-‫ة‬-
‫ ةمحر هللا ديِلَع‬God’s mercy be upon him.‫‏‬
‫م‬ ‫دي‬ ‫مو‬ ‫م يلو‬
‫ هللا هيلع ملسو‬0 God give him blessing and peace.‫‏‬
Used in a hostile sense:

orc cee
alc ‎‫ خرج‬he went out (to war) against him.
So with verbs denoting anger:

cot! on ane NAY) ‫و‬‎
‫تبضغ كيلع‬ 1 was angry with thee.‫‏‬

Used with Adjectives:
a-- Ses 5 <i A
‎‫ ذلك صعب (سهل) على‬taht si oot drah )ysae( rof .em

ae o--
“To incite to” ‫ىلع‬‎ 2; “to induce to” ‫ىلع‬‎ ,‫ لمح‬e.g.

OFS SRO sm
eet ‫ىلع‬‎ ade I have induced him to (do) something.
‫ ىلع‬is also used to indicate that a burden, duty or debt lies‫‏‬

on one, e.g.‫‏‬
-o ae 5>
‎‫ فرض على إنسان‬a ytud tnebmucni no a .nam
‫ بجي ىلع نالف‬it is the duty of such and such a one.‫‏‬
‫ كيلع‬J‫ اذه ‏‬you owe me this (see A, 4(.‫‏‬
‫ ىلع‬0 a preference over.‫‏‬
Common expressions with ‫ىلع‬‎ are:

‫ ىلع‬ely according to.‫‏‬
of 3
‎‫ على ان‬no eht noitisoppus .taht
“0 00
‫ نكمإلا‬ys‫ىلع ‏‬
‫ ل‬so far as possible.‫‏‬
os “le bring him here to me.‫‏‬

Boe lit. on the head and eye)
owl|‫و‬‎ ‫سأرل‬
i ‫ا‬‎‫ لع‬ee
( s with pleasure.3
‎‫ ععليك‬ta I erujnoc eeht yb .doG
1%
Ree
(4) ‫نع‬‎ “from, about, concerning”’.
o- = a-
With suffixes: ‫هنع‬‎ “from him”, ‫ىنع‬‎ “from me”, Ls “from
us’’, etc. 0
Used of place=away from, and so is used with verbs
denoting “to flee’, ‘avoid’, ‘“‘restrain oneself”, “forbid”,
“hinder’’, “defend” (with many of these verbs ‫نم‬‎ can be
used), e.g. ١
(or i) ‫نع‬‎ ‫ عقم‬to prevent from...
- ‫وعدم‬
(or &) ‫نع‬‎ wea! to avoid...
OS oF ---
ect ‎‫ دافع عن شخص او‬ot dnefed enoemos ro .gnihtemos

It is ae used with verbs meaning to “uncover’’, ‘“‘reveal”’, 59 66
“open” and “‘ask’’, e.g.

0352 O05 Ree ee
‎‫ كشف عن شىء‬ot revocnu .gnihtemos

-o ‫‏‬FO ‫جره‬ ‫تو‬ 2 ‫دع‬
ecg ‎‫ سال عن شخص او‬ot ksa tuoba enoemos ro .gnihtemos
In the sense of the Latin de “concerning”’, e.g.

A am Oia
‫ نع ناميلس‬S it is told concerning Solomon.‫‏‬
To indicate the source of information, e.g.‫‏‬
eal ‎‫ عن‬SS it is told on the authority of ash--Shafiei.

Be,
It is sometimes used of time, e.g. ‫بيرق‬‎ ‫“ نع‬shortly, soon’.
Notice specially:
‎‫و‬ ‫لد‬ ‫ص‬ A
‫ ىضر هللا هنع‬May God be pleased with him.‫‏‬

O FaiF
‫ نع‬Shai apart from.‫‏‬
The following usages should also be noted:
(a) In signing a re ‫نع‬‎ means “for”, ‫“هرج‬‎ behalf of”,

- £00
e.g. ‎‫ عن مدير الاعمال‬rof eht rotceriD fo .skroW

-
(b) In asking leave of a host, one may say ‫كنذِإ‬‎ ‫“ نع‬by

your leave’’, “by your permission’.
(5) 3 “in”?
With suffixes: ‫هيف‬‎ in him, :in me, etc.

--
It expresses rest in place or time and answers the See

- Gwe,
“‘where?” and “‘when?”’, e.g. slat3 in the house, ‫ةئسسلا‬‎ ‫ هده‬3

--
in this year.
w 300 oe
Sometimes it expresses motion to a place, e.g. ‫بيلا‬‎ 3 ‫مقو‬

he fell into the cistern.
Peet
It also denotes “among’’, e.g. ‫انيف‬‎ ‫ نم‬who among us.
It is used with verbs of speaking and thinking:
3 ‎‫ تكلم‬to speak about...

---9
‫ ركتفا ىف‬to think over .‫‏‬

‫م‬ >
ms 3 Jl to consider something.
Also after the verbs of desiring: 3 ‫بغ‬‎») to wish for some-

thing; 3 ‫عمط‬‎to yearn after.
“To multiply by” is ‫ىف‬‎ bane e.g.

2210 e -- ee
‫ برضاب ةثالث ىف ةعبس‬multiply three by seven.‫‏‬
(6) CN, Sais ‫ادل‬‎ “with” (Latin “‘apud’’).

With suffixes JJ with him, gu with me etc.; #2. with
a--
him, ‎‫ لدى‬with me. Rarer than ee,

-
(7) ‎‫( مع‬rarely ‎‫ ؛ (مع‬,’htiw‘
With suffixes te with him, ‫ىغم‬‎with me, etc.

It denotes association in place or connection in time, e.g.

--
‫ راس ىعم‬he travelled with me.‫‏‬
‫ سمشلا‬eee‫ عم ‏‬dhe I came to you at sunrise.‫‏‬
It often means “to have something with one’, e.g.

G- > -
‫ ىعم ةعاس‬I have a watch with me.‫‏‬
It also translates the English “‘besides’’, e.g.
‎‫ غريبا‬Ree‎‫ مع‬besides his being a stranger.
Notice specially:
‫ عم كلذ‬in spite of that.‫‏‬
(or Ol) Ol‫ عم ‏‬in spite of the fact that, although.‫‏‬
)8( as “from”.‫‏‬
oe) a
With suffixes 4. from him, ‫انم‬‎ from us, etc.
Used of place (often interchangeable with Ss):
al ‎‫ خرج من‬eh tnew tuo morf eht .tnet
It is used with verbs denoting “‘to go out”, “to free’,

“to forbid”:
‎‫ام‬ ail ‎‫ أغوذ‬I take refuge in God (to free me)

from evil.
Used of time:
‎‫سرخا‬ > ‫مو‬ 4
‎‫ من الصباح إلى المساء‬morf gninrom ot .gnineve
Sometimes used (like (‫دنم‬‎ to mean

4 1 0 6
“since.
39
o--- ‎‫م‬
‫ نم نيتنس‬Le. two years ago.‫‏‬

It is also employed with verbs and nouns denoting near-

23111
ness, as ,‫اند‬‎ ‫ برق‬e.g.
wI-07 > IO
‫ تود نم ودعلا‬I approached the enemy.‫‏‬
a 5 cs
ls ‎‫ قريب‬near us.
- -
Noe specially:
Oe Gink
‫ عءىش‬ES‫ )كجعت(‏‬ct to wonder at something;‫‏‬
so with other ue offeeling:

--
‫ كت‬es to rejoice at .‫‏‬

6 Be 3907‫‏‬
‫ طوسيم نم‬pleased at...‫‏‬

o
The word “than” after a Comparative

‎‫م‬ is expressed
p by o
‫نمر‬‎
o- 02 -
e.g. AN! ‫نم‬‎ ‫ا‬ swifter than the dog.
“A certain” is often expressed by es preceded by a word

indefinite in the Sing. and followed by the same word
definite in the Plur., e.g.
ae -
‫ رجات نم راجتلا‬a certain merchant.‫‏‬
It is also used partitively (gaveill) followed by a definite

noun in the Plur. to indicate an indefinite number or quantity,
e.g.
‫هتايآ‬by‫مكارأ‏‬
‫ الفارا‬edt already shown you some of his‫‏‬
signs; and to indicate material, e.g.
‫م‬ 0
‫بشخ‬ 5 ‫ ىسرك‬a chair of wood.‫‏‬
It is very often used after ‫ام‬‎ to explain )(‫نييبتلل‬‎ what is

intended by the particle, e.g.
‫نسلاما‬
‫ ن‬Cus Os‫ ام ‏‬what was with me in the way of wealth,‫‏‬
i.e. the wealth, which I had.‫‏‬
‎‫ور‬ -‫صمن‬ > 2 390 = 5-5
‎‫ ما عملتموه بنامن المعروف‬tahw uoy evah enod ot su ni eht

way of kindness, ie. the kindness, which you have done us.
‫رود‬
(9) An, a “since” (for ‫وذ‬‎ és)

Is not used with suffixes.
It is ‫هلا‬‎ followed by the Nominative, e.g.
‫( يوم الأحد‬04) ‫‏‬sed ‫ رانك‬5 I
- ‎‫ع‬ ‫ص‬ = eio
have not seen you since

Sunday.
‫( موي دحألا‬ds) es‫ماعرايتك] ‏‬
B00 490- ‫دور‬‎ = 30 E- 2
NOUNS USED AS PREPOSITIONS

4. Of the Prepositions which are really nouns in the Accusative
fssb) the following are the most common:
(1) ‫مامأ‬‎“before, opposite’’ (of place):
pailFoul before, opposite the castle.
oll aul before the judge.
(2) os, “after” of time or rank (opposite of :(‫لبق‬‎
‫ دعب داليملا‬after the birth (of Christ).‫‏‬
)3( ‎‫ بين‬ietween.
When two words are dependent on ,‫نيب‬‎ then if both are
substantives the on need not be repeated, but if one (or both)
is a ‫مر‬‎ it is always repeated, e.g.
‎‫ زيدو عم و‬5 neewteb diaZ dna .rmA‘
‫ر‬
‎‫ أخيك‬enye neewteb eeht dna yht .rehtorb

--6--
‫ كنيبو‬3 between me and thee.‫‏‬

oe‫‏‬
‫ ام نيب‬and oe‫اميف ‏‬are often used with the same meaning‫‏‬
ee 2‫‏‬
as ‎‫بين‬.
ee Sie
on L and ‫نيب‬‎ sometimes mean “both - and” or “partly -
Pare
5-5 ea - so
‫ يبغو‬Je‫ انءاج ام نيب ‏‬both poor and rich came to us.‫‏‬
(4) old, ‫هاجت‬‎ 33

‎‫ ر‬2 \“opposite” (= elde).
)5( ‫تلقاء‬‎ ,
(6) ‎‫“ تحت‬under, below” of place or rank (opposite to .(‫قوف‬‎
--=‫ا‬ ‫سىس‬
‫ تحت ةرجش‬under a tree.‫‏‬
‫ تحت كلا‬below the king (in rank).‫‏‬
(7) ‎‫‘ دا‬opposite’:
rte opposite the house.
(8) ‎‫“ حول‬round about”.

ae.
‫ ةنيدملا‬ape‫‏‬
‫ أوح‬round about the city.‫‏‬
(9) ‎‫“ خلف‬behind”:

‎‫ خلف ظهرى‬dniheb ym .kcab
(10) O95 “‘on this side of, under, without”:

oa ‫اص‬‎ >
el ‎‫ ذون‬on this side of the river.

aaa eS Gr é ‫و‬‎ 2. rhe = Js
‎‫> تدك خد عدو را‬sO yam eht keehc fo eht ymene eb

under thy feet.
‎‫و‬ ‫إن‬
With the meaning “without” Ret or ‫نود‬‎ ‫ نم‬may be

used instead of :‫نود‬‎
2 06
‫( كلذ‬or‫ نم نود ‏‬oF‫ نوذ نودب( ‏‬without that.‫‏‬

PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS 423
0
(11) ‫دنع‬‎ “with, at’:

Used of place:
370 Se ‫ع‬‎
‎‫ جلست عنده‬1 tas htiw )ediseb( .mih

Used of time:
on ‫ص‬‎ eS ‫ا‬‎ :
‎‫ جاء عند طلوع الشمس‬eh emac ta .esirnus
It is often used with the meaning “‘to have’’.
Le (or ee or (‫ىل‬‎ ous I have wealth.
vate 7
Note. ‫اذك‬‎ ‫ ىدنع‬means “‘according to my opinion it is so’’.
(12) ‎‫( عوض‬or ‎‫ عن‬eae) “instead of, in place of”:

‫اي‬ 206
‫ كلذ‬ets‫ اذه ‏‬G45! I took this in place of that.‫‏‬
(13) ss “on, over, above’: of place and rank (opposite of

od):
‫ قوف ةرجشلا‬on (or above) the tree.‫‏‬
8 “00 -0-
‫كلملا‬ ‫ قوف‬above the king (in rank).‫‏‬
-0o-
(14) ‎‫“ قبل‬before” of time (opposite of +):

‎‫ قبل الميلاد‬erofeb eht htrib fo( .)tsirhC
(15) plas“before” of place (more often pul):
‫ ماَدق راّدلا‬before the house.‫‏‬
2
(16) ‫وحن‬‎ “towards”:
0-02 - O7
‫ وحن برغلا‬towards the West.‫‏‬
(17) ‎‫“ وراء‬behind, on the far side of”:

‎‫ وراءهم‬behind them.
Justi‎‫ وراك‬behind (on the far side of) the mountains.
5. Two prepositions often occur together. In this case, if

the second was originally a noun, it must be put in the
Genitive, e.g.
° Oc <8:
ern ‎‫ من‬from between them, i.e. from the midst of them.

o-
‫ نم قوف‬from over, i.e. above.‫‏‬

Fee}‫‏‬
‫ نم تحت‬from under, i.e. underneath.‫‏‬
‫ نم دنع‬from with.‫‏‬
© .
‫ نم ىلع‬from on i.e. down from.‫‏‬

5 0
٠. © . 4 ra‫‏‬
‫ نم نود‬or‫ لودب ‏‬without‫‏‬
‫ من قبل‬before.‫‏‬
‫سين‬
6
‫ من بعد‬after.‫‏‬
VOCABULARY
5 5 ‫>وه‬‎ ‫َء‬ ‫ وه‬-0-

aL pl. ‫قايطا‬‎ large meat tray ‫ةريح‬‎ perplexity
or dish; plate 5 ‎>‫ه‬
65‫ه‬
ne ea55‫‏‬its&
Cy re
: . ‫ارباح‬ gai‫‏‬
‫ قاقز‬pl. 1554 lane, side street Cc PG) cea ee‫‏‬
‫ ةيلكلاب‬altogether ee VIII to hide, disappear‫‏‬
EXERCISE 91
Note: This exercise is not specifically concerned with the grammatical

matter in this chapter. It is partly a test in reading unvowelled Arabic.
‫ لجر هعم‬alySc deel a‫( فير ‏‬yeeeee ages‫‏‬

: ‫ نعم» قال‬: ‫ أتبيع هذا الحمار؟ قال‬: ‫طبق فيه سمك فقال له‬
‫ نمثب‬AAA Set OW‫ألاهاةنكر زجاود) ‏‬Se‫ لبطل ‏‬fe dit‫‏‬
Ae Aly.)
lec ieee ‫روي‬‎ te ‫ا‬‎1‫قلبي كشسأفع غملل‬
a) ingen HI ean MOAT ٠‫ابايأوغ‬‎ ‫باخذ‬
Lash Ges ‫كلذ‬‎ ge EH Gell odeh, TEI) ‫هنع‬‎ Gass
‎‫ ما فعلت‬: ‫ فقال‬.‫ فرجع بالطبق فالتقاه رفيقه‬.‫ عليه‬ed lY
ML oly 2 SB 6 ‫لاقي‬‎ :‫ هرعت‬JU Tay fo ‫راع‬‎
! ‫ير‬‎ ‫اذهو قبطلا‬
EXERCISE 92
Rewrite the above passage with full vowelling and other

orthographical signs.
The following notes may help:
‫ لاق‬In old Arabic, where two people are conversing,‫‏‬

frequently the words of both speakers are introduced by‫‏‬
“he said’, where we might write: “the first 5210 . . . the‫‏‬
second said’, or “the former 5210 . . . then the latter replied”.‫‏‬
The sense of the passage shows who is speaking.‫‏‬
‫ ىح‬This introduces the Subjunctive of purpose. Note‫‏‬

later in this passage we have a different use of this particle‫‏‬
introducing a statement of fact in the Perfect.‫‏‬
‫ ىبععا‬Literally, “it aroused my admiration”: here it means‫‏‬

simply “‘if I like it’. This is a Conditional.‫‏‬
2
é-
bul Verbal Noun of eA aly to return.
2) ‎‫ ماله » وهذا الطبق‬yo roF“ sti ,latipac .e.i tahw ew

paid for it (=nothing!) and this tray (is) profit.” A joke, of
course, as the thieves paid nothing for the donkey!
CHAPTER FORTY- EIGHT
(Guay Sis ‫نماثلا‬‎cul)
Adverbial Usages. Including Miscellaneous

Quasi-adverbial Particles
1. Arabic has no Adverbs, properly speaking, but this lack

is hardly felt owing to the inherent flexibility and expressive-
ness of the language. Only occasionally, in translating, does
one feel a certain awkwardness which is unusual in a language
potentially so succinct (and almost telegraphic) as Arabic.
There are a number of ways of expressing what would
necessitate Adverbs in English, and they could be summa-
rized as follows:
(a) By Prepositional Phrases, e.g.
‫ ةعرس‬ele he came quickly (with speed).‫‏‬
(b) By the use of certain Verbs, e.g.‫‏‬
ok . abit as GT scarcely saw him.‫‏‬

Be 3 2-006
‫ نسحا‬to do well:‫‏‬ ‫ نسحا ةتباتك‬he wrote well.‫‏‬
(c) By a number of uses of the Accusative. Indeed, this is
the chief means employed; so much so that the Accusative
in Arabic may also be described as an Adverbial case. The
simplest use of the Accusative Noun is in words such as:
80-2 ‫ا‬
‫“ احيانا‬sometimes”’;‫‏‬ ‫“ تقريبا‬approximately”;‫‏‬
662‫>ه‬ 9
‫“ فجاة‬suddenly”.‫‏‬
(d) Into the above category should really go numerous

Prepositions which end in the wun-nunated Accusative;
‫عومد‬
un-nunated because they have a following Genitive, e.g. ‫دعب‬‎

426
ADVERBIAL USAGES. QUASI-ADVERBIAL PARTICLES 427
0-0-7 -o-
“after”; ‎‫بعد يومين‬ retfa“ owt .”syad fO esruoc ew evah

“of Gs
‎‫“ اين‬where” and ‫مث‬‎ “then”, which are un-nunated though no
Genitive follows.
(e) An extension of the above is found in such expressions

Sharan o. oa is ee a
as ‫ام‬‎ ‫“ اليلق‬little”; ‫ام‬‎ aS “often”; ‫ام‬‎ Ole. “quickly”.
(f) The Absolute Object also comes under this heading,

especially when qualified, e.g. ‫اًديدش‬‎ Le ‫هتبرض‬‎ Lhit him hard.
(g) The Hal construction also takes the place of Adverbs,

00Dig eed
e.g. ‎‫ سرعا‬el» He came quickly.
(h) There are a few particles ending in the un-nunated

Nominative, which, though obviously Nouns in origin, are
the nearest approach to the true Adverb in Arabic, e.g.
3 O7 Os
‎‫“ قبل‬before’’, “previously”; ‫دعب‬‎ “after”, “‘later’’.
(i) Finally, there are some particles ending in sukdin which

play the part of Adverbs, e.g. ‫طقف‬‎ “only”.
The following is a fairly comprehensive list of various
Adverbial or Quasi-adverbial usages. Many have already
been mentioned in this grammar, and are given again for
completeness.
INSEPARABLE PARTICLES
0 Ae
2. (a) ١ a particle used to indicate a question (= ‫له‬‎ see
Chapter Three, 4) (called the ‫ماهفتسألا‬‎ Gj); but only when
no Interrogative pronoun occurs in the sentence, e.g.
aA Bosse MOK itm 9
‎‫( هذا‬or ‎‫ افعلت (هل فعلت‬evah uoy enod ?siht
but laa bs ae who has done this?
‎‫ ام‬- lin a double question; see ‫م‬‎i

of é °
(b) ‎‫ س‬a particle used to give a Future meaning to the

at
Imperfect. It is a shortened form of ‫فوس‬‎ “at the end.”
(alas! ‎‫ سافعله (سوف‬1 llahs od .ti

See Soe 3290
(c) 1 a particle used for Emphasis, “‘certainly, truly’, often

omitted in translation, e.g.
‫ ةتلعفل‬truly, I have done it.‫‏‬

Especially with the Modus Energicus:
Ae eV I shall certainly strike thee.
Also in an Oath:
‫ كرمعل‬by thy life.‫‏‬

1 is often used before the Predicate of a Nominal sentence,
which begins with él (see below 3e).
It is often used to introduce the apodosis of a conditional
1
sentence beginning with .‫ول‬‎
SEPARATE ADVERBIAL PARTICLES
3. The most important separate particles are:

o- 2 -
(a) 05! and ‫اذإ‬‎ (related to (‫اذإ‬‎ “in that case, then”, e.g.:
13) ‎‫ نروح‬let us go then.
(b) ‎‫( الا‬for ١ and Y) “not” in an Interrogative sentence:

‫ ةلعفأ‬YI shall I not do it?‫‏‬
o-
So ‎‫— لم‬nvfor
‫ه‬
(c)‫“ ما ‏‬or” in a double question:‫‏‬
‫‏‬y ‫الوه انسله م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وعم‬

(d) ‎‫( اما‬for | and (‫ام‬‎ “not” in an Interrogative sentence:

‫در‬‫وم‬
‫د ا‬
-‫خ‬
‫ اما هتلعف‬have you not done it?‫‏‬
(e) ol “truly, certainly’.‫‏‬

‫ نإ‬introduces Nominal sentences, the subject following in‫‏‬
the Accusative, the Predicate often strengthened by A (see
above 2c) following in the Noun, e.g.:
20- &
‫ان زيدا ع‬
ost 1 ae verily, Zaid is intelligent.‫‏‬
It may be used with Pronominal suffixes, the pronoun

then Being a subject, e.g. a5 verily he, J and A verily I,
uyand 3 verily we.
(f) si) (for Ol and L) is always at the beginning of a

sentence and limits the word or clause at the end of it by its
meaning ‘‘only”’, e.g.:
‫ امنإ تاقدنملا ءارقفلل‬the alms are for the poor only.‫‏‬
)g( lc ,.e.i“ taht ‫”‏‬si (= ‫(يعنى‬.
(h) ‎َ‫“ أين‬where?”

“OE ‎‫ه‬
ce! gy “whence?”
- oF -
‎‫?” إلى اين‬rehtihw“

‫عمده‬
‫‘‘ ايئما‬wherever”’.‫‏‬
(i) ‫لب‬‎ “but rather, no on the contrary, but”.

57 .
(j) ‎‫“ بلى‬yes certainly” as answer to negative sentences.

(k) @ “there”, 4. 0 ‫ال‬‎
(1) ‎‫ قد‬before the Perfect expresses the completion or

certainty of the action and can sometimes be translated
“already”, but is often to be left untranslated. It may also
change the meaning of the Perfect to the Pluperfect.
With the Imperfect it means ‘“‘sometimes”’, yo 6
‘‘may’’.
:5
(m) Lis “only”, always placed after the word it modifies.
(n) b3 “never’’, follows a verb in the Perfect with a nega-

tive, e:¢.:
‫دش‬ 80393- -
‫ ام هتيار طق‬I have never seen him.‫‏‬
)0( AT “not at all, by no means’.‫‏‬
(p)‫“ال ‏‬not, no”, x j‫‏‬
(1) As particle of Denial ‫)ىفنلل‬‎ Y) before the Imperf. Indic.

with Present and Future meaning:
23.00 =
‫ ال هلعفا‬1 do it not (or I shall not do it).‫‏‬
(2) As particle of Prohibition (eu Y) followed by the

Jussive with the meaning of the Imperative:
JOTI lo
‫ هلعفت‬Y do it not.‫‏‬
(3) As particle of Complete Denial (ati ‫يىفنل‬‎ ‫( ال‬see

Chapter Forty-five, 3 i)
(r)‎‫ لما‬followed by the Jussive means “‘not 76”.
(s) ‎‫“ لن‬not” is followed by the Subjunctive, which then

has the meaning of a Future:
‫در‬
‫ هلعفا‬ra I shall not do it.‫‏‬

(t) ‎‫“ ما‬not” is followed by either Perfect or Imperfect,

usually the former.
6
Note: For ‫نإ‬‎ as particle of Denial see Chapter Forty-Nine 3 (c) Note.
(u) ‎‫“ مى‬when”’, also used as a Conjunction.

(v) ‫معن‬‎ (rarely (‫معن‬‎' ‘yes’, derived from ‫معن‬‎“(what you say)
is ‫اود‬‎ ١
(w) ‎‫ هل‬Particle of Interrogation,
‫وجو‬
‫ ل هتلعف‬have you done it?‫‏‬

In an indirect Wa it denotes ‘‘whether’’, e.g.:
-0--000
‫ له ةرظتناىنن‬3‫ ذربخأ‬tell me whether you have expected me.‫‏‬
‫ ه‬-
‫( دله‬for‫ له ‏‬and‫“الإ ‏‬not” in an Interrogative sentence.‫‏‬

cal)‫‏‬ ‫او‬
(x)‫“ انه ‏‬here’’, or ina strengthened form‫( انهاه ‏‬sometimes‫‏‬
SIA
written kgs).
(y) Sta and Wes “there’’.
NOUNS USED AS ADVERBS
4. Several nouns are used as adverbs in the un-nunated

nominative, and are, of course, indeclinable. Some of these
words (those in the left-hand column below) are also used as
prepositions, in which instance, as has been seen, they end in
un-nunated fatha, e.g.:
207 20- ‫ه‬‎ yee
‎‫ يعد‬or ‎‫ من بعد‬.”sdrawretfa“ ©« << .’’erehw‘“
‫يعد‬
rate
— 5 ton“ ‫‏‬.’’tey ‫من حيث‬
4 ris S oe
“whence”.‫‏‬ ”
2265 © ‫تر‬ ‫م‬ :

3
‫‏ قبل‬ro ‫‏ من قبل‬.”erofeb“ ‫““‘ إلىحيث‬whither’’.‫‏‬
‫ فوق‬,, ‫“ من فوق‬above”’.‫‏‬
ae Se 0 6.2 »”»
‫“ حيثما‬wherever”.‫‏‬
ea 9 «2 535
Aes 3 i 7 om ins
‎‫ غير‬ni eht noisserp‎x‫ير‬e‫غ‬

307 J َ‫ه‬‎ °
‎‫ تحت‬,, ‫ من تحت‬.”woleb“
1 “nothing else, only this’’.
5. Most nouns used as Adverbs are employed in the Accu-

sative:
‎‫‘“ قليلا‬little’’. “inside”’.
7 Si ‘‘seldom’’, followed ‫“ خارجا‬outside’’.‫‏‬

by verb.
‫“ اريثك‬much, very”.‫‏‬ lL “together’’.
3 WS “often”, followed “altogether’’.

by verb.
w
‎‫حدا‬ “very”.
‫“ ادبا‬for ever” (with neg.‫‏‬
“never”‫‏‬
‫يوما‬ ‫“ اراهت‬by Gaye‫‏‬
uit
Ls bogs
tke
“one day, once’’. ‫“ انيمي‬on the right hand”.‫‏‬
‎‫ يوم‬ols ‘J. ‘on the left hand”.
‎‫ اليوم‬0“ bine (sign of Future

tense).
‫“ غدا‬tomorrow”.‫‏‬
“es
‫دائما‬ 0 US “how”.
‫“ ذليل‬by night”.‫‏‬ la; “often’’. (later

“‘perhaps’’).
‫( الاميس‬for‫ ام ‏‬Ea“there is nothing like”) “especially”.‫‏‬
‫( نيح‬from the noun‫“ نيح ‏‬time’’) in Jem “then, at that‫‏‬
time? , so also ‫ذئتفو‬‎

9‫“ و‬at that time”’.
5 ‫يجود‬‎
‫ البتة‬ee , ‘decidedly’.‫‏‬
‫تارة ——— وتارة‬
‫دود‬ ‫امع‬
‫ — اروطو‬3G at one time — at another time.‫‏‬
‫وان‬
‫ود‬ > ‫دع‬
-o-
SO
‫“ دحو‬alone” is used with suffixes, e.g.‫ىدحو ‏‬
9- I alone,‫‏‬ ‫وحده‬
he alone, ete.‫‏‬
yar-r-
dé and ‫لعل‬‎ ' ‘perhaps” are often used with suffixes, e.g. aLJ
‫ ميو‬he,‫(ىلعل ‏‬rarely Ab) perhaps I.‫‏‬
‫“ تيل‬would that” with suffixes ax) would that he, ea‫‏‬
(rarely ‎‫ (ليتى‬would that I. /
VOCABULARY
sc appetising ‫تك‬‎ pl. GUS shoulder
ce pl. ‫حالم‬‎ pretty, tasty; >! VIII to commit suicide
good “=
: 20 ‫سبع‬‎ )-( to frown
‎‫ غى‬sufficiency, wealth 5 209 pis
es pry S45 pl. Dee inn, hotel
‎‫ ساحل‬pl. ‎‫ سواحل‬sea shore, 5 -o-
- - BS J pl. ‫تا‬‎ (Syr. Eg.)
coast
= 2 Be inn, hotel
a LAS pl. ‫ىط‬‎lye
se? ri bank
‫ اوش‬river He 3 ‫بهذا‬‎ mind your own
5 0>
‫بطء‬ 5 0000
ey slowly 32 (—) to drown intr.‫‏‬
eh slow bs(~) to jump‫‏‬
90-5 ‫ه‬ -??
‫ ةوطخ‬pl.‫ تاوطخ ‏‬step, pace Bjjumping (v.. of above)‫‏‬
EXERCISE 93‫‏‬
From the Kitab al-Bukhald of al-Jahiz
This is the story of a rich miser who would not invite his
relatives to his house because of the cost of entertaining
them. Finally, however, they prevail upon him to invite
them and the following tells what happened:
eer iy sey ‫احيلم‬‎‫مهلاماعطافيفخاًيهش‬Jat

‎‫« آنا‬ass ‎‫ الذى لا شئّ اعظم‬llla eoR ‎‫انيه اقبل عليهم فقال‬
w ‎‫َه‬ 0 ‫ع‬ 3~ of iS
‎‫ انك‬Aas ‎‫ ما‬٠ ‎‫ تاكلوا طعامى؟ قالوا‬lO ‎‫الساعة ايسر وأغنى أقوبل‬
at ‎‫ الماعة‬Gs SG, ‫عرسي‬‎‫ لاننا ىو فلكل نمااور‬ok, om
.‫‏ الى الفقر‬tsS ‫ بل انت الساعة‬: ‫الى الفقر آم تلك الساعة؟ قالوا‬
‫‏‬yletaG ‫‏ على ترك دعوة قوم قربونى من الفقرء‬koS ‫ فمن‬: ‫قال‬
‫‏‬lage ‫ومح‬: ‫يت دن الفقر اقرب‬ ‫نوكتي‬ ‫ا‬
.‫ابعد‬
‫ند‬
‫“ ةعاسلا‬now” (Adverbial Acc.)‫‏‬
bb Ol‫“ وأ لبق ‏‬or (was I) before you ate?”‫‏‬
‫دن الفقر = كنت من الفقر اقرب‬ ‫لكأف‬
EXERCISE 94
I met him walking slowly by the river bank, taking short

paces. Where has this strange man come from, I thought,
and why does he walk sadly as if ‫(نك‬‎ the cares of the whole
world were on his shoulders? I will invite him to my house,
as I am arich man, and I will give him tasty appetizing food.
Perhaps when he leaves my house he will be happier than
he was previously!
I called him, but he did not hear me and made no reply.
It seemed that his private thoughts were too important for
him (oI 8 with subjunctive) to heed a passer-by. I called
him again in a loud voice, and he turned towards me frowning.
He hesitated a little, then said angrily: “Have I met you
before? Do you know me?”’.
“No”, I said, “but I thought that you were perhaps in
some difficulty, and I wanted to help you. Will you come to
my house, and stay a little while and eat and drink something
with me?”
“They say that an Englishman’s home is his castle’’, he

replied, ‘“‘but you want to make yours an hotel, poorhouse,
or orphan’s home. Do you think that a stranger like you can
help me? Allow me to give you some advice; and even if you
won’t allow me, I will give it: mind your own business!”
Then he went off, and I continued on my way.
On the following day I read in the local paper that the
body of an unknown man had been found in the river, that
he had drowned, and that there was no apparent cause for
that. And even now I do not know whether (i) it was the
man whom I had met who had drowned, or (el) someone
else. But I always imagine that the troubles of that poor
unfortunate frowning man became too great for him to bear,
and so he committed suicide by jumping into the river. And
I still ask myself occasionally: Could I have saved him?
CHAPTER FORTY-NINE
‎)‫) التاسع والأربعون‬NUS

Particles. Conjunctions
1. Whereas in English it is considered bad style to commence
a sentence with “‘and’’, in Arabic it is the rule rather than
the exception to do so. Sentences are continually linked by
5 and less frequently, by 3 “then”. Only at the end of
a paragraph, or where there is a definite change of topic, is
the Conjunction omitted. It is true that under Western
influence the Conjunction is more frequently omitted in
modern literary Arabic; but even so the Western reader will at
first be struck by the ubiquitous .‫و‬‎ It is by far the common-
est conjunction; ‫فر‬‎ as we have seen, has special implications.
Doubtless, a , having the Accusative un-nunated ending,
ought properly to be considered adverbial. As it often intro-
duces sentences without a preliminary » or ‫فر‬‎ however, it
may properly be mentioned here.
There are, of course, many other Particles which may be
described more or less as Conjunctions. Some of them have
already been discussed, but they are mentioned again here
for completeness.
Conjunctions may be either Inseparable (that is, joined to
the first word of the sentence they introduce) or Separate.
2. The Inseparables are:
(a) ‎‫و‬. This may Join Sentences or Nouns, e.g.

oe ee
(i) ‎‫ كرسي‬ae ‎‫ وجلس‬ia Hes Zaid entered and sat on a chair.

§6§--- ‫دوو‬ - -
(ii) ‎‫ جاء زيد وحسن‬diaZ dna nassaH .emac

It is not usually used in Arabic to link two Adjectives govern-
ing the same Noun. Thus the sentence “‘a large and beautiful
436
PARTICLES. CONJUNCTIONS 437
city” would be Heer‫ةريبك‬‎‫ ةئيدم‬rather than ‫ةليمجو‬‎ ‫ ةريبك‬,‫ةنيدم‬

though the latter is not grammatically incorrect, and may
occasionally be encountered.
‫ و‬between two sentences, of which the second is a Nominal‫‏‬
sentence, often means ‘“‘while”’. Such a sentence introduced‫‏‬
by ‎‫ و‬is called a GIES Pies “sentence of condition’, e.g.:
0 ‫وهو‬‎ ‫\ ماق ديز‬Zaid stood up, while he wept

ah 3 َ‫م‬‎ (Zaid stood up weeping).
also with change of Subject:

50-- GO- - --
‫[| بهذ ديز ورمعوقاب‬Zaid went away and ‘Amr‫‏‬

‫ سمع‬s0--‫ وهمي ‏‬--~ [ remained (while ‘Amr remained).‫‏‬
ee ee‫‏‬
The‫ و ‏‬is usually dropped, when a Verbal Hal sentence‫‏‬
follows:‫‏‬
3-6-7 Gor
- -
‫ ديز كحضي‬els Zaid came, while he laughed (laughing).‫‏‬
The waw of Hal (SUI (‫واو‬‎ is sometimes used before a

Nominal sentence which has no Participle or Imperfect:
5‫> م‬ -- °0
-6-
‫ ديز هديبو فيس‬ele Zaid came, and in his hand a sword‫‏‬

8 (with a sword in his hand).‫‏‬
(b) differs essentially from ‫فر‬‎ although there are many
contexts in which either would be acceptable. It implies a
close connection between the sentences before and after it.
This connection may be either definite Cause and Effect, or
a natural sequence of event
(i) Cause and eRe
20028
‫ انا اضيا‬ca‫ ماق ةريزولا‏‬the minister stood up, so I‫‏‬

stood up also.‫‏‬
ro‫ ودعلا مهو‏‬ais the

‫)| اوردو‬14 enemy advanced to-‫‏‬
ne °° wards them; so they turned‫‏‬
1 and fled hurriedly.‫‏‬
Conditionals, already dealt with, come under this cate-

6
gory. But, as has been seen, in the Conditional with ‫كإ‬‎

the Apodosis is introduced by ‫ف‬‎ only in certain given
circumstances.
(ii) Natural eS,
Gs-07 ---0 -
‫ رظتناف ودعلا‬co jeu‫ ماق ‏‬He stood up, drew his sword,‫‏‬
and waited for the enemy.
Here, both ‫فاو‬‎ could be replaced by .‫و‬‎ ‫ ف‬is rarely
used to join single words, but it may be so used when a
closely connected sequence is intended, e.g.
9553 ‎‫ حساك هرا‬rek gnirb ni ,nassaH neht -mahuM

mad, then Zaid.
(here i could be used, or ‫كلذ‬‎ ‫ دعبو‬or (‫هدعبو‬‎
‫دهج‬ ‫وه‬ oe‫‏‬
‫ ةرئاد ةرمتسم‬elles‫ تناك ‏‬his life was a constant round:‫‏‬

eens - g 2 going to the inn, drinking, get-
‎‫ شرب فسكر‬letO ‎‫ لد هاب‬gnit ,knurd ,gnipeels neht gniog
60 er Aste the inn.
By its very nature, ‫ف‬‎ is precluded from joining two

Adjectives governing the same Noun. Such a usage, if
encountered, would be most unusual.
(c) J “so that” with following Subjunctive:

--90 -
JU ts dele he came to me so that he might demand

the wealth (to‘demand the wealth).
With the same meaning are used ON, ‫ىلإ‬‎ and negatively
Ky ; ‫دايكل‬‎ “so that 201”.
‫ ل‬with the Jussive (nearly always in the 3rd Person)‫‏‬

expresses a demand:‫‏‬
i250
‎‫ ليكتب‬let him write!

3. The usual Separable Conjunctions are:

‫إن‬
(a) }3 “when, since, after, because” with following‫‏‬

Nominal or Verbal sentence.‫‏‬
(b) ‎‫“ إذا‬when, if” originally used of time, but often of

condition. In direct questions= ‘‘whether”’.
3 and ‫اذإ‬‎ also mean “‘behold!’’, in which case the former
is aivrays followed by a Verbal sentence, the latter by a
Nominal sentence in which the Subject is either in the
Nominative or takes :‫ب‬‎
-
5 ‫>ر‬- 2
‫ رجل‬Jl‫‏‬
2 behold, a man came!
HF (den) JS 1
‫ ام‬131 means “‘whenever”.‫‏‬
5
(c) ‫نإ‬‎ “if, whether” introduces Conditional sentences or

indirect Questions.
6-
Oly means “and if, even if, although”. es = “verily if”.
Note: There is also a iDarticle of Denial ol e€.g.:

‎‫متهاَم أغمصة‬ ‫ا‬
)I ld I evah ton nees gnihtyna fo ,reh taht
* I despise.
This usage, though common in the Quran, is rare elsewhere,

and should not be used by students.
(d)‎‫ إلا‬used for Exception, see Chapter Fifty-one. Note,

however, the following uses of this particle as a conjunction:
garcrc
(i) bi JI; ‫لاع‬‎‫( مك توصب‬tls ‫نك‬‎ ail JI‫ةبحأ‬‎ae I liked

him, save that he always spoke in
i a loud voice.
ae - 390° ‫ني‬‎ - ‫مهو‬ \ 5 :
(ii) Vis; ‫كتب‬‎‫ رض‬Vig ‫مق‬‎ Stand up, otherwise I will beat you.
(Quasi-condition, or after-thought condition).
ae
(e) ‫اما‬‎ “as for” with a following Nominative, the Predicate
being always strengthened with a W, e.g.:
er ‎‫دوت‬
‫در خماش‬ el ion 3 as for Mt. Hermon, it is a‫‏‬

lofty mountain.
‫ قيرطلا‬d‫ةتيقلف ‏‬Pei, ui as for the dog, I met him‫‏‬

on the road.‫‏‬
‫در‬ 80-0
(According to Arabian grammarians‫ بلكلا ‏‬is the Sub-‫‏‬
ject, all the rest is Predicate.)‫‏‬
(f) Ol “that” with following Verbal sentence, the verb

being occasionally in the Perf., nearly always in the Imperf.
Subjunctive.
0 E- of
Of =“‘as though”; OY = “‘because”’.
of ‎‫و‬ an
With Negative: ‫الا‬‎ (for ‫نأ‬‎ and Y) “that not’; ‫الثل‬‎ “so that
not”’,
(g) ‎‫“ انث‬that”? with a Nominal sentence.

In compounds:
ee “just as if”, “it is as if’.

‎5‫ك‬
‫لان‬ “because’’.‫‏‬
SI} “except pt that,

th 8‫‏‬
yet’.‫‏‬
(h) 9 ‘or’: ‫عال‬‎ “either — or”’
With the Subjunctive 1 means “unless that, until that’’.

--o-
(i) 2» (more rarely (‫انيب‬‎ “while”.
(j) ‎‫“ ث=م‬then, thereupon”’ often followed by at

(k)
a.”
(>
:
“until”
agen
(=ol 3); with a Nominal sentence
aé
often ‫نا‬‎ iS:
(1) er or SJ “in order that” with following Subjunctive.

ele ee
With Negative ‫اليك‬‎ and AN “in order that not’’.
(m) ‎‫ لكن‬and ‎‫“ لكن‬but”, the former being followed by a

verb, the latter only by nouns in the Accusative, or Pro-
nominal suffixes: i “but he’.
(n) ‎‫“ لما‬when, after” with following Perfect to be trans-

lated usually by the Pluperfect.
Ae
(0) ‫ول‬‎ “if” in Conditional sentences referring to a mere
supposition.
(p) ‎‫“ ما‬so long as” ‫)ةموميدلا‬‎ ‫“ ام‬the ‫ام‬‎ of continuance’’),

is often used in compound Conjunctions:
Sen
L ‎‫‘“ بعد‬after’’.
--0-
‫ امئيب‬and ks “while’’.‫‏‬
a Ns “before” (always with the Imperf.).

It is often used also to generalize, e.g.:
eG kas ee,
‎‫“ ) إذما‬whenever”. ‫ام‬‎ ‫‘ ىتم‬whenever’.
ar -a2
‫ اماذإ‬J.“if ever”.‫‏‬ ‫ “هو املك‬often as”.‫‏‬
In these cases it is followed by the Perf. or the Juss. in the
sense of the Present.
(q) ‫ىتم‬‎ - ce
“when”, ‫ام‬‎ ‫ىتم‬
99 8 2 2
“whenever”. ”
‫دودر‬ ‫رهم‬
(r) Ax or‫“ مك ‏‬since”.‫‏‬

VOCABULARY
a- Sw--s
‎‫ ولى‬II to turn round, bac ‫مدقتم‬‎ ancient, an ancient (of
intr.
historical personages)
20-7 wae FRET
‎‫ إستل سيفا‬11171 ot wa
ardrod
ws ‎‫ حكيم‬.lp ‎‫ حكماء‬,esiw esiw ;nam
OL pl, ‫تا‬‎ — inn, khan doctor (popular)

hee X to be round LSA ak wisdom, aphor-
Pp
jlacel ca ‫مكح‬‎
1
—)to persevere, continue 2,7 °%

e (-)top 1 ‫نانويلا‬‎ Greece, the Greeks
as
‎‫ الشر‬the Shari‘a, Muslim anissGreek, a Greek
law pe
‎‫ب‬. . . ‫ استدل على‬X ot evorp
oe cloud (collective) Sh TAS
‎‫ شرعى‬legalist,lawyer, expert a (2) to wither, fade

on the Shari‘a; legal adj.
5 39
a» pl. ‫جورب‬‎ tower
fess pl. ‫خما‬‎‫ وش‬lofty ‫رابع‬‎ architect
EXERCISE 95
The geographer, al-Mas‘idi, writes about the roundness of

the earth.
‫ فذهب الاأكلثرفملناسفة المتقدمين من‬.‫ فشىكل البحار‬gist‫قد ‏‬

» ‫من خالفهم وذهب القىول الشرغيين‬.‫»لا‬
‫الهند ونحكماء اليوتانيين ا‬
‫ اولدتساو ىلع مم كلذ‬A ge polyps le tes‫ ابيز ‏‬di‫‏‬
‫ هيف‬Bas‫( اذا ‏‬among them, including) Ys‫ ةريثك » ‏‬YY‫‏‬
‫ ٍعءىش ىتح بيغي‬sy‫ اًعيش ‏‬July‫( تباغ كنع ضرالا ‏‬i.e. the sea)‫‏‬
‫ذلك كله » ولا ترى شيئًا من شوامخ الجبال» واذا اقبلت ايضا نحو‬
2 é- ‫‏‬2
‫الاشجار‬ ‫‏‬sbp » ‫شىء‬ ‫شيعا يعد‬ ‫وال‬ ‫‏‬s‫ك‬3y‫ل‬a

‫ت‬ ‫ظهرت‬ » ‫الساحل‬
:
‫و‬
.‫والارض‬
NOTE:‫( وثت ع ‏‬Pass. Perf. of‫ عزن ‏‬VI) “‘was disputed”’.‫‏‬
EXERCISE 96
Note: It is not intended to test and practise by exercises the whole

content of this chapter and similar chapters largely of a revisional
nature. In any case, it is assumed that by this stage the student will
already have commenced reading literature or magazines or news-
papers, if rather laboriously.
1. Turn round and face me, for I have drawn my sword and
do not wish to strike a man in the back. 2. He persevered in
his study of the religious law in order to take it (use Form
VIII) as a profession. 3. Give me a clean glass, otherwise I
will go and drink in another inn. 4. I have a little round
picture (use diminutive) of my mother, and it resembles her,
save that the colours have faded. 5. The ancients used to
build their palaces and castles with lofty towers, then after
the passage of time, the custom changed; so that we rarely see
towers in the buildings of modern architects. 6. Uneducated
people today call the doctor ““Hakim’’, since they consider
wisdom one of his qualities. 7. As for the science of medicine,
it began, perhaps, in fee a number of centuries before
Christ. 8. Caesar (as) said: I came, I saw, I conquered—
and that was when he returned to Italy from France with his
army. 9. I used to eat at his house frequently, until he moved
to another town; then I did not see him after that until the
day of his death. 10. While we were watching, he was raised
up to heaven in a cloud.
CHAPTER FIFTY
(6 ‫رو‬‎ 1 SU)
Particles. Interjections.
1. The Vocative (clasi GES is expressed by the particles ‫اي‬‎
adé - 208
and ‫اهيا‬‎ Fem. 4x! (but the Masc. is often used for the Fem.)
‫عنم‬ -
‫‏‬ro ‫يا ايها‬.
‫ اهيا‬and‫اي اهيأ ‏‬are followed by the noun in the Nominative‫‏‬

with the Article:‫‏‬
‫ ٌديملتلا‬taal)0 O scholar!‫‏‬
‫ اي‬is followed by the noun in the Nominative without‫‏‬

Article (and without Nunation in the Sing.) if the person‫‏‬
addressed is present and the noun is not determined by any‫‏‬
following words, e.g.‫‏‬
Wy 5 O boy! hese L O Mohammed!
‫ © يا اولاد‬boys!‫‏‬
If the person addressed is absent or the noun is determined
by some word or words after it, then the noun is put in the
Accusative, e.g.:
‫ اي الفاغ‬O careless! (not addressed to any one particular‫‏‬

person).
‎‫ ها‬See there!
‎‫هو ذا‬ eeS ereht eh !si
ht! WL ‫اي‬‎ © thou, who climbest the mountain!

wo <2‫ىرتحا‬‎-
‫ديغ هللا‬ O Abdullah!‫‏‬

444
PARTICLES. INTERJECTIONS 445
Note 1: ‫أي‬‎ is sometimes written without ?altf when the following word
begins with an ’alif, e.g.:
E-
‫ همع‬5>
wk O my brother! ‫الهاي‬‎ welcome!
Notice specially:
-E - oak -
‎‫ © يا ابت‬ym !rehtaf ‎‫! © يا اماه‬rehtom
‫ © اي بر‬my Lord!‫‏‬
Norte 2: The noun that follows 4 often takes the Vocative ending
8 8
el - (see below .(‫هصاق‬‎
2. Some of the commonest Interjections are:

. shit a d aly! Ah!
-
7 ‫ او‬Oh! The following: noun often has the ending | — or‫‏‬

ol — in pause, e.g.‫‏‬
B-- - ‫‏‬po ‫وم‬ -
‫ وا أسفا‬ro ‫‏‬lualc ‫ © وا‬sorrow!‫‏‬
ee‫‏‬
‫ وا حسرتا‬0 grief!‫‏‬
Ee
‎‫ وى‬Alas! also with suffixes: ‫كيو‬‎ Alas for thee!
a Berl
Also ‎‫يلك‬92, ‫وحك‬
‫ه‬.
‫ و‬ehT tsom nommoc si ‎‫ويلك‬.
i Come! with the Preposition ‫بن‬‎ ly ee Come, let us go!

‎١‫ مه‬oa
wle Far from it!

i Gree
‎‫اف‬, ‫! اف‬eiF
62-2
‫‏ بخ‬dna ‫ بخ بخ‬Bravo!‫‏‬
‫‏‬a -‫م ه‬
‫كك‬ae (Fem. of the Elative‫‘“ بيطا ‏‬best’’) Hail!‫‏‬
Sugb or ‫كل‬‎ eeyb Hail to thee!

‎‫ هلم‬, in the Plural |‫اومله‬‎ “Hither!”
a 5
‎‫( هات‬properly the Imper. IV of ‫ىلا‬‎ “to come’) “give,
bring here!’’ also used in the Fem.
Cee | 65-2
‎‫ دونك‬and ‎‫““ دوتكم‬Beware!”’.

- ia ‫هدر‬‎
Sb! and ‫مكايإ‬‎ “‘Beware!”’.
3. Certain nouns are used in the Accusative as Interjec-

tions.
‫ال دكهسو‬
Ke f Welcome!‫‏‬
2--
LE Strange!
‎‫ مهلا‬Slowly!
‫همه‬
‫ مرحيا‬Welcome!‫‏‬
007
‎‫ مرحبا بك‬emocleW ot !eeht
dehy ‎‫( سمعا‬lit. “hearing and obeying”.) At your service!

‫ كِل‬Gs Alas for thee!‫‏‬
4. Many religious expressions are used interjectionally:

e.g.
‫ هللا‬or alll‫اي ‏‬or very commonly‫ مهلا ‏‬O God!‫‏‬
‫هللات‬alli;‫ هللاو ‏‬By God!‫‏‬

‫دصل‬ ‫صن‬
- oe
1 20-0
‫ دمحلاهلل‬Thanks to God!‫‏‬
ar ola o!If God will!
‎‫منن الزعيم‬3‫الرح‬ila‎‫ يسم‬nI eht eman fo doG eht -noissapmoC

ate, the Merciful!
‎‫صك‬ ‫ود‬ %9 &
‎‫ اعوذ بالله‬ro tia ‎‫ معاد‬doG dibrof !ti .til( I“ ekat eguferni
1 0000.
PARTICLES, INTERJECTIONS 447
‫ وه‬022 ‫ادوس‬ =
‫ ال لوح الو ةوق‬There is no might and no power, save‫‏‬
oe in God the Mighty! (Expression of
- be astonishment and alarm.)
- fe
aut elt ‫ام‬‎ What God will! (Astonishment.)

‫م صلء‬ 0-0)
‫ هللا‬ist I ask pardon of God! (Used to decline‫‏‬
3 a compliment.)‫‏‬
Praises constantly appended to the name of God:
is (Perf. IV of (‫الع‬‎ He is exalted!

‫> ددن‬ ‫اي‬
‫اح‬9 ‫ رع‬He is powerful and glorified!‫‏‬

5-5-2
‫ هناحبس‬Praised be He!‫‏‬
There are no vocabulary or exercises for this chapter.
CHAPTER FIFTY-ONE
‎)‫ رن‬esi SU
Exception
lncThe commonest,
way, ofexpressing Eeeehtioga(B)ae)a'2
"0 0
by the Particle ‫الإ‬‎ (a modification of Y ol “if not”). This

Particle takes the Accusative iin its following Noun in most,
but not all, circumstances. The following rules apply. For
the purpose of explanation, we consider the situation of the
two important elements involved, i.e. the thing (or person)
Excepted, and the Generality. Thus, if I say: ‘““The teachers
came, apart from George’, George is the Exception, and the
teachers are the Generality. The following situations may
occur in Arabic:
(a) The Generality may not be mentioned at all.
e.g.
S--% ee }
‫ ام ىقب الإ نسح‬only Hassan remained (lit. did not‫‏‬
1 remain except Hassan).‫‏‬
‫و‬ 80-
‫ ام تيارالإ ائمسح‬I saw only Hassan.‫‏‬
-- - g9o-7 -
‫ ام تيضرالإ نع نسح‬I was pleased only with Hassan.‫‏‬
Here, it will be noted that ‘Hassan’, the Noun after Ni

6
changes its case as if ‫الإ‬‎ were not there,
‫هت‬ > ‫م‬ fe‫‏‬
e.g. ‎‫ بقى حسمن‬nassaH .deniamer

2°- 306-
‫ تيار‬I saw Hassan, etc.‫‏‬
To put it another way, the noun after Tlgoes into the case
in which the generality would have been, had it been men-
tioned. Note that this situation can only occur in a negative
448
EXCEPTION 449
sentence. The following are the rules, when the generality is

mentioned:
Iinvariably takes the Accusative,

(b) In Positive Sentences ‫ال‬‎
€.g-
‫رضاحلاني‬As‫كلملاماق‏‬
iy except the King, all present stood‫‏‬
up (the Excepted coming first).‫‏‬
‫الإ كلما‬etl‫ماق ‏‬all stood up except the King.‫‏‬
(c) In Negative Sentences the Accusative may be used, but
there are alternative usages as under:
(i) Where the Excepted comes first, it may be in the
Nominative
eee
‫ رضح‬5 (or ae)‫ ا ‏‬aT except Hassan, the pupils did not‫‏‬
25
‫د‬ attend.‫‏‬
(ii) Where the 000 comes first, the Excepted may be

put in the same case as the Generality.
i ‎‫ ما حضر التلامذةٌ ِل‬eht slipup did ton ,dnetta tpecxe

5 Hassan.
OF im)
eas ‫الإ‬‎spd J‫ر‬‎
as 3 he did not pass the soldiers,
rien ‫د‬‎ except their leader.
(or ‫مهدئ‬‎ li)
‎‫ إلاأياه‬ty & tfo ‎‫ كان‬eh detah ydobyreve tpecxe sih

father.
Note that in this eventuality, the Generality may be expressed
5-6
by ef “one”, e.g.
--
pets) Say :| ‫دحا‬

5-85 >
ol‫ ام ‏‬no one came except Hassan.‫‏‬
=
SI eye te ‫ا‬‎ 01S

‫ الإ انسح‬loa!‫ ام تبرض ‏‬I struck no one except Hassan.‫‏‬
,5 ,© wife ag 00‫‏‬
‫ ام تررم دحاب الإ نمسح‬1 passed no one but Hassan.‫‏‬
2 = ‫امد‬
(or (eases)
2. The above rules may seem complicated, but it is best

for the novice to use the Accusative in all circumstances
where the Generality is mentioned. The following table,
however, summarizes what has been said:
-
Table to show the cases to be used after TE
Position of Positive Negative

the Generality Sentence Sentence
Not mentioned In the case in

which the gene-
rality would have
been, had it been
mentioned.
First Accusative Accusative (or in

the Case of the
generality).
Last Accusative Accusative (or

Nominative).
3. Other Exceptive Constructions are:

5‫و‬ >
(a)‫ ريغ ‏‬This is a Noun, as explained in Chapter Forty-five,‫‏‬

4 4 (vi), and takes ’iddfa. It is placed in the case in which‫‏‬
the Noun after J would have been placed, according to the
above eae e.g.
a cee ‫ىقب‬‎‘a only Hassan remained.

-- ‫دمو‬ ‫وو‬ >> -
‫ ام تبرض ريغ نسح‬1 struck no one except Hassan.‫‏‬

EXCEPTION 451
2
‫ سغ‬is also os in the un-nunated Accusative followed by a‫‏‬
sentence with Sl, e.g.

I-- ‫رَسَم‬‎ GO ed
3 wile ‫هنا‬‎ ‫ اومن ريغ‬O he was happy, except that he
“0 - - feared the King’s wrath.
veo -
a "er
Here ‫الإ‬‎could replace .‫ريغ‬‎
(b) ‎‫ ما عدا‬dna ‎‫ حلا‬sU esehT tca sa ,sbreV dna ekat na

Accusative, e.g.
Pvt (A+ L) ‫ادع‬‎ ‫ ع موقلا ام‬The people came, apart from

Hassan.
(c) These two words occasionally occur without ,‫ام‬‎ and

then take the Genitive, as Prepositions. The above sentence
would then read:
gee (edie ‫موقلا‬‎ ‫ءاج‬

But the use of ‫الخ‬‎ in this way was disputed by the gramma-
rians.
4. Related to Exception is the use of ‫الإ‬‎“especially”.

It invariably takes the Nominative.
699
‫ رابكمه‬Ley G5 |Ris they were infidels, especially‫‏‬
their old men.‫‏‬
‫ ىذلا‬gs‫‏‬
= ‫الاميس‬aks EAL I saw them all, especially‫‏‬
-w-» | 2 - Hassan, who was in their fore-‫‏‬
mrss 3 ‫َن‬‎ front.
‫ لاميسدْئاَقمه‬oraes I was angry with them, espe-‫‏‬

cially their leader.‫‏‬
- @
Note: For Oo| and |‫و‬‎ see Chapter Forty-Nine, 3 (d).
VOCABULARY
ae 2
‎‫عيادة‬ (from ‎‫(عاد‬ 8 time (with or without ‫ني‬‎
surgery (mod.); out-pati- ‎‫مان‬I)
ents’ ‫ا‬‎ (mod.)
‫‏‬ea ‫ه‬ ‫د‬
ds pl. S| — company, group,
‫ ةخسن‬pl.‫ خس ‏‬copy (of book,‫‏‬ faction
etc.)‫‏‬ or cre
$755 ‫ نع‬e )~( to result from‫‏‬

‫ رهام‬pl.‫ ةرهمم ‏‬clever, skilful,‫‏‬
Als pl.‫ ٌديلاقت ‏‬tradition (lit.‫‏‬
‫اتات‬
imitation) ٠
‫ عراب‬clever, accomplished‫‏‬
‎‫ الصِين‬China, the Chinese
“0
eae
8 ry experienced
2 Chinese
‎‫ وواافر‬,lufitnelp tnadnuba
fie pl. iI0 a revolutionary,
pel VIII to be on the point rebel
of death
5> ‫ده‬
ll dole «ial the common
‫ ةهرب‬pl.‫ تاور ‏‬a space of‫‏‬ “people, the masses
EXERCISE 97
‫ ا‬‎‫ يكرهون‬52 ‫ هناك فى الشرق الأوسط‬Sg

: ‎‫لغرب » فيقولون‬Sb
‎‫ وبا نتج عنه الا إتنقكارليدنا‬LOC ‎‫ما أعطانا هذا التأثير الاعدم‬
.‫من سكان تلك البلاد‬. ‫‏ الكثير‬,BAJ ‫ نا‬:‫ وهذا‬: lx By ‫انتاداعو‬‎
.» ‫العلم ولو من الصين‬ 0 : )‫لكنهم ينسون حديث النبى (صلعم‬
‫استقال جميع اعضاء الحكومة ما عدا اثنين منهمء وهما وزير‬

‫المفكرين‬ ‫وهذان وغيرهما من‬ ‫‏‬٠ ‫والتجارة‬ ‫الخارحية ووزير الاقنصادية‬
eee Sars ‫"ل‬‎ ‫ع‬ ‫ نول‬ap Ol ‫نا‬‎

UW blige GS IYI “‫داصتقاب‬/‫ةلودلا‬‎ fas cela Vy
EXCEPTION ‫‏‬354
6
‫الا الأولاد والبنات» خرج جميع ناالسقرية للمزارع » فهذا فصل‬
LW )SAB allirog ‫‏‬elc 11-0711 ‫ وضلا تررحن‬iedy‫‏‬
.)‫قطت فى جميع الشهور تقريبا الا شهر آذار (مارس‬3
‫س‬
EXERCISE 98
Rewrite the whole of Exercise 97, with full vowelling and

orthographical signs.
Note: In translating, the student is advised to follow the order of the
English where possible, putting the Generality before the Exception,
and vice versa, in the Arabic, according to the order in the English.
Further, ‎‫| لا‬,by far the commonest exceptive particle, should be used
wherever admissible. ‫ادع‬‎ Land ‫الخ‬‎ Lare not so common, and should
be sparingly introduced.
EXERCISE 99
A
All the patients (the sick) waited for the doctor in his out-
patients’ department several hours, except one, and this man
knew the doctor’s habits. The reason for the doctor’s delay
was that, while returning from visiting a patient in his house,
he stopped on his way home at an inn to have a drink (to
drink something). He frequently did this, especially in the
winter. Consequently, he had lost many patients. And he
might have lost more, except that he was clever and experi-
enced.
B
When I entered my friend’s house, I only saw a ghost. I was
only a youth, and that sight terrified me. Apart from my
father, I had never seen a dying man before. No-one was
with my friend, except his neglectful inexperienced servant,
so I decided to remain with him for a time.
C
Hassan had wanted to read al-Jahiz’s ‘““Book of Misers’’,
and told his father that. When his birthday arrived, he was
expecting his father to give him a copy, but he gave him
another book instead. He was very angry, for a time, but
when he read the book, he liked it very much.
D
No strangers have ever entered our city except ten travellers
who had lost the way. All of them were killed, except two.
We allowed them to survive because one of them was a
blacksmith and the other a carpenter.
CHAPTER FIFTY-TWO
(Syed, ‫ىناثلا‬‎(‫بابلأ‬
The Rules of Arabic Versification
Note: For a more complete account, Wright’s Arabic Grammar
should be consulted (Part IV. Prosody).
1. Whereas in most languages there are two genres or classes

of writing, Prose and Poetry, in Arabic there are three:
(a) Prose (LS
(b) Poetry :‫)ٌرعش‬‎ (‫ْمظن‬

(c) Rhymed Prose (x 2 This third genre is common in
what might be termed “‘art prose”, — that type of studied
prose literature which used the devices of rhetoric (or 424)
to a considerable degree. The language of the Qur’4n,
however, is not allowed by Muslims to belong to any genre,
although the early chapters or siras (that is, early chrono-
logically) do contain rhyme. Rhymed prose has not, of course,
any regular metre, while poetry has both rhyme and metre.
2. Classical Arabic is a language of syllable length rather

than stress; it is quantitative rather than qualitative: and this
must be realized to understand the rules of Arabic poetry.
The metres were codified in the 8th century by al-Khalil ibn
Ahmad, and his codification has remained substantially
unchanged.
Scanning Arabic poetry necessitates recognizing the length
of syllable, which may be either short or long.
(a) The short syllable consists of a consonant with a short
vowel, e.g. all three syllables in ‫بتك‬‎ ka-ta-ba, “he wrote”.
(b) Long syllables consist of a vowelled letter followed by
an unvowelled letter. The unvowelled letter may be
455
- fF
(i) A long vowel, as ‫اك‬‎ ka, in ‫بتاك‬‎ ka-ta-ba.

(ii) A consonant with sukdn, as ‫كم‬‎ mak in ass mak-ta-bun.
Note that it is the ACTUAL SOUND which counts. Thus
the third syllable we is long (bun), because, although
written as a single letter with nunation, it sounds as if the
word were spelled ‫نبتكم‬‎ . Similarly, Los, which is really
er- 0-7
one. Consequently an ?alif with hamzatu I-wasl does not

--
count. Thus the words ese P| ‫ناك‬‎ would be scanned as

follows: Kd nas mu hu ha sa nan.
Note: The Pronominal suffix ‫ه‬‎ and the second syllable in ‫انا‬‎ may be
either long or short.
Two short syllables are considered equal to one long one,

which often replaces them.
3. Arabic verse has both Rhyme ‫)ٌةيفاق‬‎pl. (‫فاوق‬‎and Metre

95:6 56>
)‫‏ وزنث‬ro ‫(حر‬. 5 6>

5 8-2
Every Verse or Line (cw pl.‫ تايبا( ‏‬consists of two‫‏‬

‫‏‬sesreV-flaH ( ‫ شطر‬10 ‫(مصراع‬
At the end of the Verse i.e. in Pause (a5) the Nunation is
dropped and sometimes the vowel is omitted altogether.
The vowel of the rhyme letter is usually considered long,
as the metres almost always end with a long syllable.
In most older poetry, and much modern poetry, all lines
are of the same length, and the same rhyme persists through-
out the poem, which may contain up to 100 or more lines
or verses. But later in the Medieval period varied rhyme
schemes were introduced. For example, the two halves of
each verse might rhyme together, especially in Rajaz metre
(see below), and in didactic poetry. Again, complicated
rhyme schemes were evolved such as: aaaaa,bbb ba,
cccca,dddda, etc., the unit concerned being the half-
verse. The poem with the uniform rhyme and metre is the
THE RULES OF ARABIC VERSIFICATION 457
i
‎‫ قصيدة‬or ode par excellence. It is found in the famous pre-
Islamic Seven Odes known as the Mu ‫عل‬‎ (‫)تاتلعملا‬
4. Al-Khalil codified the Metres by expressing the various

feet with the root ‫لعف‬‎ .He discovered the following different
types of foot (jess pl. .(‫ليعافت‬‎
@ ‫ هران‬2
‫ره‬ ‫>*ر‬
‫)‏‬b( .‫== فاعلن‬

‫)‏‬c( ‫مستفعلن‬ ‫حاد حا‬
)3( ‫عفاحنعيلن‬‫م‬
)© ‫‏‬E‫ت‬R‫د ح‬A‫ح‬G
(f) ‎‫دمافحعاوتلات‬
UR Ae
ee ee tare
These Feet are subject to certain changes, e.g.:
20 79 tt 9 ‫‏‬:
‫)‏‬a( ‫فعولن‬ »-—— ‫‏‬semoceb ‫فعول‬ ‫دن‬
‫د‬
‫هد‬ ka Os‫‏‬
‫)‏‬b( ‫— فاعلن‬ ‫ب‬ ” ‫فعلن‬ ‫دب‬
1 ‫ره‬ ‫رجه‬
‫متفعلن‬ ‫ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫اب‬
‫—م‏ف‬
36 ‫جه‬ ‫ره‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ده‬
‫)‏‬c( ‫تان‬
‫قعلن‬ ‫‏‬,‫س‬ ceb
semo‫م‬ —‫ت‬vv
‫علن‬
7 os ‫‏‬9“
5 x 6 ee‫‏‬
os ee‫‏‬
alsI ‫‏‬٠ 40 ‫ين‬ ‫هر ان‬ ‫بي‬
‫)‏‬d( ‫مفاعيلن‬ ‫لادان‬ 0 0001

3 ‫ىد دان مفاعيل‬
ee cee
EGE Hae ‫تك‬‎ ‫ل‬
es= |) 2٠. oor -
(e) ‎‫نتن‬
‫ا‬ ‫علا‬
‫اءط‬
‫فرمء‬
‫ وعه‬4 ‫لناتن‬
‫— ني‬
‫فع‬—
ٍ ahi
oS ‫يو‬‎ ‫ روم‬mee ‫دوم‬‎
‎‫ا‬ ta 0
(f) SY pie ye ‫وو‬‎ 1 s
‎‫دان فعولات‬ ‫ىد‬
Od bg ead
Ee ant? Sry
)8(7 os ‫تا‬‎ 2-06 ‫ل‬

‫‏ مفاعتن‬yv -- ‫( حت‬rare)‫‏‬
(ht) Geli Gets

—
‫وده‬ 20 “90
Such changes may occur spasmodically within a single poem,

save that the final (rhyme-) foot of each verse must be of the
same pattern throughout a poem.
If Catalexis (rejection of the last syllable) occurs at the end
of a verse, then ‫ب‬‎ — — is changed to ‫ب‬‎ ‫ — ~ — و‬to — —
etc.
5. The principal metres are as follows:

(a) Tawil chere
‎‫فنعولن مفاعيلن‬si ‎‫فعولن‬

‎‫ مفاعيلن‬si yltneuqerf degnahc ot ‎‫مفاعلن‬, yllaicepse ni eht
rhyme foot.
(b) Kamil ‫لمكلا‬‎

a ‫نلعاقتم‬‎ Seuss
‫متفاعلن متفاعلن متفاعلن‬
The two short syllables of each foot are often combined to

0 one long oa in which case the foot might be scanned
as ‎‫( متفاعل‬or ‎‫ (مستفعل‬The rhyme is frequently shortened
to ieee) SS ee a
(c) Wafir ‫رفاولا‬‎
‎‫مفاعلتن مفاعلتن فعولن‬

Ses How Yow
‎‫ مفاعلتن‬often changes to ‫نتلعافم‬‎ or .‫نايعافم‬‎
(d) Rajaz =sul (especially in didactic poems; such a poem

3-0
being called :(‫ةزوجرا‬‎
‎‫ده‬ 600 ‫ده‬ ae Or ‫هد‬‎ ie NO)
” 5 5
02 0-09 09 0-53 09 Of OF
. a ٠. 0 ٠. an
e.g.
= 3960-3 $873) — (=
‎‫قال محمد هو أبن مالك‬

ae “bo wr 3708
“Said Mate aia ibn Malik: I praise my Lord God, the

best Ruler.”
(Beginning of the Alfiya of Ibn Malik.)
In this metre Catalexis of the last foot (change ~ = ‫ند‬‎
to » + —) is very common.
(e) Hazaj eel common in Persian and Urdu also in
Ruba elyat ‫تايعاب‬‎2) (e.g. the Ruba ‫عالق‬‎ of ¢ Umar-ii-Khay-

yam).
-- 69
‫مفاعيلن مفاعيلن‬
‫امن ماي‬
(f) Basit ‫طيسبلا‬‎
‎‫ مستفعلن فاعلن‬bes eo
5 ‎‫جم‬ ‫ره‬ ‫ده‬ no
‫نلعفتسم‬ may change to‫ متفعلن ‏‬and‫‏‬ ‫ فاعلن‬to‫ فعلن ‏‬and‫‏‬
even‫ نلعف ‏‬-( » — or — —) especially in the rhyme foot.‫‏‬
(g) Khafif Cit

‎‫ففاعالائن‬: Gli skew
SAE ‫هد‬‎ 0 2 Geb
‫ فاعلاثن‬yam egnaho
ctot eki{ ‫‏‬ro ‫ — — تن ) فعلاتن‬or —— ‫—)‏‬
especially iin the Faye foot.
(h) Sarie pyel

a
Sheu SLE
‫هر‬‎ = 632020 2 (O19
‫نلعفت‬‎ 100
‫هو‬‎ = 09 0-9 ‫ل‬30 0
‎‫ره‬ ‫يت‬ ‫يي‬ 5 3 ga aP ‎‫ده‬ 93
‎‫ مستفعلن‬yam SEEB ot ‎‫) متفعلن‬// ‫ هدب‬dna ‎‫فاعلن‬
Seb or Glad ( ‫د‬‎ — or - .‫ل‬‎

‫ره‬ >
The other metres are much less frequently encountered in

Classical Arabic.
RHYME
6. Rhyme in Arabic poetry consists essentially of a
Consonant. ‘This consonant may have sukun, whether real or
imposed, e.g. the poem by ’Abi I--¢ Atahiya:
‎‫ضر‬
abe SOLE
What is (wrong) with us, that we do not think?
Where is Chosrees, where is Caesar?
Usually, however, the rhyme consonant has a vowel,

which should be constant throughout the poem, or at least,
- --
with that thyme. Thus ‫بتك‬‎ rhymes with ,‫برع‬‎ the rhyme
letter (é(‫ور‬‎ having fatha. As already stated, the rhyme
vowel is usually considered long, the above two words being
considered “‘kataba”’ ¢arabi. ee rhymes with set The
nunation is always removed for rhyme purposes. Sometimes
a kasra rhyme may be varied with damma or vice versa, but
fatha must not be varied. Kasra and damma are considered
related sounds. If a long vowel occurs in the syllable previous
to the shyme; or the syllable before 0 it phonld be cons-
tant, e.g. ‫مالس‬‎ and amas; ‫ريك‬‎ 4 pees ee and :‫روهش‬‎
‎‫ كاملا‬and oh.‫اق‬‎
In this connection, the long vowel » | is always considered
equivalent to S$ ~; but ’alif (| -) cannot be varied (e.g. )9-0
rhymes with Es but not with ‫ر‬‎tS).
7. Arabs tend to recognize the metres of their poetry

rather by an innate sense of the rhythm of the language than
by identifying the precise metre concerned. They have
their own particular method of reciting poetry; and Arabic
poetry needs to be declaimed to be appreciated. Only by
listening to an Arab reading Arabic poetry can one acquire a
feeling for it. Only then can a non-Arab appreciate the out-
standing genius of Arabic poets such as al-Mutanabbi.
‫‪SUPPLEMENT‬‬
‫‪SELECTIONS‬‬
‫‪FROM‬‬ ‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Stra 1‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-9@9-‬‬ ‫و‬
‫سورة الفاحة‬
‫‪ gnep‬آلله الرجمن‪ral ‎‬‬

‫َ ‪6١‬‏‬ ‫ص‬ ‫صل‬
‫انر‪‎‬‬ ‫‪ S a )ier‬العامين ‪" .‬لكي‬

‫‪‎ Gaal poss takes‬طاوضلا ‪Binoe . cowed‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ la‬عليهم ‪ .‬غير أ(لمغضوب عليهم ولا الصالين‪— ‎‬‬
‫‪Stra 112‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫رمدت‬
‫>‬ ‫‪92‬‬
‫سورة الإخلاص‬
‫قل هوألله أحد‪ .‬ألله الصمد‪ .‬لم يلد ولم يولد‪ .‬ولم يكن‬
‫‪Stra 113‬‬
‫‪Wa‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪‎‬ةروس |‬
‫‪O70‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ yS‬شمر اسق ‪)BI‬‏‬ ‫قل أعودٌ برب الفلق‪eae .‬‏‬
‫وقب‪ .‬ومن شر ‪]rre‬‏ فى العقد‪ .‬ومن ش‪5‬ر حاسد يدت‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫‪SUPPLEMENT‬‬ ‫‪463‬‬
‫‪Stra 114‬‬
‫‪Bo‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ود‬ ‫و‬
‫سورة الناس‪‎‬‬
‫قل ‏‪ Set‬برب ‏‪ tT‬ملك الناس‪ .‬إاللهناس‪ .‬من شر‬
‫‪ao‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪wer‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6:‬‬ ‫‪‎‬هو‬
‫نم ةنجلا‬ ‫‏‪ sill Pat‬سوسوي ‪ 3‬رودص ‪.‬سانلا‬ ‫الا‬

‫‏‪eee‬‬
‫‏‪Fables‬‬
‫‪ D.A( 9581 — .D.A )7291‬لويس‪ ybsei ‎‬انى الأدب‪From ‎‬‬

‫‪reo@G-‬‏‬ ‫و‬ ‫شد‬
‫ب ‏‪ SI cel‬جاجدلا دق اوضرم اوسبلف ‏‪ sgl‬سيواوط اوتأو‬ ‫‪GE‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪o--‬‬
‫ليزوروم ‏‪ PALM cog) (ts‬كلا ‏‪ES ol GS cleall lyst‬‬

‫أخوالكم فقالوا ‪lU‬‏ خير يوم لا نرى وجوهكم (‪)niyl‬‏ ‪ lO‬كثيرًا‬
‫‪22983‬‬ ‫‪Cita‬‬ ‫‪ee‬‬ ‫)‪OE‬‬
‫يظهرون المحبة ويبطنون البغضاء‪‎‬‬
‫قطان اختطفنا‬
‫‪nd‬‏ روهديتا بها إلى القرد ‪SR‬‏ يقسمها بينهما‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-e‬‬
‫الثانى وهنا ‪ 3‬ميزانه فرجح‬ ‫فقسمها إلى قسمين |‪aaA‬‏ ‪acm‬‬
‫الأكبر فاخذ منه ‪sB‬‏ بأسنانه وهو يظهر انه يريد ‪sal‬‏‪ sha‬بالأضغر‬
‫‪2922295‬‬ ‫ودر‬
‫دل‬ ‫منه وا يرا اللازم رجح لمر‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ولكن ‪kah13‬‏‬
‫بهذا ما فعله بذاك ‪fg‬‏فعل بذاك مافعله بهذا وهكذا حت كاد‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‏‪ indy aids‬تلاقف هل ‏|‪ 3“ oubw‬انيضر هذهب ةمسقلا المعلا‬

‫ةنبجلا لاقف اذإ امتنك ‪‎‬امتنا ‪ a Ou ies‬ال ‪‎‬ضرع ‪dh bs‬‬

‫‪he‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪- Mag‬‬ ‫‪0-31‬‬ ‫‪sig‬‬ ‫‪be‬‬ ‫‪- 308‬‬ ‫‪“362‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ا‬
‫الات ‪:‬حزن ‪ya‬‏ وهما ‪se‬‏‬
‫‪ :aeV‬والدموع‬ ‫كان ‏‪ Sle‬يصيد العصافير ‪ 3‬يوم ‪ba‬‏ ‪SO‬‬
‫‪eS‬‬ ‫تسيل فقال‪tej‬‏ لصاحبه لا‪hG‬‏ عليك ‪yo‬‏ ‪UF toJ‬‬

‫‪ooo‬‬
‫فقال له الآخر لا تنظر دموعه وانظر ماتصنيعداه‬

‫‪030‬‬ ‫‪Ce‬‬
‫>‬
‫در‬‫و‬
‫اسود‬
‫‪grrr‬‬
‫‏‪ Eh‬ليقف‬ ‫هب‬ ‫‪ 2b Gi AH‬جلتلا ‏‪UE,‬‬ ‫‏‪had‬‬

‫‏‪ Syl‬فى‬
‫لقان ‪,eM‬‏ ‪otlaS laFyi esEgof aiS anasA‬‬ ‫كذ‬

‫َك ‏‪ gan 5 Oy‬من جشمك وهو باق على خاله ‪)hoB‬‏‬
‫الشرير يقدرأن ‪dnas‬‏ ار ‪sidA‬‏ مايصلحة ‪uoc‬‏‬
‫‏‪DIOS‬‬
‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫>‪5‬‬
‫اسد وثعلب ‪ss‬‏‬

‫‪22‬و‬ ‫‪--G.0‬‬ ‫‪Hg‬‬ ‫‪DES‬‬ ‫‏‪[a8 ae‬‬
‫بغيره وأعتبر ببه‬ ‫اتعظ‬ ‫من‬ ‫وهو مثل‬
‫در‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫صن‬ ‫‪ee‬‬ ‫‪5‬‏‬
‫ارا‬ ‫‏‪ otal‬وتغلت ‏‪ sy‬امل اي‪I‬ن‪ay‬‏ ‪sii neda‬‬

‫واونيا ‏‪ ee alias Vey‬بئذلل ‏‪ oil‬اننيب لاقف رمألا نيب رامحلا‬
‫بسو‬ ‫ور‬ ‫‪80-2‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪sees‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬
‫هسار مث‬ ‫‏‪jw‬‬ ‫دسالا‬ ‫ىبظلاو ‏‪adandes re‬‬ ‫‪te‬‬ ‫‏‪ails‬‬ ‫للأسد‬
‫رع ‏‪ Leuilliy, eleall‬ع لمجلا اةمينغعلابيكبطاصا بتاج تنأد‬

‫فقال ‪-‬يا ‪lU‬‏ ‪ lyS‬الأمر واضح الحمار لغدائك والظبى لعشائك‬

‫‏‪ ,)2YuuzVier‬اة ليركتذاباتم ليي دسحلاارب كاضفا ‏‪Silke Be‬‬
‫‏‪as‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪of-‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Aa‬‬ ‫‏‪5‬‬
‫‏‪ HL‬عبضو‬
‫فىيه‬
‫رف‬‫طاء‬
‫‏‪ Sealine‬وود موي وعليها رش‬
‫‪2‬م‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪--G0‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪-0-‬‬ ‫‪=i‬‏ ‪sa‬‬ ‫و‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪- -‬‬ ‫صن‬ ‫ور‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪---5‬‬
‫دلُوان ‏‪ 2 Der‬الدلو العلا ‪sled‬‏ رت فشرب فجاءت الضبع فاطلعت ىق‬
‫منتصفاً ‪stteL‬‏ قاعدٌ فق قعر ‪laz‬‏‬ ‫البثر فأبصرت وو‬

‫‏‪ OB‬عجن‬
‫اانجس ‏‪fo‬‬ ‫‪Pe‬‬ ‫‏‪ Boon‬تنهال ‏‪Gry‬‬

‫‏‪ Gh‬كل ىلزناف اهيلكف تلاقف فيكو ‏‪ Us‬لاق نيدعفت ىف ولدلا‬
‫‏‪ ng Lue ils eats‬ىرْخألا ‏‪ ty‬انآى‬
‫وسط ‏‪ AI‬قالت له ماهذا قال كذا التجار ‪ELG‬‏ فضربث بهما‬
‫وق‬
‫مم‬
‫العرب ‪laG‬‏ فى الختلفين ‏‬
‫‏‪ a‬امار والثور معصاحب الزرع‬

‫‪ i) Wi (“The Thousand and One Nights”.‬وليلة‪From ‎‬‬
‫)‪Authors Unknown‬‬
‫‪‎ ail JU‬ناك ‪‎ yaad‬كاوكأاراجنلا ‪Moly dag} a) Ky Gilpey‬‬

‫فكاتالنده ‏‪tla, (Tuas‬خمايتفإر ‏‪ etl gl pi‬ريطلاو ناكو نكسم‬
‫ذلك "الاج الأزياف‪ :‬وكان ‪eo‬‏ ‪toj egL UG slag elg olg G‬‬
‫الى مكان الحمار فوجده مكنوسًا مرشوشًا وى معلفه شعير مغربل‬
‫وتبن مغربل وهو راقد مستريح ‪yd‬‏ بعض الأوقات يركبه ‪elad‬‏‬
‫لحاجة تعرض له ويرجع على ‪EW‬‏ فلمًاكانفىبعض الأيام سمع‬

‫التاجر الثور وهويقول للحمار ‪we‬‏ لك ذلك أنا تعبان وأنت مستريح‬
‫‏‪ [Sb‬رمي ‏‪ Ayes‬عودمونك ‪sd‬‏ ‪ eaj‬الأوقات ‪,SA‬‏ ‪ela‬‬
‫ويرجع ‪ylb‬‏ دائما للحرث والطحن فقال له الحمار إذا خرجت إلى‬
‫الغيط ووضعوا على رقبتك الناف فارقد ولا تقم ولو ضربوك فإن قمت‬
‫فارقد ‪UG‬‏ ‪ )reyI B1‬بك ‪setay‬‏ ‪:‬لك ‪llig‬‏ ‪ SNA ESA GA‬عيفت‬
‫وامتنع من الأكل والشرب يوبا أو يومين أو ثلاثة فإِنّك تستريح‬
‫من التعب والمبهد وكان التاجر يسمع كلامهما فلما جاء السواق إلى‬
‫الثوريعلفه أكل‪eca‬‏‪ sep taE‬فأصبح السواق يأخذ الثور إلىالحرث‬
‫‏‪ re meee‬هللا سانا دعي نامجلا ضئرعاو ‏‪ at‬ةمويلا هلك‬
‫فرجع الرجل وأخذ الحمارمكان الثور وأحرثه مكانه اليوم كله قلا‬
‫رجع آخر النهار شكره الثور على تفضلاته حيث أراحه من التعب‬
‫فى ذلك اليوم فلم يرد عليه الحمار جواباوندم ‪faeL‬‏ الندامة ‪GU‬‏ كان‬
‫‏‪ dl‬يوم جاء الزراع ‪ylad‬‏ امار واحرله إلى آخر ‪!dels‬‏ فلم يرجم‬
‫الحمار إلا مسلوخ الرقبة شديد الضعف فتأمله الثور وشكره ويجده‬
‫‏‪ is‬له ‏‪ Ll‬كيت ‏‪ Ca‬سيلا ‏‪ i‬ضرق الا‪.‬فضولية ثم قال رإعلم‬
‫وثورض معنه‬
‫ممال‬
‫صح وقد سمعت صاحبنا يقول إن لميق‬ ‫نالك‬ ‫‏‪GI‬‬
‫فأعطوه ‪tas‬‏ ليذيحه ويعمل جلده نطعا وأنا خائف عليك ونصحتك‬
‫والسلام فلماسمع الثور كلام الحمار شكره وقال غد اسرح معهم‬
‫ك‬
‫لكل‬‫ذنه‬
‫بتمامه حتى ‪hc‬‏ المذود بلسا‬ ‫فله‬
‫لأك‬
‫عغور‬
‫‪ 5‬إن الث‬
‫‪SUPPLEMENT‬‬ ‫‪764‬‏‬
‫وصاحبهما يسمع كلامهما فلما طلع النهار خرج التاجر وزوجته إلى‬
‫دار البقر وجلسا ‪hc‬‏ السواق وأخذ الثور وخرج فلما رأى الثور‬
‫صاحبه ‪DA‬‏ ذنبه وضرط وبرطع فضحك التاجر ‪oS‬‏ استلقى على قفاه‬
‫فقالت له زوجته من أى شىء تضحك فقال لها شىء (‪;1a‬‏ ونتمعتة‬
‫ولا أقدر أن ابوح به فأموت فقالت له لا بِد أن ‪rG‬‏ ‪ eW‬وما‬

‫سبب ضحكك ولو كنت موت فقاللهاماأقدر أن أبوح به خوفا من‬
‫الموت فقالت له أنت لم تضحك إلا على ثمإِنّْهالمتزل تلح عليه‬
‫وتلج فى الكلام إلى أن غلبت عليه وتحير فأحضر أولاده وأرسل أحضر‬
‫القاضى والشهود وأراد أن ‪neG‬‏ ثم يبوح لها بالسر ويموت ‪YS‬‏ كان‬
‫مه وأم أولاده وكان قدعمر من العمر‬
‫يحبها محبة عظيمة ‪IY‬‏ بعنت‬
‫‏‪ UL‬وعشرين سنة ثم ‪lia‬‏ ارسل أحضر جميع أهلها وأهل حارته وقال‬
‫لهم ‪na‬‏ وأثه ‪so‬‏ ‪ at US‬على ‪epo‬‏‪ sL‬نقال لها جميع الناس‬
‫‏‪ ges‬حضرها بالله عليك اتركى هذا الأمر ‪YW‬‏ يموت زوجك أبو‬
‫أولادك فقالت لهم لا أرجع عنه حتى يقول لى ولويموت فسكتوا عنها‬
‫ثم ‪fO‬‏ التاجر قام من ‪eraP‬‏ وتوجه إلى دار الدواب ‪deg‬‏ ثم يرجع‬
‫يقول لهم ‪sloS‬‏ وكان عنده ديك تحته خمسون دجاجة وكان عنده‬
‫كلب فسمع التاجر الكلب وهو ينادى الديك ويسميه ويقول لأهنت‬
‫فرحان وصاحبنا رائح يموت ‪WS‬‏ الديك للكلب وكيف ذلك الأمر فأعاد‬
‫الكلب عليه القصة فقال له الديك والله ‪fO‬‏ ‪ eleL‬قليل ‪!daj‬‏ ‪luJ‬‬
‫هذه وهو ما له الا زوجة واحدة‬ ‫خجمسون زوحة أرضى هذه واغضب‬
‫ولا يعرف صلاح أمره معها فا لهلا يأخذ لها ‪wal‬‏ من عيدان‬
‫التوت ثم يدخل إلى ‪EL‬‏ ويضربها حتّى موت أو تتوب ولا تعود‬
‫تسأله عن شىء قال فلما سمع التاجر كلام الديك وهو يخاطب‬
‫الكلب رجع إلى عقله وعزم على ضربها ودخل عليها الحجرة بعد أن‬
‫قطع لها عيدان التوت وخبأها ‪sieG‬‏ الحجرة وقال لها ‪sL‬‏ داخل‬
‫الحجرة ‪S‬أ‪e‬‏قول لك ولا ينظرنى أحد ثم أموت فدخلت معه ثم ‪]i‬‏‬
‫‏‪ Sees‬ا ا ونوك ليها ‪yllaer‬‏ ‪ !dual‬اغبي عليها‬
‫فقالت له تبت ثم إنها ‪ste‬‏ يديه ورجليه وتابت وخرجت هى واياه‬
‫وفرح الجماعة ‪yloh‬‏ وقعدوا فى أسر الأحوال إلى الممات‪.‬‬
‫‪)‎ of © Tries eo‬ةمدقملا( ‪From the Prolegomena‬‬

‫)‪(A.D. 1332 — A.D. 1406‬‬
‫فى وجوه المعاش وأصنافه ومذاهبه‪‎‬‬
‫اعلم‪ fO ‎‬العاش هو‪ eh‎S‬عن ابتغاء الرزق والسعى فى تحصيله وهو‪‎‬‬
‫العيش تأنه لما كان العيش‪ UC ‎‬هاولحياة لا‪het‎‬‬ ‫اي‬
‫الا بهذه جعلت موضوعًا له على طريق المبالغة ثم ان تحصيل الرزق‪‎‬‬
‫وكسبه إما أن يكون بأخذه من يادل‪.‬غير وانتزاعه بالاقتدار عليه‪‎‬‬
‫‪ ef‬تاتون‪ smeG eelG ‎‬مغرما بوحباية‪ KO IO yLL ‎‬من الحيوان‪‎‬‬
‫لالس اا اتج اوس اصطياءا‪‎‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫الس‪eagla ‎‬‬
‫وإما أن يكون من الحيوان الداجن باستخراج فضوله المنصرفة بين‪‎‬‬
‫الناس فى منافعهم كاللبن من الانعام والحرير من دوده والعسل من‪‎‬‬
‫نحله أو يكون من النبات فى الزرع والشجر بالقيام عليه واعداده‪‎‬‬
‫!‪1Come‬‬
‫لاستخراج ‪dia‬‏ ويسمى هذاكله فلحًا واما ان يكون ‪USH‬‏ من‬

‫الاعمال الانسانية إما فى مواد معينة وتسمى الصنائع من كتابة‬
‫ونجارة وخياطة وحياكة وفروسية وامثال ذلك أو فى مواد غير معينة‬
‫دن‬ ‫)‪ 4‬يب‬ ‫وهى جميع الامتهانات ‪sap‬‏ ‪ iloc‬وام اف كرك‬
‫البضائع واعدادها للاعزاتيج ‪lL‬‏ بالتفد ‪pld‬‏ ‪ lo‬وطاعا‬
‫فارتتاب‪ :‬حوالة الإسراق ‪del‬‏ ‪ eM rue‬ارة فيد وجوه ‪LPU‬‏‬
‫وأصنافه وهى معنى ما ذكره المحققون من اهل ‪loG‬‏ والحكمة‬
‫‪ ones‬مهناف اولاق شاعملا ةراما ةراحتو ةحالفو ةعانصو‬ ‫‏‪Cp Ah‬‬
‫‏‪ ALY! Lb‬تسيلف ‏‪ Cade‬ىعيبط شاعملل الف ةجاح انب ىلا اهركذ‬
‫وقد تقدم شىء من احوال الجبايات السلطانية فى الفصل الثانى وأما‬
‫الفلاحة و الصناعة والتجارة فهى وجوه طبيعية للمعاش أما الفلاحة‬
‫قبن ‪sea‬‏ ‪ elaY‬كنا ‪lte‬‏ ‪ PS‬عر اله ‪yte‬‏ ارد‬
‫‪llip lac T‬‬ ‫‪p‬ين‪ISo‬‏‬
‫ذ‪e‬ا تن الا‬ ‫ه‏‪lo‬‬‫ل ‪yV‬‬‫ل‪bc‬ا‪t‬‏ ‪ IU‬نظ‬
‫وانه معلشها والقائم_عليها اشارة ‪IU‬‏ ‪ FU‬أقدم وجوه المعائن وأنسيتها‬
‫الى الطبيعة وأما الصنائع فهى ثانيتها ومتأخرة عنها ‪TU‬‏ مركبة‬
‫‏‪ Ales‬تصرف ‏‪ ply Use GS! gg‬ال دعوي ابلاغ ‏‪Jol EVI‬‬
‫الحضر الذى هموتأخر عن البدووثان ‪eta‬‏ ون [‪ed‬‏ (‪ llag‬سيكت ‪IM‬‏‬
‫‪ pl ep okey alYeas al male GU‬ولاه‬ ‫‏!?‪vv‬‬
‫‪ a‬فالأكثر من‬ ‫من اللهتعالى واما التجارة وإن كانت طبيعية ‪.‬فى ‪HS‬‏‬
‫حاطه ارو ‏‪ oy Ere‬نيئميتلا‬ ‫‏‪ tealicy ab‬اننا‬
‫فى ‏‪ olAll‬عيبلاو ‏‪ attri SEN dar‬هاب ‏‪el ay, aR‬‬
‫الشرع فيه المكاسبة لما انه من باب المقامرة ‪YS‬‏ انه لأيخسدًا ‪US‬‏ الغير‬
‫مانا فلهذا اختص بالمشروعية‪٠ ..‬‏ '‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫)‪‎ (A.D. 1203—A.D. 1283‬يورقلا> ‪From the Cosmography of‬‬

‫‪5acl‬‬
‫‏‪ Tyall Ge sped‬ةروهلملا ‏‪ QU‬نؤملسملا(ااهانبأ اق“‪ .‬ئبعشلا“‬
‫وهى مديئة على قرب‬ ‫البصرة قبل الكوفة بسمئنة ونصف»‬ ‫مصرت‬
‫البحرء كثيرة النخيل ‪yM‬‏ سبخة التربة» ملحة ‪Ua‬‏ ‪US YO‬‬
‫‏‪ Gh‬عن ال ‪et‬‏ الك ‪L‬‏ ‪ aG‬البصره| ‪YH‬‏ ‪sni slS lup‬‬
‫‪Ey pee el cate eat‬‬ ‫‏‪ein) eee‬‬
‫خيلها فكثير جدا‪ .‬قال الأصمعى*‪ :‬سمعت الرشيد يقول ‪ :‬نظرنا‬
‫‏‪ ٠‬ناذا كل ذهب ونضة ‪ed‬‏ وجه الأأرض ‪Y‬‏ ‪ fo ela‬حل البصرة ‪.‬‬
‫‏‪ (oe geet ene as‬اهدحا نا ةلحد ‏‪ Glass tally‬برق‬
‫‏‪ ood‬نامل ار طخءاش ضوص ونع طم كاضتلا علاد تونا“ ؛‬
‫‏‪ coll‬لا لانا هومر رادو‬ ‫‏‪ loner gs‬ا‬
‫يفعل‪ .‬ذلك فىكل يوم وليلة مرتين » فاذا جزرء نقص نقصا كثيرا‬
‫بحيث لقويس لكان الذى ذهب مقدار ماباقىكأثور» وينتهى كل‬
‫اول شهر فى الزيادة الى غايته » ويسقى المواضع العالية والأراضى‬
‫القاصية‪ .‬ثم يشرع فى الانتقاص » فهذا كل يوم وليلة انقص من الذى‬
‫كان قبله الى آخر الاسبوع الاول من الشهر‪ .‬ثم يشرع فى الزيادة‬
‫ثم يأخذ فى‬ ‫ر‪.‬‬

‫هنصف‬
‫شلى‬
‫لله ا‬
‫ا‏ قب‬
‫وليلة اكثر من ‪UC‬‬ ‫م‬
‫يذاوكل‬
‫فه‬
‫النقص الى آخر الاسبوع » ثم فى الزيادة الى آخر الشهرء وهكذا‬
‫أبدا ‪saG‬‏ هذا القانون ولا يتغير‪ .‬وثانيها انك لو التمست ذبابة‬
‫‏‪ fe‬باهر الطدكة! ازا ىوا تيليا و"العامرها ‪L‬‏ وعدت ‪iV‬‏‬
‫‪* famous Arab philologist, eighth century A.D.‬‬
‫فى الفرط ولو ان معصرة دون الفيض او ثمرة منبوذة دون المسناة لا‬
‫استبنتها من كثرة الذبان وذكروا ان ذلك لطلسم‪ .‬وثالثها ان‬
‫الغربان القواطع فى الخريف تسود جميع ‪EJ‬‏ البصرة ‪yy‬‏ حتى لا‬
‫يرى غصن الواعليه منها ولم يوججدم فيىع الدهر غراب ساقط‬
‫عل ‪HU‬‏ غين مضرومة‪ .‬ولو ‪aG‬‏ ‪ edal‬عدق ‪.‬واحد » ‪yalo‬‏ ‪LO‬‬
‫كالعاول » والتمر فى ‪SU‬‏ الوقت على الأعذاق غميترماسك» فلو لا‬
‫‏‪ Ud‬الله تعالى لتساقطت كلها يقر ‪ajlO‬‏ مركم ‪tseM‬‏ ‪GSI elet‬‬
‫تم الصرام رأيتها ‪elc‬‏ اصول الكرب فلا تدع حشفة الا‬
‫استخرجتها » فسبحان من قدر ذلك لطفا بعباده‪.‬‬
‫‪From aI‬‬ ‫‪‎ (Dictionary of‬داشرإ ‪ repel‬ىلا ‪‎‬ةفرعم‬

‫)‪‎ (A.D. 1179 — A.D. 1229‬توقاي ‪Learned Men) of‬‬
‫‏]‪ ca SU‬راسل‬
‫يولع به كناه‪UP ‎‬‬ ‫وان الرشيد إدز ‪0‬‬ ‫‪era .eraR‬‬
‫صفيان»‪, ag ydnes ‎‬العلم ومكانه من‪ stta doC ‎.‬لأرودنا‪‎‬‬
‫استيعابه‪ LIJ ‎‬الكتاب » وخرجنا من غرضنا من الاختصار ومن وقف‪‎‬‬
‫على الأخبار وتتبع‪ TU ‎‬علم موضعه‪ yliL ‎‬الغناء فكان اصغر علومه‪‎‬‬
‫‪ple‬‬ ‫‪GO‬‬ ‫‪‎ Oly 64: eg‬ناك ‪BY ade CUB‬‬ ‫‪L Gols‬‬
‫علومه نظراء » ولم يكن‪ AE ‎‬هذا نظير‪ EG ‎‬فيه من مضى وسبق‪‎‬‬
‫من بقى فإهموام هذه الصناعة على أنه اكره الناس للغناء والتتسمى‪‎‬‬
‫أراد متى من يندبنى ان اغنى‪Ws ‎‬‬ ‫به ويقول‪ ٠ ‎‬وددت‪ ld ‎‬م‬
‫قال قائل اماق الموصلى‪ llaG ‎‬عشر مقارع (لا أطيق اكثر من هذا)‪‎‬‬
‫‪Gee‬‬ ‫‪: abl Go sels‬ةبسلاو ‪‎‬ةنومأملاناكويوةيلا ‪yds gis‬‬
‫‪1 Celebrated musician at the court of Haran ar-Rashid.‬‬
‫‪3 Son of Harin.‬‬
‫‏‪ GLY‬على «السئة‪ILW .‬‏ وشهر يه من الغناء عندهم » لوليته القضاء‬

‫بحضرق » فانه أولى به واحق ‪yleG‬‏ واصدق تديناً وامانةٌ ‪eR‬‏‬
‫‏‪ I plat cao ge EL eum + JU. shal‬شه ‪ 36‬عمساف ‏‪ee‬‬
‫الحديث؛ ثم اصير الى ‪SUG‬‏ فأقرأ عليه ‪egel‬‏ من القرآن» وآق‬
‫الفراءة قأفرأ عليه جزءاء ثم آتى منصور زلزل‪ :‬فيضاربنى طريقين أو‬
‫‏‪ ON‬ثم ‏‪ ie Ua $28 ¢ddpd Cy NGL‬وأ نيتوص » مث ‏‪SI‬‬
‫‏‪teas UF Gly cots aa‬أفىركاذ مث ‏‪ of Ul‬اهملعاف ‏‪Le‬‬
‫‏‪ Glee‬كلو اكيفل“ ابو" تذل" ىدغتا‪ 3‬‏‪ Sly vas‬نك ‪.‬ءاشعلا تضر‬
‫الى الرشيد‪ .‬وقال الأصمعى ‪ :‬خرجت مع الرشيد فلقيت اماق‬
‫‏‪ Ja : J Cle ly Leoll‬مل ‏‪ Sle s SS TALIS Go Ket‬ان‬
‫يامل رثع فوات ‏‪(Saeed‬‬ ‫‏‪NG Tyla 4) eels pom‬‬
‫وقلت ‪ +‬اذا كان ماخف فكم يكون ما ثقل ؟ فقال ‪ :‬اضعاف ذلك‪.‬‬
‫‏)‪ .4) circa A.D. 872‬ظحاجلا ‏‪ OLS of‬ءالخبلا ‏‪From‬‬

‫‏‪ GIT‬بذكي‬
‫‪ getteil Bee‬ندر دلع نيبو ردت نعي ‏‪ Mla‬ناكآ‬ ‫‏‪ANN‬‬
‫‏‪ carl‬راما ةنا نوكيادلع عر ديورولاهم ‏‪ vane‬لاقجا ‏‪pete‬‬
‫يومًا فى ‪eluc‬‏ وهو مشغول بحسابه وأمره» وقد احتجب جهدهة »‬
‫‪1 A contemporary of al-Mausili.‬‬
‫‪2 al-Mausili’s uncle.‬‬
‫‪3 Name of person.‬‬
‫‪one‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪er‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Peg‬‬
‫‪‎ , he concealed‬بجتحا ‪* odpm‬‬ ‫‪himself (from people) as much as he‬‬

‫‪could.‬‬
‫اذ نجم شاعر من بين يديه » فأنشده شعرا مدحه فيه وقرظه ‪sdos‬‏‬
‫» ‪lJ‬‏ ‪leba :‬‬ ‫اعتلىبه‬

‫كبل‬
‫رودل‪etes‬‏ ثم اق‬ ‫فلما‪gg‬‏ ‪Ed‬‬
‫عشرة ‪TYG‬‏ درهم ‪ .‬ففرح الشاعر فرحا قد يستطار له‪ 1.‬فلما رأى‬
‫حاله قال ‪ :‬وإنى لأرى هذا القول قد وقع منك هذا الموقع !‪ 2‬اجعلها‬
‫عشرين الف درهم‪ .‬وكاد الشاعر ‪HC‬‏ من جلده‪ .‬فلما رأى فرحه‬
‫قدا ته عساء ‪UJ‬‏ ‪I lioS selciiy eJ dralci sal ylG +‬‬
‫أعطه يا ‪WO‬‏ اربعين ‪IW‬‏ فكاد الفرح يقتله‪ .‬فلما رجعت اليه‬
‫نفسه » قال له ‪ :‬انت» ‪eehS‬‏ فداك » رجل كريم ‪ :‬وأنا اعلم انك‬
‫كلما رأيتنى قد ازددت فرحا» ‪,uG‬‏ ‪ . tps‬وقبول هذا منك لا‬
‫يكون الا منَقلة ‪laS‬‏ له‪ .‬ثم دعاله وخرج‪.‬‬
‫‪$b), OM‬‬ ‫!‪ean ital: dle facut‬‬
‫قال‏‪alias‬‬
‫منك باربعين درهماء تأمر له باربعين الف درهم ! قال ‪٠‬‏ ويلك !‬
‫وتريد ان تعطيه ‪SET‬‏ قال ‪٠‬‏ ومن ‪IWS‬‏ امرك بك؟ قال ‪٠‬‏ يا ‪laG‬‏ »‬
‫ائما هذا رجل سرنا بكلام » وسررناه بكلام ! هو حين زعم أنى‬
‫احسن من القمر ‪ylS‬‏ من ‪LAC‬‏ وأن لسانى اقطع من السيف» ‪ylO‬‏‬
‫امرى ‪liaS‬‏ من السنان» جعل فىيدى من هذا ‪tE‬‏ ارجعبه الى‬
‫‪ GIT oe Uj‬ال >‬ ‫‏‪ Teens‬أليينا ‏‪Ay TOITOFaille‬‬
‫فنحن ايضا نسره بالقول» ونأمر له بالجوائز» وإن كان ‪TIW‬‏ ‪ :‬فيكون‬
‫‪seB‬‏‬ ‫اكت ‪yev‬‏ ولول ‪yeO‬‏ لآ أن ‪apO‬‏ ا‬
‫‏‪Nes‬‬ ‫‏‪ ga Me ew‬لاا هك مروان‬
‫)‪14‬‬ ‫‪ dluoc evah nekat thgilf no tnuocca fo .ti‬قد يستطار‪‎‬‬
‫!‪2 This speech has moved you‬‬
‫‪5 J.e. the narrator.‬‬
‫‪‘For us, for our sake.‬‬
‫‪ aus (Book of‬راظنلا ىف بئارغ راصمالا بئاجحعو ‪‎‬رافسالا ‪From‬‬

‫‪‎ (A.D. 1304‬نبا ‪Travels) of 590‬‬
‫)‪- A.D. 1377‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫انو ناك دنع ‪‎‬ءرهظلا ‪ LAT bee‬لت »ضولا ‪‎‬اونظف ‪wel‬‬
‫‪ ale‬ارامل لإ ‪‎‬لوران ‪‎ ape‬الردف ‪‎ Claes‬اموق ‪cael‬‬
‫‪‎‬اوراشاف ‪ pple‬نا اوبهذي ىف مهتبحم ‪.‬اوبأن سلجو ‪‎‬مهتثالث ‪Call‬‬
‫وأنا مواجه لهم'‪ .‬ووظعوا حبل قتب كان معنهم بالارض‪ .‬وأنا انظر‪‎‬‬
‫مبيلا لوقاو ىق ‪‎‬ئسفن ‪ ee Sober GL es‬القتل‪coil. ‎‬‬
‫كذلك ساعة‪ .‬ثم جاء ثلاثة من‪ !elpp ‎‬الذين أخذونى» فتكلموا‪‎‬‬
‫‪‎ cope‬كمبشؤلا ‪‎ ppl‬ااولاق ‪LEG Tope Let CY + apd‬‬
‫الشيخ الى الأسود كأنه اعتذر بمرضه‪ .‬وكان احد هؤلاء الثلاثة‪‎‬‬
‫شابا جسن الوجه فقال لى ‪ :‬أتريد ان اسرحك؟ فقلت‪ :.‬نعم‪‎.‬‬
‫فقال ‪ +‬اذهب ! فأخذت‪ IO da ‎‬كانت‪ eg ‎‬فاعطيته اياهاء‪‎‬‬
‫‪‎‬يكل ‪Ol cals canst eel eile:‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪leer‬‬
‫يبدو لهم فيدركونى» فدخلت غيضة قصب واختفيت فيها الى أن‪‎‬‬
‫غابت الشمس ثم خرجت وسلكت الطريق التى أرانيهاء الشاب‪‎‬‬
‫د ال اء قر‪ elec eae ‎‬الى ثلث الليل فوصلت‪‎‬‬
‫‪ dehcs‬مي‪‎‬‬ ‫‪elb‬‬‫‪o‬حك‪‎‬‬
‫‪G‬ك أصب‬
‫‪ tnec‬الست ادف قلما‬
‫الى جبل من الصخر عال » فيه‪ireo ‎‬غيلان والسدر‪ ,‬فكنت اجنى‪‎‬‬
‫‪ Aya gh‬ف ‪‎‬عار ‪‎ GUT‬يح ‪OUI ge an ase‬‬ ‫‪‎‬سس‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫فاذا تلك الطريق ‪dap‬‏ الى قرئ ‪SU‬‏ ‪ be hsaS‬أخرى‬
‫فأفضت بى الى قرية خربة» ‪sloc‬‏ بها أسودين‪eyl ,‬‏ فخفسنهما »‬
‫‪1A blue cloak.‬‬
‫‪Madde‬‬ ‫)‪‎sly‬انا‬
‫اقبت ‪de‬‏‪ FO EL elulct‬الليقكعلت القزية ‪reac‬‏ دارا‬

‫فى بيت من بيوتها شبه خابية كبيرة يصنعونها لاختزان الزرع » وق‬
‫اسفلها نقب يسع الرجل ‪ .‬فدخلتها ووجدت داخلها مفروشاً بالتبن »‬
‫وفيه حر جعلت رأسى عليه ونمت‪ .‬وكان فوقها طائر يرفرف يجناحيه‬
‫‏‪ ably « hull A‬نك ‏‪ «Ge‬ايمان‪ .‬‏‪AS hee cals. cn‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫الحال سبعة أيام » من يوم اسرت وهو يوم السبت‪.‬‬
‫‪)4191‬‏ ‪ (A.D. 1681 - .D.A‬جر جى زيدان ‪yb‬‏ فتح الأندلس ‪morF‬‏‬

‫الأندلس والقوط‪ 1‬وطليطلة‪8‬‬
‫‏‪ coal Jul‬تاعطاقم ‏‪ lil‬اهيكساو ى ‏‪ Goll‬اسولدتوا‬
‫‏‪ ile 4.5‬ةلادنولا وأ‪ .‬اونكودلادتنلا دق ‏‪ ilehsb‬دعب ناكورلا‬
‫فلما فتحها العرب سموها الاندلس ثم اطلقوا هذا الاسم على اسبانيا‬
‫كلها ‪.‬‬
‫وكات اسبانيا في ‪ed‬‏ ‪ elM‬الرومان الغريبة آلى ‪lO‬‏ ‪lt‬‬
‫للميلاد فسطا عليها القوط وهم من القبائل المرمانية‪ 4‬الذين رحلوا‬
‫من ‪,‬أغالى ‪llew‬‏ ‪,‬الى وزيا طلا المرعى والمعاشن وأقانوا فى ‪eloS‬‏‬
‫اوربا كا أقام العرب فى بوادى الشام والعراق‪ .‬ثم سطا القوط على‬
‫‏‪ dy All Gly! ibe‬ليف ولكل ‏‪ Gt‬لع ‏‪ ILM‬ةكرشلا ‏‪Fegan‬‬
‫الترون وأنشأوا الممالك فى فرنسا والمانيا واتكلترا وغيرها وهى الدول‬
‫الباقية فى اوربا الى الآن‪.‬‬
‫وكاث فى جملة تلك القبائل قبيلة القوط الغربيين « فيسيقوط »‪5‬‬
‫سطوا على اسبانيا فى القرن الخامس واستخرجوها من الرومانيين‬
‫‪1The Goths.‬‬ ‫‏‪6.‬‬
‫‏‪5 The Vandals.‬‬
‫‪4 Germanic.‬‬
‫‪§ Visigoths.‬‬
‫وأنشأوا فيها دولة قوطية انتهت بالفتح الاسلامى سنة ‪yaB‬‏ (‪)rave‬‬
‫على يد طارق بن زياد القائد البربرى الشهير‪.‬‬
‫وانت عاصمة ‪eW‬‏ القوط فى اسبانيا عامئذ مدينة طليطلة على‬

‫ك‬
‫ضفاف نهر ‪llet‬‏ فى أواسط اسبانيا‪ .‬وكانت طليطلة ى ذلك ‪lsd‬‏‬
‫‏‪ daa,‬عامرة فيها الحصون والقلاع والقصور والكنائس والديور‪.‬‬
‫‏‪ Sy hy‬نيدلا ةسايسلاو اهيفو عمتجي عمجم ةفقاسالا لك ماع‬
‫ظ فى الامور العامة‪.‬‬
‫وكان ملك الاسبان عام الفتح الملك رودريك* والعرب يسمونه‬
‫ل«ذريق » وهو قوطى الأصل تولى املك سنئة و‪.‬ب م ولم يكن من‬
‫العائلة المالكة ولكنه اختلس الملك اختلاسا وترك أبناء املك السايق‬
‫تاقدين ‪.‬عليه ‪ .‬اوكانت ‪lel‬‏ تنقسم ‪spaeH‬‏ الى‪,YL ,‬‏ ‪ fg‬دوقيات‪2‬‬
‫حاكم‪ .‬سيق الدوق] أف ‪SLC‬‏ ويرجعون فى‬ ‫إل إل ‪leed‬‏‬
‫أحكاسهم جميعًا الى املك القيم فى طليطلة‪.‬‬
‫وطليطلة واقعة على ‪TSL‬‏ مؤلفة من ‪TO‬‏ بحيط بها مر التاج من كل‬
‫الال عا لله لدو لفن مانا ‪,go‬‏ ‪oS po deti‬‬ ‫‏‪Mate‬‬
‫الشرق والغرب والبنوب ‪ehd‬‏ متسلسلة تحجب ‪YG‬‏ عن ‪led‬‏‬
‫السنديان‬ ‫الزيتون وكروم العنب وغابات‬ ‫المدينة وفيها مغارس‬
‫‪So‬‏ جعلها‬ ‫الكبرى‬ ‫الكئيسة‬ ‫المدينة‬ ‫منتصف‬ ‫وق‬ ‫والصنوبر‪.‬‬
‫السلمون بعد الفتح ‪eloC‬‏ وهى من الفخامة والمناعة على جانب‬
‫عظيم ‪ 4.‬وكان الناظر إذا ألقى نظره على أبنية طليطلة من شاهق تبين‬
‫فيها من ضيروب الأبنية مزيجا من الطرز الرومانية والطرز القوطية وحول‬
‫‪1 River Tagus.‬‬
‫‪2 Roderic.‬‬
‫‪3 Dukedoms.‬‬
‫‪‘'To a great extent.‬‬
‫المدينة ‏‪ASW! yylis GEV CLL Ge Al elias SLO gs‬‬

‫والأثمار وسائر أصناف ‪Ej‬‏ إذا أطل الواقف من إحدى نوافذ‬
‫منازلها أشرف عليها ‪FE‬‏‬
‫‏( ‪ ab (A.D. 1891-‬نيسح ‏‪ (Autobiography) by‬مايألا ‏‪From‬‬
‫‏‪I‬‬
‫لقد رأيتك (يا(‪eG‬‏ ذات يوم جالسة على حجر ابيك وهو يقص‬
‫عليك قصة اديب ‪LM‬‏ وقد خرج من ‪ 5‬بعد أن قاعنة لايدك‬
‫‪,‬يراك ذلك‬ ‫كيف سير |واقيلت ايه اتجونة ‪seca‬‏ ‪ssoal‬‬
‫اليوم تسمعين هذه القصة مبتهجة من أولها ثم أخذ لونك يتغير‬
‫]‪OV‬‬ ‫‏‪ HU AG‬ثذخاو ‏‪ tL tye‬كرد ‏‪oo by ets Et‬‬
‫‪CL chily ews CY dol le CS‬‬ ‫‏‪KIL ctl‬‬
‫فاترعتك ‏‪Seapiy heyy fae Se dh Cl) Ly cael)3soy ge‬‬
‫امك وفهم ابوك وفهمت أنا ايضاً انك إنما بكيت ‪YB‬‏ رأيت اديب‬
‫‏‪ cst‬كأبيك مكفوفاً لا يبصر ولايستطيع أن يبتدى وحده‪ .‬فبكيت‬
‫ليله كا ‪yS‬‏ لردت‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫والنساء فى قرى مصر لا ‪tG‬‏ الصمت ولا يملن اليه » فاذا خلت‬
‫‪daoG‬‏ ‪. dade llac‬الى نفسلا‬ ‫د‏من‬
‫‏!‪ gale‬الى انفسها ‪yb‬‬
‫‏‪ GLI‬من' الحديت » فغنت إكنانت فرحةء ‪sedoc‬‏ إن كانت بكروتة»‬
‫‏‪Hl els Ded Cols cus op tye pe i ADI SS‬‬
‫إذا “مغلوث ‪ME‬‏ *اننفي‪ 1‬أن" ‪uS‬‏ ا لاسن ‪)LSP‬‏‬
‫‪1 Oedipus Rex.‬‬
‫‪2 Antigone.‬‬
‫‪ eepe es‬بجهذا![العسايدة الم البكاة! حتاررن وكان تطلاحتنا‪das ‎‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫الناس بالاستماع الكامزاته وهن يتغنين‪ yl ‎‬امه وهى تعدد‪‎.‬‬

‫وكان غناء أخواته يغيظه ولا ‪AA‬‏ فى نفسه أثراًء لانه كان ‪ew‬‏‬
‫سخيفا لا يدل على شىء» بينما كان تعديد أمهيبزه هزا ‪esil‬‏‬
‫‏‪L Lys‬ناك ‏‪ poll Me des 4K‬ظفح ‏‪oe UBT Gale‬‬
‫‏‪ all go Ley GES‬كو نايا ‏‪ da‬ضتقعلاا اتلزهو ‪.‬‬
‫—‪ (A.D. 89‬توفيق الحكيم ‪yb‬‏ يوميات نائب فى الأرياف ‪morF‬‏‬

‫(‪1‬‏‪8‬‬
‫أبصرت سائق السيارة مختفياً خلف ‪elp‬‏ السئط شاحب الوجهء‬
‫‏‪ jyh‬اين ‪stlas ¢‬‏ هذا ‪llef‬‏ ‪ oV‬ملك ‪sdud‬‏ ‪+‬‬
‫‪sede) Geral) WIE at EC Late Sl caps. ie‬‬
‫‪‎ LolaVk only ops abil‬تكضو ‪BLL G AIT UW‬‬
‫ةحيص فرصنا اهدعب ىلا ةرايس ‪‎‬عبقو ‪ eee‬ا يذلا ‪‎‬؟ضشور‪sal ,‬‬
‫منظر العظام فى ذاتهاء أم فكرة الموت المثلة فيها» امالمصير الآدمى‪‎‬‬
‫وقد رآه أمامه رأى العين ؟ ولاذا لم‪ ye‎d‬منظر الميثث أو العظام‪‎‬‬
‫‪ sh‬فى مثل وف مثل الطبيب » وحتى فى مثل اللحاد‪ llag ‎‬هذا‪‎‬‬
‫التأثير؟ ‪,‬ميل‪ ID ‎‬ان هذه‪ !LAG ‎‬والعظام قد فقدث لدينا ما‪ed ‎‬‬
‫من رموز‪ .‬فهى لا تعدو فى نظرنا قطع الأخشاب وعيدان الحطب‪‎‬‬
‫وقوالب الطين والآجر‪ .‬إنها اشياء تتداولها أيدينا فى عملنا اليومى‪‎.‬‬
‫‪ a‬انفصل عنها ذلك ا«لرمز‪ UG » ‎‬هوكل قوتنا‪ .‬نعم» وما يبقى‪‎‬‬
‫رل‪‎‬‬‫طك‬ ‫لشرية‬
‫المظيمة القدسة الىلهافى‪ ek‎‬الب‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ o‬تلك‪‎‬‬
‫مناكل‬
‫نلزوعنا عنها ذلك « الرمز » أيبقى منها أمام أبصارنا اللاهية» غير‪‎‬‬
‫‪ :‬حر أو‪ cilc ‎‬لا يساوى‪ tu ‎‬ولا يعنى‪‎‬‬ ‫دى‬
‫اسم‬
‫مر ج‬
‫المكترثة » غي‬
‫شيئا‪ .‬ما مصير البشرية وما قيمتها لو ذهب ‪eY‬‏ «الرمز »؟ هو‬
‫‪S‬ك‪SA‬‏‬
‫‪Ve‬‏ وهو مع ذل‬ ‫فىذاته كائن لا وجود له‪ .‬هو‬
‫‏‪ CU «e No‬ديشن ‏‪ Like as‬رهلكاذن‬ ‫‪ oT‬اذه‬ ‫‏‪he‬‬
‫ملك من سمق ‪ELS‬‏ به وممتاز على غيرنا من المخلوقات ‪ .‬هنا كل‬
‫اق ‪”,syuG‬‏ ‪ TU‬وال ناك اليا‬
‫قطع الطبيب سلسلة تفكيرى ‪,iaG‬‏ (‪bc‬فىيده ‪SNO‬‏ القَقّازْالجلدى‬
‫‏!‪ GULL‬يفحص به العظام ‪. . ,‬‬
‫عباس ممود العقاد ‪yb‬‏ ‪morF eht levon 51..15‬‬

‫‪)4691‬‏ ‪(A.D. 9881 - .D.A‬‬
‫اللقاء‬
‫ألفى ‪elp‬‏ نفسه» وهو ‪el‬‏ الى منزله » على مقربة منسكن‬
‫صاحبه الأستاذ ‪)lec‬‏ وهو ‪yoJ‬‏ ظريف طيب النحيزة‪ .‬وكان يومئذ‬
‫لراك‬
‫مط لو‬ ‫يسك ف نيك من ‪sgiG‬‏ هرات ‪llig‬‏ ‪SAS‬‬
‫اسمها ماريانا‪ . . .‬فدلف هام الى المنزل يزور صاحبه ويقضى معه فترة‬
‫يفقزان فيها بين معارض ‪tte‬‏ ‪ ID‬لا وصلة بينها» ويضحكان‬
‫نيرمت عفان‬
‫‏‪ LT Kes‬نإمل نكتهيف ةهاكف ةيلاع هيففالوكش‬
‫للرئتين ‪.‬‬
‫ووجد ‪LLUG‬‏ فناء الدار تطعم الديكة الرومية التى لها صفحة‬
‫الآنها‬ ‫يدرسا‬
‫‪ !USW‬وعتداها ‪dtS‬‏ امليحة ‪separG‬‏ تق‬ ‫من ‪UDS‬‏‪g‬‬
‫تصلح* للعشرين كا تصلح للخامسة والعشرين » وتسمىة آنسة كا‬
‫تسمى سيدة » وهى مشغولة بكساء تقلبه وتمعن النظر في ‪.‬ه‬
‫‪1 Sarah.‬‬
‫‪2 might be; 114. suitable for.‬‬ ‫‪3 might well be called.‬‬
‫قال همام ‪lua :‬‏ ‪ lla‬الصباح » اين زاهر يا ‪edloM‬‏ فردت‬

‫التحية يمثلهاء وقالت ‪ :‬أولا نراك إلا زائراً لزاهر؟ ‪]ia‬‏ خرجمنذ‬
‫هنيهة على أن يعود بعد قليل‪.‬‬
‫والتفت همام الى صفحة المكرونة ‪EW‬‏ ‪ :‬أرى ان الديكة اليوم‬
‫ايطالية وليست رومية ! فلم تجب ماريانا بغير ابتسامة عريضة » وانما‬
‫اجابت الفتاة قائلة ‪ :‬إن كان الجنس بالطعام فالديكة هنا عالمية لا‬
‫تدين” يجنس من الاجناس ‪ :‬مصرية إن اكلت الفول‪ .‬المدمشة»‬
‫وانجليزية ان اكلت البطاطس» وهندية إن صبرت على الصيام‬
‫الطويل ‪.‬‬
‫فنظرت اليها ماريانا نظرة العتب المصطنع » واستظرف هام جوابها‬
‫واستغرب مشاركتها فى الحديث فى وقت واحدة» ورحب مع ذلك بهذه‬
‫المشاركة ‪US‬‏ احس التوهاة انها وافقت هواه» وانه ‪FO‬‏ يسوق الحديث‬
‫إن ‪VL‬‏ تعرف كل شىء عن‬
‫اليها إن أبطأ المساق‪ .6‬قال همام ‪:‬‬
‫ديكة البيت وتذبدّبها فى الوطنية » ولكنى لا اذكر اننى رأيتك هنا يا‬
‫‏‪ Lal‬قبل ‏‪LOM‬‬
‫ماذا يقول؟ أيقول لا أذكر انى رأيتك؟ ‪TbO‬‏ من ‪LS‬‏ إذن ان‬
‫يراها ويهملها ويتسى انه رآها؟‬
‫أحس همام ‪iet‬‏ ان الكلمة ل توافق هواهاء وسمعها نجيب بشىء‬
‫يا‬ ‫ولماذ | اعون‬ ‫‪,atO‬‏‬ ‫من الامتعاض المكتوم ءا اطي‬
‫‪‎ bog‬مأو !!‬ ‫‪‎ Gaya‬ىننا ‪dy‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ةسنآ !‬
‫‪1 Madame.‬‬
‫‪ gnoleb .ot‬دان ب*‪‎‬‬ ‫(‪5 deliob .)tpygE‬‬
‫‪4 at the same time.‬‬
‫‪5 at once (33).‬‬
‫‪‎‬ا ‪®a v.n. of‬‬
‫حسن ‪SS‬‏ عبد الوهاب الصمادحى ‪yb‬‏ خلاصة تأريخ تونس ‪morF‬‏‬
‫)‪1‬‏‪(A.D. 38—8‬‬
‫افتك النصارى غرناطة‪ +‬سنة يوم هجرية من ملوكها بنى الأجره‬
‫‏‪ wy ide‬صتؤتملاةهتذزف * ‏‪GE Mase sald AMER Lal:‬‬
‫‏‪ alte‬م ‏‪ AT dae Telly Gall UE dT alin‬نم‬
‫ضعفاءمم يمواطنهم مهانين فى اعتقادم مضطهدين فى حقوقهم الى‬
‫‏‪ alll Gal‬داش مع للا ‏‪Gass Ob pele Is a‬‬
‫‪ IAI‬وشردوم‪K ‎‬‬ ‫‪ 0 ee‬مرايد ًاعيمج دعب نا ‪‎‬موماس ‪equ‬‬
‫‪‎ ad‬هيرتل ‪ot‬‬ ‫‪‎ Se‬د ‪‎ Jd‬مصعب ‪‎Gls dey‬ال ‪pill pat‬‬
‫‪ ie‬وقصد آخرون القطر التونسى لما‪ FO ‎‬يبلغهم عن كرم اهله‪‎‬‬
‫وخصب تربته‪ .‬فوفدوا ملتجئين‪ sno ‎‬وديتهم الا هذه‪shal ‎‬‬
‫وما‪ ssoP !aJ »bO yab ‎‬على عبد عثان داىة‪‎.‬‬ ‫‪,. + ua‬و‬
‫‪‎‬رشمات ‪ py‬ءالؤه ‪‎‬نييوكتملا ‪Spot Jal Cony Seerd opily‬‬
‫ا ىتح ماسنأ‪‎‬دقف ‪ay‬‬
‫ملناراضى‬
‫ما اختاروا ا‬ ‫‪ 3‬إن هذا الداى أقطع ‪laS‬‏ ‪ly‬‬
‫وورّع على محتاجيهم الاموال والنفقات فانتشروا فى اكناف البلاد‬
‫يشيدون القرى وينشئون المزارع والبساتين حتى ‪daeliG‬‏ القطر ‪ieAy‬‏‪l‬‬
‫المفتودزوتروته ‪lllgaog‬‏ نين الى ليها ‪ .‬لجان وفرنبالية‬
‫‪"0-93‬‬
‫والحديدة ‏‪ Olsen‬وطبربة ‪ 1‬الباب وتسور وقامة الاندلس وغيرها‪.‬‬
‫‪1 Granada.‬‬ ‫‪ last Muslim dynasty which ruled Granada‬ونب ‪‎‬رجألا‪2‬‬

‫‪A.D. 1239 to A.D. 1492.‬‬
‫‪3 Ferdinand the Catholic.‬‬ ‫‪4 Castile.‬‬
‫‪5 €Uthman (Otman) Dey, Governor of Tunis, A.D. 1595 to A.D. 1610.‬‬
‫‪6 Softened their exile.‬‬
‫‪7 et seq. names of towns.‬‬
‫وعلاوة على ذلك فقد استوطن منهم جانبٌ ‪yliL‬‏ حاضرة تونس‬
‫واتخذوا بها حارات عرفت بهم واسواقاً للصناعات الى جلبوها معهم‬
‫كصناعة الشاشية* ونسّج الحرير ونقش الرخام واليبس والرليج ‪.‬‬
‫وها‪ .‬وبالجملة‬
‫وقد نقل اهل البلاد عنهم اصول تلك االحترفقحنتى‬
‫!‪les deuly Sof Ad! Crd‬‬ ‫‪Sem Gy bil Grae vs‬‬
‫دافق‪‎.‬‬
‫)‏ — ‪ (A.D. 4981‬ميخائيل نعيمة ‪yb‬‏ الغربال ‪morF‬‏‬

‫الرواية التمثيلية ومسألة اللغات‬
‫اكبر عقبة صادفتها فى تأليف « الآباء والبنين »‪ 3‬هى اللغة العامية‬
‫ظن‬ ‫ا‪-‬‬ ‫وفى‬
‫‏‪ plilly‬الذى يجب ان تعطاه فى مثل هذه الروايات‪ .‬فى عر‬
‫اشخاص الرواية يجب ان‬ ‫أن‬ ‫الكثيرين يوافقوننى على ذلك‬
‫‪ Uy‬ةغللاب ىتلا اودوعت نا ‏‪ Lane‬اهب نعمهفطاوع مجراكفاو »‬ ‫‏‪bie‬‬
‫وإن الكاتب ‪UC‬‏ يحاول ان يجعل ‪EAL‬‏ اميا يتكلم بلغة الدواوين‬
‫الشعرية والمؤلفات اللغوية يظلم فلاحه ونفسه وقارئه وسامعه» لا بل‬
‫يظهر اشخاصه فىمظهر الهزل حيث لا يقصد الهزل ويقترف جرم‬

‫ذافن ‪el‬‏ ‪ ILG teop G‬حسبما نراه § مشاهد الحياة‬
‫هناك أمرآخر جدير بالاهتام متعلق باللغة العامية ‏ وهو أن هذه‬

‫اللغة تستر تحت ثوبها النشن كثيراً من فلسفة الشعب واختباراته‬
‫فى الحياة وامثاله واعتقاداته ‪HB‬‏ لو حاولت ان تؤديها بلغة فصيحة‬
‫‪‎ a sufficient number.‬بناج ‪* lo‬‬
‫‪* Sheshiya; red felt cap (similar to the tarbush) worn in North Africa.‬‬
‫‪ ely YI, a previous work of the author.‬والبئون*‪‎‬‬
‫لكنت كن يترجم اشعاراً وامثالاً عن لغة اعجمية‪ .‬وريما خالفنا ى‬

‫ذلك ‪yaj‬‏ ‪ lio‬تأبطوا القواميش ‪.‬وتسلحوا‪yK :‬‏ الصرف ‪yrg‬‏‬
‫كلها قائلين إن «كل الصيد فى جوف «‪laL‬‏ ‪ ylO‬لا بلاغة أو‬
‫فصاحة أو طلاوة فىاللغة العامية لاتستطيع أن ‪EG‬‏ بمثلها‪ .‬بلغة‬
‫فصحى‪ .‬فلبؤلاء ننصح ‪fO‬‏ يدرسوا حياة الشعب ولغته بامعان‬
‫وندقيق ‪.‬‬
‫الرواية التمثيلية » من بين كل الأساليب ‪gdc‬‏ لا تستطيع ان‬
‫‏‪ aul Ge (git‬ةيماعلا ‏‪ Lied! gl Lif wm said! UCL‬هذه‬
‫القاعدة لوجب ‪fO‬‏ نكتب كل رواياتنا باللغة العامية» إذ ليس بيننا من‬
‫يتكلم عربية‪ :‬المجاهلية أو العصور الاسلامية «‪eD‬‏ وذاك يعنى‬
‫ونحن بعيدون عن أن نبتغى هذه الملمة‬ ‫انقراض لغتنا الفصحى‪.‬‬
‫القومية فأين المخرج ؟‬
‫د‪.‬‬
‫ح‪sa‬‬
‫ا‪t‬‏‪f‬‬
‫و‪la‬‬
‫عبثاً‏‪ ote‬عن حل لهذا الشكل فهو اكبرمنان‬
‫‪liG‬‏ بعد التفكين” هو أن أجعل‪ .‬المتعلمين ‪,‬من‬ ‫وتجلومصالت‬
‫‏‪NS‬‬ ‫‪ aly‬نوملكتي ةغل »ةبرعم نييمالاو ةغللا ‪.‬ةيماعلا‬ ‫‏‪ole‬‬
‫‪ oA‬ال ‏‪ je‬ةدقعلا“‪#‬نا اسال‬ ‫‏‪Nie ol peek,‬‬ ‫اعترف‬
‫فالمسألة لا تزال ‪elad‬‏ ال ‪!esle‬‏ ‪ led yJ lS‬كايا‬
‫جبران خليل جيران ‪yb‬‏ دمعة وابتساية ‪morF‬‏‬

‫صوت الشاعر )‪.D.A 1391‬‏ ‪.D.A( 3881 -‬‬
‫‏‪ ae‬الى ‏‪ OKs Cals ULL or‬ىدالب مهتساعتل » نكلو اذا‬
‫ما هب قومي مدفوعين بما يدعونه وطنية وزحفوا على وطن قريبي‬
‫وضلبواسامواله [‪yhp‬‏ ‪ yellA‬ويتموا اطفاله وريلوا ‪ 00100‬ايرا‬
‫ارضه دماء بنيه واشبعوا ضواريه ‪top‬‏ فتيانه كرهت اذ ذاك بلادي‬
‫وسكان بلادي‪.‬‬
‫‪IS) Sy cas uty Cp dl GEL coed) bine SH Ctl‬‬
‫‪ 1‬عابر طريق وطلب مأوى في ذلك اليك وقوتا' مسنك"انة ومنع‪‎‬‬
‫مطروداً استبدلت تشبيبي بالرثاء وشوقي بالسلو وقلت بذاتي‪ :‬ان‪‎‬‬
‫‪Gal‬‬
‫البيت الذي‪ rag ‎‬بالخبز على محتاجه » وبالفراش على طالبه لهو‪‎‬‬
‫البيوت بالهدم والخراب‪‎.‬‬
‫احب سقط رأسي ‪,‬بعض ‪es‬‏ لبلادي‪ .‬واحب ‪KOG‬‏ بقسم من‬
‫‏‪ Se‬للارض وطني ‪ .‬واحب الارض ‪SE‬‏ لانها ‪yS‬‏ الانسانية روح‬
‫الالوهية على الارض ‪ .‬الانسانية المقدسة روح الالوهية على الارض‪.‬‬
‫سبا ‏‪HEIGL Gil LG seplly‬‬ ‫‏‪ eater) ans‬ةقفارلا ني لا‬
‫البالية» الذارفة الدموع السخية على وجنتيها الذابلتين ‪ ¢‬المنادية‬
‫أبناءها "يصوت ‪eh‬‏ ‪ ld YS‬و عويلاً ادها مشغولون عن‬
‫ندائها باغاني العصبية» منصرفون عن دموعها بصقل السيوف‪.‬‬
‫تلك الانسانية ‪LJA‬‏ وحدها تستغيث بالقوم ‪sB‬‏ لا يسمعون» وان‬
‫‏‪ 542 Ya‬وادرء‪rY .‬‏ وبيج دموعها عوزاها فى شدائده كال‬
‫القوم ‪ :‬اتركوه فالدموع لاتؤثر بغير الضعيف‪.‬‬
‫الانسانية روح الالوهية على الارض‪ .‬تلك الالوهية السائرة بين‬
‫الامم المتكلمة بحابة المشيرة اسلىبل الحياة والناس يضحكون مستهزئين‬
‫باقوالما وتعاليمها‪ .‬تلك التي سمعها بالامس الناصري‪ +‬قصلبوه»‬
‫وسقراط‪ 2‬فسمموه» ‪elloc‬‏ ‪ caL‬اليوم القائلون بالناصري وسقراط‬
‫‪1The Nazarene.‬‬
‫‪2 Socrates.‬‬
‫‏‪ Lek‬امام الناس والناس لايقدرون على قتلهم» لكنهم‬ ‫وجاهروا‬

‫يسخرون بهم قائلين ‪ :‬السخرية اقسى من القتل واس‪.‬‬
‫‪ hy‬وقت ‪‎‬بقوا ‪‎ Gage 6 Gpetll USE‬ىلا ‪Yo WM‬‬
‫ءانيثآلع ‪‎‬مادا‪‎ Ge ged bl de‬لإ ‪de iepeel 6s gly 2‬‬
‫يعماس ةيئاسنالا ‪‎‬يعباتو ‪» pail‬ةيهولالا نويخيسف ‪‎‬ىلا ‪SAW‬‬
‫الابد‪‎,‬‬
‫‪‎‬لوادجلا ‪Specimen of modern Arabic verse from‬‬

‫‪ LL (A.D. 1889‬وبأ ‪‎‬ىضام ‪of‬‬
‫‪eS‬‬ ‫)‪-A.D. 1957‬‬
‫‏‪ ad,‬أدرى‬
‫‪et Exits gal gyplel‬‬

‫‪YSee‬‬
‫ولقد أبصرت قدامى طريقًا فمشيت‪‎‬‬
‫ئقبلسو ارئاس‪‎‬نإ‪Sail pl lie Gta‬‬
‫‪eat‬‬ ‫‪ob pal is ToS‬‬
‫‪Got Gud‬‬
‫أجديد أم قدي أنا فى هذا الوجود‪‎‬‬
‫هل أناحرطليق أم أسيرفىقيود‪‎‬‬
‫‪ TU oY‬قائد‪ lp alG d dleg‎‬سود‪‎‬‬
‫‪es‬‬ ‫ادق‪‎‬‬ ‫تمن‬
‫لنيتك‪ ,‬أد رف‪‎‬‬
‫‪1 Jerusalem.‬‬
‫‪2 Athens.‬‬
‫‪Proverbs and Aphorisms‬‬

‫‪-0E-‬‬
‫(حكم وأمثال)‬
‫صوءةه‪- ‎‬‬
‫الاة ال‪‎‬‬
‫‪be‬‬ ‫الأبثال‪= ,sel ‎‬‬
‫‪ay gs‬‬
‫‪ ileal‬ن‪‎ 0‬ناطيّشلا ‪: ec‬‬
‫‪$--‬‬ ‫‪= = 90‬‬
‫‪ sokYI Gg‬إفادة‪‎‬‬
‫‪‎‬ةلاسر ‪Bes ile OLX‬‬

‫‪G-00‬‬ ‫‪Go‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ود‬
‫مي‪‎‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‪ZF‬‬ ‫‪SOO‬‬ ‫‪ea‬‬ ‫‪80-I‬‬

‫اربع ذ‪sulc‬‏ والقربة يابسة !‬
‫=‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪S-‬‬ ‫»‪oo‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪oe‬‬ ‫‪do‬‬
‫‪‎26‬‬
‫معحيه‬ ‫‪roHiLs‬‬ ‫كل‪‎‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪°‬‬ ‫ود‬ ‫=‪a‬‏‬ ‫صمي ”‬ ‫‏‪we‬‬
‫لدرهم‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫وى ق‬
‫قعل‬
‫عاس‬
‫كلم الن‬‫=‬ ‫‏‪Be‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪eL‬‏‬ ‫و‬ ‫‏‪- ds‬‬
‫‪Sine‬‬ ‫‪ 00-‬ور‪‎‬‬ ‫©‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪39 -0-‬‬

‫الوعد حاب والفعل مطر‬
‫سه‬ ‫ص‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪a‬‏‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫> ورور‬
‫العدر اقبح من الذنب‬

‫‪70‬‬ ‫جمو‪‎-‬‬
‫الادب يزين الغى ‪As‬‏‪ gn‬فقر الفقير‬

‫‪CR‬‬ ‫ده‪‎‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪-02‬‬ ‫‪jure‬‬ ‫‪‎‬و‬ ‫‪-E0-‬‬
‫القبح حارس المرأة‬

‫ضصوء‪-‬وءع‬ ‫رو‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪03635‬‬
‫الْرجالُ قوالب الأحوال‬

‫>‬ ‫وت‪‎‬‬‫‪Wr‬‬
‫ه‬ ‫‪2‬و‪‎‬‬ ‫‪o-‬‬ ‫‪ay‬‬
‫تى العبادة‬
‫‏‪ dl‬ح ~~‬ ‫‏‪ Ss‬شىء‬
‫=‪Sa Obeee‬‬ ‫‪CM‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪gritos‬‬

‫‪=Ce‬‬
‫جد القلمنه‬ ‫َب ‏‪iE‬‬
‫إذا َك ور‬ ‫لا‏‪0 mG‬‬
‫عش تر‬
‫‏‪SE‬احبها فىالثار‬
‫كم وص‬
‫‏‪ by‬البطالة والكسل أحلى مذَاًا منالعسل‬
‫‪ie‬‬ ‫‪seme‬‬ ‫=‪“y‬‬
‫‏‪ ceil fee‬نإ هتنص كناص » نإ ‏‪ ace‬كناخ‬
‫لولا‪na‬‏ ماعرفت ربى‪.‬‬
‫‪SELECTIONS‬‬ ‫‪FROM‬‬ ‫‪THE‬‬ ‫‪ARABIC‬‬ ‫‪PRESS‬‬
‫‪ yliad ,repapswen oriaC‬والأهرام‪From ‎‬‬
‫فوزى يطير الى ‪TSL‬‏ لتنفيذ الميئاق ‪VSA‬‏‬

‫‏‪ y‬خبراء يطيرون لتأليف الجهاز الدائم لؤتمر القمة‬
‫فوزى وزير الخارحية الى اكرا‬ ‫‪ jo‬ان ‪sbn‬‏ الدكتود محمود‬ ‫‪6#‬‏‬
‫لحضور اجتماع وزراء الخارجية خلال هذا الاجتماع الذى سيعقد فى‬
‫منتصف الشهر القادم » تأليف الجهاز الدائم للميثاق الافريقى » الذى‬
‫وقعه الرئيس جمال عبد الناصر فى الدار البيضاء مع اقطاب الدولة‬
‫الافريقية فى ‪elp‬‏ الماضى ‪.‬‬
‫فىمؤتمر‬ ‫‏‪ lame‬خبراء من الدول الافريقية السبع التى ‪AS‬‏‬
‫الدار البيضاء افوىائل الشهر القادم الى اكرا لعقد اجتماع تحضيرى‬
‫لوزراء الخارجية للاتفاق على تفاصيل تأليف اللجان السياسية‬
‫والعسكرية والاقتصادية والثقافية والسكرتيرية الدائمة للميثاق‬
‫سيمثل الجمسبورية العربية فى هذا الاجتماع سبعة من الخبراء‬
‫العرب فى النواحى السياسية والعسكرية والاقتصادية والثقافية‪.‬‬
‫‪1 Accra.‬‬
‫الاجتماع التحضيرى فى الاسبوع الاول من الشهر القادم ثم ينقلب‬

‫فى نهايته الى مؤتمر على مستوى وزراء الخارجية‪.‬‬
‫التنظيم الجديد لوزارة الادارة المحلية‬

‫ه‪.‬قلايرين ‪eluc‬‏ يرأسون‪ .‬الادارات ‪sA‬‏‬
‫الادارة المحلية تتتتكون الوزارة‬ ‫‏‪ 7 3K‬ثم وضع ممشروع تنظيم وزارة‬
‫من خمس ادارات» هى ادارات الشئون المالية والادارية والقانونية‬
‫والعلاقات العامة والتفتيش الفنى‪ .‬سيرأس هذه الادارات مدير عام‬
‫او موظف من الدرحة الاولى‪ .‬ستضم الوزارة اقساما فنية تختص‬
‫الامة او الاتحاد‬ ‫ببحث المسائل التى يحيلها الى الوزارة مجلس‬
‫القومى او الوزارات المختلفة‪.‬‬
‫لن تضم الوزارة ادارات تمثل المراقبات الفنية فى المحافظات‪ .‬اذ‬
‫سيبقى اشراف الوزارات التنفيذية المختلفة على النواحى الفنية فى‬
‫المجالس المحلية بحيث يكون المحافظ فى حكم نائب الوزير لكل وزير‬
‫‪ la‬المتصيلة يعمل الوزارة‪ .‬ستزوت ‏ الادارات‬
‫‏‪ ss‬نا غل ‪,lelag‬‏‬
‫والاقسام الفنية بحاجتها من الموظفين عن طريق موظفى الوحدات‬
‫المجمعة وادارة البلديات وادارة المديريات ‪ID‬‏ ضمت لوزارة الادارة‬
‫المحلية من الوزارات الاخرى‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0‬اليوم‪From, ‎‬‬ ‫‪Cairo‬‬
‫سياسة التخطيط‪‎‬‬
‫‪Lashes cast‬‬ ‫‪‎ gee che‬ةيحان ‪Dol GU wl‬‬ ‫‪‎‬اذه ‪ge‬‬
‫التخطيط الاقتصادى والاجتماعى » ولم تعد الميزانية العامة فى ظل‬
‫هذه ‪tiluS‬‏ ‪ lloc NALLA !sabA slo yc eyaM IV‬وضعتها‬
‫الحكومة بكافة أجهزتها وناقشتها على مختلف المستويات واستصدرت‬
‫قرارا جمهوريا باعتمادها» وأصبحت محددة فى دقة تامة وتفصيل‬
‫دقيق » بحيث يصبح ‪lo‬‏ تعديل فى اليزانية ‪kQ‬‏ عنهاء منافيا‬
‫‏‪ fa‬التخطيط ومتعارضا معه‪ .‬وقد يكون معرقلا لسير الخطة التى‬
‫تقوم على تفضيل ‪lap‬‏ على المهم وعلى توفير الامكانيات اللازمة‬
‫وفقا لمقتضيات‬ ‫وذلك ‪TA‬‏‬ ‫المتسلسل‬ ‫الزمنى‬ ‫للتفين على التوقيت‬

‫السياسة العامة‬ ‫جوانب‬ ‫المشروعات والاعمال وبين‬ ‫التناسق بين‬
‫القطاعات‪.‬‬ ‫مختلف‬ ‫للدولة » وبين‬
‫ان هذه السياسة الجديدة التى يتبعها القيسونى‪ 1‬فى اعداد ميزانية‬
‫‪ llla‬عندما ‪FO‬‏ مجلس‬ ‫‪SG‬‬ ‫الدولة تمنع الانحراف ‪UC‬‏‬
‫النواب يزيد فى اعتمادات الميزانية دون طلب الحكومة‪.‬‬
‫ولكنها ‏ السياسة الجديدة ‏ لن تمنع مجلس الامة من مناقشة‬
‫الحكومة فيما يرى ‪!oLJ‬‏ مق ‪dar‬‏ ‪ .‬فاذا وافقت عليه ‪ -‬فى نطاق‬
‫الخطة الشاملة طبعا ‏ امكن اجراؤه فى حدود الدشتور‪.‬‬
‫ومن شأن هذا كله أن يجعل المناقشة فى مجلس الامة ايجابية‬
‫ومجدية ‪2 .‬‬
‫‪,daily newspaper, Beirut‬الحياة‪From ‎‬‬
‫مشروع‬ ‫لجنة الادارة تجتمع ظهر السبت للشروع ىق درس‬

‫الايجارات‬
‫« الحياة » الخاص ‪٠‬‏‬ ‫لمندوب‬
‫كان من المنتظر ان تجتمع لجنة الادارة والعدل ظهر هذا النهار‬
‫الخميس للشروع ى‪ -‬درس مشروع قانون الايجارات الجديد» غير‬
‫ان هذا الاجتماع ارجىء الى ظهر يوم السبت المقبل ‪.‬‬
‫وبرر الشيخ بهيج تقى الدين‪ 1‬رئيس اللجنة هذا التأجيل بقوله ‪:‬‬
‫ان الرغبة فى دعوة جميع ممثلى لجنة المستأجرين والنقابات والهيئات‬
‫المعنية بهذه القضية » والملاكين » كل هذا اوجب تأجيل الموعد الى‬
‫يوم السبت حتى يتسنى دعوتهم الى حضور الجلسة والوقوف على‬
‫ارائهم ‪.‬‬
‫وف الواقع ‪ ,‬فأن قلم المجلس تولى امس توجيه الدعوة الى هؤلاء‬
‫الممثلين مذكرا اياهم بوجوب اعداد ملاحظاتهم بشأن المطالب‬
‫التى ينادون بها‪.‬‬
‫امس الى ان النقابات العمالية اجتمعت وقررت‬ ‫وقد اشرنا فى عدد‬
‫بالاجماع رفض المشروع من اساسه‪.‬‬
‫‪1 Name of person.‬‬
‫‪of‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪) IV) to be useful.‬ودج ‪‎‬ىدجا ‪2‬‬
‫اشتباك فى بعلبك‪ 1‬واعتقال الفاعلين‪‎‬‬

‫لخلاف على ‪elO‬‏ ارض ف حلبتا* (قضاء بعلبك) اقدم دعاس طعان‬
‫دندش* وولده نوفل‪ 4‬وخليل سعيد علاء الدين‪ 5‬جميعهم من زبود‬
‫على ضرب نايف ديب سيف الدينة الذى ادعى انهم اشهروا عليه‬
‫اسلحة كانوا يحملونها‪ .‬وبنفس اليوم وثأرا لنسيبهم ‪TAT‬‏ المذكور‬
‫تصدى محمد ديب سيف ‪IWB‬‏ وعلى مهدى سيف الدين لدعاس‪9‬‬
‫وولده» وقد قام درك بعلبك بالتحقيق واوقف خليل علاء الدين‬
‫ومحمد سيف الدين ومهدى سيف الدين وفتشوا منازلهم فلم يعثر على‬
‫شىء ممنوع « والتحريات ناشطة لتوقيف دعاس‪.‬‬
‫)‪ , daily newspaper, Rabat (Morocco‬العلم‪From ‎‬‬
‫سفير المغرب فى بغداد يشكر‬

‫‏‪ Cal‬العراق'والحكومة العراقية‬
‫أصدر سعادة سفير المغرب فى بغداد يوم امس البيان التالى ‪ :‬يتقدم‬
‫‪la‬‏ ‪“ deef ata GNSe llap aa‬وان‬ ‫تكةل‬
‫‏‪ Gules Gundy SL! Cale‬ةداتسلا ‏‪ Sy Glad‬ةذاننلا‪ ,‬ءارزولا‬
‫‏‪ elects‬تاعيهلا ‏‪ dubswl‬ةبادعتملاا ‏‪ Gkesly Ghdk‬ةليضفلا‬
‫‏‪ ors cal dleyy elLul‬تانيؤلا‪ -‬ةيساكسلا«»تاّدحإلاو“ ‏‪Bary‬‬
‫النقابات والمنظمات الاجتماعية ‪yykS‬‏ الصحافة والمنظمات النسوية‬
‫وكافة المعوزين بوفاة المغفور له ‪ISWN‬‏ الراحل محمد الخامس سواء من‬
‫‏‪ cul ayia! slo 3yL52 ages rail‬ةءارق ةحتافلا وأ نم اوربع‬
‫عن مشاعرهم بالبرقيات والرسائل يتقدم اليهم جميعا بعميق‬
‫شكره وبالغ تأثره لما عبروا ‪ew‬‏ من العواطف ‪gnils‬‏ الحزن على‬
‫فقيد المغرب الراحل والتى كانت له ‪ssalc‬‏ السفارة المغريية ‪TSO‬‏‬
‫مواساة لهذا الخطب الجلل الذى حل بالشعب المغربى داعيا الى‬
‫الله تعالى أن يحفظهم وان لايريهم ‪LL‬‏ ولا مكروها‪.‬‬
‫‏‪1 Baalbek.‬‬
‫‪2 Locality.‬‬
‫‪3 Et seqg., names of persons.‬‬
‫‪From (3_w!, Arabic weekly, Paris‬‬

‫‪AH‬‬ ‫‪‎‬ىف‬
‫حالصالا ىعارزلا‬
‫احداث‬ ‫بعد‬ ‫الإصلاح الزراعي في دوره الانشائي وذلك‬ ‫دخل‬
‫صندوق يساعد على امتلاك ‪GIV‬‏‪ la‬الفلاحية‪ .‬وتم تحويل ما يزيد‬
‫عن الف هكتار كانت تابعة إما ‪YLA‬‏ الدولة وإما للشركات‪ .‬فانتزع‬
‫من الشركة الجزائرية ‪ya‬‏ الف هكتار ومن الشركة السويسرية‬
‫بجنيف‪ 1‬ب ‪ ,‬الف هكتار بحيث بلغ المجموع مائة الف هكتار ستوزع‬
‫هكتار‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬هو ‪ya‬‏‪o‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬قطع ذات مساحات تتراوح بين‬
‫وف المناطق المتمتعة بالري سيجري الانتزاع على الاراضي ‪lA‬‏‬
‫تزيد مساحتها عن ‪.‬ه هكتارا او فى ‪EU‬‏ وجود ‪ILUJ‬‏ لاا تتجاور‬
‫‏‪ yo.‬هكتاراً‪ .‬اما العشرون الف هكتار المتحصل عليها فستوزع‬
‫وينخرط المحرزون على تلك القطع ‪,‬‬ ‫على قطع ذات خمسة هكتارات‪.‬‬
‫فى تعاضدية وشركة فلاحية احتياطية‪ .‬وليس من الضرورى ان يكونوا‬
‫‪ADVERTISEMENTS‬‬ ‫‪AND‬‬ ‫‪ANNOUNCEMENTS‬‬
‫مصانع « العلوية » لصاحبها ‪td‬‏ حسين العلوى‬

‫ان مصانع « العلوية » على استعداد لتقديم أية مساعدة تتعلق‬
‫باجهزة «العلوية »‪ .‬ان ‪bO‬‏ لديك أية مشكلة أو أية فكرة أو‬
‫ضان‬
‫‪ 324‬بأن»ضتاعة ‪ej‬‏ ‪ lc eg SAM lT‬خلل ‪ta‬‏ ‪tnec‬‬
‫وتعتبر هذه الكفالة ملغاة عند وقوءع أى خلل بها وذلك فىحالة سوء‬
‫استعمال الجهاز أو عدم الاعتناء به أو فى حالة تصليحه من قبل أى‬
‫شخص ليس وكيلا ‪LUG‬‏ العلوية‪ .‬ان هذه الشهادة تعتير الكفالة‬
‫الوحيدة ويجب ان تعاد مع الجهاز فى حالة طلب خدمة مكفولة له‬
‫والا فان أى تصليح ‪Y‬‏ ‪eB es‬‬
‫‪, Geneva.‬‬
‫الذى ‪bL‬‏ على إنتاج بطاريات « فيدور» بمهد الطريق‬ ‫إن التحسين‬
‫التجارة مع السوق العالمية‪ .‬وق ‪!sO‬‏ هذه الشركة‬ ‫إلى ‪lek‬‏‬
‫الشهورة أن تنتج بطاريات ‪LU‬‏ تصلح ‪dee‬‏ الأغراض » وهى تنتج‬
‫‏‪ ¢ gril‬ةعومجمو ‏‪tr Bo‬‬ ‫‏‪ ty Ll if‬نم ‏‪ dal‬ةزهجأ‬
‫‪ « Sa‬فيدور » أن تمد عملاءها‬ ‫المعدات الكهربائية ‪zdA‬‏ ‪gep‬‬
‫فها وراء البحار بتفاصيل منتجاتها والشروط ‪!del‬‏ ‪yA‬‬
‫مكتبة عمد على‬
‫لطبع وبيع الكتب الشرقية‬
‫لدينا مجموعة كبيرة من الكتب (جديدة ومستعملة) عن مصر‬
‫وبلاد العرب وتركيا وايران والهند والصين الخ ‪SJ‬‏ ‪!LOL‬‬
‫سترسل الكتالوجات عند الطلب‪.‬‬
‫إلى المؤلفين والناشرين ‪ :‬الرجاء إعلامنا يمطبوعاتكم‪.‬‬
‫اخصائيون‪ 1‬ىق الرسوم الدقيقة والمخطوطات والفخار وغيرها من منتجات‬
‫ا ان‬
‫‪5‬‏ ‪ GIS 2‬شهرة عامية‬
‫بحاجة الى مهندسين وكيماويين قديرين لهم رغبة فى اتخاذ الصناعة‬
‫مهنة لهم‪ .‬على الراغبين ان يكونوا مستعدين للعمل ى ‪yaS‬‏ او‬
‫‪slle‬‏(‪>gniGlat llaG spal‬التدريك‬ ‫‪)TER‬‏ ريت‬ ‫واد‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫اللازم براتب كامل قبل تسلمهم مهام العمل‪.‬‬
‫ترسل الطلبات الى صندوق البريد رقم ‪١‬‏ ‪ ١ . .‬بيروت قبل ‪١‬‏ ‪ ١‬اذار‪.‬‬
‫)‪Za, sain‬‬
‫زرا شاد الوطى‪‎‬‬
‫المغربى للمراقبة والتصدير‪‎‬‬ ‫الح‬
‫اعلان عن عرض انان‪‎‬‬
‫يتسلم المكتب المغربى للمراقبة والتصدير‪ laG yy ‎‬محمد سميحة‪‎‬‬

‫بالدار البيضاء حَى نهاية‪ ay ‎‬مارس‪ ynap ‎‬عروضا بشأن امداده‪‎‬‬
‫‪AA‬‬ ‫‪Shad dy, oY,‬‬
‫الارقادات‪‎‬‬ ‫ويمكن الحصول على دفتر التكاليف وعلى المزيد من‬
‫لدى مصاحة الادوات التابعة للمكتب بالعنوان المذكور اعلاه‪‎.‬‬
‫‪1 Specialists.‬‬
‫‪ lO yaa‬تربيل‪ sedalllca ‎‬بادارة السب ان رم ‪.‬تف‪ie ‎‬‬

‫مزدوج‪ hW tep ‎‬مع البريد الموصى عليه وان يكتب على الظرف‪‎‬‬
‫الخارجى الاسم التجارى لصاحب العرض مع عبارة « اعلا عن‪‎‬‬
‫عرض اثمان بشان اللباس‪.» ‎‬‬
‫اعلان‬
‫ال‬ ‫‏‪ens‬لااارا‬
‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‏‪ icsslice‬رار للا ا‬
‫سيارتان جيب‪ 1‬من صنع ‪.‬دور أن رحجور‪.‬‬
‫‪,ksA‬‬ ‫‪eJ‬‬ ‫‪yla‬‏‬ ‫المناقصات‬ ‫ادارة‬ ‫‪lJ‬‏ ‪ne‬‬ ‫العروض‬ ‫تقدم‬
‫—ارع شاتوبريان ‏ قبل الساعة ‪yy‬‏ من يوم الجمعة ‪gy‬‏ اذار‬ ‫ش‬
‫سنة ‪-1‬و‪.١‬‏‬
‫يمكن الاطلاع على دفتر الشروط فى محاسية الداخلية‪.‬‬
‫اعلان‬
‫مطروح مجددا ‪llag‬‏ بالمزاد العلنى كامل عقار الدولة ‪.‬رقم ‪gro‬‏ من‬
‫المحتوى على ارض‪#‬بعل سليخ تزرع‬ ‫ولىر—ءة‬
‫صشما‬
‫منطقة برج ال‬
‫حبوب مساحته وم مم مثّرا مربعا‪.‬‬
‫تجرى المزايدة فى صور ‪HC‬‏ الحاكم المنفرد من الساعة التاسعة حتّى‬
‫الحادية عشرة من يوم الخميس الواقع فى ‪.‬م اذارسنة ‪١‬دور‪.‬‏‬
‫يمكن الاطلاع على دفتر الشروط فى مديرية الشؤون العقارية ى‬
‫‪ Nee‬هلا للا‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‏‪ones‬‬
‫العقارى فى صيدا‪ 4‬وفى المكتب العقارى المعاون فى صور خلال الدوام‬
‫الرسمى ‪.‬‬
‫نيان الراغيين ‪bo‬‏ اوضر ف لوقت ‪llac‬‏ وليك يا‬
‫‪yhb‬‬
‫الك ‪ic‬‏ ‪t2 35‬‬
‫‏‪1 Jeep.‬‬
‫‏‪2 Tyre.‬‬
‫”)‪3 “treeless watered (by natural sources‬‬
‫‪4 Sidon.‬‬
‫‪494‬‬ ‫‪A NEW ARABIC GRAMMAR‬‬
‫عطاءات ومناقصات‬
‫‪af‬‏ عطاءات‬ ‫‏‪ asl,‬الشئون البلدية والقروية بمحافظة البحيرة ‪1‬‬
‫لعملية انشاء الوحدة‬ ‫لغاية ظهر يوم الاثنين الموافق مب«‪/‬س‪ | /‬ب و‬
‫المستندات من المراقبة بدمنهورة على‬ ‫وتطلب‬ ‫الزراعية ‪ylad‬‏ ‪ytt‬‬
‫يضاف‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪.٠ .‬‏ ‪6‬‬ ‫ظيسر ‪od‬‏ مبلغ‬
‫نظ‬‫ملياء ن‬ ‫ورقة دمغة فئة الخمسين‬
‫اكد — ‪sB‬‏‬ ‫طلب الات‬ ‫اليها تبلغ ثلاثمائة مليم فى ‪5‬‬

‫بتأمين موقت قدره ‪( /+‬اثنان فى المائة) من‬ ‫عطاء غير مصحوب‬
‫قيمته او مخالف لنصوص المواصفات والشروط العمومية لن يلتفت اليه‬
‫‪-‬و‪-‬رودوه‪.‬‬
‫‪CORRESPONDENCE‬‬
‫أيها الأخ الخلص السيد ‪WO‬‏‬

‫‏‪ ey‬ارال طن الخاطركم الأبل أن ‪SSO‬‏ عا يرام لين "كرد‬
‫وعافية على الدوام‪ .‬ثم اننا نتقدم اليك ‪yyeH‬‏ بمناسبة قدوم السنة‬
‫‪.‬ذا واننا مشتاقون ‪eeL‬‏ ‪ dahS‬ومشاهدة عاصمة بلادكم‬ ‫الجديدة‪ .‬ه‬
‫الجميلة فى هذه الايام » أيام عيذ المبالاد‪«..‬وساكتك لك الخطابا‪ :‬مطؤلا‬
‫فى بحر هذا الأسبوع ‪yalp‬‏ لنا على جميع الاصدقاء» ومنى اليكم الف‬
‫الخلص لكم‬ ‫‏‪so‬‬
‫فلان‬
‫حضرة الأخ الفاضل السيد فلان ذام بقاوه‬

‫بعد التحية والسلام والأمل ان تكونوا بغاية الصحة والسلامة‬
‫لقد تشرفنا ‪yo‬‏ تحريركم المؤرخ فى ‪ey‬‏ الجارى ونشكر حضرتكم‬
‫جزيل الشكر وما شرحتم به صار لدينا ‪selyL‬‏ اما ‪.‬بخصوص البضائع‬
‫ال ‪igoJ‬‏ عدي فى ‪giS‬‏ ‪ SSL UU‬سبق وعرقناكم أن جميع‬
‫الأصناف ‪gaL‬‏ وى استطاعتنا عرضها على أسواق سوريا واستيرادها »‬
‫‪1In Egypt.‬‬ ‫‪2 Egyptian coin.‬‬ ‫هينح ‪‎‬ىرصم ‪5‬‬
‫‏‪ Ge‬الاشياء التى تم اختراعها فى الآوئة الأخيرة‪ .‬وهنا نرجوكم‬

‫اكنان فى استطاعتكم ان ترسلوا لطنارعينق‪ .‬البريد هذه الطلبية‬
‫الضغيرة » ‪lld‬‏ _أدناه م ‪deyS‬‏ ‪ LO‬تزفرنا عن «السعر ‪eg‬‏ نقدم‬
‫طرفكم ‪.‬‬ ‫مصارف‬ ‫‪3‬يمتها على أ‬
‫لكم ق‬
‫أخى سيحرر لكم اليوم وهو بصحة حيدة وجميعنا هنا نذكر حضرتكم‬
‫بالثناء ونمديكم ‪EL‬‏ التحية‪ytsiL .‬‏ تفضلوا بقبول (‪!jS‬‏ سلامنا‬

‫‪ksa‬‏‬ ‫وشكرنا ‪.‬‬
‫فلان ‏‪DAW‬‬
‫الى حضرة ابن ‪EL‬‏ العزيز السيد فلان المحترم‬

‫و‪15‬‬ ‫‪sij‬‏ ‪ sla‬إن ‪ekal‬‏ كال اي‬ ‫يوادي‬
‫لقد ورد الينا بأحسن وقت كتابكم الكريم المؤرخ فى ‪ +‬من الشهر‬
‫الماغى وشكرناكم مزيد الشكرء أما ‪ALS‬‏ ‪ VSA‬التى وعدمموى‬
‫بارسالها فلم تصل بعد فلا اعرف سبب التأخير‪ .‬الى ذهبت اليوم‬
‫ال ‪otis‬‏ اليد ‪yehS‬‏ موطف قال لل أن الطاكرة ‪ec‬‏ ‪,hcs !SSAL‬‬
‫لسبب ضباب على مطار روما وليس لديهم خبر عن وصولها‪ .‬وقد‬
‫زارنا ‪!UG‬‏ ‪ do!TI elaC‬ممود سليم على طريقه الى نيو يورك‬
‫‏‪ ce‬سيحل ‏ محل ‪lsa‬‏ ‪ G‬القنصلية هناك» بقى‪ .‬عتدنا‪ .‬حوالى‬
‫ساعتين وسرنا حضوره غاية السرور إذ لم نره من مدة طويلة ويعر‬
‫علينا‪ .‬رافقناه جميعاً الى المطار خارج المدينة‪.‬‬
‫هذا والرجاء ال ‪s1‬‏ ‪ eaL‬عل ‪leaG‬‏ ‪ EJ‬اوافلوا ما ‪PGC‬‏‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫السلام والتحية ودمتم‪.‬‬
‫فلان‬
‫‪1 Mutual friend.‬‬
APPENDIX A
Colloquial Arabic Dialects
1. A comprehensive and practical guide to spoken Arabic

is well beyond the scope of this Grammar. The following
notes are intended merely as a preliminary guide, a statement
of broad principles in fact, with only sketchy details.
2. Whereas Latin developed into different languages,
such as Italian, French, and Castilian (Spanish) in the
course of the centuries, Arabic did not split up into separate
languages over the same period and in a comparable geo-
graphical area. The reason was that Arabic was the language
of a religion, Islam, as well as of government. This meant
that in the first place the written language was shielded from
the usual linguistic decay; and secondly, that the colloquial
speech did not diverge as widely as might otherwise have
been the case. As a consequence the spoken Arabic of
countries as mutually remote as Iraq, the Sudan, Morocco,
can be described as dialects rather than separate languages.
Colloquial Arabic is, for convenience, divided into geo-
graphical areas, each with its own general characteristics and
peculiarities; but within each area there is considerable
diversity in sub-dialects. Nevertheless, the main dialects all
have certain features and tendencies in common and are
seldom mutually completely unintelligible. In fact a person
who is familiar with, say, the spoken Arabic of Egypt will
soon understand a Lebanese or an Iraqi. Indeed, in some
cases the difference between the colloquial as a whole and
written Arabic is much greater than that between one collo-
quial dialect and another.
The main dialect areas are:
Egypt (Lower Egypt, the Cairene dialect), The Sudan
496
APPENDIX A 497
(and Upper Egypt). The Maghrib (Tunisia, Algeria,

Morocco). The Levant Coast (Syria and Lebanon). Iraq.
The Arabian Peninsula.
3. The differences between Classical and Colloquial

Arabic may be analysed under three headings: Phonology,
Grammar, and Vocabulary.
4. Phonology
In most of the dialects the pronunciation of certain letters
of the alphabet differs to some extent from that of recognised
classical usage. Generally speaking we may say that conso-
nants difficult to pronounce (in the mouths of certain groups
of peoples) are simplified. This simplification can often be
parallelled in other Semitic languages such as Hebrew and
Syriac.
The hamza goes frequently unpronounced except at the
SF ‎‫وف‬
beginning of a word. Thus the word 9s.»& 6¢

“responsible”
becomes something like masil. ‫كاع‬‎ “the asked”? becomes sal
as though written Jl; ‫ارق‬‎ “he read” becomes gara.
The consonant ‫ث‬‎ becomes either
ta or sin. For example
we have taldta for ‫ةثالث‬‎ “three”. For ‫الثم‬‎ we have both
masalan and matalan, the latter being heard in some partsof
the Levant. There seems to be no guiding rule in this matter.
In Iraq and the Arabian Peninsula, however, the true pro-
nunciation of ‫ث‬‎ is used.
- becomes a hard g in Egyptian Arabic. Thus so.
“bucket” becomes gardal. Although this pronunciation of the
- can be heard elsewhere it is particularly associated with
Egyptian Arabic.
5 becomes d or ‫ع‬‎ except in Iraq and the Arabian Peninsula.
Thus we have hdda for ,‫اذه‬‎ and kazdlik for ‫كلذك‬‎
‫ ض‬is usually considered a peculiarly Arabic sound,‫‏‬
hence the appellation‫) داضلا ‏‬4 for the Arabic language. Yet‫‏‬
it is frequently confused with 6. In Iraq and areas in the‫‏‬
Arabian Peninsula both these letters have a sound similar to

that of 5. In Egypt and the Levant ‘L is sometimes pro-
nounced as a ‫ض‬‎ in addition to its own sound as .‫ع‬‎ In both.
these areas, however, the wold,Hale “officer” is pronounced
zabit. In Syria and Lebanon ‫ط‬‎phen, “correct” is ‫يب‬‎ as both
mazbut and madbit.
‫ ق‬becomes a hamza in the dialects of Lower Egypt and‫‏‬
the towns of Syria, Lebanon, Israel, and the western area of‫‏‬
Jordan. Thus the word ‫لاق‬‎ “the said” becomes al. In other
regions, particularly the Sudan, parts of Iraq and the
Arabian Peninsula and the Maghrib the ‫ق‬‎ becomes a hard ‫عر‬‎
thus gal for ‫لاق‬‎ .This g pronunciation was recognised in
Classical times as an alternative pronunciation; for example,
in Ibn Duraid’s introduction to his famous dictionary, the
“Jamhara” (9th-10th Century). This pronunciation is that
of the Persian S gaff.
In the vowel sounds there is considerable divergence in
the colloquials from the Classical. For example, damma often
becomes kasra. Thus the proper name ‫تاوغت‬‎ may be heard as
Hisain. It is often omitted altogether in words like pes and
‎‫ك‬0 which are heard as mnawwar and mbdrak (or even
embarak). 'Vhe fatha in words of the Ales form is often not
sounded and we have bir for a . Diphthongs may become
long vowels, and vice versa. In the Syrian dialect ve
“thing” is heard as shi and Se “how” as kif.
Verb vowellings are also frequently varied. SES, “he
writes” may be heard as yiktob, yiktib, or yaktib. as “he
grew” as kibir.
5. Grammar
In grammar all the dialects resemble one another in that
practically all final vowels disappear. This applies especially
to those vowels indicating the cases of nouns and the moods
APPENDIX A 499
of verbs. Nunation disappears altogether except in a few

isolated adverbial usages such as hdlan ‘“‘at once”, ahydnan
“sometimes”, and tagriban ‘“‘approximately’’.
5 0> ---
‫تيب‬ “house” is bait in all cases.‫‏‬ ‫“ بتك‬he wrote” is‫‏‬

330 7
pronounced as katab; ‫بتكي‬‎ as yaktub (or one of the variations

shown in Section 4). A final vowel may be used if the following
word begins with a hamzatu I-wasl, and this will be either
fatha or damma or kasra, e.g.
ma yag¢rifa l-walad, “he does not know the boy”. Iglibi
l-waraqa, “‘turn the piece of paper 07617“
Even when the following word begins with a consonant
vestiges of a final vowel are sometimes heard. Thus in Egypt
kataba gawab “‘he wrote a letter” is heard as well as katab
gawab.
The Demonstrative Pronouns are often simplified,
shortened or otherwise modified in the different dialects.
Thus the rendering for ‘“‘this book” may be il-kitdb-da (or
ik-kitdb-da) in Egypt and the Sudan, or hal-kitab, hel-kitab
in Syria and the Lebanon and Iraq.
Conjunctivs ‎‫ ا‬AG largely omitted. Thus the
JOE oF
sentence ey es ‫أ‬‎ ‫“هردي نأ‬T wish to write to my brother”
would be rendered in colloquialspeech as arid ?aktub li-’akhi.
The “doubled” Particles Ol, bf, Ov etc. are scarcely ever
heard. ‎‫ ف‬is even rarer.
In the Dual and the sound Masculine Plural, only the
oblique forms are used. Thus ‫نالجر‬‎
>), oblique ley,‘
,‘‘twomen”’
is ia in all cases (with the final kasra unpronounced).
Oyale, oblique ‫نيملعم‬‎ , ' ‘teachers’, is mug allimin in
i all cases
(with the fatha over the niin unpronounced).
The verbal suffixes undergo some simplification. For
- 3310 = 0 >‫ررور‬‎ J
example ‫نوبتكي‬‎ “they write” becomes |‫اوبتكي‬‎ in most of the

dialects, but not in Iraq and the Arabian Peninsula as a rule.
The Dual forms of the Perfect and Imperfect are not used
in colloquial speech. One can hear ‫نوبتكي‬‎ and ‫اوبتكي‬‎ for
“10 9:0) =
the Feminine, ‫نبتكي‬‎ ‫ز‬and even sometimes nang for Oss

(fem.).
In the dialects of Egypt and the Levant 6 or be is prefixed
to the persons of the Imperfect to make it a Present Indica-
tive. Thus byiktub means “he writes”; betimshi ‘“‘she walks’’;
ba rif “T know’.
Various means are employed to indicate the Future tense
of the Imperfect. In Egypt we may hear (huwa) ha yimshi
for os ape which in Syria (and Lebanon) would be
expressed by rah yimshi. In Iraq ga is placed before the
Imperfect. Occasionally also the Active Participle will be
used with a future meaning, e.g. and mdshi as-siiq, 1 shall
go to the market’’. A curious use of the Active Participle,
found in some areas, is to give it a meaning of the Perfect.
ie eee . .
Thus the phrase ‫نلف‬‎ ‫ دخأ تنب‬can mean “‘he took (in marriage)
-
the daughter of such-and-such a one’”’.

To express possession the plain *iddfa is not exclusively
used; instead, several words with the meaning of “property”
are employed. In Egypt 05616 ‫ع‬‎ (for matd¢) is used; in the
Maghrib mta é3 in Syria taba ‫ع‬‎ in Iraq mal. 11400 may also be
heard. Thus ‫ىباتك‬‎ ,“my book”, is expressed by al-kitab
beta et or mta ‫عأ‬‎ or taba ‫ع‬‎ or mali or haqqi according to the
dialect area.
In the negative, Y tends to be replaced by .‫ام‬‎ In Egypt
and parts of the Levant the word ‘“‘not’” is expressed by
mush; in Iraq by mi, and in parts of Syria by mo and mau.
These variations, however, are not usually used with the
Perfect or Imperfect; md is used in these cases. In Egypt and
parts of the Levant the verb in the negative has sh as a suffix.
Thus “‘he did not strike” would be md darabsh. “I did not
see him” as ma shuftish (colloquial ‫فاش‬‎ “to see’). This
final sh is presumably (4 “thing” in origin and appears in
APPENDIX A 501
these cases as shi in the Maghrib. In colloquial Arabic ‫ال‬‎

tends to mean merely “‘no’”, though it is used in prohibition
with the verb in some areas. Thus “do not go” may be 12
tamshi (timsht) or md tamshi (sh). In popular intercourse the
re
word ‫معن‬‎ “yes’’ is less common than such expressions as eh,
ay, and aiwa. The last is used extensively in Egypt and the
Levant.
The Relative Pronoun ell is rare except in Iraq. Instead,
we hear simplifications like al (the Article), al-li, il-li, el-li,
hal-li or yal-li. Thus 431,35 ‫ىذلا‬‎ ‫ باتكلا‬becomes al-kitab al,
el-li, hal-li, etc. garaituh (garaituh, etc.).
The above are only a few of the grammatical variations of
colloquial Arabic dialects and are not intended to be exhaus-
tive for any dialect.
6. Vocabulary
Uniformity of vocabulary is, according to the philologists,
the least important prerequisite for linguistic homogeneity.
Languages of the same family and dialects of the same
language may differ considerably in vocabulary. So it is with
the various dialects of Arabic. We must not be surprised to
find that a refrigerator is barrdda in the Lebanon and talldja
in the Sudan; or that a bedsheet is sharshaf in one country
and milaya in another. Strangely enough, the commoner the
Go
word the more likely it is to differ from area to area. ‫رعش‬‎

“poetry” is the same everywhere. It is the everyday things,
especially modern or foreign importations, which show most
variety.
Dialectical variations may be due to three causes: loan
words, corruption of classical words, or selection from
classical synonyms.
(a) Loan words. These are numerous and are employed to
describe modern machines and techniques. Various learned
academies such as the Egyptian Academy have tried to
discourage the use of these by inventing suitable words from

Arabic roots, a perfectly feasible procedure. But such
fabrications do not easily gain ground among the masses.
Thus we can hear 616 or Otombil for a car, or ¢arabiya
(Egypt) or sayydra; the two latter are Arabic. A truck may be
lari (i.e. “lorry’’) or sayyarat naql. Similarly, use of the word
“telephone” (written in Arabic O95) is discouraged by
the language reformers in favour of the word ‫فتاه‬‎ which
might be translated as “an unseen man whose voice is
heard”’.
To list the foreign vocabulary in Arabic would require a
book. Some of this vocabulary is Turkish (dating back to the
Ottoman Empire or even earlier) and Persian. Titles such as
bey and pasha are Turkish. Bash, Turkish for “‘head”’ is used
in compounds for “‘chief’’, as bashmufattish “chief inspector’,
bashkatib ‘chief clerk’, bashmuhandis “‘chief engineer’’. The
Turkish word dughri is used for “straight on” or “straight
ahead”. The adoption of foreign words in Arabic goes back
to pre-Islamic times. The Quran itself contains words of
Persian, Greek, and Aramaic origin.
In adopting foreign words the Arabs try to give them
Broken Plurals (or, in many cases, sound Feminine Plurals)
wherever possible. Thus the plural of taks or tdksi, ‘“taxi’’
can be tawdkis or tawaks; the plural of lari “lorry” lawari
or luriyat. The plural of film “a film” 15
Foreign words may undergo considerable corruption.
From the French ‘“‘vapeur” we have 2066117 or babar used in
Egypt and the Sudan for a steamer or pumping engine. In
Syria it has the former meaning.
(b) Corruptions of Classical words. The following are a few
examples:
Bap ‎‫“ م‬like” (jis or 5), from the classical 58

“a manner” or “‘fashion”’.
hast] “had” from , Wes “to be useless or corrupted”.
APPENDIX A . 503
badal ‎‫“ ايان‬travelling allowance’, from ‫لدب‬‎ ‫"عم‬

change” and oo “travelling’’.
it¢ashsha ' ‘to dine”, for ‫ىشعت‬‎ .
Such corruptions may affect either the actual form of the
word or its meaning.
(c) Selection from Classical synonyms.
The Medieval Arabs boasted of the richness of their
language and of the large number of ACR es or synonyms,
The student of this grammar will have encountered four
S09, 2-4 0 52043, 5 >
words for “garden”: ‫ناتسب‬‎ , ‫ ةقيدح‬, die, de. The first
three are all common in colloquial Arabic. There are also
many words for animals, and natural phenomena such as
clouds. The various names for the camel are legion. The
G6 -
student must not be surprised to find the word ‫سعب‬‎ 56 7‫ع‬

used in some localities almost exclusively for ‫رتل‬‎
‫>هو‬--
instead of the commoner ‫لمج‬‎ .He may also find ‫موده‬‎ instead
‫لد‬
of ‎‫ ملابس‬for ‘‘clothes’’. He will rarely hear the classical ‫بهذ‬‎

“to go”’; instead it will be ‫حا‬‎|, rah or masha ee lit. “to walk’”’).
7. It is advisable for the student to begin by learning one
single dialect, presumably one for which he has a practical
need. He can later turn to other dialects and learn the various
principles governing them and the characteristic differences
which distinguish one from the other.
The following preliminary bibliography can be taken as a
guide:
Egypt: W.H. T. Gairdner: Egyptian Colloquial Arabic,
Cairo, 1944.
T. F. Mitchell: An Introduction to Egyptian
Colloquial Arabic, Oxford, 1956.
Iraq: Van Ess: The Spoken Arabic of Iraq, 2nd
edition, Oxford, 1938.
Haim Blanc: Communal Dialects in Baghdad,
Harvard U.P., 1964.
Syria, Lebanon,
Palestine: R. Nakhla: Grammaire du Dialecte Libano-
Syrien. Beirut, 1937/8.
G. R. Driver: A Grammar of the Colloquial
Arabic of Syria and Palestine, Probsthain &
Co., London (Printed in Vienna), 1925.
A. Barthélemy: Dictionnaire Arabe-Frangats
(5 fascicules), Paris, 1934-1954.
Rice and Sa‘id: Eastern Arabic, Beirut, 1961.
Cantineau and Helbaoui: Avabe Orientale
(Parler de Damas), Paris, 1953. t
M. Piamenta: Tenses, Aspects, Moods in the
Arabic dialect of Jerusalem, Jerusalem, 1964.
South Arabia
(Hadramawt): R. B. Serjeant, Prose and Poetry from Hadra-
mawt, London, 1951.
Sudan: J. 5. Trimingham: Sudan Colloquial Arabic,
Second edition, Oxford, 1946.
The Maghrib: Gaudefroy-Demombynes & Mercier: Manuel
d’ Arabe Marocain, Paris, 1925.
Louis Brunot: Introduction a Il’arabe marocain,
Paris 1950.
J. Jourdain: Cours pratique d’arabe dialectal
(Tunisian), 7th ed., Tunis, 1956.
Central and
West Africa: G. J. Lethem: Colloquial Arabic, Nigeria and
Lake Chad, London, 1920.
Arabic
Phonetics: W. H. T. Gairdner: The Phonetics of Arabic,
London, 1925.
Jean Cantineau: Etudes de Linguistique Arabe,
Paris, 1960.
C. Rabin: Ancient West Arabian, London,
1952,
This list does not include popular primers for travellers.
APPENDIX 8
Guide to Further Study
1. Many students will doubtless have used this grammar

under a teacher’s guidance; for them these notes will not be
necessary. For those, however, who are studying without the
aid of a teacher these brief remarks, we hope, will be of some
assistance.
2. Works of Reference. Dictionaries

While this grammar contains a substantial vocabulary of
over 4,000 words the student wishing to proceed further will
certainly require dictionaries. Those by Elias E. Elias,
Arabic-English and English-Arabic, published in Cairo in
several editions, range from pocket dictionaries to larger
volumes comprising over 60,000 words each. They suffer
from the fact that they are compiled primarily for Arabs
studying English. Consequently, they do not give broken
plurals of nouns, the vowelling of verbs in the imperfect, or
their verbal nouns. Moreover, the English-Arabic dictionaries
do not always indicate sufficiently clearly which words under
any given reference are commonest, which are antiquated
rather than modern, nor what fine shades of meaning distin-
guish them. In spite of their manifold drawbacks, however,
these dictionaries represent no mean achievement. In the field
of aie dictionaries; that of Hava published by the
Catholic Press of Beirut (in several editions) is an excellent
short work. It gives the plurals, verb-vowelling, and verbal
nouns. At the same time, for those engaged in a profound
study of modern Arabic literature it has some gaps. The best |
modern bic-English dictionary is undoubtedly that or
ee ee eat inay of Modern Written |
Arabic, Wiesbaden, 1961.
505
co
In the field of large-scale dictionaries nothing complete
and satisfactory exists. bane’s Arabic-English Lexicon
recently reprinted, is a classic work, but it was never com-
vols), |
pleted and ceases to be more than rough notes from the
middle of the letter 027 onwards. This work is, however,
being completed in Jorg Kraemer’s Wéorterbuch der Klasst-
schen Arabischen Sprache (Wiesbaden, Harrassowitz, 1957
onwards).
Of Arabic-Arabic dictionaries the 15th century Qdmiis of
al-Firizabadi is the most comprehensive short work (4 vols.).
Of the larger works Ibn Manzir’s Lisdn al-¢ Arab (13th
century) and Murtada az-Zabidi’s Ta al- E Aris (18th
century) are the most famous. All these works, however,
will be beyond the great majority of students at this stage.
They have the disadvantage that they are arranged in the
“rhyme order’, that is, according to the last radical of the root.
A number of handy modern Arabic-Arabic dictionaries
also exists, the most popular perhaps being the al-Munjid of
Louis Ma‘luf (New Edition, Beirut, 1956). There are also
some specialised vocabularies such as Dictionary of Sentences,
English-Arabic by Ismail Mazhar (Cairo, 1957), Word-
count of modern Arabic prose by J. M. Landau (New York,
1959) with word frequencies but no translations, and Manual
of Diplomatic and Political Arabic by Bernard Lewis
(Luzac, London, 1947).
3. Advanced Grammars
The best adyanced reference grammar is that by William
Wright,
first published in 1862 and recently reprinted (2
vols.). It uses the Latin grammatical terminology which may
make difficulties for a large number of students who have no
knowledge of Latin. Another excellent grammar is one by
Howell published in Allahabad, India, 1883-1911, in seven
volumes and based on the works of Arab grammarians. It is
extremely full and prolix, and probably of less practical use
for that reason. Good grammars have also been compiled in
France and Germany notably the Grammaire de l’arabe
APPENDIX 8 507
classique by Gaudefroy-Demombynes and Blachére,

published in Paris, 1952.
4. Further Prose Composition (translation from English to

Arabic).
Unfortunately there is no satisfactory material readily avail-
able for Arabic in the shape of selected passages for translation. ©
5. Further Reading. Anthologies

There is a number of literary anthologies which may be
read by those students not wishing to embark on whole
works. On the modern side Chaim Rabin’s Arabic Reader,*
published by Lund Humphries, London, 1962, is a useful
collection. It enables the reader to find the vowelling, trans-
lation, and grammatical explanation of every word in the
accompanying text without turning over the page. The
extracts are all short but include well-known authors like
Taha Husain, Taufigq al-Hakim, al-‘Aqqad.
On the classical side mention must be made of Thornton
and Nicholson’s Elementary Arabic, Vols. 11, 111, and IV i
(1st, 2nd and 3rd Reading Books), published in Cambridge,
1907-11, which have full vocabularies. Of works published
in the Near East, Cheikho’s Majani | l-? Adab in six volumes,
published in Beirut during the last century, may still be
found. Fwad Afram al-Bustani’s al-Majdani |-Haditha is,
however, superior, having full footnotes explaining difficult
words and ‘sentéfices. This work is in five volumes published
in Beirut in 1946. There is also M. C. Lyons’ An Elementary I/
Classical Reader, Cambridge, 1962.
Those students specialising in modern Arabic will wish
toireadlahe neviepapées: ASeleetion WOME ESTavidious but
al- Ahram (‫)مارهألا‬‎ of Cairo and al-Jarida )(‫ةديرجخلا‬‎ and
al-Hayat )(‫ةايخلا‬‎ of Beirut may be recommended. There are
also numerous journals and magazines, both learned and
popular. The Iraq Petroleum Company and the Kuwait Oil
OG 2 208
Company publish excellent illustrated magazines, ‫طفنلا‬‎ ‫لها‬

* 2nd Revised Edition.
a wie o-
> SU! respectively. Reading the captions of the illustra-

and is
tions is a useful aid to learning one type of modern Arabic.
For modern newspaper Arabic the publications of the
Middle East Centre for Arabic Studies, Shemlan, Lebanon,
deserve special mention. These include a reader, The Way
Prepared, and A Selected Word List of Modern Literary
Arabic.
6. Modern Literature
Some very good modern Arabic literature exists, its chief
sources” pt. 6 15 a new
school of writers in Iraq which is showing much promise.
Perhaps the best of the modern works to begin with is the
autobiographical work (in novel form) ‫مايألا‬‎ of Taha Husain
‎)‫(طهحسين‬. Another is the satirical and amusing novel
‫ الأرياف‬3 ‫‏‬eem ‫ يوميات‬yb qgifuaT ‫‏‬mikaH-la )‫(توفيق الحكيم‬
which depicts Egyptian rural officialdom of a generation ago.‫‏‬
This author has written a number of fine plays of which‫‏‬
20 ‫و‬ ‫َو‬
‫ فهكلا‬de and Nate‫ ناميلسو ‏‬of the phantasy type, and‫‏‬

‫ بلقلا‬3 rig with a modern environment, may be men-‫‏‬
tioned. “Al-Hakim has also many one-act plays which make‫‏‬
interesting reading. For the short story Mahmud Taimiur‫‏‬
‫) )روميت‬25% can be recommended both for his excellent style‫‏‬
of writing and his art of story-telling.‫‏‬
‫يو‬ ‫ا دنس‬ pre is not an easy‫‏‬
٠ subject forstudy. For the student interested
in modern‫‏‬
Arabic poetry Arberry’s Modern Arabic Poetry (Cambridge,‫‏‬
)1950 can be recommended as an anthology, containing‫‏‬
among other things some fine examples of verse by the‫‏‬
modern Lebanese-American (or Syrian-American, as it is‫‏‬
usually called) school, 71whom an outstanding figure is‫‏‬
Eliya Aba. Madi‫ وبأ )ىضام ‏‬.(‫ ايليإ‬Of an older period are the‫‏‬
Egyptians Hafiz Ibrahim (aa!‫ ربإ‏‬,(‫ ظفاح‬and Shauqi‫(شوق) ‏‬,
whose poems are not easy for Europeans. Shauqi’s poetical‫‏‬
dramas are good but may not have a ready appeal. Perhaps‫‏‬
his‫( عرصم ارتابويلك ‏‬the Death of Cleopatra) may be of interest‫‏‬
APPENDIX 8 509
to those acquainted with the works of Shakespeare.

During the last few years a number of younger writers have
achieved prominence. Among those deserving mention are
the Egyptians Nagib Mahfiz, Yahya Haqqi and Al-Sharqawi;
the Lebanese woman writer, Laila Ba‘labakki, and the young
Iraqi poetess, Nazik al-Mala’ika. A brief account of some of
the chief writers of the older generation may be found in
Khemiri and Kampffmeyer, Leaders in Contemporary Arabic
Literature; Berlin-Dahlem, 1930.
7. Classical Literature
Classical Arabic literature is tremendously copious and _
covers a wide field instyle and subject. Much of itis difficult
and it is not easy toadvise the
student where to begin. All
should read the Quran, however. Its language is by no ‫ا‬‎ |
simple but manytranslations exist which will assist in its
study. Arberry’s The Quran Interpreted (London, 1955) may
be recommended. Among older translations there is one by
Rodwell (Everyman Edition) and an earlier translation by
Sale. There is, of course, a very extensive literature on the
Quran and the religion of Islam. In the latter field Gibb’s
Muhammadanism (Home University Library) is a good
primer (4th impression, revised edition, 1928). For the hadith,
or Traditions of the Prophet Muhammad, there is a selection
of the Sahih of al-Bukhari in the Semitic Study Series
(Leyden, 1906). Guillaume’s book The Traditions of Islam
(Oxford, 1924) is still a classic. Books on Sufiism have been
written by Nicholson (The Mystics of Islam, London, 1914)
and Arberry (Sufiism, London, 1950). For works on tafsir
Baidawt’s Commentary on Sirah 12 of the Qur'an by A. F. L.
Beeston (Oxford and New York, 1963) can be recommended.
١ ‎5
‎‫لمر لاز‬ga 7
The study
TAw6 eT5 Fov7sca 1 le0 ac
of classical Arabic poetry necessitates com- |
‫ جا‬522to 0
an hour or two
verse may take elucidate. Of all the poets
perhaps *Abu I--atahiya (42 ‫اتعلا‬‎‫وبأ‬ljis the easiest. Readers
may, however, find that his theme — the vanity of the world
and the reality and imminence of death — palls after a time. Of
the later poets "Abu Nuwas (urls: (‫وبأ‬‎ may have a greater
appeal. But_the student will ultimately ‫ط‬‎have to
to [
face_pre-
Islamic and early | Islamic POE Ye 6 short poems of chivalry
in “Abi Tammam’s (¢5 ‫وب‬‎I) collection known as the
Hamdasa (‫)ةسامحلا‬‎ make a suiitable beginning for study. Some
of these poems were fairly effectively translated by Lyall in
his Translations of Ancient Arabic Poetry, published in 1885.
In the poetical sense, however, these poems are really un-
translatable. The poems in the celebrated Mu 2‫ع‬‎
(‫ )تاقّلعلا‬are an essential study, even though they may not at‫‏‬
first have the same appeal as the Hamdsa to the non-Arab.‫‏‬
Of the later poets "Abu Firas ‫)سارف‬‎ (‫ وبأ‬will be enjoyed.
His poems written during his captivity in Byzantium have a
charm all their own, largely because of the genuineness of
their emotions. Al-Mutanabbi ‫)ىبنتملا(و‬‎ who has been called
the Sh eare of the Arabs, may at first repel Western
readers, but the student is advised to persevere with him.
In time a non-Arab may at least be able to appreciate why
he is so admired in the East. Once the excessive pride of
al-Mutanabbi is accepted, his real genius may be descried,
however dimly.
Arabic prose ranges from the comparatively simple writin
of biographers and historians to the poetical, artificial and
brilliant and excessively difficult (even for Arabs) prose of the
Magamat{ oa.) of al-Hariri ) (‫ىريرخلا‬‎ andal-Hamadhani
)‫(الممذانى‬١‎ Probably the historical and geographical writers
are the best to begin with. among the ‫يس‬‎ ‫ ل‬in
this category are the Travels of Ibn Battita ‫)ةطوطب‬‎ ‫(ابن‬٠.‎ Sir
Hamilton Gibb has already translated a selection of Ibn
Battiita for the Broadway Travellers series (Routledge,
London, 1929), and the first volume of his full translation
appeared in 1958. Another travel author is Ibn Jubair
(4s o!), whose works have been published in the Gibb
Memorial series (ed. William Wright, 1907). The Annals of
Tabari (‫)ىربطلا‬‎ are the obvious choice for historical reading,
APPENDIX 8 501
while at a later stage the student will be ready to apply

himself to the celebrated Mugaddima, or Prolegomena, of
Ibn Khaldiin’s History, now available also in Rosenthal’s
excellent translation (3 vols., London, 1958). There is also
W.J. Fischel’s Ibn Khaldun and Tamerlane (Berkeley, 1952).
There is a large literature of collected biographies, the
most famous work being the Biographical Dictionary of Ibn
Khallikan (OS\+ .(‫نبا‬‎ There is a translation of this by De
Slane (Paris, 1883, 6 vols.). Another work is Yaqiit’s ‫)توقايز‬‎
Dictionary of Learned Men.
For literature of a less classifiable type the 7‫ع‬‎ al-
?akhbar (jks SI (‫نويع‬‎ of Ibn Qutaiba (4.23 (‫نبا‬‎ deserves
mention. His section on “sermons” contains examples of
early preaching in Islam and will repay study.
The Medieval-—Arabe_had_a_fine
sense_of_bumous /|
Al-Jahiz’s (‫)ظحاجلا‬‎ Book of Misers ‫)ءالخبلا‬‎ ,(‫ باتك‬also
available in French translation, is an outstanding collection
of witty and satirical tales.
The celebrated Alf Laila wa Laila ‫)ةليلو‬‎ 4) Wl),
Thousand and One Nights, contains a rich store of legend,
story, and anecdote in the original Arabic. This work is of
interest also for its language, and the student will encounter
in it occasional grammatical errors and colloquialisms.
An important development in prose literature was the
50-5
cultivation of rhymed prose (eo) and other artificial devices

G- --
collectively known as ‫ةغالب‬‎ (rhetoric). This led to the use by

authors of a recherché vocabulary, demanded partly by the
exigencies of rhyme, but also out of a desire to display
erudition. This culminated in the tenth century (A.D.) in
the devising of the ‘“‘maqama”’ form in which an anecdote or
a situation is used as an excuse for a linguistic tour de force.
The leading writers of Magdmat were Badi¢ az-zaman
al-Hamadhani (d. 1008 A.D.) and al-Hariri (d. 1122 A.D.).
These works will be beyond the grasp of the student for some |
translations.
APPENDIX C
Supplementary Grammatical Notes
§1
The Phonology of Arabic
(see pages 6 ff.)
1. At first sight, the lack of a scientific account of the

phonology of Arabic in the body of this grammar might seem
surprising. This omission has, however, been deliberate, and
is based on the following considerations:
(a) We are concerned here only with the written language,
not the spoken language.! As to how classical Arabic was
spoken it is not possible, even now, to dogmatise in detail
despite extensive Mediaeval grammatical and lexicographical
Arabic literature, and accounts of the dialects of Arabia and
of the various methods of Quranic reading.
(b) Written Arabic is only heard in reciting the Quran,
verse, rhetorical utterances, oratory and the like, and also in |
broadcasts from the Arabic radio stations. This being so, one
can hardly speak of the phonology of written Arabic in the
same way as one could of a spoken dialect.
(c) Nevertheless, written Arabic must not be treated as a
dead language, as if the written words were mere hiero-
glyphics. While to teach the beginner a scientific phonology
of the language would be, in the opinion of the authors, of
doubtful value and might only create an additional hurdle to
the student, he certainly needs a rough guide to the sounds
of the language. This is what has been provided in Chapter
One, sections 3 and 4.
1 See Appendix A.
Sila
APPENDIX C 511b
(d) There are few students of Arabic today who will not
wish sooner or later to visit an Arab country and perhaps
pass from the classical to the colloquial language with a
minimum of difficulty. Even for them - particularly in the
early stages — a detailed study of phonology is of secondary
consideration: a rough guide to pronunciation is their prime
need.
Despite all these arguments, however, the authors of this
grammar realise that further phonological notes may be
desired by some students. To this end the following brief
notes are intended to fill the gap in a very rudimentary way.
To those who wish to undertake a more thorough study of the
phonetics of Arabic the following two works can be con-
sulted:
W. H. T. Gairdner, The Phonetics of Arabic, Oxford, 1925.
Jean Cantineau, Etudes de Linguistique Arabe, Paris, 1960.
The Consonants
2.~b; em; 9 38 ‫ف‬‎ 1. These are pronounced more or less
as their English equivalents. It should be observed, however,
that ,‫و‬‎ when having a sukun and ending a syllable, should
still be pronounced as a consonant, with the lips rounded and
protruding. (See reference to diphthongs, page 9.)
‫ ت‬tand‫ د ‏‬.0 These consonants are closer in pronunciation‫‏‬
to the Italian dentals 2 and d than the English sound.‫‏‬
They are uttered with the tip of the tongue against the upper‫‏‬
teeth.‫‏‬
J 1. See Gairdner, pp. 17-19 for the two types of/ sound.
‫ ث‬th and 3 dh. As in the words think and that respectively.‫‏‬
It should be noted that the Arabic pronunciation is more‫‏‬
emphatic than the English. (See also Appendix A, page 497.)‫‏‬
‫ س‬5‫ ه‬and‫ ز‏‬z. These are more sibilant than in English. In‫‏‬
the former the ‘‘hiss’’ and in the latter the ‘“‘buzz’ are‫‏‬
stronger and clearer in Arabic.‫‏‬
‫ ص‬:‫ ض و‬:‫ ي‬bt; bz. These are pronounced by the point of‫‏‬
the tongue with the teeth-ridge, while the back of the tongue‫‏‬
511 A NEW ARABIC.GRAMMAR
is raised towards the soft palate. More than one pronuncia-

tion of ‫ظ‬‎ (z) is heard. In sound it is related rather to 5 (dh)
ithan to ‫ز‬‎ (z). In Iraq and the Arabian Peninsula the three
consonants 3, ‫ضر‬‎ 4, are pronounced practically the same,
that is with a dh sound. (See also Appendix A, pp. 497-498).
yr. The ) is rolled, similar to the Scottish 7 but not as
emphatic or as prolonged. In some of the dialects there is
more than one sound. Among most Jews of Baghdad and
Christians of Mosul district, for example, it has a sound
rather like the French 7 grasseyé (or like the &).
eal. The pilea Speen treo nea ‫م‬‎
word John. It is also pronounced as the hard ,‫م‬‎ as in the
English word gag, and the French j, as in the word jour, over a
large area of the Arabic-speaking world. The hard g is used
all over Lower Egypt. Although this pronunciation can be
heard elsewhere it isparticularly associated with Egyptian
usage. The French 7 pronunciation is used in the Lebanon, in
Palestinian urban dialects (i.e. in Israel and Jordan on the
Western Bank), and large areas of Syria. (In North Syria,
however, it has the English sound.) Rarer dialectal pro-
nunciations of ¢ are gy, dy, dz, d and y.
iS y. As with the ‫ور‬‎ care should be taken to retain the
consonantal sound in di ongs.
‫ فق‬.‫ و‬The student must take great care in distinguishing‫‏‬
this sound from that of 4) k. It can cause confusion in mean-‫‏‬
S
ing if not properly pronounced. Thus al heart; ‫دع‬‎ dog.

(See also Appendix A, page 498.)
h. Students tend to pronounce this consonant either as
*h or like ¢ kh. Care should be taken to avoid particularly
the latter sound by eliminating any suspicion of what
Gairdner calls “‘scrape’’.
For notes on the ‫ع‬‎ see Gairdner, pp. 28-29.
The Vowels and Diphthongs

3. (a) The Classical Arab philologists unfortunately give us
little guidance on the correct pronunciation of the vowels.
APPENDIX C 511d
They usually content themselves with explaining the mean-

ings of the words fatha, damma, and kasra. They do, how-
ever, refer to a feature called ’zmdla (v.n. of the 4th form verb,
‫ لاما‬to cause to incline) whereby the | = )2( in certain locali-‫‏‬
ties inclines from d to é (just as fatha does from a to e). This‫‏‬
is heard in the Maghribi dialects, in the Lebanon and parts of‫‏‬
Syria. Thus the word ae sakin (dwelling, inhabitant) is
heard as sékin. It has the sound of the az in the French word
aigu.
(b) The six vowels (three short and three long) and two
diphthongs of written Arabic do not represent all the sounds
heard in the colloquial—or even in Quranic reading. As
stated on page 8 the proximity of certain consonants affects
the vowel sounds. To appreciate this one need only note the
difference in the sound of the fatha in ak (road, way) and
aes (striking, blow). Likewise, the difference in the sound of
the long d@ in ‫اعل‬‎ (the account) and ‫ىضاملا‬‎(the past). The
2 in the latter word is a “back vowel” and is heard almost as
the a in the word father as pronounced in London and
South-East England.
Reading aloud
4. There are basically two methods of reading aloud:
(a) As in Quranic reading, all the final vowel points being /
pronounced, except in pause, i.e. at the end of a sentence (in
the> English :sense of that word).
ng
the
(b) Ongitti finalvowels of inflection. For example the
following sentence — cone 0 ‫و‬‎ real JdIu would be read:
(a) qala li l-haqiqata wa ma watt

(b) gal li l-haqiqa wa ma kadhab.
Note the disappearance of the ta ’marbita in (b).

§2
The Interrogative Particle
(see Chapter 3, para. 4, page 29)
Students are at times in doubt as to which of the two
particles i and ‫له‬‎ to use. In many instances there is a free

choice. The following points, however, should be noted:
3
(a) | is the first word in a sentence and cannot be preceded
-o0-- ‎‫عق‬
even ay,the conjunction. Thus, while we can write ‫تبتك‬‎ Je,

-0-- -é
with \the ‫و‬‎ must follow, as, 225.‫وا‬‎

(b) | may be followed by a word beginning with hamza,
e.g. ‎‫ انت ق البيت‬,١ era uoy ni eht ?esuoh ehT ,stsirup ,revewoh
insisted in such cases the interrogative particle have madda,
Bae
as... <s!. In writing modern Arabic it is recommended by
a2
some that ‫له‬‎ be used when a word beginning with a hamza
follows the interrogative particle.
(c) It iis better not to interpose the attached sigh. of the
‎‫ري‬
future, ‎‫ رس‬between and the verb. Thus, ‫بتكتس‬‎ Je being

preferable to Sas |I,
(d) Wright (A Grammar of the Arabic Language, Vol. II,
para. 167) says that ‫له‬‎ “introduces questions of a more
lively sort”. This statement is plausible, though perhaps of
dubious practical value.
§3
Improper Annexation
(see Chapter 8, on ’idafa, especially para. 8, pages 65-66)
The examples given in paragraph 8 are, contrary to the

rules applied to “proper annexation”’, indefinite. In order to
APPENDIX C 5111
define these expressions the article is added to the Bene

e.g. ‎‫كثير المال‬, hcir .til( hcumfo )htlaew ‎‫رق الكثبر المال‬
the Ack man.
§4
The Comparative and Superlative (Elative)
(a) As stated in Chapter 11 it is preferable to use the

Elative as the first element in an ‘iddfa construction, 1.6.
followed by a noun in the indefinite genitive, e.g. ‫دل‬‎
‫ نرو‬1
> ‫رن‬ ‫صن‬
sige 3 he is the tallest boy in the room. Note that this

genitive noun is also commonly used in the definite plural
as follows :—
‎‫هو أطلول الأولاد‬, eh si eht tsellat .yob ehT mrof TNES ‎‫هوالولد‬
is rare.
(b) The Elative may be preceded by % to mean “‘one of
the... est’’, ‘one of the most . among the most . 1
2:35 2 o> 66 ”
“among ther : ‫ا‬‎ e.g.

we - 0)
ol oie‫نموه‬‎ he is one of the most generous people.
(c) (see Chapter 40, para. 8)

The student should note the frequent use of ach elative
of AOS in modern politico-economic expressions such as
za-- -‫ق‬‎
‫ لقا امدقت‬with the meaning “under-developed” (Jit. less‫‏‬
advanced), e.g.‫‏‬
za-- a- ‫عوص‬‎ ‫و‬ >
‫ لقالا امدقن‬Ages the under-developed countries.‫‏‬

§5
Subjunctive Particles
The remarks made in Chapter 15 on the choice of subjunc-

tive eens require some amplifications and amendment.
(a) jl follows. verbs expressing desire, dislike, command,
prohibition, duty, fear, necessity, and kindred notions, e.g.
‫أت‬ Aa‫‏‬ ‫د‬
‫ ديرا نا رظتنا‬I want to wait.‫‏‬

077 ONE
‫ىبجاو نا رظننا‬ it is my duty to wait.‫‏‬

- -o- of
‫ نا رظنني‬3 ‫ طع فاخ‬was afraid to wait.‫‏‬
(b) J OY Ss 6S indicate purpose, intention, object,

and the like, e.g. ‫هوريل‬‎ ‫ اورظتنا‬they waited to see him. Their
negatives are ‫الغل‬‎ « SES manasa,
(c) Some beginners tend to circumvent the subjunctive by
using ‎‫ إن‬or ‎‫أن‬ instead of a subjunctive particle, e.g.
= RRS Or 5 am
‫مهنإ نورظتني‬ge a in error for‫ اورظنني ‏‬ey‫ ‏‬0 ‫ لاق‬he told‫‏‬

ee a Ae 2 ee ‫ل‬‎ ‫بص‬ =
them to wait. ‫كوتومي‬‎ ‫ مهنا‬eee in error for ‫اوتومي‬‎ ‫ نأ‬on he

|
| was afraid that they would die. This mistake should be avoided.
(d) The use of the subjunctive may, however, often be
avoided by the substitution of a verbal noun with the definite
article, | or ina prepositional phrase, or with the maj el lahu
‫ عسب‬in the accusative, e.8‫‏‬
They Went ‘out to receive the prince.

20
‫|‏ للوزير‬SU ‫‏ قمث‬rof ‫رمالوزير‬ ‫قمت‬

I rose out of respect for the minister.
APPENDIX © 511h
§6
Doubly Transitive Verbs
Doubly transitive verbs are of three main types:

(a) Causative verbs, mostly of the second or fourth derived
forms, where the root verb is transitive, e.g. ‫ملع‬‎ II to teach,
from ‎‫ علم‬to know or learn.
(b) Verbs implying giving, or some similar notion, as

filling, satisfying, allowing, appointing: also the reverse
meanings of forbidding and depriving. To these should be
added verbs of asking, entreating and the like; e.g.
0 LS ‫اًدمحم‬‎ a ‫ىطعأ‬‎ Hasan gave Muhammad two books
at Fos ‫ذل‬‎ he filled the bucket with water.
(modern Arabic usually replaces the second object ail by a
- 00
prepositional phrase ‫ٍءامب‬‎or :(‫ءاملاب‬‎

2 ‫عا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫عاص عات‬ 2‫و‬6
‫ ع سانلا ةديصق‬Lid!‫ دشنا ‏‬the poet recited an ode to the people.‫‏‬

‫دهع‬ ‫ وا مه‬5‫ صانل‬y---‫‏‬
‫ همرح هللا ةكرب‬God has deprived him of a blessing.‫‏‬
Kal ail hak I ask pardon of God.‫‏‬
(c) What the Arabs call “Verbs of the Heart” ‫)بلقلا‬‎ .(‫لاعفا‬
These are sometimes called also verbs of certainty and doubt
(GLE ‫قيقيلا‬‎ .(‫ لاعفا‬These are at times what might be
called “estimative” verbs, such as ‫بسح‬‎ to think, reckon.
They include verbs of thinking, knowing, finding, and
imagining, e.g.
Su ‎‫ أظن حسنًا‬I kniht nasaH )si( .tnegilletni

(ie ‎‫ قائدًا‬foes ‎‫ رت‬I found Zaid (to be) a great commander.
§7
Composite Words
Composite words in Arabic fall into three categories.

Shem. 8
1. A word compounded of two foreign words, e.g. ‫بادرس‬‎

pl. ‎‫سر ادبن‬, dnuorgrednu ,tluav .rallec morF owt naisreP
words sard cold and 26 water (because kept cool by means of
cold water).
2. A word made up of one Arabic and one foreign word, e.g.
‫ا‬ pl. Ogu‫دنبمشاب ‏‬ chief engineer. From Arabic‫‏‬
OID.
‫ سدنمم‬engineer, and Turkish bdsh head. reess pl.‫كتبخانات ‏‬

bookshop or library. From Arabic 3 books, and Persian
khaneh house.
ae eee
3. A compound of two Arabic words, e.g. from All ‫سار‬‎ ‫و‬
: 9a - ‫م‬-‎ ‫َنَد‬ 1 As
capital (finan.), we have, ‫ةيلامسارلا‬‎ capitalism, ‫ثويلامسأرلا‬‎
capitalists. (34, amphibious; from ‫رب‬‎ land, and el. water.
Some of the Arabic-Turkish compounds are tending to
disappear “gradually,
gradually, being
being feptaced
replaced by
by wholly
wholly “Ara
Arabic
words. While on the other hand compound
new words are
being introduced to meet the needs of science and technology,
‫دهم‬
like OW ‫وبرت‬‎ turbo-jet; Poet ‫كرمت‬‎ turbo-prop engine.

‫ا‬ ‫امج‬50007 ‫اس‬ ‫وف‬be‫دنا مسا ‏‬ ‫ كيسا ور‬oT th ;‫‏‬
toot s bus nov: Vin Lota, sare “Saute baw vee. rst gerne. ١‫‏‬
eey‫‏‬:sra‫الوك‬stsip eI eHsiop .ekapS la ‫‏‬oi ‫ محال توصو‬werd‫لك ‏‬ "‫اممو رجاف ص‬
‫مااكدر‬ ‫هت‬ sats o‫دش يمك ‏‬ ‫‏‬naaD
shies i
‫ذه‬ 072
eniqia nt Seon oi godt‫‏‬
: ak’ SUN‫‏‬ ‫يباب‬ ‫دك‬ 0 ‫ربع‬ > teow 3‫‏‬
1 ١ 3‫‏‬
3 aby aniiowor oy Zariet‫و ‏‬1 ‫كور‬ prez trewted. verietwenw wer A ts)‫‏‬
+21 ‫سلا‬ Ce, ier 1 ie es iS 9 ie‫‏‬
» dO ‫‏‬nav ‫ ورج‬gnivimulat dle tcat sesepe roiciod et ‫‏‬tesoc ‫عو نفووكم‬ ;
= 5 7 a‫‏‬ 1 7 ‫"ب‬ > ‫ا‬ f _ g, Dies‫‏‬
: ‫ ودل هلك‬ete sede?‫اذب ‏‬. u,b, daw, hatfans‫‏‬

41 1 _ 1 9 ~ ‫‏‬leh 7 ‫‏‬١‫و‬ 0 8 3
igyrgotiB ‫‏‬ob ‫ تجا كسا‬3 ‫ و يع تناج‬03-4 ‫ي‬

‫فأ‬‫رجا‬
‫دتر‬
‫جا‬
‫ع ع ال‬ ‫سو ا‬
GE 2-2 1 5"
١5 1 1 . eA 71 5 ‫‏‬gne 1 ‫را‬
‫د‬ 0 ‫ا‬ 0
+ ;
‘Vie vi
on” Hh
& 0
‎‫كنك‬ 1 AG je
ne 2 0
, ‫هلا‬‎ 0
she i Sy 7 1
j ‫انا‬ «Fe.‫‏‬
baler ‫كلب‬‎-
3
VOCABULARY
(1) The unvowelled words shown in brackets indicate the root letters.
Some non-Arabic words (place names, etc.) are given under a root
form whenever the construction of the word allows of this; otherwise
they are placed in alphabetical order according to the initial letter of
the word.
(2) A few words may be written with alternative vowelling. These
3
are shown thus; vl ‫ناو‬‎ means that this particular word may be
spelled i 5 or aa Where this happens in the case of the

vowelling of the second radical of the Imperfect it is indicated as
‎‫ترك‬ 2
follows: )2(, e.g. ‫رفني‬‎ or ‫رفني‬‎ .

‫د‬
| ... !3 father of, possessor,‫‏‬
2 1 : owner of
| interrogation particle
(attached) ‎‫( أبوان‬dual) parents
(2!)
2-‫خ‬ (a!)
‫ادبا‬ ever (with negative ee= a to refuse, reject‫‏‬
ca! (<) ;‫‏‬
never)
‎‫ إلىالأبد‬rof reve )!s(

‎)‫(ابط‬ ‫ (>) الى‬ot emoc 4 RNP waF
hearts ‎‫ دب‬to bring
‎‫ تابط‬17 tocarryunderthearm -
‎‫ ا‬pl. Bul armpit ‫تا‬‎ coming, following
(ce!) (<4)
‎‫ ل‬a8 camels (coll.) SU pl. ‫تا‬‎
(3!) (3!)
‎‫ أب‬pl. ell father (pl. also, ‫رثأ‬‎II(with ‫ىلع‬‎or G) to influ-
ancestors) ence, impress
512
VOCABULARY 513
-aE-
> V to be affected, 4='| VIII to take for oneself,

influenced adopt
os pl. wel trace, footstep (in G4!)
pl. also antiquities)
‫ رخأ‬II to delay (someone,‫‏‬
ald, il 3, sh a following anything)‫‏‬
“on, immediately after
-GE-
‫ رخات‬V to be late, delayed,‫‏‬

= 1 ethereal atmosphere behind‫‏‬
5 6
‫ ريثان‬influence, impression‫‏‬ ‫ ريخا‬last, recent‫‏‬
)‫(اجج‬ es last, finally, recently

-GE-
‫ ججان‬V to burn, be aflame‫‏‬ ‫ىرخا رثرخا‬

pl. Al, O94! an-‫‏‬
other, other‫‏‬
(+!) 5 ‎‫م‬ ‫و‬ E-
>=! pl. ‫رخاوا‬‎ last, end (pl. =

al IV to rent, hire (to
latter part)
someone)
a
pga
Xx 60 rent, hire
eS LeU paces Leh
5-02 6-2 the world to come, the
on Pl. ‫رخآ‬‎ rent, reward, fee Hereafter
2G Bs
a baked bricks |+9 lately, recently
(de!) G*!)
Bel II to postpone, delay A, el (with following
(something)
a 0 Dien, ‫هر‬‎ brother
as) pl. Jui the (fixed) term --=
of one’s life ‫حت‬3 ‫‏‬.lp ‫ اخواا تت‬sister‫‏‬
ey for the sake of, for ‫ولد‬

‫ بدا‬II to discipline‫‏‬
(44!) 5 > SF. :
Sel (2 ) un. if to take; (+ ‫ بدا‬pl.‫ بادا ‏‬literature, arts,‫‏‬

imperf. to begin); to learn politeness‫‏‬
from, study under (antzq.) 5 3 9 --2
‎‫ اديب‬pl. ‎‫ ادباء‬cultured, edu-
‫ ذخا‬111 v.n.‫ ةذخاوم ‏‬to blame‫‏‬ cated man, literary figure
(re) ‫ خرأ‬II to date; write history‫‏‬

re Te SA‫‏‬
‫مدا‬,‫ا‬
: pol‫ ونب‏‬Adam; mankind‫‏‬ ,‫ خيرات خيرات‬pl.‫ خيراوت ‏‬date;‫‏‬
58 --
‫ ادمى‬man‫‏‬ history‫‏‬
5 wis
(31) cs» historian

5 - 5 --é
sls! pl. ‫تاودا‬‎ tool, imple- (4!) ‫جسم‬ ‫ا ل‬ ‫دو‬
ment, instrument 805
‫)( ضرا‬pl.‫‏‬,‫ ضارا‬O54)! earth,‫‏‬

(se!) land a‫‏‬
tes II to perform; to lead to )‫(ارنب‬

(with J!) 5 >
Sy! pl. ‫بنارأ‬‎ rabbit, hare

(3!) (J5!)
°
5| since 5-2 SG >

‫ازل‬, ‫ ازلية‬eternity‫‏‬
‫اذِإ‬if, when; behold (with‫(ب ‏‬
Goo
)‫(ازم‬
5 > ‫َه‬
,‫ اذإ‬OS! therefore, so, then‫‏‬ ‫ ةمزا‬pl.‫ مز ‏‬dearth, scarcity;‫‏‬
(50!) crisis (mod.)‫‏‬
‫ (=) نذا‬to permit‫‏‬ )‫(اسس‬
: rire
‎‫ استاذن‬X to ask permission
ab i ‫ ضل‬II to found, establish,‫‏‬
build‫‏‬
536 ‫ا‬‎
05! permission 5 > 5 -2
‫ مساسا‬vu! foundation‫‏‬
gee Os 37
Os! pl. Ol! ear
5 >
ea fundamental(ist)
‎‫ اذان‬Moslem call to prayer
5 ‫ب‬‎ ‫َءر‬ ‫إسبانيا‬: ‫إسبانى‬, ٌ‫ الإسبان‬Spain;‫‏‬
‫ نذوم‬Muezzin (caller to‫‏‬
Spanish, the Spaniards
prayer)‫‏‬
5--0 §--8- ‫و‬ ‎5)‫سهت>ذ‬2‫(ا‬
‫ةنذام‬.,‫ ةندثم‬pl. OSL minaret‫‏‬ Stal pl. ail, ‫ٌةدتاسأ‬‎ profes-
(4!) é
sor, teacher
‎‫ اريب‬clever, able
‎)‫(اسد‬
5> 5 22
)‫(ارخ‬ dul pl. Awl, mak lion

VOCABULARY 515
(yl) (J!)
ot (_) to take prisoner, lye \defintterarsicle
captive
J --2
(1!)
pelpl. ‫ءارسأ‬‎ captive, prisoner -we
‫ فلا‬11 to compose,‫‏‬ write,
0 war compile (a book, etc.)‫‏‬
Gshcl pi. jabtt feet, flotilla PK III to be intimate with

508 5 922 -~
(s+!) Hl pl. ,‫فولأ‬‎ GYT thousand
Sueno (1,000)
‎‫ مواساة‬consolation; help 59 8-
‫ فولام‬customary, usual‫‏‬
)Sof
‫(أصل‬
‫ع‬
Sues‫‏‬
5 22
bel pl. ‫لوصا‬‎ origin, root, ‫ فلوم‬composer, author‫‏‬
principle 5 -GEs
‫( تافلوم‬pl.) compositions,‫‏‬
compilations‫‏‬
‫إفريقيا‬, ٌ‫ إفريقية‬Africa‫‏‬ )‫(الم‬

(3!) ‫ملأ‬11 to pain‫‏‬
8 pl. Gut horizon (SH) we VIII to suffer

(from), be pained (by)
(251)
its
iII to assure, confirm wl pl.‫مالا‬‎pain, grief
5 85
(ce) er V to be assured (of) ‎‫ مولم‬painful
aS,‫ا‬‎firm, certain
‫ نيا‬ul Germany
)‫(اكل‬ 9-0f0-
is (=) wn. As to eat 3iu, OU! German, a

5 German; the Germans
‫ اكل‬food‫‏‬
(ai!)
)‫(اكم‬ 4!pl. ‫ٌةهلآ‬‎ a god, divinity
‫‏ كلد‬.lp ‫— ات‬, 762 summit,‫‏‬
hillock, rising ground‫‏‬ : ‎‫ الله‬God
‫دوي‬
‫ل‬
osJl divineness ‫ةرامإ‬rule, pore princedom‫‏‬
(J!) ‘si pl. ana prince, ruler,
Jl to Emir
5 ‫دغ‬‎‫د‬
yb pl. oat, yee official,
its (with verb) until
functionary; district officer
(e!) (in some page countries)
- cE 5--.8 ‫و‬
‫ مما‬11 to nationalise (mod.)‫‏‬ ‫‏ موتمر‬.lp ‫ — أت‬conference‫‏‬
‫مأ‬pl. ere‫ ثامأ ‏‬mother‫‏‬
‫مامأ‬in front of, before‫‏‬ 3 ‎‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬aciremA

5 50 € 50 @
‫‏ إمام‬.lp ‫واثمة‬ ‫ ا‬Imam,‫‏‬ SSpl American

religious eater) leader of (J+!)
Brey eke eases
‫) لك‬.2( to hope, hope for‫‏‬
8 ue ae nation
bE V (also with 4) to look
7shilliterate at, observe, study
‫ ام‬or‫‏‬
Solo Jui hope
‫ف‬ ‫امأ‬. as for‫‏‬ ber")

‫) نما‬2( to be secure‫‏‬
oF G 2 -<- a
aN Sh ae LI; ‫امإو‬‎ 4 . LI either

. or ‫ نما‬11 to insure (mod.),‫‏‬
assure‫‏‬
‎4‫اطو‬Bel pl. eet Emperor ‫ نما عبر‬IV to believe (in)‫‏‬
daygl ul empire pei faithfulness; security; a‫‏‬

trust, secretariat.‫‏‬
(>!) ‫ ه‬60 5 >
,‫ نما‬OL! safety, protection,‫‏‬
‫) رما‬2( to command, order‫‏‬ security‫‏‬
05‫ه‬ ‫و صوءه‬ o-‫‏‬
yl pl. ‫رما‬‎
‫وأ‬command, order ‫ سلع ندد‬Security Council‫‏‬
SL! belief, faith‫‏‬

506
yp! pl. 5oe thing, affair

VOCABULARY 517
‫دكن اشم ولط أمين‬ 1 OLS] man (human being)

& 0
worthy; pr. 2. 25. Gli] human adj.
5 ‫مثد‬‎
cry believer, faithful (in rp ‎‫ اناس‬people, men (p/. of
religious sense), Moslem
(0!)
ْ‫ إِن‬if‫‏‬ ‫ كا‬young lady, miss (mod.)‫‏‬
i (v ol) if not; except
(Gil)
ae .
ji (+verb) that conj.
‎‫ استانف‬X to appeal; begin
jl (with 2. or pron.) that anew
05 ‫‏‬22S ‫ك‬5 -‫ع‬
con}. ‫ فنا‬pl.‫ ‏‬,4531 ‫ فانا‬nose, fore-‫‏‬
‫َّنِإ‬verily, truly; that (after‫‏‬ part, point‫‏‬
JW)‫‏‬ aT formerly, before, above,

Lil indeed, in truth, only aforesaid
(strong affirmative particle)
‎)‫(انن‬ Abs, [ale England

SE
‫ ةنا‬moaning, lamenting n.‫‏‬ ‎‫ إنكليزى‬pl.‎‫ إنكليز‬English(man)
)‫(انا‬ (J!)
Gi GE-
‫ ىلات‬11 to procrastinate, delay‫‏‬
)‫(انت‬ (Ja!)
- 208
oi m. oil Ves dual you jel pl. lal, ‫( اهلون‬rare)‫‏‬
Al m.pl. 3 f.pl. you

people, family
B®) 1. hn ve OS
‫ در‬-0£0- Apu 9 ‫الها‬‎ welcome!

ys YI Andalusia, Spain
)‫(انس‬ < ‎‫هلاث‬ie qualifications (mod.)
it II to render agreeable,‫‏‬ (3!)

to make friendly‫‏‬ lor
- 206
yal f. ‫اهتيا‬‎ vocative particle,

(sb)
eis 2- O, Oh
‎‫ زيووت) اب‬ot nruter
(i)
xP) 2
9! Europe
,‫ اهايإهايإ‬him, her‫‏‬
Bus 2 (24!)
vg! European
Casi also
(ca!)
‫ ةلا‬pl. ote— instrument, tool,‫‏‬
el where?
machine‫‏‬
- ef 7 whence?
‫ الى‬mechanic(al)‫‏‬
on
Sut machines, mechanical
(attached) in, by, with
ob)
ee
a fem. sl pl. Cis ‫لئاوأ‬‎

first ‎‫ بعر‬pl. (f.)
‫رابآ‬‎well n.
yAl first adv. ‎)‫(بأس‬
(os!)
‫سو‬ 5 > 2> ‫سم‬
on (—) to be afflicted
Ol, Oly! pl. ‫ةنوا‬‎ time, moment, 00 to be bad

season 3 ae.
1 ‫) سوب‬2( to be brave‫‏‬
OY! now 25-
ul misfortune
(63!)
(2!) ssl ‫مى‬‎3 to take refuge (gs)‎‫لالد‬ ,)tuoba(
Git 1 no matter!
‫ )ىو ىوأ‬5 IV to harbour,‫‏‬ (<4)

shelter‫‏‬ (‫ )ّنع‬oe )_( to investigate,‫‏‬
24- examine, search for‫‏‬
‎‫ ماوى‬shelter, refuge ‫ع‬
‫ثحاب‬ III to discuss with,‫‏‬

(s!) hold a discussion with‫‏‬
Gl that is to say, i.e. So- 5 -08
‫ ثحب‬pl, &ls| examination,‫‏‬

‎‫ ل أى‬sa ?hcihw ,revehcihw yna enquiry, research‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 519
cise eee : 2 -o-

‎‫بباحثة‬ 0 lane pl. ‫ىدابم‬‎principle, basis
(4) (‫)ردب‬‎
So- 5 - ‫ووو‬‎ ‫ود‬ ‫د‬ hee
‫‏بحر‬.lp ‫حار‬, ‫ابحر‬, ‫ حور‬sea;‫‏‬ ‫ رداب‬IIT to hasten‫‏‬

course (of a week, etc.) (J)
rors aa
one pl. ‎‫ ات‬lake J (2) to change, exchange
$a- trans.
‫ حار‬sailor‫‏‬
(4)
--0-
decal X to take in exchange

Pe
JS, ‫ليدب‬‎substitute
<= luck, good fortune oe
os pl. a)‫و‬‎ 8 lucky, fortunate eS Yuu instead of
S-o7
‫ ةلدب‬suit of clothes (mod.)‫‏‬
Ge)
‫ةرخاب‬pl. al0 steam-ship‫‏‬ (0+)
(mod. )‫‏‬ GA ot Ol body
(J#.) (2)
Sos .
=. greed, avarice 55 )2( to appear
» 2 tee }
et pl. X=, greedy, avarici- Bol pl. ‫داوب‬‎desert
ous ‫ ودب‬Bedouin, Bedu (coll.)‫‏‬

(242)
3 --
‫( ىودب‬a) Bedouin, nomad‫‏‬
1 escape
)‫(بذل‬
5 y: ‫نم‬‎+(— ‫ نأ‬before verb)
Jay )_2( to give generously,‫‏‬
no doubt; it is inevitable
ss ne‫‏‬
(Tay)
E--
“ce
‘resi ‎‫ بذل‬to do one’s best,

lay (—) vn. est to begin utmost
5-0 ---
a3 VIII to begin ‫ةلدب‬v pl. RINE everyday clothes‫‏‬

be‫ءادتبا‬‎beginning from (22)
6
Cap me
gly! elementary, primary
:
‎‫( بر‬opp. »#) land
a9 ‎‫ بر‬by land and sea )‫(برطع‬

yx» Berbers ‫عط‬
tyquad. to move about, be‫‏‬
restless‫‏‬
(12)
Ce)
iI IV to cure, make whole
‫عراب‬excellent, distinguished,‫‏‬
‫ ءىرب‬pl.‫ ءايربأ ‏‬innocent, not‫‏‬ clever
guilty
(G2)
ie pl. ©9 lightning
‎‫برتقال‬: ‫البرتقال‬, ‫البرتغال‬ 4.5 telegram, telegraph
orange; Portugal
(mod.)
(cx)
5 ‫ره‬
‫ جرب‬pl. zs0 tower, castle‫‏‬ Gay! pl. ‫قيرابأ‬‎ pot, ewer
)‫(برح‬
(Ax)
- -o-
(3) ‎‫ بارك‬III to bless
ie)LJ! yesterday ‫دو‬ ‫ده‬
‫‏ بركة‬lp ‫ات‬- blessing‫‏‬

(>)
So-
‫ كرب‬pl.‫ كرب ‏‬pool, pond, tank‫‏‬
‎‫ برد‬cold 2.
ea blessed; pr. n. masc.
aS ‫رب‬‎refrigerator (mod.)
- ‫رده‬
4s= pl. ‫درب‬‎ post, courier

--o-
ols‎‫م برا‬. ‫ —جات‬tnemailraP

(mod.)
Ssly cold adj.
)‫(برمج‬
Olay meld adj. (used of
human beings) ‫ جمانرب‬pl.‫ جمارب ‏‬scheme, pro-‫‏‬
S210 She
gramme
‎‫ مبرد‬pl. ‎‫ مبا رد‬elif )tnemurtsni(
)‫(برمل‬
Gx) ‫ ليوا‬pl. jal, barrel, vat,‫‏‬
5 -
‫ زراب‬prominent, outstanding‫‏‬ cask

VOCABULARY 521
(ex) 0 ‎‫ ا‬ycocan
S- 09 200 00-0 (title) (Turk.)
da» pl. ols», ‫هري‬‎ a period of
time Co.
.‫ ب‬. ‫رشب‬. 11 to give (anyone)‫‏‬
)‫(برهن‬ good news about (some-‫‏‬
Oley pl. ‫نحارب‬‎ proof thing)‫‏‬
(2) ‫ رشاب‬111 to be busy with,‫‏‬

manage, direct, do directly‫‏‬
‫ ناتسسب‬pl. yehbeg garden‫‏‬ (as opposed to indirectly)‫‏‬
--6-
‫ رشستسا بر‬X to rejoice at‫‏‬

)‫(بسط‬
(good news)
‫) طس‬2( to spread out trans.;‫‏‬ 5 02
to please‫‏‬ ‎‫ بشر‬good news
(cy) ‎‫ اط‬VII to be pleased ‎‫بشر‬,‫ بشرية‬mankind, humanity

eh ae A
(at) ‫ مباشر‬direct‫‏‬
bu pl.sO Hes carpet, rug (4)

as ugly, repulsive,
Ls pl. ‫كلمت‬‎ simple
deformed
Woes contented, happy,
cheerful (Syr. and Eg.)
ys ‎‫ باص‬pl. of (Eur.) bus
)‫(بسل‬
‫مو‬ --
(4-2)
Jl. bravery, heroism
QS II to open the eyes,
Ae pl. ‫ءالسب‬‎ bold, brave, enlighten anyone
gallant
-- ‫عن‬
‫ رصبا‬IV to see‫‏‬
2" 6.0"
(2) 5aS! Basra

‫ مستبا‬VIII to smile‫‏‬ (se)
pl! smile; pr. n. ‎‫( بصق‬2) to spit
G6- --
(22) ‫ ةلاطب‬idleness, uselessness‫‏‬
‎‫ بصل‬onion, bulb by vain, useless‫‏‬
)‫(بضع‬ ‫ لطب‬pl. Sues! hero‫‏‬

ean ‎‫ بضعة‬some (number
between 3 and 10)
(oh)
‫ده‬‫ل‬
‫ نطب‬pl.‫ نوط ‏‬belly, abdomen‫‏‬
‫ ةعاضب‬pl. gia: goods, wares‫‏‬
abl pl. alley interior, hidden‫‏‬
)‫(بطط‬ )‫(بعث‬
1 pl. ie duck
on (—) to send
bly, tee Ua,potatoes 5 a 2
err
‎‫ باعث‬pl. ‎‫ بواعث‬cause, motive,
)‫(بطا‬ reason
5 20-
‫); طب‬25( tbs IV to be slow,‫‏‬ ‫ ثوعبم‬envoy, delegate‫‏‬
go slowly‫‏‬
5 o7
e/a) slowness a
5 ‎)‫ (عن‬ies (2_) to be far (from)
aoe slow, tardy
fey il to make distant
ve) ‫ دعاب‬III to keep anybody‫‏‬
ite, ae, pl. cle, ‫تاما‬‎
away‫‏‬
a wide valley; dry bed of
ae |IV to remove trans.
torrent
‫ ادعتب‬VIII to go far (from);‫‏‬
)‫(بطر‬
3290-0-0 part; quit‫‏‬
‫ رب‬to practice veterinary‫‏‬
surgery‫‏‬ fs distance
‫ نط‬pl.‫ةرطابي ‏‬veterinary sur-‫‏‬ io after prep.

geon‫‏‬ ‫ور‬
Ax afterwards
a) ‫اطب‬‎(Eur.) battery ‫ دعب‬yet (with neg. = not yet)‫‏‬
‎)‫(بطل‬ 4+. far, distant, remote

VOCABULARY 523
)‫ب(عض‬ )‫(بكر‬
eas one of, some‫‏‬ ‫ اركاب‬early, in the morning,‫‏‬
tomorrow
314% Baghdad )‫(بكم‬

)‫ب(غض‬ ‫مكبأ‬pl. 27 dumb, mute‫‏‬
eS hatred, detestation
(S)‫‏‬
(J) Sk (>) to weep
‫ ما بع‬Clshidtismulé‫‏‬ at IV to cause to weep
)‫(بغى‬ Cees}
‎‫ بكاء‬weeping, v.n.
23! VIII to desire, wish
for
(de)
Os but, nay rather
(4)
$2. 5 -0f
‫ رقب‬pl.‫ راقبا ‏‬oxen, ox‫‏‬ (Je)

5 ‫ر‬6>
Jol. wet, moistened

)‫(بقع‬
(a4)
5-09 9-3
‫م بقعة‬1. ‫ بقع‬, ‫ بقاع‬depression;‫‏‬

plain inpee country; zs dates (coll.)
valley
(+L)
(J#) ‫ بلاد‬pl.‫ بلدان ‏‬country‫‏‬
Ss pl. Apes vegetable, green goes ‎‫و‬
an
‫ دلبو‬ag pl. Sh, lab town,‫‏‬
st greengrocer
district (also country)‫‏‬
(4) ‫َو‬ --
4;4); municipality
‫ (_) ىقب‬to remain, stay‫‏‬
eee‫‏‬ (eh) roca
‫ ءاقب‬remaining, existence v.n.‫‏‬ ool pl. i St devil, Satan,
ee‫‏‬
‫ دار البقاء‬Heaven‫‏‬ Iblis
ee‫‏‬
,‫ قاب‬456 remainder, rest‫‏‬ pl
‎‫ يوا‬police
=
5- 08
(ey) 3 2 pl. ‫ةينبا‬‎ building, 2

-- 2
ae (2 ) to swallow . ‫ ىلع‬elyin accordance with‫‏‬
ee)
‫دهج‬
oer
‫ةيانب‬2 pl.‫ كاابك‏‬edifice, building‫‏‬
‫) غلب‬.2( to reach‫‏‬
cpl pl. ats es son‫‏‬
‫ غلب‬II to convey, inform‫‏‬
o--
oe,‎ٌ‫ |أبنة‬pl.Sly girl, daughter
‫ غلاب‬111 to exaggerate, over-‫‏‬
reach‫‏‬ aepl. Si mason, builder
207
‫ غالب‬pl. Bip message, an-‫‏‬ ‫ ىبم‬pl.‫نابس ‏‬building, edifice‫‏‬

nouncement, communiqué‫‏‬
G- ‎‫ده‬
(ee)
‫مه‬ ‫وم‬
1
‫ بلاغة‬rhetoric‫‏‬ rl VIII to rejoice
ichpl. ey eloqu nt‫‏‬ (3!)
G-o0-
rac pl. ir door, gate;
‫ غلبم‬pl.‫غلاب ‏‬
‫ أبم‬sum (of money),‫‏‬
chapter; class
amount‫‏‬
elas doorkeeper
(sb)
‎‫( بلا‬2.) to test, try, afflict (cst)
cb (2) to reveal
)‫ب(لى‬
‫ حابا‬IV to permit‫‏‬
‫ لاب‬decayed, rotten, tattered‫‏‬
(Os)
(8) 5 o7-
‫ نوب‬interval; difference‫‏‬
‫ نب‬coffee, coffee berries‫‏‬
2
gw
‫ ىب‬coffee-coloured, brown‫‏‬
(<a)
‫ (—) تاب‬to pass the night,‫‏‬
(Gy) sojourn‫‏‬
65 ‫دور‬‎ 56 5١ ‫و‬‎
4344 rifle, gun ‫ تيب‬pl.‫ تويب ‏‬house, tent‫‏‬

Son 5 2‫>ه‬‎
(s) ‫ بيت‬pl.‫ ابيات ‏‬verse‫‏‬
(3 (—) to build as1 stale, dry (bread, food)

VOCABULARY 525
‫و‬ ‫>ور‬
‫ببروت‬ 1 ‫ (—)عيت‬to follow, belong to‫‏‬

)‫ب(يض‬ ‫ عبتت‬Ve‫عبتا ‏‬VIII to follow‫‏‬
‫ نشا‬IX to be, or become‫‏‬

white‫‏‬
)‫(تبغ‬
‫ تبغ‬tobacco‫‏‬
han, ‎‫ يض‬egg, yo
pena ae
ees pl. ‫ضيب‬‎ white
(4)
‫يو‬ = 5 a‫‏‬
“0-02 33
‫ تاجر‬pl. 4\) merchant‫‏‬
‫ راذلا ءاتمسلا‬Casablanca (in‫‏‬ BS rs:‫‏‬
Morocco)‫‏‬ 6) commerce, trade
(ex) =)
‎‫ )~( باع‬to sell <= under, below
‫ بائع‬pl.‫ باعة ‏‬seller‫‏‬ (4)

Ae 2 . :
S62
7S "SF ‎‫ تحفة‬pl. ‎‫ تحف‬precious article,
eb eo sale
gift, masterpiece
(oa)
a= ee,
‫ فحتم‬pl. Gates museum‫‏‬

5 II to make clear, explain
owe )‫(ترب‬
‫ نابتسا‬X to be clear; recog-‫‏‬ ‫اب‬35 pl. 54| ,htrae ‫‏‬tsud
nize as evident
ae
‫ نيب‬between, among‫‏‬ i,py pl. ‫ع‬‎
‫ رت‬soil, cemetery,
MI ‫‏‬te ‫م‬2 / ‫ع‬ tomb
,‫ انيب امئيب‬while, during‫‏‬
Ae‫‏‬
Ole pl. ‫تا‬‎- declaration,
(n>)
announcement, statement, ‫ مجرت‬to translate, interpret‫‏‬
explanation ‎‫اجم‬iE
iz‎r ‫نر‬5 pln ‫تر‬ translation
6 o-»
‫ مجرتم‬ease interpreter‫‏‬
(oe) Sa Oa),
‫ جم‬.‫ مثر‬translated‫‏‬
an straw Sed =
‫ ناحرت‬pl. les guide,‫‏‬
c=) dragoman ~‫‏‬

(‫(ترع‬ (JS)
‫ ةعرت‬pl. es channel, canal‫‏‬ ‎‫ كل‬ab Sve small tall, billet
(34) ‫ تفاؤغلك‬telegram, telegraph‫‏‬
‫) كرت‬2( to leave, abandon‫‏‬
)‫(تلمذ‬
gs Turkey‫‏‬
Jali pl. S05, dees pupil,‫‏‬
‫ كرت‬pl Af pl pl. all‫‏‬ disciple‫‏‬
Turk, Turkish‫‏‬
(9)
)‫(قسع‬ ‫) الث‬2( to read, recite; follow‫‏‬
‫ لةعست‬es nine‫‏‬
(e)
0i ninety 3 (~) to be complete, com-
pleted, finished
el ninth
‫ متا‬IV to complete trans.‫‏‬
me pl. ‫اك‬‎ a ninth
(fraction) ‫ مام‬completion, end, perfec-‫‏‬
tion‫‏‬
)‫(تعب‬
- >‫ع ه‬
wl IV to make tired, tire‫‏‬ Le completely, exactly
co)
202
ws tiredness ‫مان‬perfect, complete‫‏‬

tat ‎‫لل‬
Os tired ‫ متمت‬to stammer‫‏‬
ve
‫ ثنعاسة‬misfortune‫‏‬
(+)
‫ رمت‬dried dates‫‏‬
(cit) (s5)‫‏‬
cls apples (coll.)
S- ‎‫وت‬
‫ و‬single, sole (antiq.);‫ ‏‬.‫توا‬
‫ ةحافت‬single apple‫‏‬ now, immediately‫‏‬
)‫(تقن‬ )‫(توب‬
5 ->‫وه‬
‫ نقتم‬solid, strong, well-made‫‏‬ ‫) بان‬.2( to repent‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 527
)‫(توت‬ cls pl. ‫بلاعُت‬‎ fox

9is mulberry‫‏‬ O*)
)‫(توج‬ = pl. 36 1 frontier, mouth,
boundary
‫ جوت‬II to crown‫‏‬
‫حات‬pl. Ole crown‫‏‬ G---
‫ ةفاقث‬education, culture‫‏‬
03) Gur
‫ فقثم‬educated, cultured‫‏‬
‫ ةاروتلا‬The Torah, Penta-‫‏‬
teuch (loosely, the Old‫‏‬
(J)
Testament)
ie (2.) to be heavy
esfe Tunisia
Aes heavy
‎)‫(تمن‬
‎‫ تين‬sgif
)‫(ثلث‬
ON, if, EN, ‫ثلث‬‎ three
-- =
OSH, ‎‫ تلثون‬thirty
Ob)
58- ‎‫ ثالث‬third (ordinal)
y& vengeance (bloodfeud)
(22) ‎‫ ثلث‬a third (fraction)
ENS pl ‫ثا‬‎ triangle

cad (2.) to be firm, sure
--%G
cv firm, sure, established ‫ يوم الثلاناء‬Tuesday‫‏‬
(o*)
5
()
cn thick, fat ‫ جلت‬pl. zo snow, ice‫‏‬
6-a-
‫ ةحالث‬refrigerator (mod.)‫‏‬
(3)
‫ دوو‬$ --
69>, el» wealth, riches )‫(ثمم‬
ee wealthy, rich man 3 then, moreover, thereupon‫‏‬
2 there, yonder
(ls!)
(+4) )‫(ثور‬
ies 300 pl. ‫راما‬‎ fruit, fruits ‫) راث‬2( to rise up, break out;‫‏‬
revolt, rebel‫‏‬
ial fruitful, productive --E
‫ راثا‬IV to arouse, incite‫‏‬

(oe) Si‫‏‬ ‫؟‬ Bs‫‏‬
> pl.‫ راوث ‏‬rebel, rebellious‫‏‬
crtpl.‫نام‬‎ price
ey : :
‎‫ ثورة‬revolt, insurrection
bed expensive, valuable
asus1 ‫نامت‬‎eight ‫‏ ثور‬.lp ٌ‫ثيران‬, ‫ أثوار‬bull‫‏‬

)‫(ثوم‬
‫ثمانون‬ 0
¢ie garlic‫‏‬
‫ نما‬eighth (ordinal)‫‏‬
ose pl. jai an eighth
(fraction) (>)
SiGe 5 ‫>و‬‎
‫ ةبج‬pl.‫ بيج ‏‬top-coat, long‫‏‬

(S) cloak‫‏‬
‫ ىنثتسا‬X to except, set aside,‫‏‬
exclude‫‏‬ (+>)
coe
a= i oxi IV (with (‫ىلع‬‎

‫ ثناء‬praise‫‏‬
to compel, oblige, force
‫ ا انا‬daring‫‏‬ iG|l=! compulsory
‫ اثنتان ر إثنان‬two‫‏‬
‫ جبار‬pl.‫ جبايرة ‏‬mighty,‫‏‬
Peer G- --
cel ‎‫ يوم‬Monday powerful, giant

‫ناث‬i a8 second (ordinal)‫‏‬ (>)
5 0
‫ د‬secondly‫‏‬ ‫ سبج‬lime, gypsum, plaster‫‏‬
‫ةيناث‬pl.‫ناوث ‏‬second (unit of‫‏‬ )‫(جبل‬

‫هم‬ --
“ time) de pl. te mountain

i)
ocr
(o>)
‫و‬ -
‫ بوث‬pl. ae garment‫‏‬ ees pl. ‫نبج‬‎ forehead, brow

VOCABULARY 529
SiS $09 5 -0'3
Oke pl. ges coward ‎‫ جدار‬pl. ‎‫جدر‬, ‫ جدران‬llaw
)‫(جدل‬
3-69 503
dum, ‎‫ جبن‬cheese
0 eda pi.‫ وادع‘ ‏‬brook; list,‫‏‬

table
‫ ةهبح‬pl. leak brow, fore-‫‏‬
ea front‫‏‬ )‫(جذب‬
- ‫سام‬
)‫جبى‬-( ‫( بذج‬-) to attract, draw‫‏‬

6---
4, = tax, tribute )‫(جذع‬

‫ جاب‬tax-collector‫‏‬ 3 pl. pace trunk (of tree,
eay); beam
Coea
ike pl.‫ثثح‬‎002856 body )‫(جرر‬
‫(رج‬2) to drag, draw‫‏‬
‎)‫(حجدد‬
an
‫) دج‬2( to be new; to be‫‏‬ ‫ جرة‬pl.‫زجرارٌ‏‬jar‫‏‬

-
serious‫‏‬
2>
(Le)
Bo-
‫ ددج‬11 to renew‫‏‬
‫) ورج‬2( to be brave, dare‫‏‬
‫ده‬
= -80
‫ ددجت‬V to be renewed.‫‏‬ ee pl. pe brave
g
ir seriousness
8
-
FA
)‫(جرب‬
- ac
‫ جدا‬very‫‏‬ w= II to try, put to test,
- ‎‫عن‬ tempt
ispl. ‫دادجأ‬‎ grandfather, s- ‎‫ون‬
ancestor dya pl. Oe trial, tempta-

san tion, experiment
sd2 grandmother
$239 Cine ‫عني‬‎ 08
‎‫ حراب‬pl. ‎‫ ات‬,— ‫ اجربة‬sock,
Sas 1
‎‫ جدة‬Jidda (town in Arabia)

stocking 3
‫دوه‬
‫د‬
ٌ‫ جديد‬pl.‫ جدد ‏‬new‫‏‬

‎)‫(جرح‬
(0) ‫ (=) حرج‬to wound, hurt,‫‏‬
injure‫‏‬
‫دجري بر‬worthy (of)‫‏‬
‫ده‬ ‫لد‬
‫حرج‬pl.‫حورج ‏‬
‫ رج‬wound, cut,‫‏‬ ‫الةمز‬- necessary steps‫‏‬
injury‫‏‬
‫ ةحارج‬surgery (art of)‫‏‬
)‫(جزأ‬
‫رهد‬ 5‫غ‬
S$ a-
‫ ءزج‬pl.‫ ءازجا ‏‬part, portion‫‏‬
‫ >> اح‬surgeon‫‏‬ ,3 -bé‫‏‬
5 2504
J!‎‫ اجز‬chemist, druggist,
Coe Mt. and 0 pl. ‫ىحرج‬‎
apothecary
wounded man, or woman
)‫(جزر‬
ae pl. ‫حير‬‎‫ امم‬wounded wee
(man) ‫) رزج‬2( to ebb (sea)‫‏‬
)‫(جرد‬ ‫ حزر‬ebb‫‏‬
‫ و‬- - 5 َ >
‫ جريدة‬pl.‫ جرائد ‏‬newspaper,‫‏‬ ‫ رازج‬butcher, slaughterer‫‏‬
journal (mod.) ‫ جريرة‬pl. 0 000 ‫‏‬dnalsi
(p>) - -
‫ جزيرة‬444 peninsula‫‏‬
36
--08
‫ مرجا‬IV to commit a crime‫‏‬
-- 5 -oF‫‏‬ ‫رئازبملا‬Algeria, Algiers‫‏‬
‫مرج‬
pl‫ مارجا ‏‬crime, sin‫‏‬
‫ ةميرج‬pl. ple crime‫‏‬ )‫(جزل‬

5 ‫ره‬ dose abundant, much
‫ رم‬criminal‫‏‬
(S55)
)‫(جرى‬
S)& 111 to reward, requite,
‫( ىرج‬-) to run, flow, happen‫‏‬
punish
‫ ىرجا‬IV to carry out, exe-‫‏‬
sijle, ‫ءازج‬‎ requittal, reward
cute‫‏‬ 6-0
‫ راج‬running, current‫‏‬ ‫ ةيزج‬poll tax‫‏‬
‫ جارية‬pl‫ جوار ‏‬slave-giel,‫‏‬ )‫(جسس‬

servant-girl ‫ حاسوس‬pl.‫ جواسيس ‏‬spy‫‏‬
2-2 ‫م‬‎
lela! steps, measures )‫(جسد‬
(mod.) ‫عسل‬ ee‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 531
(+>)
So
(AL)
‫ رسج‬pl.3ghee bridge‫‏‬ Als 11 to bind (book); skin
Ae courage, audacity‫‏‬ aes pl. soles skin, hide,
‫تنم‬ alae‫‏‬
‫ روسح‬bold, courageous‫‏‬ leather

Sa-9
Als pl. ‫تاغ‬‎=— volume, tome

)‫(جسم‬
‫ جسم‬pl.‫ أجسام ‏‬body‫‏‬
5 ‫ه‬ 5 > ‫َه‬
i snow, ice
-
)‫(جعل‬ (i)
‫( لعج‬-2) to place, put, make‫‏‬ ‎‫ )=( جلس‬to sit
-- -
+( imperf., to begin to)‫‏‬ wk III to sit with
)‫(جفف‬ ‎‫ أجلس‬IV to seat, make one sit

Bes ‫و‬ ‫سبد‬
‫ كفاح‬dry, withered‫‏‬
ane pl. ‫تاسلج‬‎ session,
)‫(جفن‬ artis
52 § >65
‫ نفح‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ نافجا‬Osa eye-lid‫‏‬ yl pl. ‫سلاجم‬‎council,
(He) assembly, parliament

=
(@)
Pe)
: main ‫م‬‎part of a thing;8

gist ‫(عمج‬-) to gather, add‫‏‬
‫ جلالة‬majesty‫‏‬ ‫ عمتجا‬VIII to gather to-‫‏‬
‫دمو‬
= serious, momentous gether, assemble‫‏‬

‫ با‬to meet (anyone)‫‏‬
val pl. al exalted, great; “0300 307
pr. n. masc. ii ‎‫ يوم‬Friday
‎‫ اليل‬Galilee ‫ ةعامج‬party, community,‫‏‬

Ga-- group‫‏‬
Ale magazine, book, review 05 ‫>ه‬
(mod.) ‫ ةيعمج‬society, league, asso-‫‏‬

ciation, (trade-) union‫‏‬
(te) Sa = 7 0: 59 5‫‏‬
‫ااء‬
‫ةتم‬
‫ اح‬pl.‫ ات ‏‬meeting,‫‏‬
‎‫( حلب‬2) to gather, bring,
import gathering, social life
an 8
‎‫ اجتماعى‬social ‫ ليمج‬beautiful, handsome;‫‏‬
good deed, kindness; pr. n.
‫ جامع‬comprehensive‫‏‬
masc.
ue pl.‫ جوامع‏‬mosque‫‏‬ Gr)

S-
Sie pl. ‫ا‬‎ public,
‫ ةعماج‬university; league‫‏‬
ae the masses
‫ بيع‬all‫‏‬ dyLge pl. ey republic
‫دور‬
lat all together, adv.‫‏‬ 8 ‎‫ مهو‬republican
)‫(جنن‬
‫در‬ 80 - ‫و‬
co! pl.‫ — نو ‏‬whole, all‫‏‬
9 4 (0)
‫ امحإ‬unanimity, agreement‫‏‬ ‫) قرن‬2( to go mad‫‏‬
on a matter ope madness
‎‫ مجموع‬pl.‎‫ مجاميع‬total; united ie, in jinn, genii, demon
‫ و‬--‫وو‬-
‫مجموعة‬ ‫ح‬0 5 0 ‫دعا‬‎
lea ple , ‫نئانج‬‎ (small)
‫>وحو‬
feat Bie
26 assembly,
garden
learned body 5 307
97 -630- Oss pl. ‫نين‬‎‫اج‬madman, mad
‫ عمتجملا‬society (as a whole)‫‏‬
(>)
)‫(جمل‬ 5
ake pl. she
- Ho ee
side
i pl. ‫لاح‬‎ camel
oe ae beside
‫ َال‬beauty‫‏‬
32 ‫وما‬ ‫حو‬
GS-09 Y“ys the south

‫ ةلمج‬pl. nes sum, total;‫‏‬
sentence, phrase‫‏‬ ee polite form of address
aolpl. ‫بناجأ‬‎ foreign,

“0300
‫ ةلمجلاب‬in the aggregate;‫‏‬

" wholesale (commerce) foreigner, :strange, stranger
Yue generally speaking, in (=)

general ‎‫ جناح‬pl.‎ٌ‫ أجنحة‬wing
VOCABULARY 533
sane
(>) ‎‫ جا هز‬,edam-ydaer dettif
‎‫ د‬II to levy troops,
conscript )‫(جبش‬
- -
5‫ر ه‬ 93$ Fe‫‏‬
u-¢>!_ IV to burst into tears
Am pl. :‫دونح‬‎ ‫ ئىدنج‬troop,
army; soldier~ (i>)
(>) de> (—) to be ignorant, not
5 ‫ه‬ 5 >‫ه‬
‫ سنج‬pl. != kind, class, sex,‫‏‬ to know
-- ef
species, genus‫‏‬ ‫ لهاجن‬VI to feign ignorance‫‏‬
SG ©
‫ ةيسنج‬nationality (mod.)‫‏‬ ‫ اجلاةيله‬the Days of Ignor-‫‏‬
(se)‫‏‬ ance (period before Islam)
5:00 5 ‫َس‬‎ ‫د‬
is> (~) to gather (fruit, etc.)‫‏‬ ‫ جاهل‬pl.‫ حبال ‏‬ignorant‫‏‬
2000
So-9 ‎‫( حول‬very) ignorant
a> pl. ‫كا‬‎- pound, guinea 30-7
1le unknown
(see)
---6
4A->| VIII to strive, work

hard, be diligent
65‫ه‬ 9 993 eS‫‏‬
Ap> pl.‫ دوهمج ‏‬striving, zeal,‫‏‬

effort‫‏‬
‫ وج‬sky, atmosphere, air‫‏‬
a Jihad, holy war ‫دسا‬
‫ ىوج‬air, adj.‫‏‬
Soe pl. col — effort
)‫(جهر‬ )‫(جوب‬
or -
(‫احا )ىلع‬ IV to answer,‫‏‬
‫ رهاج‬III to declare openly‫‏‬
reply to‫‏‬
Ge) See 5- o€‫‏‬
‫ باوج‬pl.‫ ةبوحا ‏‬answer, reply‫‏‬
3¢> 11 to equip, get ready,
fit out, furnish : )‫(جوخ‬
2 G- of
j= pl. 5‫ةزهجا‬‎ apparatus, set, See pl. ele hearth,‫‏‬

machine, ‘outfit place for drying dates
a» -e
)‫(جود‬ ‫ جاتزه‬pl‫ جوائز ‏‬prize‫‏‬

‫) داج‬2( to excel in, be good at‫‏‬ )‫(جول‬
Se" 0S.‫‏‬
‫ ةدوح‬goodness, excellence‫‏‬ ‫) لاح‬.2( to travel, roam‫‏‬
Boe‫‏‬
‫حواد‬ 56 Js V to wander
)‫(جوع‬
--
‫ اوحدا‬pl. she swift horse,‫‏‬

steed‫‏‬ 33 hungry
5 ‫> يب‬
‫ ديح‬good, excellent‫‏‬ )‫(جوف‬

‫ فوج‬pal, ahhollowers‫‏‬
sun
‫ اديج‬well, adj.‫‏‬
belly‫‏‬
)‫(جور‬
‫ واح‬III to adjoin, be neigh-‫‏‬
(As)
S- o7
bour to‫‏‬ ‫ رهوج‬pl. eal

res
~ jewel, essence,‫‏‬
nature‫‏‬
lise ) ‫او‬‎ neighbourhood; err
in the neighbourhood of, (ee)

near, by el. (—) to come
Ble pl. ‫ناريج‬‎ neighbour ‎‫ داب‬to bring
‫ رواحم‬neighbouring, next-door‫‏‬ ‎)‫(جيب‬
5 ‎‫)ع‬ SD)
)‫(جوز‬ ‎‫ حيب‬pl. ‎‫ حيوب‬pocket

AR (2.) to pass, be allowable, )‫(جيش‬
be permitted he. pl. yes army‫‏‬
--
‫ رواجن‬VI to exceed, go beyond‫‏‬

(J)
‫ حور‬nut‫‏‬ pie pl. dtl generation, age
--
y ee - -e-
‫‏جواز سفر‬.lp ‫ايت‬: ‫ وا‬passport‫‏‬

4: -
)3jb] permission, licence,‫‏‬ 2
( )
leave
gai passing, lawful, per-

ae
w
Poel IV to love, like

‫اع‬٠‫‏‬
‫ق‬ ‫إلا‬ 55+
mitted ‫رحب‬, ‫ محبة‬love‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 535
5 <- 29a 1 S$ >62
‎‫ حبيب‬pl. celal, Gls! friend, ‫بجح‬ )2( to conceal, hide,‫‏‬

beloved veil‫‏‬
er)‫‏‬
S$ 30-
‫ بجتحا‬VIII to conceal one-‫‏‬
+= beloved
self‫‏‬
eas bh eee grain, seed, pill, 5 = ‫را‬‎ lee
‎‫ حاحب‬pl. ‎‫ حواحب‬eyebrow
berry
‎)‫(حبر‬ — pl. evans door-keeper,

chamberlain
> ‫َه‬
‫ع‬ pl. Aunt learned man,‫‏‬ 57 0>
doctor, rabbi (antiq.)‫‏‬ ‫ بوجع‬concealed, veiled‫‏‬
p> ink )‫(حجر‬

$-- §--- -‫ه‬
‫ رخ‬, ‫ ةرجح‬.‫ م‬ea stone‫‏‬
)‫(حبس‬ 5-69 5-3 G6 ---
‫هه‬
‫ خرة‬pl. ,= ol => room,‫‏‬
‫ (—) سبح‬to imprison, shut up‫‏‬
chamber, quarter
(=) = lap, knees (Eg.)
Je pl. Ste rope‫‏‬ ‎)‫(حدد‬
Bes pl. ibe pregnant ‎‫ل‬ tnaiseeu
-a-
5
)‫(حى‬ ‫ددح‬ II to limit,‫‏‬ confine;

define; goa‫‏‬
‫ ىح‬until, even, so that‫‏‬ g-
‫ ع‬pl. apne boundary, limit,‫‏‬

)‫(حثو‬ frontier‫‏‬
5 -
‫) اثح‬2( to pour (dust)‫‏‬ ‫ حد يك‬2. iron‫‏‬
-
)‫(حجج‬ fice blackenith

= (2) to perform the
pilgrimage (to Mecca)
)‫(حدب‬
23 “60 3
‫ بدحا‬hunch-backed, hump-‫‏‬
= pilgrimage (to Mecca) backed‫‏‬
3 pl. aN pilgrim, Haji )‫(حدث‬
(=) ‫) ثدح‬.2( to happen, occur‫‏‬
s - 3 --
‎‫ حدث‬II to narrate to
CAC HS gs 5 26 3
‫ ثدحا‬IV to cause to happen,‫‏‬ ‫ رح‬pl.‫ رارحأ ‏‬free, freeman‫‏‬
bring into being‫‏‬
‫م‬ =‫عدي‬ ‫ حار‬hot‫‏‬
‫ ثدحت‬V to relate a thing,‫‏‬ 5 .07 3 5-2
speak, converse‫‏‬ ‫ ريرحت‬pl.‫ ريراحت ‏‬writing, editing‫‏‬

‫اسداس‬ ee‫‏‬
‫ ثداحت‬VI to converse (with‫‏‬ letter; freedom, liberty‫‏‬

5 ‫ربس‬
one another)‫‏‬ ‫ممحرر‬
‫سل‬ 5S en a oe‫‏‬
Gok, Bok pl.‫ ثداوح ‏‬event,‫‏‬
)‫(حرب‬
accident; news‫‏‬
‫عاسم‬
gare ge ‫ براح‬III to go to war with,‫‏‬

‎‫ حد يث‬.lp ‎‫ حداث‬,wen tnecer fight with‫‏‬
we ee
‫ براخت‬VI to fight each other‫‏‬

‫ ثي‬shesple‫‏‬
‫احأ ثيد‬story, Hadith‫‏‬
‫مه‬ 5 ‫دود‬
(tradition of the Prophet); ‫( برح‬f.) pl.‫ حروب ‏‬war‫‏‬

talk, conversation 5 "0 ‫و‬‎ a
‫ بارحم‬pl.‫ بيراحم ‏‬niche in‫‏‬

5 ws
‫ ثدحم‬relater of Tradition‫‏‬ mosque, direction of Mecca‫‏‬

-
G+)
---6
(>) ‫م‬ ‫دسا‬
‫ ردخا‬1711 to come or go down,‫‏‬ ‫) ثرح‬+( vn. re to till the‫‏‬

descend‫‏‬ soil, plough‫‏‬
- -0of8
(G4) ‫ ثرحا‬IV to cause to plough‫‏‬

g- - ‫وا‬‎ Soke
‫ ةقيدح‬pl.‫ قئادح ‏‬park, large‫‏‬ & yl‫اح‬‎ ploughman
garden‫‏‬
‫ احلا ثر‬a name for a lion‫‏‬
(34>) gr= 6
‫ محراث‬pl.‫ محاريث‏‬plough‫‏‬
394 horseshoe
)‫(حرز‬
)‫(حرر‬ 2-2
‫ زرحا‬IV to guard, look after,‫‏‬
‫ ررح‬II to write, edit; liberate‫‏‬ preserve; obtain‫‏‬
‫كه‬
‫حر‬, ‫ حرا ره‬heat‫‏‬
SG ws
)‫(حرس‬
- ‫ع‬
4;> freedom, liberty ‫) سرح‬2( to guard, watch‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 537
Sa 5 ‫تدر‬‎
‫ حارس‬pl.‫ حراس ‏‬watchful,‫‏‬ ‫ مارح‬unlawful (in religion);‫‏‬
guard, sentry‫‏‬ sacred‫‏‬
5 -- Ctr] o-
(>) ‎‫ حرامى‬pl. ‎‫ حرامية‬thief
(5) 44! VII to swerve, (G-)

deviate (from)
‎‫ تحرى‬V to inquire into,
esFs (m. orf.) pl. 2 ‫ورح‬‎ investigate
letter (of alphabet); particle wor 5 -w--
‎‫ تحر‬pl. ob inquiry, investi-
(gram. ee
2020 ‘ gation
‫ رجةف‬pl. a‫ارح‏‬
‫رح‬trade, craft‫‏‬
ate)
)‫(حرق‬ ‎65‫ه‬ 5 -o€
eee ‎‫ حزب‬pl. ‎‫ احزاب‬party (political,
> (~), aes IV to burn
etc.)
trans.
(03>)
---6
‫ قرتحا‬VIII to be burned‫‏‬
Ge‎‫ حر‬fire, conflagration ‎‫)—( عرد‬to be sad
5-8
oe pl. ‫نازحا‬‎ 98
‎)‫(حرك‬
- a- ‎‫و‬ 2 s <2 5 307
‎‫ حرك‬II to move trans. ‎‫حزين‬, ‫حزن‬, ‫ محزون‬das

‎‫ ترك‬V to move intrans.
Aten
(un)
45 > movement; vowel point; eal IV to feel; be con-
traffic (mod.) cerned, aware of
Ne pl. oe engine (mod.)
)‫(حسب‬
(p>)
coer
Sey cae (OD‫‏‬
‫مر‬
7 )—( to refuse, forbid‫‏‬ count, reckon, calculate;‫‏‬
think, esteem
‫ =مم‬11 to forbid (in religion)‫‏‬ - 2s ahr ies
,‫ ىلع بسح بسح‬in accordance‫‏‬

‫م‬eal VIII to venerate,‫‏‬
with ~‫‏‬
honour, respect‫‏‬ 5 5 2
06-5 ‫و‬ 9‫و‬
ole pl. ‫تأ‬‎ — account,
‫ ةمرح‬pl.‫ مرح ‏‬woman, wife ~‫‏‬
(Moslem)‫‏‬ reckoning; regard, esteem
- a -
Ca ‎‫ حصل‬II to attain, acquire,

realise
‫) دسح‬+( to envy, grudge‫‏‬ -@a--
‫ لصحت‬V to result, be obtained,‫‏‬

(om) realised
| IV to be good to,
charitable towards; know a ae pl. ela ai result,
subject well, excel in, make product
well SAIL OS ‫و‬‎ a 9 5
‫ نسحتسا‬X to approve, admire,‫‏‬ produce ~

esteem good, think best,‫‏‬
recommend‫‏‬ )‫(حصن‬
65‫ه‬ 5 ‫راو‬
65‫رده‬
‫ حسن‬beauty‫‏‬ ‫حصر‬ ‫‏‬.lp ‫حصول‬ 38

5
5 2 75 8-
5 9702
‫ نسح‬good, handsome; pr. n.‫‏‬ ‫‏ حصان‬.lp ‫وحصن‬ ‫احصئة‬ horse‫‏‬
m.‫‏‬
56 9
‫حسين‬ 0
)‫(حصو‬
- ‎‫َه‬
‎‫ احصى‬VI ot ,rebmun ,tnuoc
0 better, best take census
(Gta) (saa)
Gtx (coll.) bad dates ‎‫( حضر‬2) to be present, attend
)‫(خصص‬ --o08
‎‫ احضر‬IV to bring (a person,
pee pl. ox part, share, thing); to cause to attend
portion :
-- ‫وء‬
‫ رضتحا‬VIII to be on the point‫‏‬

)‫(حصد‬ of death‫‏‬
‫) دصح‬2( to mow, reap‫‏‬ eal X to summon; to get
ready, prepare
Se harvest, harvest-time ‫دودو‬ ‫هو‬ ---
‫ حضرة‬pl.‫ حضرات ‏‬presence,‫‏‬

‎)‫(حصل‬ polite form of address‫‏‬
‫ارا‬ ‫ل‬ 5 7-5
‫( حصل‬2) v.n.‫ حصول ‏‬to‫‏‬ CP
happen; to acquire, obtain ‫ حضور‬presence‫‏‬
(with ‎‫(على‬ ‫ رضاح‬ready, present‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 539
‫ممه‬ ‫وء‬
‎0‫ حاضرة‬eal city ssl governorate, district
CREE preparatory )‫(حفل‬

‎)‫(حطط‬ ‫ (—) لفح‬to gather, assemble,‫‏‬
intrans.‫‏‬
be (2) to put, put down
Sa-- ‫ بد‬to celebrate (feast, etc.)‫‏‬
dbs station (railway, etc.)
-
| VIII to receive with

(b=) aa
‫ بطح‬wood, firewood‫‏‬
(di)‫‏‬
‎‫ حفلة‬crowd of people, cele-
bration
S§- 6 5 =
Ee pl. ee happiness, luck ‎‫ احتفال‬pl. ‎‫ سات‬celebration,

95 I20-
festivity, pomp
‫ ظوظحم‬happy, lucky‫‏‬
‫العملا‬ (‫ٌلفاح )ب‬full (of, with)‫‏‬
ape pl. ‫دافحأ‬‎ grandchild ‫ محفل‬pl.‫ محافل ‏‬celebration,‫‏‬
party, gathering‫‏‬
(>)
)‫(حقق‬
5-5
‫) رفح‬2( to dig‫‏‬
ee )~( to be true, right‫‏‬
‫ حافر‬pl.‫ حوافر ‏‬hoof‫‏‬
Gis II to verify, confirm
(Hi)
st 5 6 ‎‫ استحق‬X to deserve, merit; to
‫ (_) ظفح‬v.n.‫ ظفح ‏‬to keep,‫‏‬ fall due payment)
preserve, guard, retain;‫‏‬
cS pl. one right, truth,
commit to memory, learn‫‏‬
worth, law
by heart‫‏‬ g-
‫ قح‬right, true, adj.; worthy‫‏‬

53K one who has learnt the of (with‫(ب ‏‬
Qur’an by heart
‫ اقح‬in reality, truly‫‏‬
Lite guardian, keeper;
‫ ةقيقح‬pl. Gite truth, reality‫‏‬
governor (in some Arab s- - Ee
countries) ,‫ ةقيقحلا ةقيقح‬3 truly, really‫‏‬

(As) (Se)
ays humble, despised i (2_) to solve (a problem);
dissolve (a solid), loosen
(oe)
— (+) to alight, abide, settle
Dray eee -
a- -
. . . ‫لم‬‎ - ‫ خه‬fill the place of

‎)‫(حكر‬
---9
‎‫ )=( عل‬to be lawful
‫ ركتحا‬VIII to buy up (espe-‫‏‬ (in religion)
cially grain); to withhold‫‏‬
stocks against high price;‫‏‬ ae II to analyse
to corner the market‫‏‬
Jel VII to be loosened,
)‫(حكم‬
--e
solved, cease
‫) مكح‬2( to rule; govern,‫‏‬ jel VIII to occupy (of a

judge country)
S&S pl. ‫ماكحا‬‎ rule, order, ae solving, dissolving,

authority, law; sentence solution
(judgement) al
As coming (of time);
‫ ةمكح‬pl.‫ مكح ‏‬wisdom, aphor-‫‏‬ alighting
ism, witticism ‫( لالح‬opp.‫ رحما ‏‬lawful, right,‫‏‬

Ae 2223 allowed (rete: )‫‏‬
‫مه‬ government‫‏‬ g-- g--
‫ ثا لا‬dle place‫‏‬
aS5 pl. aie ruler, governor
als quarter of a town
5 - Deis; Swe
‎‫ حكم‬pl. ‎‫ حكماء‬wise (man), = local
doctor
(+)
Lee pl. ‫مكا‬‎
le tribunal, court ‫ حليت‬milk‫‏‬
of law
aoe Aleppo (in Syria)
(>)
Be (~) to relate, speak
‎)‫(حلف‬
S6-- eal (aon: eae to swear
‫ حكاية‬story‫‏‬ (an oath)
VOCABULARY 541
=70-6 ‫دّندر‬5 3-0F FS‫‏‬ ‫>هو‬-
‎‫ استحلف‬X to make swear, give ‫محمد‬, ‫احمد‬, ‫ محمود‬02221,
an oath Ahmad, Mahmud‫‏‬
‫فلح‬pl. SE] pact, alliance,‫‏‬ (*)
‫ٌفيلح‬pl. elds ally, confederate‫‏‬ we IX to be, age red
2-08 Ces Wind
(Ge)‫‏‬ rehire PhWe red
‫ قلح‬0 ‫ ةقالح‬to shave‫‏‬ je pl. ‫ريج‬‎ ass, donkey
Gla pl. pel throat‫‏‬

(G47)
0 pl. estas link, ring, circle Ro sour, acid, adj.
§a-
‫ حلاق‬barber‫‏‬
)‫(حمص‬
)‫(حلك‬ ‫ صمح‬Homs (in Syria)‫‏‬
‫ عد جارك‬bee‫‏‬ (G)
)‫رخلم‬
‫عه‬
Lad pens
‫) ملح‬2( to dream‫‏‬ 2-08
‫ قمحا‬pl.‫ قمح ‏‬Sa le a fool‫‏‬
= pl.‫ مالح ‏‬dream‫‏‬
(J)‫‏‬
oor
‫ميلح‬pl. riba gentle, forbear-‫‏‬ ‫ (=) لمح‬to carry, bear; to‫‏‬
ing, mild; pr. n. m.
attack, charge (with Js);‫‏‬
‫احلوا‬
rare to induce to (with‫(على ‏‬
‎‫ حلاوة‬sweetness, sweetmeat ayes VIII to bear, suffer,‫‏‬
1
Sola, ‫ىو‬‎ ‫ لاح‬sweetmeat, halva endure; be probable or‫‏‬
G09 possible‫‏‬
‫ ولح‬sweet, agreeable‫‏‬
Se pl.ust load, burden
(p=) 3707
‎‫ حمام‬pl. cl — bath ale attack, charge in battle

5 َ >
(47) Jl» porter, carrier
ae (2 ) 2.22. do to praise ale (f.) pregnant

jae probable, possible, 7 Hanafite, follower of

bearable the rite of Abi Hanifa
(s*)
6a >>
‫ ةيفنح‬water-tap (mod.)‫‏‬
‎‫ حم‬pl. ‎‫ أحماء‬father-in-law
5 = >.
(with following gen. rel

)‫(حوج‬
5-- - ‫جاتحا ىلإ‬VIII to need‫‏‬
slam pl. elias
¢ mother-in-law;
Hama (in Syria) ‫ دبرا‬.lp Sn ‫‏‬a—p, ‫ حوائج‬need,‫‏‬
necessity; object, thing
(4)
‎‫ )>( حمى‬to defend, protect ‎‫بحاجة إلى‬, ‫ حاجة إلى‬niG deen fo
5 -‫ره‬
‫ ةيامح‬protection, protegé‫‏‬ ‫ جاتع‬needy one, needful‫‏‬
-
‫ ماح‬pl. aie protector‫‏‬ (5+)

5---5
4... guard, garrison 3)9ls conversation, debate
epi. O‫اوماخم‬‎lawyer, solicitor ‎)‫(حوز‬

‫) راح‬2( to get, acquire, pos-‫‏‬
(o>) sess, win‫‏‬
‫ (~) نح ىلإ‬to yearn towards,‫‏‬
have a longing for‫‏‬ 6) > possession
Noe
‫ ىلبنح‬Hanbalite, follower of‫‏‬
)‫(حوش‬
> ‫>ن‬
‫‏ حوش‬.lp ‫احواش‬
G5‫‏‬ >‫و‬#
033
isa‫‏‬
the rite of Hanbal‫‏‬
)‫(حنت‬ )‫(حوض‬
59, ‎‫دل‬
‎‫ حوؤض‬pl. ls, ‫ضاوحا‬‎ tank,

6-08
ee pl. ‫تيناوح‬‎ shop, wine-

pool
shop
(be) )‫(حوط‬
5) -6
abr» wheat
(‫ طاحأ )ب‬IV to surround‫‏‬
)‫(حنف‬ LS pl. Stas wall

VOCABULARY 543
2-6 S$ o-
‫ طايتحا‬investment, security,‫‏‬ ‫ ليوغ‬transfer, exchange‫‏‬
reserve -(commercial and‫‏‬ (comm.)
financial)‫‏‬
‫ لاحم‬impossible, absurd‫‏‬
)‫(حوك‬
ee soe
3-9
‫ لاتع‬cunning, sly, artful‫‏‬

SL (2) on. Sle to weave
5 2 = det <5 3
(So)
‫ حانك‬pl.‫ حاكة ‏‬weaver‫‏‬
‎‫ )—( حوى‬to contain
)‫(حول‬
‫رسع‬ Coy.)‫‏‬
‫ ىلع‬S != VIII to comprise,‫‏‬

‫ لوح‬II to change, alter, trans-‫‏‬ contain‫‏‬
‫هو‬ ---90
fer‫‏‬ ‫( تايوتحم‬p/.) contents‫‏‬
Are III to attempt, try
JL! IV to transmit, transfer
-a--
=> (4, (‫ايحي‬‎ to live
‫ ليغ‬V to exercise cunning‫‏‬ 0 II to greet, salute
‫ ال‬3 ro ).f ‫‏‬.lp ‫حالةٌ ال‬ it IV to bring to life, make
pl. ies condition, state, to live
‫هو‬ ‫ده‬
case
Aes life
5
Y& at once, immediately 5 -08
es pl. ‫ءايحا‬‎ alive; quarter of a

83 -
‫ ىلاح‬actual, present (time)‫‏‬ town; settlement; section of

57
tribe
‫ لوح‬power, might‫‏‬ 9a-
‎‫ حية‬snake, une
,‫ لوح ىلاوح‬about, approxi-‫‏‬ oe
‫ ناك‬pl. esl — animal‫‏‬

mately, around‫‏‬ 50
‫مو‬ -- 4.# greeting, salutation

lym draft, transfer docu-
ment, bill (comm.) (<=)
-o Eon
‫ قاوس‬Yl — fluctuation of‫‏‬ ‫ ثيح‬where, since‫‏‬
Ne‫‏‬
markets ‫ حيثما‬wherever‫‏‬
Oi -O)‫‏‬
des pl. ‫ليح‬‎ trick, stratagem ‫ نمر ثيح‬in respect of, whence,‫‏‬
IO = 23 5 > ‫ته‬
‎‫ حيث‬so that ‫‏ خبر‬.lp ‫ أاخبار‬87
SxS 0
=) rn pl. ‫ءاربخ‬‎ expert, well-

Ee II to confuse informed
5-09
pay: to be confused ‫ ستخم‬experienced, expert‫‏‬
ae perplexity (5)
5 ‫ره‬
‫ ةراح‬quarter of a city‫‏‬ ‫ خبز‬bread‫‏‬

‫؟‬ َ‫ن‬
>
‫ خباز‬baker‫‏‬
)‫(حين‬
)‫(خبط‬
5 >‫ه‬
‫ حين‬pl.‫ احيان ‏‬time‫‏‬

‫عاسم‬
80-2
‫ (—) طبخ‬to strike, trample on‫‏‬
‫انايحأ‬ at times, sometimes,‫‏‬
from time to time )‫(خبى‬
‫ ذئنيح‬then, at that time‫‏‬ ‫اخةيب‬pl.‫ باوخ ‏‬largejar, vat‫‏‬
s- ‎‫ما‬
(34)
‫»م‬
Cy, ‎‫ حيئما‬when, whenever
oe
‫ (—) متخ‬to seal, close, con-‫‏‬

clude, ope‫‏‬
me
So- 5 > 5‫ه‬‎
eee re ‫ماتخا‬‎ seal

2 @) 5 conceal, hide erpl. as
‫ماوخ‬‎ seal-ring, signet
ene pl. sp
pe large jar, vat oe
‫ ةمتاخ‬pl. elses‫ ختام‏‬pl.‫ختم ‏‬
(=) wad end, conclusion‫‏‬
adh II, ver IV to inform ‫ اًماتخ‬finally, in conclusion‫‏‬
(242)
oe
»& III to negotiate with,

get news from
S51) Ta sate cheek
‫ ريختسا‬X to seek information,‫‏‬ Sa-
get to know‫‏‬ 64 cushion, pillow
5>
‫ ةريخ‬experience, knowledge,‫‏‬ )‫(خدع‬
00
expertness ‫ (=) عدخ‬to deceive‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 545,
5 - ‫نهم‬‎ ‫و‬ 4 og alee
‎)‫(خدم‬ Seayteal ‫ريزو‬‎ Minister of

‎‫( خدم‬+) to serve Foreign Affairs
‎‫م‬‎‫ ودإستودخهد‬X ot yolpme ‎‫ج‬.‫را‬a‫ خ‬llop xat dei:vel no -non
5 0-09 Muslims
‫ مستخدم‬employer‫‏‬ $= 0=,
Ck tema Soe )
‫ جرخم‬outlet, issue, exit‫‏‬
‫ مدختسم‬employee, employed‫‏‬
person‫‏‬ )‫(خردل‬
SPIO =
§- 06 ‫و‬ ---
‫ خردل‬mustard‫‏‬
‫ةمدخ‬
0 Ls service‫‏‬
010 ts alanad )‫(خرس‬
Sepsis el f. te pl. ie dumb
‫ خدمة‬servant‫‏‬
‎)‫(خرط‬
)‫(خرب‬
‫ا صا م‬ ‫ فر‬Lb 1 VII to join, associ-‫‏‬
‫ (~) برخ‬to ruin, demolish‫‏‬ ate with‫‏‬
‫ (_) برخ‬to be ruined‫‏‬ )‫(خرطم‬
‫ برخ‬II to lay waste, destroy,‫‏‬ pases) gigs,)III to be proud
raze‫‏‬ 5 3069
$- 6 Chases
‫ موطرخ‬pl. bl)‫‏‬
‫ارخ‬elephant trunk‫‏‬
‎‫ خربة‬pl. ‎‫ خرب‬a ruin, waste
ae eveat Khartum (in the
‎‫ خراب‬ruin, destruction Sudan)
AeA
‎‫ خرب‬wasted, ruined )‫(خرع‬
eo VIII to invent
)‫(خرج‬
‫عا م‬
‫عا‬FI pl. ete- invention‫‏‬
em ‎)‫ ) ج‬v.n. ‫جورخ‬‎ to go out
a IV to expel, take out (44)
3. Di 5 5-586
--0-0
‫ خروف‬pl.‫ خرفان ‏‬lamb‫‏‬
‫ جرختسا‬X to extract, take or‫‏‬
draw out oHce autumn
)‫(خزن‬
5 5 ,
‎‫ خارج‬exterior, outside 7.
‫ جراخ‬outside prep.‫‏‬ Os! VIII to store, lay up

‫ نر‬pl. oie store, shop‫‏‬ (2s)

»-070- 59-8
‫ ٌنزخملا‬the Government (in‫‏‬ ‎‫ خصب‬fertility

Morocco)‫‏‬ 5 S
‎‫و خصب‬ ‫ خصيب‬elitref
(une)
(-=*)
8 lettuce
rata VIII to shorten,
oe) abridge
$6.3
‫رسخ‬‎ )—( .2.2 ‫ خسر‬to lose, pas shortened, abridged;

suffer loss or damage summary, compendium
(with fem. pl.)
sre Ole
‫ارسخ‬‎ loss, damage
( : * ١ )‫(خصم‬
he ‫ مصخ‬pl.>oe adversary,‫‏‬
wes wood antagonist‫‏‬
( Bas, 10 ) SOs‫‏‬
~ discount, rebate‫‏‬
‫ ندع‬pl. Olek rough, coarse,‫‏‬ (comm.)
gross‫‏‬ (44)
(++) ee II to dye
‫ (—) ىشخ‬to fear, dread‫‏‬ )‫(خضر‬

)‫(خصص‬ ‫ را‬IX to be, become,‫‏‬
green‫‏‬
ee (2) to concern
‫رس‬ ‫ ار‬Ateone green‫‏‬
yas VIII (with O) to be S$ ers
‫ راضخ‬vegetation, vegetables,‫‏‬
one’s property; be special,
greens‫‏‬
8 Proper to
(e+)
/ ones
eres, le special, private

‫ (—) عيضخ‬to submit (to), obey‫‏‬
‎‫ خصوص‬, ie ‫ق‬‎ with
reference to, concerning )‫(خطط‬
West, ‫ةصاخ‬‎ especially, ‫ ططخ‬11 to plan‫‏‬
particularly ‫ طخ‬pl‫طوطخلا ‏‬ handwriting‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 547
iad pl. la2opoliéy) line ees VIII to snatch, grab

for oneself
(es)
)‫(خطو‬
‎‫ )—( خطى‬to err, sin
E- of
‫( اطخ‬2) to step, walk‫‏‬
(ks! IV to err, make a mis- ‫ ةوطخ‬pl.‫ ثاوطخ ‏‬3525 pl.‫‏‬
take; miss (the way, etc.)
‫دي‬ -
‫ تاوطخ‬step, pace‫‏‬
‫ أطخ‬.1‫ م‬clef error, sin,‫‏‬
(=)
mistake
‎‫ع‬ 55
ee yon. ‫ةفخ‬‎
i to be light
(= wrong, mistaken tinreign’)
(42) oe pl. lis light
‫) عشا‬2( to make a speech;‫‏‬ (42)

to betroth, ask in marriage (Le) ‎‫ )_( خفى‬to be hidden
277
‫ بطاخ‬III to address anyone,‫‏‬ Gm) 5

converse with‫‏‬ el VIII to disappear, hide
oy ee 5§ 39
‎‫ خطب‬pl. ‎‫ خطوب‬affair, matter, it hidden, concealed

cause of an affair
Sie pl. A letter, speech,

(du)
N= V to mix in; penetrate,
address be pierced; use a toothpick
2
S -
wW
ae pl. 8 sermon ‫ خل‬vinegar‫‏‬
‎)‫(خطر‬ Je during
we pales danger, risk Ge pl. hel, OWE friend,

Jee wes dangerous companion; pr. n. m.
‫ ربطخ‬great, important,‫‏‬
a
‫ جيلخ‬pl.‫ جلخ ‏‬gulf, canal‫‏‬
momentous
erie pl. a thought, idea;

(i)
ey VIII to steal, cheat,
heart (fig.), sake, mind
swindle, seize by trickery,
‎)‫(خطف‬ usurp
5- ‎‫هوه‬ 5
(yale) wr! difference
5 ->‫ره‬
gals II to save ‫ فلتخحم‬varied, different‫‏‬
gale V to be saved (GE)
G2 M8
urs] sincerity, devotedness Ge (2) to create

50 >
pals pure, unmixed, free of ‎‫ خلق‬creation, creatures,

5 ‫ده‬ mankind, people
yas sincere, devoted
‎‫ خلق‬pl. ‘aoe ‫ل‬‎ character
‎)‫(خلط‬ ‎‫ المخلرقات‬created things
Lis (=) to mix, trans.
(3)
‫ طلاخ‬III to mix with, have‫‏‬ ‎‫( خلا‬2) to be empty, vacant,
intercourse with‫‏‬ alone
LJ VI to mix, mingle with ‫ لاخ‬empty, vacant‫‏‬
one another
Sr 2502 ‫مرا‬
‫ مختلط‬mixed‫‏‬ 5
‫ رمخ‬f. wine‫‏‬
)‫(خلف‬ 6) 4s tavern, inn
is ).2( to succeed, replace‫‏‬
)‫(خمس‬
naif III to oppose, disagree
Psd de me five
_with, contravene
ee pl. ‫ساما‬‎ a fifth (fraction)
(‫ فلتخا )نع‬VIII to differ‫‏‬
(from)‫‏‬ éme fifty
‫وم‬
‫ فلخ‬behind, at the back of‫‏‬ gett fifth (ordinal)

ee
+ disagreement, contra- yo ‎‫م‬on Thursday
vention; other than
vee )‫(خنجر‬
‎‫ خلافة‬succession, caliphate ‫ رج‬pl. rave dagger‫‏‬
Soa 2
‎‫ خليفة‬pl. clas successor, )‫(خنزر‬
3.6 ‎‫و‬ oie
caliph
‎‫ خنزير‬pl. ‎‫ خنازير‬pig, pork
VOCABULARY 549
)‫(خنس‬ w= good, 2. and adj.; pros-

perity
‫ ضال‬Satan (lit. he who‫‏‬
6 G07
holds back or hides)‫‏‬ ‫ ربخنم‬better than‫‏‬
(54) jue selection (with fem. pl.);

‎‫ خاف‬2 to fear mukhtar (village headman);
-a-
pr. n. m.
‫ فوخ‬11 to terrify, cause to‫‏‬
fear‫‏‬ S) ‫ايتخا‬‎ voluntary
- -€
GI IV to HN! terrify
(4+)
ch pl. Sl‫و‬‎ fear, fright Li (—) to sew
‫ مخافة‬fear‫‏‬ aes pl. ee Othe thread,
string
)‫(خول‬ ae
‫ للاخ‬pl. Jial maternal uncle‫‏‬ ‎‫ خياطة‬tailoring, sewing
5 a) 7
Die pl.‫ تا ‏‬59 maternal aunt‫‏‬ ‫خياط‬ 01
0
)‫(خون‬ ‫ ةطئاخ‬needlewoman, seam-‫‏‬
5
Ok (2) to betray, act stress
treacherously
g- -
)‫(خيل‬
als treachery, betrayal ‫ لي‬II pass. (with‫ ل ‏‬or‫(إلى ‏‬
g- - aa --
ge pl. Oly, ab, ‫ةنوخ‬‎ to seem to anyone, imagine‫‏‬

traitor, treacherous a thing‫‏‬
-a--
bk V to imagine, fancy
oc. = 5 ‫م‬‎
Ok pl. o| — inn, shop,

caravanseral
‫ لاتخا‬VIII to be haughty,‫‏‬
(+) conceited‫‏‬
SAO
4.5 disappointment ‫ ٌليخ‬pl.‫( ٌلويخ ‏‬coll.) horses‫‏‬

(4+) (e+)
6-0-7
jt! VIII to choose, select ‫ خيمة‬pl.‫ يام ‏‬tent‫‏‬

‫ ةّيلخادلا‬Shs Ministry of‫‏‬

(si?) Interior
DD,
us pl. csi bear ‫ٌليخد‬.‫دءالخ ما‬guest, intruder‫‏‬
An pl. ie animal, beast,
beast of burden
)‫(دخن‬
‫ بوش ناخد ناخد‬smoke; to‫‏‬
(39) smoke (tobacco)
as II to arrange, plan,
manage cS)
5. 0>
‫ تديير‬pl.‫ تدايير‏‬arrangement,‫‏‬ ‎‫ درب‬11 to train, exercise,

drill
measure, step‫‏‬ So7 5
‎‫ درب‬pl. ‎‫ دروب‬path, way, road

Gc)‫‏‬ -
@- »
‫و د‬
ml, ‎‫ دحجاحة‬hen ‎‫جه‬2-‫رد‬

day pl.‫مشع تما ‏‬- degree, step‫‏‬
‫(دجل‬
oreo
1 ‫ جراد‬common, current, in‫‏‬
des Tigris (river)
general use
‎)‫(دجن‬ 3) aes ie)
‫) ةجراد‬42 common language,‫‏‬
‎‫ داجن‬.lp ‎:‫اجن‬IE
‫ دو‬tame (animal)
wulger tongue
Peal
‎‫ درا‬bicycle
Gm (quad.) to roll, trans.
Seb bass
‎‫ تدحرج‬II to roll, intrans.,
)‫(درس‬
be rolled 0 )=( to study‫‏‬
(J+) oe II to teach, lecture‫‏‬
‫) لخد‬2( on. nes to enter‫‏‬ 0 ‫ د‬pl. Laie lesson, study‫‏‬

69:
+> income, revenue ee pl.‫ ادمسر ‏‬school‫‏‬

ae say
‎‫ داخل‬inside, x. vu) 4 teacher, lecturer
je‎‫ دا‬inside, prep. ve) 3 Idris, Enoch
VOCABULARY 551
Sore = <o
)‫(درك‬ e!>, ‫ةيعاد‬‎ pl. ‫عاود‬‎ cause,
Soe
‎‫ ادرك‬IV to overtake, know, motive, reason
understand, grasp
>
‫و‬ ‫ل‬
a, --
‫ كرد‬police (Syr., Leb.)‫‏‬ > pl. 56> register, account
)‫(درهم‬ book, note-book
5 ‎->‫ه‬ ‫ار‬ uo
‫ مهرد‬pl.‫ مهارد ‏‬dirham (coin‫‏‬

or weight), drachma; (in pi.,‫‏‬
io
‫ (—) مفد‬to pay, push‫‏‬
money)‫‏‬
‫ مفاد نع‬III to defend‫‏‬
(>)
‫ عافد‬defence‫‏‬
‎‫ درى‬0 to know
-08
‫ ىردا‬IV to inform, teach‫‏‬ (3)

‫ قفد‬II to pour trans.; bestow‫‏‬
(49) profusely‫‏‬
5 303
‫ روتسد‬pl.‫ ريتاسد ‏‬rule, regula-‫‏‬ ---6
‫ قفدنا‬VII to be poured‫‏‬
tion; political constitution‫‏‬
(mod.)‫‏‬ ‫ قفاد‬profuse‫‏‬
)‫(دعو‬ (o>)‫‏‬
oor
ies (aa ) to call, name, pray; ‫ (~) نفد‬to bury‫‏‬

pray for (with J)
0
ol VIII to claim
‫) قد‬2( to knock; crush‫‏‬
Cel X to summon
‎59‫و‬ 5 o€ as II to examine minutely,
cles pl. 4,05! call, prayer in detail
SG gS o-
‎‫ دعوة‬0 455, ($545 exactness, precise-
2 cui 03 . ٠.
|fet ice
‫ ىوعد‬pl.‫ واعد ‏‬claim, lawsuit‫‏‬ ness, minuteness
i;les propaganda 454) in detail, exactly

ae
‎‫ داع‬pl. sles calling, one who ‫ قيقد‬pl. aol, ee fine, thin,‫‏‬

" prays minute, exact; fine flour
-
S6- - s--
4455 pl. ‫قئاقد‬‎ minute (of

time) ‫ رمد‬II to destroy, lay waste‫‏‬
5 3 3
,‫ قدم قدم‬pl. Sls hammer,‫‏‬ (ee?)‫‏‬
mallet, pestle‫‏‬ ‫ دمشق‬Damascus‫‏‬
--
9
)‫(دكتر‬
309
(o>)
‫ روتكد‬pl.‫ ةرتاكد ‏‬doctor (mod.)‫‏‬ dass, ‎‫ دمع‬pl. ‎‫ دموع‬tear
)‫(دكن‬ ‎)‫(دمغ‬
Obs pl. oS ‫اكد‬‎ shop aah stamp, seal
S- of
)‫(دلل‬ ‎‫ دماغ‬pl. ‎‫ ادمغة‬brain

(‫ )ىلع‬Jo )-2( to guide, show,‫‏‬ (>)
prove, lead (to)‫‏‬
o- a--6
‎‫ دم‬pl. els blood
‫ ب‬. . . ‫ لدتسا ىلع‬X to prove‫‏‬
Gs)
+ DY ees‫‏‬
5 ‎ََ‫> ن‬
‎‫ دينار‬pl. wis dinar (gold
‎‫ دلال‬broker, auctioneer
‫ه‬‫دم‬
coin); currency unit used
‫ ةلالد‬pl. dys guidance,‫‏‬ in some modern Arab coun-
tries
guiding, indication, proof‫‏‬
Ss 2a
‫ دليل‬pl.‫ أدلاء ‏‬guide‫‏‬
6‫‏‬ (33>)
(c+) Ua (2) to approach, be
(>) near
oss pl. ‫بيلاود‬‎ cupboard; ‫ع‬ ‫د‬- Of‫‏‬

‫ ىلد‬pl. elie! bad, base, low;‫‏‬
wheel
near
)‫(دلف‬ “09
‫ رك ايند‬world; lowest; nearest‫‏‬
‫( فلذ‬-) to saunter along,‫‏‬ (elat. f.)
move slowly‫‏‬
OF)
)‫(دلى‬
eye os time, fate,
‫ دلو‬pl.‫ دلاء‏‬bucket‫‏‬ destiny
VOCABULARY 553
.‫عه‬‎ > ‫هو‬
5
‎)‫(دهش‬ ‫ مستدير‬,dnuor ralucric
‎‫ (—) دهش‬ot ,ezama esirprus ‎)‫(دول‬
‫ شهد نم‬to be surprised by‫‏‬ ‫ لوادت‬VI to do by turns,‫‏‬
(pass.)‫‏‬
--of
negotiate with one another‫‏‬
5-5 -
‫ دا شه‬IV to surprise, astonish‫‏‬ ‫ ةلود‬pl.‫ لود ‏‬state, power,‫‏‬

country‫‏‬
(31>) ‫دق‬
‫ ىلود‬international (mod.)‫‏‬
elo pl.
5 >
‎‫ ادواء‬sickness, disease
(29°) )‫(دوم‬
2 5 3
‫ ماد‬ea) to last, endure,‫‏‬
‎‫ دودة‬pl. ‎‫دود‬, Sls worm —
continue‫‏‬
(3°) ‫ ماد‬eso long as, as long as‫‏‬
‫) راد‬2( to revolve, turn, go‫‏‬ - ‫ري‬
‫ص‬
‎‫ على الدوا|م‬yllaunitnoc
round, circulate‫‏‬
‫ رادا‬IV to direct, administer,‫‏‬ 415continuing, lasting,

manage‫‏‬ permanent
- ‫وم‬
Zion
‫ رادتسإ‬X to be round‫‏‬ lw 15 always
NE (f.) pl. Ane. ‫رايد‬‎ house,
(09>)
home, homeland, seat
ties before; without, short
‫زايد‬country (pl. of 315)‫‏‬ of, beyond
5 -08
‎y‫ دور‬pl. ‎‫ ادوار‬turn, age, period ‫ بلاون‬without‫‏‬

s - ‫ر‬‎ --
‫ةرْئاد‬pl.‫ رئاود ‏‬circle; office‫‏‬ ‫ ناويد‬pl.‫ نيواود ‏‬diwan, col-‫‏‬
8 ‫وو‬
lection of poetry; council of‫‏‬
Re pl. ,‫ةريدأ‬‎ ‫ رويد‬monastery
state‫‏‬
‫ إذارة‬administration,‫‏‬
management‫‏‬
ie)
g- of
5 2 lise pl. ‫ةيودا‬‎ medicine
‎‫ مدير‬director, manager,
‫هو‬ >>
governor ‫ دواة‬pl.‫ داو ‏‬inkstand‫‏‬

5 20 5 >
)‫(ديك‬ ‎‫ نبددب‬,ssenelkcif gnirevaw
‫ ديك‬cock‫‏‬ )‫(ذبح‬
‫ — روس‬turkey‫‏‬ é5 (—) to slay, slaughter
(en) (5)
‫( ناد ل‬-) to submit, yield to‫‏‬ bs (2_) to wither, dry up,
2 ‫وي‬ >> fade
‫ نيدن ب‬V to profess or follow‫‏‬
a religion (99)
3
‫لهت‬
‫ال‬‫اج‬
56 > 90
‫ درى‬atomic‫‏‬
‎‫ دين‬pl. ‎‫ ديون‬debt, loan
os pl. Sone ‫ةنايد‬‎ pl. ein ‫كه‬
religion pbs pl. esl arm‫‏‬
‎‫ يوم الدين‬yaD fo tnemegduJ (54)

‫ (~) فرذ‬to flow, shed tears‫‏‬
‫لم‬
‫ ىبد‬religious, pertaining to‫‏‬

religion
)‫(ذقن‬
3 pl. 0 beard, chin‫‏‬
(15) (35)
‫( هذا‬51‫ (هذى) هذه ي)ر‬this‫‏‬ ‫( ردد‬pom 0 to mention,‫‏‬
‫ تلك ب ذلك بذاك‬that‫‏‬ record, remember
‫ كذا هكذا‬,.‫لوكداكت‬ is II, ‫ركذأ‬‎ IV to remind

thus ‫‏‬5 wis III to confer with
-a-e
lay therefore 4 V to remember, recollect
)‫(ذاب‬ an ops pl. ‫تايركذ‬‎ remem-
‫ ب‬pl. GUS wolf‫‏‬ brance, recollection
g--
)‫(ذبب‬ Sepia: 1353

5 male, masculine
G6- -
Rese memory (faculty)

VOCABULARY 555
5-_9- ise
‎‫ تذكرة‬pl. 5145 ticket, note )‫(ذهب‬
sa- 5) ‫و‬‎
‫د‬
ar - es‫‏‬
ges
4. masculine ‎‫ )_( ذهب‬v.n. ‫باهذ‬‎ to go
S-w a J
‎‫ داب‬to take away
3,544 note, memorandum,
Meeas
memoir ‎‫هب‬ gold n.
(35)
5 2 ee
‫ بهدم‬pl.‫ نع ‏‬ne sect, rite,‫‏‬

6 --
‫ ءاكذ‬intelligence, perception‫‏‬ tenet, school, way

“Ee 5? 08 0‫‏‬ ee
‫ ىذ‬pl.‫ ءايكذا ‏‬perceptive,‫‏‬ ‫ بهذمت‬quad. II to follow a‫‏‬
intelligent, quick of under- sect, rite; hold a belief‫‏‬
standing 3
)‫(ذهن‬
)‫(ذلل‬ oa pl. Atel mind, intellect
des pl.‫ ءالذأ ‏‬low, abject,‫‏‬
(35)
wretched J ee
495 f. ‫تاذ‬‎ master of, possessor

)‫(ذمم‬ of
‫و‬ -
‫) مذ‬.2( to blame, rebuke,‫‏‬ ols self, person, self-same,

censure‫‏‬ essence
6a - -
4.5 conscience, moral sense, ‫ تاذ موي‬one day‫‏‬
honour
‫َقاَذ‬adj. self-‫‏‬
to”.
5a So
4,3 pl. ‫ممذ‬‎ covenant,

security, protection (95)
a, ‫داو‬‎
‫ لها ةمذدلا‬protected com-‫‏‬
‫) باَذ‬.2( to melt, dissolve‫‏‬
intrans.‫‏‬
munity, tributaries; Jews
and Christians in Islam (28°)
‫ مدو‬pl.‫ مذاود ‏‬manger‫‏‬
(35)
es pl. ae sin, fault, guilt )‫(ذوق‬
sg Dl. CEES ‫_) قاد‬2( to taste trans.‫‏‬
80-5
cise guilty eon, lest; yee taste

-é
‎‫ ارى‬IV to show
(24) 5 8- Siow
131 IV to make public ely! opinion
(news); broadcast (mod.) 5-85
4,9) vision, seeing, sight
‎‫ إذاعة‬publication (news), - ‎‫و‬
oe 8 . 0
‎‫ رويا‬,noisiv maerd
broadcast 5 ‎‫ؤس‬ bao at
5,2 ‎‫ مراة‬pl. ‎‫ مرايا‬mirror
ak broadcaster, announcer
(9)
‫ مدياع‬.lp ‫‏‬ehlt ‫ — أت‬micro-‫‏‬
58 pl. unA lord, master
phone‫‏‬ or 207
‫ بيت‬4) housewife‫‏‬
)‫(ذيل‬ Ge‫‏‬
5‫و‬
>
‫ ليذ‬.‫ م‬3re tail, appendix‫‏‬ ‫ بر‬+ gen. many a‫‏‬

> ‫دس‬
‫ربما‬ 5
)‫(ربح‬
)‫(رأس‬
ٍِ (—) to gain, win
‫) سؤر (>);سار‬-2( to be chief‫‏‬
>
a a tribe; be head of‫‏‬ ‫حبر‬pl.‫ حابرأ ‏‬gain, profit‫‏‬
i pl. oa head (part of
(42)
body); cape (geog.)
‫ دبرإ‬IX to alter (expression of‫‏‬
‫ سيئر‬pl.‫ ءاسور ‏‬head (chief,‫‏‬ face); be ash-coloured, pale‫‏‬
president, etc.), chairman‫‏‬
‫ي‬
>‫ت‬
)‫(ربط‬
‫ ةسائر‬leadership, headship,‫‏‬ bay (2) to tie, bind
chairmanship, presidency‫‏‬
> ‫من‬ ‫دغوه‬ ‫ور‬ --‫م‬-
if} pl. Ey) connection,
SU ‎‫راس‬, GhulJ! capital bond, league (body binding
(mod.) together people) ~
e* S82
‫ |)ىلامسأ‬capitalist (mod.)‫‏‬ (a)
509
)‫(رأى‬ wypl. ‫عاب‬‎

5 a quarter )+(
hj )2$( to see‫‏‬ alyfourth (ordinal)
VOCABULARY 557
‫هو‬ - aie
‫عج‬8 spring, spring season‫‏‬ el) elegy, lament for the dead
(by)
‫و صوءَيَ ر‬ -
‫ لوالا‬ca) Rabi‘ I (3rd month‫‏‬
2-6
in Islamic Calendar) ‫ اجرا‬IV to put off, postpone‫‏‬
(‫ )رخآلا‬Jui gx) Rabit 11‫‏‬ (Ws)
(4th month in Islamic oe hes Rajab (7th month of
endar) Islamic Calendar)
5> 5-08
‫ اربع كر اربعة‬four‫‏‬ )‫(رجح‬
- 3-08
‫ اربعون‬forty‫‏‬ ‫ (>) حجر‬to outweigh, weigh‫‏‬
- 060 ‫>ور‬ more than‫‏‬
‫يوم الاربعاء‬ ‫يليا‬
)‫(رجع‬
Pe pl. ela square, four-‫‏‬ ‫ مر عجر‬om.‫ عوجر ‏‬to return‫‏‬
sided‫‏‬ intrans.‫‏‬
(sy) ~ II to return trans.

my II to educate, bring up, or =
‫ ارعجا‬III to consult, review,‫‏‬

breed
C
Pa es
revise‫‏‬
45 education, training
(ey)
‫به‬ ‫رب‬ Beene,
‫ برم‬educator, one who‫‏‬ ‫ فخرا‬VIII to tremble, shake‫‏‬

brings up‫‏‬ intrans.‫‏‬
(4) (Jey) :
‫ بتر‬II to arrange, plan‫‏‬ Jey )/( pl. da! foot
aes pl. ‫لاجر‬‎man
90-5 § >‫و‬
43) pl. ‫بتر‬‎ rank, position

)‫(رجو‬
‫و‬ ra 2 poe‫‏‬
‫ بتار‬pl.‫ بتاور ‏‬salary, pen-‫‏‬

sion ley (2.) to beg, hope, request
5 --
‎)‫(رتع‬ els) hope, request
‫ ارم‬pasture ground
or pl. ‫عت‬‎ )‫(رحب‬ ‫تن‬
‫بحر ب‬ II to welcome‫‏‬
‎)‫(رثو‬
S$ 707
‎‫ترحاب‬ )‫(ردد‬
(‫ نك )ب‬welcome (to)!‫‏‬ ‫)د‬4 )2( to give back, answer,‫‏‬

retort‫‏‬
)‫(رحل‬ 3-
‫ در‬repulse, return, reply (to‫‏‬
‫ (<)> لحر‬J&L VIII to‫‏‬
depart, migrate, travel, ‫(على‬
journey )‫(ردأ‬
‫لان‬ 79 ‫قه‬ ‫ ده‬OF ‫‏‬3
res pl. ‫لاح‬‎ journey ‫ ءىدر‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ عاثدرا ءايدرا‬bad, adj.‫‏‬
ight pl. Ars traveller; late, )‫(ردى‬

departed (deceased) ‫ ىدترإ‬VIII to wear, put on‫‏‬
$-G- ‎‫و‬5 a- (coat, etc.)‫‏‬
‎‫رحالة‬, ‫ رحال‬taerg ro tnenime Si S- ‫هت‬‎
traveller eld) pl. 4:5)! cloak, coat
pie pl. ‫لحار‬‎

‫ارم‬. stage, day’s (J5))
journey ae Pa
45) pl. ‫لئكاذر‬‎ vice
)‫(رحم‬ )‫(رزق‬
el,‫ نمحرلا ‏‬the Merciful,‫‏‬ ‫) قزر‬2( to grant, bestow (of‫‏‬
the Compassionate (attri- God), sustain‫‏‬
butes of God)
‫ قل‬pl. 5 it sustinence,‫‏‬
)‫(رحى‬ means of livelihood‫‏‬
‫ل‬ S$ ‫>‏‬
)‫(رزم‬
)‫(رخص‬ ‫) مر‬-2( to pack up, wrap‫‏‬
5-0
+
‫ ةصخر‬permit, licence (mod.)‫‏‬
‫ ررم‬pl. 8) ,egakcap ‫‏‬,elab
‫ صيخر‬cheap‫‏‬ ream‫‏‬
)‫(رخم‬ )‫(رزك‬
ple; marble oi) weighty, grave, calm
)‫(رخو‬
65‫ه‬
>
‎)‫(رسل‬
‫ وخر‬lax, soft, loose‫‏‬ 5 IV to send
VOCABULARY 559
Speen
‎‫ رشوة‬pl. («bribe
g§-06 =
mis pl. el ‎‫ رسائل ب‬,rettel
essay, message
‫ رشاء‬rope‫‏‬
50-5 $399
‫ رسول‬pl.‫ رسل ‏‬messenger,‫‏‬

apostle‫‏‬
)‫(رصص‬
5 ber] :‫ملق صاصر ضصاصر‬lead; pencil‫‏‬
ul,» (newspaper) corres- ‫داهو‬ ‫داه‬
pondent (mod.) AACS pl. ‫تا‬‎ — bullet
)‫(سم‬ ‎)‫(رضو‬
‫مسر‬ )~=( to trace, design,‫‏‬ ‎‫ (—) رضى‬htiw( ‎‫عن‬, ‫ ب‬ro ‎‫(من‬
draw, =‫‏‬ to be content, pleased,
3 6> satisfied (with)
‫ مسر‬pl. aoe tracing, draw-‫‏‬ > ‫هع‬‎
ing, sketch; tax, duty, cus-‫‏‬ ‎‫ ارضى‬IV to please
tom‫‏‬
‫ ضار‬pl. Opel) pleased, con-‫‏‬
a o-
‎‫ رسمى‬official, authoritative * tent, satisfied‫‏‬
(+4) ve satisfactory, pleasing

ob1) (2) to sprinkle ‎)‫(رطب‬
(4+4)) ‎‫ رطب‬,pmad tsiom
-- 06
‎‫ ارشد‬IV to direct, guide as pl. Sales! ripe, fresh
5 ‫ره‬ dates
‫ دشر‬rectitude, maturity‫‏‬ S=—23.
‫شه‬ ‫ ةيوطر‬humidity, moisture,‫‏‬

Ad JI ‫نس‬‎ age of discretion, damp, 2‫‏‬
majority 5 ‎‫رحت‬
Alia: ‎‫ مرطب‬,looc ,hserf tsiom

‫ ديشر‬upright, righteous;‫‏‬
)‫(رعد‬
pr. n. m.‫‏‬
‫( دع‬Oe
) to thunder‫‏‬
(+) 5 6>
‫ رعد‬pl.‫ رود ‏‬thunder‫‏‬
‫ قيشر‬fine, elegant‫‏‬
(6)
)‫(رشو‬ es (—) to pasture, graze,
‫( اشر‬-) to bribe‫‏‬ tend (cattle)
---6
Le) pl. bly flock, subjects ‫عفت‬

3 VIII to be raised, to‫‏‬
rise‫‏‬
(of a ruler)
‎‫ راع‬pl.‎‫ رعاة‬shepherd (3)
‫قفار‬III to accompany‫‏‬
ee pl. ‫عارم‬‎pasturage, ILS Sed:
‫ رفيق‬7 ‫ رفقاء‬companion‫‏‬
pasture
‫رفع‬ )‫(رقق‬
‫( (—) بغر‬with )3 to wish‫‏‬ ws)
met
(for), desire, like‫‏‬ is pl. Gt) slave

‫جه‬
‫ ةبغر‬wish, desire‫‏‬ )‫(رقب‬

)‫(رغف‬
--e
‫ بقار‬III to observe, watch,‫‏‬

‫ورم‬ ek Sr‫‏‬ guard, oversee, supervise,‫‏‬
‫‏‬,eiw ‫م‬1. ‫ ارغفة‬52
control; to fear (God)‫‏‬
)‫(رغم‬ - ‫وعم‬
‫ بقترا‬VIII to wait for‫‏‬

‫) مغر‬.2( to compel; dislike‫‏‬ 5---
45) pl. ou, neck
‫ مغرا‬IV to compel‫‏‬ Leal ag }
‎‫ مراقية‬watching over, obser-

‫بالرغم عن‬, ‫رغما عن‬, ‫على الرغم من‬ vation, surveillance, super-
despite (the fact that)‫‏‬ aust
Di PUD
)‫(رفف‬
--o0-
ٌ‫ رقيب‬pl.‫ رقباء ‏‬guardian,‫‏‬
9,3) to flutter censor
‫و‬ 2
(%) ‫ بقارم‬supervisor, foreman,‫‏‬

controller‫‏‬
Ge pl. pe ‫رم‬‎ harbour (for
ships) —~ )‫(رقد‬
)‫(رفض‬ ‫) دقر‬.2( to sleep, lie down‫‏‬
pies)‫‏‬
‫) ضفر‬2( to refuse, reject‫‏‬ ‫ رقاد‬sleep‫‏‬
(es) )‫ر(قص‬
- --
‫ (—) عفر‬to raise, lift‫‏‬ ‫) صقر‬.2( to dance‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 561
(es) (‫)زمر‬‎
‎‫ رقم‬pl.‎‫ أرقام‬figure, number a pl. :
5 as sign, symbol,
allegory, type
‫ (==) بكر‬ont: 75 to ride‫‏‬

Ole.) Ramadan (9th month
“ake II to compose, form, in Islamic Calendar; month
construct of fasting)
iS, pl. ay knee (Jy)

es ‫ا‬‎pl. nt rider, passenger ‫ لك‬II to widow, make‫‏‬
o-
widowed‫‏‬
‎‫ ثركك‬,noitisopmoc -curtsnoc S$ o- S767
ey, ‎‫ رملة‬sand, sandy ground

32 structure
Ren ail BL Joi widow-
ao ‎‫ مر‬pl. ‎‫مررااكب‬+ llams ,pihs er, widow
boat
(oy)
)‫(ركز‬
5 as
Oly pomegranate (coll.)
‫‏ مركز‬.lp‫ مرا اكز‬centre‫‏‬
9-0-6
(5)
‫ر‬
‫ك ى‬central‫‏‬ ‫ ) (= ىمر‬U.N. 55 to throw;‫‏‬
subdue; accuse‫‏‬
)‫(ركش‬
‫دده‬ 2-
es ‎‫ مرا‬Morocco, Marrakesh
)‫(رهن‬
‫ نهر‬pledge, mortgage‫‏‬
(4459)
‫امه‬ (7)
‫) ضكر‬2( to run‫‏‬
‫ (—) حار‬to depart, go‫‏‬
)‫(ركن‬
- -@%
‫ اراحا‬IV to permit, or cause,‫‏‬

705 ‫ه‬5 > ‫َو‬ 5
‫نكر‬ pl.‫ ناكرار‏‬On) corner;‫‏‬ to rest‫‏‬

support‫‏‬ - 2 ee
‫ حوارت‬VI to alternate‫‏‬
(4) a] VIII to rest, be com-
re grey (lit. ash coloured) fortable, at ease
- --9 63 ‫ساب‬ 3» 7093

‫|حا‬
rw! X to rest, sit down‫‏‬ ‫ العلوم الرياضية‬mathematics‫‏‬
a‫‏‬
‫ ةحار‬rest, ease, comfort‫‏‬ )‫(روع‬
5 ‫و‬ 5 -60
‫ حور‬Cf) pl. cls)! soul, spirit,‫‏‬ ‫ عور‬II to frighten, terrify‫‏‬
breath‫‏‬ ‫ عوز‬fear, fright‫‏‬
‫ حورلا‬ckan long-suffering,‫‏‬ )‫(روم‬
patient‫‏‬ ‫) مار‬2( to desire‫‏‬
5 5 > ‫د ةق‬
(eS (f.) pl. chy! wind st) Greek, ‫ينس‬‎
- @-
a2\)pl. J ‫اور‬‎smell, odour OG‎,‫ الرو‬the Romans

ie
‎‫ احة‬Fal a rest-house (6)
Sn ere
$9) (=) to quote, narrate,
‫ مروحة‬pl.‫ مراوح‏‬fan‫‏‬
report, relate a tradition
)‫(رود‬ $3) (—) to be watered, irri-

3203
‫دا‬I IV to wish, want‫‏‬ gated

- 08
‫ ةدارإ‬will, wish‫‏‬ 63)! IV to irrigate

6
‎‫ ارتوى‬VIII to be watered,
(+9) irrigated
g-
a Russia
‎‫ رى‬irrigation
5 / > oe
sy) Russian ‎‫ رواية‬narrative, narration,
a a-
‫ سورلا‬Russia, the Russians‫‏‬ tale, play (theatre)
ly, ‫ةيوار‬‎ pl. ‫ةاور‬‎ narrator,
)‫(روض‬
: story-teller, transmitter
‫ م‬pl. ee ) meadow, garden‫‏‬
‎)‫(ريف‬
elkaiiRiyad (city in Arabia)‫‏‬ 2‎‫ ريف‬pl. Sb)!
0cultivated land,
—
‎‫ رياضة‬exercise, sport land by river; countryside
VOCABULARY 563
ore
‫ (—) |)عر‬to sow, plant, till the‫‏‬

‫ع‬ le
soil‫‏‬
‫‏ زبون‬.lp ‫ )ز}يائن‬customer‫‏‬ ‎‫ زرع‬plantation, farming,

produce
(435) fo
36$ 5 -‫ره‬ ‫ ةعارز‬cultivation, agriculture‫‏‬
,‫ ةدبز دبز‬butter, cream‫‏‬ Eft 5 Bo
‫‏ زارع‬.lp 2‫ زرا‬cultivator‫‏‬
)‫(نجج‬ 5 5
‫مزارع وزرااع‬: cultivator‫‏‬

:‫ ةجاجز حاجز‬glass, glass‫‏‬
2 2
vessels; a glass vessel‫‏‬ ‫ ةعرزم‬pl.‫عراذ ‏‬
‫ازم‬+ (sown) field‫‏‬
)‫(زحف‬ )‫(زرق‬
‫ ىلع‬aS )—( to march‫‏‬ 81 IX to Be) blue‫‏‬
against‫‏‬
3)
3-0F
Gyjl
‎‫ زرقاء كر‬.lp }yG eulb
‫ محاز‬III to crowd, press‫‏‬

)‫(زرى‬
‫! ىر‬35 VIII to scorn, despise‫‏‬
‫ محازت‬VI to crowd together‫‏‬
‫ محدزإ‬VIII to be crowded‫‏‬ )‫(زعج‬
- -60
‫ جعزا‬IV to disturb, agitate‫‏‬
ia} pressure, throng; ---6
trouble ee331 VII to be disturbed,

Ss se 2 ‫د‬‎
troubled, upset
‎‫ ازدحام‬pl. ‎‫ سات‬crowding, a
crowd a agitation, disturbance
ee disturbing, upsetting
(445)
‫ف‬0 (quad.) to adorn‫‏‬ ‎)‫(زعل‬
‫ع‬
‫ زخرفة‬pl. 5 ij,‫‏‬
‫ رز‬adornment‫‏‬ ‫ (—) لعز‬to be angry, sorry‫‏‬
2 ‫ا‬
(53) ‫ نالعز‬in agony; angry (mod.)‫‏‬

> ‫ وا‬- 80
‫ زر‬pi.‫ ازرار ‏‬button‫‏‬ )‫(زعم‬
)‫(زرع‬ ‫( معز‬-) to claim, assert‫‏‬
$- ‫دم‬
‫ ةماعز‬leadership, authority‫‏‬ A pl. ‫جونز‬‎ negro, black

‫ ميعز‬pl. clea) leader,spokes-‫‏‬ jk) Zanzibar
man‫‏‬
‫رخجبيل‬
5 : 6 .
(35) )‫(زهد‬
au pl. 455 lane, side-street, 95‫و‬
‫ دهز‬abstinence; indifference‫‏‬
bye-way (to worldly things)
(953) ‎‫ هذ‬i;pl. ‫داهز‬‎ ascetic, abstainer,

63 alms (in Islam) abstaining
‫‏‬zZ - ‫ور‬ - ‫م‬
‫ ىكز‬pl.‫ ءايكزأ ‏‬pure, just‫‏‬ 5285 little, insignificant
(45)
(5)
‎‫ )_( زهر‬to shine
Jj to shake, trans.
‫ رهدزا‬VIII to flourish‫‏‬
‫ لزلوت‬II to shake, intrans.,‫‏‬ ‫> هه‬ 5 > ‫ه‬5 5 ‫رر‬
be shaken‫‏‬ ‫‏ زهر‬.lp ‫ازهار‬, ‫ زهور‬flower,‫‏‬

6--0-
blossom‫‏‬
‫ زلزلة‬earthquake‫‏‬
eh shining, flourishing;
(2) pr.
n. m.
5059
‫ يلو‬coloured tiles and‫‏‬ 3-080 ‎‫و‬ -O-
pottery (Magh.)‫‏‬
‫ رهزالا‬ei the Azhar Univ-‫‏‬
ersity and Mosque (in Cairo)‫‏‬
)‫(زمل‬ 5 ‫وه‬
‫ هر‬+> flourishing‫‏‬
)‫(نمه‬
‫رارقل‬ 2 colleague,‫‏‬
companion‫‏‬
els) about (quantity,
)‫(زمن‬ number)
Sas SS S- 2‫ه‬‎ 5 ‫هّمم‬-
‫نس ناكر‬pl.‫ ةنمزأو ‏‬OL! time‫‏‬
)‫(نوج‬
(5) ‫ جوز‬II (with‫ ب ‏‬or J) to‫‏‬
a‫ار‬‎ black, negro races marry (anyone to)
VOCABULARY 565
‫ تر‬V to be married (to)‫‏‬ ‎‫ زيد‬II to increase (a thing),

ore
trans.
‫ جود‬VIII to be doubled‫‏‬
‫ دياز‬111 to outbid one another‫‏‬
as)) pl. 5‫و‬‎ithusband, couple, (in an auction)‫‏‬
pair - 5
te 55 ‎‫ ازاد‬IV to increase, trans.
‫ ةجوز‬pl. aie— wife‫‏‬ Caton
‫ دادزا‬VIII to be increased‫‏‬
(595) 05~-
4:5 Zaid (pr. n. m.)

‫ دوز‬II to provide, supply,‫‏‬ eo
equip‫‏‬ ‫ دايز‬Ziyad (pr.‫ص ‏‬. m.)‫‏‬
Pag ene‫‏‬
S|} provisions 65k) increase
7
‫ دئاز‬exceeding, excessive‫‏‬
(035)
‫) راز‬2( to visit‫‏‬ ‫ مزاد‬auction‫‏‬
3 aa ٠.‫‏‬
a:
ie II to falsify, counterfeit ‫ ديزم‬excess, extra‫‏‬
Ae a visit )‫(زين‬
ae pl. 5S) visitor ‫ نيز‬II to adorn, beautify‫‏‬
‫و بسو‬
AY‎‫ الزو‬a name of Baghdad ceo hairdresser
‎)‫(زول‬ ‫س‬
‫) كاز‬2( to cease‫‏‬ ‫ عم‬Oe‫‏‬
Jl IV to abolish, remove
(jl)
)‫(زيت‬ 5 Bsremainder, rest (see also
ES2) pl. ‫توب‬‎5 oil ‎‫(سير‬
os (coll.) olive, olives (Jt)
Ju (—) to ask
(+5)
‫ دا‬6 ) to add, increase‫‏‬ aisepl. ‫ٌةلئسأ‬‎question
(with J, ‫ىلع‬‎) a tesbeggar (lit. asker)

-Bo- Ay ige
Dl. pl. ‫لئاسم‬‎ matter, ‫مياس‬seventh (ordinal)‫‏‬
question, subject, problem 23 10 » -6
Bo- ‫ عوبسا‬pl.‫عيب ‏‬lelweek‫‏‬
4‫اووسم‬‎ cesponsibley in
1 charge
(for, of (‫نع‬‎ )‫(سبق‬
‫) قس‬.2( to precede, go before‫‏‬
)‫(سأم‬ ore
(‫ )نم‬si to loathe, be dis-‫‏‬ ‫ قباس‬111 to vie with, com-‫‏‬
gusted (with)‫‏‬
pete with, try to precede‫‏‬
we
‎‫ سابق‬former, previous, fore-
)‫(سبب‬
- @- runner
‫ ببس‬11 to cause‫‏‬
Pag 3-08 GL. formerly, earlier
‫ ببس‬pl.‫ بابسأ ‏‬cause, reason,‫‏‬ 53- 5 7
gG°---%9
occasion ‫‏ سباق‬.lp ‫سات‬: ‫ مسابقة‬race,‫‏‬

)‫(سبت‬
contest
Cow pl. ‫توبس‬‎ Sabbath, )‫(سبل‬

5) = G39
Saturday ‫ليبس‬pl.‫ لبس‏‬path, way,‫‏‬

(em)
vor
course‫‏‬
c (—) to swim, float Se

F
II to praise, magnify romfo ‫تس‬‎~ (see also (‫سدس‬‎ six
(God) -3
Q‫وتس‬‎ Sixty
Glew (all (‫ناحبس‬‎ Praised F 3
be He (God) ‫ تس‬pl.‫( تاتي ‏‬see also‫(سود ‏‬
lady, mistress‫‏‬
)‫(سبخ‬
a saline (of soil) (~~)
‫) رثس‬2( to cover, veil‫‏‬
) ‫(سبع‬ 215 0 $29 :
fee‎‫ ع ظ‬neves ‎‫ ستار‬pl. peu, Aw curtain

$029 5 >65
‫ عبس‬pl.‫ عابسا ‏‬a seventh‫‏‬ )‫(سجد‬
‫>و‬ ‫‏‬na ‫و‬ --
(fraction)‫‏‬ sole pl. tees : dole‫‏‬
- 390°
‫ سبعون‬seventy‫‏‬ prayer -Carpet; carpet

VOCABULARY 567
‫ مسجل‬pl.‫ مساجد ‏‬mosque‫‏‬

6$ ° ‫و‬
‫ةي‬
‫ يرخس‬ridicule, derision‫‏‬
(a)
5‫و‬
>
)‫(سخف‬
‫ عبع‬rhymed prose‫‏‬ inden silly
(Je)
)‫(سخن‬
cine II to register, record ‫"‏‬$S ‫ومو‬
‫ ةنوخس‬heat, fever‫‏‬
(of) 865‫و‬
‫ه‬
‫ سخن‬hot‫‏‬
om (2) to imprison
(Leer
oF pl. Oye prison
‫ سخى‬bountiful‫‏‬
oe pl. ‫ءانع‬‎ prisoner
eo het
)‫(سدد‬
Gps pl. ‫نيجاسم‬‎ prisoner i (2) to close, stop (up),
dam
(—*) z- - @&
ga-
0 (—) to drag, draw, ‫ دس ةجاح‬to fulfil a need‫‏‬

withdraw ‫َه‬ 5 -‫ه‬
‫ دس‬pl. Sal dam‫‏‬
eat VII to go off, with-
draw, be withdrawn G+)
pe species of lotus
‫ ٌباحس‬cloud (coll.‫‏‬
)‫ح(مق‬ )‫(سدس‬
5‫ده‬ 5 2
‫م سدس‬. ‫ اسداس‬ees( ‫‏‬osla ‫ستت‬
Gel, ‎‫ إسحق‬Isaac
a sixth (fraction)‫‏‬
(J) ‫ سداس‬sixth (ordinal)‫‏‬
Bed bepl. “at‫اوس‬‎ bank, coast,
shore )‫(سرر‬
‫) رس‬2( to rejoice, trans.‫‏‬
Cd) ‫‏‬dF 5 > ‫َه‬
eae (-4) 6 Gees ee at ‫رس‬pl.‫ رارسأ ‏‬secret n.‫‏‬
(with ‫ب‬‎ or =) ‫)را‬Sil) peal) ob secretary‫‏‬

‫اه‬
‫ ىرس‬secret adj.‫‏‬ )‫(سطح‬
SG
‎‫ سرة‬the navel ‫ حطس‬pl.‫ حوطس ‏‬roof, surface‫‏‬
)‫(سطر‬
$ 99)
‎‫ سرور‬pleasure, joy
535 > 5 ‫َت‬‎
‎‫ سرير‬pl. ‎‫ اسرة‬bed ‫‏ سطر‬.lp ‫هذا سطور‬
‫ وه‬of 3 ‫=‏‬
legend‫‏‬
5Ce glad, pleased ‫ ةروطسأ‬oh‫ نيطاننأ ‏‬fable,
)‫(سرح‬ )‫(سطل‬
‫ (—) حرس‬to pasture in the‫‏‬ Shae pl.Jpie pail, bucket‫‏‬
morning‫‏‬
‫رطل‬ navy, fleet‫‏‬
35 II to send away, set free
coe ‎‫ه‬2 ‫عو‬
)‫(سطو‬
Pele: jbl he set him free,
let him go de‫) اطس‏‬2( to assault, over-‫‏‬
power
( ‫(سرع‬
=)
‫ ب‬speed‫‏‬
‫ دعاس‬111 to help, assist‫‏‬
‫عي‬
‫رس‬pl.‫هسناعرس ‏‬speedy, fast‫‏‬
dul TV to make happy,‫‏‬
by‎‫ر‬.‫ س‬quickly fortunate‫‏‬
GQ---
o5lau happiness
(3)
5 G 2
a11 (=) to steal ‎‫ ساعد‬pl. ‎‫ سوااعءد‬mra-erof
‫د‬ ‫ص‬ ‫سر‬ --‫صن‬ 86-07-9
ig
3 theft, robbery ‫ ٌةيدوعسلا‬da pl‫ المملكة ‏‬king-‫‏‬
dom of Saudi Arabia‫‏‬
‫ن م سارف‬1 tier‫‏‬
robber‫‏‬ Te AGES: happy,‫‏‬
fortunate; pr, n. m.
)‫(سرول‬ 6-- ‫وام‬
7-5 1 ‫حم‬
‫ سروال‬pl.‫ سراويل ‏‬trousers,‫‏‬ ‫ ةدعاس‬help, assistance‫‏‬

6 3-3
pantaloons ‫مساعد‬ 0
VOCABULARY 569
‎)‫(سعر‬ 5 > 0é
oe)
0
‎‫ سعر‬pl. ‎‫ اسعار‬price, rate, ‫ةنيفس‬‎pl. a ship, vessel
current price
)‫(سقط‬
An) ‫) طقس‬.2( v.n.‫ طوقس ‏‬to fall‫‏‬
--08 or ee
‫ فعسا ب‬IV to help, aid‫‏‬ ‫ طقاست‬VI to fall one after‫‏‬
3 at 5-0 another‫‏‬
sl ‎‫ إسعاف‬first aid (mod.)
Lic. Muscat (in Arabia)
‎)‫(سعل‬ # ‫صو‬‎ - ‫هد‬
‎‫ مسقط الراس‬ecalphtrib
‫) نعش‬2( to cough‫‏‬
le. cough
‎)‫(سقف‬
50- 5 ‫در‬‎
‎‫ سقف‬pl, ‎‫ سقوف‬roof, ceiling

)‫(سعى‬
‎‫رت‬ ‫ال‬
‎‫ود‬ 2
‫م ىعس‬ F a to exert‫‏‬
oneself, make an effort ‎)‫(سقى‬
=o pl. ‫عاسم‬‎ effort, enter- ‎‫ (>) سقى‬ot ,retaw evig ot
drink
prise, endeavour
‫ قاس‬cup-bearer (class.);‫‏‬
)‫(سفر‬
"waiter (mod.)‫‏‬
ea III to travel
5 >‫َه‬ isl pl. ‫قاوس‬‎water wheel,
‫رقت‬
1 ‫ رافسا‬journey, travel‫‏‬
irrigation canal
3ae, dining table, table cloth‫‏‬
(dining room)‫‏‬ )‫(سكك‬
se pl. EK coin; way, route,
ae pl. ‫ةادتس‬‎ ambassador
road
6) las embassy "00296 $6
‫ سكة الحديد‬,‫ سكةحديدية‬railway‫‏‬

‎)‫(سفرجل‬
linquince (fruit)‫‏‬
(Seemed‫‏‬
‫ احر‬pl.‫جرا ‏‬ ‫ل تكس‬ ‫ توكس‬to be‫‏‬
(a)‫‏‬ silent
‫و‬ 2
‫ لفسا‬low, lower, bottom‫‏‬ oS‎‫ سا‬silent
$39: 6.7
gl... consumptive
(+)
‎‫ )—( سكر‬to be drunk ‫ لكن‬to chain, connect a‫‏‬
$3.2
thing with‫‏‬
‫ سكر‬sugar‫‏‬ s- 0 ‫را‬‎ Edit
‫ ةلسلس‬pl.‫ لسالس ‏‬chain, series‫‏‬
OX pl.‫ سار ‏‬drunk‫‏‬ 5 5 eo ‘‫‏‬
g-- ‫ لسلستم‬consecutive, serial‫‏‬

‫ سيكارة‬pl.‫ سكائر‏‬cigarette‫‏‬
)‫(سلب‬
8Set (Fr.) secretary‫‏‬
‫) بلس‬2( to rob, seize,‫‏‬
plunder‫‏‬
)‫(سكن‬ 5 202 ‫و‬ -é‫‏‬
‫) نكس‬2( to dwell, live,‫‏‬ ‫ بولسا‬pl.‫ بيلاسا ‏‬style,‫‏‬

inhabit; be still, quiescent method ~‫‏‬
“sWepl. OK inhabitant; (ee)

still, quiet ‫ حلس‬II to arm, trans.‫‏‬
ie pl. ll‫اكس‬‎knife ‫ حلست‬V to arm oneself, be‫‏‬

armed‫‏‬
‫ ٌةنوكسسملا‬the world‫‏‬ Eee ele
‫ حالس‬pl.‫ ةحلسا ‏‬weapon, arm(s)‫‏‬
‫ نكسم‬pl.‫ نكاسم ‏‬dwelling‫‏‬
place‫‏‬
)‫(سلخ‬
‫ (= خلس‬or )— to flay, skin‫‏‬
(4)
‫نيكسسم‬pl.‫نيك ‏‬6 poor, lowly,‫‏‬
wretched
a@ “0-0 (te) ‎‫ تسلط‬V to exercise
‎dy‫ |لإسكندرية‬airdnaxelA power (over)
)‫(سلل‬ power, authority, rule
(G22) ‎‫ إستل‬VIII to draw (a 5 ‫هو‬6-‎
‫ ناطلس‬.‫ نيطالس م‬sultan, ruler,‫‏‬
sword) authority ~‫‏‬
(+)
‫م‏‬w
‫ر ت‬w
‫> ا‬
‫ لسلا‬els consumption‫‏‬
(disease), T.B.‫‏‬ dal. pl. a article for sale,
llepl. A basket goods, belongings
VOCABULARY 571
)‫(سلف‬ Ta IV to turn Muslim

-a--
‫ الا‬VIII to borrow‫‏‬ ‫ ملست‬V to take over, receive‫‏‬

5-- ‫‏‬aS ‫د‬ ‫و‬
Sh payment in advance ‫ ملس‬.2) orf.) pl.‫ سلالم ‏‬ladder,‫‏‬

s== 3-08 steps
‫ سلف‬pl.‫ اسلاف ‏‬predecessor,‫‏‬ eee
ancestor‫‏‬ ‫ مالس‬peace, greeting‫‏‬
Pas
wl. predecessor, former (‫مالسلا مكيلع )كيلع‬
‫م‬ a greet-‫‏‬
ing (lit. peace be upon you)‫‏‬
eyaT aforementioned, cere
‫ ةمالس‬safety, health, well-‫‏‬

previously said being‫‏‬
(s+) ‫ الإسلام‬Islam‫‏‬
gl. (2.) to boil (of an egg, blake Solomon‫‏‬
meat, etc.)
celts safe, sound, whole;‫‏‬
)‫(سلك‬
pr. n. m.
‫) كلس‬2( v0. fhe to take a‫‏‬
road, course; to behave‫‏‬ 30 pl. ‫ءاملس‬‎ sound, safe;
dhapl. ‫كالسأ‬‎ wire pr. n. m.

§ 09
‫ ملسم‬a Muslim‫‏‬
ist. Y wireless -
4he conduct, behaviour,

i)
a -
manner ‎‫ سلى‬11 to divert, amuse, con-

‫ السلوك‬jac‫‏‬
> good behaviour
sole, cheer
‫عن‬
0 V_ to be diverted,
‫ كولكتلا‬yee well-behaved,‫‏‬ cheered, amused
mannerly‫‏‬ So-
gl. consolation, diversion

)‫(سلم‬ $4207
4.3 diversion, amusement
0 1to be safe, unharmed -
‫ ما‬II to deliver some-‫‏‬ )‫(سمم‬

Heel to‫‏‬ 2 ae (2); festsII to poison
‫مامه‬ ‫ديت‬ g- 5 99
‫ ىلع‬58 II to greet‫‏‬ ‫‏ سم‬.lp ‫سموم‬ 0
‫سام‬ 93 )‫(سمو‬
)‎‫(سمح‬ pe II to name, call‫‏‬
‎‫ (—) سمح‬ot ,timrep wolla ele III to vie in glory with

(with J for person, and Ye‫ب‬‎
ee V to be called, named;
for thing)
(with ‫ىلإ‬‎ or (‫ب‬‎ to claim
‎‫ سامح‬III to pardon, excuse
rélationship to, with
‎‫ سمح‬smooth, compliant g ‎‫رو‬
Gse--
‎‫ سمو‬,thgieh ;ssenhgih eltit
‫ تسامح‬tolerance‫‏‬ given to ae prince
‫ه‬ >>
)‫(سمر‬ ‫ ءامس‬pl.‫تاو ‏‬
po sky, eee‫‏‬
y+ III to converse with, polph elo, cul, Lich
entertain name
‫ مسمار‬pl.‫ مسامير‏‬nail‫‏‬ ‫ ماس‬high, exalted‫‏‬
)‫(سمط‬ (o)
bik pl. ae tablecloth ‫نس‬pl. te tooth, age‫‏‬
(eo) AE pl. ne Sunna (in Islam),
66 oe hear law, usage, tradition
‫وس‬
eee.
5 VIII to listen to ‫ يس‬Sunni, Sunnite (ortho-‫‏‬
dox Aiea‫‏‬
oefame, reputation,
report Oka pl. il spear, spear-
head
)‫(سمك‬
‫و‬ >
5
‫[ شاك لم سمك‬514 na old, of advanced age
(om) oad.
58
‫ نمس‬fat, butter, rancid‫‏‬ ‎‫) سند إلى‬2( ot nael nopu

butter‫‏‬
5 ‫ ىلإ‬ren) IV to ascribe to (a‫‏‬
je pl. Olen fat, adj. tradition, etc.)‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 573
J} ‎‫ استند‬VIII to lean upon; (5)

have recourse to (God)
2> 5 -0é
el. (2) to be bad, evil
‫ دنس‬pl,‫ دانسا ‏‬document, bill,‫‏‬ 36 5 ‫>هة‬ S$ >
cow, ‫ءوس‬‎ pl. ‫ءاوسا‬‎ bad, evil n.
deed (legal or comm.), sup-‫‏‬ wd ‎‫و‬ 2
port‫‏‬ ‫ ظحلا‬eg. misfortune‫‏‬
5> ‎‫ه‬
‎‫ إسناد‬gnibircsa fo a ;noitidart ‫مه‬Gateigh
. misunderstanding‫‏‬
isnad
5-6 Ds ‫سك‬‎
‎‫ مسئد‬pl. ‎‫ مسائد‬cushion, pillow

‫ يس‬bad, evil, adj.‫‏‬
S 2nd )‫(سوح‬
‫ نايدنس‬evergreen oak, ilex‫‏‬
hates square, place (piazza),‫‏‬
)‫(سنط‬ court
ee
ie acacia tree (24)
(+)
eid Le:
‫) داس‬2( to rule, have domin-‫‏‬
ion over :‫‏‬
‫ ةنس‬pl. Oya,‫ سئوات ‏‬year‫‏‬ - ar
$479 Sas 3 $ -a-9‫‏‬ ‫ دوس‬II to make black‫‏‬

‫‏ مسئناة‬.lp ‫مسئوات‬, ‫مسنيات‬
Seal IX to be, become, black
dam, dyke‫‏‬
Spelfi‫ءادوس‬.‎ pl. dg black
(s)
nicks V to be facilitated, made ‎‫ السودان‬the Sudan
gG-°
possible depl. solu Mr., gentleman,
(Se) sir; descendant of the
Prophet
i)
ipa: ARF ie ease; easily
oul, lady, mistress, Mrs.,
Nes easy
madam
5 pl. Jie plain (geog.) a authority, sovereignty,
‎)‫(سهم‬
Gor
title
NC pl. ‫ماهسم‬‎ arrow )‫(سور‬
ir ag
ae pl. ara lot, share; ‫ ةروس‬pl. i= Siira, verse of‫‏‬

share (in a company) Qur’an‫‏‬
‫اي‬
)ee Syria‫‏‬ ‫ ىوس‬except, save‫‏‬
5 ‫و‬
Ae
‫سوق رى‬ 0 ely equity, like, sameness
- ‫مصاص‬‎ ar
)‫(سوس‬ ‫خط الاستواء‬

inte politics (mod.); govern- ‫ اا‬equality‫‏‬
ment, administration (class.) ‫ لكاو‬equal‫‏‬
5 - --
‫ ىسايس‬pl. (of noun) dle‫‏‬

owe pl. Sly gees standard,
political, politician‫‏‬ level n.
)‫(سوع‬
oe
(ex)
‎‫ ساعة‬hour, clock, watch, time ‫( حاس‬-) to travel, tour‫‏‬
(Go) Pali (long) journey;‫‏‬

cigs (also (‫س‬‎ future particle tourism (mod.)‫‏‬
(before imperf.) 35tspl. chee, c!i traveller,
G- >
‫ مسافة‬distance‫‏‬ tourist
§- ‫سل‬
(3p) ‫ ةحاسم‬area, extent‫‏‬

ee reo
‎‫( ساق‬2) vn, ‫قاسم‬‎ to drive, )‫(سير‬
lead
‫ (>) راس‬to travel, go‫‏‬
al pl. Ole leg, stem (of a S0- 5 =. 5
plant) 3 Is)
a Jo3 Way, journey
5 ‎‫و‬ 9 +
‎‫( سوق‬m. or f.) pl. ‫قاوسا‬‎ ‫ ةريس‬manner, way of life,‫‏‬
market biography
5 WA 5 Go 5 a- ‫و‬‎
‎‫ائق‬pl.
‫ س‬‎‫سواق‬: ‫واق‬.‫س‬
lp ‎‫ون‬- pee distance
driver, chauffeur pie remainder, rest (see also

‎)‫(سوى‬ ‎‫(سأر‬
5> G-
‎‫( سوى‬-) ot eb htrow ‫ ةرايس‬motor car‫‏‬
‫ ىواس‬III to be equal, be‫‏‬ (Hom) :

equivalent to‫‏‬ (de) ‫رطيس‬‎ to rule (over)
VOCABULARY 575
6- -0- ‫ه‬5 > 5> -
‫ ةرطيس‬rule, domination‫‏‬ wht, 4.4% youth, the time

(Ge) of youth
(in his youth ‫هبابش‬‎ (‫ق‬
‫ فيس‬pl. alpal sword‫‏‬ 3 -
-
‎‫ شاب‬pl. ics, ols young

(Se) man
‫ (=) لاس‬to flow, become‫‏‬

liquid‫‏‬ (+)
‫ شاكل‬pl‫ سوائل ‏‬liquid‫‏‬ ‫ حبش‬pl. cual ghost,‫‏‬
G6 ---
apparition‫‏‬
Or flowing, flood
)‫(شبع‬
%
‫ (—) عبش‬to be satisfied,‫‏‬
satiated
(pls) >>
-t- oe
‫ عبشا‬IV to satisfy‫‏‬
‫) ماش‬2( (with accus. or‫(على ‏‬
to draw ill-luck upon; bode‫‏‬ Olt satisfied, satiated
ill for‫‏‬
85 (41+)
,‎‫ شو‬bad omen, ill luck
Nee ‫ كبتشا‬VIII to be entangled‫‏‬
glis pessimism confused, ambushed‫‏‬
c
slice pessimist Sts pl. ‫كيبابش‬‎ window
‫ مشل‬AES Syria, Damascus‫‏‬ (424)
)‫(شأن‬
‫عاسم‬
‫ هباش‬ITI, A) IV to resemble‫‏‬
‫و‬4 - ‫؟‬ 52 5
‫ ناش‬pl.‫ نووش ‏‬matter, affair,‫‏‬ ‫ ةبش‬similarity, likeness‫‏‬
condition, thing, state,‫‏‬
dignity‫‏‬ ‫ حزيرة‬44 peninsula‫‏‬
g-
‎‫ § شان‬concerning (++)
co
‫( مش‬ak) to abuse‫‏‬
)‫(شبب‬
‫ ببش‬II to laud; rejuvenate‫‏‬ )‫(شتو‬
2
<2 2
‫ ببشت‬V to be rejuvenated‫‏‬ el. winter

A NEW ARABIC GRAMMAR
5 -
‎‫ شرير‬evil, bad, wicked

0,6 s- - s-‫‏‬ ‫ددعو‬
‫ٌةرجش‬,‫( رجش‬coll), pl. sel‫‏‬ ,‫ ةرارش‬,‫ ررش رارش‬spark(s)‫‏‬
tree‫‏‬
)‫(شرب‬
és? (dim.) bush ‫ماه‬ 5 ‫>ه‬-
‫( برش‬-) .0.2 ‫ برش‬to drink‫‏‬
) ‫(شجع‬ ‫ — اناخد‬to smoke‫‏‬
‫ عجش‬II to encourage‫‏‬
‫ براش‬111 to drink with‫‏‬
jolt courage
)‫(شرح‬
ps pl. ‫ناعم‬‎ courageous, 5200-0
brave
‫ حرش‬-) to Bai‫‏‬
So-‫‏‬
‫‏ شرح‬.lp ‫ش روح‬2 explanation,‫‏‬
(’) commentary ‫'‏‬
‫تحاش‬ ghastly, drawn (of‫‏‬
‫ حارشلا‬joy, happiness (Ut.‫‏‬
face)
expansion)‫‏‬
)‫(شسخص‬ (7)
yaw? pl. el person
‫ درش‬II to drive into exile,‫‏‬
‎‫كم‬ disperse, trans.‫‏‬
Puig bids force, violence, (4,4)

So-7
strength; violently, strongly ‫ طرش‬pl.‫ ‏‬£452
‫ رش‬condition, term,‫‏‬
Pee stipulation‫‏‬
‎‫ شديد‬strong, violent, tough 4 o-
‎‫ بشرط ان‬no noitidnoc taht
(34.4)
6 f+ ieee
5 - a 5 4
‎‫ شاذ‬pl. ‎‫ شواذ‬odd, strange,

‎‫ شرطة‬police
Z ‫نإ‬‎9
eccentric, rare ‫ششررطى‬ 0
) ‫(شرع‬
&
‎)‫(شرر‬
‎َّ‫ق‬
‎‫ شر‬,ssendab ,live .7 ‫( عرش‬-) to begin‫‏‬
‎‫عب‬
‎‫ شر‬,dab ,esrow ,tsrow ‘ ‎‫ شر‬divine, religious law
elative (Islam)
VOCABULARY 577
s -
2
-
Wa =
‎‫ شريعة‬Shari‘a, Moslem law, aS.
‎‫ شر‬pl. ‎‫ — ات‬company
code (commercial)
S's icici
‎‫ شارع‬pl. 2° street 451, partnership
: 6 2 5
‫ كارتشا‬pl. o| — participation,‫‏‬
S$." 3:0" CEE SaMe
‫‏ مشروع‬.lp ‫ مشروعات‬, ‫ريع‬
‫مشا‬
scheme, project‫‏‬ subscription‫‏‬

5a 39 $4 0- 6
‫ مشروعية‬undertaking‫‏‬ ‫ اشتراكية‬socialism‫‏‬
)‫(شرف‬ Bon eu
Ss|‫رتشا‬‎ Socialist
Aiwa:
ory
‫ فرش‬II to honour (anyone)‫‏‬ ‫ شرييك‬7 ‫ شرك‬partner‫‏‬
-- 80
‫ رش ف‬IV to overlook, super-‫‏‬ 4)
‎‫ مشر‬idolator, polytheist
vise (with (‫ىلع‬‎ BY
0‎‫ مشتر‬joint, common; sub-
‫ فرعي‬V to have the honour‫‏‬
4
(to), be honoured (by) (with‫‏‬
‫(ب‬ ‎)‫ى‬ae‫(شر‬ a
5 = 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
‎‫) شرى‬-( v.n. ‫ءارش‬‎ to buy
‎‫ شريف‬pl. ‎‫ اشراف‬noble, 2. and
adj., exalted, Sherif (title) ‫ ىرتشا‬VIII (more commonly‫‏‬
used) to buy‫‏‬
(3+) <0) 7 = s Loe)
5967 7 pins;
‫راش‬‎ pl. ol 2 buyer
‎‫ شرق‬east, 72., orient = =
wy 04
7
‫ قرش‬eastern, oriental‫‏‬
(que)
S$ ‎‫رمو‬
eae extensive, remote
‫ شروق‬sunrise‫‏‬
$§ 70 )‫(شطط‬
‫( قرشم‬the) east (place and‫‏‬ bs pl. Lbs shore, bank
time of sunrise)
)‫(شطأ‬
(4,4) ‫ ٌءطاش‬pl.‫ ىطاوش ‏‬river bank,‫‏‬
‎‫ شارك‬III to share with,
coast‫‏‬
participate
- --
‫ ىف‬3 ‫ رتشإ‬VIII to participate‫‏‬ )‫(شطن‬

in; subscribe to‫‏‬ Glare pl. ‫نيطايش‬‎ Devil, Satan
)‫(شعب‬ )‫(شفق‬
tats pl. isa people, tribe ‫( قفش‬-) (with Le) to pity‫‏‬
‫و‬ ‫مم‬
‫ع‬
Olas 8th month in Islamic ‫ ةقفش‬compassion, pity‫‏‬

calendar
)‫(شعر‬
‫ا‬ ‫‏‬eiJ 28 ‫و‬
ae
‫ ةفش ةفشر‬pl. clus,‫رشفهات‏‬
--e
yt (2) 2.4. ‫روعش‬‎ to know; G---
feel, perceive (with ~) Ol 524 lip

56 > -
‫ شعر‬hair‫‏‬ ‎)‫(شفى‬
‫ رعش‬pl. jul poetry; feeling,‫‏‬ ‎‫( شفى‬-) ot ,laeh eruc
6@--
knowledge, perception‫‏‬ ‫ عافش‬cure, recovery‫‏‬
S a ed would that I knew! 2*2 ‫جه‬ ‫وه‬ 5 >26
‫ مستشفى‬pl.‫ ستشفيات ‏‬hospital‫‏‬

we barley
‫(شققف‬
‫ شاعر‬pl.‫ شعراء ‏‬poet‫‏‬ fe3 2() ot ,tilps ‫‏‬evaelc
‎a
‫ مشعر‬pl.‎‫ مشاعر‬feeling, sense ‫ قاش‬hard, severe, trouble-‫‏‬
some‫‏‬
(J++) 5 َ > > 2
‎‫ أعمالٌ شاقة‬lanep edutivres
‫) لعش‬2( to kindle‫‏‬
‎‫ شقيق‬pl. ‎‫ أشقاء‬blood brother
= 23a 6
(J++) gee ae
‫ لغاشت‬VI to pretend to be‫‏‬ a pl. ste misfortune,
busy‫‏‬ hardship
3-0 >
‫ لغتشا‬VIII to be occupied,‫‏‬ ‫ قتشم‬derived (a word)‫‏‬
work‫‏‬
$03 S - of )‫(شقر‬
‫ لغش‬pl.‫ لاغشا ‏‬work, business‫‏‬
‫‏‬leip ‫ شتراء كر‬pl. i reddish.
‫ دج‬OF Je Oe‫‏‬
J‎‫ مشغوا‬busy, occupied coloured‫‏‬
(a) (si4)
5
‫ فافش‬transparent, very fine‫‏‬ ‎‫ شقاء‬misery, destitution
VOCABULARY 579
‫و‬ > 6. -a-
ie pl. ‫ اشقياء‬miserable,‫‏‬ ‫ حلش‬11 to rob, plunder,‫‏‬

abject strip
‎)‫(شكك‬ ‎)‫(شمم‬
‎‫) شك‬.2( htiw( ‎‫ (ى‬ot tbuod pe (2-) to smell, trans.
213 pl, ‫كرك‬‎ ‫لس‬ ‎)‫(شمخ‬

)‫(شكر‬ ‫ خماش‬high, lofty‫‏‬
‫_) ركش‬2( on. jx to thank‫‏‬ )‫(شمس‬
‫( سمش‬f.) ple‫ شموس ‏‬sun‫‏‬
-g-8
‫ ركشت‬V to be grateful,‫‏‬
{ee‫‏‬
thankful‫‏‬
‫ شاكر‬thankful‫‏‬ ‫ ةعمش‬wax candle‫‏‬
)‫(شكل‬ )‫(شمل‬
Ke II to form, fashion; to ‫( لمش‬2) to include, embrace‫‏‬
mark with vowel points
‫ اشللك‬III to bear resemblance‫‏‬ ‫ لمتشا ىلع‬VIII to. contain,‫‏‬

to, be like‫‏‬ comprise‫‏‬
Ae pl. del shape, form Jas north

kind, sort; vowel point ‫ ٌلامش‬left hand‫‏‬
‎ٌ‫ مشكلة‬pl. ‎‫ مشاكل‬difficult ٌ‫ شَامل‬comprehensive‫‏‬
matter, problem
)‫(شكو‬ ‫م‬
‫ عيش‬ugly, foul‫‏‬
‫( كش‬is)‫ نا نع) ‏‬to complain‫‏‬
(of) ;‫‏‬ )‫(شهب‬
ape ne pl. ‫واكش‬‎ com- ‫كا‬ eG: cape grey‫‏‬
plaint 2 "68.7
‫ ءابهشلا‬a name of Aleppo‫‏‬
)‫(شلح‬
‫ (—) حلش‬to strip, undress,‫‏‬ (44+)
intrans.‫‏‬ ‫ (_) دهش‬to witness, testify‫‏‬
‫ عام‬e-‫‏‬
J Li 111 to see, witness ‫ رواش‬111 to seek advice, con-‫‏‬

--0-0 sult ©‫‏‬
‫ دهشتسا‬X to call to witness‫‏‬
Ave‫‏‬ JI, ITV to indicate, refer to
‫ةداهش‬ evidence, testimony;‫‏‬
certificate, diploma;‫‏‬
‎‫ أشار على‬VI ot esivda
‫ساس‬
‫ص‬ or ‎‫اس‬
martyrdom‫‏‬ ‫ راشتسا‬X see gli‫‏‬
eau
‫ ده‬Li witness‫‏‬ ‫) ىروّشلا‬ council‫‏‬
wees pl. slags martyr ‫ ةراشإ‬indication, sign, signal,‫‏‬
hint‫‏‬
‫ ديك‬scene; place of martyr-‫‏‬
dom; town in Persia‫‏‬ (J) J! 3)Lil with reference to
)‫(شهر‬
0200000000 -o7
‎‫) إليها) مشار إليه‬.cte ,diaserofa
oe (—) (with (‫ب‬‎ to make referred to
public, divulge ~ S--06
-- ‎‫عه مم‬ ‎‫ مشورة‬advice, consultation,

(te) ‎‫ اشهر‬IV to draw a counsel
weapon (against) SEA IOS.
56 ‫هر‬‎ 2‫ه‬ 5 9 ‫و‬

‫ مستشار‬101
‎‫ سر‬ae, ‎‫ شمهو‬month
30000 ‫ان‬‎= )‫(شوش‬
net, 39¢~ famous
‫ شاووشن وشاوش‬pl.‫ شواش ‏‬com-‫‏‬
missionaire, messenger
)‫(شهق‬ (Magh.)
Gal pl. ‫قهاوش‬‎ high, lofty
‫ شيواش‬pl. i is sergeant‫‏‬
‎)‫(شهى‬
(G+)‫‏‬
erat VIII to desire eagerly,
covet ‫ اتشقىلإ‬VIII to long for‫‏‬
‫شهوة‬ pl.‫ شهواتٌ ‏‬pleasure,‫‏‬ ‫ قون‬pl. Glyat longing, desire‫‏‬

indulgence‫‏‬
pA MS
(454)
‎‫ شهى‬longing for; appetising 4,4 pl. gal thorn
2-0-7
)‫(شور‬ ‎‫ شوكة‬fork, thorn

VOCABULARY 581
)‫(شول‬ )‫رشيد‬
di, 10th month of Islamic ‫ ديش‬11 to build up‫‏‬
calendar
(=)
(294) ‎‫ )—( شا‬to be spread abroad,
ols pl. ACS oles ewe, sheep published
)‫(شوى‬ ‫ عاشأ‬IV to publish, dis-‫‏‬

seminate news, make public‫‏‬
‫( ىوش‬-) to roast, trans.‫‏‬ gene
‎‫ إشاعة‬widespread report,
oe rumour
(ols tea
gts widespread, prevalent
(2) es Shi‘a sect of Islam; of
‎‫ )_( شاء‬to wish, will
the followers of Ali
ar ala ‫نإ‬‎
¢ (also written 3
‎‫ شيعي‬Shi'ite, Shi‘i, follower

َ (‫ءاشنإ‬‎ if God wills!
of the shi‘a
(D.V.)
G6 ‎‫راو‬
‫شيوعية‬
ace pl. ‫ءايشأ‬‎ thing (with neg. a
rd ‫دو‬‎
= nothing) ‫ شيوعى‬Communist‫‏‬
‫ ةئيشم‬wish, will‫‏‬
)‫(شيل‬
‫( لاش‬-) to lift up, take away‫‏‬
‫ بيشم‬old age‫‏‬
oo
‫ ٌبئاش‬old, white-haired‫‏‬ )‫(صبب‬
) ‫(شيخ‬ as (2-) to pour out
‫ خيش‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ خوش‬a
@ sheikh,‫‏‬
(ere)
old man, tribal leader, in‫‏‬ -- 08
‫ صا‬IV to become; (iit. to‫‏‬
of respect‫‏‬
do in the morning; to enter‫‏‬
‫ كيز‬sheikhdom‫‏‬ upon the morning)
- 08 30-00 a =
che, me pl. ‫حابصأ‬‎ morning Joe ‫حصي‬‎ it is true to say
oh ‫حابص‬‎ Good morning! 11 to correct, make
sound, valid
‫ حيبص‬beautiful, comely‫‏‬ Su
S_-78 42 health, validity,

‫ حابصم‬pl.‫اصمحيي ‏‬lamp, torch‫‏‬
correctness
(+) eee
correct, right, valid
xe (~) to be patient; to
cl pl. ‫تا‬‎ chapter of a
persevere in, bear patiently
book (of Holy Scripture)
(with ‎‫(على‬
264 (~~)
uve patience
a ‫بحص‬‎ =( ;) ‫ ماك‬III to
‎‫ صابر‬patient, adj.
accompany, be the friend of
5 9- - -
‫( روبص‬very) patient‫‏‬ ‫ اع اصمت‬VIII to keep com-‫‏‬
pany with one another‫‏‬
S69
‫عبصإ‬
! pl.‫عياصأ ‏‬finger‫‏‬ 4 company (of friends)
5 ‫م‬‎ 5 2-602 $07 4
‎‫ صاحب‬pl. ‎‫مااب‬, ‫ عب‬,dneirf
‫) غبص‬2( to dye, colour‫‏‬ companion; owner, posses-

sor, master
‫ صباغ‬dyer‫‏‬ dian a
‎‫ الصحاية‬the companions of
)‫(صبن‬ Muhammad
Soars
Os be soap ‫كد‬
)‫(صبو‬
S
02 ‫‏‬.lp ‫خارى‬, ‫ مراوات‬desert‫‏‬
ao - “03
‫ ىبص‬pl. Slee youth, boy‫‏‬ (#4)
G- ‎‫ل‬
owe
4a pl. Gz, ile page (of
aa -
‫ ةيبص‬pl. ble young girl‫‏‬

a book)
)‫جرمح‬ Zo» 5
KH, gle journalist (mod.)
‫ (=) حص‬to be sound, true,‫‏‬
correct; recover from an 4s journalism, the press
illness (mod.)
VOCABULARY 583
(Me ie) ‫ه‬5>
‫ مصحف‬pl.‫ مصاحف ‏‬Quran,‫‏‬ ‫ ردص‬pl. hie chest (part of‫‏‬

prayer-book‫‏‬ body)‫‏‬
(4) Sloe exports (mod.)
“2 pl. ‫نوم‬‎ plate (er)

Go »0-
‫ نم رادلا‬courtyard of a‫‏‬ ‫ صداع‬headache‫‏‬
house 5
ae temple (of
a)
Ce
le (2) to be clear, bright (of
sky, weather, etc.); to awake (G2)
ere
from sleep ‫ فداص‬III to encounter, come‫‏‬
cle clear (day, sky, weather across, happen on‫‏‬
g9-- -9»
1 etc.); awake, conscious ‫ ةفداصم‬encounter, meeting‫‏‬

3-09
C*) ‫ صدفة‬pl.‫ صدف ‏‬chance,‫‏‬

occurrence‫‏‬
5B rock 2709
‫ةفدص‬ Tal by chance,‫‏‬
(240) 0
Scie subject matter
-- )‫(صدق‬
‫ ددصب‬concerning, in the‫‏‬
‫) قدص‬2( to be true, right,‫‏‬
"matter of sincere, tell the truth‫‏‬
‎)‫(صدأ‬ oe II to believe, confirm
‫ مدأ‬rust‫‏‬ aie truth, veracity
)‫(صدر‬ dae pl. Sh alms, charity
‫) ردص‬+( to go out, issue‫‏‬ ‎‫ صداقة‬friendship, sincerity
intrans.‫‏‬
Gib trustworthy, faithful
jae II to export (mod.) (title of the second Caliph,
--o60é
‫ ردصا‬IV to issue, send forth‫‏‬ Abu Bakr)

‫ قيدص‬pl.‫ ءاقدصأ ‏‬,Oty friend‫‏‬
2 ‫ك‬1 ‫ ل‬93" <0
‫ لليمحنا‬X to issue‫‏‬
)‫(صدل‬ ) ‫(صرع‬
ore
Dike pharmacy ‫ راص‬III to struggle, con-‫‏‬

tend with; wrestle‫‏‬
ole pl. atk chemist,
‘druggist, pharmacist
)‫(صرف‬
‫ (—) فرص‬to spend, use (time),‫‏‬
(G4) ‫من‬
change (money)‫‏‬
J ‎‫ تصدى‬V to apply oneself ‫ فرصت‬V to carry out, dispose‫‏‬
‘to anything; to oppose of‫‏‬
se- 5 - 08
‎‫ صدى‬pl. ‎‫ أصداء‬sound, voice, ‫ قرف‬VII to be removed;‫‏‬
echo depart, go; be changed; be‫‏‬
used‫‏‬
)‫(صرر‬
‫ممه‬ are‫‏‬ apS accidence (grammar)
‫ رصا ىلع‬IV to persist in‫‏‬ So
‎‫ صرف‬pure, unmixed
)‫(صرح‬ $a-
‎‫ صراف‬money-changer,
‫ حرص‬11 to declare clearly;‫‏‬ banker, cashier
announce; permit‫‏‬ 5-0- Qh ate
i3 ee pl. ‫فراصم‬‎ bank
‎‫ صراحة‬clarity 20
5 ie Aa Gite pl. ‫تان‬‎ ‫و‬ ‫رحم‬
Ere obvious, clear a expenditure ~
‫سه‬ >
nmai pl. whe declaration, ‫ ف‬as Mutasarrif (governor‫‏‬
permit in some Arab countries)‫‏‬
(tye) )‫(صرم‬
‫) خرص‬2( to cry out‫‏‬ ‫(رصم‬-) to pluck‫‏‬
Bie, eae ‫و‬ ‫م‬
‫ مارص‬time of trimming palm‫‏‬

‫‏ صاروخ‬.lp ‫ريخ‬00 rocket,‫‏‬ trees
Peles
meteor ‫ مراص‬sharp, severe‫‏‬
‎)‫(صرط‬
5 -
(+)
ble way, path (relig.) ‫ صعوية‬difficulty‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 585
5 o- Hie sath Poe
‫ بعص‬pl. olee difficult, hard‫‏‬ ‎‫ صفر‬2nd month of Islamic
calendar
(4x2)‫‏‬ 80-3 ‫و‬
eae: 5 3993
‫ رفصا‬f. Ape pl. ce yellow,‫‏‬
‫ (_) دعص‬.0.2 ‫ دوعص‬to ascend‫‏‬
pale‫‏‬
iastas‫ نم نآلآ ‏‬from now‫‏‬
)‫(صفو‬
onwards‫‏‬
lie )2( to be clear, pure‫‏‬
seat Upper Egypt
‫ ىفطصإ‬VIII to choose‫‏‬
)‫(صغر‬
g--
elie clearness, purity

‫ (—) رغص‬to be, become,‫‏‬
le pure, clear; net (weight
small‫‏‬
‘etc.)
ee) X to belittle, think
little of dhe. Mustafa (lit. chosen),
Go | 98 pr.n.m.
. ‫رغص‬‎ smallness, youth
-_ Sri (ie)
‎‫ صغير‬pl. ye small, young 50
‫ رقص‬pl. oie Shek hawk‫‏‬
)‫(صغو‬ (e)
gel IV to hearken, listen.
tie frost
)‫(صفف‬ (Jé)
iors pl. A line, class, row‫‏‬
‫) لقص‬2( to polish‫‏‬
) ‫(صفح‬
(sake)‫‏‬
‫ حفاص‬III to shake hands (in‫‏‬
‫ (—) بلص‬to crucify‫‏‬
greeting)‫‏‬
‫هي‬ ‫سدم د‬
‫ د‬pl.‫ تاحفص ‏‬page (of a‫‏‬ ous crucifix‫‏‬

book); plate‫‏‬
5
oie crusader
(se)
en IX to become yellow,
pale
ich (2.) to be sound, honest;
52 > ‫هه‬
to be suitable, good, fit for
je pl.‫رافصا‬‎ zero (with (‫ل‬‎
$-- gI- g---

che II to repair oe, ‫ةولص‬‎ (antig.) pl. ‫تاولص‬‎
eer‎‫اس‬ prayer
‫ حلاص‬111 to make peace with,‫‏‬
reconcile‫‏‬ {ee place of prayer
‎)‫(صمم‬
-- 06 é
‎‫ اصلح‬IV to improve, reform, -a-
repair ‫ ممص‬11 to plan, design; (with‫‏‬
‫ حلاصت‬VI to be reconciled,‫‏‬ (‫ ىلع‬to determine upon‫‏‬
make peace one with the‫‏‬ Ss 6.
‫ ممصت‬plan, design‫‏‬
other‫‏‬
5 _ 5
65‫ه‬
‫د‬
‫م‬ sincere, true‫‏‬
‫ حلص‬peace, reconciliation‫‏‬
‫ه‬
> >
‫ حالص‬goodness; adjustment‫‏‬ )‫(صمت‬

G-6 5 -‫‏‬
-- (2) to be silent
‫ حالصإ‬pl.‫ — تا ‏‬reform, im-‫‏‬
provement‫‏‬ ‎‫ صمث‬silence
Sn ‎‫إن‬ -
‫ حالطصا‬pl. ol‫‏‬ )‫لمعتصطءء‬ cule silent
5
use, idiom‫‏‬
-
)‫(صمد‬
gle good, proper, honest; deal the eternal (God)
self-interest (mod.); pr. n. m.
g-- 0° Oe Oe
(+)
‫> دودو‬
‫ ةحلصم‬pl. shes interest,‫‏‬ ‫ ربونص‬pine (tree)‫‏‬
advantage, good; adminis-
trative department
(G+)
$ ‫رورو‬‎ 2 Sa
‫ قودنص‬pl.‫ دائنصقي ‏‬box, chest;‫‏‬

‫ حلطصم‬pl.‫( — ثا ‏‬see CA!)‫‏‬ fund 9‫‏‬
)‫(صلد‬ (er)
‫ دل‬hard, solid‫‏‬ +e (_) to make, do; manu-
facture (mod.)
(de)
‫ عنطصإ‬VIII to be artificial,‫‏‬
duel bald contrived‫‏‬
(she) ‫ ٌةعانص‬pl.‫ تا ‏‬i dle art;‫‏‬
Ae II to pray industry (mod.) 1‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 557
‫ عنصم‬pl. gles factory‫‏‬ ‫) ماص‬.2( to fast‫‏‬
seat‫‏‬ nae, i‫ مايص‏‬aan fast‫‏‬

5- ‫َه‬ 6 39939
‎ٌ‫ صنف‬pl. ‎‫راصنئاف‬, Sere class, wile pl. AP

lee one who fasts;‫‏‬
category, brand fasting, adj.
‎)‫(صم‬ (One)
‎‫الم صم‬ Aline idol Ole (2.) to protect, preserve
ee
‎)‫(صوب‬ ‫ةئنايص‬ preservation, protec-‫‏‬
lol BY 0 tion, conservation
S- ‎‫و‬ ‫و‬ 0
‎‫ مصيبة‬.lp ‎‫ مصائب‬,enutrofsim )‫(صيح‬

calamity ‫( حاص‬-) to cry out‫‏‬
(<2)
C ee hie
‫ ةحيصو‬che cry, shout,‫‏‬

= 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
ee pl. ‫تاوصا‬‎ voice, sound; shouting

vote (mod.)
(-=2)
i
‫ روص‬II to depict, make a‫‏‬
‫) صاد‬-(,‫‏ تصيد‬,V ‫ إصطاد‬11
to hunt‫‏‬
picture‫‏‬ 26
‫ ديص‬hunt, hunting, 2‫‏‬

‫ روصت‬V to imagine‫‏‬ 5 “. $a-
5> ‫و‬ > 22

Ale, ‫دايص‬‎ hunter
‫ ةروص‬pl.‫ روص ‏‬picture, form,‫‏‬
copy; manner‫‏‬ ie Sidon (in Lebanon)
‫ ل م‬pl.‫ عادر ‏‬picture‫‏‬ (x)

Ae (=) to become; (with
7‫ و‬Tyre (in Lebanon)‫‏‬
imperf.) begin to, to go
(ive) ba the future, result, out-
‫ وق‬pl.‫ مراف ‏‬wool‫‏‬ come
re
‫ قوص‬Sufi, mystic‫‏‬ ‫ تقديرالصير‬self-determination‫‏‬
)‫(صوم‬ (mod.)‫‏‬
0 neepl. ‫عابض‬‎ hyena
(oF)
- 5 > ‫ه‬6
cite pl. Glee! summer

Su
(cx) ig, ‎‫ يج‬tumult, cry
‎‫ الصيين‬China ()
g-<
Sine pl. lye tray > unrest, disquiet
)‫(نجع‬
oor
ony? a (—) to lie, recline

(ute) ‫دل‬ 9
‫ مضجع‬pl.‫ مضاجع ‏‬couch‫‏‬

dite pl. ings thin, small,
(24)
insignificant
Ae )-( on,‫ كمن ‏‬to laugh‫‏‬
(ats)
sB- Spc ‫كد‬ funny, comic, laugh-‫‏‬
Ole (sing. gp le) sheep (coll.)
able‫‏‬
‎)‫(ضبب‬
ae pl. ‫نابت‬‎ mist (thin
(s#)‫‏‬
: 2 4,
cloud) cl, & forenoon

- +e
)‫(ضبط‬ ie pl. Lig sacrifice, victim

- 0060 ‫و‬
‫ )ث( طبض‬to put right, correct,‫‏‬ ul ‎‫ عيد‬Sacrificial Festival

do a thing well, regulate‫‏‬
(Moslem Bestival)
S07
‫ طبض‬exactness, correctness‫‏‬ hale pl. id.

\42 outskirts,
oi‫‏‬
‫ طبضلاب‬exactly‫‏‬ 0 of a town
dats pl. Lis officer ee}

$a >
(military) ‫ مضخة‬pump‫‏‬
5 3b-
‎‫ مضبوط‬correct, right, well- Sie‫‏‬

regulated
wet pl. ‫ماخض‬‎ large, heavy,
)‫(ضبع‬ bulky
VOCABULARY 589
ewe
)‫(ضدد‬ ‫ برطضا‬VIII to be agitated,‫‏‬

troubled, unsettled‫‏‬
‫ داض‬111 to oppose, go‫‏‬
against‫‏‬ ‫ برض‬pl. ed kind, manner‫‏‬
‫ دض‬against, opposite,‫‏‬ ‫ ٌبارضِإ‬pl. Sle strike (mod.)‫‏‬
See
contrary to prep.‫‏‬ ‫ ةيبرض‬pl. ile tax, impost‫‏‬
)‫(ضرر‬ aS115! pl. ore trouble,

9 (2.) to injure, harm agitation (often used in
a-s political sense)
‫ رضا ب‬IV to injure, harm‫‏‬
(44)
‫ رطضإ‬VIII to compel‫‏‬
ore
ar
bye (=) to fart, break wind
‎‫ ضراء‬adversity )‫(ضرع‬
see
‫ ررض‬harm, injury‫‏‬ ‫ عراض‬III to resemble‫‏‬
‫‏‬,aS 5 -60 ‫م‬ & &
‫‏ضرير‬.lp ‫اضرار‬, ‫ أضراء‬blind‫‏‬ (3!) ‎‫ تضرع‬V to beseech
5” ‫و‬
‫ ورضىر‬necessary, essential‫‏‬
(2?)
3 ‫راض‬ds Fe‫‏‬
‫اضبر‬pl.5 ie voracious,‫‏‬
oo harmful, injurious
carnivorous )(beast)‫‏‬
)‫(ضرب‬
52
00-
)ee‫(ضعف‬
3 0-7 S-07
wy )2( U.N. wy, ‫ةبرض‬‎ (a ‎‫( ضعف‬.) to be, become, weak

blow) to beat; strike a coin;
play (a musical aetna ‫ فعاضت‬VI to be doubled‫‏‬
G09
os ‎‫مد‬ eee
tz weakness
‫ برض الثم‬to quote a proverb,‫‏‬
So 5-06
give a parable, example‫‏‬ ‎‫ضعف‬ue kyl double
- ee
‫ براض‬111 to fight; have traffic‫‏‬ Gunsa) ‫ءافعض‬‎ weak

with; compete with‫‏‬
- -0o8 ‎)‫(ضغط‬
‫ برضا نع‬IV to quit, cease‫‏‬
bis )-( to press, squeeze
(work, etc.); to go on strike‫‏‬ ‎65‫> ه‬
(mod.)‫‏‬ ‫ طغض‬pressure, compulsion‫‏‬
)‫(ضفف‬
on
Oke guarantee
5 ‫ال‬
ig pl. iis bank, side, ‫ مضمون‬guaranteed‫‏‬

of a river
‫ل‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب‬
‫ نومضم‬pl. cl — contents (of‫‏‬

a letter)‫‏‬
(She)
ie (=) to err, wander; )‫(ضنن‬
stray from path (relig.) ‫(ْنْض ب‬2) to withhold, keep‫‏‬
ae pl. one strayed, erring ‘back‫‏‬
(d+)
65‫ه‬ > 6 993
)‫(ضهد‬
cle pl. ‫عولض‬‎ rib ‫ كا‬VIII to persecute,‫‏‬
maltreat‫‏‬
)‫(ضمم‬
oo (2.) to collect, gather, (ur)
amalgamate ‫ ىهاض‬III to resemble (a‫‏‬
person or thing)‫‏‬
,‫ )عم‬J!) pail VIL to join‫‏‬
)‫(ضمحل‬ (142)
‫ ءاضا‬IV to light, trans.‫‏‬
‫( للا‬quad.) IV to vanish,‫‏‬ 5 5 - of a
disappear, grow faint, ‫ ضوء‬pl.‫ اضواء ‏‬light‫‏‬
dwindle away
)‫(ضوض‬
(+4) 2 ae I BOre
,‫ ءاضوض ىضوض‬noise, uproar,‫‏‬

5
See pl. ee conscience; clamour‫‏‬

pronoun (ex?)
)‫(ضمن‬ ele (—) to be lost
‫ )ضمن‬-( ‫ مغ‬1‫ ناآعه‬0‫ع‬, guarantee‫‏‬ ‎‫ أضاع‬137 to lose
- ce
‫ نمضن‬V to include, comprise‫‏‬ tag pl. ‫عايض‬‎village
ee (with following gen.) )‫(ضيف‬

within, inside, enclosed ‫ فاضأ‬117 to treat with‫‏‬
(prep.) hospitality‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 591
(‫)ىلإ‬GUI IV to add, join (to)‫‏‬

5 - ‫وأ‬‎ lies
‎‫ طايع‬pl. ‎‫ طوابع‬stamp, seal,
ence pl. 5-6 guest‫‏‬ est
‫ ٌةفاضإ‬addition, annexation,‫‏‬ ‎‫ بريدد‬bq ‎‫ تتلا‬pmats

joining‫‏‬
Ae pl. ol — impression
3 Lol additional, auxiliary bate eg
‫ ةعبطم‬pl.‫عياطم ‏‬printing press‫‏‬

‎)‫(ضتق‬
‫ قياض‬111 to annoy, oppress‫‏‬
)‫(طبق‬
we
‫و‬ ‫ قباط‬111 to agree, conform‫‏‬

‫ قيض‬need, anxiety‫‏‬ with‫‏‬
Sun‫‏‬
26
‫ ضيق‬narrow‫‏‬ ‎‫ طبقا ل‬ni ecnadrocca ,htiw

conformance with
6> 5-06
‎‫ طبق‬pl.‎‫ اطباق‬plate, tray

7)
ae pl. ‫تا‬‎ — grade, layer,
eas medicine (the art of)
stratum, class
roe pl. at physician ab pl. ‫قبا‬‎ele floor, storey
‎)‫(طبخ‬
‎‫ له طبخ‬.nO ‎‫ طبخ‬ot ,kooc oe
‎‫( طحن‬2) on. ‫نحط‬‎ to mill,
trans.
grind (flour)
‫ خيبط‬cooked food‫‏‬
‎ٌ‫م طاحون‬1. ‫ طواحين‬llim
ub a cook
SS -Ores
‫ خبطم‬pl. giles kitchen‫‏‬
(Lt)
‫ ىلع‬me )-2( to happen to,‫‏‬
‫ا‬ befall one suddenly‫‏‬
>
‫ عبط‬-)) vn, del, erie‫‏‬ ‫ ارطا‬IV to praise highly,‫‏‬
print, stamp overwhelm with praise‫‏‬
Pheer poe‫‏‬
tol naturally 45) lb pl. ‫ىراوط‬‎ emergency,
eee pl. ‫ع‬‎‫ يلع‬nature accident, mishap
(224) ‫( لقب‬m. or f.) pl. ab road,‫‏‬

‫ برط‬II to sing, chant, trill‫‏‬ way‫‏‬
aioepl. a3|MN path, manner,
(a)
fashion, method; order
| ‎‫ )—( طرح‬to throw, cast down;
(relig.)
subtract (math.)
‫ حرطم‬pl.‫ حراطم ‏‬place (Syr.‫‏‬
(34)
oP
hs Eg.)‫‏‬
(Sb fresh, tender, moist
‫حير‬
sb pl. me9 prostrate,‫‏‬ )‫(طعم‬
thrown on the ground‫‏‬ ‫ معط‬II to graft; vaccinate‫‏‬
-- 80
‫ معطا‬IV to feed, trans.‫‏‬
(2.5) Soe-
ae (2.) to expel, drive away ‫ معط‬taste, flavour‫‏‬
sub pl.‫ ٌةمعطأ ‏‬food‫‏‬

-o9-
‎3‫ اإستطرد‬X to digress

tet Naat
‫ مطعم‬pl.‫ مطاعم ‏‬restaurant‫‏‬
8
‎‫ اد‬.lp 93ey ,lecrap elab
dt
‎‫ طريد‬expelled, outcast
‫ (—) ىفط‬to go out,‫ عط ‏‬extin-‫‏‬
)‫(طرز‬
S07 guished‫‏‬
‫ زرط‬form, shape, manner,‫‏‬ B- 08
style‫‏‬ Ll IV to extinguish
‫ٌزارط‬pl. pri model, style;‫‏‬ aes VII to be extinguished,

go out
embroidery‫‏‬ --‫وصرن‬
gle a5
a.8 fire brigade (mod.)
)‫(طرش‬ 5 1
‫ اطرش‬f.‫طرشاء ‏‬, pl.‫ طرش ‏‬deaf‫‏‬
(Jib)
Gab pl. JULI child, baby
5 89 GH ‎‫رو‬
‫ طفوليمة‬, ‫ كلمو[له‬childhood‫‏‬
‫ فرط‬pl.‫ فارطأ ‏‬side, end, part‫‏‬
)‫(طقس‬
(G4)‫‏‬ ‫ سقط‬pl. (wii climate,‫‏‬
ae (2-) to strike, knock at weather; rite, liturgy
VOCABULARY 593
)‫(طقم‬ ‫ قلطنإ‬VII to go, depart‫‏‬

wil uniform (dress) Gab free, unfettered‫‏‬
ae
)‫(طلب‬ ‫ قلط ناسللا‬eloquent of‫‏‬

‫) بلط‬2( on. le to seek,‫‏‬ “speech
ask‫‏‬
‎‫ه‬ >> ‫من‬
‫ — ديلانب‬liberal, open-handed‫‏‬
$a >
‫ ةيبلط‬order, demand, request‫‏‬
‫ قلطلا‬Ape the open air‫‏‬
so‫‏‬ = ‫تم و‬ g---‫‏‬
‫‏ طالب‬.lp ‫طلاب‬, ‫طلبة‬ + ‫ طلاق‬divorce‫‏‬
75 Jo's 2 ee‫‏‬ ee
‫ مطلوب‬pl.‫مطاليب ‏‬ demand,‫‏‬ ‫ ةقالط‬fluency, volubility;‫‏‬
requirement‫‏‬ openness‫‏‬
‫ قالطالا‬de, Ge’ absolutely‫‏‬
)‫(طلسم‬ g-o‎‫رو‬
rea pl.‫ طلاسم ‏‬talisman‫‏‬ ‫ قلطم‬absolute, free, unres-‫‏‬

tricted‫‏‬
(db)
ore
(sib)
ab (+) ‫عولط‬‎ to ascend, go g--
up; rise cesun) ‫ ةوالط‬beauty, elegance‫‏‬
)‫(طمر‬
--a
dblVIII to examine (with

pb pl. ih tatters, rags‫‏‬
J)
)‫(طلق‬ i)
Gib II to divorce ‫ (=) عمط‬to covet, desire‫‏‬
‫ قلطأ‬IV to set free, throw,‫‏‬ eb greed, avidity

cast
--08
‎)‫(طمن‬
‫ىلع‬‎ . . . ‫ أطلق‬to use a word ‎‫) إطمان‬.dauq( VI ot leef ,eruces
to mean tranquil, calm oneself
‫ دور‬ce ‫‏‬80
‫ قلطا هحارس‬to set (him) free‫‏‬
“60 6
ٌ‫أطمئنان‬, ‫ طماًنينة‬tranquillity,‫‏‬
iG} ‘ AS ‫قلطأ‬‎ to shoot, © reassurance, feeling of

fire at (with (‫ىلع‬‎ security
5 - ‫وه‬
‫ نئمطم‬tranquil, at ease‫‏‬ ‫ عاطتسإ‬X to be able‫‏‬
)‫(طهر‬ rat obedience‫‏‬
‫) ري‬-2( to be clean, pure‫‏‬ lesb, ‎‫ طاعة‬voluntarily,

- Fr] -
willingly
‎‫ طمهر‬11 to purify, cleanse, cir-
cumcize ‫ ام ةعاطو‬your service‫‏‬
S39 3 (it. hearing and obeying)‫‏‬
‫ طهور‬purity‫‏‬ za--
‫ تطوعا‬voluntarily‫‏‬
ab pure, clean‫‏‬ 6- -
(se)‫‏‬
‫ ةعاطتسإ‬ability, power‫‏‬
16 obedient
Yb (2) to cook
‫ متطوع‬volunteer‫‏‬
abpl. stab cook
5 --0»
‫ مستطاع‬possible‫‏‬
‎)‫(طور‬
5gs V to be developed, )‫(طوف‬
evolve through time, by ‫) فاط‬2( to go round, cir-‫‏‬
stages cumambulate‫‏‬
5 -o8 >
‫و‬
)is pl. ‫راوطا‬‎ stage, time, state ‫ طوااف‬Circumambulation‫‏‬
OF FO (S10S
ceremony (Pilgrimage to‫‏‬
‫ اروط دعب روط‬time after time‫‏‬
Mecca)‫‏‬
2
‎‫ طور‬mountain; Mount Sinai ‫ ٌنافوط‬flood, deluge‫‏‬

ga-- dete
‫ روطت‬pl. ee transition,‫‏‬ ‎‫ طائقة‬party, sect, commun-
development, evolving‫‏‬ ity, denomination
)‫(طوس‬
Sun- ‫و‬‎
‫ فوطم‬Mecca pilgrimage‫‏‬
‫ سوواط‬pl. a‫دوا‏‬ial peacock‫‏‬ guide‫‏‬
)‫(طوع‬ (Gs)
‫ عاطأ‬IV to obey‫‏‬ ‫ قاظأ‬IV to be able,‫ ‏‬bear,
support‫‏‬
‫ عوطت‬V to do voluntarily,‫‏‬ Pe
6-5 ‫ ةقاط‬ability, power; window‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 595
)‫(طول‬
‫) لاط‬2( to be long‫‏‬
5
‎‫ )>( طار‬to fly
- -E
. ‎‫( طالما‬followed by verb) ‫ راطا‬IV to cause to fly‫‏‬

for a long time
5 pa pl. job bird‫‏‬
ab II to make long; take a
long time in (with (‫ق‬‎ ie flying, ., flight of a
bird; aviation (mod.)
‫ لاطأ‬IV to make long,‫‏‬
lengthen, extend‫‏‬ sue portent, evil omen
0
‎‫ مك‬length 5que air ‫ م‬pilot
S-i- $- -
‎‫ طائل‬advantage, benefit ,‫ ةرايط‬stb aeroplane, air-‫‏‬
craft‫‏‬
‫ ةلولط‬pl.‫تا ‏‬ table (Syr.);‫‏‬ art
‎‫ مطار‬aerodrome, airport
the game of backgammon‫‏‬
reilepl. An long, tall (cab)

5
‎‫ طين‬clay, mud, mortar
‎)‫(طوى‬
Sob (=) to fold, fold up
ab 3 herewith, enclosed
)‫(ظبى‬
(eb) ub gazelle
‫ (=) تاط‬to be good, calm‫‏‬ (45)
oneself‫‏‬
‎Fn)
‫ف‬ X to find or consider
ree om ‫اط‬‎ to be cheerful clever or agreeable
507 Gs)
ek II to spice, perfume ‫ فرظ‬pl. 4,94 vessel, recep-‫‏‬
tacle, envelope; circum-‫‏‬
at pl. ont spice, perfume
stance, space of time‫‏‬
Ore
‎‫ اليه‬good adj. ‫ ظرف فنجان‬saucer‫‏‬
SCD pl. ‫تا‬‎ — good thing 2 pl. ‫اقول‬‎ witty person,
37ee blessedness agreeable; pr. n. m.
(4) (4)
‎‫ (=~) ظفر ب‬ot ,reuqnoc -revo ob (2) to think
come rapl. Qyas thought,
56-
‫ رفظ‬success, History‫‏‬ supposition
ps ‎‫راز‬Ul, ‎‫ أظافير‬finger nail, )‫(ظهر‬

claw ; ‫( رهظ‬-) ‫ رويل‬to appear,‫‏‬
(Sis) seem‫‏‬
--206
je (—) to continue, remain are! IV to show
°073 ‫اه‬
‫ لظ لعفي‬to continue to do, act‫‏‬ ‫ رهاظت‬VI to feign, make a‫‏‬
show of, demonstrate‫‏‬
ob shade
5
ie pl. 4gute back (ana-‫‏‬
lis shady
tomical), reverse side
‎)‫(ظلم‬
coe
65‫ه‬ ‫د‬ ‫شه‬ ‫ص‬ ‫كر قي‬
aes} ‎‫; بعد الظهر‬noon -retfa
ib (—) to oppress, wrong, noon
harm ce
-- ‎‫هه‬ ‎‫ ظاهر‬manifest, external
ml IV to be, become, dark
‎65‫ه‬ ‫د‬
pars pl. ‫ره‬‎Us, appearance
‫ ملظ‬oppression, ill-treatment‫‏‬ s-- -9
oeH ‫‏‬d $-.0 ‫د‬
‫ ةرهاظم‬demonstration (politi-‫‏‬
Pag 0 n, darkness‫‏‬
g--- cal, etc.)‫‏‬
‫ملاظ‬pl. dy —,— 414 oppresser‫‏‬
ws dark, adj.
(Le)
‫م‬
ie oppressed; having a‫‏‬ 5 ‫ه‬ -‫ه‬
ee pl. ols burden, load
(
grievance (mod.)‫‏‬
cigars ale
‎‫ )—( ظمى‬to be thirsty camel-hair cloak of Bedouin
iop thirst )‫(عبث‬

KC ndSEG
ont: OLS thirsty ‫ اثبع‬to no purpose, in vain‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 597
Zo 3 -o
7
‫( دبع‬2) vn. sole to worship‫‏‬
‎‫عبرى‬, ‫ عريالى‬werbeH
go
‎‫ عبارة‬expression, style, dic-
‫ دبع‬II to build, construct a‫‏‬ tion
road‫‏‬ ere
agate i ‫ةرابغ‬‎ ‫ اذه‬that means
--0-0
‫ ديعتسا‬X to enslave‫‏‬
cae ree ‫نم‬‎1pie
‫ابتعا‬‎effective from
‫ ةدابع‬religious service, wor-‫‏‬ ice 1 "effect from ...
ship (mod.)
iy‫د‬‎‫دوبع‬bondage, slavery peat ‎‫ عابر‬wayfarer

s0- 0 -‫دو‬‎
‫ دبع‬pl. nie‫ هللا ‏‬4c servant,‫‏‬
‎)‫(عبس‬
slave; Abdullah, Abdullahi, oe (~) to frown
pr. n. m.
5‫م‬
> ‫ سابع‬Abbas, pr. n. m. (lit.‫‏‬
‫ دبع‬pl. Ws worshipper‫‏‬ lion)‫‏‬
g--- SH)‫‏‬
dye pl. av: ,‫ةدبع‬‎ ‫دابع‬ ‫ سابعلا‬5 the Abbasids‫‏‬
worshipper
‫ت وجو‬2 (o£)
An pl. ‫ياعم‬‎temple, place of
‎‫ عبى‬11 to fill
worship | 2607
‫ اشيح‬pas to mobilise army‫‏‬
)‫(عبر‬
)‫(عتب‬
oor
‫) ربع‬2( o.n.‫ زوبع ‏‬to pass,‫‏‬

cross, cross over‫‏‬ ‫ بتاع‬III to blame, censure,‫‏‬
reproach, SONS‫‏‬
(oe) “~ II to explain, ake
express dss pl. ‫تا‬‎ — threshold

--"0
‎‫ اعتس‬VIII to consider, es-
teem, reckon
‎)‫(عتق‬
-o ‫ قتعا‬IV to free, emancipate‫‏‬
‎‫ عبر‬over, across (on the other
side) ‫اعقت‬pl.‫اوعقت ‏‬shoulder‫‏‬
Bite
one pl. ‫تا‬‎ 20 Gas pl. Ge old, antiquated‫‏‬

(J) ne pl. se old (woman)
dus porter ‎0 ‫ معجزة‬pl. | — miracle
)‫(عم‬ (J#) ;
‫ (=) مع‬to become dark‫‏‬ At: (=): ‫نم‬‎ X to hurry,
ics darkness‫‏‬ hasten, be quick
g-- g---
)‫(عثر‬ Af, af haste, hurry

‫) رثع ىلع‬2( to stumble (upon)‫‏‬ SE pl. Sy calf
g---
(©) 4l£ cart-wheel; bicycle

Slits Othman, Uthman, ghee )
6
Pr. n. m.
“02
dei (see JZ)
gui Ottoman, 2. and adj.
Sale soon, quickly
ais‫امثعلا‬‎ the Ottoman Turks 2 e of = 2
‫ الجاع ما الجا‬sooner or later‫‏‬
‎)‫(جب‬ (c=)
‎‫ )_( جب‬to wonder ol, ‫مجعلا‬‎ ‫ دالب‬name given
--0€ -
‎‫ احب ب‬VI ot ,erimda eb ‫ يك‬Persia by Arabs‫‏‬

>‫ه‬
pleased with ‫ م‬foreign, non-Arab,‫‏‬
() = V to wonder, be Persian; obscure in language‫‏‬
surprised (at) ee,
oor
oe wonderful, strange ‫) نحم‬2( to knead‫‏‬
ine pl. isle a wonder (Sos)

‫دع‬ )2( to number, count,‫‏‬
‎)‫(عبز‬ regard‫‏‬
(ce) 5£ )2( to be unable
sic II to keen, recount the
(to), helpless praises of the dead
jel helpless, unable, a-é
‫دعا‬ IV to prepare, make‫‏‬
impotent ready‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 509
‫ ددعت‬V to‫‏‬ ‫ عط‬multiplied,‫‏‬ dole just, upright, 2. and adj.

numerous‫‏‬ 5 ‫ردت‬
‫ معدل‬average‫‏‬
Jil X to be ready, prepare “03
oneself Jains temperate, moderate

E--
‫‏ عدد‬.lp ‫ أعداد‬number, ‫‏‬.2 )‫(عدم‬

sie pl. Sas a number,‫‏‬ ‫ (_) مدع‬to lack, want, cease‫‏‬
several to exist‫‏‬
--o&
‫ مدعا‬IV to deprive of, anni-‫‏‬

‎‫ا ا‬ ‫ ع‬eG
‫ تعداد‬enumeration‫‏‬
Sy 2 ‫ةرسه‬‎ 9 hilate, execute‫‏‬
‎‫ استعداد‬preparedness, readi-
‫ مدع‬lack of, non-existence‫‏‬
ness, ability, aptitude
5 ae Swu--3 pas lacking, adj.‫‏‬
Ais, sie numerous
lias
3 iim»
(sing. jas) equipment
)‫(عدن‬
ZB ‫هو‬‎ ‫ عدن‬Aden‫‏‬
‫ دعتسم‬ready, prepared (of a‫‏‬
‫ تانج ندع‬Paradise, Garden‫‏‬
person)
* of Eden‫‏‬
6
)‫(عدس‬ --
‫ ندعم‬pl. Galas mineral,‫‏‬
‫عدس‬ 5 metal, mine‫‏‬
(Jae) )‫(عدو‬
das (~) to act justly ‫) ادع‬.2( to run; infect‫‏‬
> G-
‫ لدع‬II to modify, adjust,‫‏‬ ‫ ىداع‬111 to treat as an enemy‫‏‬

straighten, make equal‫‏‬
earl IV to infect (with a
‫ لداع‬III to be equivalent to‫‏‬ disease)
‫ لدتعا‬VIII to be straight,‫‏‬ ‫ ىدتعإ ىلع‬VIII to be hostile‫‏‬
moderate‫‏‬ towards
S- -- ‫مو‬ ‫ده‬
‫ لدغ‬Vac justice‫‏‬ ‎5‫ لاما علاوة‬ytimne
daze! moderation, equality, ‫ ادع‬La‫ ادع نع ‏‬save, except,‫‏‬

equinox beside‫‏‬
Zo- 5 -06 - acer - -0-06
‫ عدو‬pl.‫ اعداء ‏‬enemy‫‏‬ ‫ برعت‬V,‫ برعتسا ‏‬X to become‫‏‬

an Arab, adopt customs,‫‏‬
Sonu‫‏‬ etc. of the Arabs‫‏‬
Gas II to torment, torture, 33 oe oor
make suffer ‫ ىبرع‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ ٌبرع‬pl. pl.‫أغرابٌ ‏‬

- g--
Arab, Arabic‫‏‬
as V to suffer, be pun- 3 -
ished ‫ ارعاىبا‬desert Arab, Bedouin‫‏‬
--
lie punishment, torment

97" 0°008 3-6
ak hei) the pure Arabs

5- 29
‎‫عدودبه‬ sweetness, agreeable- neeSs Arabicizing, rendering
ness
‫و‬ ‫نم‬
into Arabic
‫ بذع‬sweet (water)‫‏‬ $: “6 1
‎‫ بوه إعراب‬gnisrap
)‫(عذر‬ s---
ore ‫ ةبرع‬pl. ipo cart, carriage,‫‏‬
‫ (=) رذع‬to excuse‫‏‬ cab; motor car (Egypt and‫‏‬
Sudan)
- g-- eee
poet V, jase! IV to apolo-

gise; be effaced 1‎‫ عرو‬quality or state of being
o-- -G--
an Arab; ““Arabdom’’,
‫ ردعتىلع‬V to be impossible‫‏‬
Arabism sss:)
ps pl. jlael excuse, apology, 5 23607
plea Ose pl.Gale pledge,

-9- - se
earnest ~
‫ دارا‬pl.‫ عذارى ‏‬virgin‫‏‬
aay declinable (word)
(4c)
)‫(عرج‬
‫ قدع‬pl. 0 palm tree‫‏‬ ‫و‬ “80 6-3
‫ جرعا‬f.‫ ءاجرع ‏‬pl. a lame‫‏‬
)‫(عرب‬
)‫(عرس‬
‫ برع‬II to Arabize (of a‫‏‬
foreign word), translate,‫‏‬ aye pl. os ‫ارع‬‎ bride
render, into Arabic‫‏‬
- -0f
9 Ag pl. ee bridegroom
‫ برعا‬IV to express clearly,‫‏‬
parse, speak a good Arabic‫‏‬ ‎)‫(عرش‬
0
style‫‏‬ ‫ عرش‬pl.‫ عروش ‏‬throne‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 601
95 ‫> ود‬
)‫(عرض‬ ‫ ضورعم‬petition, offered, pre-‫‏‬

sented‫‏‬
‫( ضرع‬-) to offer, present,‫‏‬ §-- -3
happen to, befall, expose‫‏‬ 42)le. opposition

‫ ضرع‬II to widen; expose to‫‏‬ (4)
(with 3)‫‏‬ ‫ (—) فرع‬toknow, get to know‫‏‬
‫ ضراع‬III to oppose, contra-‫‏‬ ‫ فرع‬II to inform, make‫‏‬

dict‫‏‬ known, introduce (one per-‫‏‬
son to another)
‫ لضرعت‬V to interfere in‫‏‬
- ‫وعم‬ ‎‫ تعارف‬VI to know each other
Srb el VIII to review (army, oor
‫ بر‬er) VIII to acknow-‫‏‬

troop, etc.); (with de) to
ledge, admit, confess
oppose, object to
S69
‎‫ عرف‬acknowledgment; com-
‫ع‬‎ breadth, width;
‎‫ عرض‬pl. es 5s mon language, custom
exhibition, review; submis- ‫وه‬
sion, presentation ‫ ىف قرع‬in my opinion‫‏‬

- 20a‫‏‬
‫م ضرعلا‬
53 Day of Judgment‫‏‬ ‫ معرفة‬pl.‫ معارف ‏‬knowledge,‫‏‬
acquaintance
‫ ٍلاحضرع‬pl. ol —~ (mod.)‫‏‬ 5 ‫>همر‬
“petition *‫‏‬ ‫ فورعم‬favour, good deed (lit.‫‏‬

5 6 known)‫‏‬
‫ ضرع‬honour, good repute‫‏‬
)‫(عرق‬
aA by chance, accidentally‫‏‬
‫( قرع‬-) to sweat, perspire‫‏‬
‫ راع‬pl.‫ اوع| ص ‏‬accident‫‏‬
g--
‫عرق‬ 9
gas
‎‫ عر‬pl. we
es wide, broad ‎‫ عرق‬arak, distilled spirit
ae raisins, etc.)
2 ‎‫ عر‬petition 3) ‫دد‬
i pl. ‫قورع‬‎ vein, artery, root

we)
aS pl. ae exhibition,
-
Gs‎‫ عر‬noble, rooted

exposition; topics of con-
versation (in pl.) aie Iraq
)‫(عرقل‬
--e--
)‫(عزل‬‫مه‬
‫( لقرعت‬quad.) 11 to be con-‫‏‬ ‫( لزع‬-) to remove, set apart,‫‏‬

fused, entangled, compli- discharge, depose (from‫‏‬
cated office); insulate (mod.)‫‏‬
‎‫ عراقيل‬,seitluciffid -acilpmoc ‫ لزتعإ‬VIII to retire from,‫‏‬
tions abdicate, isolate oneself‫‏‬
dj insulator (mod.)
‎)‫(عرك‬
‫سد سمه‬ S$ -609
‫ كراع‬III to fight‫‏‬ ‫لزتعم‬ Mutazilite, seceder‫‏‬
‫ ةكرفم‬pl.‫ كراع ‏‬battle‫‏‬ (in Islam), dissenter
)‫(عرى‬ )‫(عزم‬
‫ راع‬pl. ale naked, free‫‏‬ ‎re
‫ ) =( عزه‬to invite; make a
spell, recite charms
" (from)‫‏‬ ‫عدا سمس‬ eee‫‏‬
5 -‫ره‬ ‫ مزع ىلع‬to determine upon,‫‏‬

‫ نايرع‬pl. ics‫‏‬
‫ تت‬naked‫‏‬ resolve to do‫‏‬
)‫(عزز‬
5 Oo-
‎‫ عزم‬resolution, purpose
ae
‫ (—) رع‬to be mighty, noble,‫‏‬ ej firm, resolute, deter-
goa‫‏‬
‫عدن‬ mined
‫ لجو‬Se (a) God, exalted‫‏‬ ee
and magnified (be his name)!‫‏‬ 40356 invitation
Be power, might‫‏‬ (65°)

‫ ىزع‬II to comfort‫‏‬
‫ عزي‬dear, powerful‫‏‬
)‫(عسر‬
)‫(عزب‬
Shel pi eye pl. ‫بزرع‬‎ 1111-
(Je)‎‫( عسر‬2) to be difficult
(for)
married, celibate
oe II to make difficult
(35)
rs‫يو‬‎
(‫ (>) فزع )ىلع‬to play upon a‫‏‬
musical instrument‫‏‬ ae difficult
VOCABULARY 603
G-- ‎‫وعم‬
)‫(عسكر‬ ‫ ةرشاعم‬social intercourse‫‏‬

9-00 2 ae
‎‫ عسكر‬pl. Sls army, troops, ( ‎‫(ع نل‬
soldiery ~
Sue ok ‎‫( عشق‬-) ot ,evol evah
CSRue soldier, military
passion for
Sa ee
‫ دركسعهي‬military service, the‫‏‬

506 1
‎‫ عمق‬love, passion
military‫‏‬ s- 5 ae
SAU 2
gale pl. ‫قاشع‬‎ lover
pl. She army camp 5 1 ‫نم‬‎
‫ قوشعم‬beloved one‫‏‬
(=)
)‫(عشو‬
Nis honey
ii V to sup, eat in the
)‫(عسى‬ evening
ee
‫ ىسع‬it may be, perhaps‫‏‬ ecg evening meal (time)
( 000 3
‫ عشية‬pl.‫ عشايا ‏‬evening‫‏‬

‫ شع‬pl.‫ شاّشع ‏‬nest (of bird)‫(عصب) ‏‬
)‫(عشب‬ ae5 pl.‫ تاما ‏‬nerve, sinew‫‏‬
> ‫ه‬6
‫ نع‬pl. oles! green herb,‫‏‬

eae nervous, sinewy
grass, pasturage, herbiage‫‏‬
(4)
85‫ه‬ ‫د‬
‫ ةبصع‬pl.‫ قطع ‏‬troop, band,‫‏‬

group‫‏‬
‫ رشاع‬111 to associate with,‫‏‬ BS a-- CTE oles
‫بصعُت‬ a obstinacy,‫‏‬
be in company with‫‏‬
‫و‬ - ‫ه‬6 fanaticism, extremism,
‫ رع‬.‫ راشعأ ما‬tenth, tithe‫‏‬ bigotry (in religion, politics,
‫مداه‬
‫ ةرشع‬ff. ae ten‫‏‬ etc.)

5 wr--s
- 30
‫ عشرون‬twenty‫‏‬ ‫بضعتم‬ fanatical, fanatic,‫‏‬

-
extremist
‫ رشاع‬tenth (ordinal)‫‏‬
)‫(عصر‬
7‫أر‬pale 10th day of Muharram‫‏‬ ere
‫ رصاع‬111 to be contemporary‫‏‬
aie pl. jlis tribe, kinsfolk‫‏‬ with‫‏‬
- Sito
yes pl. ‫روصع‬‎ time, age, Ae (2.) to aid, assist

epoch, afternoon
‫ن‬ -‫و‬
‫ن‬-‫ص‬-
‫ تافل‬co-operation‫‏‬
‫ ةالص رصعلا‬afternoon prayer‫‏‬
(H+)
(Muslim)‫‏‬
5 oe.
iLas pl. ‫تا‬‎ = Mee muscle
pea COntEAROIESS
(s25)
irre Spor! is) ‫رصاعم‬‎ place wae pl. elas! member, limb
where one presses fruit
(5)
(Hae) ‎‫ عطر‬II to scent, perfume
‫ هلع‬pl. Gy‫ عو‏‬hurricane,‫‏‬
jhe pl. ‫راطعأ‬‎ perfume, scent
storm, tempest‫‏‬
‎‫ عاط‬sweet-smelling
(Aas) 5 a7
‫دهده‬ ‫ عطار‬grocer‫‏‬
‫ عصفور‬pl.‫ عصافير ‏‬sparrow,‫‏‬
small bird‫‏‬ )‫(عطس‬
‫) سطع‬.2( to sneeze‫‏‬
(ere®)
‫ ةمصاع‬pl. pels‫‏‬
‫ اوع‬capital city‫‏‬ (Uke)‫‏‬
Olike pl. ihe, ‫ىشاطع‬‎
pane pl.‫ مصاعم ‏‬wrist‫‏‬ thirsty
)‫(عصى‬ ‫ عاطش‬thirsty‫‏‬
ies (—) to rebel
(tbe)‫‏‬
‫ اصع‬pligas stick, cane‫‏‬ ‫ (—) فطع ةملك‬to join one‫‏‬
ote disobedience‫‏‬ word to another by a con-
junction
‫صاع‬pl. Fees rebel, rebellious‫‏‬
‫ ىلع‬ihe to be kind to, have‫‏‬
)‫(عضض‬ feeling, or pity, for‫‏‬
uae (2.) to bite ‫قنلظتعت‬١VII to be bent, inclined‫‏‬
(ree)
$-0-
dike lane, side street, turning

VOCABULARY 605
‎‫ عاطفة‬pl. ‎‫نواطف‬ ,ssendnik ‎)‫(عفر‬

pity, feeling, emotion ge dust
(Jee) (‫)ترفع‬‎
jae (2-) to be idle, workless, ‫تي‬jiepl.‫ )تي ‏‬licdemon, devil‫‏‬
spoiled; to be devoid of
(with (‫نع‬‎ )‫(عفش‬
So-‫‏‬
‫ لطع‬II to delay, hinder‫‏‬ ‫ شنع‬luggage, baggage (mod.‫‏‬

S- 09
Eg. and Syr.)‫‏‬
dike vacant time, holiday
ow )‫(عفن‬
bk idle, void, devoid
-
‫و‬-َ
9
‫ نفع‬decayed, rotten‫‏‬
jes, unemployed
)‫(عفو‬
(she) (‫ )نع‬lis )2( to pardon,‫‏‬
> ‎‫ه‬
el IV (with accus. of forgive‫‏‬
person and thing) to give
gle III to restore to health‫‏‬
‫ ىطاعت‬VI to engage in (busi-‫‏‬
(oe)‫ ىفعأ ‏‬IV to exempt,‫‏‬
ness, commerce)‫‏‬
excuse
‫ ئظعتسا‬X to beg‫‏‬ 56>
‫ وفع‬pardon, amnesty‫‏‬
‫ ءاطع‬pl.‫ تاءاطع ‏‬gift; offer,‫‏‬
tender‫‏‬ ik pl. ‫ايف‬‎,‫ فاوعاع‬good
health
)‫(عظم‬
‫ عظم‬pl.‫ عظام ‏‬bone‫‏‬ )‫(عقب‬
‫و‬
> > >
‫اك‬ II to follow on behind‫‏‬
‫عظمة‬ 9
2 Se ecto ane‫‏‬ ‫ بقاع‬111 to punish‫‏‬
‫ مظع‬pl. plas,‫ ءامظع ‏‬great,‫‏‬
cis pl.‫ ٌباقعأ ‏‬heel of foot‫‏‬
excellent‫‏‬
5
%35) ‫ ةبقع‬pl.‫ فاقع ‏‬mountain road‫‏‬

aé‫‏‬
iis pl.‫ءافعأ ‏‬virtuous,‫‏‬ or pass, obstacle
chaste hae difficulty, obstacle

6 - G-- ‫مو‬‎ $a- ‎‫و‬ 46

,‫ باقع‬45l.. punishment‫‏‬ ‎‫ عقار‬pl. ‎‫ عقاقير‬drug, aromatic
lie pl. Otic eagle ‫) عاقر‬.f( ‫‏‬.lp‫ عوااقر‬barren‫‏‬
3‫دوقع‬‎ penalty, eae (woman), unfruitful (land)‫‏‬
)‫(عقرب‬
g- -
‫ ةبقاع‬pl. nani‫‏‬
‫ةاوع‬end, result‫‏‬
ne Oe
ETS pl. ‫براقع‬‎scorpion, hand
‫يعقوب‬ 0
of clock
(CL),‫‏‬
dic (—) to tie, knot, bind,
(Jae)
conclude, ratify; summon ‫) لقع‬.2( to bind, tie‫‏‬
eee
‫ دقاع‬III to make a contract‫‏‬ ‫ لقتعا‬VIII to restrain, intern;‫‏‬

with, enter into a compact‫‏‬ confine (as a prisoner)
with‫‏‬
jie pl. i‫أوقع‬‎intelligence, in-
Sass VII to be convened, tellect, sense
gather (a meeting)
Stee! interment
die VIII to believe, have a
belief Gis pl. (jie rope, cord (of
65>
‫ه‬
‫ دقع‬.‫ مآ‬3‫ وقع‬binding, contract;‫‏‬ bedouin headcloth), tether
knot; decade‫‏‬ ‎ٌ‫ عاقل‬pl. ‎‫ عقلاء‬intelligent
56 33
Ra Sas
‫‏ععقد‬.lp 3‫ عقو‬necklace‫‏‬ pi pl. ‫لاقع‬‎ an initiate
oa pl. die knot, joint; (among the Druzes)
dilemma
‫ه‬
> - dX --
‎‫ عقيلة‬pl. ol, Mus lady,
‫ ةديقع‬pl.‫ دئاقع ‏‬article of‫‏‬ wife
faith, belief‫‏‬ 3 0= 2 cas
‫ معقل‬pl.‫ معاقل ‏‬stronghold,‫‏‬

Jace contractor fortress‫‏‬
)‫(عقر‬
ae
ites pl. of —
_ place of inter-
‫ راقع‬pl.‫ —تا ‏‬real estate,‫‏‬ ment, concentration camp
G ‎‫وو‬
>
landed property‫‏‬ ‫ لوقعم‬intelligible, reasonable‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 607
5 )-(
G-- -
‫علاج‬, 0 treatment,‫‏‬
to sterilise, disin- remedy

fect, render barren
2 (ie)
‫ مقع‬sterile, barren, futile‫‏‬ wile (—) to feed (a beast)
)‫(عكر‬
g--
‫علف‬
‫ ركع‬II,‫ ركعأ ‏‬IV to make tur-‫‏‬
cies pl. eyes manger
bid, muddle, confuse
)‫(عكس‬ (ale)
‫ قلع‬II to hang (up), attach,‫‏‬
‫( سكع‬-) to reverse, invert‫‏‬
wo e- dnepsus ,no( ‫‏‬ot ‫ب‬, ‫(على‬
‫ سكاع‬III to oppose, contra-‫‏‬ -ac-
dict‫‏‬ ‫قلع ى‬ II to note down,‫‏‬
sail VII to reflect, be in- comment on

verted ‫ قلعت ب‬V to be attached to,‫‏‬
5o- S- oe
urs pl. ‫سئكعا‬‎ the opposite appertain to, hang from,‫‏‬
or contrary of anything depend on‫‏‬
‫هة‬ ‫هود‬
‫ سكعلاب‬on the contrary‫‏‬ ‫‏علاقة‬.lp ‫ علائق =اث‬connec-‫‏‬
(J+)‫‏‬ tion, relation, “attachment,‫‏‬
liaison‫‏‬
Je(see Jw) 4
ss news commentary
ae pl. die weakness, sick-
(mod.)
ness, disease; cause, reason 2
jue sick, weak, diseased, ill
clad possessions,
properties
(te)
GS-09
‫ معلقة‬pl.‫( معالق ‏‬for‫ ملعقة ‏‬which‫‏‬
‫ ةبلع‬pl. cls small box‫‏‬
see) spoon‫‏‬
)ore
‫ تاقلعملا‬the MuC“allaqat‫‏‬
‫ جلاع‬III to treat (an ill per-‫‏‬ (famous pre-Islamic odes‫‏‬
son), treat of (an affair),‫‏‬ suspended in the Ka‘ba in
work at, exercise skill at‫‏‬ Mecca)
--o8
Gla news commentator ‎‫ اعلن‬IV to publish, advertise,
inform, declare
(mod.)
Ge, ‎ٌ‫ علانية‬publicly, openly
(cle) See
ocr
ee public, open
‫) كلع‬+( to chew‫‏‬
6-06 5 5
Ors! pl. ‫تا‬‎ ٠ advertisement,

)‫(علم‬ announcement
‫ (—)ملع‬to know, get to know‫‏‬
(s+)
‫ ملع‬II to teach‫‏‬ ‫) الع‬2( to rise, be or become‫‏‬
--08 high‫‏‬
‎‫ اعلم‬IV to inform (doubly
or trebly transitive) estes VI to be exalted
"acc
‎‫ تعلم‬V to learn bieheight

ae ‫إن‬
‫ ملعتسا‬X to ask for informa-‫‏‬ ‫ ىلع‬5s in addition to‫‏‬
tion‫‏‬
ueAli (pr. n. m.)
alepl. ‫م‬‎
‫ ولع‬knowledge,
‫ عال‬high‫‏‬
science
9 6> 5 1 cae tee
4 7 es pl. dtl higher,
abs pl. ‫تاج‬‎ ‫ ميلاعت‬educa-
highest, nobler; upper part
tion, instruction
‫ ىلع‬on, upon, against‫‏‬
‫ملاع‬pl.‫ ‏‬3‫اعول‬world, universe‫‏‬ B oe‫‏‬
‫ ىلع نا‬provided that; with‫‏‬

‫ ملاع‬pl. else wise, learned‫‏‬ the intention of‫‏‬
man
Su- ‎‫ر‬
os 0 ‫ىلع‬‎ through, by, at
‫ معلم‬teacher‫‏‬ the hands of
Sur--s
‫ ملعتم‬educated, educated‫‏‬ (Osle)

S$ -03 5 ‫هو‬-‎
‫( ناولع‬see also‫(عتوان ‏‬
-
person
‎)‫(عان‬
address, title‫‏‬
)‫(عمم‬
‎‫ (—) علن‬ot eb ,nepo ,tsefinam ‫) مع‬.2( to be universal, wide-‫‏‬
public spread‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 609
3- 5-33 5 *‫ة‬-‎ ‫ود‬ - 5

‎‫ عم‬pl. ‎‫عمومة‬, ‫ اعمام‬lanretap ‎‫ عمارة‬.lp lo —
;= elp ,ecifide
uncle
building fleet
5 ‎‫رو‬
‎8‫ م‬70 )eht( cilbup ‫ رماع‬inhabited, flourishing‫‏‬

‎‫ما‬saP ea yllareneg 5 "69
3 3
Ol, prosperity of a land,
‫ماع وعىم‬public, general, adj.‫‏‬ civilisation
-0 $ - Sa -0
0 Sy lanepl.4)) ‫امعم‬‎ 9
‫ اع‬pl.‫ ماوع ‏‬the generality,‫‏‬
the masses‫‏‬ 5
Jake,» inhabited
aisle Fj colloquial language KAS O=
‎‫ المعمورة‬the world
eS) $--0-
‫ مستعمرة‬colony‫‏‬
‫وهو‬
‫ دمع‬II to baptise‫‏‬
‫عاسم‬ ere‫‏‬ (o-*)‫‏‬
‫ دمتعا ىلع‬VIII to depend‫‏‬ 79 80
u-#l weak-sighted, half‫‏‬
upon, 5 on‫‏‬
5
blind‫‏‬
‫ دومع‬pl.‫ ةدمغأ ‏‬column, pillar‫‏‬
‫إن‬
(J)‫‏‬
‫ دامتعإ‬trust, confidence;‫‏‬ 5 ‫وه‬
‫ عمق‬pl.‫ اعاق ‏‬depth‫‏‬
5 > ‫َه‬
credit (commercial)‫‏‬
Get pl.‫ عمق ‏‬deep‫‏‬
)‫(عمر‬
‫( رمع‬-) to live long‫‏‬ (J#)‫‏‬
‫ (—) لع‬to do, make, work‫‏‬
= (2) to inhabit, be
er ‎‫اس‬
inhabited (by ~) ‫ لماع‬111 to treat, act towards,‫‏‬
deal with‫‏‬
ae II to build, construct
dee! X to use
‫رمخأ‬IV to develop (acountry,‫‏‬
etc.)‫‏‬ Avs pl. Suet action, deed,
work
‫ رمش‬X to colonize‫‏‬
ie cattency, money
we pl. ‫ر‬‎
‫امعأ‬life, 286
ule pl. Ste worker,
‫‘ رمع‬Umar, Omar (pr. n. m.)‫‏‬
labourer; provincial gover-
‫‘ ورمع‬Amr (pr. 2. m.)‫‏‬ nor (antiq.)
(He)
Le Se
jee pl. ‫ءالمع‬‎ agent, repre-

sentative (comm.) 5‫ده‬
‫صورت‬ 9
‫ فنع‬harshness, severity‫‏‬
‫ب لامعلا‬oa the Labour Party‫‏‬ ‫‏‬G- ‫وض‬ 903
‫ ناوفنع بابيشلا‬prime of youth‫‏‬
“(mod.) ~‫‏‬ ‫ا‬
G-- -93
‫ فينع‬harsh, severe‫‏‬
‫ ةلماعم‬treatment, dealings‫‏‬
towards (in pl. business)‫‏‬ (#)
(A) ‎‫ عانق‬111 to embrace
Al f.cl# pl. ‫ىمح‬‎ blind

or ee
‫ قئناعت‬VI to embrace one‫‏‬

another‫‏‬
(oF)
Gs pl. aed neck
‫ نع‬from, away from, about,‫‏‬
concerning‫‏‬ (Ate)
(<—~*) ‫ دوقنع‬pl.‫ ديقانع ‏‬bunch of‫‏‬
5 >
grapes ~‫‏‬
‫ بلع‬pl.‫ بانعا ‏‬grape, vine‫‏‬
)‫(عند‬ (Ke)
25 ‫عه‬
‫ عنكبوت‬pl.‫ عناكب ‏‬spider‫‏‬

‫ دنع‬with, by, at, in posses-‫‏‬
sion of (to have) )‫(عنون‬
pe
Oss to address a letter
‫دنع ذئ‬then, at that time‫‏‬
se 5 ‫هو‬-‎
Ss ‫ ناونع‬pl.‫وانعني ‏‬title, address‫‏‬
‫ٌدينع‬pl. due stubborn,‫‏‬
obstinate‫‏‬ (s*)‫‏‬
ore,
‫) ىع‬7( to mean, intend,‫‏‬

)‫(عندلب‬ concern
2
‫وم‬
‫ بيلدنع‬pl. date nightingale‫‏‬

‎‫ يعنى‬that is to say, that
)‫(عنز‬ means, 1.é.
3 pen she-goat ‎‫ عالى‬111 to suffer, sustain
‎)‫(عنصر‬ AS.
‎‫ اعتتى ب‬IIIV ot ,eganam ekat

5 ‎‫رهد‬
‫ عنصر‬pl.‫ عناصر ‏‬element,‫‏‬ “care of, pay attention to

origin, race ole toil, difficulty, trouble
VOCABULARY 611
moe -G-
‎‫ اعتناء وعناية‬,erac ,eduticilos ‫ ديع‬II to feast, keep a feast‫‏‬

anxiety (day)‫‏‬
20- 2
ise pl. hr meaning, sense sl IV to restore, repeat
(<2) ‎‫ تعود‬V, ‎‫ إعتاد‬VIII to be
-ag--
Gans
‫ قونعم‬aan mental, heist‫‏‬
accustomed (to)
(44°) Sirs 2
‎‫ عود‬pl. ‎‫ عيدان‬lute, stick

Ags (—) to fulfil (a promise)
‫ ةدايع‬surgery, doctor’s out-‫‏‬
(J!) ‎‫ عهد‬to impose a condi- patients’ department‫‏‬
tion; enjoin; know; enter an
‫ دع‬pl.‫ ذايعأ ‏‬festival, feast‫‏‬
agreement with
ore day‫‏‬
4sle 111 to make a covenant G-- ‫كر‬
‫ ةداع‬pl. os‫‏‬ , ‫ عوائد‬custom,‫‏‬
or Seen (with anyone)
habit‫‏‬
8 - © -0: 8-09 :
‫ بز‬ve V_ to contract,‫‏‬
Gale, ,‫ىدايتعا‬‎ ‫ داتعم‬habitual,
undertake, agree, pledge; customary
look after, take care of ign bas CAA hed 1
oo ee ‎‫ عائدة‬pl. ‎‫ عوائد‬benefit, avail,
4s ‎‫ تعا‬VI to contract together,
use, return
make mutual agreement
ro.
Age pl. 5Wr covenant,

‫و‬‎
(326)
agreement; time, epoch ‫) ذاع ب‬2( to seek, take‫‏‬
refuge in, with‫‏‬
Aes 3s heir apparent Pat ject g- ‎‫ددم‬
Tale ‎2‫و‬ dle, ‎‫ معاذة‬asylum, refuge

‫ ةدهاعم‬agreement, treaty‫‏‬
G-o- al ‫ذاعم‬‎ God forbid!
‫ معهد‬pl.‫ معاهد‏‬institute‫‏‬
)‫(عور‬
)‫(عوج‬ ‫ راعأ‬17 to lend‫‏‬
cel f. ala‫‏‬
‫ عو‬pl.‫ عوج‏‬crooked‫‏‬ - --9
te X to borrow; use an
)‫(عود‬ expression metaphorically
S6-- 6
‫) داع‬2( to return, to do again‫‏‬ ‫ ةراعتسا‬borrowing, metaphor‫‏‬

‫دوت‬ $2 5 = 3 >
‫أعور‬f.‫‏‬
‫ عوراء‬pl.‫ عور ‏‬one-eyed‫‏‬ ele‫رك‬‎ ‫ا تا‬ ‫ ماوعا‬year
‫ راعتسم‬borrowed, meta-‫‏‬ ‎‫( عامئذ‬in) that year

phorical‫‏‬
(O54)
)‫(عوز‬ se III, Stet TV to help
jl (2) to need, want, lack er ee
oe ‫ نواعت‬VI to give mutual aid,‫‏‬

‫ زئاع‬needy, wanting‫‏‬ co-operate‫‏‬
- of
‫ ناعتسا‬X to ask help of‫‏‬

$ ‫وده‬
jg destitute, bereaved
‫نو‬ ‫ مر‬ae eee 4 :‫‏‬
,‫ نوع‬,‫ ةناعإ ةنوعم‬aid, assis-‫‏‬
)‫(عوض‬
tance‫‏‬
‫ ضوع‬11 to give in exchange,‫‏‬ So- 5-0 : :
compensate‫‏‬ ‎‫ عون‬pl. ‎‫ اعوان‬aider, assister,

8 >68
helper
ee pl. ol‫اوعا‬‎ exchange, Gs--
‫ نواعت‬mutual assistance, co-‫‏‬

epee: instead (of) operation
5
3 ‎‫ عن‬lose instead of castes assistant
35 om
‫تعويض‬ 0 )‫(عوه‬
)‫(عوق‬ dale bane, pest, blight
‫ قرع‬ll to 016 delae‫‏‬ ‎)‫(عيب‬ ‫و‬
‫كيلا باع‬to be faulty‫‏‬

)‫(عول‬
‫) لاع‬.2( to support, nourish‫‏‬ ‫ بيع‬pl. ee blemish, fault,‫‏‬
shame‫‏‬
‫ لاعأ‬IV to sustain a family‫‏‬
(+)
‫ ةلئاع‬family‫‏‬ je disgrace, shame
ae
‎‫ عو‬wailing, lamenting ‎‫ عار‬standard, measure
‎‫ معول‬pl. dates pickaxe ‎)‫(عيش‬

‎)‫(عوم‬ ‫( شاع‬-2) to live‫‏‬
- ‫د‬
‫) ماع‬2( to swim, float‫‏‬ ‫ شيعت‬V to earn a living‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 613
Ate; ‎‫ عيش‬life, living; bread

‫> و‬ ‫َه‬
‫ م‬pl.‫ اغبياء ‏‬ignorant,‫‏‬
(Eg.) stupid
‫معاش‬, ‫ معاشة‬livelihood,‫‏‬ )‫(غثث‬
means of living, wage‫‏‬ 3 -
‎‫ غث‬lean, meagre
)‫(عيط‬
‎)‫(غدر‬
> ‫>ن‬
‫ طيع‬II to cry out, shout‫‏‬

)‫(عين‬
-
‎‫) غدر‬+( ot evieced
ere
‫ نيع‬11 to appoint, specify‫‏‬ ‫ رداغ‬111 to forsake, depart,‫‏‬
wr ‎‫ل‬
‫ نياع‬111 to survey, see‫‏‬ leave, quit (a place)‫‏‬

‫‏‬70S 5 ‫دد‬ 5 ‫ّهَد‬ 5 a $- 69
‎‫ غدير‬pl. ‎‫ غدران‬pool of water
‫( نيع‬f.) pl. Ose,‫ اعين ‏‬eye,‫‏‬
self; cere well, fountain
S$o- )‫(غدو‬
‫ نيع‬pl. Biel notable man‫‏‬
‫ ىدغت‬V to take 2 118‫‏‬
te in kind meal, lunch‫‏‬
SS
‎‫ غد‬the day after
‎‫ كيان‬ill, sick
\4é tomorrow
$724
‫ع‬ ‎‫ غداء‬morning meal, lunch
)‫(غبب‬
- ‫ آذ ه‬Boe‫‏‬
,‫ ودغ ةادغ‬early morning‫‏‬
w
‫ غب‬after‫‏‬
)‫(غبر‬
nee
)‫(غذى‬
‫ غبار‬dust‫‏‬ ‫ ىّذغ‬II to nourish (of food)‫‏‬
cine 5 ١
ae going, passing away, re- ‎‫ غداء‬nutriment, food, aliment
-
maining, past is nourishing, adj.

)‫(غبط‬
52-89 (02)
‫ ةطبغ‬happiness, beatitude‫‏‬
‫( رغرغ‬quad.) to gargle‫‏‬
‫(غبو‬
oF
ry Lé heedlessness, ignorance, )‫(غرب‬
‫سد سم‬
stupidity ‫) برغ‬2( to set (of sun)‫‏‬

- -- ---6
YeHel VIII to emigrate, live uw"

se VII to be planted
in a strange land
2-00
roe pl. ‫سراغم‬‎ plantation,
‎‫ استغرب‬X to regard as strange, grove (olive, etc,)
a stranger
65 6° ‎)‫(غرش‬
‫برغ‬ West, n.‫‏‬
vie pl. ‫شورغ‬‎ piastre
5 ‫وه‬
‫ةبرغ‬, a Je state of exile,‫‏‬

(24)
strange land, strangeness‫‏‬
‫مو‬ ‫ ومما‬Sie‫‏‬
‎‫ نط الفراض ورم حرطن‬eehG
‫ غراب‬pl.‫ غربان ‏‬raven‫‏‬ wish
(4)
92/7 ME
ae sunset
‎‫يم‬
‫ غريب‬pl.‫ غرباء ‏‬strange,‫‏‬

|
i© pl. Rj3 room
stranger‫‏‬ ‎)‫(غرق‬
1 ne pl. ats|ia a strange ‫( ) قرغ‬- to sink, be drowned‫‏‬
thing, a wonder Geel X to absorb, take in,‫‏‬
fill, comprise‫‏‬
os pl. ley West, the
Maghrib (North Africa) )‫(غرم‬
te )—( to paya fine, tax‫‏‬
‎‫المغرب‬: ONE all 3-8
Morocco ‎‫ اغرم‬IV to impose tax, fine
“206
)‫(غربل‬ ‫ مرغا ب‬to be very fond of, in‫‏‬

love with
‫عومد‬
‫( لبرغ‬quad.) to sift, sieve‫‏‬ ree

‎‫ غرام‬love, passion, fondness
AN pl. ale sieve‫‏‬ G- --
‫ ةمارغ‬cei indemnity, loss‫‏‬

4)
:‎‫ مغر‬pl. 7
) 5 debt, obligation
‫ درغ‬II to warble, sing (of a‫‏‬
bird)‫‏‬ (34)
“o£
)‫(غرس‬ ‎‫ اغرى‬IV to incite, urge

52-7 ‫مومه‬ 6
‫( سرغ‬-2) to plant‫‏‬ ‫ ال ورغ‬no wonder!‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 516
)‫(غزر‬ )‫(غسل‬
‫) رزغ‬2( to be copious, abun-‫‏‬ ‫ (=) لسغ‬v.n. ae to wash,‫‏‬
dant‫‏‬ intrans.‫‏‬
6 ar
3)‎‫ غزا‬abundance ‎‫ أغسال‬0
)‫(غشش‬
SOs Sis.
‫ ريزغ‬pl. )\5é abundant,‫‏‬

copious‫‏‬ one (2-) to falsify, cheat,
)‫(غزل‬ deceive
‫ لزغ‬to spin (wool, etc.)‫‏‬ )‫(غشى‬

‫ لزغت ب‬V to sing praises of,‫‏‬ ie )—( to cover, conceal‫‏‬
‫امدق‬ ‫ل‬
court (a woman)‫‏‬ ‫ هيلع‬is he fainted, swooned‫‏‬
38 spun thread, yarn
(cont) ‎‫عن‬
‫وت‬ 8-2
‫ لزغ‬amorous talk, erotic‫‏‬ ,‫ بصتغا بصغ‬VIII to take‫‏‬
verses, love poetry‫‏‬ by violence, violate, usurp‫‏‬
tye pl. ON5e gazelle ‫ (—) بصغ ىلع‬to force,‫‏‬
compel
(934) ‫سل‬
‫) ازغ‬2( to raid, invade enemy‫‏‬ ‫ بصغ‬force, compulsion‫‏‬

country‫‏‬
load by force, forcibly
30 -
‫ وزغ‬raid, invasion‫‏‬
20- ‫اه‬ ‫ممم‬
‫ ابصغ نع‬in spite of‫‏‬
‫ ةوؤزغ‬pl. ol95é incursion‫‏‬
i 9-2‫‏‬ (cra)
‫ زاغ‬pl.‫ ةازغ ‏‬warrior, invader,‫‏‬
ieee pl. peers branch, twig
victorious‫‏‬ ( ٠» ‫ه‬.‎ (‫غ‬
- - ‫صو‬ -0-
( (‫ ىزغم مالكلا‬sense, moral,‫‏‬ ri
‫ ضغ‬fresh, tender‫‏‬
meaning (of a story, dis-
course) (ae)
)‫(غسق‬ i (—) to be or become
‫( قسغ‬-) to become dark‫‏‬ angry
a- a-é
ae IV to make angry ‎‫غل‬, ‫ اغل‬VI ot dleiy a ,porc
MELE income
‫ غضب‬anger‫‏‬ a--o0
2-0-5 ‫ لغتسا‬X to exploit, take the‫‏‬
‫ غضبان‬angry‫‏‬ proceeds of‫‏‬
‫=ان‬
‫س‬ Ss‫‏‬
‫ هيلع‬ES object of anger‫‏‬
‫وعدن‬
Ju ‎‫ استغل‬X to invest money
(de)
ts II to cover up, conceal
fits pl. ‫تا‬‎,= ‫ ٌلالغ‬revenue
from land; crops, yield
; V to be covered up, ‎‫ استغلال‬exploitation
concealed
‫ ءاطغ‬pl. a‫ غطيانٌ ‏‬cover,‫‏‬

)‫(غلب‬
‫ (—) نك‬to conquer, subdue‫‏‬
covering, lid
‫ ىلع‬on V to prevail over,‫‏‬
‎)‫(غفر‬ overcome
‎‫( غفر ل‬-) ot ,evigrof nodrap ‫ تلا‬VII to be overcome,‫‏‬

-70-0
‫ رفغتسا‬X to ask pardon,‫‏‬ defeated‫‏‬
geet
forgiveness‫‏‬ até victory, conquest
s 6§ -6
g---
‫ رفغ‬pl. Ol sé watchman‫‏‬ He pl. ‫ةبلغ‬‎ victor, con-
5 - ‫خم‬ 7
‫ مج ريفغ‬a large crowd‫‏‬ queror
Wl, ‫بلاغا‬‎ generally,
$=" 05=
‫ ةرفغم‬forgiveness, pardon‫‏‬
usually
(J) SG- OF
‫اغلبية‬ 7510
coe
‫) لفغ نع‬.2( to be heedless‫‏‬

of, neglect, disregard‫‏‬
)‫(غلس‬
‫ ةلفغ‬heedlessness, careless-‫‏‬ ‫ سلغ‬II to journey, or do a‫‏‬
ness, disregard‫‏‬ thing before dawn‫‏‬
5 -0-
Ore careless, neglectful )‫(غلط‬

‎)‫(غلل‬ ‫ (—) طلغ‬to make a mistake,‫‏‬
‎‫) غل‬2( ot ,rettef elkcahs be mistaken
VOCABULARY 617
aura
‎‫غلط‬, ‫لطة‬Se ie ‫ اغل‬,ehatekatsim
‫ غ‬,lp ‎‫اط‬nae a:
‎‫ غم‬.lp ‎‫م‬7‫ و‬,yteixna ,feirg
error sorrow
$6 -0- $$ =< ARS
Olle, ‫طلاغ‬‎ wrong, mistaken es anxious, troubled,
‎)‫(غلظ‬ grieved
$ - 5 - 2
‎‫ غليظ‬pl, ‎‫ غلا‬thick, rough, ©)
eGaree ‫دمغ‬‎ (+), rs IV to sheathe
‎)‫(غلف‬ (sword)
a ١
‎‫ غلاف‬cover (of a book); ‫رك‬‎
‎‫ا‬ ‫) غمر‬2( ot ,egrembus -revo
Aes Esty take, cover; be abundant
‎‫ مغلف‬pl. RAPES envelope, a
wrapper ue) --
re yaf II, ‫ضمغا‬‎ IV to shut (the
(ge) es
-- ‫ه‬2
‫ قلغا‬117 ‫ غه‬close, bolt (a door)‫‏‬
gale obscure
)‫(غلم‬
ene pl. Oils (a) youth
(A)
enor >
‫ هيلع‬Zé he fainted, swooned‫‏‬

(sé)
)‫(غنم‬
Jl 111 to exaggerate (in
speech), overreach ‫ (—) مغ‬to plunder, obtain‫‏‬
‫ غال‬expensive‫‏‬ = VIII to sieze as spoils
svi exaggeration Re) pa! X (followed by

(‫ ةصرفلا‬to sieze the oppor-‫‏‬
)‫(غلى‬ tunity‫‏‬
‫( ىلغ‬-) to boil (of pot, kettle,‫‏‬
etc.)‫‏‬ ae (coll.) sheep‫‏‬
g- -
Je II, Jel IV to boil, trans. daar pl. ‫مانع‬‎ plunder, booty
0 (s#)
3 (2) to grieve ‎‫ (_) غنى ب‬ot eb tnetnoc htiw
ee
ee II, eal V tosing, chant ‎‫ إغتيال‬assassination, murder
on 0-6
‫ ىنغتسا نع‬to dispense with,‫‏‬ 0Pes ghoul (see exercises

be in no need of‫‏‬ 79-80)
G6 -- 2
‫غناء‬, ‫ غنى‬sufficiency,‫‏‬
wealth, riches‫‏‬
)‫(غبى‬
Pars pl. ‫تا‬‎ extremity,
‫ءانغ‬E21 pl ol, GUI song‫‏‬ term, ultimate object, end,
highest degree
ge pl. ‫ءاينغأ‬‎ rich, rich man,
wealthy )‫(غيب‬
wer‎‫ر‬
‫مغن‬ 1 ‫( تاغ‬2-) to be absent, absent‫‏‬

oneself, disappear‫‏‬
‫وغوت‬ af
‎‫ غياب‬absence
“i - ‫م‬‎
Sl (2) 17‫ثاغا‬‎ to aid,
succour Las pl. ae distant, hid-
- ee
den things
wu ‎‫ استغاث‬X to seek aid, call 26)
“for help ‎‫ غائب‬absent
at ee ee
-
52-07
ge pl. El aid, succour Ei. ‫ةباغ‬‎ pl. ‫تا‬‎ — forest

(54) ‫ اسساس‬-§
)‫(غير‬
‫ راغأ ىلع‬17 pick raid‫‏‬ ‫( راغ‬2) to be jealous‫‏‬
Pe
‎‫ غارة‬pl. ‎‫ ظدات‬raid, incursion ‫ ريغ‬11 to change, trans.‫‏‬
> ‫مه‬
‫ مغارة‬pl.‫ سات ‏‬cave‫‏‬ ‫ ريغت‬V to change, intrans., be‫‏‬

)‫(غوص‬ changed‫‏‬
56 -
‫ )( صاغ‬to plunge, dive‫‏‬ ‫ ريغ‬other, another‫‏‬

307
6 >
‎‫ غواص‬diver ‎‫( غير‬+gen.) not, another,
‎‫و‬- G- other than
‫ ةصاوغ‬submarine (mod.)‫‏‬ ‎‫رم‬ Jon
‎‫ غير ممكن‬elbissopmi
)‫(غول‬ 56 = 6
‎‫من غير‬ 10
‫ لاتغا‬VIII to destroy, assas-‫‏‬ 3-07
sinate (kill secretly)‫‏‬ ‫ ةريغ‬jealousy, zeal‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 619
Sis 5 &-
‫غيور‬ 516 ‫( ساف‬f.)pl. mre axe,‫‏‬
hatchet; Fez (city in‫‏‬
5
)‫(غيض‬
>>
Morocco)‫‏‬
‫ غيضة‬pl.‫ غياشض ‏‬thicket‫‏‬ (Sls) .
)‫(غيط‬ ‎)‫ تفاءل (ب‬,VI lJ V ot ward
Ge garden, field‫‏‬ a good omen (from)
-a-
‫الغو‬ ‫تيو‬ --
‫ ظيغ‬II to annoy, anger‫‏‬ ,‫( لوافت لاق‬good) omen,‫‏‬
augury‫‏‬
(46) g2--
‎‫ تفاول‬optimism
‎‫ اغتاظ‬VIII to become angry Laas
‫ لئافتم‬an optimist‫‏‬
Ge anger, rage, wrath
‎)‫(غيل‬
(st)‫‏‬
$- 5 -
4:5 pl. ‫تائف‬‎ company, party,
One ni ‎‫( م‬or (‫ناليغ‬‎ sweet
faction, group, band; rate,
lote-tree
price
‎)‫(غم‬
‎‫ غام‬- ot eb yduolc
ee
‫ تتف‬II to break, crush‫‏‬
ne pl. age cloud
co)
ape Bae
‎‫ )—( فتح‬v.n. ~ to open,
ra) conquer
(J) a6
‫ حتفنا‬VII to be opened, open,‫‏‬
‫ ف‬and, then‫‏‬ intrans.‫‏‬
---6
)‫(فأد‬ ‫ حتتفا‬VIII to open,‫‏‬

‫أو‬ ‫وت‬ G-‫‏‬ ‫تن‬ inaugurate, commence,‫‏‬
‫ داوف‬pl.‫ ةدئفا ‏‬heart, soul,‫‏‬
introduce‫‏‬
mind ~‫‏‬ G§ 39 ‫و‬‎ 2
‫ حوتف‬pl.‫ تا ‏‬opening, z.,‫‏‬
)‫(فأر‬ capture, conquest‫‏‬
5>
‫ راف‬pl. Os mouse‫‏‬
ae‫‏‬
‫ ةحتافلا‬the opening Sira of‫‏‬
the Qur’an‫‏‬
)‫(فأس‬
‫ ىحاتتفإ‬opening, adj., intro-‫‏‬ 3933 youth, manliness,

ductory, leading (of a news-‫‏‬ ‎‫م‬
paper article)‫‏‬ a pl. bus young man,
‫‏ مفتاح‬.lp ‫ مقاتيح‬key‫‏‬
youth
G§ ---
atspl. ‫تايتف‬‎ young woman,

‫ حوتفم‬open, adj.,‫ ‏‬conquered girl
(country)‫‏‬
Co pl. ‫واتف‬‎ Fatwa, edict,
(“) decision in sacred law
ec lukewarm
a Mufti, doctor,
=) ‫م‬ ‫دن‬
* expounder of sacred law
‫الما‬
‫ شتف‬II to examine, investi-‫‏‬

7 8.6
gate, inspect; (with ,‫ىلع‬‎ (‫نع‬
‎‫خا‬
B- -
to seek, look for ‎‫ فاجا‬III to surprise anyone,

fall upon anyone suddenly
a a ie :
‫ شيتفت‬search, inspection,‫‏‬ <
622‫م‬
>
‫ ةاجف‬suddenly, unawares‫‏‬
examination
5 ws
‫ شتفم‬inspector, investigator‫‏‬
(+)
jal VII to burst forth,
oe‫‏‬ explode
‫) كتف‬.2( to act violently,‫‏‬ So7
‫ رجف‬dawn, daybreak‫‏‬
assault‫‏‬
70.3
‫ فتك‬violence‫‏‬
(¢)
yee pl. cb calamity, mis-
(33) fortune, loss (of property or
‫ (~) نتف‬to rouse to rebellion,‫‏‬ family)
incite; infatuate, charm‫‏‬
$-6
‫ فاجع‬calamitous‫‏‬
4-3 seduction, sedition
(4)
(35) eee (2.) to be excessive, im-
al IV togivea legal decision moderate, foul (in manner,
or opinion (in Islamic law) language, etc.)
VOCABULARY 621
‫ شحاف‬excessive, indecent,‫‏‬ (048)

venal; exhorbitant (price); ‎‫ قدا‬pl.‎‫ ندا بن‬naddeF dleif(
foul (language)
measure used in some Arab
)‫(خص‬ countries); yoke of oxen
‫)( صحف‬ es to examine,‫‏‬
(S48)
inspect, scrutinise‫‏‬
‫ (~) ىدف‬to redeem, ransom‫‏‬
(o*) clas, us ransom, redemp-
‫ م‬charcoal‫‏‬ tion
= 2 coal
)‫(فرر‬
(48)
$o- Saxe
‫ (—) رف‬to flee, escape‫‏‬
‫ دخف‬pl. sui thigh‫‏‬ ie flight, escape
(4) 1 pl. 7 escape, place of
35 (2), ‫رفقا‬‎ VIII to be escape
proud, glory, boast (of, in
Y) )‫(فرأ‬
8
13 pl. 20 wild ass

7 glory, excellence, honour
GSaa honorary )‫(فرت‬

‫ تارفلا‬the river Euphrates‫‏‬
ee ‎‫ م‬excellent, splen-
did, illustrious )‫(فرج‬
(‫ جرفت )ىلع‬V to look (with‫‏‬
‎‫ فخار‬pottery, earthenware
3 ‫و‬
pleasure) at; “‘sight-see”’‫‏‬
‫فاخورى‬ potter‫‏‬
‫ حرف‬joy, comfort, relief‫‏‬
(p#) )‫(فرح‬
0 II to show honour to
eS )_( to rejoice, be glad‫‏‬
‫ ةماخ‬honour, excellence‫‏‬ S--
(used in certain titles) |‫‏‬ c pl.‫ حارق ‏‬joy, rejoicing‫‏‬

5
- 9-0-7
‎‫ يم‬honoured ae ‎‫ فرحان‬glad
)‫(فرخ‬ us (m. and f.) pl. ‫سارفأ‬‎

horse, mare
‫ افراخ ا‬chicken‫‏‬
dss
“9‫رف‬‎ horsemanship
(42)
> il IV to make single, set ‫‏ فارسس‬.lp ‫ قسران رفووارس‬horse-‫‏‬
apart man, knight‫‏‬
Leh VII to be single, alone, )‫(فرش‬

isolated ‫_) شرف‬2( to spread out, trans.;‫‏‬
5 -08
33 pl.215! one, one of a pair, furnish (a house)‫‏‬
individual
dirs ‎‫آي‬ 8
‫فرش‬, 0 ‫ مفروشات‬house‫‏‬
furniture‫‏‬
Soe a parcel, bale
> = o3)
‫ ةشرف‬pl. oy brush‫‏‬
ds3 unique; pr. n. m. ‫هو‬ 2-5 -
52-0
‎‫ انفراذ‬solitude, isolation,
,‫ ةشرفشارف‬pl. Lal, Lisbed,‫‏‬
bedding
aloneness
JQ se
‫ درفم‬singular, single‫‏‬
: )‫(فرص‬
2 Fore pl. ‫ص‬‎3 opportunity,
(‫ وامد )نع‬alone, isolated‫‏‬ chance, good occasion
(from)‫‏‬
(43)
)‫(فردس‬ ‫( ضرف‬-) to suppose, pre-‫‏‬
‫‏ فردوس‬.lp ‫ فراديس‬Paradise,‫‏‬ sume; (with‫ ىلع( ‏‬to impose‫‏‬
garden‫‏‬ upon, make obligatory‫‏‬
- > ---6
‫ضرفا‬ IV, oP Fl VIII (see‫‏‬

)‫(فرس‬
oe) VIII to kill, as a wild‫‏‬
‫(فرض على‬
animal its prey‫‏‬ ‫ فر‬pl.‫ فروض ‏‬supposition;‫‏‬
0630 ‫> و‬ duty‫‏‬
‫‏ ارس‬,nS ‫ بلاد الفرس‬Persia‫‏‬
Las 3 pl. ‫ضئارف‬‎ duty, obliga-
‫ىسراف‬Persian, n. and adj.‫‏‬ tion, ordinance
s 2502
‫ ةيسرافلا‬the Persian language‫‏‬ ‫ صضورفم‬supposed; obligatory‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 623
(4,8) (33)
‎‫ قرط‬excess ‎‫( فرك‬2) to rub
)‫(فرع‬ )‫(فرن‬
‫ عرف‬pl.‫ عورف ‏‬branch, tribu- of pl. Ol oven‫‏‬
tary (of river, stream) (a 3)
(2) eal coll. ‫جئرفإ‬‎ European

‎‫ )=( فرغ‬to be vacant, empty; (Frank)
(with ‎‫ (من‬finish oe Trance
‫غارف‬
‫رف‬emptiness, vacuum‫‏‬ 8 6-2 § err 5 vere
ela‫ تقو ‏‬leisure time‫‏‬ French, adj. and n.
‫غراف‬empty, vacant‫‏‬ ‎)‫(فزع‬

‎‫ (—) فزع‬ot ,raef eb diarfa
(4,3)
-a-
‫ قرف‬II to scatter, disperse,‫‏‬ ee fear, fright

separate, grade, trans.‫‏‬
ore (es)
‫ قراف‬III to leave, part from,‫‏‬
‎‫ فسيح‬spacious, roomy, ample
separate from‫‏‬
)(‫خسف‬‎
id hee ---6
as 7 4 sal VIII to be
separated ‫ (—) خسف‬to annul, abrogate‫‏‬
‫مام‬ ee‫‏‬
‫ قرافت‬VI to separate (from‫‏‬ )‫(فسد‬

each other)‫‏‬
56
Jail IV to corrupt‫‏‬
‫ قرف‬difference, distinction‫‏‬ G--
2 ~ 036-
‫ داسف‬corruption, decomposi-‫‏‬
en the tems‫‏‬ tion, invalidity‫‏‬
as
FGa pl. Gi party, group, ‫ دساف‬corrupt, bad, invalid‫‏‬
company (military), team )‫(فسر‬
73 ‫هه‬
Gis pl. eb, ‫قورف‬‎ party, ‫ رسف‬II to explain, interpret,‫‏‬

division, general (military) make plain‫‏‬
xe
or ere
‎‫ استفسر‬X to enquire, seek ‫نجعن‬
explanation
5 Loe
dai silver, 2
‫ تفسس‬pl.‫ تفاسير‏‬explanation,‫‏‬
Ae cca commentary
‎)‫(فضل‬
‫ لضف‬II to prefer‫‏‬
‎‫الف‬ ‫م‬ > of‫‏‬
‫ لفل‬IV to favour, make‫‏‬

‎‫ (—) فشل‬ot ,liaf esol traeh excellent‫‏‬
g6--
‫ فشل‬failure‫‏‬ ‫ لضفت‬V to show kindness, do‫‏‬

a favour‫‏‬
(‎‫ع‬
fas (Imperative of V)
‎‫ فصح‬,revossaP retsaE
please! welcome!
‫ و‬- --
65‫‏ ه‬qi 5 ‫ و‬2
‫ ةحاصفق‬eloquence, lucidity,‫‏‬ ‫ فضل‬pl.‫ فضول ‏‬excellence,‫‏‬
literary style‫‏‬ aes merit, kindness‫‏‬
ele abe
‎‫ فصيبح‬clear, eloquent, ‫ & فضلك‬please!‫‏‬
literary, classical (of
language) ‫ نع‬as besides, apart from,‫‏‬
a fortiori‫‏‬
(+25) ‫روب‬
‫ ةلضف‬remainder, surplus,‫‏‬
‫ (—) لصف‬to separate, divide,‫‏‬ redundancy‫‏‬
sever‫‏‬ ‫رار‬
es intrusion, inquisitive-
‫ لصف‬II to cut into parts, cut‫‏‬ ness, meddlesomeness
out (of cloth); isolate; detail‫‏‬ s- = 0000
‎‫ فضيلة‬pl. ‎‫ فضائل‬virtue; a title
(‫ لصفنإ| )نع‬1 to beseparate,‫‏‬ of respect
detached (from)‫‏‬
et Le Re
‫‏ تفضل‬.lp ‫ — ات‬kindness‫‏‬
eas pl. d‫اوصق‬‎ season, Areca ‫‏‬:
chapter, classroom, division el virtuous, superior;‫‏‬
aad pl. ‫ليصانت‬‎ detail, pr. n. m.‫‏‬
ie 06
detailed statement ‫ لضفا‬preferable, better‫‏‬
5
‫‏‬naht( ‫(يِن‬
‎‫ فيصل‬pl. Juels judge,
‫ ور‬- 60 0-
arbiter, referee; pr. n. m. ‫ لضفالا‬the best‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 625
(+45)
> ‎‫ه‬6
‎‫ افضى‬VI ot dael enoyna aot
oy Se
‫ دقف‬20 U.N.‫ ‏‬5 ‫ نادقف‬to lose,‫‏‬
SiO y
place (with ‫ب‬‎ of person miss‫‏‬

at?
and ‎‫ على‬of object) 4,8 lost, missed; lamented;
gue
‫ ءاضف‬open, wide, space‫‏‬ deceased
‫ ضاف‬empty; free, idle (of‫‏‬ (*)

time)‫‏‬ 5‫ ف‬poverty
‫فقر‬,‫قر‬
)‫(فطر‬
rae
‫ريقف‬
70 ‫ ءارقف‬poor, needy, poor‫‏‬
‫) رطف‬.2( to break, breakfast‫‏‬
‫ ديع رظفلا‬Muslim festival
,at‫‏‬ 5
the end of Ramadan‫‏‬ ai‎‫ ف‬Figh, jurisprudence
‫ ةرطف‬pl.‫ رطف ‏‬innate quality,‫‏‬
02-89
a pl. ‫ءاهتف‬‎ Faqih, juris-

religious feeling‫‏‬ prudent
‎;‫ قفطو‬breakfast (53)
) ‫(فظع‬ ‫) كف‬.2( to loosen, untie, open,‫‏‬
separate‫‏‬
a hideous, repulsive, ugly,
a-0
abominable ‎‫ افتك‬VIII to recover,

trans., set free
(Js) ‫ كف‬pl. 35,4 jaw, jawbone‫‏‬
)‫(فكر‬
‫ (—) لعف‬to do, make‫‏‬
deipl. Weg deed, verb

(Sd) ‎‫ فكر‬II to think (about)
jee noun of place
‫ ركتفإ‬VIII to think‫‏‬
(4)
2 06 -é
go g$-6 5-06
IN, 3,55 pl. ‫راكفا‬‎ thought, 2.

‫ افعى‬pl.‫ افاع ‏‬viper‫‏‬
‎)‫(فكه‬
(4s) in jesting, joking, merri-
io (—) to put out an eye ment
‎‫ فكاهى‬humorous, funny (38)

‎‫ فاكهة‬pl. ‎‫ فواكة‬fruit ‫ فلق‬dawn‫‏‬
)‫(فلك‬
(J) §-- 5 - ‫هه‬
5 309
‫ كلف‬pl.‫ كالفا ‏‬celestial sphere,‫‏‬
ils, ‎‫ فلفل‬pepper
orbit, sky, heavens‫‏‬
(ee)
200 ‎‫ود‬
fas ‎‫ علم‬astronomy
See ee
‫ فلح وفلاحة‬agriculture,‫‏‬ oeastronomer
husbandry‫‏‬
5 ar
‫ حالف‬peasant, farmer‫‏‬ PET, :
‫ نالف‬a certain (person), so-‫‏‬
)‫(فلذ‬ and-so‫‏‬
250
‫ فولاد‬steel‫‏‬ )‫(فم‬
‫ قم‬ees ‫‏‬rednu )‫(فوه‬
)‫(فلس‬
‫م‬ > ‫ن‬5
‫ سلفا‬IV to become bankrupt‫‏‬ (<4)

“3 pl. O55 art
oli pl. cal fils (small‫‏‬ Bu-
coin used in some Arab ‫ يف‬technical, artistic‫‏‬
countries)
$=
)‫(فنجن‬
‫ سالفإ‬bankruptcy, insolvency‫‏‬ Obespl. ‫نيجانف‬‎cup, coffee cup
(G43)
G‫‏‬ ‫ره‬
ut bankrupt, insolvent
7 ‎‫ده‬ 4
ge Palestine Gas pl. ‫قدانف‬‎ inn, hotel
‫ فلسطيني‬Palestinian‫‏‬ (+)
js pl. ‫تاذكي‬‎ lighthouse
)‫(فلسف‬
las II (quad.) to philoso- ‎)‫(فنس‬
phise, become a philosopher ‫ سوناف‬pl.‫سيئاو ‏‬
‫اوف‬lamp, lantern‫‏‬
rer philosophy (6)
LACS
erent pl. ‫ةفسالف‬‎ philosopher as (_) to perish, be transitory

VOCABULARY 627
aso
obs courtyard (of a house) 453 poverty, want, need
ae
‎)‫(فهم‬ ‫ قوف‬above, on‫‏‬
ers (—) to understand )‫(فول‬
fel X to enquire ‎J‫ فوأ‬beans (veg.)
(ss) ose
‫ مف‬pl. oly’! mouth‫‏‬
‫) تاف‬2( on.‫ توف ‏‬to elapse,‫‏‬
S43
pass by, enter, escape‫‏‬ ‫ ةهوف‬opening, mouth‫‏‬
)‫(فور‬ (8)
‫ فوا‬at‫ على ‏‬immediately,‫‏‬ in, by, at, concerning
at once‫‏‬ ()
)‫(فوز‬ 5 - -3
‫ دافا‬117 to benefit anyone,‫‏‬
(~) 56 (2) .#.‫ه‬‎ ‫ زوف‬to ac- acquaint a. 0. with
quire, win, succeed; (with 45‎‫ إستفاد‬X to benefit from

Je) defeat
ey pl. 35143 profit, benefit
Bildpl. esl — desert 5 2
42, useful
)‫(فوض‬
)‫(فيض‬
‫ ضو‬II to authorize‫‏‬
‫سام‬ ‫( ضاف‬-) to overflow, be‫‏‬
‫ ضواف‬111 to discuss, converse,‫‏‬ abundant‫‏‬
negotiate with‫‏‬
Gt IV to pour (water, etc.),
Su Peh ‎‫ضى‬tae
class, ‫ فو‬anarchy fill
SO Se SOS.
507
‫ موق ىضوف‬tribe, people, with-‫‏‬ ‫ فيض‬abundance‫‏‬
out a leader‫‏‬ vas‫‏‬
‫ ناضيف‬flood, innundation‫‏‬
aes
L Pet oe}
‫ ةضوافم‬discussion, talk,‫‏‬
negotiation‫‏‬ ‎‫ فائض‬interest (on money)
(358)
OT)
gla! X to awake
So-
ues seizure; receiving of
money
(35) 3- 0-
Sau-
45 collar (of shirt, etc.) 425 handle, hilt
Sis “2
45 pl. es cupola, dome, aay!) ‎‫ مقابض‬handle, hilt

vault, alcove, saint’s tomb
(43)
& ‫ره‬ $ 90 80-5
‎)‫(قبح‬ ‫ قبطى‬coll.‫ قبط ‏‬pl.‫ اقباط ‏‬Copt,‫‏‬
‫ حبقتسإ‬X to find, consider,‫‏‬ Coptic‫‏‬
ugly or bad‫‏‬
5 ‫ره‬
‫م قبح‬9811 tee
‫ (—) عبق‬to conceal oneself‫‏‬
teipl. cls bad, ugly‫‏‬ 90$ 5+ ‫و‬
‫ ةعبق وعبق‬hat (mod.)‫‏‬
(4S)
(54)
‎‫( قبر‬2) to bury
‫ (—) لبق‬to accept, receive‫‏‬
ws
a pl. es grave
ae II to kiss
‫ مقيرة‬pl.‫ مقابر‏‬cemetery‫‏‬
AY
‎‫ قا‬III to meet, correspond
)‫(قبرس‬ to
3633 ‫رو‬ ‫رة‬ > - ‫ن‬5
‫قبرس‬, ‫ قبرص‬Cyprus‫‏‬ ‫ اقبل‬11 ot ‫‏‬hcaorppa (+ ‫على‬

with object)‫‏‬
)‫(قبس‬
chceVI to meet one another
(cy)‫ سبتقا‏‬VIII to quote, cite‫‏‬
(from an author, book)‫‏‬ ‎‫ إستقبل‬X to receive (a per-
son), welcome
)‫(قبض‬
‫ قبل‬before, adv., formerly
‫ (=) ضبق‬to seize, grasp;‫‏‬
‫ البق‬before, adv., formerly‫‏‬
(with‫ ىلع( ‏‬to arrest; receive‫‏‬
money‫‏‬ oe before (of time) prep.
---0
‎‫ انقبض‬VIT to shrink, contract, is S from, by, on the part
intrans. of
VOCABULARY 629
5-6
4l.§ south, Qibla, direction ‎‫ لقد) قد‬htiw tcefreP )ylno

of Mecca (particle of strengthening
do. with Perfect, often making
ds southern the Perfect Pluperfect) al-
ready; (with Imperfect)
ali‎‫ الوحة‬Upper Egypt sometimes, may, might,
5 ‎‫وو‬ probably
‎‫ قبول‬gniviecer ,. ecnatpecca
)‫(قدر‬
‫ قبيلة‬pl.‫ قبائل ‏‬tribe‫‏‬
‫( ردق‬-) to be able‫‏‬
‫ لباق ل‬capable of, subject to‫‏‬
‫ ردق‬11 to value, estimate,‫‏‬
assess, determine‫‏‬
976-0 30-
‫ لبقتسملا‬the future‫‏‬
er ere
‫ ردتقاىلع‬VIII to be able to do‫‏‬

)‫(قتل‬ something‫‏‬
‫هه‬
‫) لتق‬2( vn.‫ لثق ‏‬to kill,‫‏‬

murder
(‫ رداق )ىلع‬able (to do a thing)‫‏‬
5 0> 2 - 2‫ع‬
js II to massacre ‫ ردق‬pl.‫ رادقأ ‏‬quantity, amount;‫‏‬

degree, value; power,‫‏‬
‫ لتاق‬111 to fight‫‏‬ ability‫‏‬
3 5 VI to fight one another EC fate, destiny; power
$- 09
ss murder, killing ‫ ةردق‬power, might‫‏‬
U3 (v.n., 111( battle, fighting

5 -6 2 bated
‎‫ مقدار‬pl. ‎‫ مقادير‬amount,
quantity
ced killed, victim
)‫(قدمق‬
(3) (p03 (2-) to be or become
al dark coloured holy
)‫(قحط‬ a5 II to hallow, sanctify

bas drought, famine (ay) ,‫سدقلا‬‎ ‫ثيب سدقملا‬
(2) Jerusalem
c coal IV to acknowledge,
‎‫( قدم‬mr ‎‫ قدوم‬to arrive, admit, confess
a--0
come, advance, approach ‫ رقتسا‬X to be at rest, settle;‫‏‬
(with (3) to dwell, inhabit‫‏‬
‎‫ قدم‬11 to present, bring, offer ‫و‬ ‫ه‬-
‫ مدقت‬V to come forward,‫‏‬

‫ رارق‬decision, determination‫‏‬
S$. iBS J —
approach‫‏‬ ‫‏ تقرير‬.lp ‫ تقا رير‬report‫‏‬
o> S >62
‎‫ قدم‬pl. ‎‫ اقدام‬foot (anatomi- 3a - ‫‏‬1
‫ قارة‬continent‫‏‬
cal or measure) g-- 3 --
- we
‫ رقم‬pl. jl residence, site, seat‫‏‬
‎‫ قدام‬in front of
(of government or admini-‫‏‬
ee 0 :
‎‫ قادم‬approaching, coming, stration)‫‏‬
next
oie (1)
‫ مرامداقلا‬din the coming‫‏‬
{‫ارق‬‎ )-( Bal‫ارق‬‎to read, recite
week, next week‫‏‬ ‫روسار‬6>
5 os Cy hier ‫ نارقلا‬the Qur’an, Koran‫‏‬
‫ ميدق‬pl.‫ ءامدق ‏‬old, ancient‫‏‬
$a-9‫‏‬
‫ مدقم‬chief, head‫‏‬
(>)
Sur 3
(‫ )نم‬oi )-2( to be near (to)‫‏‬
‫ مدقتم‬ancient (of an historical‫‏‬
character)‫‏‬ (cy) yal VIII to approach‫‏‬
(958) os nearness, proximity‫‏‬
5> 6
mo dirty, filthy, unclean ‎‫ قرية‬water-skin

eke
(4)
‫ه‬
)‫(من‬ ‎‫ قريب‬near (to)

7 (=) to stay, dwell, be 57 se oe 2 a3 5
‎‫ قريب‬pl. ‎‫اقرباء‬, ‫ أقارب‬,noitaler
rested, refreshed; (with (‫ىلع‬‎ relative
to persist, persevere in 2 «>
207 win ‫ ابيرقت‬approximately, about,‫‏‬

‎‫ قر عيئنا‬ot eb ,dehserfer -noc
soled, content almost
oe noe
oe II to settle, fix, establish, ‫ ىلع ةبرقم نم‬near, in the‫‏‬
decide, prescribe neighbourhood of‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 631
+ -0F
)‫(قرح‬ ‎‫ اقرح‬bald, baldheaded

‫ حرتقا‬VIII to suggest, pro-‫‏‬ dcjispl. ‫عد‬‎5 knocker, baton
pose‫‏‬
(34)
(42) ‫ فرقا‬VIII to commit (crime,‫‏‬
23pl. ‫دورق‬‎ ape sin)‫‏‬
‎)‫(قرش‬ (08)
ott
‎‫( قر‬tribe of) Quraish 05 (=) to join, couple
3-3 (‫ نراق )نيب‬III to compare (one‫‏‬
¢s*5 Quraishite
thing with another)‫‏‬
‫ شرق‬pl. ta} (see also‫(غرش ‏‬
5 ‫ه‬‎ 5 ‫درر‬
- ‎‫وعم‬
ee
‫ نرتقا‬VIII to marry, be‫‏‬
piastre‫‏‬ joined (to ~)‫‏‬
)‫(قرض‬ i) pl. Oy 3 century, horn‫‏‬
w 2 a | VII to disappear, be ‫ني‬

oFfs re‫‏‬
‫ قرد‬spouse‫‏‬
cut off, become extinct
--0-6 )‫(قرى‬
ee7 X to borrow
3 33
‫ قزية‬pl.‫ قرى ‏‬village‫‏‬
re pl. ‫ضورق‬‎
Z3 --
‫ ىورق‬villager, village adj.‫‏‬

(+5) )‫(قزز‬
a5 Cordova (in Spain) 5 > ‫و‬‎
‎‫( قزار‬mod. corruption of (‫جاجز‬‎

oa
glass, glassware
‎)‫(قرطس‬
3-0 pias
‎‫راس‬
‫ق ط‬.lp ‎‫قرااطيس‬ 1 ‎)‫(قسط‬
‎‫ قسط‬II ot yap yb stnemlatsni
(43) ° - 6‫ه‬‎
‎‫ قرظ‬II to laud, eulogize Es pl. ‫طاسقأ‬‎ payment (in

part) by instalment
)(‫عرق‬‎
ore
‫ ) (— عرق‬to knock, rap (on a‫‏‬ ‎)‫(قسم‬

door)‫‏‬ ‫ (=) مسق‬to divide, share‫‏‬
‫ مسقنا‬VII to be divided -‫‏‬ )‫(قصد‬

waipl.‫ماسقأ ‏‬part, department‫‏‬ ‫ (—) دصق‬to intend, propose,‫‏‬
make for, travel towards‫‏‬
aa pl.‫ ماسقأ ‏‬oath‫‏‬ 2-0-7
S=— ‎‫ه‬ 405 purpose, aim
‎‫ قسمة‬,trap ,erahs ,tol ,noitrop
= 67
Kismet |1.a5 intentionally

52-2 2 5 0025002
ot (v.n., II) partition ‎‫ قصيدة‬pl. ‎‫قصيد‬, ‫ قصائد‬,edo
poem, qasida
)‫(قسو‬
63'S
ot III to endure, suffer‫‏‬ ‎‫ اقتصاد‬economy, economics

- ee 5
3 ‫ديت‬
sila harshness, severity ‫ اقتصادى‬economic‫‏‬
ee pl. ery harsh, hard, 5 ‫‏‬-o0- 5 ‫و‬6>
,‫ دوصقم دصقم‬purpose, aim,‫‏‬

severe
intention‫‏‬
)‫(قشعر‬
)‫(قصر‬
‫( رعشقا‬quad.) IV to shake‫‏‬
with fear, have the hair pal II to fall short
standing on end, shudder 2.0%
G- ‎‫دود‬
yes pl.)saad palace, castle
‫ ةريرعشق‬shaking with fear, n.,‫‏‬
jas pl.)‫راصق‬‎ short
gooseflesh
(50-5)
)‫(قصص‬ 0 “6-0 5 1 12 ‫ل‬
‫‏ استقصى‬X ‫ه‬.#. ‫ استقصاء‬to‫‏‬

‫) صق‬2( to narrate, tell a tale‫‏‬
investigate, explore, exam-
(to J) ine thoroughly
‎‫( قص‬2) to cut
‫ صاق‬far-off, distant‫‏‬
‘ehpl. ves story, tale 2 - 2
G o-4 wal f. tones pl. lil more

yal pl. ‫صاقم‬‎ scissors distant, extreme >
)ee‫‏‬
‫(قصب‬
oF O00
‫ ىصاقأ ضرالا‬uttermost ends‫‏‬

‫ بصق‬cane, sugar cane‫‏‬ ‘of the earth‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 633
)‫(قضب‬ ispl. Libs cat
‫ بيضق‬pl. Olas wand, sceptre‫‏‬ )‫(قطب‬

5 ‫ده‬ 5 ‫توج‬
(45) ‫ بطق‬pl.‫ باطقأ ‏‬axis, pivot;‫‏‬
distinguished person‫‏‬
eas (—) to crunch, nibble,
gnaw )‫(قطر‬
)‫(قضى‬ ‫ قطر‬pl.‫ أقطار‏‬Sth‫‏‬
‫ (—) ىضق‬to decide, be judge;‫‏‬ ‫ ٌراطق‬pl. ef (railway) train‫‏‬
spend (time), complete,‫‏‬
accomplish‫‏‬ )‫(قطع‬
ore
--
‫ ىضقنا‬VIIowe
to pass away,‫‏‬ ‫ (=) مطق‬to cut‫‏‬
cease, end‫‏‬ 5 II to smash, cut into
5-0
‎‫ اقتضى‬VIII to desire, be small pieces

required, necessitate ore
hice III to cut anyone short,

elas decision, judgment, interrupt; boycott (smod.)
end, settlement, accom- -- of
‎‫ اقطع‬IV to assign land as fee
oplehmens district (admin.)
eo 2e
‫ ةيضق‬pl.‫ اياضق ‏‬affair, case,‫‏‬ ios pl. ‫عطق‬‎piece
Peatter an pl. ‫تا‬‎ — sector

‎‫ قاض‬pl. ‎‫ ون‬,— ‫ قضاة‬judge 5 -69)
‫عيطق‬pl.‫ ناعطق ‏‬flock, herd‫‏‬

5 G-
‫قضاء‬ Lab pl.‫عطاو ‏‬
‫اوق‬bird of passage‫‏‬
2 - ‫و‬ 5 - --‫وو‬
‫ مقتضى‬pl.‫ مقتضيات ‏‬necessity,‫‏‬ $9)

‎‫ تقاطع‬junction (on road or
necessitated, requirement‫‏‬
2 ‫ووء‬ railway)
‫ ىضتقمب‬according to (mod.)‫‏‬ G---%9
‫ ةعطاقم‬province, county‫‏‬
(=)
13 not at all, never (after the
)‫(قطن‬
Perfect) ‫) نطق‬2( to inhabit a place‫‏‬
Nee ee
bi, bi only obi pl.‫ ناطق ‏‬cotton‫‏‬
aissmallness, paucity, lack

)‫(قعد‬
‫ دعق‬2( )to sit, reside, stay‫‏‬ ‎‫ قليل‬pl.‎‫ قليلون‬few, little
‎ً‫( قليلا‬a) little, adv,
“0-0”
‫ وذ ةدعقلا‬11th month of‫‏‬
“Islamic Calendar‫‏‬
‫ استقلال‬independence‫‏‬
‫ ةدعاق‬pl.‫ دعاوق ‏‬rule, founda-‫‏‬
tion, base‫‏‬ (5)
‫ (—) بلق‬to change, overturn,‫‏‬
C2) overthrow‫‏‬
x bottom (of sea, well) - a--
‎‫ تقلب‬V to be fickle, inconsis-

G4) tant, inconstant
‫‏ قفر‬.lp‫ر‬5‫ قفا‬desert‫‏‬ ame
iil VII to revolve, be over-
(G#)‫‏‬ turned; (with J!) turn into
‫ (~) رفق‬to jump, leap‫‏‬ 5 oe 5 2
‎‫ قلب‬pl. ‎‫ قلوب‬heart
5 as‫‏‬
‫قفار‬ 5 ‫ و‬- ‫دن‬
-
2
‫ لات‬vicissitudes‫‏‬
)‫(قفل‬ eal pl. ‫تا‬‎ — revolution
Ja"); jal IV to shut,
close, lock eae pl. ‫ا‬‎ mould, cast
‫ ةلفاق‬pl.‫ اوقلفا ‏‬caravan; con-‫‏‬ ‎)‫(قلد‬
voy (mod.)‫‏‬ Als II to imitate; gird
(i) als pl. as tradition,

‫ ىفتقإ‬VIII to follow, imitate‫‏‬ imitation
lis‫ رك‏‬back of head, neck‫‏‬ )‫(قلع‬
(Js)‫‏‬ ‫ ةعلق‬pl.‫ عالق ‏‬fortress, citadel‫‏‬
‫ (=) لق‬to be few, small, less‫‏‬
>
(3)
‫ قلما‬rarely‫‏‬ ‫ (—) قلق‬to be disturbed,‫‏‬
‫لتقما‬ to be independent‫‏‬ agitated‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 635
-- 08 8
‎‫ اقلق‬IV to disturb, agitate (‫)بنق‬‎

ate 5 a-
‎‫ قلق‬trouble, unrest ‎‫ قنب‬hemp, flax
)‫(قلم‬ (5)
‫ ملق‬pl.‫ مال ‏‬pen; office‫‏‬ a pl. ‫لبانق‬‎ bomb, shell
cele)‫ ملق ‏‬lead pencil‫‏‬ ‎)‫(قندل‬
‫ ميلقإ‬pl. aul zone, province‫‏‬ ‫دق‬ pl.‫ قناديل ‏‬lamp‫‏‬
(of a country)‫‏‬
(be)‫‏‬
)‫(قمم‬ asp i. ‫لصانق‬‎ Consul
83 pl. ‫ممق‬‎summit $5 203
Consulate
-
)‫(قمح‬
5 6> )‎‫(قنع‬
‫ حمق‬wheat, grain‫‏‬
‎)‫( قنع(ب‬-2) ot eb tnetnoc
(3)
5
(with)
ie (f.) pl. jail moon
G---9 ‫عتق‬,11 ‫ قا‬117[ to convince,‫‏‬
‫ ةرماقم‬game of chance‫‏‬ persuade, satisfy‫‏‬
)‫(قمس‬ (v) el VIII to be content-

~
5
‫ كاوس‬pl.‫ ‏‬‎‫ قواميس‬dictionary ed, satisfied (with)
oe
)‫(قمش‬ 4ck3 contentment
‫ شامق‬pl. iii cloth, woven‫‏‬

‫‏ قنع‬.lp ‫ ون‬- satisfied‫‏‬
material ~‫‏‬
)‫(قمص‬ )‫(قنو‬
‫‏‬gaS ‫ه‬5
‫ قميص‬pl.‫ قمصان ‏‬shirt‫‏‬

‫وده‬
‫ تا ات‬canal, conduit‫‏‬
sls‫ ‏‬.‫ونق ماء‬
(0%) (°44)
‫‏‬
Ogi pl. ‫نيناوق‬‎ rule, canon, ‫ (_) رهق‬to conquer, subdue
law; stringed musical in-
9-707
‫ الفا هرة‬Cairo‫‏‬
strument
core
Fe) ‫ موأق‬III to resist‫‏‬
‫( رقهقت‬quad.) II to rétreat,‫‏‬
anne
‫ماقأ‬IV toset up, place, estab-‫‏‬
withdraw, go backwards‫‏‬ lish; stay, settle in (3) a‫‏‬
place‫‏‬
(545)
5543 coffee ‫ ماقتسإ‬X to be straight,‫‏‬
straightforward‫‏‬
‎)‫(قوت‬ P B=
5 ‎‫و‬ 5 -0F 4.45 figure, stature
‎‫ قوت‬pl, Ol451 provisions,
food, victuals, sustinence ‫موق‬pl.‫ ماوقأ ‏‬people, nation,‫‏‬
tribe‫‏‬
(255) Pa
‎‫( قاد‬2) to lead, guide 4.15 Resurrection
2 5 5-
‎‫ قيادة‬guidance, leadership ‎‫ قيمة‬pl. ‎‫ قيم‬price, value

5 $a» 5 -- 0
‎‫ قائد‬pl. ‎‫قواد‬, ‫ قادة‬,ediug ‫ماقم‬pl. el 2 rank, place‫‏‬
leader; commander (mili-
tary)
(36)
‫ (—) ىوق‬to be, become,‫‏‬
‎)‫(قول‬ strong; (with‫ ىلع( ‏‬prevail‫‏‬
‎‫قال‬ 6‫ر‬0 seya eet ot yas against‫‏‬
---6
‫ لاقتسإ‬X to resign‫‏‬ Sis
‫ ةوق‬pl. SS‫‏‬ —, ‎‫ قوى‬power,

0‫وق‬pl. iil Puce‫‏‬ eee‫‏‬
§- --
‫ ةلاقي‬pl.‫تا ‏‬ article (in‫‏‬ ‫ىوق‬pl. alsil strong,‫‏‬

newspaper, etc.)‫‏‬ powerful
(p35) )‫رقيد‬
‎‫( قام‬2) vn. ‫مايق‬‎to rise, ‫ ديق‬II to bind, limit, restrict;‫‏‬
stand up, set out register‫‏‬
56>
‫ ماق ب‬to undertake, carry out‫‏‬ ‫ ديق‬pl. 353 fetter, chain,‫‏‬
limit, stipulation, bond‫‏‬
‫ ماق ىلع‬to rise against, revolt;‫‏‬
carry out, manage‫‏‬ cee
sltl 43Soe
‫ىلع‬‎ alive, living
VOCABULARY 637
)‫(قيس‬
--
WT to grieve, be sad, cast
‫ (—) ساق‬to measure, compare‫‏‬ down
5>‫مس‬‎>
‫ ةباك‬grief, sorrow, sadness‫‏‬

‫سياق‬111 to measure; (with‫‏‬
ae
Ox) to compare a thing with a5 sad, grieved
another
5 ee 59 3 3 7 oF (5)
‎‫ قياس‬pl. ‎‫ات‬, 4.51 measure, sb- ‎‫ه‬5 99
‫( ساك‬f.) pl.‫ كؤوس ‏‬cup‫‏‬
rule, analogy
5 ae ‫و‬‎ co 4 (5)
‎‫ مقياس‬pl. 3s measuring
eT VII to fall prostrate
instrument, scale (of map)
(45°)
(43)
Go-
‫ دياك‬111 55 V to suffer,‫‏‬
45 heat of summer, summer endure‫‏‬
(drought)
ii pl. ‫دام‬‎ liver, interior;
(5) heart (poet.)
‫ (—) لاق‬to take a siesta, rest‫‏‬
in the afternoon‫‏‬
(5)
eo (2) to grow big, old
‫لك‬ BS V to be proud, arrogant

(4)
--0-6
‫ ريكتسا‬X to esteem great, im-‫‏‬

)4 like (attached preposition)‫‏‬ portant‫‏‬
-2‫جه‬ > -GE-‫‏‬
Bic feSep pride
‫ امئاك ناكر ناكر‬as though, just‫‏‬
as if‫‏‬ one pl. Assis big, great, old
ES (see also‫ اذ( ‏‬thus, so‫‏‬ (of a person)
‫( كلدك‬see also‫ اذ( ‏‬likewise,‫‏‬ )‫(كبرت‬
5 8.
thus‫‏‬ ‎‫ كبيريت‬sulphur, matches
‫ امك‬as, even as‫‏‬ )‫(كبس‬

‫( سبك‬-) to press, squeeze‫‏‬
(5)
)‫(كبو‬ ‫)كم‬
use (2.) to stumble, fall on Sates) to hide, conceal,‫‏‬
face trans.
-oF 6
‫ ةيابك‬pl.‫ — تا ‏‬tumbler, glass‫‏ ار ‏‬,lw ‫ كم السر‬secretary‫‏‬

$- G2
(for drinking)‫‏‬
Us)‫‏‬
(5) ‘poe (2) to be much, many,‫‏‬
ae (2) on. oe to write numerous
-ac
- ee
‫ بتاك‬III to write to, corres-‫‏‬ ‫ رثك‬11 to make numerous,‫‏‬

pond with‫‏‬ increase‫‏‬
$9 5->‫دهة‬
, sine abundance, great
ee we
‫ بتاكت‬VI to write to each‫‏‬

yee te
other, correspond‫‏‬
5 - ‫ديا‬‎ Dy esk=
WS pl. ‫نو‬‎ —, »45 much,
OLS pl.eng book; letter (in
many
older language)
on very, much, greatly, a
‫ ةياتكا‬writing, handwriting‫‏‬
lot
‫ٌبتاك‬pl. is, ss clerk,‫‏‬
2 ros (before a verb) often,
writer
oft-times
as pl. ‫تاك‬‎ office; school
(antiq.) (25)
‫و‬--‫و‬- Gigs thick, dense, compact
‫ مكتية‬pl.‫تا ‏‬ library, desk‫‏‬
ols
‫وددء و‬
correspondence (5)
‫ د‬II to vex, trouble,‫‏‬
aed pl. 2 letter‫‏‬ grieve, upset‫‏‬
‫هو‬ >>
(54) ‫ ردك‬trouble, vexation‫‏‬

SSA ‫‏‬lp ‫ادكرتانب‬ (LAS)‫‏‬
- -e
)‫(كتل‬ ‫ (—) بذك‬tolie, tell falsehood‫‏‬

‫ ةلثك‬pl.‫ لثك ‏‬bloc (pol.)‫‏‬ GAS pl. G15 a lie‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 639
yee ecient 7 g-- :
‎‫كاذب‬, Glas” liar ‫مم‬‎
‫ رك‬generosity, honour,
s\ 2- nobleness
‫ بوذك‬great liar‫‏‬
ee pl. ‫م‬‎
ane vineyard
)‫(كرر‬
-a-
358pl. ‫ما‬‎
yor generous,
‫ ررك‬II to repeat; purify, refine‫‏‬
noble, honourable
ic (for 353) see under‫كرو ‏‬
i,is repeatedly‫‏‬
(25)
‎‫ )_( كره‬to hate, loathe
)‫(كرب‬ tos
‎‫ أكره‬IV to force, compel
ons” grief, sorrow
Sel es 5
SF ee ‎‫ كراهية‬hatred, aversion
‫ برك‬stump of a palm branch‫‏‬
G2
‎‫ و‬-62
‫ سائلا‬oS! most unwilling,‫‏‬
(52)
disapproving, of people‫‏‬
‫ ترك‬VIII to mind, look‫‏‬ $307
after; heed‫‏‬ ‫ مكروه‬361526702, misfortune‫‏‬
bs).
)‫(كرو‬
‫ كردق‬coll.‫ كرد ‏‬pl.‫أكراد ‏‬ 3 pl. Slee sphere, ball,
Kurd, Kurdish‫‏‬ globe
(5 ) (+5)
roaiepl. e ) hbk pamphlet, ‫ (=) بسك‬to earn, acquire,‫‏‬
gain‫‏‬
exercise book
‫ كسا‬III to seek to gain,‫‏‬
: ‎‫ كر‬pb ‎‫ كراسئٌكنا‬,enorht
acquire for oneself‫‏‬
chair S$ OF
‎‫ كسب‬earnings, gain
(p25 ) $2 03%
‫ بسكم‬gain, profit‫‏‬
‎‫ م‬to be noble, generous
ot IV to honour
(+5)
-acr par (—)to break, trans.
‫ مركت‬V todoa kindness, act‫‏‬ ac
generously‫‏‬ ‫ رسك‬11 to smash‫‏‬

‫ رسكت‬V to break, intrans. be‫‏‬ iS (followed by gen.) all

broken‫‏‬
‫ ةفاك‬all adv.‫‏‬
<i VII to break intrans.
sik. blind‫‏‬
(dS) -- (us)‫‏‬
fess idleness E--
‎‫ كفا‬III to reward, recom-

OLS pl. lee lazy, idle pense, remunerate, repay
G---
&roe (very) lazy ‫ ةءافك‬equality, likeness; com-‫‏‬

petence, fitness, efficiency‫‏‬
(+5)
sane equal, like, 2.
ee!‎‫ ا‬VIII to be dressed,
clothed, wear )‫(كفح‬
ssa pl. aa,‫ا‬‎garment, ‫ حفاك‬III to struggle against‫‏‬
EF eee‫‏‬
dress : cus, ‎‫ مكافحة‬struggle, combat
(435) (5)
oor
‫ (—) فشك‬U.N. cee to un-‫‏‬ ‫) رفك‬2( to become an infidel;‫‏‬

cover, examine, reveal (with ~) to renounce, deny‫‏‬
eee
(God) ~‫‏‬
‫ فشكلإ‬VII to be uncovered,‫‏‬
revealed‫‏‬ Saks (Sinead unbeliever
Gis \VIII to discover, find ‎)‫(كفل‬

out
g$- 06 Ly 1
‎‫ (=) كفل‬ot ,eetnaraug eb
‎‫ اكتشاف‬pl. ol — discovery responsible for, stand
security
(5) ‫دوه‬ ‫ده‬
US bail, security, guarantee

sy pl. eA ankle
‎)‫(كفى‬
‎)‫(كنف‬
se (—) to suffice, satisfy
(‫)نع‬hie )2( to cease (from)‫‏‬ AE
4,45” satisfaction, sufficiency
Rg pl. NPE palm of the -
hand ‫ باك‬sufficient, enough‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 641
(Js) )‫(كمل‬
bs
‫( لك‬followed by gen.) each,‫‏‬ eS‫ ‏‬,)2( ‫ لمتكإ‬17111 to be‫‏‬
every, all, the whole‫‏‬ complete, finished
OW ‎‫ مر‬GLE’ both -a- - -08
‫ لمك‬,11 ‫ لمكا‬115 to finish,‫‏‬
complete‫‏‬
3 whenever, as often as AG
‫ لامك‬perfection, complete-‫‏‬
‫ كلية‬1. ol — college
5 Gus
- ness; pr. n. m.‫‏‬

(5) nel perfect, complete,
‫ بلاكت‬VI-to attack as a mob‫‏‬ entire; pr. n. m.
eels.pl.‫ ٌبالك ‏‬dog‫‏‬ )‫(كمن‬

(45) ‫) نمك‬2( to hide, conceal,‫‏‬
‫ فلك‬II to cost; (with‫ (ب ‏‬to‫‏‬

secrete
charge one with an affair (oF)

or matter 3 (2.) to keep a secret, con-
ceal
oaks pl. JS trouble,
ceremony, formality )‫(كنس‬
‫ (=) سنك‬to sweep‫‏‬
)‫(كلم‬
5 II to speak to, tell oe pl. ‫سس‬‎‫ انك‬synagogue
oor
‫ ملاك‬111 to converse with,‫‏‬ oe pl. esUS church

address‫‏‬
-a-c-
Ae pl. Le broom, besom
| ‎‫ تكلم‬V to speak
GS)
ik pl.ol — word
G6 --
sites‘pl. 1rope treasure
‫ كلام‬speech‫‏‬
(4S )
)‫(كم‬ ‫ فنكأ‬IV to help anyone‫‏‬
my, how much? how many?‫‏‬
oh pl. ust refuge, shelter,
Siw
‫ كمية‬quantity‫‏‬ protection
(a5) “36 pl. SUK (a) being

56 ‫د‬‎
as” substance, essence OK pl. ‫نكا‬‎ul place

aaa (555)
‎‫دح دسي‬ eB eiw II ot evig a ‫ (=) ىوك‬to iron‫‏‬
surname ©
5>+‫د ه‬ oe pl. ie iron (for ironing)
‫ ةينك‬surname, epithet‫‏‬
(45) (S)
SF8 Ss so that, in order to
‎‫ة‬Pi
‫ هربائي‬:yla‎‫ اكور‬yticirtcele
(+ subj.)
8 )
sae pl. Bie cavern, cave )‫(كيس‬
pe pl. pees bag, purse,
ce) wallet
zs pl
-068
(295)
‎‫ أكوااخ‬,tuh egattoc
(45)
ig how, how?
36 (—) to be on the point of,
almost to do; (with neg.) (bS )
hardly did Je (a); hae II to measure,
)‫(كوع‬ weigh
‫ عوك‬pl. els elbow‫‏‬ hse pl. ust measure
(495) ‎)‫(كيم‬
‫ ٌةفوكلا‬Kufa (ancient city of‫‏‬ ‫ا‬ et chemistry‫‏‬
Iraq)‫‏‬ Po eae‫‏‬
‫ كيماوى و كيمى‬chemical‫‏‬
(O95)
OF (2) to be ٠ J
(J)
- 1
‎‫ كون‬II to form, create

56 = <2
O55, OLS existence, pres- ‎‫ ل‬to, for, prep.; (+ subj.) so

ence, nature, being ‘that, in order to
VOCABULARY 643
y no, not ‫نيل‬milk, sour milk‫‏‬

‫ر‬ ‫وهب‬
‫ بلا‬without +( gez.)‫‏‬ OLS Lebanon

aé‫‏‬
OY because (+-accus.) )‫(لبى‬
‫ل‬ II to respond, answer‫‏‬
Ss (see also Ss) so that
(in the affirmative), obey‫‏‬
(+ subj.)
(e+)
ow,‎‫لما‬, ‫ لماذا‬yhw ‫ (=)جل‬to persevere in, persist‫‏‬
)‫(لآل‬
52555 3$
iw pl. a depth (of sea)
ogo), ‎‫ لو‬pl. in pearl, pearls;
(3)
pr.n. fem. ~
‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬se Vin rosacea,‫‏‬
EAS 22-6
)‫(لأم‬ take flight, take refuge (with,‫‏‬
ped III to suit, agree with, at J‫‏‬

be appropriate ia ‫تلاد‬‎ 56-6
‫ ئجال‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫( نوئجال‬gel pl.‫‏‬
3
2
‫ الممث‬convenient, suitable, fit‫‏‬

O‎‫ ملتجيو‬refugee
)‫(لبث‬ (ot)
‫ (—) ثبل‬to delay, tarry, stay‫‏‬ 5 -‫ ه‬-
‫ ةنجل‬.‫ م‬os committee‫‏‬
ooo
‫ لعف‬bi‫ ام ثبلا ‏‬he did not‫‏‬

- Gog,‫‏‬
- GE
delay to do, lost no time in ‫ حلا ىلع‬IV to press, insist,‫‏‬
doing urge, oppress‫‏‬
)‫(لبس‬ (4+)
‫) سبل‬2( om‫ سبل ‏‬to wear,‫‏ لاحدٌ ‏‬.lp ‫ لحا>د‬grave-digger‫‏‬
dress
(4)
vl pl. reel clothes; trousers, uy (<) to lick
shorts, underpants (mod.)
(44)
‫( سبالم‬pl of it) clothes‫‏‬ LY III to regard, observe,
(or)‫‏‬ remark
S$ o- 5 aes 5 <
‫ لحظ‬glance‫‏‬ york pl. ‫تا‬‎ summary,
see‫‏‬ abstract
‫ ةظحل‬glance, moment‫‏‬
‫دده‬ 9-7
‫ ةظحالم‬observation, remark‫‏‬
)‫(لدى‬
oN, Ow at, by, with, near
(3)
s+ (~) to follow, overtake;‫‏‬
a IV to make pleasant,
concern‫‏‬ sweet, agreeable
> > 06 a‫‏‬
‫ قحلا ب‬IV to annexe, join to,‫‏‬ 20)pleasure, delight
attach to‫‏‬ i‎‫ لذ‬sweet, pleasant, delight-
‫ ب‬ell VIII to be annexed,‫‏‬ ful (to the senses)
joined to; reach
e-> ‫و‬‎ ><
)‫(لزم‬
‎‫ لاحقة‬pl.‎‫لوااحق‬ ©2246 ‎1
‫( لز‬2) Ont: ‫م‬‎
‫ ول‬to be neces-
oe pl. ‫تا‬‎ appendix, sup- sary

---6
plement; dependency (of a ‫ تلام‬VIII to be obliged;‫‏‬
country) undertake; monopolize; be‫‏‬
‫ قحلم‬attaché (dipl.)‫‏‬ 55
held responsible for‫‏‬
(=)
f) ‫ال‬‎ necessary
AC
eas, 2
‫‏ لحم‬.lp ‫ و م‬meat‫‏‬ ‎‫ لازمة‬pl.‎‫ لوازم‬need, necessity
(4) (ce)
Belpl. aye melody, air, tone, SU) (m. and f,) pl. col, dead
chant tongue, language
(4) oom)
Fae pl. ‫ىحل‬‎beard va)pl. eel robber
)‫(خص‬ )
‫ صخل‬II to extract, summarize‫‏‬ Ub 111 to treat with kind-
sum up‫‏‬ ness, be friendly to
VOCABULARY 645
2 ‎‫واد‬
aes, kindness, friendliness ‎‫ التفت إلى‬111/1 ot nrut ,ot
consider, pay attention to
)‫(لفظ‬
J) pl. ‫فاطل‬‎friendly, pleas-
ant, kind; pr. n. m.
‫( ظفل‬-) to pronounce, utter‫‏‬
)‫(لعب‬ (a word)‫‏‬
‫( بعل‬-) to play‫‏‬ So- 5 >
‫ ظفل‬pl.‫ ظافلا ‏‬utterance, word,‫‏‬
pronunciation‫‏‬
(J)
al perhaps (++ accus.) (#)
- 08
‫ ىفلا‬117 to find, notice‫‏‬
(i)
‫ ملعقة‬pl.‫ ملاعق ‏‬spoon‫‏‬ )‫(لقب‬
‫ يقل‬II to name, nickname,‫‏‬
(ae)
ore
entitle, doubly transitive, or,‫‏‬
‫ (=) نعل‬to curse‫‏‬ more commonly, the second‫‏‬
‫ و‬-‫>ه‬
object with‫ب ‏‬
‫ ةنعلا‬curse, imprecation‫‏‬ 5 “of
hoc pl. ~W! surname, title,
(54) epithet
‫ زغل‬pl.‫ راغلا ‏‬riddle, enigma‫‏‬
(4)
)‫(لغو‬ ‫ طقتلا‬VIII to pick up, catch,‫‏‬
‫ر>ة‬ 5
‫ لغة‬pl.‫‏‬ ‫ ات‬language‫‏‬ glean‫‏‬

35 =
‫ ىوغل‬linguistic, appertaining‫‏‬ (r®)
to language‫‏‬ id pl. aisa morsel, bite
(#) (#)
Al IV to abolish, render ta); ‎‫ لاق‬111 to meet, find
invalid, cancel, exclude
‫ ىقلا‬IV to throw, cast; to‫‏‬
(cs) deliver (a speech, talk, etc.)‫‏‬
Ji(2) to wrap, fold, roll up
a--
‫ىقلت‬V to receive, encounter‫‏‬

Hiincluded, within —
‫ قالت‬VI, Al VIII to meet‫‏‬
(cil) one another‫‏‬
‫ ىقتلا ب‬VIII to meet with‫‏‬ (el)

‫ ىقلتسإ‬X to fall, lie on one’s‫‏‬ ‫ (—) حمل‬to glance at‫‏‬
back‫‏‬
- ‫و‬ ‫عم‬
‫و‬ eal glance, brief glimpse‫‏‬
‫ ةاقالمعاقل‬meeting, encounter‫‏‬
=-09
(4)
eee
‫ ىقتلم‬meeting place‫‏‬ us )-( to feel, touch

(+s) ‎)‫ اين (من‬IIIV ot ,hceeseb
‫ كل‬gum, lac‫‏‬ entreat, desire, request
(WN) (‫رع‬
5S, ‎‫ وألكن‬tub ‫ (—) عمل‬to flash, shine,‫‏‬
intrans.‫‏‬
3455) pl. ‫تا‬‎ hotel (mod. ‫وو‬ i‫‏‬
Eg. and Syr.) | IV to cause to shine;‫‏‬
(+) deal with, allude to (with
5 not (+ juss. negation of
‎‫(إلى‬
perf.) ‎‫ لامع‬,gninihs ,gnihsalf -illirb
‫امل‬not yet (+ jussive)‫‏‬ ant
‫ لم‬when‫‏‬ )‫(لن‬
)‫(لمم‬ ee
‎‫ لن‬negation of future (+
‫) مل‬2( to collect, gather,‫‏‬ subj.)
amass‫‏‬
‎)‫(لهب‬
Y @l\ IV to be well ac-
‫ بهتلا‬VIII to flame, blaze,‫‏‬
quainted with (a subject), be inflamed‫‏‬
know, experience
eae flame
tl knowledge, experience
‎)‫(لمت‬
‫ بر‬fs knowledgeable, ex-‫‏‬
9a Y divinity
perienced, expert (in)‫‏‬ 3 -
‫ ةملم‬disaster, accident, stroke‫‏‬

‫ إلاهى‬divine‫‏‬
Sa ‎‫د‬2
of misfortune ‫ ةيهولا‬divinity, divineness‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 647
)‫(لهمج‬ ‫ مول‬blame, censure‫‏‬

‫كوي ا‬
‫ ةجهل‬tone, accent; dialect‫‏‬ (ds)

speech‫‏‬ ‫نول‬pl. Sit colour; kind, sort‫‏‬
(4s!) )‫(لوى‬
‫ فهلت‬V to regret having‫‏‬ ‫ كارا‬pl.‫ ةيولا ‏‬flag, district;‫‏‬
missed something‫‏‬
(mod.) brigade, major-‫‏‬
)‫(لهو‬ general‫‏‬
‫) اهل‬.2( to play, divert oneself‫‏‬ )‫(ليت‬
56-
‫وهل‬om, amusement,
ees diversion‫‏‬ a0 would that!
‎‫ لاه‬f. ‎‫ لاهية‬heedless, indiffer- )‫(ليس‬
“ent, forgetful
()
etl not, not to be
)‫(ليق‬
‎‫ لو‬if (a supposition)
ay (—)to be fitting, worthy,
‘Js although suitable
Y 5) were it not for )‫(ليل‬
‫ لامل‬unless, if not‫‏‬ ‫ ليل‬pl. JW;‫ ليله ‏‬night;‫‏‬
(cy) a night‫‏‬
‫) حال‬2( to glimmer, appear,‫‏‬ ‫ دليل‬by night‫‏‬
seem‫‏‬
)‫(لين‬
‫ حول‬pl.‫ خلا ‏‬board, tablet,‫‏‬
5 11 to soften
plate, plank‫‏‬
‫ لان‬pl.)312 appearance;‫‏‬ es soft, tender, flexible,
pliable
regulation; schedule‫‏‬
)‫(لوز‬
Asi almond (tree and fruit) (4)
‎)‫(لوم‬ ‫ ماذا وما رم‬what‫‏‬
‫)مال‬-2( to censure, blame.‫‏‬ ‫ ما‬not‫‏‬

5 ‎>6‫ه‬ ‫و‬ Se
(ot) ‎‫ تمثال‬.lp ‎‫تماثيل‬ ,eutats

svikc eee figure, image
4399+ pl. ‫لوم‬‎ 5
ee 1
(sb) ‎‫نمثيلى‬ dramatic
Ge 55
‎‫ مائة رومئة‬a derdnuh (44)
‎‫ محد‬II to praise, glorify,
)‫(مثر‬ honour
5‫و‬ 5 >
‫ رتم‬pl.‫ راتما ‏‬metre (measure)‫‏‬
‫ مجد‬glory‫‏‬
5>
92-2 Ss -
A, ‫دجام‬‎ noble, glorious;
‫ عتمت ب‬1 cal X to enjoy‫‏‬ pr. n. m.
pt pl. decal goods, effects,‫‏‬ (of)

property‫‏‬ ‫ احمان‬free, gratis‫‏‬
(+) (ce)
oo text of a book Obes! pl. ©! — examination
oa solid, strong, firm (5#)
(=) ‫) ام‬2( to erase, blot out,‫‏‬
efface‫‏‬
iS when? when
(es)
(kK)
me pl. ple brain
‫ لثم‬II to represent, act‫‏‬
‫ لثمت‬V to appear, make an ap-‫‏‬

(24+)
pearance (before someone)‫‏‬ i (2-) to stretch, lengthen,
spread, extend
‫ لثتما‬VIII to obey‫‏‬ a-é
‫‏‬ea > ‫َه‬ ‎‫ امد‬IV to help, aid, reinforce
Ac pl. Jui parable,‫‏‬ > ‫دن‬
proverb ‫ ددمت‬V to stretch oneself, be‫‏‬

‫إن‬ 5 > extended; rest‫‏‬
ts pl. SUI as, like, likeness‫‏‬
‫ دتما‬VIII to be stretched,‫‏‬
di. pl.‫ ةلثمأ ‏‬pattern, model‫‏‬ prolonged; reach‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 649
Z- $930
‫ دم‬pl.‫ دودم ‏‬tide, flux, flow‫‏‬ ‫ ارمارا‬several times, often‫‏‬
Sa‫‏‬ Z-o 54
‫ ةدم‬period (of time)‫‏‬ ‎‫ مستمر‬002612110115, continual
$a - ano ‫دعومه‬
ool pl. ‫داوم‬‎ material, matter, ‫ رمرمت‬11 (quad.) to murmur‫‏‬

element; item, article
9 ‫س‬ > )‫(مرأ‬
sol material, adj. 59 6> 22‫د‬
ey, ‎‫ أمرق‬0
5B0- ‎‫و‬55-‫ه‬
‫ يالا‬long, prolonged,‫‏‬ ‫ةارمو‬ ‫ ةارما‬pl. apes,‫نساء‏‬
extended woman‫‏‬
ery (er)
c+ (—) to praise, extol, ‫ جرم‬pl. 5pe meadow‫‏‬
commend (2+)
-G--
(04+) ‫ درمت‬V to rebel, revolt‫‏‬

neiB ‫)‏‬ha 94‫ كاد د‬2 ‫د‬
‫‏ مدينة‬.lp ‫مدن‬, ‫ مدائن‬city‫‏‬ )‫(مرس‬
er ‎‫ص‬
‫و‬2 -0-
‫ ةنيدملا‬Medina (city of‫‏‬ ‫ سرام‬11 to practise, exercise‫‏‬
(a profession, calling)‫‏‬
Arabia)‫‏‬
3 --
‫ ىندم‬civil adj.‫‏‬
)‫(مرض‬
‫( ضرم‬-) to be or fall sick, ill‫‏‬
)14( see (3)‫‏‬ “e-
‫ ضرع‬pl. wl |! illness‫‏‬
- 6‫‏‬
eye ‫ ضيرم‬pl.‫ ىضرم ‏‬ill, sick‫‏‬

(Je (‫»ب‬‎ ‫ رم‬to pass (by)
o-68 (45)
‎‫ امر‬IV to make bitter,
TESNes Marrakesh, Morocco
embitter
a--0
‎‫ استمر‬X to continue, last (Or)
5
oy II to practise, exercise
> bitter g- --
gt pl. ‫ةنراوم‬‎ Maronite

:oe passing, passing by,
passage; traffic (mod.), (c+)
ore
5>
‫ ةرم‬pl.‫ قارس تا‏‬atime, once‫‏‬ ‫) جزم‬2( to mix, trans.‫‏‬
(cx) alas (pl. of eth) infantry

---
‫ (—) حزم‬to joke, jest‫‏‬ ‎‫ ماشية‬pl. opi, cattle
(35+) (yo)
‫ قزم‬11 to tear, trans.‫‏‬ ‎‫ مصر‬II to build (a town)
Ct) 5 - of i
(en) ‫ رصي‬pl.‫ راصمأ ‏‬chief town of a‫‏‬

country, boundaries of two‫‏‬
‫ (—) حسم‬to wipe, clean, rub‫‏‬
countries‫‏‬
off; annoint; measure (a‫‏‬
piece of land)‫‏‬ fie Egypt, Cairo
‫دده‬ ‫دده‬
‫ ةحاسم‬area, surface, survey‫‏‬

of land‫‏‬
)‫(مضى‬ 1
eae (TZ) on. con to pass,‫‏‬
oe Christian go, depart é‫‏‬
- of
(chin) ‎‫ امضى‬IV to sign; execute,
accomplish
‫ كسم‬,)=( ‫ كسامت‬VI to seize,‫‏‬
35 0
hold, comprehend‫‏‬ ‫ ىضم‬course of time‫‏‬
Fiat IV to hold back, et ١
‎‫ إمضاء‬signature; execution,
restrain; abstain from (‫)نغ‬‎ accomplishment
‎‫ ب‬mes V tocling to, adhere
‫ ضام‬past, last‫‏‬
to, hold fast to (a religion,
faith, opinion, belief, etc.) (G2)
2 - ‫عه‬
ys pl. ‫راطمأ‬‎ rain
)‫(مسى‬
(s+)
6 --
clos evening, 7.
pol yesterday, last night ae riding-beast
‎‫ اق‬ais the day before yes- )‫(مع‬

‫ ا‬terday‫‏‬ ‫ عمو‬fe with‫‏‬
(a) ‫مس‬ 5- -
i together, simultaneously
é --
iss (7) vn.‫ ةيشم ‏‬to walk, go‫‏‬ ‎‫ مع ان‬,hguohtla ni etips fo

VOCABULARY 651
wires
ie
,‫ زعم‬pre (sing.‫ (ماعز ‏‬goats‫‏‬
4.5 machine
ax possible
(sana‫‏‬ (+)
S71 6 E- -
‫ ضاعتما‬anger, vexation,‫‏‬ ‫ (=) الم‬to fill, trans.‫‏‬

exasperation
Secs)
)‫(معن‬ ‎‫ ملح‬salt, salty
- - ‫ه‬ 1
‫ نعما‬IV to act rigorously, be‫‏‬ 2 -
zealous, consider‫‏‬ dae navigation

--540 > 08 5:
‫ نعمأ رظنلا‬to consider closely,‫‏‬ ‫ ب‬sailor‫‏‬

think over‫‏‬
ae pl.‫ ملاح ‏‬good,‫‏‬
)‫(مكك‬ handsome, pleasant, pretty
‫>_سَ و‬
‫ ةكم‬Mecca (city of Arabia)‫‏‬ foal, pl. ‫حئالم‬‎ a pleasant
)‫(مكث‬ thing
‫) ثكم‬2( to stay, abide,‫‏‬ oe
dwell, tarry‫‏‬
‎‫ ملك‬,)=( ‫ امتلك‬VIII to pos-
)‫(مكر‬ sess, 0
- a- ‫أ‬‎
cs (2.)to deceive, trick‫‏‬ ‫ كلم‬II to give 2.‫‏‬

possession of‫‏‬
)‫(مكس‬ ٠ 5 - of
‫ نك‬pl. Eps excise duty‫‏‬ ‎‫ ملك‬pl. S41 possession,

property
)‫(مكن‬ 56)
sal IV to enable, be pos-

‎‫ ملك‬sovereignty, ownership
g
sible ca royal; civilian (opp.
military)
‫مه‬ ‫دي‬
‫ نكمت‬V to be enabled‫‏‬
gee (see O55 )‫‏‬ ‎‫ملك‬, S90, BG pi. ‫ةكئالم‬‎

‫مو‬ > > angel 1
‫ ةناكم‬place, rank; influence,‫‏‬
power‫‏‬ dis pl. gle king
g-- S$. -
‎‫ ملكة‬pl. ‎‫ — ات‬queen (s)
ere
‎‫ مالك‬ruling, ruler, possessor, hee V_ to wish
owner ue fate, death, destiny
BC owner of property )‫(مهد‬
aAG ; ‫ىكلم‬‎ royal ag: II to level, prepare,‫‏‬
make 9031
‫ةكلمم‬ dus kingdom‫‏‬ 23
2 ee ‫ودرج‬‎ 6 >> ‫ دهم‬pl. 5ee cradle‫‏‬

‫ ةكلمملا دحتملا‬the United‫‏‬
Kingdom‫‏‬
)‫(مهر‬
wah, pl. ‫كلا‬‎ Mamluke,
‫ مر‬pl‫ مهورٌ ‏‬dowry‫‏‬
slave pre seal, signet‫‏‬
Delon SoC emillion ‫رهام‬pl.‫ ةرهم ‏‬skilful, skilled‫‏‬

‫و‬ >>
>
‎)‫(من‬
o-
(Se)
‫ نم‬who?, who‫‏‬ des V to be slow
(ue)
‫إن‬
‫ نم‬from, than‫‏‬
(c+)
g-
igs pl. sigs profession, trade
cy favour ‎‫ إمتبان‬service
2170
Os death
(5+)
(4x) ‫) تام‬2( to die‫‏‬
5 6‫>ه‬- § --
,‫ دم كلم‬since, prep.‫‏‬ ‫موت‬, ‫ ممات‬death‫‏‬
Ce)
5 ‫> بس‬ 5 > 6 Fo‫‏‬
‫ تيم‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ تاوما‬ye dead‫‏‬
‎‫ )—( منع‬to prevent, forbid

(e+)
‫ عنتمإ‬VIII to refuse‫‏‬ ‫ جوم‬pl. id
4 wave (sea, air)‫‏‬
‫و‬> --
‫ ةعانم‬strength of a position‫‏‬
S$ - ‫ومد‬‎
Gs)
so-
‎‫ ممئوعات‬forbidden things ‫ زوم‬banana (tree and fruit)‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 653
)‫(موس‬ (c=)
ere Moses ‎‫ ميتاء‬pl. (fem.) ‫ىناوم‬‎ port (sea)
(aed music
َ‫ن‬
(Js) )‫(نبب‬
or 5 - oF
‫ مال‬pl.‫ اموال ‏‬wealth,‫‏‬
cogilpl. sabi pipe, tube‫‏‬
property, goods, capital‫‏‬
(42+) (ts)‫‏‬
G. II to inform (anyone) of‫‏‬
AY,pl. He water
(a thing)‫‏‬
)‫(ميد‬ Ba--
‫ اينث‬V to make oneself out‫‏‬
Sls pl. ol—, ‫كتاوت‬‎ table to be a prophet‫‏‬
oom 5 ‫هع‬-‎
blag pl. ‫خيي‬‎‫ دايلم‬arena, ‫أبن‬pl. cll news, information‫‏‬
$- 93 5 َ‫ررس‬
square, field; sphere; course eg, 653 prophecy
(for racing) Seas, Z- aie ra Pre
‎‫نبىء‬, ‫ نبى‬.lp ‎‫انبياء‬, ‫ون‬
(Se) prophet
‫ زيم‬II to distinguish,‫‏‬ g--
‫ ىوبن‬prophetic, pertaining to‫‏‬
differentiate; prefer‫‏‬
the prophet‫‏‬
‫زاتما‬VIII to be distinguished,‫‏‬
distinct‫‏‬ (<3)
‫ ٌزايتما‬pl. él — distinction,‫‏‬ ‫( تبل‬2) to grow, sprout (of‫‏‬
plant)
privilege, preference‫‏‬
li pl. el — plant, vegeta-
oes distinguished, distinct, tion
select
Kes)
(de) ‫ (=) حبت‬to bark (of dog)‫‏‬
‫ (~) لام‬to incline, bend‫‏‬
56- : (34)
5‫ و‬inclination‫‏‬
‫ ليم‬pl. J‫‏‬
vee
43 (=) to produce (date-)

Ses pl. Stel mile‫‏‬ wine
5> 08
dg pl. ‫ةذبنا‬‎ wine (43)
‫ هيل‬II to warn, inform‫‏‬
$709 re
‫ ةذبن‬pl.‫ دبل ‏‬section, part;‫‏‬
article (in newspaper),‫‏‬ aes V to wake up, be alert
treatise‫‏‬
asl VIII to pay attention,
(+) notice
oe pl. yk pulpit, tribune; S02
4.5 warning, notice
stage “A
4,5 awake, clever; pr.n. m.
(4,5)
Leal X to find out, contrive )‫(نتج‬
)‫(=)(ععبن‬
‫جتن‬
(-) ‫جتن‬
rol IV to produce,‫‏‬
ore ae‫‏‬
to spring, gush (of‫‏‬ or sce
water)‫‏‬ ‫ (=) حجتن نع‬to arise, result‫‏‬

from
a spring (of water)
$-0- ‫و‬ 2 clsproduct
‫ عبنم‬pl.‫ عياتم ‏‬source, origin‫‏‬
‫ ةجيتن‬pl. gts result, conclu-‫‏‬
‫اني‬fountain‫‏‬
‫عوبشي‬pl.‫عيب ‏‬ sion, consequence
)‫(نبغ‬ 5 >60
‫ جاتنإ‬production, producing‫‏‬
5 (=) to rise, appear, excel 2‫ظ‬2 210201 SFO.‫‏‬
Nee ,‫ تاجوتنم‬ob, products‫‏‬

Pert pl. els
‫اون‬‎ distinguished 5 ‫وه‬
‫ منتح‬producer‫‏‬
(person)
(4)
(Ge) <8 S
WN (+) to scatter, disperse,
‫ قبن‬lote tree and its fruit;‫‏‬ sprinkle, trans.
wild apple, crab apple;‫‏‬ 5Q- 5 >‫مو‬‎
mealy matter of palm pith‫‏‬ ‫نس‬, ‫ منثور‬prose‫‏‬
)‫(نبل‬ -
(4)
‫‏‬s$ ‫لي ؟‬ 5 - 0
es pl. AG noble, sagacious;‫‏‬ ‎‫ غيب‬noble, excellent;

pr. n. m. pr. n. m.
VOCABULARY 655
‎)‫(نجح‬ )‫(نجو‬ )
‎‫ (—) نجح‬ot ,deeccus repsorp ‎‫) جا‬.~( ot ,epacse eb -reviled
Sie = ed, saved
cS success, prosperity
oie:
ol# escape, deliverance
aol successful, prosperous,
thriving (4)
ao death
(es)
34 (2), 441 IV to help, aid 42 ‫ىضق‬‎ he died
Ce.
‫مو‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ رحتنا‬VIII to commit suicide‫‏‬
6) carpentry
5 a7 (45)
y carpenter, joiner gr ‎‫د‬
3‎‫ كيز‬nature (of a person)

(54)
--08 (4)
34! IV to complete, ac-
‫ نحاس‬copper‫‏‬
complish, achieve
oe coppersmith
(J)
6> 2-05
je pl. Stal son, offspring
CS)
0 bees (coll.)
‎‫ الإنجيل‬The Gospel
‫ ليخ‬thin, emaciated‫‏‬
‎ٌ‫ام منجل‬. ‫ مال‬elkcis
(c4)
‎)‫(نجم‬
‎‫مه‬ > - 6
‫ةد‬
‫ نحن‬we‫‏‬
ee (2), ‫مجنا‬‎ IV to appear,
rise (54)
ae
5o- 5 3?
‫ وحن‬towards, near, like, about‫‏‬
of pl. ‫موجن‬‎ 1
Rue
5‫و‬ 5 -80
‫ وحن‬pl. cl4l method, way;‫‏‬

‎‫ناجم‬ 7
region; approximation‫‏‬
‎‫ و‬-‫>ه‬- ‫رك‬ 0 2 ‫ود‬
‎‫ منجم‬.lp ‎‫; مناجم‬enim ecruos pel ele grammar (esp. syn-
2
Sus
er astrologer tax)
-- ‫و‬ 2-6
(soph aE —, 64 grammarian )‫(ندل‬
‫ هيك‬pl. ds side, direction;‫‏‬ ‫ ليدنم‬pl. oh‫ مئاد‏‬kerchief,‫‏‬
district; point of view; handkerchier‫‏‬

sphere
(ps)
)‫(نضب‬ ‎‫ )~( ندم‬to repent, regret
‫بخ‬ =( ‫ راو‬esl VIII to‫‏‬
‫ ندامة‬repentance‫‏‬
choose, elect‫‏‬ Sa aD: an >‫‏‬
S$) Ree 0 5 ise ‫ميدن‬pl.‫ ءامدن ‏‬associate, friend,‫‏‬

‎‫ انتخاب‬pl. ‎‫ — ات‬election
5 5 5 - ‫ر‬‎
confidant, boon companion;‫‏‬
‎‫ ولاخب‬se elector pr. n. m.‫‏‬
ae (94)
dls Cehees aL palm tree ‫ ىدان‬111 to call,‫‏‬ summon,
proclaim‫‏‬
)‫(ندب‬ Soe Chena. )
elas, lols call

‫د‬ )2( to weep, bewail,‫‏‬
lament‫‏‬ ‫دان‬pl. tush club, place of‫‏‬
we (_), wei) VIII to call, “assembly
5-6
appoint, delegate, depute; ‎‫ ندوة‬assembly, forum
invite or urge Fook i)
So 24:6 ‫ منتدى‬assembly-hall‫‏‬
‎‫ انتداب‬mandate (mod; pol.)
5 Joi )‫(نذر‬
‫ بودنم‬delegated, commis-‫‏‬
sioner‫‏‬ ‫) رذن‬2( to make a vow‫‏‬
‫ ب‬0 IV to warn‫‏‬
)‫(ندر‬ 5 0- 5 29
‫( ردن‬2) to be rare, infrequent‫‏‬ ‫ ندر‬pl. 495 vow‫‏‬
scarce‫‏‬ SPO:‫‏‬
y‎‫ إنذا‬warning
‫ ردان‬pl.‫ داون ر ‏‬rare, rare thing,‫‏‬
(J+)
rarity‫‏‬
as pl. ‫ُلاَدْنَأ‬‎ vile, mean;
\,ob seldom, rarely simpleton
VOCABULARY 657
5 .- 5-6
‎‫ نديل‬abject ‫ ةبس‬relation, affinity‫‏‬
-
)‫(نزع‬
S-o Si 7) ea
dus, Kewl proportion

‫ (=) عزن‬to remove, take‫‏‬ al 0 alluding to, referring
away; to spoil‫‏‬
fo", 3
Se Dae
‫عزان‬111 todispute with, fight‫‏‬ ‎‫ بالنسبة إلى‬ni nosirapmoc
j43 VI to contend among with; in relation to
themselves 5 3 ‫و‬ 60 3
---9 ‫بيس‬ pl. eli! kinsman‫‏‬

531 VIII to remove, take ‫رو‬ ‫ع‬ 3
away, pull from, be ‫ بسنا‬more fitted or suitable‫‏‬

snatched, pulled; be spoilt
5 ‎3‫و‬
‎‫ مناسب‬,elbatius ,tneinevnoc
(J+) proper, fit
$-- ‫وه‬
‎‫( نزل‬+) v.n. ‫لوزن‬‎ to alight, ‫ ةيسائم‬suitability, appropri-‫‏‬
descend, lodge ateness; connection‫‏‬
-- ‫وء‬
alge IV to cause to descend ‫ ةبسانمب‬++( gen.) in connection‫‏‬

--y
pte on the occasion of
das! pl. ‫ءالزت‬‎ guest
dea pl. 11 dwelling house (ce)- -e
3 (2.) to weave
)‫(نزه‬
‎‫ نسيج‬pl deel, ae textile,
da 53 amusement, pleasure;
pr. n. f. fabric, tissue
eee
Sle~gur+ textiles
)‫(نسب‬
wi rth) (2.) to attribute to, (e+)
ascribe (something) to fom) (2) to copy, transcribe;
abrogate, abolish
- - =
‫ بسان‬111 to resemble; be‫‏‬

appropriate, fit, suitable‫‏‬ 0 pl. feud copy, manu-
- - ee
script
‫ بسانت‬VI to correspond 0‫‏‬
bec other)‫‏‬ (+4)
5 6
ces7 es lineage ‫ رسن‬pl.‫ ‏‬7‫ ومش‬eagle, vulture‫‏‬

(5) )‫(نشا‬
E--
pal 11 to place in order, ‫( اشن‬-) to grow up (child);‫‏‬

arrange symmetrically originate, rise‫‏‬
‫و‬
> ‫سمب‬ -- os
‫ن‬3
‫ قسانت‬arrangement, order‫‏‬ ‎‫ انشا‬IV to found, create,
originate, establish
)‫(نسك‬
‫ل‬ soe 5 es‫‏‬
‫ ناسك‬pl.‫ ساك ‏‬hermit,‫‏‬ ‫ ءاشنإ‬originating, founding,‫‏‬
establishment; composition,‫‏‬
ascetic, recluse‫‏‬
style‫‏‬
(J+) 5 ‫مومع‬
Ln, (place of) origin; source

‫) لسن‬.2( to beget‫‏‬
‫ ليلت‬VI to multiply by‫‏‬
‎)‫(نشب‬
generation, procreate‫‏‬ ‎‫( تشب‬-) ot kaerb tuo )raw(
Ags posterity, progeny‫‏‬ )‫(نشد‬

‫ لسانت‬descent by generation;‫‏‬ Ail III to recite to anyone;
procreation‫‏‬ to cause to swear, ask one to
swear by (~) God
(5) Sas
‫م‬ ”‫ن‬
Ge--- ‫ دشنا‬IV to quote, recite‫‏‬

‎‫ نسمة‬pl. ‎‫ — ات‬soul, person, (verses, etc.)‫‏‬
breath of life
(+4) cm)
- 38 26
‫) رشن‬2( v.n.‫ رشن ‏‬to publish,‫‏‬
Ae ‫هوا‬‎ women
spread abroad‫‏‬
(4) yi! VIII to be published;
i (—) to forget spread abroad
> 08
isl IV to cause to forget ‫ رش‬announcement, publica-‫‏‬
oor tion, bulletin‫‏‬
‫ ىسانت‬VI to pretend to forget;‫‏‬ Fee
feign forgetfulness‫‏‬ ‎‫ انتشار‬dissemination,

one forgetfulness, spreading; circulation
forgetting ‫ ناشر‬publisher‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 659
)‫(نشط‬ ie‫ ةحيصن‬Ce pl. ¢ laseeadvice‫‏‬

main
bai (—) to be active, ‫ ناصح‬adviser‫‏‬
energetic
(+2)
Dus energy, zeal, activity,
yas (2) to assist, aid (give
liveliness
victory)
‫ ع‬pl.‫ نشاط ‏‬active,‫‏‬
os V to become a Christian
energetic, lively‫‏‬
(44) ‫ رصتنإ ىلع‬VIII to conquer,‫‏‬
vanquish a.o.‫‏‬
ads (—) to be or become dry 56
‫ رصن‬aid, victory‫‏‬
‫ ناشف‬dry‫‏‬ ‫هق‬ ‫اه‬
‫ تصرانى‬pl.‫ تصارى ‏‬Christian‫‏‬
Soo 0
tee 9
‫ ةفشنم‬pl. ali towel‫‏‬ (lit. Nazarene)‫‏‬
)‫(نشل‬ S$. 8
yes! victory, triumph

‫) لشن‬2( to take away,‫‏‬ ‫ رصان‬pl. yLail helper‫‏‬
snatch, steal‫‏‬
1ros conqueror (lit. the‫‏‬
(ues) assisted of God); pr.n. m.‫‏‬
‎‫ نص‬pl. ‎‫ نصوص‬text (of a book);
definition; wording; stipu- )‫(نصف‬
lation ‫ فصان‬III to divide into‫‏‬
)‫(نصب‬ halves
--
‫ كا‬pl. naw handle (of‫‏‬ ‫ أ‬IV to act impartially‫‏‬

٠.
‫ فصتنإ‬VIII to be divided‫‏‬
-
weapon)‫‏‬
is fortune, lot into halves‫‏‬
As pi ‫فانا‬‎ a half, half

-
a ‫تصن‬ (-) to listen to‫‏‬

‫ممه‬
‫ نصف الليل‬midnight‫‏‬
ahs‫‏‬
‫ىلإ‬
‫ا‬ ,2" aden, senate‫‏‬
‫ فاصنإ‬equity, justice,‫‏‬
‫ (—) حصن‬to advise, counsel‫‏‬ impartiality‫‏‬
5-0 ‎‫و‬ se
‎‫ منطقة‬pl. ‎‫ مناطق‬zone
$5702.
‫ منتصف‬middle‫‏‬
°
5 aes F
(4-5) ‫ قطئتسم‬examining judge;‫‏‬

-
ist pl. ‫صاون‬‎ forelock interrogator
‎)‫(نضج‬ )‫(نظر‬
‫ ضان‬cooked well, ripe,‫‏‬ ‫) رظن‬2( on. os to look (at‫‏‬
mature‫‏‬ ,(‫ ىلإ‬see, oversee‫‏‬
2-6
‎‫ انتظر‬VIII to await, expect
)‫(نضل‬ 525 5 2 08
te struggle ‎‫ نظر‬pl. ‎‫ انظار‬regard; theory
pie oe
‫رط‬ ‎‫ نظرا إلى‬ni drager ;ot ni weiv
of
bs (=) v.n. ‫طن‬‎ to leap, jump ie
‎‫ نظرة‬glance, look
‎)‫(نطر‬ 5 = 5 Gs
‎‫ ناظر‬pl. ‎‫ نظار‬inspector, over-
1abl pl. pel‫أون‬‎ guard, keeper,
seer, minister; seer, beholder
overseer (esp. of garden, 6 > َ‫ءدَس‬
vineyard, etc.) ‫ تاراظن‬glasses, spectacles‫‏‬
)‫(نطع‬ ‫ ريظت‬pl. His peer, correspon-‫‏‬

ding to, equal, 2.‫‏‬
‫ عطن‬leather mat‫‏‬
ey pl. sites view, scene,
(543)
scene of play
‫ (~) قطن‬to speak, express‫‏‬
- ‫نف مومه‬
|X to question, exam- (As)

ine, interrogate (by a oS II to clean, trans.
judge, etc.) g---
‫ نظافة‬cleanliness‫‏‬
De paren
‫ قاطن‬limit, boundary; zone,‫‏‬
oss pl. ‫انت‬‎ clean, adj.
sphere‫‏‬
.{c
‫ قطان‬spokesman, speaker‫‏‬
‎)‫(نظم‬
5, 6>
‫( مظن‬-) vn. ols to arrange;‫‏‬
‫ منطق‬logic‫‏‬ compose (verse)
VOCABULARY 661
‫ مظن‬II to put in order,‫‏‬ ae yes

arrange, regulate, organize‫‏‬
-a-e os, 5 cattle, cloven-
‫ مظنت‬V,‫ مظتنإ ‏‬VIII to be‫‏‬ hoofed
arranged, regulated g$-6 S-
6. = S- 08
desi pl. si favour, benefit
‫ نظام‬pl.‫ انظمة ‏‬system,‫‏‬ AS
‎‫ ناعم‬soft, tender
method, order; regulation,‫‏‬ sue
law ee pleasant; pr. n. m.
S$, ‫يلوه‬
67
‫‏ تنظم‬.lp ‫ — ات‬regulation;‫‏‬ ‎)‫(نغم‬

-
arrangement, compilation, SOF eee
‫ ةمغن‬pl. ids melody, tune‫‏‬
(42)
poetry writing
‫ ماظتنا‬regularity, order‫‏‬
Rat pl. ‫تا‬‎ — blower
=) $7 a 5> -
GW 3opsl jet aircraft

foe pl. ‫حاعن‬‎ sheep
(=)
)‫(نعر‬ oor
‫) خفن‬2( to blow‫‏‬
55
‎‫ ناعو‬pl.‎‫ نواعير‬irrigating
wheel, water wheel (84)
‫ (_) دفن‬to be exhausted, con-‫‏‬
(uo) sumed; be out of print
‫ (—) سعن‬to be or become‫‏‬ (book, etc.)
sleepy‫‏‬
(3)
)‫(نعش‬ Au (2) to pierce, penetrate,
‫ متعش‬refreshing‫‏‬ be effective
Soe‫‏‬ a II to execute, fulfil

= -0E
‫معن‬: (2) U.N. 5004 to live in ease‫‏‬ ‫ ذفنا‬115 to carry out, execute‫‏‬
Ch OF)
ws to be good, excellent ‫نفوذ‬ 00 influence‫‏‬

ke
-- ‫ووس‬
‫ ذوفن‬33 influential; person of‫‏‬
‫نعم على‬1 IV to show favour
to; be kind to ‘influence
5 ‫بود‬ 2-5‫ه‬- 0
1 execution; fulfilment :‫ ةعفنم عفن‬pl. (ils use,‫‏‬
benefit‫‏‬
-
55
w
‫ ىذيفنت‬executive adj. (mod.)‫‏‬

‫ام‬
au useful, profitable
5 :
‎‫ نفيد‬effective (of an order or
command)
(34)
5
DGS ‫ ةقفن‬pl. el — expense, cost,‫‏‬

‫ نافذة‬pl.‫ نوافدٌ‏‬window‫‏‬ expenditure, maintenance‫‏‬
ra
‫(=) رفن‬ to turn away, flee,‫‏‬
‫ قفاثم‬hypocrite; deceiver‫‏‬
(4)
avoid‫‏‬ oe
5 ‫رو‬ ‫ (~) ىفن‬to expel, banish,‫‏‬

‫ روفن‬flight, aversion‫‏‬ exile; deny, exclude‫‏‬
$22 5-08
‫ رفن‬.1‫ رافنا م‬person; a number‫‏‬ ‫ قا‬III to contradict, be‫‏‬
of people; private (in armed‫‏‬ inconsistent with‫‏‬
forces)‫‏‬ 56>
‫ ىفن‬exile, expulsion, banish-‫‏‬

)‫(نفس‬ ment; denial‫‏‬
a,on
vs V to breathe ‫ ىفنم‬exiled, an exile‫‏‬
‫فس‬.m‫ (ن‬d).nf‫‏‬.alp ‫نفُوس‬, ‫(نقب) أنفس‬ we
“eal, self; self-same 5 o- 5 -0F‫‏‬

‫ بقن‬pl.‫ باقنا ‏‬hole in a wall,‫‏‬
pa pl. fe breath breach, tunnel‫‏‬
‎‫ نفيس‬precious Ol pl. veil
(i
S-- 5 -
4,18 pl. ‫تا‬‎ syndicate,
‫ طفن‬oil, petroleum‫‏‬ corporation
)‫(نفع‬
GBs2009- -
‫ةبااقن لامعلا‬trade union (mod.)‫‏‬
‫ عت‬pl. alt chief, head‫‏‬

‫( عفن‬-) to be useful, profit-‫‏‬
able‫‏‬
) ‫(نقح‬
‫مفتنإ ب( » )نم‬177111 to use,‫‏‬ -ac-
4 II to revise, correct
benefit (from, by)‫‏‬ (book)
VOCABULARY 663
‫و‬0 ‫ صقان‬defective, diminished,‫‏‬

‫ دقن‬,)2( ‫ دقتنا‬11 to criticize‫‏‬ deficient, imperfect,
S02. g$-06 wanting, lacking
(a8)
‎‫ نقد‬, ‫ انتقاد‬criticism
56>
‫ دقن‬pl.‫ ‏‬3‫ وقت‬cash, ready money‫‏‬

‎‫ ناقض‬111 to contradict
‫ دقات‬critic‫‏‬ o- > ‫نه‬‎
‎‫ نقد‬pl. lal ruins
ss
431 IV to rescue, deliver, save
‎)‫(نقط‬
5 ->‫وه‬
dba pl. La point, dot, spot;
de drop
‫ رقن‬0 ) v.n.‫ رع ‏‬to hollow out,‫‏‬ (@)

pierce,‫( مع ‏‬of a bird)‫‏‬
al penetrating, pervading;
‫راقنم‬pl.‫ ريقانم ‏‬beak, bill (of‫‏‬ deadly (poison)
bird) S-0- 0 9
‫ عقنتسم‬pl.ote‫‏‬ marsh, swamp
)‫(نقش‬
)‫(نقل‬
‫) قفل‬.2( to paint, sculpture‫‏‬ ore
Js (2) v.n. je to move,

ot III to argue with‫‏‬ remove, transport, transfer;
copy, translate, quote
‫ ةشقانم‬discussion, argument‫‏‬ -a--
5 ar Jes WV to be transferred,
painter, sculptor, moved, posted
engraver
‫ لقتنا‬VIII to move, itrans.,‫‏‬
)‫(نقص‬ be transferred, removed,
‫) صقن‬2( on.‫ صقن ‏‬to decrease,‫‏‬ ‎‫و‬ ‫اخ‬
diminish, fall short‫‏‬
e- e-
‫هللا‬
1 aa,J}— he died‫‏‬
yal 111 to reduce (price,
etc.) )‫(نقم‬
ai! VIII to abate, diminish (‫ مقتنا )نم‬VIII to take re-‫‏‬
venge (on)‫‏‬
dail tender (in commerce), LE 6-06
public auction dod,

i,‫ماقتنا‬‎ vengeance
(#) )‫(نمس‬
‎‫ )—( نقى‬to be pure ‫سمن‬pl. Geen ichneumon,‫‏‬
weasel‫‏‬
Bil VIII to choose, select
S-- §- ‫هد‬‎
el#, o9l purity, innocence ‫ سومان‬pl.‫اونسيما ‏‬ law, moral‫‏‬
3s : law; mosquito
)‫(نمط‬
‫ ىقن‬pure, clean, innocent‫‏‬
)‫(نكب‬ $-- 5 -
‫ طمث‬pl.‫ طامث ‏‬fashion, way,‫‏‬
‫) بكت‬2( to afflict‫‏‬ manner ~‫‏‬
(Je!)
S$ 30°
eS‎‫ مشكوه‬victim
‎)‫(نكت‬ ‫ نملة‬pl.‫ نمل ‏‬ant‫‏‬

5 -‫د_ه‬ ‫>؟‬ - ‫و‬
‫ ةتكن‬pl.‫ تكن ‏‬witticism; speck,‫‏‬ (59)

spot
‫(امن‬2) to grow, develop,‫‏‬
(cS) intrans.
35
‫ (—) حكن‬to marry‫‏‬ sa growth, development
(AS) (4)
a ‎‫ متكود‬unhappy, un- Jt gl VIII to trace one’s
origin to, go back to
fortunate
(SN) )‫(نهب‬
‫( بهن‬22) ag to‫‏‬
‫ ركنا‬IV to deny‫‏‬
plunder, pillage‫‏‬
)‫(نمذج‬ )‫(نهج‬
aye pl. ‫تان‬‎ sample, 5 6>
ee way, road, street

example
current in Maghribi
58 usage
8
(+) ne, ‎‫ منهاج‬pl. gk way,
95 ‫ررد‬ ‫در‬
x pl. 59, xyA leopard, method ~

panther, tiger (445)
-a-
acc
ahi pl. a (Eur.) number 44 V to sigh, groan

VOCABULARY 665
3
‫ رهتنا‬VIII to drive, drive away‫‏‬
‫ ةباينلاب نع‬on behalf of‫‏‬
ss G pl. ‫تار‬‎ deputy, rep-
‫ان‬ upbraid, chide‫‏‬
resentative, substitute
‫ رهن‬pl. sel,jlplriver‫‏‬
$205 9 -5
Ga 2 ‫و‬‎ ‫ند‬ 5
‎‫ النواب‬je Parliament
ale day, daylight‫‏‬
‎)‫(نوت‬
ils by day‫‏‬ ‫هة‬-
‫ نوتى‬sailor‫‏‬
Ge)‫‏‬
- - 0308 ---6
‫ زهتنا ةصرفلا‬VIII to seize the‫‏‬ )‫(نوخ‬

opportunity‫‏‬ ‫‏ مناخ‬.lp ‫ — ات‬climate‫‏‬
)‫(نهض‬ )‫(نور‬
yer )-( wre to rise
56 ‎‫ زا‬pl. OLS ‫طي‬‎
‫ ضهنتسا‬X
stir up‫‏‬
to urge, incite,‫‏‬
Sotpleghail lighty-m.
$ *=0=
4243 awakening, arising, ‎)‫(نوع‬

6
revival, emancipation ‫ع‬ II to assort,‫‏‬ classify,
compose‫‏‬
)‫(نهك‬
‫عون‬pl.‫عاونأ ‏‬sort, kind‫‏‬
- >
‎‫ انك‬IV to weaken, enfeeble,
overcome
)‫(نوف‬
)‫(نهى‬ (‫) ا )ىلع‬2( to be above, or‫‏‬
oo VIII to finish, con-‫‏‬ more than
clude, end, intrans.‫‏‬ Siu-
me ae ‫ فين‬more, upwards of‫‏‬

4,1. end, utmost, extremity
gs- 0 Ge)
el! end, termination, limit
2 "69
‎‫ ناقة‬pl. 30 she-camel
‫ منتهى‬end‫‏‬
‎)‫(نول‬
)‫(نوب‬
2 JG (—) to attain, obtain
4535 a time, turn, occasion;
suite (in music) ‫ لواث‬III to give, hand to‫‏‬
‫ لوانت‬VI to obtain, receive,‫‏‬ (cls)

take, partake‫‏‬
g--
‫ تاه‬come! bring!‫‏‬
-
Jlyi attainment, attaining;
pr. n. f. )‫(هبب‬
$o- 5 08
Ps (2) vn. a Fars to blow
‎‫ نول‬pl. ‎‫ انوال‬loom
56
(of wind)
obtaining, attaining, 7.
5 -6
es (2.)toawake (from sleep);
‎‫ مئوال‬mode, manner, fashion begin, start (to do)
)‫(نوم‬ )‫(هبط‬
‫( مان‬-) (G03 etc.) to sleep‫‏‬ ts (2.) to fall, descend, land
(aircraft)
‫ مام مول‬sleep‫‏‬
Lpn fall, abatement
(Ss)
‫ (=) ىوت‬to resolve, intend‫‏‬ (4s)
‎‫ )—( هتف‬to call, shout
a3 pl. Gli—- intention‫‏‬ 5 -
‎‫ هاتف‬telephone (a lately intro-

(34)
duced word and in use in
ٌ‫ ناف‬yoke‫‏‬
some Arab countries. See
(Jd) also Appendix A, Sec. 6 (a)
‫ ليثلا‬the (river) Nile‫‏‬ )‫(هجر‬
ore
‫) رجه‬2( to forsake, abandon‫‏‬

or e-
>> III to emigrate

(2) $-0
Pi (attached pron.) his, its, ‎‫ هجرة‬flight, emigration,

him, it migration
eal! The Hegira (emigra-

)‫زها‬
‫ اه‬behold! here! here you‫‏‬ tion of the Prophet Mu-
hammad from Mecca in
are! take!‫‏‬
622 A.D.) Beginning of
ls — (attached pron.) her, its, it Muslim era.
VOCABULARY 667
Soe
‫ رجاهم‬emigrant, immigrant‫‏‬ ‫ (=) مده‬vn.‫ مده ‏‬to destroy,‫‏‬

S06; raze‫‏‬
‫ رجهم‬term used for settlement‫‏‬
of Arabic-speaking com-‫‏‬ ‫( ودهم‬pl.) clothes, garments‫‏‬
munities abroad (partic. the‫‏‬
Americas in modern times)‫‏‬ )‫(هدن‬
Bo Oe ine‫‏‬
‫ ده هن‬armistice, truce‫‏‬
)‫(هجس‬ ese
‫هاجس‬ pl.‫‏‬ ‎‫ هواجس‬unrest, (S)
disturbance, troubled‫‏‬ ‎‫ )=( هدى‬to guide
thought‫‏‬ ‫ ىدهأ‬IV to present, bestow‫‏‬
(with double accus.)‫‏‬
kore ous! VIII to guide oneself;
(d+) ‫مجه‬‎ )-( to attack,
be rightly guided
assault
2 ‎‫و‬
‫ مجاه‬III to attack‫‏‬ ‎‫ هدى‬,ecnadiug yaw fo -las

vation
4
con attack, assault‫‏‬ ‫ساس‬
‫سا‬
‫ يده‬pl.‫ اياده ‏‬a present, gift‫‏‬

(248) )‫(هذب‬
‫ دده‬11 to threaten, menace‫‏‬
‫ بدهم‬educated, refined,‫‏‬
(Jae) polished‫‏‬
‎‫ رمم هد‬00 ‫ عدو‬ot eb ,mlac
)‫ هرر‬jis‫‏‬
quiet, tranquil
> cat‫‏‬
ase quiet, calm, tranquil
)‫(هرب‬
‎‫اهدر‬ on (2) v.n. ‫ٌبوره‬‎ to flee,
‎‫ اير‬rumrum fo( ,)retaw escape
roaring (of sea and waves) > 2
‫ بره‬II to smuggle; put to‫‏‬

oe! flight‫‏‬
)‫(بعرم‬
$708
Gas pl. ‫فادها‬‎ aim, target

‫‏‬--g ‫و‬ >‫ه‬
‫ هرم‬pl.‫ اهرام ‏‬pyramid‫‏‬
)‫(هدم‬
)‫(هرن‬ (Js)
3
dy) leHarun, Aaron ‎‫ هل‬particle of interrogation
)‫(هزز‬
8 - 3
)‫(علل‬
a- a--6
‫) زه‬2( .#.‫ زه ه‬to shake, stir,‫‏‬ del X to appear first (of
brandish‫‏‬ moon); begin
)‫(هزأ‬ ‫ لاله‬crescent, new moon‫‏‬

‫ اره ب‬pal X to mock,‫‏‬
(cle)‫‏‬
‘scoff at, deride‫‏‬
‫ (=) كه‬to perish‫‏‬
)‫(هزع‬ al IV to ruin, destroy, lay
‫عز‬
‫ زه‬watch or division of the‫‏‬ waste
night‫‏‬ --0-0
‎‫ اإستهزك‬X to consume, spend,
)‫(هزل‬ exhaust
‫ (=) لزه‬v.n.‫ٌلْزَه ‏‬to joke, jest‫‏‬ ‫ هلاك‬destruction‫‏‬

5 ie e
$ -‫ه‬ 6 5
Alpes thinness ‫ استهلاك‬consumption‫‏‬

S--0-
a
‎‫ هز‬thin, meagre, emaciated ee, ‫كلهم‬‎ place of destruc-
)‫(هزم‬ tion, desert

5 om 03
5
‎‫| نهز‬VII to be defeated, put ‫ مستهلك‬consumer‫‏‬
to flight (of an army)
(ele)‫‏‬
(Jee) ‫ري‬
>
‫ مله‬come here!‫‏‬
‫ (—) لطه‬to rain, send rain‫‏‬ B- Gar‫‏‬
‫ مله ارج‬and so on; etcetera‫‏‬
)‫(هكذا‬ )‫(همم‬
see under (‫)اذ‬‎
‫ (=) مه‬to be important, to‫‏‬
(Se) concern; (with‫ بز ‏‬to intend;‫‏‬
xe pl. ‫لكايه‬‎ temple, altar,
(with ‎‫ (إلى‬to be anxious
statue, skeleton about
VOCABULARY 669
‫د‬ Bar
‫ مها ب‬VIII to take pains in;‫‏‬ ‎‫ هنا‬II to congratulate, felici-
1fo be interested in‫‏‬ tate
5 ‫رو‬
aA
pe?! es care, anxiety‫‏‬ ‫ ءانه‬pleasure, happiness,‫‏‬
3: delight‫‏‬
‫ مح‬pl.‫ ممه ‏‬concern; energy‫‏‬
5 ‫ع سات‬ 1 Use good wish!
‫ اهمية‬importance‫‏‬
‫نت‬
-‫س‬2 ‫و‬ tigpl. Gk congratulation
‫ وذ ةيمها‬important, of impor-‫‏‬
$05 2 5 “er ‫و‬‎ sa- ‫و‬‎
tance‫‏‬ ‎‫هنيئة‬, ‫هنيهة‬, ‫هنية‬ a elttil

Se 6 wile, a moment
‫| مامته‬care, effort, interest‫‏‬
ie‫‏‬
‫ هام‬important‫‏‬ )‫(هند‬
5
rae
a-
pe n.m.
aoa India
3 5‫و‬ ‫راد‬
we,pl. ate important ‫ ىدنه‬pl.‫ ‏‬,‫ دونه دنه‬Indian, an‫‏‬

-
a-- Indian‫‏‬
el important duties
$$
‫ميمهموم‬
307
5 )RET
‫(هندس‬
‫ سدنه‬to sketch (in engineer-‫‏‬
)‫(جمك‬ ing, etc.), plan‫‏‬
‫ )ى(كمهنإ‬VII to be engrossed‫‏‬ ‫ و‬- -0-
‫ ةسدنه‬engineering, architec-‫‏‬
(in), absorbed (in)‫‏‬
ture, geometry‫‏‬
(o*) $
‫مهندس‬
6-939
--0&
‫ لمها‬IV to neglect, ignore‫‏‬
‫ |همال‬neglect‫‏‬ )‫(هو‬
ss ‎‫هما‬, ‫ هم‬,eh ;ti yeht
)‫(هنا‬ (dual), they (pl.)
‫ هنا‬, ‫ ههنا‬here‫‏‬
‫ وه اذ‬see! behold!‫‏‬
‫ هناك‬1 ‫ هنالك‬there‫‏‬
(892)
(be) -arr
‫ دوهت‬V to become a Jew‫‏‬

Ss (—) to be pleasant,
3 KE 23
enjoyable (food, etc.) ‎‫ يهودى‬pl. rn Jew, Jewish

(Os) )‫(هبى‬
le 0 ) to be or become ot ‫ هيا‬up!‫‏‬
20+
ac
tei IV to offend, insult, ‫ايه‬‎ come, let us go!

despise
Sun
‫ هين‬easy‫‏‬
)‫(هوى‬ ()
t=" S- َ‫ه‬‎
‫ و‬and; by (in an oath); with‫‏‬
‫ هواء‬pl.‫ أهوية ‏‬air,‫‏‬
atmosphere, weather‫‏‬ (91)
Soe passion a oh! ah! alas!
(A) (by)
my pi. is,
‫وأ‬‎ plague
‫ و ىه‬,‫ نه اميه‬she, it; they‫‏‬
(dual), they (pl.)‫‏‬ )‫(وبخ‬
‫ وخب‬II to censure, rebuke,‫‏‬
(Ls) reprimand‫‏‬
Ba-
‫ ايه‬II to prepare (trans.)‫‏‬
za-- )‫(وبل‬
J ‎‫ تهيا‬V to be prepared for G--
‫ ولاب‬misfortune, evil conse-‫‏‬

s-0-
‎‫ هيئة‬pl. ee form, aspect; quences‫‏‬
body (i.e. aggregate of per-
(33)
sons or things), corporation 6a--
‫ رتوت‬tension, strain‫‏‬
‎)‫(هيب‬
(Hs)
9
‫ (—) تاع‬to fear, hold in awe‫‏‬

AOE Y Gis (3s) to trust, have
4.0 respect, awe, veneration
‫لمي‬
‘confidence in
a 6 II to make firm
‫ (~) جاه‬to stir up‫‏‬ 9> 5
43 p]. ‫تا‬‎ — trust, confidence,
)‫(هيم‬ reliable, authority

9 ‫در‬‎
‫ (=) ماه‬to love passionately‫‏‬ ‫ قوثو‬trust, confidence‫‏‬

VOCABULARY 671
gS - = Caen
‎‫ وثيقة‬pl. ‎‫ وثائق‬document, (ors)

wee
deed, certificate ‫ وحنة‬pl.‫ وجنات ‏‬cheek‫‏‬
0
Ke. covenant (A>)
)‫(وجب‬ re
~9 II to direct, trans., turn
‫ )بجي( نحو‬to be, make,‫‏‬ (thing, person) race
necessary; (with de) to be‫‏‬ ‫ هحاو‬III to meet, confront‫‏‬
incumbent upon‫‏‬
2 eros
455 V to go, make for,
‫ بحجوا‬IV to cause; to make‫‏‬ fan to
binding‫‏‬
Za = 620‫‏‬ aa VIII to turn, intrans.
‫ بجوتسا‬X to deserve, be‫‏‬ 5-6 ‫و‬
worthy of‫‏‬ ‫ هجو‬pl. pe.9 face, manner,‫‏‬

5 ‫رو‬ 7 surface, aspect‫‏‬
‫( بوجو‬a) necessity‫‏‬
es ‫ ةهج‬pl.‫تا ‏‬ side, direction,‫‏‬
vl+! affirmation
point of view, dimension,
25 :
as! affirmative, positive district
S262 5
cals pl. ol — a duty; has = (with following gen.)
‎‫ (على ا‬tnebmucni no concerning

Eee oP es ,
‫ ومي بج‬according to‫‏‬ ‎‫ وجهة نظر‬tniop fo weiv ).dom(
- 0-2
3-8
)‫(وجد‬ oll direction, way

‫عام‬
Bey) (34) to find ol# opposite, in front,

5 ‫رار‬
‫( دوحو‬v.n.) existence‫‏‬ towards
>
‫و‬
5 307
‫دوجوم‬ existing, present,‫‏‬ ‫ وجية‬pl.‫ فخا ‏‬respected,‫‏‬
found‫‏‬ distinguished person, chief,‫‏‬
notable‫‏‬
)‫وجز‬a (
‎‫ وحيز‬small, brief )‫(وحد‬
-a-
‫ دحو‬II to unify, unite‫‏‬

(ee)
os pl. psi pain re VIII to be united
6--
a= 0's
‫ هدحو‬by himself, alone‫‏‬ ‫ دوعا‬departure, bidding fare-‫‏‬

| ‫ارط‬ well‫‏‬
‫ ةدحو‬unity, oneness; solitude;‫‏‬
unit (S93)
‫ واد‬pl.‫ أودية ‏‬valley‫‏‬
5> ”‫ه‬ 9 95 - ‫مه‬
dol ‎‫ إحدى ثر‬.lp To ,eno
anyone (with neg. no-one)
- £00
5 0- (hy)
‫ يوم الاحد‬Monday‫‏‬ ere
‫ ءارو‬behind, beyond‫‏‬
nea Ne eee one, single
JbeltAy‫( و‏‬L) overseas‫‏‬
Lae alone, single, unique,
)‫(ورث‬
only; sole core
Sy 9 (‫)ثري‬‎ to inherit
)‫(وحش‬
206- a II, yal IV to bequeath
oe 3 wild (animal) oe rec wae :
‎‫إرث‬, ‫ وراثة‬ecnatirehni
)‫(وحى‬ 00002
20 ‫ ثارت‬legacy, heritage‫‏‬
‫( ىحو‬divine) inspiration‫‏‬ «‫هج‬ 26 ‫و‬ -
‫ و ثا مالسإلا‬legacy of Islam‫‏‬
(549)
g---
ُ‫ وارث‬pl.‫ ورثة ‏‬heir‫‏‬

‫ (—) دو‬to love, wish for‫‏‬
po Pi‫‏‬
‫ دادو‬friendship, love;‫‏‬ (39)
ore
pr.n.f. ‫) درو‬32( to arrive‫‏‬
Sa} (lit. go down to water)
o-e > > 0
‫)عدي( عدو‬to lay down, leave,‫‏‬ ‫ دروا‬IV to bring‫‏‬
Tet (only in imperf. and‫‏‬ -- 0-0
‫ دروتسا‬X to import‫‏‬
imper.)‫‏‬
5‫> و‬ ‫‏‬os ‫بي‬ 23$
‫و‬ 7 0- °02
‫ورد‬, ‫ وردة‬pl.‫ ورود ‏‬rose,‫‏‬
‫بهدي‬ ac. let him go‫‏‬
-G- - ‫ءه‬‎
blossom‫‏‬
‎‫ ودع‬II, ‎‫ اودع‬117 to take leave $393)
29)9 arrival
of, bid farewell to 2
- > of - -0o- ‎‫اردات‬lg imports
‫عد‬sl IV,‫عد ‏‬al X to deposit,‫‏‬ eho
store‫‏‬ ‫ !يرادات‬revenues‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 673
)‫(ورق‬ )‫(وسس‬
3 2
‫ فرو‬pl. Shalt paper, foliage‫‏‬ ‎‫ وسوس‬to whisper, suggest
g--- 3
45,9 leaf (of a tree), piece of = ‎‫ وسوا‬pl. ‎‫ وساوس‬whisperer,
paper, note, etc. suggester (Satan)
(333) (a9)
PAs cme
‎‫ وزارة‬ministry, office of a
fay dirty
vizier
2
‫ وزير‬pl.‫ وزراء ‏‬minister‫‏‬

Metra)
)‫(وسط‬
(politica), vizier
‫( طسو‬m. and f.) pl.‫أوساظ ‏‬
-‫ه‬ ‫رص‬ -
middle, centre‫‏‬
te ‎‫ير الا‬1‫ ور‬ngieroF retsinim
- ‫سس‬ thule pl. imCs means,
-- 3000
‫سيئر ءارزولا‬
)} Prime Minister‫‏‬ instrument
7 IOP 9. OS.
‫ هيئة الوزراء‬Cabinet‫‏‬ ‫ةطساو‬

‫اوب‬- (followed by gen.) by‫‏‬
“means of, through‫‏‬
)‫(وزع‬
13, pl. re mediator,
‫ وعر‬II to distribute, share out,‫‏‬
allot‫‏‬ intermediary
)‫(وزك‬ ‫ طسوأ‬f. dens pl.‫أواسط‏‬

mean, middle, middle part‫‏‬
‫( كزو‬Ox) to weigh trans.‫‏‬
‫ قرشلا طسوالا‬the Middle East‫‏‬
‫و‬ - 0060
Os pl. jlI}
FeAl weight,
measure; measure of a verse big middle, medium
5 - i eis
‎‫ ميزان‬pl. ‎‫ موازين‬scales, ) ‫(وسع‬
balance ‫ (عسي ) عسو‬to hold, have‫‏‬
G64 >
‫ ميزانية‬budget‫‏‬ capacity, be wide‫‏‬

g--
(S33) ‫ ةعس‬width, extent, capacity;‫‏‬

comfort‫‏‬
Sj‎‫ وا‬III to correspond to, be Pe
parallel with ce‫او‬‎ wide, spacious, extensive
§ 399 :
(Js) ‎‫ وصول‬arrival
2000
J! mee V to get the means hes receipt

to; to implore, seek S- ‫هو‬‎
‫ وصلة‬connection‫‏‬
“cass pl. AG‫اسو‬‎ means iy fe
‎‫ واصل‬joining, joint
)‫(وشك‬ g-- ‫دو‬‎
‫ ةلصاوم‬union, continuity,‫‏‬
bi‎‫ك‬:‫ أوش‬VI ot eb no eht tniop communication‫‏‬
of
‫ لكرملا‬Mosul (in Iraq)‫‏‬
(+43)
)‫(وصى‬
ore
‫( فصو‬Je) to describe‫‏‬
0 ‫ و‬II to make a will,‫‏‬
die pl. ef attribute, quality‫‏‬ recommend, order‫‏‬
Tries
‫‏ وصف‬.lp ‫اوصاف‬
Ake 3‫‏‬ 0 ‫ ىصوأ‬IV to charge, commend‫‏‬
‫يام‬ ‫اا‬
‫اصفات‬ ‫موأ‬
58
‫‏‬iS > ‫ام‬ ‫سام‬
‫ ةيصو‬pl.‫ اياصو ‏‬charge, will,‫‏‬

)‫(وصل‬ command‫‏‬
0 :
‫ )لصي( لصو‬vn. Sees‫‏‬ ‎‫ نوصية‬order, recommendation
to arrive, reach (with direct a & 27° of
‫ وصى‬pl.‫ اوصياء ‏‬testator,‫‏‬

obj. or J); link, join
-a- - - 08 guardian, trustee‫‏‬
‫ لصو‬II,‫ لصوا ‏‬IV to bring,‫‏‬
conduct, deliver, cause to‫‏‬ (bs)
#a--
arrive‫‏‬ ‫ اضوت‬V to perform religious‫‏‬
‫ لصاو‬III enter into relation‫‏‬ ablutions‫‏‬
with, be contiguous to,‫‏‬
continue, persevere in‫‏‬
)‫(وضح‬
‫تس‬ ‫ددن‬
‫ وضوح‬clarity‫‏‬
‫ لصوت‬V to reach‫‏‬
‫ حضاو‬clear, obvious‫‏‬
ea \VIII (with J!)to arrive
at, reach; (with ~) to be in (3)
touch with, connected with ‎‫( وضع‬
‫ ( يضع‬to put, place,'set
as,
‎‫ صلة‬union, connection down
VOCABULARY 675
5 - 08
‫وضع‬9 pl.‫ اوضاع ‏‬situation,‫‏‬ iby II to/give office to,
state of affairs, place‫‏‬ appoint
5 o- Te
‫ عضوم‬pl.‫ اومعضا ‏‬place, site,‫‏‬ ‫ فظوت‬V to be employed,‫‏‬
appointed‫‏‬
pet‫‏‬
‫و‬ ‫َه‬
‫ةفيظو‬pl.‫ فئاظو ‏‬office,‫‏‬
‫ موضوع‬000 ‫مواضيع‬
subject, subject-matter‫‏‬
appointment, function
(lbs) ee official, functionary
(3)
ge - gee
‎‫ (يطا) وطى‬ot daert ,no pets no
‫( دعو‬Jes) to promise (with‫‏‬
ales depression (of land)
acc. of person and‫ب ‏‬ of‫‏‬
‫ ةئطوت‬foreword, preface (of‫‏‬ thing) 1‫‏‬
book, etc.)‫‏‬ -- of
‎‫ اوعد‬IV to threaten, promise
(cbs) ‫ دعوت‬V to threaten‫‏‬
‫ نطوتسإ‬X to live or settle in‫‏‬ So7- § 399
‫ وعد‬pl. 9655 promise‫‏‬
a place‫‏‬
5° be
-- 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
‫ ميعاد‬pl. +5164 appointed‫‏‬
obs pl. Ole! home, home-
land, native place time, appointment‫‏‬
os 3 n. and adj. indigenous (59)

taal
native; national, nationalist, we Fon X to absorb, study,
patriot(ic) (mod.) exhaust (a subject)
$a--
‫ ةينطو‬nationalism, patriotism‫‏‬
(Hes)
(mod.)‫‏‬
SOF ‎‫و‬ baa
‎‫( وعظ‬Lens) to exhort, warn,
‫ نطوم‬pl.‫ نطاوم ‏‬native land‫‏‬ preach
5 1 bat J 7
‫ نطاوم‬compatriot, fellow-‫‏‬ ‫ طعنا‬VIII to be exhorted‫‏‬
countryman, citizen‫‏‬
(483)
‫ ةينطاوم‬citizenship (mod.)‫‏‬ ‫ )ٌدفي( دفو‬to reach, arrive,‫‏‬
(44s)‫‏‬ come to (4)

>> ‫مام‬
‎‫ اوفد‬IV to send ‫ وفاة‬pl.‫ وفيات ‏‬death‫‏‬

Sor
sig pl. 3439 deputation, a perfect, complete‫‏‬
delegation
(39)
(49)
‫( بقو‬C2) to be eclipsed‫‏‬
‫ رفو‬II to economise, save‫‏‬
(of the moon)
‫ وافر‬abundant‫‏‬
(<59)
(3s) ‫ تقو‬II to fix, appoint,‫‏‬
ay II to help, give success determine a time‫‏‬
(of God); to conciliate (two gon 5 ‫م‬2‎ 5
parties); to match (two ‫ وقت‬pl.‫ اوقات ‏‬time‫‏‬

Sa-s
things) ‫ تقوم‬temporary; fixed (time)‫‏‬
Gily 111 to be suitable,
correspond to, suit, agree (459)
with; (with de) to agree to ‫ دقوا‬IV to kindle (fire)‫‏‬
or ee
lp VI to agree with each 5959 fuel

other
--% (53)
a VIII to agree; happen
‫ اورق‬II to honour, respect,‫‏‬
‎‫فيق‬fs success (from God); venerate‫‏‬
- 08
pr.n.m. 739! IV to load
5 -w
‎‫ اتفاق‬agreement 3989 venerable

5
$0 -w
‫| ةيقافت‬agreement (political or‫‏‬ )‫(وقع‬
ore ar
commercial)‫‏‬
‫( عقو‬ce)‫ ‏‬.2 ‫ عوقو‬to fall,‫‏‬
(dy) ‫يم‬
‫ )ىفي( ىفو ب‬to fulfil‫‏‬ a‎‫ و‬II to sign (name)
‫ قوت‬V (pass.) to die‫‏‬ as V to expect

Sex
‫ ءافو‬fulfilment (of a promise);‫‏‬ al
‎‫ و‬situated; happening,
payment (of a debt)‫‏‬ actuality
VOCABULARY 677
a-_° a7
‎‫واقعة‬ pl. ‎‫ وقائع‬event, catas- (6)
trophe 5 VIII to support oneself
° ‎‫ هه‬ix e
‎‫ واقعة الحال‬etats fo sriaffa

3 6>
‎)‫(وكب‬
-‎‫ موه‬pl.‎‫ مواقم‬place; event ‫أي‬ ‫‏‬.lp ‫ واكب‬procession‫‏‬
a3, battle (Ss)‫‏‬
(49) ‫ لكو‬II to appoint as an agent,‫‏‬
represent‫‏‬
‫( فقو‬is) U.N.‫ فوقو ‏‬to stop,‫‏‬
stand up; (with de) to‫‏‬ (J) ‎‫ توكل‬V, ‎‫ إتكل‬7111 to
trust in, rely on
ascertain, be acquainted‫‏‬
ae‫‏‬ ‎‫ وكالة‬representation, agency
De Ce
as II are IV to sieze, ٌ‫ وكيل‬pl.‫ وكلاء ‏‬agent‫‏‬
arrest, stop trans.
- 2‫ءاي‬
‫ فقوت‬V to hesitate‫‏‬
)‫(ولل‬
J
‎‫ ولوأ‬to howl, wail
‎‫ وقف‬pl. ‎‫ أوقاف‬wakf, religious
6> >
foundation (Muslim) (Ys)

8 of ‫ر‬‎ oe
‫ موقف‬pl.‫‏‬ ‫مواقف‬ situation,‫‏‬ a)

i)(au) to beget, bear
-a-
place, stand, attitude; stop-‫‏‬ ‫ دلو‬II to generate; act as‫‏‬
ping place; car-park (mod.)‫‏‬ midwife
(3) ‎‫ ولد‬pl. ‎‫ أولاد‬boy, son, child

i7 (‫)ىقي‬‎ to guard, protect, ‎‫ ولادة‬birth
preserve
‎‫ والد‬father
Al (a) VIII to fear (God)
ai |0 mother
rary protection, preservation
eifebirthplace, birthday
‎‫ تقوق‬fear of God, piety
ue pl. cual God-fearing,

‎‫ ميلاد‬time of birth, birth
‫و‬
pious ‫ عيد الميلاد‬Christmas‫‏‬

‫( السنة المبلادية‬abbr.‫‏‬
aes 5 ‫و‬7‎
before ‎‫ وال‬pl. ‎‫ ولاة‬Governor

dates ¢) Christian year (cal- 7 of
Us! better, more suitable,
endar) fitter
uJ
1 of mixed origin (proper- ‫ ل‬master, lord; ally, fol-‫‏‬
ly: of an Arab father and lower, client; freed slave‫‏‬
foreign mother)
§-a-9
‫ ةدلوم‬post-classical (of Arabic‫‏‬
(Ls)
on + ee 37
words)‫‏‬ ‎‫موماء إليه‬ ,denoitnem-evoba

aforesaid
2‫(ولع‬
‫علو ب‬
‫عل) و‬
(‫اوي‬to be attached to,‫‏‬ (as)
“be fond of, show affection for
cee ‫انيم‬‎pl. ,‫ءىناوم‬‎ uly port
(sea)
(Us)
‎‫ )يى) ولى‬ot eb ,raen wollof
)‫(وهب‬
‫( بهو‬ca) to present, give,‫‏‬
as II to appoint (as gover- grant‫‏‬
nor), to set anyone over,
entrust any one with an “a3 Wahhabite, Wahhabi
affair; to flee, turn one’s back
‎)‫(وهم‬
ne V to take charge of, take oemn V to imagine, fancy
in hand
- oe (...0...) e@il VIII to
‫ ىلاوت‬VI to follow one after‫‏‬ accuse (anyone of some-
another‫‏‬ thing)
OLA T So- 5 > َ‫ه‬‎
‎‫ استولى على‬X ot ,retsam -noc ‫ مهو‬pl. pl»| imagination,‫‏‬
trol, overcome prejudice‫‏‬
‫دو‬ - 5625‫و‬
‫ وةيال‬province, state‫‏‬ ‫لهمة‬ 2
Sindcit‫ ثايالولا‏‬the U.S.A.‫‏‬ )‫(ويب‬

‫م‬ ‫دوه‬
‫ كبيو‬woe to you!‫‏‬
Us pl. ‫ءايلوأ‬‎ master, saint
(Muslim), lord, patron, )‫(ويح‬
guardian daly pl. el |oasia‫‏‬
VOCABULARY 679
‎‫ ويحك‬woe to you! (9)

‎)‫(ويل‬ 3: )/( pl. ‫ديار‬‎ ‫ دايأ‬hand
‎‫ ويلك‬woe to you! aes before Hine id hie
‎‫ ويلاه‬2 presence
Bae iy‫ىلع‬‎by, at the hands of

‫وو‬
S w‫‏‬
S ‎‫ دو‬manual, hand- adj.

(u) Ge}
.. -& O, Oh (voc.)
‎‫ )—( يسر‬to be easy
)‫(يأس‬
She II to make easy
(‫ )نم‬yet (as) to despair‫‏‬
(of) ~‫‏‬ nee V to be made easy,
- Bot
‫ سايا‬IV to drive to despair‫‏‬ possible
5k-
‫ ياس‬despair‫‏‬
:‫‏‬ ‫ راسي‬the left hand‫‏‬
‫و‬5 -
GL Jaffa (port town in Israel) ‫ ريسي‬easy, small‫‏‬
)‫ي(بس‬ (%4)
-- 08
‫ (—) سبي‬to be dry‫‏‬ 4%! IV to waken trans.
oe II to dry (trans.) ‎‫ تيقظ‬V to be awakened

--0-0
baa dry (land, etc.) ‫ ظقيتسا‬X to wake up‫‏‬
5 > ‫ه‬-
‫ ةظقي‬awakening, wakefulness,‫‏‬
(oe) watchfulness, attention‫‏‬
Suu Japan, the Japanese 2‎‫ا‬ OF
5 ‫ ناظقي‬awake, watchful‫‏‬
Suu Japanese, 7. and adj.
5
)‫(يقن‬
‫ (—) نقي‬to be certain‫‏‬
‫ متي‬II to bereave a child of‫‏‬
its parents, orphan‫‏‬ ‫ نقيت‬V to convince oneself‫‏‬
‫ما م‬ mie
a pl. tl, ‫ىماتي‬‎ orphan ‎‫ يقين‬certain belief, conviction
)‫(يمن‬ uye by day, one day

cdl the Yemen (S.W. ‫ اموي اًمويف‬day by day‫‏‬
ae) Arabia Felix F
Stee eae daily, adj.
es Yemenite, Yemeni
Ae (f.) right hand, oath ‫ ايسوي‬daily, adv.‫‏‬

-o-
(e) ‫ دئموي‬then, at that time, on‫‏‬

‎‫ يانم‬ripe that day‫‏‬
‫ب‬ ‫م‬
re Yusuf, Joseph ‫ موي نيدلا‬Day of Judgement‫‏‬
‎)‫(يوم‬ (Qs)
5> 5 GE
‎‫ يوم‬pl. ‎‫ ايام‬day
J 32 302
‫نانويلا‬ Greece, the Greek‫‏‬

-09-0-
‫ اليوم‬today‫‏‬ nation‫‏‬
orl 5-2
‫ تاذ موي‬one day‫‏‬ ‎‫ يونالى‬Greek, a Greek
GRAMMATICAL INDEX
NOTE ‘The main references to major points of grammar are indicated
in the chapter titles, as listed in the ““Table of Contents’’. This index is,
however, more exhaustive. In general, English grammatical terminology
is its basis, but some important Arabic grammatical terms are also given
in transliteration, followed by the Arabic form in brackets.
A
Abbreviations, 14, 15
Absolute Object, 138, 331 ff, 427
Abstracts (see Noun)
Accent (see Stress)
Accusative of nouns, 33 ff.
» use of, 391 ff.
‫(عاد) مع‬, 2
Adjectives, ,32 ,82 ,66 68 ,.ff 153 ‫‏‬.ff
” of colours and defects, 87, 88
See also Elative
Adverbial usages, 393 ff., 426 ff.
accusative, 393 ff., 426, 432 f.
Age, 312
Agreement, adjective with its noun, 28, 29, 43 ff., 52
5 verb with its subject, 97 ff.
>Alif Mamdida, 365 ff.
,, Magsira, 9, 244, 365 ff., 384 ff.
All’, “‘Each’’, “Every’’, 105, 106, 399
Alphabet, 2 ff.
>An (Ol), 121 ff.
>Anna (Ol), 144 ff, 440
Article, Definite, 22
681
B
Be, the verb to 23, 103 ff., 113 ff., 127 f., 274
Broken Plural, see Plural
0
Calendar, Christian and Muslim, 309 ff.
Cases, 33 ff., 391
» use of the, 33 ff., 391 ff.
Classical Arabic, 1, 2, 496
Cognate Accusative, see Absolute Object
Collective Nouns, 29, 366, 379
Colloquial Arabic, 1, 496 ff.
Comparative of Adjectives, see Elative
Concrete Nouns, 357
Conditional Sentences, 290 ff.
Conjunctions, 436 ff.
Continuous (Verb), 112, 113
D
Damma (42), 8, 461
Dates, 309 ff.
Declension of Nouns, 33 ff., 384 ff.
Demonstrative Pronouns, 80 ff.
Dictionary, Arabic, use of, 278 ff.
Diminutives, 341 ff.
Diphthongs, 2, 9
Diptotes, 34, 386 ff.
Distributive Adjectives, 321
Dual of Nouns, 40
E
Elative Adjectives, 88, 89, 353, 354
Emphasis, 406
Energetic Verb, 129 ff.
Exception, 448 ff.
GRAMMATICAL INDEX 683
3 F
Fa (<4), 129, 292 ff., 437 f.
Fatha ‎)‫(فتحة‬, 8, 2
Feasts and Holidays, 311 f.
Feminine Forms, the noun, 27 ff., 365 ff., 379
5 », the verb, chs. 12-31 passim
Foreign Words, 59, 501, 502
Fractions, 320 f.
Future (verbs), 112, and chs. 12-31 passim
» Perfect, 114
G
Gender, 27 ff., 365 ff.
Genitive, 33, 34 ff., 63 ff.
5 use of, 398 ff.
Gutteral letters, 7
H
Habitual (verb), 112, 113
Hal (J), 394, 395, 427, 7
Hamza, 6, 7, 10 ff., 13, 22, 114 ff., chs. 25 and 26 passim, 251 ff.
Have, to, 75
I
*Idafa ‎)‫(إضافة‬, 36, 37, 63 ff.
Imperative of verbs, root forms, 134 ff.
7 » ‫ور‬‎ derived forms, chs. 20-23
Imperfect of verbs, root forms, 110 ff.
a ‫وو‬‎ ,‫رى‬ derived forms, chs. 20-3
Indeclinables, 384
Indicative (Imperfect) of verbs, root forms, 110 ff.
derived forms, chs. 20-23
‘In (O}), 291 ff.
‘Inna (0}) and its sisters, 144 ff., 429
Interjections, 444 ff. ‫ا‬‎
Interrogative, 29, 82, 427, 431
J
Jussive (Imperfect), 120, 127 ff.
jae K
Kada (26), 273
Kana (OS) and its sisters, 103, 104 ff., 113 ff., 127 f.,
274, 396
Kasra (3,5), 8
L
La (Y), 396, 397
sas: idenying the species, 396, 397
Laisa (‫سيلا‬‎ 268
Law )aly. 290, 291
M
Maf ¢ il, the various types of, 392 ff.
Metres, poetical, 455 ff.
Modern Literary Arabic, 1, 2
Multiplicative adjectives, 321
Months, 309 ff.
Moods of the Imperfect, 120 ff.
N
Negative, 430, 431
Nominal Sentences, 22 ff., 99
5 with I, on etc., 144 ff.
Nominative Case, 33 ff.
7 » use of, 391, 2
Noun, 327 ff.
» Abstract, 357 ff.
» De-nominal, 328
», De-verbal, 328 ff.
» forms, 327 ff.
» Of Instrument, 340 f.
Noun, of Place and Time, 338 ff., 421 ff.

», Primitive, 327, 328
», Relative, 350, 351
Number of nouns, 40 ff., 372 ff.
Numbers, see Numerals
Numerals, Cardinal, 301 ff.
7 Ordinal, 317 ff.
Nunation (Tanwin ‫ني‬‎oy 922
0
Object of Verb, 392 f.
P
Participles, Active, root form, 136 f., 333, 334
if » Derived Forms, 115, chs. 19-31 passim
2539 Passive, root forms, 144
59 Derived forms, 155, chs. 19-31, passim; 329
a used as nouns with technical meaning, 136 f., 144
Particles, 412 ff. (chs. 47-50)
Passive of Verbs, root forms, 142 ff.
iy lear », derived forms, chs. 20-23 passim
Perfect of Verbs, root forms, 44
ee oes », derived forms, chs, 20-23
Permutative (J), 405 ff.
Place and Time, Noun of, see Noun
Pluperfect, 104
Plural of Nouns, Sound Masculine, 40 ff., 372 ff.
gsiaee, 5 », Feminine, 42 ff., 373 ff.
spite » Broken, 41, 50 ff., 57 ff., 376 ff., 386
Plural of Active Participle used technically, 136 f.
‎‫ وو وو‬evissaP i 3 5 441
Poetry, 455 ff.
Possession (see ?Idafa)
Prepositions, 34, 35, 245, 398, 412 ff.
Prohibition, 121 f., 129 |
Pronouns, 23, 44, 65
Pronouns, Demonstrative, see Demonstrative

9 Interrogative, see Interrogative
- attached or suffixed to noun for possession, 65, 71 ff.
7 Scere oes »» preposition, 72 ff.
= Bi get les »» verb, as object, 71 ff., 103 ff.
Pronunciation, 5 ff.
Proper Names, 358 ff., 387 f.
Punctuation, 13, 14
١
ps Q
Qad (45), 100, 104, 114
Reflexives, 406
Relative Adjective, 348 ff.
» Noun, see Noun
» Pronoun, 284 ff.
» Sentences, 284 ff.
Rhyme, poetical, 455, 456, 460 f.
Rhymed Prose, 455
Semitic Languages, 1, 95
Shadda (312), 6, 7, 2
Stress, 12, 13
Subjunctive Mood of the Verb, 120 ff.
Substitituion, see Permutative
‘Sun’ Letters, 22
Superlative of Adjectives, see Elative
Syllables, 12, 13, 455 f.
T
Ta Marbiita ‫)ةطوبرم‬‎ ,(‫ ءات‬5, 40, 42
Tashdid, see Shadda
Tenses of the Verb, chs. 12 ff.
Time, 308 ff.

Transitive Verb, 292, 393
5 » Doubly, 2
1 ‫ى‬,‎ Trebly, 392
», through perposition, 392, 393
Triptotes, 34, 388
V
Verb, general, 44, 74, 94 ff.
», Assimilated, 215 ff.
» Defective, 80 ff.
»» Derived Forms, chs. 19-23 passim
» Doubled, 191 ff.
»» Doubly and Trebly Weak, 250 ff.
»» Hamzated, chs. 25, 26, passim
» Hollow, 224 ff.
», Irregular, chs. 24-30 passim
», Passive, 142 ff.
», Praise and Blame, 268
», Quadriliteral, 261 ff.
», Root Form, chs. 12-18, passim
», Transitive, see Transttive
,‫و‬ Triliteral, chs. 19-30, passim‫‏‬
Weak, seeVerb Assimilated, Defective, Hollow‫‏‬
See also the various tenses and mood by name‫‏‬
Verbal Noun, 138 ff., 327, 328 ff.‫‏‬
:‫و‬ ” Derived Forms, chs. 19-31, passim‫‏‬
»» used with its own object, 329 ff.
Verbal Sentences, 45, 99
Vocative, 130, 131, 136, 397, 444 ff.
Vowels, 2, 7 ff.
Ww
Wonder, Verb of, 269 ff.
Zala (Jl), 271, 272

” 23 Hera sao
esi inane
AAG’ HV A> Istonag ‫ل‬‎

1 2+ ‫لقعم امسوم‬
١ RO 8 jovire ‫هج‬‎
0 ‎‫ لاض‬3} 3 eared ‘b SY ‫رم‬‎ ~
52 5 ‫ا‬‎ at.
J eg
G28 yiderT bos ‫قلن‬‎ ‫و‬
nr a
Ed
vemene 21S! iso ‫نالاك‬‎ of wot 2

001 ‫ا‬‎ one ‫فين‬‎ ‫ير‬ ‫ا‬
١ ses ٠ 7 1 4
1 ott ay 1) isp) "2 1
yh
120008 bre essenst enor te
70
oR BSE. ASE 3 Betpes
OE ks 1s) at POT, ‫هب‬‎
fis:aot es31 bovize 0 2 037
50 oiawo at i 131 ‘beew > 77

Su Dee? RARE ‫مدعم‬‎
‎‫ادر‬ ‫ ووا‬ta ncidA eev lEORRA IEF teP nie
0 Sake
ts
/ ia ie0
1
10 0
ih0 :
_ 300 i
nis
010
1 1 00
Us
1 0
‎‫ل‬
Soa rs 3 Hi
arate 5 7me
es 0o
3 3 fe
ti
1
3
ie 001 Hrre
eet
0
He STR 0
4
0 0 1
7
1 at Rico a eh Rares
0 BD
: ett ei ate : 0 San Tire:ssa
ith Bs es slelateterde
00
oeetive ens tt
asatataeatarterietet Bre 6 1
a = sy Tels
— 0
RRS
0aiene ah
Sah!
eee
aonSiar SHOR 0 0 Sic
00 ha
tt
ieoa man i 0
e
1 asses
010
10
0 ataaa
a a fe
Hf
nyi
SR ii}
sf
:
5 fe
0 1 sa1s
a Cas 10Ste1 het
S S
neyvasa
30
3
mos
shpense7
7 al
A
0 WOOT
3
5ROS
BOON
0 one Poh
Ne) ie a 1
SaaS sage
att
ame ehh ih
reasare
3 a stolen
1See,
255
:
an3 at
11

A New Arabic Grammar of The Written Language

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A New Arabic Grammar of The Written Language

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY AT CLAREMONT

1325 North College Avenue

First edition 1962

This Grammar replaces the

Sixth Edition of Thatcher’s Arabic Grammar

published under licence from

Messrs. Julius Groos, Heidelberg

Supplement. (Specimens from Arabic Literature) 462

Vocabulary, Arabic-English 512

The authors are taking advantage of a second edition to incor-

students who are using the grammar to learn Arabic without a

The Arabic language has increased in importance since the

Arabic belongs to the Semitic group of languages. Other

A.D., if not earlier. It is the lan e_of the Qur’an and of

‫لا‬ the Qur’an, and was therefore not permitted to change to

this indicates variant forms according to whether the letter is

Form when joined to

Names of Isolated | Preced- : Trans-

Form when joined to

Names of Isolated |Preced- | ing and : ‘Trans-

Nore 1. Care should be taken to distinguish letters which are similar

is termed ta’ marbita 4bG3 ye .‫ءان‬‎ This pte eres aay

Norte 3. In the Maghrib (North-west Africa), fa’ is written ‫ف‬‎ and

Norte 4. Sounds not found in Arabic are represented in other languages

Nore 6. Among the combinations of letters used in Arabic writing

hamza thus jh. In the middle of a word it involves a short

Kal -ashkal, pl. of ‫لكش‬‎ shakl.

{ While the letters 9 waw, | ?alif, and «¢ ya’ have to do duty

modern written and

and the reader has to deduce them.

i kasra ‫ةرسك‬‎ , is a similar stroke under the letter, as ‫د‬‎ di.

Its approximate sound is the 2 in “did”.

thing of the o sound. For example, ‫برض‬‎ daraba, he struck,

sounds like melik: k 5 kalb (dog) sounds like kelb; el qalb

To lengthen these three short vowels, they are apllowed

3)‎‫ كتله” لف مقصو‬812 ro denetrohs ‎”‫ركتله‬si nettirw sa a ,’ay

At the ends of nouns and adjectives, when indefinite, the

vowel signs are written double, thus: — {—. This means

This is called 0‫ونت‬‎Canwin or nunation,ye.g. at GL ae

A doubled letter is not written twice, unless separated by an

intermediate vowel. Instead, the sign “ (called ‫ديدشت‬‎ tashdid

passed; ‎‫ قدم‬qaddim, bring (also written p48).

The rules for the writing of hamza are complicated, and, in

(6) Thereiis, however, atype of initial hamza called ‫لص‬‎ae ‫ةزمه‬‎

certain verb forms as eS it broke (inkasara).

e.g. ‎‫ البيت هناك‬utiab-la( )akanuh

‫( دجو تيبلا كانه‬wajada I-baita hunaka)‫‏‬

‫ رضاح‬ced ce! (ibnu 1-maliki hadirun)‫‏‬

I found the king’s son.‫‏‬

Ole Sa (inkasara finjanun)

Obes ‎‫( وانكسر‬wa nkasara finjanun)

(c) In the middle of a word hamza may be written over sae

If a hamza with fatha is followed by the long vowel, alif, the

Written Arabic is a language of syllable length, rather than

(2) The short syllable consists of a consonant with a short

(ii) or a vowelled consonant followed by a truly con-

begin with an extra alif with hamzatu l-wasl, as ‫ملتسا‬‎ istalama,

Punctuation was not considered important in early Arabic

oe ‎‫ اويا‬se ‎‫الل‬ hg ray‫قدا‬‎ BRE

Sometimes three inverted commas, thus «‘« were used.

A eke Te ee ee ‫م‬‎ not always)

‫ عملهتطت هيلع مالسلا معاج‬s-salamu “‘Upon him be‫'”ععدعم ‏‬

This is little used today except for numbering paragraphs,